WikiIslam - User contributions [en]

Prophecies in the Hadith

2021-05-02T12:50:25Z

Prekladator: /* Signs of the Hour */

{{QualityScore|Lead=1|Structure=4|Content=4|Language=2|References=3}}
Muhammad's prophecies are predictions attributed to him and written hundreds of years after his [[Muhammad's Death|death]]. Many prophecies are considered "signs of the Hour" (Islamic eschatology). Some prophecies are general statements that may apply to times even before Islam, other prophecies predict early Islamic history (which happened before the predictions were written) and some prophecies make predictions about the the future to come after the hadiths were written.

Prophecies in this article are from the hadiths. Quranic prophecies have a [[Quranic Prophecies|separate article]].
==Signs of the Hour==
"The Hour" (الساعة) refers to a period of time on the Day of Judgement.
{{Quote|{{Quran|30|55}}|
And '''the Day the Hour''' appears the criminals will swear they had remained but an hour. Thus they were deluded."
}}

Signs of the Hour indicate that the Hour (and the end of the world) is coming. They were divided by scholars into minor and major. The major signs are contained in this hadith:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6931}}|
Hudhaifa b. Usaid al-Ghifari reported:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) came to us all of a sudden as we were (busy in a discussion). He said: What do you discuss about? They (the Companions) said. We are discussing about the Last Hour. Thereupon he said: It will not come until you see ten signs before and (in this connection) he made a mention of the smoke, Dajjal, the beast, the rising of the sun from the west, the descent of Jesus son of Mary (Allah be pleased with him), the Gog and Magog, and land-slides in three places, one in the east, one in the west and one in Arabia at the end of which fire would burn forth from the Yemen, and would drive people to the place of their assembly.
}}

The minor signs indicate that the Hour is "getting closer", while the major signs indicate that the Hour will happen immediately after them. The first major sign is coming of the Dajjal and Muhammad thought that it might happen during his life or during life of his companions:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4307}}|"Al-nawwas b. Sim’an al-Kilabi said:
'''The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) mentioned the Dajjal (Antichrist) saying: If he comes forth while I am among you''' I shall be the one who will dispute with him on your behalf, but if he comes forth when I am not among you, a man must dispute on his own behalf, and Allah will take my place in looking after every Muslim. Those of you who live up to his time should recite over him the opening verses of Surat al – Kahf, for they are your protection from his trial. We asked: How long will he remain on the earth ? He replied : Forty days, one like a year, one like a month, one like a week, and rest of his days like yours. We asked : Messenger of Allah, will one day’s prayer suffice us in this day which will be like a year ? He replied : No, you must make an estimate of its extent. Then Jesus son of Marry will descend at the white minaret to the east of Damascus. He will then catch him up at the date of Ludd and kill him."}}
{{Quote|Tirmidhi 2234 (hasan)|"Abu 'Ubaidah bin Al-Jarrah said:
"I heard the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w): 'There was never a Prophet after Nuh but that he warned his people about '''the Dajjal''', and indeed I shall warn you of him.' Then the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) described him for us, and he said: "Perhaps some of '''you who see me, or hear my words shall live to see him'''." They said: "O Messenger of Allah! How will our hearts be on that day?" He said: "The same – that is, as today – or better.”"}}

Some reject the hadiths of the signs of the Hour <ref>http://bayanelislam.net/Suspicion.aspx?id=03-02-0071</ref>, because a Quranic verse indicates that the Hour will come by surprise (not after seeing clear signs) and that only Allah has knowledge about the Hour (not Muhammad):
{{Quote|{{Quran|7|187}}|
They ask you ˹O Prophet˺ regarding the Hour, “When will it be?” Say, “That knowledge is only with my Lord. He alone will reveal it when the time comes. It is too tremendous for the heavens and the earth and will only take you by surprise.” They ask you as if you had full knowledge of it. Say, “That knowledge is only with Allah, but most people do not know.”
}}

*7th century Arabs didn't have the concept of "an hour" meaning 60 minutes. An hour (ساعة) just meant a period of time [shorter than a day]. <ref>AR: https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/140286/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%88-%D9%85%D9%82%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%B1-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF%D8%A9-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%8A%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D8%AD%D8%A7%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D9%88%D9%87%D9%84-%D9%87%D9%88-%D8%B3%D8%AA%D9%88%D9%86-%D8%AF%D9%82%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A9</ref>
*Most prophecies are linked to the Hour
*The Hour is expected to happen on Friday <ref>Sahih Muslim 4:1857</ref>

==Characteristics==

*Predictions don't have the time when they are supposed to happen. So even if it doesn't happen, Muslim can still believe it will happen in the future. For example the conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting. But it was conquered by fighting, so some Muslims think that this wasn't what was predicted and there will be another conquest of Constantinople that will get it right.
*Scarcely any predictions were fulfilled once the predictions had been written down in the form of hadiths.

==Retrodictions and Reiterating Biblical Prophecy==
The hadith collections were written, often by Persian authors, hundreds of years after the death of Muhammad. So when the hadiths contain a prophecy about early Islamic history, they are likely only being attributed to Muhammad after the fact. This category also includes things that always happened, even before Islam (earthquakes, wars, people being dishonest...) and prophecies copied from the Bible.

===Fabrication of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Introduction, Narration 15|
يَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ الزَّمَانِ دَجَّالُونَ كَذَّابُونَ يَأْتُونَكُمْ مِنَ الأَحَادِيثِ بِمَا لَمْ تَسْمَعُوا أَنْتُمْ وَلاَ آبَاؤُكُمْ فَإِيَّاكُمْ وَإِيَّاهُمْ لاَ يُضِلُّونَكُمْ وَلاَ يَفْتِنُونَكُمْ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings of Allah upon him, said:
‘There will be in the end of time charlatan liars coming to you with narrations (hadiths) that you nor your fathers heard, so beware of them lest they misguide you and cause you tribulations’.
}}
There were a lot of fabricators of hadiths before the hadiths were written (mostly in the 9th century). Muslim scholars thus invented a "science of hadiths" which determines which oral traditions are fabricated and which are from people who supposedly "never lie".

===The caliphate will last 30 years===
{{Quote|{{Al Tirmidhi||4|7|2226}}|
Sa'eed bin Jumhan narrated:
"Safinah narrated to me, he said: 'The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said: "'''Al-Khilafah will be in my Ummah for thirty years''', then there will be monarchy after that."' Then Safinah said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of Abu Bakr,' then he said: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Umar and the Khilafah of 'Uthman.' Then he said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Ali."' He said: "So we found that they add up to thirty years." Sa'eed said: "I said to him: 'Banu Umaiyyah claim that the Khilafah is among them.' He said: 'Banu Az-Zarqa' lie, rather they are a monarchy, among the worst of monarchies."'
}}

*The first caliphate lasted from 632-661, 29 years time.
*Tirmidhi, author of this hadith collection, was born in 824, more than 100 years after the end of the caliphate
*The hadith in it's text is in the context of discussion about previous caliphates
*The political system after the first caliphate, was still called a caliphate. There was some form of caliphate until the 20th century

===Rulership of the foolish after Muhammad===
{{Quote|Mishkat al-Masabih 3700|
Ka'b b. ‘Ujra told that God's Messenger said to him, “I commend you to God to protect you from '''the rulership of the foolish''' (إمارةِ السُّفهاءِ).” He asked what that was, and God’s Messenger replied, “'''After my time''' governors will arise whose falsehood will be believed and who will be assisted in their oppression by those who enter their presence. They have nothing to do with me and I have nothing to do with them, and they will never come down to me at the Pond. But they who do not enter their presence, believe their falsehood and help them in their oppression, those belong to me and I belong to them, and those ones will come down to me at the Pond.”}}

===Vile men control affairs of the people===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah 4036 (hasan)|
..and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}
===Return of the caliphate===
The hadith was sent to a new caliph Umar II:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 4/273, 18430 (hasan)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا سليمان بن داود الطيالسي حدثني داود بن إبراهيم الواسطي حدثني حبيب بن سالم عن النعمان بن بشير قال : كنا قعودا في المسجد مع رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم وكان بشير رجلا يكف حديثه فجاء أبو ثعلبة الخشني فقال يا بشير بن سعد أتحفظ حديث رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم في الأمراء فقال حذيفة أنا أحفظ خطبته فجلس أبو ثعلبة فقال حذيفة قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم تكون النبوة فيكم ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء الله أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا عاضا فيكون ما شاء الله ان يكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا جبرية فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة ثم سكت قال حبيب فلما قام عمر بن عبد العزيز وكان يزيد بن النعمان بن بشير في صحابته فكتبت إليه بهذا الحديث أذكره إياه فقلت له انى أرجو ان يكون أمير المؤمنين يعنى عمر بعد الملك العاض والجبرية فادخل كتابي على عمر بن عبد العزيز فسر به وأعجبه
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده حسن

It was narrated by Ahmed in his Musnad, from Al-Nu’man b.Bashir, who said: “We were sitting in the mosque of the Messenger of Allah(saw), and Bashir was a man who did not speak much, so Abu Tha’labah Al-Khashnee came and said: ‘Oh, Bashir bin Sa’ad, have you memorized the words of the Messenger of Allah (saw) regarding the rulers?’ Huthayfah replied, ‘I have memorized his words’. So Abu Tha’labah sat down and Huthayfah said, ‘The Messenger of Allah (saw) said ‘'''Prophet-hood will be among you''' as long as Allah wishes, then He will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of the Prophet''', and it will be as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be an inheritance rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a coercive rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of Prophet-hood'''.’ Then he (saw) was silent.” Habib said: “When '''Umar ibn AbdulAziz became caliph I wrote to him, mentioning this tradition to him''' and saying, “I hope '''you will be the commander of the faithful after the biting and the oppressive kingdoms'''. ”It pleased and charmed him, i.e. Umar ibn AbdulAziz.”
}}
Umar II died in 720 and he was expected to bring back the good old caliphate. Musnad Ahmad was written in the 9th century.

==="Prophet, siddiq and two martyrs"===
Notice that the future caliphs are usually mentioned in the order in which they will be caliphs (strongly suggesting these were written later by someone who already knew the order):
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|35}}|
Narrated Anas bin Malik:

The Prophet (ﷺ) ascended the mountain of Uhud and he was accompanied by '''Abu Bakr, `Umar and `Uthman'''. The mountain shook beneath them. The Prophet (ﷺ) hit it with his foot and said, "O Uhud ! Be firm, for on you there is none but a '''Prophet, a Siddiq and a martyr (i.e. and two martyrs)'''.
}}

The hadith was interpreted as a vague prediction that Abu Bakr will die naturally and Umar and Uthman will be killed. The 3 caliphs were in the 7th century. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Khawarij===
According to Islamic scholars, this hadith is about the coming of the Khawarij:
{{Quote|Sunan An-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 37, Hadith 4107|
It was narrated that 'Ali said:
"I heard the Messenger of Allah [SAW] say: 'At the end of time there will appear young people with foolish minds. Their faith will not pass through their throats, and they will go out of Islam as an arrow goes through the target. If you meet them, then kill them, for killing them will bring reward to the one who killed them on the Day of Resurrection.'"
}}

Khawarij ("The Leavers") left the army of the caliph Ali in the middle of the 7th century. The prediction was written in the middle of the 9th century, two hundred years later.

The prophecy says "at the end of time". The Khawarij appeared more than a thousand years ago.

===Places of killed people at the battle of Badr===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 19, Hadith 4394|
..Then the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: This is the place where so and so would be killed. He placed his hand on the earth (saying) here and here; (and) none of them fell away from the place which the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) had indicated by placing his hand on the earth.
}}

Battle of Badr was in the 7th century. This hadith collection was authored in the 9th century.

===Earthquakes will increase===
It's a part of a longer hadith as one of the signs of the end of the world:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
.. and earthquakes will increase in number..
}}

There were always earthquakes, increasing and decreasing. There is a report that earthquakes happened also during the life of Muhammad:
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/bulugh/2/441 Bulugh al-Maram 2:509]|
He [the Prophet (ﷺ)] prayed during an earthquake six bowings and four prostrations, and said, "This is the way the Prayer of the Signs (of Allah) is offered.
}}

Earthquakes were also predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. '''There will be great earthquakes''', famines and pestilences in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}

===Rain is hot===
This hadith is classified as mawdu (fabricated). <ref>https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/265083/%D8%AD%D9%88%D9%84-%D8%B5%D8%AD%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%85%D8%B3%D8%B9%D9%88%D8%AF-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9</ref> It's part of a long hadith about coming of the Hour:
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
..وَأَنْ يَكُونَ الْمَطَرُ قَيْظًا ..
..and that rain will be hot (قيظا)..
}}

It was also mentioned in Lane's lexicon:
{{Quote|Lane's lexicon on قَيْظٌ <ref>http://lexicon.quranic-research.net/data/21_q/239_qyZ.html</ref>|
لَا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكُونَ الوَلَدُ غَيْظًا والمَطَرُ قَيْظًا, a saying of Moḥammad, meaning [The resurrection, or the time thereof, will not come to pass until the birth of a child be an occasion of wrath, or rage, and] rain be accompanied by air like the قيظ [or '''most vehement heat of summer''']. (TA.)
}}

The word قيظ (''qayz'') was also mentioned in a different hadith meaning "hot weather":{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 6 (Hasan)|
Rifa'ah bin Rafi' said:
I heard Abu Bakr as-Siddeeq say on the minbar of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) : I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, and Abu Bakr wept when he remembered the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) , then he recovered and said. I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, in this '''hot weather''' (القيظ) last year: `Ask Allah for forgiveness, well-being and certainty of faith in the Hereafter and in this world.”
}}

Some insist that the word قيظ means "acidic".

===Strong wind===
Muhammad predicted a strong wind on the same day it happened, so there was probably already a wind getting stronger:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|559}}|
..When we reached Tabuk, the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "There will be a strong wind tonight and so no one should stand and whoever has a camel, should fasten it." So we fastened our camels. A strong wind blew at night and a man stood up and he was blown away to a mountain called Taiy..
}}
The prophecy was written in the 9th century.

===Child is filled with rage===
This is a part of a fabricated (mawdu') hadith.
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
وإن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها: أن يكون الولد غيظاً، وأن يكون المطر قيظاً

And from the signs of the Hour is that '''a boy will be enraged''' and that water will be hot
}}
Angry children have been around since time immemorial.

===Muhammad's death===
Muhammad predicted that he will die. The prediction doesn't contain any specific information about his death:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "'''Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death''', the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

The context is that it will be a sign that the Hour is coming. But Muhammad died more than a thousand years ago and the Hour didn't come.

===Muhammad's wife with the longest arm will die first===
{{Quote|Sahih Bukhari: Vol. 2, Book of Tax (Zakat), Hadith 501|
Narrated 'Aisha:

Some of the wives of the Prophet asked him, "Who amongst us will be the first to follow you (i.e. die after you)?" He said, "Whoever has the longest hand." So they started measuring their hands with a stick and Sauda's hand turned out to be the longest. (When Zainab bint Jahsh died first of all in the caliphate of 'Umar), we came to know that the long hand was a symbol of practicing charity, so she was the first to follow the Prophet and she used to love to practice charity. (Sauda died later in the caliphate of Muawiya).
}}

It's questionable whether the prophecy was metaphorical and fulfilled or whether it was literal and hence re-interpreted. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Muhammad's daughter Fatima will die first from his family===
During Muhammad's illness, Fatima was walking like Muhammad, so she also had signs of illness:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6005}}|
`A'isha reported that all the wives of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) had gathered (in her apartment) '''during the days of his (Prophet's) last illness ''' and no woman was left behind that '''Fatima, who walked after the style of Allah's Messenger''' (ﷺ), came there. He welcomed her by saying:

You are welcome, my daughter, and made her sit on his right side or on his left side, and then talked something secretly to her and Fatima wept. Then he talked something secretly to her and she laughed. I said to her: What makes you weep? She said: I am not going to divulge the secret of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). I (`A'isha) said: I have not seen (anything happening) like today, the happiness being more close to grief (as I see today) when she wept. I said to her: Has Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) singled you out for saying something leaving us aside? She then wept and I asked her what he said, and she said: I am not going to divulge the secrets of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). And when he died I again asked her and she said that he (the Holy Prophet) told her: Gabriel used to recite the Qur'an to me once a year and for this year it was twice and so I perceived that my death had drawn near, and that '''I (Fatima) would be the first amongst the members of his family who would meet him (in the Hereafter)'''. He shall be my good forerunner and it made me weep. He again talked to me secretly (saying): Aren't you pleased that you should be the sovereign amongst the believing women or the head of women of this Ummah? And this made me laugh.
}}

===A plague kills many Muslims===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, '''a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep''', the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}
It was interpreted as a prophecy about the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Amwas Plague of Amwas] (638-639), which is considered a re-emergence of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Justinian the Plague of Justinian] (541-549), so there was a precedent.

The prediction was written in the 9th century.

===Sexual immorality (abominations)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: '''Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them'''. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

Sexual immorality (or "abomination") was nothing new in the 7th century. The Old Testament mentions such a story:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 19:3-8|
He prepared a meal for them, baking bread without yeast, and they ate. Before they had gone to bed, all the men from every part of the city of Sodom—both young and old—surrounded the house. They called to Lot, “Where are the men who came to you tonight? Bring them out to us so that we can have sex with them.” Lot went outside to meet them and shut the door behind him and said, “No, my friends. Don’t do this wicked thing. Look, I have two daughters who have never slept with a man. Let me bring them out to you, and you can do what you like with them.
}}

In the New Testament Jesus spoke to a woman who had many sexual partners:
{{Quote|The Bible, John 4:16-18|
“Go and get your husband,” Jesus told her.

“I don’t have a husband,” the woman replied.

Jesus said, “You’re right! You don’t have a husband— for you have had five husbands, and you aren’t even married to the man you’re living with now. You certainly spoke the truth!”
}}

There were also abominations happening in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|62|65}}|
Narrated `Aisha:

that the Prophet (ﷺ) married her when '''she was six years old and he consummated his marriage when she was nine years old'''. Hisham said: I have been informed that `Aisha remained with the Prophet (ﷺ) for nine years (i.e. till his death).
}}

Plagues and diseases also happened throughout whole history. Plagues (pestilences) were also predicted in the Bible, hundreds of years before Muhammad:{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be great earthquakes, famines and '''pestilences''' in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}
===Homosexuality===
This is a fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يا ابن مسعود إن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها أن يكتفي الرجال بالرجال والنساء بالنساء

..O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that men are content with men and women with women..
}}

Homosexuals existed before Islam.

===People flogging people===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: '''people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people''', and the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Ishaa’ah li Ashraat il-Saa’ah, p. 119|
Al-Sakhaawi said: They are now the helpers of the oppressors, and usually it refers to the worst group around the ruler. It may also apply to unjust rulers.
}}

Muhammad commanded flogging (and killing) people:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4482 (hasan sahih)|
Narrated Mu'awiyah ibn AbuSufyan:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: If they (the people) drink wine, flog them, again if they drink it, flog them. Again if they drink it, kill them.
}}
===Women naked, but dressed (wearing revealing clothes)===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people, and '''the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side'''. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Some apologists present it as something new that happens in the 21st century and Muhammad couldn't have guessed it.
{{Quote|islamqa.info: Commentary on the hadeeth; “two types of the people of Hell whom I have not seen…” <ref>https://islamqa.info/en/answers/47017/commentary-on-the-hadeeth-two-types-of-the-people-of-hell-whom-i-have-not-seen</ref>|
This hadeeth is one of the miracles of Prophethood, for these two types of people have appeared, and '''they exist now, as al-Nawawi (may Allaah have mercy on him) said.'''
}}
Al-Nawawi lived in the 13th century.

Islamic sources say that there were naked women circumambulating around the Kaba in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||3|24|2959}}|
It was narrated from Saeed bin Jubair that Ibn Abbas said:
"Women used to circumambulate the Kabah naked, saying: 'Today some, or all of it will appear And whatever appers I don't make is permissible.' Then the following was revealed: 'O Children of Adam! Take your adornment to every Masjid.'"
}}

There is also a hadith with the same terminology of dressed (كاسيات) and undressed (عاريات) but in a different context:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|21|226}}|
Narrated Um Salama:

One night the Prophet (ﷺ) got up and said, "Subhan Allah! How many afflictions Allah has revealed tonight and how many treasures have been sent down (disclosed). Go and wake the sleeping lady occupants of these dwellings up (for prayers), perhaps a well '''dressed''' (كاسية) in this world may be '''naked''' (عارية) in the Hereafter."
}}

===Naked thighs in markets===
This hadith is classified mawdoo' (fabricated). <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/321649/%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%AC%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%B9%D8%B4%D8%B1-%D8%AE%D8%B5%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85-%D9%84%D9%88%D8%B7-</ref> Albani included it in his book سلسلة الأحاديث الضعيفة والموضوعة وأثرها السيئ في الأمة ("Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah"):
{{Quote|Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah, Al-Albani|
عشر من أخلاق قوم اللوط:..والمشي في الأسواق والأفخاذ بادية

Ten behaviors of Lot's people:.. and walking in markets and thighs are naked..
}}

There were uncovered thighs in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud Book 32, Hadith 4003|
Narrated Jarhad:

The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) sat with us and my thigh was uncovered. He said: Do you not know that thigh is a private part ?
}}

Muhammad exposed his thighs at some point:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|8|367}}|
Narrated `Abdul `Aziz:

Anas said, 'When Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) invaded Khaibar, we offered the Fajr prayer there (early in the morning) when it was still dark. The Prophet (ﷺ) rode and Abu Talha rode too and I was riding behind Abu Talha. The Prophet (ﷺ) passed through the lane of Khaibar quickly and '''my knee was touching the thigh of the Prophet (ﷺ) . He uncovered his thigh''' and I saw the whiteness of '''the thigh of the Prophet'''.
}}

===Widespread adultery===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|34|6451}}|
Anas b. Malik reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

It is from the conditions of the Last Hour that knowledge would be taken away and ignorance would prevail (upon the world), the liquor would be drunk, and '''adultery would become rampant'''.
}}

Muhammad's companions used to give women a handful of flour and then perform what they called "a temporary marriage" (زواج المتعة, ''zawaj al-mut'a''). Seeing as polygamy was allowed, these companions may have been married at the time, and their behavior would today be classified as adultery:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|8|3249}}|
Jabir b. 'Abdullah reported:

We contracted temporary marriage giving a handful of (tales or flour as a dower during the lifetime of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and during the time of Abu Bakr until 'Umar forbade it in the case of 'Amr b. Huraith.
}}

There is also a fabricated (mawdu') prophecy about illegitimate children:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يَا ابْنَ مَسْعُودٍ ، إِنَّ مِنْ أَعْلَامِ السَّاعَةِ وَأَشْرَاطِهَا أَنْ يَكْثُرَ أَوْلَادُ الزِّنَا

O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that there are many children from adultery
}}

===Abundant wealth===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||5|36|4047}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The Hour will not begin until '''wealth becomes abundant''' and tribulations appear, and Harj increases.” They said: “What is Harj, O Messenger of Allah?” He said: '''“Killing, killing, killing,”''' three times.
}}

Muslims became wealthy in the 7th century by the early Islamic conquests (the hadith itself mentions it together with "killing, killing, killing"). Sunan Ibn Majah was written two centuries after these conquests.

===Men obey their wives===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, '''a man obeys his wife''' and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

It was mentioned among negative things, that indicates that a woman being dominant in marriage is an evil thing. But it appears that the patriarchy was not universal even in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|43|648}}|Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Abbas: ...We, the people of Quraish, used to have authority over women, but when we came to live with the Ansar, we noticed that '''the Ansari women had the upper hand over their men''', so our women started acquiring the habits of the Ansari women. Once I shouted at my wife and she paid me back in my coin and I disliked that she should answer me back....}}

===Fire in Hijaz illuminates necks of camels in Busra===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|234}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a fire will come out of the land of Hijaz, and it will throw light on the necks of the camels at Busra."
}}
There was a lava eruption in Hijaz in the year 1256 ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Harrat_Rahat Harrat Rahat]) which is considered by Muslims as fulfillment. That's the last eruption, but the eruption before that was in 640 - 641 A.D. during the reign of Umar.<ref>
Volcanic history of the northernmost part of the Harrat Rahat volcanic field, Saudi Arabia
https://pubs.geoscienceworld.org/gsa/geosphere/article/14/3/1253/529993/Volcanic-history-of-the-northernmost-part-of-the</ref>
So there was a precedent. The unspecified date of occurrence makes this prediction one that might be referenced perennially

===Making halal what was haram===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|69|494}}|
Narrated Abu 'Amir or Abu Malik Al-Ash'ari:

that he heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "From among my followers there will be some '''people who will consider illegal sexual intercourse, the wearing of silk, the drinking of alcoholic drinks and the use of musical instruments, as lawful.''' And there will be some people who will stay near the side of a mountain and in the evening their shepherd will come to them with their sheep and ask them for something, but they will say to him, 'Return to us tomorrow.' Allah will destroy them during the night and will let the mountain fall on them, and He will transform the rest of them into monkeys and pigs and they will remain so till the Day of Resurrection."
}}

According to Islam, Jews and Christians took their rabbis and monks as lords, because the rabbis and monks ''made lawful'' for them what Allah forbade. <ref>Quran 9:31, tafsir Ibn Kathir</ref>

===Slave woman gives birth to her master/mistress===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|48}}|
When a slave (lady) gives birth to her master.
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 63 (sahih)|
When the slave woman gives birth to her mistress' (Waki' said: This means when non-Arabs will give birth to Arabs")
}}

According to Nawawi, the opinion of the majority of scholars is that Muslims will enslave non-Muslim women and have kids with them and the kids will be masters of their mothers because the kids are Muslims. <ref>https://quranacademy.io/blog/an-nawawis-hadith-2-hadith-of-jibreel-3/</ref> Ibn Hajar (who lived later) didn't like this interpretation, because the enslavement was already happening during the time of Muhammad, so it wasn't really a prophecy of the future.

Ibn Hajar and others, as a result, like to interpret it as kids treating their mothers like slaves. This is not compatible with Waki's comment, and it would appear that children disrespecting their parents has been and will remain a universal phenomenon.

===Woman helps her husband in business===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
'Abdullah said, 'From the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, who said, "Before the Final Hour people will single out one individual for the greeting, commerce will increase until '''a woman helps her husband in business''', people will sever their links with their relatives, knowledge will spread, false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed."
}}

===Some people control trade===
{{Quote|an-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 4461 (sahih)|
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'One of the portents of the Hour will be that wealth becomes widespread and abundant, and trade will become widespread, but knowledge will disappear. '''A man will try to sell something and will say: "No, not until I consult the merchant of banu so and so''' and People will look throughout a vast area for a scribe and will not find one."
}}
Meccans boycotted Muslims in the Meccan period. It was a form of trade control.

===Injustice===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 485 (sahih)|
Ibn 'Umar reported that the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, said, "Injustice will appear as darkness on the Day of Rising."
}}

===False testimony===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ، وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

..false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed.
}}

False testimony was already forbidden in the 10 commandments. The problem existed long before Islam.

===Unfulfilled vows===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
..then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and '''they will vow and never fulfill their vows''', and fatness will appear among them."
}}

===Cheating in weights (scales)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. '''They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers'''. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is also mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Amos 8:2-6|
Then the Lord said to me, “The end has come for My people Israel. I will spare them no longer. The songs of the palace will turn to wailing in that day,” declares the Lord God. “Many will be the corpses; in every place they will cast them forth in silence.” '''Hear this, you who trample the needy''', to do away with the humble of the land, saying: “When will the new moon be over, So that we may sell grain, And the sabbath, that we may open the wheat market, '''To make the bushel smaller and the shekel bigger, And to cheat with dishonest scales'''
}}

Famines, like cheating, are universal phenomenon.

===Making money unlawfully===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|34|296}}|
Narrated Abu Hurairah (ra):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said "Certainly a time will come when people will not bother to know from where they earned the money, by lawful means or unlawful means."
}}
Muhammad himself engaged in dubious practices to acquire money:
{{Quote|Sirat Rasul Allah 428, Tabari VII:29|
Then the apostle heard that Abu Sufyan b. Harb was coming from Syria with a large caravan of Quraysh, containing their money and merchandise, accompanied by some thirty or forty men." Mohammad said, "This is the Quraysh caravan containing their property, Go out to attack it, perhaps God will give it as prey,
}}

===Usury (riba)===
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 10191|
عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ أَنّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ يَأْتِي عَلَى النَّاسِ زَمَانٌ يَأْكُلُونَ فِيهِ الرِّبَا قِيلَ النَّاسُ كُلُّهُمْ قَالَ مَنْ لَمْ يَأْكُلْهُ مِنْهُمْ نَالَهُ مِنْ غُبَارِهِ

Abu Huraira reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “A time will come upon people in which they will consume usury.” It was said, “All of the people?” The Prophet said, “Whoever does not consume it will be affected by its dust.”
}}

Usury (riba) was already widespread in the period before Islam, which Muslims call "jahilya":
{{Quote|[https://ebrary.net/10536/business_finance/types_riba Types of Riba]|
Riba al-Jahiliyah means “the riba used during the age of ignorance and paganism.” It is also called riba al-nassee'aa (the riba that is constrained by a time limit and is time dependent). This type of '''riba was widely practiced by the pagan Arabs at the advent of Islam'''.
}}

In any interest-based economy, all goods will inevitably be "tainted" directly or indirectly with interest-based practices.

===Sudden deaths===
{{Quote|Al-Mu'jam al-Awsat al-Tabarani (9/147) No. 9376 (sahih)|
حدثنا الهيثم بن خالد المصيصي نا عبدالكبير بن المعافى بن عمران نا شريك عن العباس بن ذريح عن الشعبي عن أنس بن مالك رفعه إلى النبي صلى الله عليه و سلم قال من اقتراب الساعة أن يرى الهلال قبلا فيقال لليلتين وأن تتخذ المساجد طرقا وأن يظهر الموت الفجاء لم يرو هذا الحديث عن العباس بن زريح إلا شريك تفرد به عبد الكبير بن المعافى

Anas bin Malik (RA) narrated that the Prophet (SAW) said: “Among the signs that the Last Hour is near, is that the crescent would appear larger than its actual size and people would say: ‘It appears as if it is only two days old.’ and the masajid will be taken as streets, and '''sudden death will spread'''.”
}}

In other hadiths Muhammad and Ubayd speak about sudden death as something already known:{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 3110 / Book 21, Hadith 22 / Book 20, Hadith 3104 (sahih)|
Narrated Ubayd ibn Khalid as-Sulami,:

A man from the Companions of the Prophet (ﷺ), said: The narrator Sa'd ibn Ubaydah narrated sometimes from the Prophet (ﷺ) and sometimes as a statement of Ubayd (ibn Khalid): The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Sudden death is a wrathful catching.
}}

===Islam will be unpleasant for Muslims (like burning ember/coal in hand)===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2260 (hasan)|
Anas bin Malik narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"There shall come upon the people a time in which the one who is patient upon his religion will be like the one holding onto a burning ember."
}}

Adhering to Islam was already unpleasant for many Muslims during the time of Muhammad and it escalated in 632-633 during the Wars of Apostasy when some Arabs tried to leave Islam, but had it imposed on them once again by the caliph.

===Following Jews and Christians===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|92|422}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "You will follow the ways of those nations who were before you, span by span and cubit by cubit (i.e., inch by inch) so much so that even if they entered a hole of a mastigure, you would follow them." We said, "O Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)! (Do you mean) the Jews and the Christians?" He said, "Whom else?"
}}
Muhammad himself incorporated portions of the Talmud and the gospels in the Quran and his teachings.

===Killing [pointless killing]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which Religious ignorance will spread, knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and '''there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing'''."
}}

The Old Testament hosts many texts about mass killing. For example:
{{Quote|The Bible (AMPC), 1 Samuel 15:3|
Now go and smite Amalek and utterly destroy all they have; do not spare them, but '''kill both man and woman, infant and suckling, ox and sheep, camel and donkey.'''
}}

Muhammad himself engaged in what most would describe as "pointless killing":
{{Quote|Ibn Ishaq: Sirat Rasul Allah, p. 464|
Then they surrendered, and the apostle confined them in Medina in the quarter of d. al-Harith, a woman of B. al-Najjar. Then the apostle went out to the market of Medina (which is still its market today) and dug trenches in it. Then he sent for them and struck off their heads in those trenches as they were brought out to him in batches. Among them was the enemy of Allah Huyayy b. Akhtab and Ka`b b. Asad their chief. There were 600 or 700 in all, though some put the figure as high as 800 or 900.
}}

===Two parties with the same message will fight===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6902}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) many ahadith and one of them was this:

The last Hour will not come until the two parties (of Muslims) confront each other and there is a large-scale massacre amongst them and the claim of both of them is the same.
}}

This prediction was interpreted by Islamic scholars as referring to the Battle of Siffin (year 657). Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Issue between Ali and Aisha===
{{Quote|Fath al Bari 13/59 (sahih) and others|
إنَّهُ سيكونُ بينَكَ وبين عائشةَ أمرٌ قال فأنا أشقاهُم يا رسولَ اللهِ قال لا ولكنْ إذا كان ذلك فاردُدْها إلى مأمنِها

There will be an issue between you and ‘Aisha.” He said, “Me, O Messenger of Allah?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Me?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Then [in that case] I would be the worst of them (all people).” He said, “No, but when this occurs, return her to her safe quarters.”}}

The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_the_Camel Battle of the Camel] happened in 656. The hadith (in Musnad Ahmad) was written in the 9th century.

===Ammar will be killed===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 1, Book 46, Hadith 3800 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "Rejoice, 'Ammar, the transgressing party shall kill you."
}}

He was killed in the 7th century. The collection of Tirmidhi was written in the 9th century.

==="I have been given Persia"===
{{Quote|Al-Nasa'i, Sunan al Kubra 8858|
أنبأ محمد بن عبد الأعلى قال حدثنا معتمر قال سمعت عوفا قال سمعت ميمونا يحدث عن البراء بن عازب قال : لما أمرنا رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم أن يحفر الخندق عرض لنا فيه حجر لا يأخذ فيه المعول فاشتكينا ذلك إلى رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فجاء رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فألقى ثوبه وأخذ المعول وقال بسم الله فضرب ضربة فكسر ثلث الصخرة قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح الشام والله إني لأبصر قصورها الحمر الآن من مكاني هذا قال ثم ضرب أخرى وقال بسم الله وكسر ثلثا آخر وقال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح فارس والله إني لأبصر قصر المدائن الأبيض الآن ثم ضرب ثالثة وقال بسم الله فقطع الحجر قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح اليمن والله إني لأبصر باب صنعاء

Al-Bara said: On the Day of Al-Khandaq (the trench) there stood out a rock too immune for our spades to break up. We therefore went to see God’s Messenger for advice. He took the spade, and said: “In the Name of God” Then he struck it saying: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Ash-Sham (Greater Syria). By God, I can see its red palaces at the moment;” on the second strike he said: “God is Most Great, '''I have been given Persia'''. By God, I can now see the white palace of Madain;” and for the third time he struck the rock saying: “In the Name of God,” shattering the rest of the rock, and he said: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Yemen. By God, I can see the gates of San’a while I am in my place.”
}}

The bloody conquest happened around the year 650. Earliest hadith collection Muwatta Imam Malik (which doesn't contain this hadith) was written around the year 750 and the hadith collection sunan al-Kubra which contains the hadith was written around the year 850. This hadith was written hundreds of years after the event it describes.

Furthermore, Persia was already conquered a thousand years before by Alexander the Great. And at the time of Muhammad Persia was exhausted by wars with Romans which lasted from 54 BC to 628 AD (681 years).

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roman%E2%80%93Persian_Wars Wikipedia: Roman–Persian Wars]

===Conquest of Jerusalem===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, '''the conquest of Jerusalem''', a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

Some suggest that Muhammad predicted "The Muslim conquest of Jerusalem in 1187 AD." <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/en/article/135817/the-signs-of-the-hour</ref>:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(1187) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (1187)]

However, this was the second Islamic conquest of Jerusalem. Muslims first conquered Jerusalem in 636:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(636%E2%80%93637) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (636–637)]

Furthermore, after the conquest, the Hour was expected to come. Both events occurred nearly a thousand years in the past.

This was written by Bukhari two hundred years after the first conquest.

Hadith in Sunan Abu Dawud also stresses the coming of the Last Hour after the conquest of Jerusalem (holy land):
{{Quote|Abu Dawud 14:2529 (sahih)|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Hawalah al-Azdi:

The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) sent us on foot to get spoil, but we returned without getting any. When he saw the signs of distress on our faces, he stood up on our faces and said: O Allah, do not put them under my care, for I would be too weak to care for them; do not put them in care of themselves, for they would be incapable of that, and do not put them in the care of men, for they would choose the best things for themselves. '''He then placed his hand on my head and said: Ibn Hawalah, when you see the caliphate has settled in the holy land, earthquakes, sorrows and serious matters will have drawn near and on that day the Last Hour will be nearer to mankind than this hand of mine is to your head.'''
}}

===Conquest of Egypt===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|5174}}|
Abu Dharr reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

'''You would soon conquer Egypt''' and that is a land which is known (as the land of al-qirat). So when you conquer it, treat its inhabitants well. For there lies upon you the responsibility because of blood-tie or relationship of marriage (with them). And when you see two persons falling into dispute amongst themselves for the space of a brick, than get out of that. He (Abu Dharr) said: I saw Abd al-Rahman b. Shurahbil b. Hasana and his brother Rabi'a disputing with one another for the space of a brick. So I left that (land).
}}
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muslim_conquest_of_Egypt Muslim conquest of Egypt] happened in the 7th century. The hadith collection Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Conquest of Yemen, Syria and Iraq===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3201}}|
Sufyan b. Abu Zuhair heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) say:

'''Yemen will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families on them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''Syria will be conquered''' and some people will go away driving their camels along with them and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''lraq will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority. while Medina is better for them if they were to know it.
}}
All conquests happened in the 7th century. Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.
===Fighting Turks===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|56|787}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till you fight a nation wearing hairy shoes, and till you '''fight the Turks''', who will have small eyes, red faces and flat noses; and their faces will be like flat shields. And you will find that the best people are those who hate responsibility of ruling most of all till they are chosen to be the rulers. And the people are of different natures: The best in the pre-lslamic period are the best in Islam. A time will come when any of you will love to see me rather than to have his family and property doubled."
}}

Some suggest that "Turks" here means "Mongols" and that this thus predicts Gengis Khan. However, The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Kharistan Battle of Kharistan] (737) which happened between the Umayyad caliphate and Turkic Türgesh, could equally fit the description provided here. This seems more plausible, especially as Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

One might also note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

===Leave the Turks as long as they leave you===
This hadith is often referenced as evidence that Muhammad predicted the Ottoman empire, often ignoring the clause about the Abyssinians
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4288}}|
Narrated from Abi Sukainah One of the Companions:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: '''Let the Abyssinians alone as long as they let you alone''', and let the Turks alone as long as they leave you alone.
}}

It is said that the Turks should be left alone because they were strong, and they were strong therefore they would eventually become dominant. This is an evidently generous reading of the hadith.

In other hadith, Muhammad is reported to have predicted that after a few wars, Muslims would exterminate the Turks:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Takhreej Mishkaat al-Masabih 5/110 (hasan) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8F%D9%83%D9%85+%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8C+%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%A7%D8%B1%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%8A%D9%86%D9%90+%D9%8A%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8F%D9%91%D8%B1%D9%83%D9%8E</ref>|
يقاتِلُكم قومٌ صغارُ الأعينِ يعني التُّركَ قالَ تسوقونَهم ثلاثَ مرات حتَّى تُلحِقوهم بجزيرةِ العربِ فأمَّا في السِّاقةِ الأولى فينجو من هربَ منهم فأمَّا في الثَّانيةِ فينجو بعضٌ ويَهلِكُ بعضٌ وأمَّا في الثَّالثةِ فيصطَلِمونَ

People with small eyes, i.e. the Turks, will fight against you, the prophet (ﷺ) said: You will drive them off three times till you catch up with them in Arabia. On the first occasion when you drive them off those who fly will be safe, on the second occasion some will be safe and some will perish, but '''on the third occasion they will be extirpated'''.
}}
===Spoils of war distributed preferentially===
Hadith daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi 2211 (daif)|
إِذَا اتُّخِذَ الْفَىْءُ دُوَلاً

When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially)
}}
Al-Fai mean spoils of war.

===Fearless traveler (security)===
Probably refers to time after the conquest of Iraq in the 7th century:
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/334 (sahih)|
لا تقومُ الساعَةُ حتى تعودَ أرْضُ العربِ مروجًا وأَنْهَارًا وحتى يسيرَ الراكِبُ بينَ العِرَاقِ ومَكَّةَ لَا يَخَافُ إلَّا ضَلَالَ الطريقِ [ وحتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْهَرْجُ قالوا وما الهَرْجُ يا رسولَ اللهِ قال القتلُ ]

The Hour will not come until the land of Arabs becomes meadows and rivers and until '''a rider goes between Iraq and Makka and doesn't fear anything except getting lost''' and until al-harj is widespread. They said: And what is al-Harj O messenger of God? He said: Killing.
}}

===Fat people===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
Narrated `Imran bin Husain:

"Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, 'The best of my followers are those living in my generation (i.e. my contemporaries). and then those who will follow the latter" `Imran added, "I do not remember whether he mentioned two or three generations after his generation, then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and they will vow and never fulfill their vows, and '''fatness will appear among them'''."
}}

After the 7th century Islamic conquests, Muslims became rich and could have a lot of food.

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|59|548}}|
Narrated Ibn `Umar:

We did not eat our fill except after we had conquered Khaibar.
}}

Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Special greeting===
It was interpreted as "greeting only people you know":
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ‏:‏ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ

Before the Hour there is special greeting
}}

It would mean Muslims would disobey Muhammad's command to greet everyone:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|12}}|
Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Amr:

A man asked the Prophet (ﷺ) , "What sort of deeds or (what qualities of) Islam are good?" The Prophet (ﷺ) replied, 'To feed (the poor) and '''greet those whom you know and those whom you do not know'''.
}}

In other hadiths however Muhammad was preventing Muslims from greeting certain people based on their religion:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|26|5389}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

Do not greet the Jews and the Christians before they greet you and when you meet any one of them on the roads force him to go to the narrowest part of it.
}}

===Rejection of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4604 / Book 41, Hadith 4587 / Book 42, Hadith 9|
Narrated Al-Miqdam ibn Ma'dikarib:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Beware! I have been given the Qur'an and something like it, yet the time is coming when a man replete on his couch will say: '''Keep to the Qur'an'''; what you find in it to be permissible treat as permissible, and what you find in it to be prohibited treat as prohibited. Beware! The domestic ass, beasts of prey with fangs, a find belonging to confederate, unless its owner does not want it, are not permissible to you If anyone comes to some people, they must entertain him, but if they do not, he has a right to mulct them to an amount equivalent to his entertainment.
}}

The idea that only the Quran is the word of god and Muhamamad is just a man and therefore he might be wrong existed during Muhammad's life:
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 3646, In-book reference: Book 26, Hadith 6, English translation: Book 25, Hadith 3639|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Amr ibn al-'As:

I used to write everything which I heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). I intended (by it) to memorise it. The Quraysh prohibited me saying: '''Do you write everything that you hear from him while the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) is a human being: he speaks in anger and pleasure?''' So I stopped writing, and mentioned it to the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He signalled with his finger to him mouth and said: Write, by Him in Whose hand my soul lies, only right comes out from it.
}}
===Liars will be trusted and honest people will be regarded as liars===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4036 (hasan)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will come to the people years of treachery, when the liar will be regarded as honest, and the honest man will be regarded as a liar; the traitor will be regarded as faithful, and the faithful man will be regarded as a traitor; and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}

This was already happening according to Islamic sources. Some people trusted Musaylimah.

==="The pen will spread"===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ وَفُشُوُّ التِّجَارَةِ حَتَّى تُعِينَ الْمَرْأَةُ زَوْجَهَا عَلَى التِّجَارَةِ وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ وَفُشُوُّ الْقَلَمِ وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, family ties will be severed, '''the pen will spread''', false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
There is the Pen that Allah created first and which writes the future:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 3319 (sahih)|
“I arrived in Makkah and met Ata bin Abi Rabah. I said: ‘O Abu Muhammad! Some people with us speak about Al-Qadar.’ Ata said: ‘I met Al-Walid bin Ubadah bin As-Samit and he said: “My father narrated to me, he said: ‘I heard the Messenger of Allah saying: “Verily '''the first of what Allah created was the Pen (القلم). He said to it: “Write.” So it wrote what will be forever'''.’”
}}

There is also the Pen that writes deeds:
{{Quote|Bulugh al Maram: Book 8, Hadith 1096|
Narrated 'Aishah (RA):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: "There are three people whose actions are not recorded ( رُفِعَ اَلْقَلَمُ عَنْ ثَلَاثَةٍ, literally "is lifted the pen from three"), a sleeping person till he awakes, a child till he is a grown up, and an insane person till he is restored to reason or recovers his sense." [Reported by Ahmad and al-Arba'a, except at-Tirmidhi. al-Hakim graded it Sahih (authentic)].
}}
{{Quote|al-nasa'i: Vol. 4, Book 26, Hadith 3217 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Salamah:
It was narrated from Abu Salamah that Abu Hurairah said: "I said: 'O Messenger of Allah, I am a young man and I fear hardship for myself, but I cannot afford to marry; should I castrate myself?'" The Prophet turned away from him until he said it three times. Then the Prophet said: "O Abu Hurairah, '''the pen is dried concerning what you are going to face''', so (it is up to you whether) you castrate yourself or not." Abu Abdur-Rahman (An-Nasai) said: Al-Awzai did not hear this narration from Az-Zuhri, and this hadith is sahih, Yunus reported it from Az-Zuhri.
}}

Literacy was increasing before Muhammad was born. Jews and Christians first used oral traditions, but then switched to writing. There was also the ongoing global transitions from oral cultures to written cultures more generally.

Notice also that the prophecy was written by people who were ''writing'' hadiths from oral traditions.

===Family ties will be severed===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, '''family ties will be severed''' (وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ), the pen will spread, false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
Islam teaches that among the first people were brothers Cain and Abel and Cain killed Abel.

There is also hadith where Muhammad encourages people to keep the ties of kinship, which indicates they weren't doing it enough in his time:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 1, Hadith 1979 (hasan)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah said:
"Learn enough about your lineage to facilitate keeping your ties of kinship (تَصِلُونَ بِهِ أَرْحَامَكُمْ). For indeed keeping the ties of kinship encourages affection among the relatives, increases the wealth, and increases the lifespan."
}}

Killing of family members for the sake of Islam was also approved by Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4348}}|Narrated Abdullah Ibn Abbas: A blind man had a slave-mother who used to abuse the Prophet (peace be upon him) and disparage him. He forbade her but she did not stop. He rebuked her but she did not give up her habit. One night she began to slander the Prophet (peace be upon him) and abuse him. So he took a dagger, placed it on her belly, pressed it, and killed her. A child who came between her legs was smeared with the blood that was there. When the morning came, the Prophet (peace be upon him) was informed about it.

He assembled the people and said: I adjure by Allah the man who has done this action and I adjure him by my right to him that he should stand up. Jumping over the necks of the people and trembling the man stood up.

He sat before the Prophet (peace be upon him) and said: Apostle of Allah! I am her master; she used to abuse you and disparage you. I forbade her, but she did not stop, and I rebuked her, but she did not abandon her habit. I have two sons like pearls from her, and she was my companion. Last night she began to abuse and disparage you. So I took a dagger, put it on her belly and pressed it till I killed her.

Thereupon the Prophet (peace be upon him) said: Oh be witness, no retaliation is payable for her blood.}}

===Satellite Communications===
It's a similar prophecy to "family ties will be severed", this hadith is often mistranslated (also the hadith is weak):
{{Quote|Tabrani, al-Muʿjam al-Kabīr 10/228 and Mu'jan al-Awsat 4861 (da'eef)|
“From among the signs of Qiyamah is that people will maintain ties with '''distant relatives and strangers''' (الأطباق) but sever ties with close family.”
}}
The word الأطباق (''al-atbaaq'') is today sometimes translated as "dishes" (although the classical translation (understanding) fits better into the context) and then they interpret the "dishes" as "satellites".

*[https://hadithanswers.com/is-satellite-communication-a-sign-of-qiyamah/ Fatwa against the modern interpretation]

===Automobiles (actually camels with lofty saddles)===
Muhammad forbade riding on ''mayathir'' (مياثر), so mayathir were something already known:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|74|253}}|
..He forbade us to drink from silver utensils, to wear gold rings, '''to ride on silken saddles (ركوب المياثر)''', to wear silk clothes..
}}

There is a prophecy about people riding on mayathir at the end of times:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4 / 436 (hasan)|
سَيَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ هَذِهِ الْأُمَّةِ رِجَالٌ يَرْكَبُونَ عَلَى الْمَيَاثِرِ حَتَّى يَأْتُوا أَبْوَابَ مَسَاجِدِهِمْ

They will mount their mayaathir until they come to the doors of their mosques
}}
Albani explained:
{{Quote|Tafsir by Albani|
the word mayaathir is the plural of meetharah and Ibn al-Athir described it as, “… smooth and soft, made out of silk or a silk brocade [heavy silk] which the rider places beneath him on the saddle on top of the camel.
}}

And a re-iteration of the same prophecy:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 654/11 (hasan)|
يكون في آخر أمتي رجال يركبون على سرج كأشباه الرحال ينزلون على أبواب المساجد نساؤهم كاسيات عاريات

In the last [part] of my nation there will be men who ride on '''saddles that resemble packsaddles''' (سرج كأشباه الرحال). They will alight at the doors of the mosques. Their women are clothed but naked. On their heads are [what appears to be] like the humps of [lean] camels. Curse them for they are cursed. If there were a nation from the nations to come after you, your women would serve them, just as the women of the nations that were before you served you.
}}
Some try to translate سرج كأشباه الرحال as "carriots" or "cars", but:

*سَرْج means "saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle; pigskin; pillion" <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B3%D8%B1%D8%AC/</ref>
*رَحْل means "Either of a pair of a bags laid over the back of a horse - saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle". <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B1%D8%AD%D9%84/</ref>

===Ignorance [of Islamic teachings]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which '''Religious ignorance will spread''', knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing."}}

*In Islam, the period before Muhammad's career is called jahilya (ignorance).
*in context of Islam, when Muhammad says "knowledge" it means "knowledge of Muhamamd's claims and commands" and when Islam says "ignorance" it means "ignorance of Muhammad's claims and commands"
*Muhammad noticed that Jews don't fully follow the law of Moses, so he predicted similar outcomes for Muslims in many instances.

===Learning for something other than Islam===
{{Quote|Al-Shawkani, Nayl al-Awtar 8/262 (hasan li-ghayrihi)|
إذا اتُّخِذَ الفَيْءُ دُوَلًا والأمانةُ مَغْنَمًا والزكاةُ مَغْرَمًا وتُعُلِّمَ لغيرِ الدِّينِ وأطاع الرجلُ امرأتَه وعَقَّ أُمَّه وأَدْنَى صديقَه وأَقْصَى أباه وظَهَرَتِ الأصواتُ في المساجدِ وساد القبيلةَ فاسِقُهُم وكان زعيمُ القومِ أَرْذَلَهم وأُكْرِمَ الرجلُ مَخَافةَ شرِّه وظَهَرَتِ القِيَانُ والمعازفُ وشُرِبَتِ الخُمورُ ولَعَن آخِرُ هذه الأمةِ أولَها فلْيَرْتَقِبُوا عند ذلك رِيحًا حمراءَ وزَلْزَلَةً وخَسْفًا ومَسْخًا وقَذْفًا وآياتٍ تُتَابَعُ كنِظامٍ بالٍ قُطِعَ سِلْكُه فتتابع بعضُه بعضًا

When spoiles of war are distributed; and property given in trust will be considered as booty for oneself; Zakat will be looked upon as a fine; '''learning for other than the religion'''; a man will obey his wife and disobey his mother; a man will bring his friends nearer and drive his father far off; noises will be raised in the masjids; the most wicked of a tribe will become its ruler; the most worthless member of a people will become its leader; a man will be honoured for fear of the evil he may do; singing girls and musical instruments will come into vogue; drinking of wine will become common; and the later generations will begin to curse the previous generations; then wait, for red violent winds, earthquakes, swallowing up by the earth, defacement (of human faces), pelting of stones from the skies as rain, and a continuing chain of disasters followed one by another, like beads of a necklace falling one after the other rapidly when its string is cut.
}}
Secular knowledge for secular purposes was studied before Islam.

===Tall buildings===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||1|1|63}} <ref>https://sunnah.com/urn/1250630</ref>|
وَأَنْ تَرَى الْحُفَاةَ الْعُرَاةَ الْعَالَةَ رِعَاءَ الشَّاءِ يَتَطَاوَلُونَ فِي الْبِنَاءِ

..and when '''you see barefoot, naked, destitute shepherds''' competing in constructing tall buildings
}}The Bible contained a story of the Tower of Babel, Egyptians built pyramids. The desire and ability to construct tall buildings appears to has been common in history.

There were people in the 7th century building buildings that could be considered tall in that time. Ibn Hajar wrote in his famous commentary on Sahih Bukhari:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar: Fatḥ al-Bārī fī Sharḥ Ṣaḥīḥ al-Bukhārī|
يتطاول الناس في البنيان وهي من العلامات التي وقعت عن قرب في زمن النبوة

"The people are [competing in] building tall buildings" - and that's from the signs which '''happened close at the time of the prophethood'''
}}

Muslims could afford building tall buildings after they got rich from early Islamic conquests.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|70|576}}|
Narrated Qais bin Abi Hazim:

We went to pay a visit to Khabbab (who was sick) and he had been branded (cauterized) at seven places in his body. He said, "Our companions who died (during the lifetime of the Prophet) left (this world) without having their rewards reduced through enjoying the pleasures of this life, but '''we have got (so much) wealth that we find no way to spend It except on the construction of buildings''' .Had the Prophet not forbidden us to wish for death, I would have wished for it.' We visited him for the second time while he was building a wall. '''He said: A Muslim is rewarded (in the Hereafter) for whatever he spends except for something that he spends on building'''."
}}

Some add that theses buildings were described as being "as high as mountains", but that hadith is mawqoof (not from Muhammad). It was a saying of ‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr and it was after Muslims became rich from early Islamic conquests, so they could likely imagine themselves building tall in Mecca. Also the hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Musannaf ibn Abi Shaybah, Hadith: 14306 (da'eef or hasan)|
Sayyiduna '''‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr''' (radiyallahu ‘anhuma) is reported to have said: “……When you see tunnels/canals being dug in Makkah Mukarramah and the buildings (of Makkah Mukarramah) higher than the peak of the mountains then know that Qiyamah is close.”
}}

*[https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/247118/%D9%87%D9%84-%D8%AB%D8%A8%D8%AA-%D9%85%D9%86-%D9%83%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85-%D8%B9%D8%A8%D8%AF-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%84%D9%87-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%B1%D9%88-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B9%D8%A7%D8%B5-%D8%A7%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AA%D9%81%D8%A7%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A8%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%A1-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D9%85%D9%83%D8%A9-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9 Fatwa] (Arabic) says that since it's not from Muhammad, it shouldn't even be called a hadith.

===Mosques full of hypocrites===
{{Quote|Ibn Abi Shaybah: Kitab al-Iman 101 (sahih)|
عن عبد اللهِ بنِ عَمرو قال : يأتي على الناس زمانٌ ، يجتمِعون ويُصلُّون في المساجدِ ، وليس فيهم مؤمنٌ

A time will come on people when they get together and pray in mosques and isn't among them a single believer
}}

Praying hypocrites were also mentioned in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 6:5|
“And when you pray, do not be like the hypocrites, for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and on the street corners to be seen by others.
}}

The military nature of Islam's spread may have encouraged this type of hypocrisy:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|30}}|
It is reported on the authority of Abu Huraira that the Messenger of Allah said:

I have been commanded to fight against people so long as they do not declare that there is no god but Allah, and he who professed it was guaranteed the protection of his property and life on my behalf except for the right affairs rest with Allah.
}}
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|260}}|
Narrated `Ikrima:

`Ali burnt some people and this news reached Ibn `Abbas, who said, "Had I been in his place I would not have burnt them, as the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'Don't punish (anybody) with Allah's Punishment.' No doubt, I would have killed them, for the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'If somebody (a Muslim) discards his religion, kill him.' "
}}

===Voices raised in mosques===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2211 (daif)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially), trust is a spoil of war, Zakat is a fine, knowledge is sought for other than the(sake of the) religion, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is close to his friend and far from his father, '''voices are raised in the Masajid''', tribes are led by their wicked, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, singing slave-girls and music spread, intoxicants are drunk, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning- then anticipate a red wind, earthquake, collapsing of the earth, transformation, Qadhf, and the signs follow in succession like gems of a necklace whose string is cut and so they fall in succession."
}}

People were raising voices even in the time of Muhammad in front of him. Muhammad rebuked them in the Quran:
{{Quote|{{Quran|49|2}} (Sahih International)|
O you who have believed, do not raise your voices above the voice of the Prophet or be loud to him in speech like the loudness of some of you to others, lest your deeds become worthless while you perceive not.

}}

===Decoration of mosques===
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|8|690}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Anas that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"One of the portents of the Hour will be that people will show off in building Masjids."
}}

There was a precedent. Christians and Jews were adorning their places of worship:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|2|448}}|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Abbas:

I was not commanded to build high mosques. Ibn Abbas said: You will certainly adorn them '''as the Jews and Christians did'''.
}}

===Markets will approach (taqaarub al-aswaaq)===
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/330 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D8%AA%D8%B8%D9%87%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%81%D8%AA%D9%86+%D9%88%D9%8A%D9%83%D8%AB%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B0%D8%A8+%D9%88%D8%AA%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B3%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%82+%D9%88%D9%8A%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B2%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%86</ref>|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تَظْهَرَ الفِتَنُ ويكثرَ الكذِبُ وتتقارَبَ الأسواقُ ويتقارَبَ الزمانُ ويكثُرَ الهرجُ قلْتُ وما الهرْجُ قال القتْلُ

The Hour won't come till tribulations show up, lies are widespread and '''taqaarub of markets''' and taqaarub of time and harj is widespread. I said: What is al-harj? He said: Killing.
}}
The hadith is vague in its entirety, but the situation on markets expectedly changed after Muslims got rich by the 7th century conquests.

===Breaking the convenant with god makes enemies overpower them===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
... '''They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands.''' Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Leviticus 26:14-17|
Punishment for Disobedience

“‘But if you will not listen to me and carry out all these commands, and if you reject my decrees and abhor my laws and fail to carry out all my commands and so violate my covenant, then I will do this to you: I will bring on you sudden terror, wasting diseases and fever that will destroy your sight and sap your strength. You will plant seed in vain, because your enemies will eat it. I will set my face against you so that you will be defeated by your enemies; those who hate you will rule over you, and you will flee even when no one is pursuing you.
}}

===A man passes by a grave and wants to be dead too===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
وَحَتَّى يَمُرَّ الرَّجُلُ بِقَبْرِ الرَّجُلِ فَيَقُولُ يَا لَيْتَنِي مَكَانَهُ

... till a man when passing by a grave of someone will say, 'Would that I were in his place...
}}

The Old Testament mentions this:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Jonah 4:3|
"Therefore now, O LORD, please take my life from me, for death is better to me than life."
}}

===People will treat a man with respect because they fear the evil he could do===
The hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, '''the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of''', intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

Intimidation with violence was already used before Islam. It was also used by Muhammad.

===The leader of a people will be the worst of them===
This hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, '''the leader of the people is the most despicable among them''', the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

This happened during the time of Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abu Dawud||2155|darussalam}}| Abu Said al-Khudri said: "The apostle of Allah sent a military expedition to Awtas on the occasion of the battle of Hunain. They met their enemy and fought with them. They defeated them and took them captives. Some of the Companions of the apostle of Allah were reluctant to have intercourse with the female captives because of their pagan husbands. So Allah, the Exalted, sent down the Quranic verse, "And all married women (are forbidden) unto you save those (captives) whom your right hands possess". That is to say, they are lawful for them when they complete their waiting period." [The Quran verse is 4:24]}}

The men were morally reluctant to rape married women, but their leader (Muhammad) permitted them to go ahead.

==Predictions of the future (after the hadiths)==
In this category are hadiths that don't talk about what already happened before the prophecies were written.

==="Opposites"===
These don't seem to be predictions, but rather statements that the opposite of what was considered granted at that time will happen. For example mountains were considered solid (not moving), so a prophecy says that mountains will be moving. Rather then explaining the fulfillment of these prophecies, this common denominator suggests how the predictions were generated.

====Mountains will move====
This hadith is da'eef (Ufayr bin Ma'daan is in the chain):
{{Quote|Mu'jam at-Tabaraani vol 7, n. 6857|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تزولَ الجبالُ عن أماكِنِها وتَرَوْنَ الأمورَ العظامَ التي لم تَكُونوا تَرَوْنَها

The Hour will not begin until the '''mountains are moved from their places''' and you see great calamities which you have never seen before.
}}
====Non-speaking objects will start speaking====
{{Quote|Jami' al-Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2181 (sahih)|
Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri narrated that the Messenger of Allah (s.a.w) said:
"By the One in Whose Hand is my soul! The Hour will not be established until predators speak to people and until the tip of a man's whip and the straps on his sandal speak to him, and his thigh informs him of what occurred with his family after him."
}}

Though this hadith is often metaphorisized to refer to modern technology (mobile phones), the original wording of the hadith appears to be rather literal in its intention.

The Old Testament already has a story about a talking serpent:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 3:1|
Now '''the serpent''' was more crafty than any of the wild animals the Lord God had made. '''He said''' to the woman, “Did God really say, ‘You must not eat from any tree in the garden’?”
}}

And for Muhammad (unlike for most people), talking objects wouldn't even be much miraculous, since he was hearing voices regularly. For example he heard a stone saluting him:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====The land of Arabia reverts to meadows and rivers====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|5|2208}}|
وَحَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ، - وَهُوَ ابْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْقَارِيُّ - عَنْ سُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ ‏ "‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْمَالُ وَيَفِيضَ حَتَّى يَخْرُجَ الرَّجُلُ بِزَكَاةِ مَالِهِ فَلاَ يَجِدُ أَحَدًا يَقْبَلُهَا مِنْهُ وَحَتَّى تَعُودَ أَرْضُ الْعَرَبِ مُرُوجًا وَأَنْهَارًا ‏"‏ ‏.‏

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) as saying:

The Last Hour will not come before wealth becomes abundant and overflowing, so much so that a man takes Zakat out of his property and cannot find anyone to accept it from him and '''till the land of Arabia reverts (تعود) to meadows and rivers.'''
}}

The word تعود (''ta'ooda'') can mean both "become" and "revert".
{{Quote|مرقاة المفاتيح شرح مشكاة المصابيح|
وحتى تعود أرض العرب أي: تصير أو ترجع

"And until ''ta'ooda'' the land of Arabs" - meaning "becomes" or "reverts"
}}

====Much rain, but little vegetation====
{{Quote|Shuaib Al Arna'ut, Takhreej al-Musnad 12429 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%B3+%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1%D8%A7+%D8%B9%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7+%D8%8C+%D9%88+%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%86%D8%A8%D8%AA+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B1%D8%B6+%D8%B4%D9%8A%D8%A6%D8%A7</ref>|
لا تَقومُ السَّاعةُ حتى يُمطَرَ النَّاسُ مَطرًا عامًّا، ولا تُنبِتَ الأرضُ شيئًا.

The Hour would not come until there is too much rain, but the earth does not produce crops
}}
===Other Predictions About the Future===
====Coming of Muhammad and the Hour are close like the forefinger and middle finger joined together====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7049}}|
Anas reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

I and the Last Hour have been sent like this and (he while doing it) joined the forefinger with the middle finger.
}}

====A 7th century boy won't grow very old before the Hour comes====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7052}}|
وَحَدَّثَنِي حَجَّاجُ بْنُ الشَّاعِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، - يَعْنِي ابْنَ زَيْدٍ - حَدَّثَنَا مَعْبَدُ بْنُ هِلاَلٍ الْعَنَزِيُّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَجُلاً، سَأَلَ النَّبِيَّ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ مَتَى تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ قَالَ فَسَكَتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم هُنَيْهَةً ثُمَّ نَظَرَ إِلَى غُلاَمٍ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ مِنْ أَزْدِ شَنُوءَةَ فَقَالَ ‏ "‏ إِنْ عُمِّرَ هَذَا لَمْ يُدْرِكْهُ الْهَرَمُ حَتَّى تَقُومَ السَّاعَةُ ‏"‏ ‏.‏ قَالَ قَالَ أَنَسٌ ذَاكَ الْغُلاَمُ مِنْ أَتْرَابِي يَوْمَئِذٍ ‏.‏

Anas b. Malik reported that a person asked Allah's Apostle (ﷺ):

When would the Last Hour come? Thereupon Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) kept quiet for a while. Then looked at a young boy in his presence belonging to the tribe of Azd Shanu'a and he said: If this boy lives he would not grow very old till the Last Hour would come ''to you''. Anas said that this young boy was of our age during those days.
}}
The "to you" was added by the translators to indicate that it is the last hour (death) of the people who asked, however this qualification is entirely absent in the Arabic text.

====The Hour will come before a 7th century slave becomes old====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|73|188}}|
...In the meantime, a slave of Al-Mughira passed by, and he was of the same age as I was. The Prophet (ﷺ) said. "If this (slave) should live long, he will not reach the geriatric old age, but the Hour will be established."
}}

====Nothing will live one hundred years from now====
The "tonight" in ''italic'' was added by translators to accommodate the later re-interpretation:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|116}}|
أَرَأَيْتَكُمْ لَيْلَتَكُمْ هَذِهِ، فَإِنَّ رَأْسَ مِائَةِ سَنَةٍ مِنْهَا لاَ يَبْقَى مِمَّنْ هُوَ عَلَى ظَهْرِ الأَرْضِ أَحَدٌ

Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

Once the Prophet (ﷺ) led us in the `Isha' prayer during the last days of his life and after finishing it (the prayer) (with Taslim) he said: "Do you realize (the importance of) this night?" Nobody present on the surface of the earth ''tonight'' will be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night."
}}

When the prophecy failed 100 years later, Muslims re-interpreted it:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|10|575}}|
Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

The Prophet (ﷺ) prayed one of the `Isha' prayer in his last days and after finishing it with Taslim, he stood up and said, "Do you realize (the importance of) this night? Nobody present on the surface of the earth tonight would be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night." '''The people made a mistake in grasping the meaning of this statement of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and they indulged in those things which are said about these narrators (i.e. some said that the Day of Resurrection will be established after 100 years etc.)''' But the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Nobody present on the surface of earth tonight would be living after the completion of 100 years from this night"; he meant "When that century (people of that century) would pass away."
}}

====If 10 scholars of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|39|6711}} (Muhsin Khan translation)|
لَوْ تَابَعَنِي عَشْرَةٌ مِنَ الْيَهُودِ لَمْ يَبْقَ عَلَى ظَهْرِهَا يَهُودِيٌّ إِلاَّ أَسْلَمَ

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

If ten ''scholars'' of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth who would not embrace Islam.
}}

The Arabic original doesn't say "ten Jewish scholars", but only "ten Jews" (عشرة من اليهود).

====30 false prophets before the Hour====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6988}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until there would arise about thirty impostors, liars, and each one of them would claim that he is a messenger of Allah.
}}
In his time there were other prophets like Saf ibn Sayyad and Maslamah bin Ḥabīb (called by Muslims "Musaylimah al-Kadhdhāb" (Musaylama the Liar)), Al-Aswad Al-Ansi and Tulayha.

False prophets were also already predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 24:10-11|
At that time many will turn away from the faith and will betray and hate each other, and many '''false prophets will appear and deceive many people'''.
}}

====Rising of the Sun from its setting place====
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4297}}|
We were sitting in the shade of the chamber of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) discussing (something) and when we mentioned the last hour, our voices rose high. The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: The last hour will not come or happen until there appear ten signs before it : '''the rising of the sun in its place of setting''', the coming forth of the beast, the coming forth of Gog and Magog, the Dajjal (Antichrist), (the descent of) Jesus son of Mary, the smoke, and three collapses of the earth: one in the west, one in the east, and one in the Arabian Peninsula. The last of that will be the emergence of a fire from Yemen, from the lowest part of Aden, and drive mankind to their place of assembly.
}}
This seems to suggest that the sun revolves about the Earth and can reverse direction

There is also a related verse in the Quran:{{Quote|{{Quran|6|158}}|
Do they [then] wait for anything except that the angels should come to them or your Lord should come or that there come some of the signs of your Lord? The Day that '''some of the signs of your Lord will come no soul will benefit from its faith as long as it had not believed before''' or had earned through its faith some good. Say, "Wait. Indeed, we [also] are waiting."
}}
Tafsir:
{{Quote|Tafsir Al-Jalalayn on 6:158|
"On the day that one of your Lord’s signs comes" — and this is the rising of the sun from the west as reported in the hadīth of the two Sahīhs of Bukhārī and Muslim — it shall not benefit a soul to believe if it had not believed theretofore
}}
The hadith:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|6|60|159}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established until the sun rises from the West: and when the people see it, then whoever will be living on the surface of the earth will have faith, and that is (the time) when no good will it do to a soul to believe then, if it believed not before." (6.158)
}}

Another hadith says that right after the rising, a beast will appear in the forenoon:{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4310 (sahih)|
Abu zur’ah said:
A group of people came to Marwan in Medina, and they heard him say that the first of the signs to appear would be the coming forth of the Dajjal (Antichirst). He said: I then went to Abd Allah b. ‘Amr and mentioned it to him. He did not say anything(reliable). I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: '''The first of the signs to appear will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting and the coming forth of the beast against mankind in the forenoon.''' Whichever of them comes first will soon be followed by the other. ’Abd Allah who used to read the scriptures (Torah, Gospel) said: I think the first of them will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting.
}}

{{Quote|Ibn Majah 4069 (sahih)|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The first signs to appear will be at '''the rising of the sun from the west and the emergence of the Beast to the people, at forenoon'''.’” 'Abdullah said: "Whichever of them appears first, the other will come soon after." 'Abdullah said: "I do not think it will be anything other than the sun rising from the west."
}}

Some today proffer metaphorical interpretation that the "rising of the Sun from the west" refers to the rise of the Western civilization, though this would leave the segment regarding the beast unexplained.

The Quran seems to affirm the possibility that God could make the Sun "rise from the West":
{{Quote|{{Quran|2|258}}|
Have you not considered the one who argued with Abraham about his Lord [merely] because Allah had given him kingship? When Abraham said, "My Lord is the one who gives life and causes death," he said, "I give life and cause death." Abraham said, "Indeed, '''Allah brings up the sun from the east''', so bring it up from the west." So the disbeliever was overwhelmed [by astonishment], and Allah does not guide the wrongdoing people.
}}

See also Dhul-Qarnayn's story in the Quran, where this possibility is further confirmed, as the Sun is described to set in a muddy spring at the "farthest part" of the world":

*[[Category:Dhul-Qarnayn|Dhul-Qarnayn]]

====Stones and trees say to Muslims: "here is a Jew behind me; come and kill him"====
{{Quote|Book 41, Hadith 6985 aka Book 54, Hadith 105 or Sahih Muslim 2922|
The last hour would not come unless the Muslims will fight against the Jews and the Muslims would kill them until the Jews would hide themselves behind a stone or a tree and '''a stone or a tree would say: Muslim, or the servant of Allah, there is a Jew behind me; come and kill him'''; but the tree Gharqad would not say, for it is the tree of the Jews.
}}

Muhammad used to hear other voices as well:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====Time will pass more quickly (taqaarub az-zamaan)====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 10560|
لا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَتَقَارَبَ الزَّمَانُ ، فَتَكُونَ السَّنَةُ كَالشَّهْرِ ، وَيَكُونَ الشَّهْرُ كَالْجُمُعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ الْجُمُعَةُ كَالْيَوْمِ ، وَيَكُونَ الْيَوْمُ كَالسَّاعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ السَّاعَةُ كَاحْتِرَاقِ السَّعَفَةِ

The Hour will not begin until time passes quickly, so a year will be like a month, and a month will be like a week, and a week will be like a day, and a day will be like an hour, and an hour will be like the burning of a braid of palm leaves.
}}

Islamic scholars have interpreted this variously, without any agreement as to the possible meaning:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/34618/one-of-the-signs-of-the-hour-is-that-time-will-pass-more-quickly islamqa.info: One of the signs of the Hour is that time will pass more quickly]|
The scholars differed concerning the meaning of the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing more quickly). '''There are many views''', the strongest of which is:

That the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing quickly) may be interpreted literally or metaphorically.
}}

====A man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|233}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick."
}}

[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Qahtan_(tribe) Qahtan] still exists, but the prophecy remains unfulfilled. <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/418273/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9%D8%8C-%D9%88%D8%B2%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A5%D8%BA%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%82-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A8-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%88%D8%A8%D8%A9</ref>

====A man called Jahjah will occupy the throne====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Book 41, Hadith 6955|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The day and the night would not come to an end before a man called al-Jahjah would occupy the throne.
}}

*[https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/118597/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%8A-%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%86 Fatwa] (AR) puts this prophecy among non-fulfilled prophecies

====Conquest of Constantinopole without fighting and the Hour come together====
This hadith is considered da'eef by Albani (but sahih by Dhahabi):
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 14:331|
لتفتحن القسطنطينية، فلنعم الأمير أميرها، ولنعم الجيش ذلك الجيش

Verily you shall conquer Constantinople. What a wonderful leader will her
leader be, and what a wonderful army will that army be!
}}

One should note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

Another hadith adds that the Hour was expected to come with this conquest:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2239|
Anas bin Malik said:
"Constantinople will be conquered with the coming of the Hour."
}}

The coming of the Dajjal was expected right after the conquest:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

Another hadith mentions Romans attacking Dabiq before the conquest of Constantinople. The mention of swords makes it hard to re-interpret as a prophecy about another conquest of Constantinople in the future:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6924}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until '''the Romans would land at al-A'maq or in Dabiq'''. An army consisting of the best (soldiers) of the people of the earth at that time will come from Medina (to counteract them). When they will arrange themselves in ranks, the Romans would say: Do not stand between us and those (Muslims) who took prisoners from amongst us. Let us fight with them; and the Muslims would say: Nay, by Allah, we would never get aside from you and from our brethren that you may fight them. They will then fight and a third (part) of the army would run away, whom Allah will never forgive. A third (part of the army) which would be constituted of excellent martyrs in Allah's eye, would be killed and the third who would never be put to trial would win and they would be conquerors of Constantinople. And as they would be busy in distributing the spoils of war (amongst themselves) after hanging their '''swords''' by the olive trees, the Satan would cry: '''The Dajjal''' has taken your place among your family. They would then come out, but it would be of no avail. And when they would come to Syria, he would come out while they would be still preparing themselves for battle drawing up the ranks. Certainly, the time of prayer shall come and then Jesus (peace be upon him) son of Mary would descend and would lead them. When the enemy of Allah would see him, it would (disappear) just as the salt dissolves itself in water and if he (Jesus) were not to confront them at all, even then it would dissolve completely, but Allah would kill them by his hand and he would show them their blood on his lance (the lance of Jesus Christ).
}}

Also:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

The conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6979}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) saying:

You have heard about a city, one side of which is on land and the other is in the sea ('''Constantinople'''). They said: Allah's Messenger, yes. Thereupon he said: The Last Hour would not come unless seventy thousand persons from Bani lshaq would attack it. When they would land there, '''they will neither fight with weapons nor would shower arrows but would only say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," ''' and one side of it would fall. Thaur (one of the narrators) said: I think that he said: The part by the side of the ocean. Then they would say for the second time: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest" and the second side would also fall, and they would say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," and the gates would be opened for them and they would enter therein and, they would be collecting spoils of war and distributing them amongst themselves when a noise would be heard saying: Verily, Dajjal has come. And thus they would leave everything there and go back.
}}

Constantinople was [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fall_of_Constantinople conquered in 1453] by fighting, the Dajjal didn't appear and the city was renamed to Istanbul, so literally Constantinople no longer exists.

====Conquest of Rome====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6930}}|
Nafi' b. Utba reported:

We were with Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) in an expedition that there came a people to Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) from the direction of the west. They were dressed in woollen clothes and they stood near a hillock and they met him as Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) was sitting. I said to myself: Better go to them and stand between him and them that they may not attack him. Then I thought that perhaps there had been going on secret negotiation amongst them. I however, went to them and stood between them and him and I remember four of the words (on that occasion) which I repeat (on the fingers of my hand) that he (Allah's Messenger) said: You will attack Arabia and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack Persia and He would make you to conquer it. '''Then you would attack Rome and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack the Dajjal and Allah will enable you to conquer him. Nafi' said: Jabir, we thought that the Dajjal would appear after Rome (Syrian territory) would be conquered.'''
}}

The Roman empire seized to exist before it could be altogether conquered, though if one counts here the partial conquest of some of Rome's (Byzantine's) territories, then the question remains as to why the Dajjal failed to appear.

====Byzantines will make truce with Muslims, betray them and attack them====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, '''and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.'''
}}
The prophecy is considered unfulfilled:
{{Quote|[https://www.islamweb.net/en/fatwa/83460/hadith-about-the-romans-attacking-us-under-eighty-flags Hadith about the Romans attacking us under eighty flags]|
Imam Ibn al-Muneer said: 'Till this time the incident of gathering and attacking Rome in this huge number of soldiers has not happened yet. This matter has not taken place yet.
}}

====Conquest of India and the second coming of Jesus come together====
Also known as [[Ghazwa-e-hind|ghazwa-e-hind]].
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|25|3177}} (hasan) from The Book of Jihad, chapter "Invading India"|
It was narrated that Thawban, the freed slave of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), said:
"The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: 'There are two groups of my Ummah whom Allah will free from the Fire: The group that invades India (تَغْزُو الْهِنْدَ, ''taghzoo al-hind''), and the group that will be with Isa bin Maryam, peace be upon him.'"
}}

Early conquests of India happened in the 7th century (for example [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Rasil Battle of Rasil]), while author of the hadith collection [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Al-Nasa%27i al-Nasa'i] lived in the 9th century.

The conquest of India is linked to the second coming of Jesus (Isa). In other (although weak) hadiths it's even more explicit:
{{Quote|Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, al-Fitan, p. 409 (daeef)|
The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) said – and he mentioned India – then he said: “An army of yours will invade India and Allah will grant its conquest to them, until they bring their kings in chains, and Allah will forgive them their sins. Then they will return and when they return, they will find the son of Maryam in ash-Shaam (Syria).” Abu Hurayrah said: If I live to see that campaign, I will sell everything I possess and join the campaign. Then if Allah grants us victory and we return, then I will be Abu Hurayrah the freed (protected from Hellfire). And when we return to Syria we will find there ‘Eesa ibn Maryam. Then I shall make sure that I draw close to him and tell him that I accompanied you, O Messenger of Allah. The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) smiled and said: “Unlikely, unlikely.” [very difficult?]
}}

However, the second coming did not follow either these events:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/145636/hadith-about-the-conquest-of-india islamqa.info: Hadith about the conquest of India]|
What is mentioned in the hadith of Abu Hurayrah (may Allah have mercy on him), which was narrated by Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, about '''the conquest of India has not happened up till now''', but it will happen when ‘Eesaa ibn Maryam (peace be upon him) descends, if the hadith that says that is saheeh.
}}

====No more Khosrau and Caesar====
In Muhammad's time, the ruler of Persia was called Khosrau and the ruler of the Byzantine empire Caesar.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|267}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Khosrau will be ruined, and there will be no Khosrau after him, and Caesar will surely be ruined and there will be no Caesar after him, and you will spend their treasures in Allah's Cause." He called, "War is deceit'.
}}
There are many examples of this prophecy failing for both [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khosrow Kusrau] and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caesar_(title) Caesar]. For example:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Shah Khusrau Shah] was the king of the Justanids in the 10th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Khan Khusrau Khan] was the Sultan of Delhi in the 14th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Doukas_(Caesar) John Doukas] was a Caesar of the Byzantine empire in the 11th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mehmed_the_Conqueror Mehmed the Conqueror] - a 15h century Muslim conqueror, also called himself Caesar

The prophecy is probably referring to the 7th century Islamic conquests. The prediction in Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

====Nations will soon call each other to attack Muslims====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 4297, In-book reference: Book 39, Hadith 7, English translation: Book 38, Hadith 4284|
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The people will soon summon one another to attack you as people when eating invite others to share their dish. Someone asked: Will that be because of our small numbers at that time? He replied: No, you will be numerous at that time: but you will be scum and rubbish like that carried down by a torrent, and Allah will take fear of you from the breasts of your enemy and last enervation into your hearts. Someone asked: What is wahn (enervation). Messenger of Allah (ﷺ): He replied: Love of the world and dislike of death.
}}

One might note that soon after this statement is alleged to have been stated by the prophet, the Muslims would conquer vast lands - the Muslim empire would only come to a grinding halt some 1300 years later.

====Romans would form a majority amongst people====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6296}}|
Mustaurid Qurashi reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The Last Hour would come when the Romans would form a majority amongst people'''. This reached 'Amr b. al-'As and he said: What are these ahadith which are being transmitted from you and which you claim to have heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)? Mustaurid said to him: I stated only that which I heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). Thereupon 'Amr said: If you state this (it is true), for they have the power of tolerance amongst people at the time of turmoil and restore themselves to sanity after trouble, and are good amongst people so far as the destitute and the weak are concerned.
}}

The Roman empire dissolved without the realization of this prophecy.

====Western people will triumphally follow the truth until the Hour====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 20:4722|
It has been narrated by Sa'd b. Abu Waqqas that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:

The people of the West will continue to triumphantly follow the truth until the Hour is established.
}}

====Twelve caliphs====
Shi'ite Imamology rests heavily upon this hadith, though has been continuously troubled by it (as have been Sunni scholars), as there appears to be no clear group of "twelve Caliphs" to have appeared in history:{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4480}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Jabir b. Samura who said:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: Islam will continue to be triumphant until there have been '''twelve Caliphs'''. Then the Prophet (ﷺ) said something which I could not understand. I asked my father: What did he say? He said: He has said that all of them (twelve Caliphs) will be from the Quraish.
}}
{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4483}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Amir b. Sa'd b. Abu Waqqas who said:

I wrote (a letter) to Jabir b. Samura and sent it to him through my servant Nafi', asking him to inform me of something he had heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He wrote to me (in reply): I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say on Friday evening, the day on which al-Aslami was stoned to death (for committing adultery): '''The Islamic religion will continue until the Hour has been established, or you have been ruled over by twelve Caliphs, all of them being from the Quraish'''. also heard him say: A small force of the Muslims will capture the white palace, the police of the Persian Emperor or his descendants. I also heard him say: Before the Day of Judgment there will appear (a number of) impostors. You are to guard against them. I also heard him say: When God grants wealth to any one of you, he should first spend it on himself and his family (and then give it in charity to the poor). I heard him (also) say: I will be your forerunner at the Cistern (expecting your arrival).
}}

Commentaries by (Sunni) Islamic scholars:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Fathul-Bari, vol. 13, p.211|
لم ألق أحدا يقطع في هذا الحديث يعني بشيء معين

I have not met anyone who could be certain about the meaning of this hadith!
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Jouzi, Kashful-Majhool, vol.1 p.449|
هذا الحديث قد أطلت البحث عنه، وتطلّبت مظانّه، وسألت عنه، فما رأيت أحدا وقع على المقصود به

I have researched for long to understand this hadith and referred to many references and made much enquiries about it, yet I did not meet anyone who could understand it.
}}

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_caliphs Wikipedia: List of Caliphs]

====Rain which will destroy all dwellings except tents====
This hadith is sahih:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 7554 (sahih)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا أبو كامل وعفان قالا ثنا حماد عن سهيل قال عفان في حديثه قال أنا سهيل بن أبي صالح عن أبيه عن أبي هريرة قال قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم : لا تقوم الساعة حتى يمطر الناس مطرا لا تكن منه بيوت المدر ولا تكن منه الا بيوت الشعر
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده صحيح على شرط مسلم

The Hour will not come until there has been rain which
will destroy all dwellings except tents
}}
====Not living according to the sharia causes infighting between Muslims====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. '''Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”'''
}}

In fact, it is rather Muslim's disagreement as to what constitutes the Sharia (as a result of their trying to implement it) that results in inter-Muslim conflict. One can imagine that had Islam separated church and state, many such conflicts would have been avoided.

====12 thousand from Aden Abyan will make Islam victorious====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 5/33 (sahih)|
يخرجُ من عدنِ أَبْيَنَ اثنا عشرَ ألفًا ينصرونَ اللهَ ورسولَهُ هم خيرُ مَن بيني وبينهم

Out of Aden-Abyan will come 12000, giving victory to the (religion of) Allah and His Messenger. They are the best between me and them.
}}

====Group of Muslims will remain victorious until Allah's order====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|92|414}}|
Narrated Al-Mughira bin Shu`ba:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "A group of my follower swill remain predominant (victorious) till Allah's Order (the Hour) comes upon them while they are still predominant (victorious).
}}

====Ninety-nine dragons in infidel's grave until the Hour====
{{Quote|Mishkat al-Masabih 134 (Hasan according to Zubair Alizai, Daeef according to Albani)|
Abu Sa'id reported God’s messenger as saying, “Ninety-nine dragons will be given power over an infidel in his grave, and will bite and sting him till the last hour comes. If one of those dragons were to breathe over the earth, it would bring forth no green thing."

Darimi transmitted it, and Tirmidhi transmitted something similar, but he said seventy instead of ninety-nine.
}}

====Periods of fitnah====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4242 (sahih)|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Umar:

When we were sitting with the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), he talked about periods of trial (fitnahs), mentioning many of them.

When he mentioned the one when people should stay in their houses, some asked him: Messenger of Allah, what is the trial (fitnah) of staying at home?

He replied: It will be flight and plunder. Then will come a test which is pleasant. Its murkiness is due to the fact that it is produced by a man from the people of my house, who will assert that he belongs to me, whereas he does not, for my friends are only the God-fearing. Then the people will unite under a man who will be like a hip-bone on a rib. Then there will be the little black trial which will leave none of this community without giving him a slap, and when people say that it is finished, it will be extended. During it a man will be a believer in the morning and an infidel in the evening, so that the people will be in two camps: the camp of faith which will contain no hypocrisy, and the camp of hypocrisy which will contain no faith. When that happens, expect the Antichrist (Dajjal) that day or the next.
}}

====Inheritance is not distributed====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of '''inheritance are not distributed''' and there is no rejoicing over spoils of war...
}}
====People don't rejoice over spoils of war====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of inheritance are not distributed and '''there is no rejoicing over spoils of war'''...
}}

====Muslims will soon flee to mountains from persecution====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|19}}|
عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُوشِكُ أَنْ يَكُونَ خَيْرَ مَالِ الْمُسْلِمِ غَنَمٌ يَتْبَعُ بِهَا شَعَفَ الْجِبَالِ وَمَوَاقِعَ الْقَطْرِ يَفِرُّ بِدِينِهِ مِنْ الْفِتَنِ

“Soon the best property of a Muslim will be a flock of sheep he takes to the top of a mountain, or in the valleys of rainfall, fleeing with his religion from tribulations.”
}}

====All believers will go to Syria====
{{Quote|Al-Mustadrak alaa al-Sahihain 8461 (sahih)|
يأتي على الناس زمان لا يبقى فيه مؤمن إلا لحق بالشام

A time will come to people when no believer remains except that he came over to As-Sham
}}

====Extinction of the Quraysh tribe====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 16/186 (sahih)|
أسرعُ قبائلِ العربِ فناءً قريشٌ ويوشكُ أن تمرَّ المرأةُ بالنعلِ فتقول إن هذا نعلُ قرشيُّ

The fastest Arab tribe in extinction is Quraysh. Soon a woman will pass by a sandal, then she will say that this is a sandal of a Qurashi.
}}

====Arabs will be exterminated and go to hell====
Hadith da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 3967 (da'eef) and others|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will be a tribulation which will utterly destroy the Arabs, and those who are slain will be in Hell. At that time the tongue will be worse than a blow of the sword.”
}}

====Last of the ummah will curse the first====
Fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 263 (mawdu)|
It was narrated that Jabir said:
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'When the last people of this Ummah curse the first, (at that time) whoever conceals a Hadith will be concealing what Allah has revealed.'" (Maudu')
}}

====Pilgrimage to Makka will be abandoned====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|26|663}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said "The people will continue performing the Hajj and `Umra to the Ka`ba even after the appearance of Gog and Magog." Narrated Shu`ba extra: The Hour (Day of Judgment) will not be established till the Hajj (to the Ka`ba) is abandoned.
}}

====Disappearance of faith====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|274}}, chapter The Disappearance of Faith at the End of Time|
It is narrated on the authority of Anas that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:

"The Hour (Resurrection) will not occur as long as anyone says: 'Allah, Allah.'"
}}

This one appears to be increasingly likely.

====Islam will be widespread====
Although Muhammad predicted that Islam will disappear, he also predicted that Islam will succeed:
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 16509 (sahih)|
Tamim al-Dari reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “This matter will certainly reach every place touched by the night and day. Allah will not leave a house or residence but that Allah will cause this religion to enter it, by which the honorable will be honored and the disgraceful will be disgraced. Allah will honor the honorable with Islam and he will disgrace the disgraceful with unbelief.”
}}
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2176 (sahih)|
"Indeed Allah gathered the earth for me so that I saw its east and its west. And surely my Ummah's authority shall reach over all that was shown to me of it.
}}

Muhammad's predictions about the future of the Muslim ummah appear to have ranged non-existence and annihilation to complete domination, perhaps based on his feelings at various times. Given this full spectrum of possibility, however, it is difficult to maintain that there is any substance to these predictions.

====The Quran will disappear overnight====
{{Quote|Sunan al-Dārimī 3343 (hasan)|
عَنْ زِرٍّ عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ رضي الله عنه قَالَ لَيُسْرَيَنَّ عَلَى الْقُرْآنِ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ فَلَا يُتْرَكُ آيَةٌ فِي مُصْحَفٍ وَلَا فِي قَلْبِ أَحَدٍ إِلَّا رُفِعَتْ

The Quran will vanish in one night. No verse in the scripture or in the heart of anyone will be left behind.
}}

====Islam will wear out====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Majah 3289 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%8C+%D9%83%D9%85%D8%A7+%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D9%88%D8%B4%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AB%D9%88%D8%A8</ref>|
يدرُسُ الإسلامُ كما يدرُسُ وَشيُ الثَّوبِ حتَّى لا يُدرَى ما صيامٌ، ولا صلاةٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدَقةٌ، ولَيُسرى على كتابِ اللَّهِ عزَّ وجلَّ في ليلَةٍ، فلا يبقى في الأرضِ منهُ آيةٌ، وتبقَى طوائفُ منَ النَّاسِ الشَّيخُ الكبيرُ والعجوزُ، يقولونَ: أدرَكْنا آباءَنا على هذِهِ الكلمةِ، لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، فنحنُ نقولُها فقالَ لَهُ صِلةُ: ما تُغني عنهم: لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، وَهُم لا يَدرونَ ما صلاةٌ، ولا صيامٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدقةٌ؟ فأعرضَ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ ردَّها علَيهِ ثلاثًا، كلَّ ذلِكَ يعرضُ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ أقبلَ علَيهِ في الثَّالثةِ، فقالَ: يا صِلةُ، تُنجيهِم منَ النَّار ثلاثًا

“Islam will wear out as embroidery on a garment wears out, until no one will know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are. The Book of Allah will be taken away at night, and not one Verse of it will be left on earth. And there will be some people left, old men and old women, who will say: “We saw our fathers saying these words: ‘La ilaha illallah’ so we say them too.” Silah said to him: “What good will (saying): La ilaha illallah do them, when they do not know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are?” Hudhaifah turned away from his. He repeated his question three times, and Hudhaifah turned away from him each time. Then he turned to him on the third time and said: “O Silah! It will save them from Hell,” three times.
}}

====Islam will end up like a snake crawling back into its hole====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|271}}|
It is narrated on the authority of Ibn 'Umar ('Abdullah b. 'Umar) that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) observed:

Verily Islam started as something strange and it would again revert (to its old position) of being strange just as it started, and it would recede between the two mosques just as the serpent crawls back into its hole.
}}

In other hadith, Muhammad described belief in Islam as a snake:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|30|100}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "Verily, Belief returns and goes back to Medina as a snake returns and goes back to its hole (when in danger).
}}

====Countries colonized by Muslims will stop paying them and Muslims will be poor again====
The hadith is in the chapter called "Making Endowments Of The Lands Of As-Sawad, And The Lands That Were Conquered By Force":
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/abudawud/20 Sunan Abi Dawud 3035 / In-book reference: Book 20, Hadith 108 / English translation: Book 19, Hadith 3029]|
Abu Hurairah reported the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) as saying “Iraq will prevent its measure (qafiz) and dirham. Syria will prevent its measure (mudi) and dinar. Egypt will prevent its measure (irdabb) and dinar. Then you will return to the position where you started. Zuhair said this three times. The flesh and blood of Abu Hurairah witnessed it.
}}

====Buttocks of women of Daus are moving around the Yemenite Kaba====

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|232}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till '''the buttocks of the women of the tribe of Daus move while going round Dhi-al-Khalasa'''." Dhi-al-Khalasa was the idol of the Daus tribe which they used to worship in the Pre Islamic Period of ignorance.
}}

It was interpreted metaphorically as a rise of polytheism because the idol was destroyed and the people were killed before it came true :
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6052}}|
Jabir reported that there was in pre-Islamic days a temple called '''Dhu'l- Khalasah and it was called the Yamanite Ka'ba''' or the northern Ka'ba. Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said unto me:

Will you rid me of Dhu'l-Khalasah and so I went forth at the head of 350 horsemen of the tribe of Ahmas and '''we destroyed it and killed whomsoever we found there'''. Then we came back to him (to the Holy Prophet) and informed him and he blessed us and the tribe of Ahmas.
}}

====People commonly have sex in the streets, like donkeys====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Hibban 6/345 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D9%8E%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D9%82%D9%8F%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%8F+%D8%AD%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%91%D9%8E%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B3%D9%8F+%D9%81%D9%90%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B7%D9%91%D9%8F%D8%B1%D9%8F%D9%82%D9%90+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8F%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%92%D8%AD%D9%8E%D9%85%D9%90%D9%8A%D8%B1%D9%90</ref>|
لا تقومُ السَّاعةُ حتَّى يتسافدَ النَّاسُ في الطُّرقِ تسافُدَ الحميرِ

The Hour shall not commence until the people engage in sexual
intercourse in the streets just like donkeys.
}}

Public sex was already happening among ancient civilizations.<ref>[https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/all-about-sex/201809/orgies-through-the-ages Orgies Through the Ages]</ref>

====Rise of polytheism====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4252|
..the Last Hour will not come before the tribes of my people attach themselves to the polytheists and tribes of my people worship idols..
}}
Polytheism has become less popular with time.

====People will worship goddesses Lat and Uzza again====
The goddesses [[Lat]] and [[Uzza]] were worshiped by Arabs before the Islamic conquest of Arabia.

{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'''. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====All believers will be killed by a wind from Allah and only evil people (= non-Muslims) will survive====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. '''Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die''' and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====Killing neighbors and family members====
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 118 (classified as "very good" by Albani)|
عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى‏ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَقْتُلَ الرَّجُلُ جَارَهُ وَأَخَاهُ وَأَبَاهُ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “The Hour will not be established until a man kills his neighbor, his brother, and his father.”
}}

====Abundance of deaths by lightning====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad, vol. 3 pg. 64/65 (sahih)|
تَكثُرُ الصَّواعِقُ عِندَ اقْتِرابِ السَّاعةِ، حتَّى يَأتيَ الرَّجُلُ القَومَ، فيقولَ: مَن صَعِقَ قِبَلَكمُ الغَداةَ؟ فيَقولون: صَعِقَ فُلانٌ وفُلانٌ.

There will be an abundance of lightning with the coming of the Hour, until a man comes to a tribe asking: Who was struck today? Then they say: So and so
}}
John Jensenius (a lightning specialist) said that the number of injuries and deaths caused by lightning is actually going down. <ref>https://www.cbsnews.com/news/are-lightning-strikes-becoming-more-common/</ref>

====Luka bin Luka will be the happiest person====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2209 (sahih)|
Hudhaifah bin Al-Yaman narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Hour will not be established until the happiest of people in the world is Luka' bin Luka'."
}}

Scholars interpreted the name "Luka bin Luka" (لكع بن لكع) to mean "the most despicable/wicked/evil"<ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/18510/%D9%85%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%89-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB</ref> and "wickedness", rather than a specific person

====Wine, musical instruments and singing girls will turn Muslims into monkeys and pigs====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Ibn Majah 4020, In-book reference: Book 36, Hadith 95, English translation: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4020|
لَيَشْرَبَنَّ نَاسٌ مِنْ أُمَّتِي الْخَمْرَ يُسَمُّونَهَا بِغَيْرِ اسْمِهَا يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ وَالْمُغَنِّيَاتِ يَخْسِفُ اللَّهُ بِهِمُ الأَرْضَ وَيَجْعَلُ مِنْهُمُ الْقِرَدَةَ وَالْخَنَازِيرَ

It was narrated from Abu Malik Ash’ari that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“People among my nation will drink wine, calling it by another name, and musical instruments will be played for them and singing girls (will sing for them). Allah will cause the earth to swallow them up, and will turn them into monkeys and pigs.”
}}

Since the hadith literally says "is played upon their heads with musical instruments" (يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ) some claim that it is a prediction of headphones. But it says "played", not "placed" upon their heads, the word "instruments" is in the plural form and the singing girls are obviously real singing girls, while with head phones the singing would be included in the headphones. The interpretation that the word "musical instruments" (معازف) refers to musical instruments fits much better into the context.

Muhammad himself listened to singing girls, perhaps he was in a better mood since it was the day of Eid:{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|15|72}}|
Narrated Aisha:

Abu Bakr came to my house while two small Ansari girls were singing beside me the stories of the Ansar concerning the Day of Buath. And they were not singers. Abu Bakr said protestingly, "Musical instruments of Satan in the house of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) !" It happened on the `Id day and Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "O Abu Bakr! There is an `Id for every nation and this is our `Id."
}}

Wine and singing was already mentioned in pre-Islamic Arab poetry:
{{Quote|Dhu Jadan al-Himyari, Sirat Rasul Allah p. 19|
Peace, confound you! You can't turn me from my purpose

Thy scolding dries my spittle!

To '''the music of singers''' in times past 'twas fine

When we drank our fill of purest noblest wine.

'''Drinking freely of wine brings me no shame'''

If my behaviour no boon-companion would blame.

For death no man can hold back Though he drink the perfumed potions of the quack.
}}

====Milking, clothes and tank before the Hour====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 41:7054|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would come (so sudden) that a person would be milking the she- camel and the (milk) would not reach the brim of the vessel that the Last Hour would come, and the two persons would be engaged in buying and selling of the clothes and their bargain would not be struck before the Last Hour would come. And someone would be setting his tank in order and he would have hardly set it right when the Last Hour would come.
}}

====Allah will put pieces of the world on his fingers====
Muhammad agreed with this prophecy presented by a Jewish Scholar
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 39, Hadith 6699|
Abdullah b. Mas'ud reported that a Jewish scholar came to Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) and said:

Muhammad, or Abu al-Qasim, verily, Allah, the Exalted and Glorious would carry the Heavens on the Day of Judgment upon one finger and earths upon one finger and the mountains and trees upon one finger and the ocean and moist earth upon one finger, and in fact the whole of the creation upon one finger, and then He would stir them and say: I am your Lord, I am your Lord. Thereupon Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) smiled testifying what that scholar had said. He then recited this verse:" And they honour not Allah with the honour due to Him; and the whole earth will be in His grip on the Day of Resurrection and the heaven rolled up in His right hand. Glory be to Him I and highly Exalted is He above what they associate (with Him)" (Az-Zumar:67).
}}

====Medina banishes its evils====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3188}}|
Abu Huraira (Allah be pleased with him) reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

A time will come for the people (of Medina) when a man will invite his cousin and any other near relation: Come (and settle) at (a place) where living is cheap, come to where there is plenty, but Medina will be better for them; would they know it! By Him in Whose Hand is my life, none amongst them would go out (of the city) with a dislike for it, but Allah would make his successor in it someone better than be. Behold. Medina is like furnace which eliminates from it the impurities. And '''the Last Hour will not come until Medina banishes its evils''' just as a furnace eliminates the impurities of iron.
}}
====Nobody will accept charity====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|492}}|
Narrated Haritha bin Wahab:

I heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "O people! Give in charity as a time will come upon you when a person will wander about with his object of charity and will not find anybody to accept it, and one (who will be requested to take it) will say, "If you had brought it yesterday, would have taken it, but today I am not in need of it."
}}

====Not paying zakat causes a lack of rain====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. '''They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them'''. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

====Swelling of crescents [The Moon]====
{{Quote|Sahih Al-Jami' 5898 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%85%D9%90%D9%86+%D8%A7%D9%82%D9%92%D8%AA%D9%90%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%86%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%AE%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D9%87%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A9%D9%90&order=color</ref>|
مِنَ اقترابِ الساعَةِ انتفاخُ الأهِلَّةِ

From approaching of the Hour is the swelling of crescents
}}

====An Abyssinian will destroy the Kaba====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 7:6953/2909c|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: It would be an Abyssinian having two small shanks who would destroy the House ol Allah, the Exalted and Glorious.
}}

====Collapse, transformation and stoning from the sky====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2185 (sahih)|
'Aishah narrated "The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
'In the end of this Ummah there will be a collapse, transformation, and Qadhf."' She said :"I said: 'O Messenger of Allah! Will they be destroyed while they are righteous among them?' He said: 'Yes, when evil is dominant."'
}}

It's just three vague words خَسْفٌ وَمَسْخٌ وَقَذْفٌ (khasf and maskh and qadhf). Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Munawi - Fayd al-Qadir|
3176 - (بين يدي الساعة مسخ) قلب الخلقة من شيء إلى شيء أو تحويل الصورة إلى أقبح منها أو مسخ القلوب (وخسف) أي غور في الأرض (وقذف) أي رمي بالحجارة من جهة السماء

maskh - transformation of creation from its shape to an uglier one

khasf - a depression in the Earth

qadhf - pelting with stones from the sky

}}

====Euphrates will uncover a mountain of gold soon====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|235}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "'''Soon the river "Euphrates" will disclose the treasure (the mountain) of gold''', so whoever will be present at that time should not take anything of it." Al-A'raj narrated from Abii Huraira that the Prophet (ﷺ) said the same but he said, "It (Euphrates) will uncover a mountain of gold (under it).
}}
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 2894a|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: The Last Hour would not come before the Euphrates uncovers a mountain of gold, for which people would fight. Ninety-nine out of each one hundred would die but every man amongst them would say that perhaps he would be the one who would be saved (and thus possess this gold).
}}

No such event followed soon thereafter.

====Gender ratio will be 50 women to 1 men====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|81}}|
I will narrate to you a Hadith and none other than I will tell you about after it. I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) saying: From among the portents of the Hour are (the following): -1. Religious knowledge will decrease (by the death of religious learned men). -2. Religious ignorance will prevail. -3. There will be prevalence of open illegal sexual intercourse. -4. '''Women will increase in number and men will decrease in number so much so that fifty women will be looked after by one man.'''
}}

====Knowledge will be sought from young people====
{{Quote|al-Mu’jam al-Kabīr 908 (sahih)|
عَنْ أَبِي أُمَيَّةَ اللَّخْمِيِّ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ إِنَّ مِنْ أَشْرَاطِ السَّاعَةِ ثَ أَنْ يُلْتَمَسَ الْعِلْمَ عِنْدَ الْأَصَاغِرِ

The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Verily, among the signs of the Hour is that knowledge will be sought from the young.”
}}

====Seventy-three sects====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 5, Book 38, Hadith 2640 (hasan)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "The Jews split into seventy-one sects, or seventy-two sects, and the Christians similarly, and my Ummah will split into seventy-three sects."
}}

====Emergence of Sufyani====
This hadith is daeef:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4/520 (da'eef)|
يخرج رجل يقال له السفياني في عمق دمشق ، وعامة من يتبعه من كلب ، فيقتل حتى يبقر بطون النساء ويقتل الصبيان ، فتجمع لهم قيس فيقتلها حتى لا يمنع ذنب تلعة ، ويخرج رجل من أهل بيتي في الحرة فيبلغ السفياني فيبعث إليه جنداً من جنده فيهزمهم ، فيسير إليه السفياني بمن معه ، حتى إذا صار ببيداء من الأرض خسف بهم ، فلا ينجو منهم إلا المخبر عنهم

There will emerge a man called as-Sufyaani from the depths of Damascus, and most of those who follow him will be from (the tribe of) Kalb. He will kill many people until he rips open the bellies of women and kill children. (The tribe of) Qays will gather against him and he will kill them. A man from my family will emerge in the harrah, and news of that will reach as-Sufyaani. He will send troops against him and he will defeat them. Then as-Sufyaani will march towards him accompanied by those who are with him, then when he is in a plain, they will be swallowed up by the earth and none of them will be saved except the one who will tell others about them.
}}

====Muslims in mosque won't find an imam to lead them in prayer====
This hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Abu Dawud Book 2, Hadith 581, chapter It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam|
Narrated Sulamah daughter of al-Hurr:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: One of the signs of the Last Hour will be that people in a mosque will refuse to act as imam and will not find an imam to lead them in prayer.
}}

 
{{Quote|Sunan An-nasa'i Vol. 1, Book 10, Hadith 783, chapter "When people are together and are all of the same status"|
It was narrated from Abu Sa'eed that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"when there are three people let one of them lead the prayer, and the one who is most entitled to lead the prayer is the one who has most knowledge of the Qur'an."
}}

This prophecy was included in a chapter called "It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam", and is perhaps best understood as a sort of moral exhortation to lead prayer when a prayer needs to be led.

====Dajjal nor plague will be able to enter Medina====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2242 (sahih)|
Anas narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Dajjal will come to Al-Madinah to find the angels have surrounded it. Neither the plague nor the Dajjal will enter it, if Allah wills."
}}Medina, historically, has not proven to be especially or at all plague-proof. Moreover, during plagues, the Saudi government (and the caliphates, historically) had to close off access to Mecca and Medina to prevent the spread of disease. The prophet also stated that there was no such thing as a contagious disease.

====Jesus will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish Jizyah====
{{Quote|Sunan ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4078 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"The Hour will not begin until 'Eisa bin Maryam comes down as a just judge and a just ruler. He will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish the Jizyah, and wealth will become so abundant that no one will accept it."
}}

====Gog and Magog will drink out the lake of Tiberias====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7015}}|
And then Allah would send Gog and Magog and they would swarm down from every slope. The first of them would pass the lake of Tiberias and drink out of it. And when the last of them would pass, he would say: There was once water there.
}}

Gog and Magog are described in the hadith and Quran as tribes on Earth blocked by a big iron wall, erected by [[Category:Dhul-Qarnayn|Dhul-Qarnayn]], that will be unlocked at the end of times. There are supposed to be so many of them that they will drink the entire lake of Tiberias (Sea of Galilee) dry.

====Gog and Magog will successfully dig through the wall====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4080|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"Gog and Magog people dig every day until, when they can almost see the rays of the sun, the one in charge of them says: "Go back and we will dig it tomorrow." Then Allah puts it back, stronger than it was before. (This will continue) until, when their time has come, and Allah wants to send them against the people, they will dig until they can almost see the rays of the sun, then the one who is in charge of them will say: "Go back, and we will dig it tomorrow if Allah wills.' So '''they will say: "If Allah wills." Then they will come back to it and it will be as they left it. So they will dig and will come out to the people''', and they will drink all the water. The people will fortify themselves against them in their fortresses. They will shoot their arrows towards the sky and they will come back with blood on them, and they will say: "We have defeated the people of earth and dominated the people of heaven." Then Allah will send a worm in the napes of their necks and will kill them thereby.'" The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "By the One in Whose Hand is my soul, the beasts of the earth will grow fat on their flesh."
}}

====Muslims will use bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood for 7 years====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4076 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Nawwas bin Sam'an that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"The Muslims will use the bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood, for seven years.'"
}}

==See also==

*[[Quranic Prophecies]]

External:

*[https://www.marefa.org/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9_%D9%81%D9%8A_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85 List of Muhammad's prophecies] (Arabic)
*[https://rationalwiki.org/wiki/Biblical_prophecies#Criteria_for_a_true_prophecy RationalWiki: Biblical prophecies, Criteria for a true prophecy] (could be analogically applied to Islamic prophecies)
*[https://detechter.com/15-ancient-hindu-predictions-that-have-come-true/#List_of_15_Ancient_Hindu_Prophecy_From_Bhagavata_Purana 15 Hindu predictions] - ''Comparing and contrasting Islamic prophecies with those of other religions' scriptures predictions is instructive''

==References==

[[Category:Prophecies]]
<references />
[[Category:Hadith]]
[[Category:Miracles]]
[[Category:Muhammad]]
[[Category:Sacred history]]
[[Category:Eschatology]]
[[Category:Revelation]]
[[Category:Qadr (fate)]]

Prophecies in the Hadith

2021-05-02T12:49:08Z

Prekladator: /* Group of Muslims will remain victorious until Allah's order */

{{QualityScore|Lead=1|Structure=4|Content=4|Language=2|References=3}}
Muhammad's prophecies are predictions attributed to him and written hundreds of years after his [[Muhammad's Death|death]]. Many prophecies are considered "signs of the Hour" (Islamic eschatology). Some prophecies are general statements that may apply to times even before Islam, other prophecies predict early Islamic history (which happened before the predictions were written) and some prophecies make predictions about the the future to come after the hadiths were written.

Prophecies in this article are from the hadiths. Quranic prophecies have a [[Quranic Prophecies|separate article]].
==Signs of the Hour==
"The Hour" (الساعة) refers to a period of time on the Day of Judgement.
{{Quote|{{Quran|30|55}}|
And '''the Day the Hour''' appears the criminals will swear they had remained but an hour. Thus they were deluded."
}}

Signs of the Hour indicate that the Hour (and the end of the world) is coming. They were divided by scholars into minor and major. The major signs are contained in this hadith:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6931}}|
Hudhaifa b. Usaid al-Ghifari reported:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) came to us all of a sudden as we were (busy in a discussion). He said: What do you discuss about? They (the Companions) said. We are discussing about the Last Hour. Thereupon he said: It will not come until you see ten signs before and (in this connection) he made a mention of the smoke, Dajjal, the beast, the rising of the sun from the west, the descent of Jesus son of Mary (Allah be pleased with him), the Gog and Magog, and land-slides in three places, one in the east, one in the west and one in Arabia at the end of which fire would burn forth from the Yemen, and would drive people to the place of their assembly.
}}

The minor signs indicate that the Hour is "getting closer", while the major signs indicate that the Hour will happen immediately after them. The first major sign is coming of the Dajjal and Muhammad thought that it might happen during his life or during life of his companions:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4307}}|"Al-nawwas b. Sim’an al-Kilabi said:
'''The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) mentioned the Dajjal (Antichrist) saying: If he comes forth while I am among you''' I shall be the one who will dispute with him on your behalf, but if he comes forth when I am not among you, a man must dispute on his own behalf, and Allah will take my place in looking after every Muslim. Those of you who live up to his time should recite over him the opening verses of Surat al – Kahf, for they are your protection from his trial. We asked: How long will he remain on the earth ? He replied : Forty days, one like a year, one like a month, one like a week, and rest of his days like yours. We asked : Messenger of Allah, will one day’s prayer suffice us in this day which will be like a year ? He replied : No, you must make an estimate of its extent. Then Jesus son of Marry will descend at the white minaret to the east of Damascus. He will then catch him up at the date of Ludd and kill him."}}
{{Quote|Tirmidhi 2234 (hasan)|"Abu 'Ubaidah bin Al-Jarrah said:
"I heard the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w): 'There was never a Prophet after Nuh but that he warned his people about '''the Dajjal''', and indeed I shall warn you of him.' Then the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) described him for us, and he said: "Perhaps some of '''you who see me, or hear my words shall live to see him'''." They said: "O Messenger of Allah! How will our hearts be on that day?" He said: "The same – that is, as today – or better.”"}}

Some reject the hadiths of the signs of the Hour <ref>http://bayanelislam.net/Suspicion.aspx?id=03-02-0071</ref>, because a Quranic verse indicates that the Hour will come by surprise (not after seeing clear signs) and that only Allah has knowledge about the Hour (not Muhammad):
{{Quote|{{Quran|7|187}}|
They ask you ˹O Prophet˺ regarding the Hour, “When will it be?” Say, “That knowledge is only with my Lord. He alone will reveal it when the time comes. It is too tremendous for the heavens and the earth and will only take you by surprise.” They ask you as if you had full knowledge of it. Say, “That knowledge is only with Allah, but most people do not know.”
}}

*7th century Arabs didn't have the concept of "an hour" meaning 60 minutes. An hour (ساعة) just meant a period of time [shorter than a day]. <ref>AR: https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/140286/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%88-%D9%85%D9%82%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%B1-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF%D8%A9-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%8A%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D8%AD%D8%A7%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D9%88%D9%87%D9%84-%D9%87%D9%88-%D8%B3%D8%AA%D9%88%D9%86-%D8%AF%D9%82%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A9</ref>
*Most prophecies are linked to the Hour

==Characteristics==

*Predictions don't have the time when they are supposed to happen. So even if it doesn't happen, Muslim can still believe it will happen in the future. For example the conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting. But it was conquered by fighting, so some Muslims think that this wasn't what was predicted and there will be another conquest of Constantinople that will get it right.
*Scarcely any predictions were fulfilled once the predictions had been written down in the form of hadiths.

==Retrodictions and Reiterating Biblical Prophecy==
The hadith collections were written, often by Persian authors, hundreds of years after the death of Muhammad. So when the hadiths contain a prophecy about early Islamic history, they are likely only being attributed to Muhammad after the fact. This category also includes things that always happened, even before Islam (earthquakes, wars, people being dishonest...) and prophecies copied from the Bible.

===Fabrication of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Introduction, Narration 15|
يَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ الزَّمَانِ دَجَّالُونَ كَذَّابُونَ يَأْتُونَكُمْ مِنَ الأَحَادِيثِ بِمَا لَمْ تَسْمَعُوا أَنْتُمْ وَلاَ آبَاؤُكُمْ فَإِيَّاكُمْ وَإِيَّاهُمْ لاَ يُضِلُّونَكُمْ وَلاَ يَفْتِنُونَكُمْ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings of Allah upon him, said:
‘There will be in the end of time charlatan liars coming to you with narrations (hadiths) that you nor your fathers heard, so beware of them lest they misguide you and cause you tribulations’.
}}
There were a lot of fabricators of hadiths before the hadiths were written (mostly in the 9th century). Muslim scholars thus invented a "science of hadiths" which determines which oral traditions are fabricated and which are from people who supposedly "never lie".

===The caliphate will last 30 years===
{{Quote|{{Al Tirmidhi||4|7|2226}}|
Sa'eed bin Jumhan narrated:
"Safinah narrated to me, he said: 'The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said: "'''Al-Khilafah will be in my Ummah for thirty years''', then there will be monarchy after that."' Then Safinah said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of Abu Bakr,' then he said: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Umar and the Khilafah of 'Uthman.' Then he said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Ali."' He said: "So we found that they add up to thirty years." Sa'eed said: "I said to him: 'Banu Umaiyyah claim that the Khilafah is among them.' He said: 'Banu Az-Zarqa' lie, rather they are a monarchy, among the worst of monarchies."'
}}

*The first caliphate lasted from 632-661, 29 years time.
*Tirmidhi, author of this hadith collection, was born in 824, more than 100 years after the end of the caliphate
*The hadith in it's text is in the context of discussion about previous caliphates
*The political system after the first caliphate, was still called a caliphate. There was some form of caliphate until the 20th century

===Rulership of the foolish after Muhammad===
{{Quote|Mishkat al-Masabih 3700|
Ka'b b. ‘Ujra told that God's Messenger said to him, “I commend you to God to protect you from '''the rulership of the foolish''' (إمارةِ السُّفهاءِ).” He asked what that was, and God’s Messenger replied, “'''After my time''' governors will arise whose falsehood will be believed and who will be assisted in their oppression by those who enter their presence. They have nothing to do with me and I have nothing to do with them, and they will never come down to me at the Pond. But they who do not enter their presence, believe their falsehood and help them in their oppression, those belong to me and I belong to them, and those ones will come down to me at the Pond.”}}

===Vile men control affairs of the people===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah 4036 (hasan)|
..and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}
===Return of the caliphate===
The hadith was sent to a new caliph Umar II:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 4/273, 18430 (hasan)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا سليمان بن داود الطيالسي حدثني داود بن إبراهيم الواسطي حدثني حبيب بن سالم عن النعمان بن بشير قال : كنا قعودا في المسجد مع رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم وكان بشير رجلا يكف حديثه فجاء أبو ثعلبة الخشني فقال يا بشير بن سعد أتحفظ حديث رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم في الأمراء فقال حذيفة أنا أحفظ خطبته فجلس أبو ثعلبة فقال حذيفة قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم تكون النبوة فيكم ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء الله أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا عاضا فيكون ما شاء الله ان يكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا جبرية فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة ثم سكت قال حبيب فلما قام عمر بن عبد العزيز وكان يزيد بن النعمان بن بشير في صحابته فكتبت إليه بهذا الحديث أذكره إياه فقلت له انى أرجو ان يكون أمير المؤمنين يعنى عمر بعد الملك العاض والجبرية فادخل كتابي على عمر بن عبد العزيز فسر به وأعجبه
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده حسن

It was narrated by Ahmed in his Musnad, from Al-Nu’man b.Bashir, who said: “We were sitting in the mosque of the Messenger of Allah(saw), and Bashir was a man who did not speak much, so Abu Tha’labah Al-Khashnee came and said: ‘Oh, Bashir bin Sa’ad, have you memorized the words of the Messenger of Allah (saw) regarding the rulers?’ Huthayfah replied, ‘I have memorized his words’. So Abu Tha’labah sat down and Huthayfah said, ‘The Messenger of Allah (saw) said ‘'''Prophet-hood will be among you''' as long as Allah wishes, then He will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of the Prophet''', and it will be as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be an inheritance rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a coercive rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of Prophet-hood'''.’ Then he (saw) was silent.” Habib said: “When '''Umar ibn AbdulAziz became caliph I wrote to him, mentioning this tradition to him''' and saying, “I hope '''you will be the commander of the faithful after the biting and the oppressive kingdoms'''. ”It pleased and charmed him, i.e. Umar ibn AbdulAziz.”
}}
Umar II died in 720 and he was expected to bring back the good old caliphate. Musnad Ahmad was written in the 9th century.

==="Prophet, siddiq and two martyrs"===
Notice that the future caliphs are usually mentioned in the order in which they will be caliphs (strongly suggesting these were written later by someone who already knew the order):
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|35}}|
Narrated Anas bin Malik:

The Prophet (ﷺ) ascended the mountain of Uhud and he was accompanied by '''Abu Bakr, `Umar and `Uthman'''. The mountain shook beneath them. The Prophet (ﷺ) hit it with his foot and said, "O Uhud ! Be firm, for on you there is none but a '''Prophet, a Siddiq and a martyr (i.e. and two martyrs)'''.
}}

The hadith was interpreted as a vague prediction that Abu Bakr will die naturally and Umar and Uthman will be killed. The 3 caliphs were in the 7th century. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Khawarij===
According to Islamic scholars, this hadith is about the coming of the Khawarij:
{{Quote|Sunan An-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 37, Hadith 4107|
It was narrated that 'Ali said:
"I heard the Messenger of Allah [SAW] say: 'At the end of time there will appear young people with foolish minds. Their faith will not pass through their throats, and they will go out of Islam as an arrow goes through the target. If you meet them, then kill them, for killing them will bring reward to the one who killed them on the Day of Resurrection.'"
}}

Khawarij ("The Leavers") left the army of the caliph Ali in the middle of the 7th century. The prediction was written in the middle of the 9th century, two hundred years later.

The prophecy says "at the end of time". The Khawarij appeared more than a thousand years ago.

===Places of killed people at the battle of Badr===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 19, Hadith 4394|
..Then the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: This is the place where so and so would be killed. He placed his hand on the earth (saying) here and here; (and) none of them fell away from the place which the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) had indicated by placing his hand on the earth.
}}

Battle of Badr was in the 7th century. This hadith collection was authored in the 9th century.

===Earthquakes will increase===
It's a part of a longer hadith as one of the signs of the end of the world:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
.. and earthquakes will increase in number..
}}

There were always earthquakes, increasing and decreasing. There is a report that earthquakes happened also during the life of Muhammad:
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/bulugh/2/441 Bulugh al-Maram 2:509]|
He [the Prophet (ﷺ)] prayed during an earthquake six bowings and four prostrations, and said, "This is the way the Prayer of the Signs (of Allah) is offered.
}}

Earthquakes were also predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. '''There will be great earthquakes''', famines and pestilences in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}

===Rain is hot===
This hadith is classified as mawdu (fabricated). <ref>https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/265083/%D8%AD%D9%88%D9%84-%D8%B5%D8%AD%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%85%D8%B3%D8%B9%D9%88%D8%AF-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9</ref> It's part of a long hadith about coming of the Hour:
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
..وَأَنْ يَكُونَ الْمَطَرُ قَيْظًا ..
..and that rain will be hot (قيظا)..
}}

It was also mentioned in Lane's lexicon:
{{Quote|Lane's lexicon on قَيْظٌ <ref>http://lexicon.quranic-research.net/data/21_q/239_qyZ.html</ref>|
لَا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكُونَ الوَلَدُ غَيْظًا والمَطَرُ قَيْظًا, a saying of Moḥammad, meaning [The resurrection, or the time thereof, will not come to pass until the birth of a child be an occasion of wrath, or rage, and] rain be accompanied by air like the قيظ [or '''most vehement heat of summer''']. (TA.)
}}

The word قيظ (''qayz'') was also mentioned in a different hadith meaning "hot weather":{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 6 (Hasan)|
Rifa'ah bin Rafi' said:
I heard Abu Bakr as-Siddeeq say on the minbar of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) : I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, and Abu Bakr wept when he remembered the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) , then he recovered and said. I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, in this '''hot weather''' (القيظ) last year: `Ask Allah for forgiveness, well-being and certainty of faith in the Hereafter and in this world.”
}}

Some insist that the word قيظ means "acidic".

===Strong wind===
Muhammad predicted a strong wind on the same day it happened, so there was probably already a wind getting stronger:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|559}}|
..When we reached Tabuk, the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "There will be a strong wind tonight and so no one should stand and whoever has a camel, should fasten it." So we fastened our camels. A strong wind blew at night and a man stood up and he was blown away to a mountain called Taiy..
}}
The prophecy was written in the 9th century.

===Child is filled with rage===
This is a part of a fabricated (mawdu') hadith.
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
وإن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها: أن يكون الولد غيظاً، وأن يكون المطر قيظاً

And from the signs of the Hour is that '''a boy will be enraged''' and that water will be hot
}}
Angry children have been around since time immemorial.

===Muhammad's death===
Muhammad predicted that he will die. The prediction doesn't contain any specific information about his death:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "'''Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death''', the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

The context is that it will be a sign that the Hour is coming. But Muhammad died more than a thousand years ago and the Hour didn't come.

===Muhammad's wife with the longest arm will die first===
{{Quote|Sahih Bukhari: Vol. 2, Book of Tax (Zakat), Hadith 501|
Narrated 'Aisha:

Some of the wives of the Prophet asked him, "Who amongst us will be the first to follow you (i.e. die after you)?" He said, "Whoever has the longest hand." So they started measuring their hands with a stick and Sauda's hand turned out to be the longest. (When Zainab bint Jahsh died first of all in the caliphate of 'Umar), we came to know that the long hand was a symbol of practicing charity, so she was the first to follow the Prophet and she used to love to practice charity. (Sauda died later in the caliphate of Muawiya).
}}

It's questionable whether the prophecy was metaphorical and fulfilled or whether it was literal and hence re-interpreted. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Muhammad's daughter Fatima will die first from his family===
During Muhammad's illness, Fatima was walking like Muhammad, so she also had signs of illness:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6005}}|
`A'isha reported that all the wives of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) had gathered (in her apartment) '''during the days of his (Prophet's) last illness ''' and no woman was left behind that '''Fatima, who walked after the style of Allah's Messenger''' (ﷺ), came there. He welcomed her by saying:

You are welcome, my daughter, and made her sit on his right side or on his left side, and then talked something secretly to her and Fatima wept. Then he talked something secretly to her and she laughed. I said to her: What makes you weep? She said: I am not going to divulge the secret of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). I (`A'isha) said: I have not seen (anything happening) like today, the happiness being more close to grief (as I see today) when she wept. I said to her: Has Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) singled you out for saying something leaving us aside? She then wept and I asked her what he said, and she said: I am not going to divulge the secrets of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). And when he died I again asked her and she said that he (the Holy Prophet) told her: Gabriel used to recite the Qur'an to me once a year and for this year it was twice and so I perceived that my death had drawn near, and that '''I (Fatima) would be the first amongst the members of his family who would meet him (in the Hereafter)'''. He shall be my good forerunner and it made me weep. He again talked to me secretly (saying): Aren't you pleased that you should be the sovereign amongst the believing women or the head of women of this Ummah? And this made me laugh.
}}

===A plague kills many Muslims===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, '''a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep''', the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}
It was interpreted as a prophecy about the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Amwas Plague of Amwas] (638-639), which is considered a re-emergence of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Justinian the Plague of Justinian] (541-549), so there was a precedent.

The prediction was written in the 9th century.

===Sexual immorality (abominations)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: '''Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them'''. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

Sexual immorality (or "abomination") was nothing new in the 7th century. The Old Testament mentions such a story:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 19:3-8|
He prepared a meal for them, baking bread without yeast, and they ate. Before they had gone to bed, all the men from every part of the city of Sodom—both young and old—surrounded the house. They called to Lot, “Where are the men who came to you tonight? Bring them out to us so that we can have sex with them.” Lot went outside to meet them and shut the door behind him and said, “No, my friends. Don’t do this wicked thing. Look, I have two daughters who have never slept with a man. Let me bring them out to you, and you can do what you like with them.
}}

In the New Testament Jesus spoke to a woman who had many sexual partners:
{{Quote|The Bible, John 4:16-18|
“Go and get your husband,” Jesus told her.

“I don’t have a husband,” the woman replied.

Jesus said, “You’re right! You don’t have a husband— for you have had five husbands, and you aren’t even married to the man you’re living with now. You certainly spoke the truth!”
}}

There were also abominations happening in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|62|65}}|
Narrated `Aisha:

that the Prophet (ﷺ) married her when '''she was six years old and he consummated his marriage when she was nine years old'''. Hisham said: I have been informed that `Aisha remained with the Prophet (ﷺ) for nine years (i.e. till his death).
}}

Plagues and diseases also happened throughout whole history. Plagues (pestilences) were also predicted in the Bible, hundreds of years before Muhammad:{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be great earthquakes, famines and '''pestilences''' in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}
===Homosexuality===
This is a fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يا ابن مسعود إن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها أن يكتفي الرجال بالرجال والنساء بالنساء

..O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that men are content with men and women with women..
}}

Homosexuals existed before Islam.

===People flogging people===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: '''people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people''', and the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Ishaa’ah li Ashraat il-Saa’ah, p. 119|
Al-Sakhaawi said: They are now the helpers of the oppressors, and usually it refers to the worst group around the ruler. It may also apply to unjust rulers.
}}

Muhammad commanded flogging (and killing) people:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4482 (hasan sahih)|
Narrated Mu'awiyah ibn AbuSufyan:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: If they (the people) drink wine, flog them, again if they drink it, flog them. Again if they drink it, kill them.
}}
===Women naked, but dressed (wearing revealing clothes)===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people, and '''the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side'''. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Some apologists present it as something new that happens in the 21st century and Muhammad couldn't have guessed it.
{{Quote|islamqa.info: Commentary on the hadeeth; “two types of the people of Hell whom I have not seen…” <ref>https://islamqa.info/en/answers/47017/commentary-on-the-hadeeth-two-types-of-the-people-of-hell-whom-i-have-not-seen</ref>|
This hadeeth is one of the miracles of Prophethood, for these two types of people have appeared, and '''they exist now, as al-Nawawi (may Allaah have mercy on him) said.'''
}}
Al-Nawawi lived in the 13th century.

Islamic sources say that there were naked women circumambulating around the Kaba in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||3|24|2959}}|
It was narrated from Saeed bin Jubair that Ibn Abbas said:
"Women used to circumambulate the Kabah naked, saying: 'Today some, or all of it will appear And whatever appers I don't make is permissible.' Then the following was revealed: 'O Children of Adam! Take your adornment to every Masjid.'"
}}

There is also a hadith with the same terminology of dressed (كاسيات) and undressed (عاريات) but in a different context:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|21|226}}|
Narrated Um Salama:

One night the Prophet (ﷺ) got up and said, "Subhan Allah! How many afflictions Allah has revealed tonight and how many treasures have been sent down (disclosed). Go and wake the sleeping lady occupants of these dwellings up (for prayers), perhaps a well '''dressed''' (كاسية) in this world may be '''naked''' (عارية) in the Hereafter."
}}

===Naked thighs in markets===
This hadith is classified mawdoo' (fabricated). <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/321649/%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%AC%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%B9%D8%B4%D8%B1-%D8%AE%D8%B5%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85-%D9%84%D9%88%D8%B7-</ref> Albani included it in his book سلسلة الأحاديث الضعيفة والموضوعة وأثرها السيئ في الأمة ("Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah"):
{{Quote|Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah, Al-Albani|
عشر من أخلاق قوم اللوط:..والمشي في الأسواق والأفخاذ بادية

Ten behaviors of Lot's people:.. and walking in markets and thighs are naked..
}}

There were uncovered thighs in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud Book 32, Hadith 4003|
Narrated Jarhad:

The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) sat with us and my thigh was uncovered. He said: Do you not know that thigh is a private part ?
}}

Muhammad exposed his thighs at some point:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|8|367}}|
Narrated `Abdul `Aziz:

Anas said, 'When Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) invaded Khaibar, we offered the Fajr prayer there (early in the morning) when it was still dark. The Prophet (ﷺ) rode and Abu Talha rode too and I was riding behind Abu Talha. The Prophet (ﷺ) passed through the lane of Khaibar quickly and '''my knee was touching the thigh of the Prophet (ﷺ) . He uncovered his thigh''' and I saw the whiteness of '''the thigh of the Prophet'''.
}}

===Widespread adultery===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|34|6451}}|
Anas b. Malik reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

It is from the conditions of the Last Hour that knowledge would be taken away and ignorance would prevail (upon the world), the liquor would be drunk, and '''adultery would become rampant'''.
}}

Muhammad's companions used to give women a handful of flour and then perform what they called "a temporary marriage" (زواج المتعة, ''zawaj al-mut'a''). Seeing as polygamy was allowed, these companions may have been married at the time, and their behavior would today be classified as adultery:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|8|3249}}|
Jabir b. 'Abdullah reported:

We contracted temporary marriage giving a handful of (tales or flour as a dower during the lifetime of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and during the time of Abu Bakr until 'Umar forbade it in the case of 'Amr b. Huraith.
}}

There is also a fabricated (mawdu') prophecy about illegitimate children:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يَا ابْنَ مَسْعُودٍ ، إِنَّ مِنْ أَعْلَامِ السَّاعَةِ وَأَشْرَاطِهَا أَنْ يَكْثُرَ أَوْلَادُ الزِّنَا

O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that there are many children from adultery
}}

===Abundant wealth===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||5|36|4047}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The Hour will not begin until '''wealth becomes abundant''' and tribulations appear, and Harj increases.” They said: “What is Harj, O Messenger of Allah?” He said: '''“Killing, killing, killing,”''' three times.
}}

Muslims became wealthy in the 7th century by the early Islamic conquests (the hadith itself mentions it together with "killing, killing, killing"). Sunan Ibn Majah was written two centuries after these conquests.

===Men obey their wives===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, '''a man obeys his wife''' and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

It was mentioned among negative things, that indicates that a woman being dominant in marriage is an evil thing. But it appears that the patriarchy was not universal even in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|43|648}}|Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Abbas: ...We, the people of Quraish, used to have authority over women, but when we came to live with the Ansar, we noticed that '''the Ansari women had the upper hand over their men''', so our women started acquiring the habits of the Ansari women. Once I shouted at my wife and she paid me back in my coin and I disliked that she should answer me back....}}

===Fire in Hijaz illuminates necks of camels in Busra===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|234}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a fire will come out of the land of Hijaz, and it will throw light on the necks of the camels at Busra."
}}
There was a lava eruption in Hijaz in the year 1256 ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Harrat_Rahat Harrat Rahat]) which is considered by Muslims as fulfillment. That's the last eruption, but the eruption before that was in 640 - 641 A.D. during the reign of Umar.<ref>
Volcanic history of the northernmost part of the Harrat Rahat volcanic field, Saudi Arabia
https://pubs.geoscienceworld.org/gsa/geosphere/article/14/3/1253/529993/Volcanic-history-of-the-northernmost-part-of-the</ref>
So there was a precedent. The unspecified date of occurrence makes this prediction one that might be referenced perennially

===Making halal what was haram===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|69|494}}|
Narrated Abu 'Amir or Abu Malik Al-Ash'ari:

that he heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "From among my followers there will be some '''people who will consider illegal sexual intercourse, the wearing of silk, the drinking of alcoholic drinks and the use of musical instruments, as lawful.''' And there will be some people who will stay near the side of a mountain and in the evening their shepherd will come to them with their sheep and ask them for something, but they will say to him, 'Return to us tomorrow.' Allah will destroy them during the night and will let the mountain fall on them, and He will transform the rest of them into monkeys and pigs and they will remain so till the Day of Resurrection."
}}

According to Islam, Jews and Christians took their rabbis and monks as lords, because the rabbis and monks ''made lawful'' for them what Allah forbade. <ref>Quran 9:31, tafsir Ibn Kathir</ref>

===Slave woman gives birth to her master/mistress===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|48}}|
When a slave (lady) gives birth to her master.
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 63 (sahih)|
When the slave woman gives birth to her mistress' (Waki' said: This means when non-Arabs will give birth to Arabs")
}}

According to Nawawi, the opinion of the majority of scholars is that Muslims will enslave non-Muslim women and have kids with them and the kids will be masters of their mothers because the kids are Muslims. <ref>https://quranacademy.io/blog/an-nawawis-hadith-2-hadith-of-jibreel-3/</ref> Ibn Hajar (who lived later) didn't like this interpretation, because the enslavement was already happening during the time of Muhammad, so it wasn't really a prophecy of the future.

Ibn Hajar and others, as a result, like to interpret it as kids treating their mothers like slaves. This is not compatible with Waki's comment, and it would appear that children disrespecting their parents has been and will remain a universal phenomenon.

===Woman helps her husband in business===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
'Abdullah said, 'From the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, who said, "Before the Final Hour people will single out one individual for the greeting, commerce will increase until '''a woman helps her husband in business''', people will sever their links with their relatives, knowledge will spread, false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed."
}}

===Some people control trade===
{{Quote|an-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 4461 (sahih)|
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'One of the portents of the Hour will be that wealth becomes widespread and abundant, and trade will become widespread, but knowledge will disappear. '''A man will try to sell something and will say: "No, not until I consult the merchant of banu so and so''' and People will look throughout a vast area for a scribe and will not find one."
}}
Meccans boycotted Muslims in the Meccan period. It was a form of trade control.

===Injustice===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 485 (sahih)|
Ibn 'Umar reported that the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, said, "Injustice will appear as darkness on the Day of Rising."
}}

===False testimony===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ، وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

..false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed.
}}

False testimony was already forbidden in the 10 commandments. The problem existed long before Islam.

===Unfulfilled vows===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
..then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and '''they will vow and never fulfill their vows''', and fatness will appear among them."
}}

===Cheating in weights (scales)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. '''They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers'''. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is also mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Amos 8:2-6|
Then the Lord said to me, “The end has come for My people Israel. I will spare them no longer. The songs of the palace will turn to wailing in that day,” declares the Lord God. “Many will be the corpses; in every place they will cast them forth in silence.” '''Hear this, you who trample the needy''', to do away with the humble of the land, saying: “When will the new moon be over, So that we may sell grain, And the sabbath, that we may open the wheat market, '''To make the bushel smaller and the shekel bigger, And to cheat with dishonest scales'''
}}

Famines, like cheating, are universal phenomenon.

===Making money unlawfully===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|34|296}}|
Narrated Abu Hurairah (ra):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said "Certainly a time will come when people will not bother to know from where they earned the money, by lawful means or unlawful means."
}}
Muhammad himself engaged in dubious practices to acquire money:
{{Quote|Sirat Rasul Allah 428, Tabari VII:29|
Then the apostle heard that Abu Sufyan b. Harb was coming from Syria with a large caravan of Quraysh, containing their money and merchandise, accompanied by some thirty or forty men." Mohammad said, "This is the Quraysh caravan containing their property, Go out to attack it, perhaps God will give it as prey,
}}

===Usury (riba)===
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 10191|
عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ أَنّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ يَأْتِي عَلَى النَّاسِ زَمَانٌ يَأْكُلُونَ فِيهِ الرِّبَا قِيلَ النَّاسُ كُلُّهُمْ قَالَ مَنْ لَمْ يَأْكُلْهُ مِنْهُمْ نَالَهُ مِنْ غُبَارِهِ

Abu Huraira reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “A time will come upon people in which they will consume usury.” It was said, “All of the people?” The Prophet said, “Whoever does not consume it will be affected by its dust.”
}}

Usury (riba) was already widespread in the period before Islam, which Muslims call "jahilya":
{{Quote|[https://ebrary.net/10536/business_finance/types_riba Types of Riba]|
Riba al-Jahiliyah means “the riba used during the age of ignorance and paganism.” It is also called riba al-nassee'aa (the riba that is constrained by a time limit and is time dependent). This type of '''riba was widely practiced by the pagan Arabs at the advent of Islam'''.
}}

In any interest-based economy, all goods will inevitably be "tainted" directly or indirectly with interest-based practices.

===Sudden deaths===
{{Quote|Al-Mu'jam al-Awsat al-Tabarani (9/147) No. 9376 (sahih)|
حدثنا الهيثم بن خالد المصيصي نا عبدالكبير بن المعافى بن عمران نا شريك عن العباس بن ذريح عن الشعبي عن أنس بن مالك رفعه إلى النبي صلى الله عليه و سلم قال من اقتراب الساعة أن يرى الهلال قبلا فيقال لليلتين وأن تتخذ المساجد طرقا وأن يظهر الموت الفجاء لم يرو هذا الحديث عن العباس بن زريح إلا شريك تفرد به عبد الكبير بن المعافى

Anas bin Malik (RA) narrated that the Prophet (SAW) said: “Among the signs that the Last Hour is near, is that the crescent would appear larger than its actual size and people would say: ‘It appears as if it is only two days old.’ and the masajid will be taken as streets, and '''sudden death will spread'''.”
}}

In other hadiths Muhammad and Ubayd speak about sudden death as something already known:{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 3110 / Book 21, Hadith 22 / Book 20, Hadith 3104 (sahih)|
Narrated Ubayd ibn Khalid as-Sulami,:

A man from the Companions of the Prophet (ﷺ), said: The narrator Sa'd ibn Ubaydah narrated sometimes from the Prophet (ﷺ) and sometimes as a statement of Ubayd (ibn Khalid): The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Sudden death is a wrathful catching.
}}

===Islam will be unpleasant for Muslims (like burning ember/coal in hand)===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2260 (hasan)|
Anas bin Malik narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"There shall come upon the people a time in which the one who is patient upon his religion will be like the one holding onto a burning ember."
}}

Adhering to Islam was already unpleasant for many Muslims during the time of Muhammad and it escalated in 632-633 during the Wars of Apostasy when some Arabs tried to leave Islam, but had it imposed on them once again by the caliph.

===Following Jews and Christians===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|92|422}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "You will follow the ways of those nations who were before you, span by span and cubit by cubit (i.e., inch by inch) so much so that even if they entered a hole of a mastigure, you would follow them." We said, "O Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)! (Do you mean) the Jews and the Christians?" He said, "Whom else?"
}}
Muhammad himself incorporated portions of the Talmud and the gospels in the Quran and his teachings.

===Killing [pointless killing]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which Religious ignorance will spread, knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and '''there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing'''."
}}

The Old Testament hosts many texts about mass killing. For example:
{{Quote|The Bible (AMPC), 1 Samuel 15:3|
Now go and smite Amalek and utterly destroy all they have; do not spare them, but '''kill both man and woman, infant and suckling, ox and sheep, camel and donkey.'''
}}

Muhammad himself engaged in what most would describe as "pointless killing":
{{Quote|Ibn Ishaq: Sirat Rasul Allah, p. 464|
Then they surrendered, and the apostle confined them in Medina in the quarter of d. al-Harith, a woman of B. al-Najjar. Then the apostle went out to the market of Medina (which is still its market today) and dug trenches in it. Then he sent for them and struck off their heads in those trenches as they were brought out to him in batches. Among them was the enemy of Allah Huyayy b. Akhtab and Ka`b b. Asad their chief. There were 600 or 700 in all, though some put the figure as high as 800 or 900.
}}

===Two parties with the same message will fight===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6902}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) many ahadith and one of them was this:

The last Hour will not come until the two parties (of Muslims) confront each other and there is a large-scale massacre amongst them and the claim of both of them is the same.
}}

This prediction was interpreted by Islamic scholars as referring to the Battle of Siffin (year 657). Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Issue between Ali and Aisha===
{{Quote|Fath al Bari 13/59 (sahih) and others|
إنَّهُ سيكونُ بينَكَ وبين عائشةَ أمرٌ قال فأنا أشقاهُم يا رسولَ اللهِ قال لا ولكنْ إذا كان ذلك فاردُدْها إلى مأمنِها

There will be an issue between you and ‘Aisha.” He said, “Me, O Messenger of Allah?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Me?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Then [in that case] I would be the worst of them (all people).” He said, “No, but when this occurs, return her to her safe quarters.”}}

The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_the_Camel Battle of the Camel] happened in 656. The hadith (in Musnad Ahmad) was written in the 9th century.

===Ammar will be killed===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 1, Book 46, Hadith 3800 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "Rejoice, 'Ammar, the transgressing party shall kill you."
}}

He was killed in the 7th century. The collection of Tirmidhi was written in the 9th century.

==="I have been given Persia"===
{{Quote|Al-Nasa'i, Sunan al Kubra 8858|
أنبأ محمد بن عبد الأعلى قال حدثنا معتمر قال سمعت عوفا قال سمعت ميمونا يحدث عن البراء بن عازب قال : لما أمرنا رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم أن يحفر الخندق عرض لنا فيه حجر لا يأخذ فيه المعول فاشتكينا ذلك إلى رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فجاء رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فألقى ثوبه وأخذ المعول وقال بسم الله فضرب ضربة فكسر ثلث الصخرة قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح الشام والله إني لأبصر قصورها الحمر الآن من مكاني هذا قال ثم ضرب أخرى وقال بسم الله وكسر ثلثا آخر وقال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح فارس والله إني لأبصر قصر المدائن الأبيض الآن ثم ضرب ثالثة وقال بسم الله فقطع الحجر قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح اليمن والله إني لأبصر باب صنعاء

Al-Bara said: On the Day of Al-Khandaq (the trench) there stood out a rock too immune for our spades to break up. We therefore went to see God’s Messenger for advice. He took the spade, and said: “In the Name of God” Then he struck it saying: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Ash-Sham (Greater Syria). By God, I can see its red palaces at the moment;” on the second strike he said: “God is Most Great, '''I have been given Persia'''. By God, I can now see the white palace of Madain;” and for the third time he struck the rock saying: “In the Name of God,” shattering the rest of the rock, and he said: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Yemen. By God, I can see the gates of San’a while I am in my place.”
}}

The bloody conquest happened around the year 650. Earliest hadith collection Muwatta Imam Malik (which doesn't contain this hadith) was written around the year 750 and the hadith collection sunan al-Kubra which contains the hadith was written around the year 850. This hadith was written hundreds of years after the event it describes.

Furthermore, Persia was already conquered a thousand years before by Alexander the Great. And at the time of Muhammad Persia was exhausted by wars with Romans which lasted from 54 BC to 628 AD (681 years).

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roman%E2%80%93Persian_Wars Wikipedia: Roman–Persian Wars]

===Conquest of Jerusalem===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, '''the conquest of Jerusalem''', a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

Some suggest that Muhammad predicted "The Muslim conquest of Jerusalem in 1187 AD." <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/en/article/135817/the-signs-of-the-hour</ref>:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(1187) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (1187)]

However, this was the second Islamic conquest of Jerusalem. Muslims first conquered Jerusalem in 636:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(636%E2%80%93637) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (636–637)]

Furthermore, after the conquest, the Hour was expected to come. Both events occurred nearly a thousand years in the past.

This was written by Bukhari two hundred years after the first conquest.

Hadith in Sunan Abu Dawud also stresses the coming of the Last Hour after the conquest of Jerusalem (holy land):
{{Quote|Abu Dawud 14:2529 (sahih)|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Hawalah al-Azdi:

The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) sent us on foot to get spoil, but we returned without getting any. When he saw the signs of distress on our faces, he stood up on our faces and said: O Allah, do not put them under my care, for I would be too weak to care for them; do not put them in care of themselves, for they would be incapable of that, and do not put them in the care of men, for they would choose the best things for themselves. '''He then placed his hand on my head and said: Ibn Hawalah, when you see the caliphate has settled in the holy land, earthquakes, sorrows and serious matters will have drawn near and on that day the Last Hour will be nearer to mankind than this hand of mine is to your head.'''
}}

===Conquest of Egypt===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|5174}}|
Abu Dharr reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

'''You would soon conquer Egypt''' and that is a land which is known (as the land of al-qirat). So when you conquer it, treat its inhabitants well. For there lies upon you the responsibility because of blood-tie or relationship of marriage (with them). And when you see two persons falling into dispute amongst themselves for the space of a brick, than get out of that. He (Abu Dharr) said: I saw Abd al-Rahman b. Shurahbil b. Hasana and his brother Rabi'a disputing with one another for the space of a brick. So I left that (land).
}}
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muslim_conquest_of_Egypt Muslim conquest of Egypt] happened in the 7th century. The hadith collection Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Conquest of Yemen, Syria and Iraq===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3201}}|
Sufyan b. Abu Zuhair heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) say:

'''Yemen will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families on them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''Syria will be conquered''' and some people will go away driving their camels along with them and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''lraq will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority. while Medina is better for them if they were to know it.
}}
All conquests happened in the 7th century. Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.
===Fighting Turks===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|56|787}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till you fight a nation wearing hairy shoes, and till you '''fight the Turks''', who will have small eyes, red faces and flat noses; and their faces will be like flat shields. And you will find that the best people are those who hate responsibility of ruling most of all till they are chosen to be the rulers. And the people are of different natures: The best in the pre-lslamic period are the best in Islam. A time will come when any of you will love to see me rather than to have his family and property doubled."
}}

Some suggest that "Turks" here means "Mongols" and that this thus predicts Gengis Khan. However, The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Kharistan Battle of Kharistan] (737) which happened between the Umayyad caliphate and Turkic Türgesh, could equally fit the description provided here. This seems more plausible, especially as Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

One might also note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

===Leave the Turks as long as they leave you===
This hadith is often referenced as evidence that Muhammad predicted the Ottoman empire, often ignoring the clause about the Abyssinians
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4288}}|
Narrated from Abi Sukainah One of the Companions:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: '''Let the Abyssinians alone as long as they let you alone''', and let the Turks alone as long as they leave you alone.
}}

It is said that the Turks should be left alone because they were strong, and they were strong therefore they would eventually become dominant. This is an evidently generous reading of the hadith.

In other hadith, Muhammad is reported to have predicted that after a few wars, Muslims would exterminate the Turks:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Takhreej Mishkaat al-Masabih 5/110 (hasan) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8F%D9%83%D9%85+%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8C+%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%A7%D8%B1%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%8A%D9%86%D9%90+%D9%8A%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8F%D9%91%D8%B1%D9%83%D9%8E</ref>|
يقاتِلُكم قومٌ صغارُ الأعينِ يعني التُّركَ قالَ تسوقونَهم ثلاثَ مرات حتَّى تُلحِقوهم بجزيرةِ العربِ فأمَّا في السِّاقةِ الأولى فينجو من هربَ منهم فأمَّا في الثَّانيةِ فينجو بعضٌ ويَهلِكُ بعضٌ وأمَّا في الثَّالثةِ فيصطَلِمونَ

People with small eyes, i.e. the Turks, will fight against you, the prophet (ﷺ) said: You will drive them off three times till you catch up with them in Arabia. On the first occasion when you drive them off those who fly will be safe, on the second occasion some will be safe and some will perish, but '''on the third occasion they will be extirpated'''.
}}
===Spoils of war distributed preferentially===
Hadith daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi 2211 (daif)|
إِذَا اتُّخِذَ الْفَىْءُ دُوَلاً

When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially)
}}
Al-Fai mean spoils of war.

===Fearless traveler (security)===
Probably refers to time after the conquest of Iraq in the 7th century:
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/334 (sahih)|
لا تقومُ الساعَةُ حتى تعودَ أرْضُ العربِ مروجًا وأَنْهَارًا وحتى يسيرَ الراكِبُ بينَ العِرَاقِ ومَكَّةَ لَا يَخَافُ إلَّا ضَلَالَ الطريقِ [ وحتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْهَرْجُ قالوا وما الهَرْجُ يا رسولَ اللهِ قال القتلُ ]

The Hour will not come until the land of Arabs becomes meadows and rivers and until '''a rider goes between Iraq and Makka and doesn't fear anything except getting lost''' and until al-harj is widespread. They said: And what is al-Harj O messenger of God? He said: Killing.
}}

===Fat people===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
Narrated `Imran bin Husain:

"Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, 'The best of my followers are those living in my generation (i.e. my contemporaries). and then those who will follow the latter" `Imran added, "I do not remember whether he mentioned two or three generations after his generation, then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and they will vow and never fulfill their vows, and '''fatness will appear among them'''."
}}

After the 7th century Islamic conquests, Muslims became rich and could have a lot of food.

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|59|548}}|
Narrated Ibn `Umar:

We did not eat our fill except after we had conquered Khaibar.
}}

Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Special greeting===
It was interpreted as "greeting only people you know":
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ‏:‏ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ

Before the Hour there is special greeting
}}

It would mean Muslims would disobey Muhammad's command to greet everyone:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|12}}|
Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Amr:

A man asked the Prophet (ﷺ) , "What sort of deeds or (what qualities of) Islam are good?" The Prophet (ﷺ) replied, 'To feed (the poor) and '''greet those whom you know and those whom you do not know'''.
}}

In other hadiths however Muhammad was preventing Muslims from greeting certain people based on their religion:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|26|5389}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

Do not greet the Jews and the Christians before they greet you and when you meet any one of them on the roads force him to go to the narrowest part of it.
}}

===Rejection of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4604 / Book 41, Hadith 4587 / Book 42, Hadith 9|
Narrated Al-Miqdam ibn Ma'dikarib:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Beware! I have been given the Qur'an and something like it, yet the time is coming when a man replete on his couch will say: '''Keep to the Qur'an'''; what you find in it to be permissible treat as permissible, and what you find in it to be prohibited treat as prohibited. Beware! The domestic ass, beasts of prey with fangs, a find belonging to confederate, unless its owner does not want it, are not permissible to you If anyone comes to some people, they must entertain him, but if they do not, he has a right to mulct them to an amount equivalent to his entertainment.
}}

The idea that only the Quran is the word of god and Muhamamad is just a man and therefore he might be wrong existed during Muhammad's life:
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 3646, In-book reference: Book 26, Hadith 6, English translation: Book 25, Hadith 3639|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Amr ibn al-'As:

I used to write everything which I heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). I intended (by it) to memorise it. The Quraysh prohibited me saying: '''Do you write everything that you hear from him while the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) is a human being: he speaks in anger and pleasure?''' So I stopped writing, and mentioned it to the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He signalled with his finger to him mouth and said: Write, by Him in Whose hand my soul lies, only right comes out from it.
}}
===Liars will be trusted and honest people will be regarded as liars===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4036 (hasan)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will come to the people years of treachery, when the liar will be regarded as honest, and the honest man will be regarded as a liar; the traitor will be regarded as faithful, and the faithful man will be regarded as a traitor; and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}

This was already happening according to Islamic sources. Some people trusted Musaylimah.

==="The pen will spread"===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ وَفُشُوُّ التِّجَارَةِ حَتَّى تُعِينَ الْمَرْأَةُ زَوْجَهَا عَلَى التِّجَارَةِ وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ وَفُشُوُّ الْقَلَمِ وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, family ties will be severed, '''the pen will spread''', false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
There is the Pen that Allah created first and which writes the future:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 3319 (sahih)|
“I arrived in Makkah and met Ata bin Abi Rabah. I said: ‘O Abu Muhammad! Some people with us speak about Al-Qadar.’ Ata said: ‘I met Al-Walid bin Ubadah bin As-Samit and he said: “My father narrated to me, he said: ‘I heard the Messenger of Allah saying: “Verily '''the first of what Allah created was the Pen (القلم). He said to it: “Write.” So it wrote what will be forever'''.’”
}}

There is also the Pen that writes deeds:
{{Quote|Bulugh al Maram: Book 8, Hadith 1096|
Narrated 'Aishah (RA):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: "There are three people whose actions are not recorded ( رُفِعَ اَلْقَلَمُ عَنْ ثَلَاثَةٍ, literally "is lifted the pen from three"), a sleeping person till he awakes, a child till he is a grown up, and an insane person till he is restored to reason or recovers his sense." [Reported by Ahmad and al-Arba'a, except at-Tirmidhi. al-Hakim graded it Sahih (authentic)].
}}
{{Quote|al-nasa'i: Vol. 4, Book 26, Hadith 3217 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Salamah:
It was narrated from Abu Salamah that Abu Hurairah said: "I said: 'O Messenger of Allah, I am a young man and I fear hardship for myself, but I cannot afford to marry; should I castrate myself?'" The Prophet turned away from him until he said it three times. Then the Prophet said: "O Abu Hurairah, '''the pen is dried concerning what you are going to face''', so (it is up to you whether) you castrate yourself or not." Abu Abdur-Rahman (An-Nasai) said: Al-Awzai did not hear this narration from Az-Zuhri, and this hadith is sahih, Yunus reported it from Az-Zuhri.
}}

Literacy was increasing before Muhammad was born. Jews and Christians first used oral traditions, but then switched to writing. There was also the ongoing global transitions from oral cultures to written cultures more generally.

Notice also that the prophecy was written by people who were ''writing'' hadiths from oral traditions.

===Family ties will be severed===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, '''family ties will be severed''' (وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ), the pen will spread, false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
Islam teaches that among the first people were brothers Cain and Abel and Cain killed Abel.

There is also hadith where Muhammad encourages people to keep the ties of kinship, which indicates they weren't doing it enough in his time:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 1, Hadith 1979 (hasan)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah said:
"Learn enough about your lineage to facilitate keeping your ties of kinship (تَصِلُونَ بِهِ أَرْحَامَكُمْ). For indeed keeping the ties of kinship encourages affection among the relatives, increases the wealth, and increases the lifespan."
}}

Killing of family members for the sake of Islam was also approved by Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4348}}|Narrated Abdullah Ibn Abbas: A blind man had a slave-mother who used to abuse the Prophet (peace be upon him) and disparage him. He forbade her but she did not stop. He rebuked her but she did not give up her habit. One night she began to slander the Prophet (peace be upon him) and abuse him. So he took a dagger, placed it on her belly, pressed it, and killed her. A child who came between her legs was smeared with the blood that was there. When the morning came, the Prophet (peace be upon him) was informed about it.

He assembled the people and said: I adjure by Allah the man who has done this action and I adjure him by my right to him that he should stand up. Jumping over the necks of the people and trembling the man stood up.

He sat before the Prophet (peace be upon him) and said: Apostle of Allah! I am her master; she used to abuse you and disparage you. I forbade her, but she did not stop, and I rebuked her, but she did not abandon her habit. I have two sons like pearls from her, and she was my companion. Last night she began to abuse and disparage you. So I took a dagger, put it on her belly and pressed it till I killed her.

Thereupon the Prophet (peace be upon him) said: Oh be witness, no retaliation is payable for her blood.}}

===Satellite Communications===
It's a similar prophecy to "family ties will be severed", this hadith is often mistranslated (also the hadith is weak):
{{Quote|Tabrani, al-Muʿjam al-Kabīr 10/228 and Mu'jan al-Awsat 4861 (da'eef)|
“From among the signs of Qiyamah is that people will maintain ties with '''distant relatives and strangers''' (الأطباق) but sever ties with close family.”
}}
The word الأطباق (''al-atbaaq'') is today sometimes translated as "dishes" (although the classical translation (understanding) fits better into the context) and then they interpret the "dishes" as "satellites".

*[https://hadithanswers.com/is-satellite-communication-a-sign-of-qiyamah/ Fatwa against the modern interpretation]

===Automobiles (actually camels with lofty saddles)===
Muhammad forbade riding on ''mayathir'' (مياثر), so mayathir were something already known:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|74|253}}|
..He forbade us to drink from silver utensils, to wear gold rings, '''to ride on silken saddles (ركوب المياثر)''', to wear silk clothes..
}}

There is a prophecy about people riding on mayathir at the end of times:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4 / 436 (hasan)|
سَيَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ هَذِهِ الْأُمَّةِ رِجَالٌ يَرْكَبُونَ عَلَى الْمَيَاثِرِ حَتَّى يَأْتُوا أَبْوَابَ مَسَاجِدِهِمْ

They will mount their mayaathir until they come to the doors of their mosques
}}
Albani explained:
{{Quote|Tafsir by Albani|
the word mayaathir is the plural of meetharah and Ibn al-Athir described it as, “… smooth and soft, made out of silk or a silk brocade [heavy silk] which the rider places beneath him on the saddle on top of the camel.
}}

And a re-iteration of the same prophecy:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 654/11 (hasan)|
يكون في آخر أمتي رجال يركبون على سرج كأشباه الرحال ينزلون على أبواب المساجد نساؤهم كاسيات عاريات

In the last [part] of my nation there will be men who ride on '''saddles that resemble packsaddles''' (سرج كأشباه الرحال). They will alight at the doors of the mosques. Their women are clothed but naked. On their heads are [what appears to be] like the humps of [lean] camels. Curse them for they are cursed. If there were a nation from the nations to come after you, your women would serve them, just as the women of the nations that were before you served you.
}}
Some try to translate سرج كأشباه الرحال as "carriots" or "cars", but:

*سَرْج means "saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle; pigskin; pillion" <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B3%D8%B1%D8%AC/</ref>
*رَحْل means "Either of a pair of a bags laid over the back of a horse - saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle". <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B1%D8%AD%D9%84/</ref>

===Ignorance [of Islamic teachings]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which '''Religious ignorance will spread''', knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing."}}

*In Islam, the period before Muhammad's career is called jahilya (ignorance).
*in context of Islam, when Muhammad says "knowledge" it means "knowledge of Muhamamd's claims and commands" and when Islam says "ignorance" it means "ignorance of Muhammad's claims and commands"
*Muhammad noticed that Jews don't fully follow the law of Moses, so he predicted similar outcomes for Muslims in many instances.

===Learning for something other than Islam===
{{Quote|Al-Shawkani, Nayl al-Awtar 8/262 (hasan li-ghayrihi)|
إذا اتُّخِذَ الفَيْءُ دُوَلًا والأمانةُ مَغْنَمًا والزكاةُ مَغْرَمًا وتُعُلِّمَ لغيرِ الدِّينِ وأطاع الرجلُ امرأتَه وعَقَّ أُمَّه وأَدْنَى صديقَه وأَقْصَى أباه وظَهَرَتِ الأصواتُ في المساجدِ وساد القبيلةَ فاسِقُهُم وكان زعيمُ القومِ أَرْذَلَهم وأُكْرِمَ الرجلُ مَخَافةَ شرِّه وظَهَرَتِ القِيَانُ والمعازفُ وشُرِبَتِ الخُمورُ ولَعَن آخِرُ هذه الأمةِ أولَها فلْيَرْتَقِبُوا عند ذلك رِيحًا حمراءَ وزَلْزَلَةً وخَسْفًا ومَسْخًا وقَذْفًا وآياتٍ تُتَابَعُ كنِظامٍ بالٍ قُطِعَ سِلْكُه فتتابع بعضُه بعضًا

When spoiles of war are distributed; and property given in trust will be considered as booty for oneself; Zakat will be looked upon as a fine; '''learning for other than the religion'''; a man will obey his wife and disobey his mother; a man will bring his friends nearer and drive his father far off; noises will be raised in the masjids; the most wicked of a tribe will become its ruler; the most worthless member of a people will become its leader; a man will be honoured for fear of the evil he may do; singing girls and musical instruments will come into vogue; drinking of wine will become common; and the later generations will begin to curse the previous generations; then wait, for red violent winds, earthquakes, swallowing up by the earth, defacement (of human faces), pelting of stones from the skies as rain, and a continuing chain of disasters followed one by another, like beads of a necklace falling one after the other rapidly when its string is cut.
}}
Secular knowledge for secular purposes was studied before Islam.

===Tall buildings===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||1|1|63}} <ref>https://sunnah.com/urn/1250630</ref>|
وَأَنْ تَرَى الْحُفَاةَ الْعُرَاةَ الْعَالَةَ رِعَاءَ الشَّاءِ يَتَطَاوَلُونَ فِي الْبِنَاءِ

..and when '''you see barefoot, naked, destitute shepherds''' competing in constructing tall buildings
}}The Bible contained a story of the Tower of Babel, Egyptians built pyramids. The desire and ability to construct tall buildings appears to has been common in history.

There were people in the 7th century building buildings that could be considered tall in that time. Ibn Hajar wrote in his famous commentary on Sahih Bukhari:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar: Fatḥ al-Bārī fī Sharḥ Ṣaḥīḥ al-Bukhārī|
يتطاول الناس في البنيان وهي من العلامات التي وقعت عن قرب في زمن النبوة

"The people are [competing in] building tall buildings" - and that's from the signs which '''happened close at the time of the prophethood'''
}}

Muslims could afford building tall buildings after they got rich from early Islamic conquests.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|70|576}}|
Narrated Qais bin Abi Hazim:

We went to pay a visit to Khabbab (who was sick) and he had been branded (cauterized) at seven places in his body. He said, "Our companions who died (during the lifetime of the Prophet) left (this world) without having their rewards reduced through enjoying the pleasures of this life, but '''we have got (so much) wealth that we find no way to spend It except on the construction of buildings''' .Had the Prophet not forbidden us to wish for death, I would have wished for it.' We visited him for the second time while he was building a wall. '''He said: A Muslim is rewarded (in the Hereafter) for whatever he spends except for something that he spends on building'''."
}}

Some add that theses buildings were described as being "as high as mountains", but that hadith is mawqoof (not from Muhammad). It was a saying of ‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr and it was after Muslims became rich from early Islamic conquests, so they could likely imagine themselves building tall in Mecca. Also the hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Musannaf ibn Abi Shaybah, Hadith: 14306 (da'eef or hasan)|
Sayyiduna '''‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr''' (radiyallahu ‘anhuma) is reported to have said: “……When you see tunnels/canals being dug in Makkah Mukarramah and the buildings (of Makkah Mukarramah) higher than the peak of the mountains then know that Qiyamah is close.”
}}

*[https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/247118/%D9%87%D9%84-%D8%AB%D8%A8%D8%AA-%D9%85%D9%86-%D9%83%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85-%D8%B9%D8%A8%D8%AF-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%84%D9%87-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%B1%D9%88-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B9%D8%A7%D8%B5-%D8%A7%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AA%D9%81%D8%A7%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A8%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%A1-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D9%85%D9%83%D8%A9-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9 Fatwa] (Arabic) says that since it's not from Muhammad, it shouldn't even be called a hadith.

===Mosques full of hypocrites===
{{Quote|Ibn Abi Shaybah: Kitab al-Iman 101 (sahih)|
عن عبد اللهِ بنِ عَمرو قال : يأتي على الناس زمانٌ ، يجتمِعون ويُصلُّون في المساجدِ ، وليس فيهم مؤمنٌ

A time will come on people when they get together and pray in mosques and isn't among them a single believer
}}

Praying hypocrites were also mentioned in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 6:5|
“And when you pray, do not be like the hypocrites, for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and on the street corners to be seen by others.
}}

The military nature of Islam's spread may have encouraged this type of hypocrisy:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|30}}|
It is reported on the authority of Abu Huraira that the Messenger of Allah said:

I have been commanded to fight against people so long as they do not declare that there is no god but Allah, and he who professed it was guaranteed the protection of his property and life on my behalf except for the right affairs rest with Allah.
}}
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|260}}|
Narrated `Ikrima:

`Ali burnt some people and this news reached Ibn `Abbas, who said, "Had I been in his place I would not have burnt them, as the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'Don't punish (anybody) with Allah's Punishment.' No doubt, I would have killed them, for the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'If somebody (a Muslim) discards his religion, kill him.' "
}}

===Voices raised in mosques===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2211 (daif)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially), trust is a spoil of war, Zakat is a fine, knowledge is sought for other than the(sake of the) religion, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is close to his friend and far from his father, '''voices are raised in the Masajid''', tribes are led by their wicked, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, singing slave-girls and music spread, intoxicants are drunk, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning- then anticipate a red wind, earthquake, collapsing of the earth, transformation, Qadhf, and the signs follow in succession like gems of a necklace whose string is cut and so they fall in succession."
}}

People were raising voices even in the time of Muhammad in front of him. Muhammad rebuked them in the Quran:
{{Quote|{{Quran|49|2}} (Sahih International)|
O you who have believed, do not raise your voices above the voice of the Prophet or be loud to him in speech like the loudness of some of you to others, lest your deeds become worthless while you perceive not.

}}

===Decoration of mosques===
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|8|690}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Anas that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"One of the portents of the Hour will be that people will show off in building Masjids."
}}

There was a precedent. Christians and Jews were adorning their places of worship:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|2|448}}|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Abbas:

I was not commanded to build high mosques. Ibn Abbas said: You will certainly adorn them '''as the Jews and Christians did'''.
}}

===Markets will approach (taqaarub al-aswaaq)===
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/330 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D8%AA%D8%B8%D9%87%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%81%D8%AA%D9%86+%D9%88%D9%8A%D9%83%D8%AB%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B0%D8%A8+%D9%88%D8%AA%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B3%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%82+%D9%88%D9%8A%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B2%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%86</ref>|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تَظْهَرَ الفِتَنُ ويكثرَ الكذِبُ وتتقارَبَ الأسواقُ ويتقارَبَ الزمانُ ويكثُرَ الهرجُ قلْتُ وما الهرْجُ قال القتْلُ

The Hour won't come till tribulations show up, lies are widespread and '''taqaarub of markets''' and taqaarub of time and harj is widespread. I said: What is al-harj? He said: Killing.
}}
The hadith is vague in its entirety, but the situation on markets expectedly changed after Muslims got rich by the 7th century conquests.

===Breaking the convenant with god makes enemies overpower them===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
... '''They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands.''' Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Leviticus 26:14-17|
Punishment for Disobedience

“‘But if you will not listen to me and carry out all these commands, and if you reject my decrees and abhor my laws and fail to carry out all my commands and so violate my covenant, then I will do this to you: I will bring on you sudden terror, wasting diseases and fever that will destroy your sight and sap your strength. You will plant seed in vain, because your enemies will eat it. I will set my face against you so that you will be defeated by your enemies; those who hate you will rule over you, and you will flee even when no one is pursuing you.
}}

===A man passes by a grave and wants to be dead too===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
وَحَتَّى يَمُرَّ الرَّجُلُ بِقَبْرِ الرَّجُلِ فَيَقُولُ يَا لَيْتَنِي مَكَانَهُ

... till a man when passing by a grave of someone will say, 'Would that I were in his place...
}}

The Old Testament mentions this:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Jonah 4:3|
"Therefore now, O LORD, please take my life from me, for death is better to me than life."
}}

===People will treat a man with respect because they fear the evil he could do===
The hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, '''the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of''', intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

Intimidation with violence was already used before Islam. It was also used by Muhammad.

===The leader of a people will be the worst of them===
This hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, '''the leader of the people is the most despicable among them''', the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

This happened during the time of Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abu Dawud||2155|darussalam}}| Abu Said al-Khudri said: "The apostle of Allah sent a military expedition to Awtas on the occasion of the battle of Hunain. They met their enemy and fought with them. They defeated them and took them captives. Some of the Companions of the apostle of Allah were reluctant to have intercourse with the female captives because of their pagan husbands. So Allah, the Exalted, sent down the Quranic verse, "And all married women (are forbidden) unto you save those (captives) whom your right hands possess". That is to say, they are lawful for them when they complete their waiting period." [The Quran verse is 4:24]}}

The men were morally reluctant to rape married women, but their leader (Muhammad) permitted them to go ahead.

==Predictions of the future (after the hadiths)==
In this category are hadiths that don't talk about what already happened before the prophecies were written.

==="Opposites"===
These don't seem to be predictions, but rather statements that the opposite of what was considered granted at that time will happen. For example mountains were considered solid (not moving), so a prophecy says that mountains will be moving. Rather then explaining the fulfillment of these prophecies, this common denominator suggests how the predictions were generated.

====Mountains will move====
This hadith is da'eef (Ufayr bin Ma'daan is in the chain):
{{Quote|Mu'jam at-Tabaraani vol 7, n. 6857|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تزولَ الجبالُ عن أماكِنِها وتَرَوْنَ الأمورَ العظامَ التي لم تَكُونوا تَرَوْنَها

The Hour will not begin until the '''mountains are moved from their places''' and you see great calamities which you have never seen before.
}}
====Non-speaking objects will start speaking====
{{Quote|Jami' al-Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2181 (sahih)|
Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri narrated that the Messenger of Allah (s.a.w) said:
"By the One in Whose Hand is my soul! The Hour will not be established until predators speak to people and until the tip of a man's whip and the straps on his sandal speak to him, and his thigh informs him of what occurred with his family after him."
}}

Though this hadith is often metaphorisized to refer to modern technology (mobile phones), the original wording of the hadith appears to be rather literal in its intention.

The Old Testament already has a story about a talking serpent:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 3:1|
Now '''the serpent''' was more crafty than any of the wild animals the Lord God had made. '''He said''' to the woman, “Did God really say, ‘You must not eat from any tree in the garden’?”
}}

And for Muhammad (unlike for most people), talking objects wouldn't even be much miraculous, since he was hearing voices regularly. For example he heard a stone saluting him:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====The land of Arabia reverts to meadows and rivers====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|5|2208}}|
وَحَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ، - وَهُوَ ابْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْقَارِيُّ - عَنْ سُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ ‏ "‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْمَالُ وَيَفِيضَ حَتَّى يَخْرُجَ الرَّجُلُ بِزَكَاةِ مَالِهِ فَلاَ يَجِدُ أَحَدًا يَقْبَلُهَا مِنْهُ وَحَتَّى تَعُودَ أَرْضُ الْعَرَبِ مُرُوجًا وَأَنْهَارًا ‏"‏ ‏.‏

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) as saying:

The Last Hour will not come before wealth becomes abundant and overflowing, so much so that a man takes Zakat out of his property and cannot find anyone to accept it from him and '''till the land of Arabia reverts (تعود) to meadows and rivers.'''
}}

The word تعود (''ta'ooda'') can mean both "become" and "revert".
{{Quote|مرقاة المفاتيح شرح مشكاة المصابيح|
وحتى تعود أرض العرب أي: تصير أو ترجع

"And until ''ta'ooda'' the land of Arabs" - meaning "becomes" or "reverts"
}}

====Much rain, but little vegetation====
{{Quote|Shuaib Al Arna'ut, Takhreej al-Musnad 12429 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%B3+%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1%D8%A7+%D8%B9%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7+%D8%8C+%D9%88+%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%86%D8%A8%D8%AA+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B1%D8%B6+%D8%B4%D9%8A%D8%A6%D8%A7</ref>|
لا تَقومُ السَّاعةُ حتى يُمطَرَ النَّاسُ مَطرًا عامًّا، ولا تُنبِتَ الأرضُ شيئًا.

The Hour would not come until there is too much rain, but the earth does not produce crops
}}
===Other Predictions About the Future===
====Coming of Muhammad and the Hour are close like the forefinger and middle finger joined together====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7049}}|
Anas reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

I and the Last Hour have been sent like this and (he while doing it) joined the forefinger with the middle finger.
}}

====A 7th century boy won't grow very old before the Hour comes====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7052}}|
وَحَدَّثَنِي حَجَّاجُ بْنُ الشَّاعِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، - يَعْنِي ابْنَ زَيْدٍ - حَدَّثَنَا مَعْبَدُ بْنُ هِلاَلٍ الْعَنَزِيُّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَجُلاً، سَأَلَ النَّبِيَّ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ مَتَى تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ قَالَ فَسَكَتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم هُنَيْهَةً ثُمَّ نَظَرَ إِلَى غُلاَمٍ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ مِنْ أَزْدِ شَنُوءَةَ فَقَالَ ‏ "‏ إِنْ عُمِّرَ هَذَا لَمْ يُدْرِكْهُ الْهَرَمُ حَتَّى تَقُومَ السَّاعَةُ ‏"‏ ‏.‏ قَالَ قَالَ أَنَسٌ ذَاكَ الْغُلاَمُ مِنْ أَتْرَابِي يَوْمَئِذٍ ‏.‏

Anas b. Malik reported that a person asked Allah's Apostle (ﷺ):

When would the Last Hour come? Thereupon Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) kept quiet for a while. Then looked at a young boy in his presence belonging to the tribe of Azd Shanu'a and he said: If this boy lives he would not grow very old till the Last Hour would come ''to you''. Anas said that this young boy was of our age during those days.
}}
The "to you" was added by the translators to indicate that it is the last hour (death) of the people who asked, however this qualification is entirely absent in the Arabic text.

====The Hour will come before a 7th century slave becomes old====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|73|188}}|
...In the meantime, a slave of Al-Mughira passed by, and he was of the same age as I was. The Prophet (ﷺ) said. "If this (slave) should live long, he will not reach the geriatric old age, but the Hour will be established."
}}

====Nothing will live one hundred years from now====
The "tonight" in ''italic'' was added by translators to accommodate the later re-interpretation:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|116}}|
أَرَأَيْتَكُمْ لَيْلَتَكُمْ هَذِهِ، فَإِنَّ رَأْسَ مِائَةِ سَنَةٍ مِنْهَا لاَ يَبْقَى مِمَّنْ هُوَ عَلَى ظَهْرِ الأَرْضِ أَحَدٌ

Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

Once the Prophet (ﷺ) led us in the `Isha' prayer during the last days of his life and after finishing it (the prayer) (with Taslim) he said: "Do you realize (the importance of) this night?" Nobody present on the surface of the earth ''tonight'' will be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night."
}}

When the prophecy failed 100 years later, Muslims re-interpreted it:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|10|575}}|
Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

The Prophet (ﷺ) prayed one of the `Isha' prayer in his last days and after finishing it with Taslim, he stood up and said, "Do you realize (the importance of) this night? Nobody present on the surface of the earth tonight would be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night." '''The people made a mistake in grasping the meaning of this statement of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and they indulged in those things which are said about these narrators (i.e. some said that the Day of Resurrection will be established after 100 years etc.)''' But the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Nobody present on the surface of earth tonight would be living after the completion of 100 years from this night"; he meant "When that century (people of that century) would pass away."
}}

====If 10 scholars of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|39|6711}} (Muhsin Khan translation)|
لَوْ تَابَعَنِي عَشْرَةٌ مِنَ الْيَهُودِ لَمْ يَبْقَ عَلَى ظَهْرِهَا يَهُودِيٌّ إِلاَّ أَسْلَمَ

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

If ten ''scholars'' of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth who would not embrace Islam.
}}

The Arabic original doesn't say "ten Jewish scholars", but only "ten Jews" (عشرة من اليهود).

====30 false prophets before the Hour====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6988}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until there would arise about thirty impostors, liars, and each one of them would claim that he is a messenger of Allah.
}}
In his time there were other prophets like Saf ibn Sayyad and Maslamah bin Ḥabīb (called by Muslims "Musaylimah al-Kadhdhāb" (Musaylama the Liar)), Al-Aswad Al-Ansi and Tulayha.

False prophets were also already predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 24:10-11|
At that time many will turn away from the faith and will betray and hate each other, and many '''false prophets will appear and deceive many people'''.
}}

====Rising of the Sun from its setting place====
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4297}}|
We were sitting in the shade of the chamber of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) discussing (something) and when we mentioned the last hour, our voices rose high. The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: The last hour will not come or happen until there appear ten signs before it : '''the rising of the sun in its place of setting''', the coming forth of the beast, the coming forth of Gog and Magog, the Dajjal (Antichrist), (the descent of) Jesus son of Mary, the smoke, and three collapses of the earth: one in the west, one in the east, and one in the Arabian Peninsula. The last of that will be the emergence of a fire from Yemen, from the lowest part of Aden, and drive mankind to their place of assembly.
}}
This seems to suggest that the sun revolves about the Earth and can reverse direction

There is also a related verse in the Quran:{{Quote|{{Quran|6|158}}|
Do they [then] wait for anything except that the angels should come to them or your Lord should come or that there come some of the signs of your Lord? The Day that '''some of the signs of your Lord will come no soul will benefit from its faith as long as it had not believed before''' or had earned through its faith some good. Say, "Wait. Indeed, we [also] are waiting."
}}
Tafsir:
{{Quote|Tafsir Al-Jalalayn on 6:158|
"On the day that one of your Lord’s signs comes" — and this is the rising of the sun from the west as reported in the hadīth of the two Sahīhs of Bukhārī and Muslim — it shall not benefit a soul to believe if it had not believed theretofore
}}
The hadith:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|6|60|159}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established until the sun rises from the West: and when the people see it, then whoever will be living on the surface of the earth will have faith, and that is (the time) when no good will it do to a soul to believe then, if it believed not before." (6.158)
}}

Another hadith says that right after the rising, a beast will appear in the forenoon:{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4310 (sahih)|
Abu zur’ah said:
A group of people came to Marwan in Medina, and they heard him say that the first of the signs to appear would be the coming forth of the Dajjal (Antichirst). He said: I then went to Abd Allah b. ‘Amr and mentioned it to him. He did not say anything(reliable). I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: '''The first of the signs to appear will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting and the coming forth of the beast against mankind in the forenoon.''' Whichever of them comes first will soon be followed by the other. ’Abd Allah who used to read the scriptures (Torah, Gospel) said: I think the first of them will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting.
}}

{{Quote|Ibn Majah 4069 (sahih)|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The first signs to appear will be at '''the rising of the sun from the west and the emergence of the Beast to the people, at forenoon'''.’” 'Abdullah said: "Whichever of them appears first, the other will come soon after." 'Abdullah said: "I do not think it will be anything other than the sun rising from the west."
}}

Some today proffer metaphorical interpretation that the "rising of the Sun from the west" refers to the rise of the Western civilization, though this would leave the segment regarding the beast unexplained.

The Quran seems to affirm the possibility that God could make the Sun "rise from the West":
{{Quote|{{Quran|2|258}}|
Have you not considered the one who argued with Abraham about his Lord [merely] because Allah had given him kingship? When Abraham said, "My Lord is the one who gives life and causes death," he said, "I give life and cause death." Abraham said, "Indeed, '''Allah brings up the sun from the east''', so bring it up from the west." So the disbeliever was overwhelmed [by astonishment], and Allah does not guide the wrongdoing people.
}}

See also Dhul-Qarnayn's story in the Quran, where this possibility is further confirmed, as the Sun is described to set in a muddy spring at the "farthest part" of the world":

*[[Category:Dhul-Qarnayn|Dhul-Qarnayn]]

====Stones and trees say to Muslims: "here is a Jew behind me; come and kill him"====
{{Quote|Book 41, Hadith 6985 aka Book 54, Hadith 105 or Sahih Muslim 2922|
The last hour would not come unless the Muslims will fight against the Jews and the Muslims would kill them until the Jews would hide themselves behind a stone or a tree and '''a stone or a tree would say: Muslim, or the servant of Allah, there is a Jew behind me; come and kill him'''; but the tree Gharqad would not say, for it is the tree of the Jews.
}}

Muhammad used to hear other voices as well:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====Time will pass more quickly (taqaarub az-zamaan)====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 10560|
لا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَتَقَارَبَ الزَّمَانُ ، فَتَكُونَ السَّنَةُ كَالشَّهْرِ ، وَيَكُونَ الشَّهْرُ كَالْجُمُعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ الْجُمُعَةُ كَالْيَوْمِ ، وَيَكُونَ الْيَوْمُ كَالسَّاعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ السَّاعَةُ كَاحْتِرَاقِ السَّعَفَةِ

The Hour will not begin until time passes quickly, so a year will be like a month, and a month will be like a week, and a week will be like a day, and a day will be like an hour, and an hour will be like the burning of a braid of palm leaves.
}}

Islamic scholars have interpreted this variously, without any agreement as to the possible meaning:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/34618/one-of-the-signs-of-the-hour-is-that-time-will-pass-more-quickly islamqa.info: One of the signs of the Hour is that time will pass more quickly]|
The scholars differed concerning the meaning of the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing more quickly). '''There are many views''', the strongest of which is:

That the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing quickly) may be interpreted literally or metaphorically.
}}

====A man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|233}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick."
}}

[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Qahtan_(tribe) Qahtan] still exists, but the prophecy remains unfulfilled. <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/418273/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9%D8%8C-%D9%88%D8%B2%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A5%D8%BA%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%82-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A8-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%88%D8%A8%D8%A9</ref>

====A man called Jahjah will occupy the throne====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Book 41, Hadith 6955|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The day and the night would not come to an end before a man called al-Jahjah would occupy the throne.
}}

*[https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/118597/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%8A-%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%86 Fatwa] (AR) puts this prophecy among non-fulfilled prophecies

====Conquest of Constantinopole without fighting and the Hour come together====
This hadith is considered da'eef by Albani (but sahih by Dhahabi):
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 14:331|
لتفتحن القسطنطينية، فلنعم الأمير أميرها، ولنعم الجيش ذلك الجيش

Verily you shall conquer Constantinople. What a wonderful leader will her
leader be, and what a wonderful army will that army be!
}}

One should note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

Another hadith adds that the Hour was expected to come with this conquest:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2239|
Anas bin Malik said:
"Constantinople will be conquered with the coming of the Hour."
}}

The coming of the Dajjal was expected right after the conquest:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

Another hadith mentions Romans attacking Dabiq before the conquest of Constantinople. The mention of swords makes it hard to re-interpret as a prophecy about another conquest of Constantinople in the future:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6924}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until '''the Romans would land at al-A'maq or in Dabiq'''. An army consisting of the best (soldiers) of the people of the earth at that time will come from Medina (to counteract them). When they will arrange themselves in ranks, the Romans would say: Do not stand between us and those (Muslims) who took prisoners from amongst us. Let us fight with them; and the Muslims would say: Nay, by Allah, we would never get aside from you and from our brethren that you may fight them. They will then fight and a third (part) of the army would run away, whom Allah will never forgive. A third (part of the army) which would be constituted of excellent martyrs in Allah's eye, would be killed and the third who would never be put to trial would win and they would be conquerors of Constantinople. And as they would be busy in distributing the spoils of war (amongst themselves) after hanging their '''swords''' by the olive trees, the Satan would cry: '''The Dajjal''' has taken your place among your family. They would then come out, but it would be of no avail. And when they would come to Syria, he would come out while they would be still preparing themselves for battle drawing up the ranks. Certainly, the time of prayer shall come and then Jesus (peace be upon him) son of Mary would descend and would lead them. When the enemy of Allah would see him, it would (disappear) just as the salt dissolves itself in water and if he (Jesus) were not to confront them at all, even then it would dissolve completely, but Allah would kill them by his hand and he would show them their blood on his lance (the lance of Jesus Christ).
}}

Also:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

The conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6979}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) saying:

You have heard about a city, one side of which is on land and the other is in the sea ('''Constantinople'''). They said: Allah's Messenger, yes. Thereupon he said: The Last Hour would not come unless seventy thousand persons from Bani lshaq would attack it. When they would land there, '''they will neither fight with weapons nor would shower arrows but would only say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," ''' and one side of it would fall. Thaur (one of the narrators) said: I think that he said: The part by the side of the ocean. Then they would say for the second time: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest" and the second side would also fall, and they would say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," and the gates would be opened for them and they would enter therein and, they would be collecting spoils of war and distributing them amongst themselves when a noise would be heard saying: Verily, Dajjal has come. And thus they would leave everything there and go back.
}}

Constantinople was [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fall_of_Constantinople conquered in 1453] by fighting, the Dajjal didn't appear and the city was renamed to Istanbul, so literally Constantinople no longer exists.

====Conquest of Rome====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6930}}|
Nafi' b. Utba reported:

We were with Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) in an expedition that there came a people to Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) from the direction of the west. They were dressed in woollen clothes and they stood near a hillock and they met him as Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) was sitting. I said to myself: Better go to them and stand between him and them that they may not attack him. Then I thought that perhaps there had been going on secret negotiation amongst them. I however, went to them and stood between them and him and I remember four of the words (on that occasion) which I repeat (on the fingers of my hand) that he (Allah's Messenger) said: You will attack Arabia and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack Persia and He would make you to conquer it. '''Then you would attack Rome and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack the Dajjal and Allah will enable you to conquer him. Nafi' said: Jabir, we thought that the Dajjal would appear after Rome (Syrian territory) would be conquered.'''
}}

The Roman empire seized to exist before it could be altogether conquered, though if one counts here the partial conquest of some of Rome's (Byzantine's) territories, then the question remains as to why the Dajjal failed to appear.

====Byzantines will make truce with Muslims, betray them and attack them====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, '''and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.'''
}}
The prophecy is considered unfulfilled:
{{Quote|[https://www.islamweb.net/en/fatwa/83460/hadith-about-the-romans-attacking-us-under-eighty-flags Hadith about the Romans attacking us under eighty flags]|
Imam Ibn al-Muneer said: 'Till this time the incident of gathering and attacking Rome in this huge number of soldiers has not happened yet. This matter has not taken place yet.
}}

====Conquest of India and the second coming of Jesus come together====
Also known as [[Ghazwa-e-hind|ghazwa-e-hind]].
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|25|3177}} (hasan) from The Book of Jihad, chapter "Invading India"|
It was narrated that Thawban, the freed slave of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), said:
"The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: 'There are two groups of my Ummah whom Allah will free from the Fire: The group that invades India (تَغْزُو الْهِنْدَ, ''taghzoo al-hind''), and the group that will be with Isa bin Maryam, peace be upon him.'"
}}

Early conquests of India happened in the 7th century (for example [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Rasil Battle of Rasil]), while author of the hadith collection [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Al-Nasa%27i al-Nasa'i] lived in the 9th century.

The conquest of India is linked to the second coming of Jesus (Isa). In other (although weak) hadiths it's even more explicit:
{{Quote|Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, al-Fitan, p. 409 (daeef)|
The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) said – and he mentioned India – then he said: “An army of yours will invade India and Allah will grant its conquest to them, until they bring their kings in chains, and Allah will forgive them their sins. Then they will return and when they return, they will find the son of Maryam in ash-Shaam (Syria).” Abu Hurayrah said: If I live to see that campaign, I will sell everything I possess and join the campaign. Then if Allah grants us victory and we return, then I will be Abu Hurayrah the freed (protected from Hellfire). And when we return to Syria we will find there ‘Eesa ibn Maryam. Then I shall make sure that I draw close to him and tell him that I accompanied you, O Messenger of Allah. The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) smiled and said: “Unlikely, unlikely.” [very difficult?]
}}

However, the second coming did not follow either these events:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/145636/hadith-about-the-conquest-of-india islamqa.info: Hadith about the conquest of India]|
What is mentioned in the hadith of Abu Hurayrah (may Allah have mercy on him), which was narrated by Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, about '''the conquest of India has not happened up till now''', but it will happen when ‘Eesaa ibn Maryam (peace be upon him) descends, if the hadith that says that is saheeh.
}}

====No more Khosrau and Caesar====
In Muhammad's time, the ruler of Persia was called Khosrau and the ruler of the Byzantine empire Caesar.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|267}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Khosrau will be ruined, and there will be no Khosrau after him, and Caesar will surely be ruined and there will be no Caesar after him, and you will spend their treasures in Allah's Cause." He called, "War is deceit'.
}}
There are many examples of this prophecy failing for both [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khosrow Kusrau] and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caesar_(title) Caesar]. For example:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Shah Khusrau Shah] was the king of the Justanids in the 10th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Khan Khusrau Khan] was the Sultan of Delhi in the 14th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Doukas_(Caesar) John Doukas] was a Caesar of the Byzantine empire in the 11th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mehmed_the_Conqueror Mehmed the Conqueror] - a 15h century Muslim conqueror, also called himself Caesar

The prophecy is probably referring to the 7th century Islamic conquests. The prediction in Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

====Nations will soon call each other to attack Muslims====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 4297, In-book reference: Book 39, Hadith 7, English translation: Book 38, Hadith 4284|
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The people will soon summon one another to attack you as people when eating invite others to share their dish. Someone asked: Will that be because of our small numbers at that time? He replied: No, you will be numerous at that time: but you will be scum and rubbish like that carried down by a torrent, and Allah will take fear of you from the breasts of your enemy and last enervation into your hearts. Someone asked: What is wahn (enervation). Messenger of Allah (ﷺ): He replied: Love of the world and dislike of death.
}}

One might note that soon after this statement is alleged to have been stated by the prophet, the Muslims would conquer vast lands - the Muslim empire would only come to a grinding halt some 1300 years later.

====Romans would form a majority amongst people====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6296}}|
Mustaurid Qurashi reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The Last Hour would come when the Romans would form a majority amongst people'''. This reached 'Amr b. al-'As and he said: What are these ahadith which are being transmitted from you and which you claim to have heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)? Mustaurid said to him: I stated only that which I heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). Thereupon 'Amr said: If you state this (it is true), for they have the power of tolerance amongst people at the time of turmoil and restore themselves to sanity after trouble, and are good amongst people so far as the destitute and the weak are concerned.
}}

The Roman empire dissolved without the realization of this prophecy.

====Western people will triumphally follow the truth until the Hour====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 20:4722|
It has been narrated by Sa'd b. Abu Waqqas that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:

The people of the West will continue to triumphantly follow the truth until the Hour is established.
}}

====Twelve caliphs====
Shi'ite Imamology rests heavily upon this hadith, though has been continuously troubled by it (as have been Sunni scholars), as there appears to be no clear group of "twelve Caliphs" to have appeared in history:{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4480}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Jabir b. Samura who said:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: Islam will continue to be triumphant until there have been '''twelve Caliphs'''. Then the Prophet (ﷺ) said something which I could not understand. I asked my father: What did he say? He said: He has said that all of them (twelve Caliphs) will be from the Quraish.
}}
{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4483}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Amir b. Sa'd b. Abu Waqqas who said:

I wrote (a letter) to Jabir b. Samura and sent it to him through my servant Nafi', asking him to inform me of something he had heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He wrote to me (in reply): I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say on Friday evening, the day on which al-Aslami was stoned to death (for committing adultery): '''The Islamic religion will continue until the Hour has been established, or you have been ruled over by twelve Caliphs, all of them being from the Quraish'''. also heard him say: A small force of the Muslims will capture the white palace, the police of the Persian Emperor or his descendants. I also heard him say: Before the Day of Judgment there will appear (a number of) impostors. You are to guard against them. I also heard him say: When God grants wealth to any one of you, he should first spend it on himself and his family (and then give it in charity to the poor). I heard him (also) say: I will be your forerunner at the Cistern (expecting your arrival).
}}

Commentaries by (Sunni) Islamic scholars:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Fathul-Bari, vol. 13, p.211|
لم ألق أحدا يقطع في هذا الحديث يعني بشيء معين

I have not met anyone who could be certain about the meaning of this hadith!
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Jouzi, Kashful-Majhool, vol.1 p.449|
هذا الحديث قد أطلت البحث عنه، وتطلّبت مظانّه، وسألت عنه، فما رأيت أحدا وقع على المقصود به

I have researched for long to understand this hadith and referred to many references and made much enquiries about it, yet I did not meet anyone who could understand it.
}}

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_caliphs Wikipedia: List of Caliphs]

====Rain which will destroy all dwellings except tents====
This hadith is sahih:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 7554 (sahih)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا أبو كامل وعفان قالا ثنا حماد عن سهيل قال عفان في حديثه قال أنا سهيل بن أبي صالح عن أبيه عن أبي هريرة قال قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم : لا تقوم الساعة حتى يمطر الناس مطرا لا تكن منه بيوت المدر ولا تكن منه الا بيوت الشعر
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده صحيح على شرط مسلم

The Hour will not come until there has been rain which
will destroy all dwellings except tents
}}
====Not living according to the sharia causes infighting between Muslims====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. '''Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”'''
}}

In fact, it is rather Muslim's disagreement as to what constitutes the Sharia (as a result of their trying to implement it) that results in inter-Muslim conflict. One can imagine that had Islam separated church and state, many such conflicts would have been avoided.

====12 thousand from Aden Abyan will make Islam victorious====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 5/33 (sahih)|
يخرجُ من عدنِ أَبْيَنَ اثنا عشرَ ألفًا ينصرونَ اللهَ ورسولَهُ هم خيرُ مَن بيني وبينهم

Out of Aden-Abyan will come 12000, giving victory to the (religion of) Allah and His Messenger. They are the best between me and them.
}}

====Group of Muslims will remain victorious until Allah's order====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|92|414}}|
Narrated Al-Mughira bin Shu`ba:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "A group of my follower swill remain predominant (victorious) till Allah's Order (the Hour) comes upon them while they are still predominant (victorious).
}}

====Ninety-nine dragons in infidel's grave until the Hour====
{{Quote|Mishkat al-Masabih 134 (Hasan according to Zubair Alizai, Daeef according to Albani)|
Abu Sa'id reported God’s messenger as saying, “Ninety-nine dragons will be given power over an infidel in his grave, and will bite and sting him till the last hour comes. If one of those dragons were to breathe over the earth, it would bring forth no green thing."

Darimi transmitted it, and Tirmidhi transmitted something similar, but he said seventy instead of ninety-nine.
}}

====Periods of fitnah====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4242 (sahih)|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Umar:

When we were sitting with the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), he talked about periods of trial (fitnahs), mentioning many of them.

When he mentioned the one when people should stay in their houses, some asked him: Messenger of Allah, what is the trial (fitnah) of staying at home?

He replied: It will be flight and plunder. Then will come a test which is pleasant. Its murkiness is due to the fact that it is produced by a man from the people of my house, who will assert that he belongs to me, whereas he does not, for my friends are only the God-fearing. Then the people will unite under a man who will be like a hip-bone on a rib. Then there will be the little black trial which will leave none of this community without giving him a slap, and when people say that it is finished, it will be extended. During it a man will be a believer in the morning and an infidel in the evening, so that the people will be in two camps: the camp of faith which will contain no hypocrisy, and the camp of hypocrisy which will contain no faith. When that happens, expect the Antichrist (Dajjal) that day or the next.
}}

====Inheritance is not distributed====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of '''inheritance are not distributed''' and there is no rejoicing over spoils of war...
}}
====People don't rejoice over spoils of war====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of inheritance are not distributed and '''there is no rejoicing over spoils of war'''...
}}

====Muslims will soon flee to mountains from persecution====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|19}}|
عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُوشِكُ أَنْ يَكُونَ خَيْرَ مَالِ الْمُسْلِمِ غَنَمٌ يَتْبَعُ بِهَا شَعَفَ الْجِبَالِ وَمَوَاقِعَ الْقَطْرِ يَفِرُّ بِدِينِهِ مِنْ الْفِتَنِ

“Soon the best property of a Muslim will be a flock of sheep he takes to the top of a mountain, or in the valleys of rainfall, fleeing with his religion from tribulations.”
}}

====All believers will go to Syria====
{{Quote|Al-Mustadrak alaa al-Sahihain 8461 (sahih)|
يأتي على الناس زمان لا يبقى فيه مؤمن إلا لحق بالشام

A time will come to people when no believer remains except that he came over to As-Sham
}}

====Extinction of the Quraysh tribe====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 16/186 (sahih)|
أسرعُ قبائلِ العربِ فناءً قريشٌ ويوشكُ أن تمرَّ المرأةُ بالنعلِ فتقول إن هذا نعلُ قرشيُّ

The fastest Arab tribe in extinction is Quraysh. Soon a woman will pass by a sandal, then she will say that this is a sandal of a Qurashi.
}}

====Arabs will be exterminated and go to hell====
Hadith da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 3967 (da'eef) and others|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will be a tribulation which will utterly destroy the Arabs, and those who are slain will be in Hell. At that time the tongue will be worse than a blow of the sword.”
}}

====Last of the ummah will curse the first====
Fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 263 (mawdu)|
It was narrated that Jabir said:
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'When the last people of this Ummah curse the first, (at that time) whoever conceals a Hadith will be concealing what Allah has revealed.'" (Maudu')
}}

====Pilgrimage to Makka will be abandoned====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|26|663}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said "The people will continue performing the Hajj and `Umra to the Ka`ba even after the appearance of Gog and Magog." Narrated Shu`ba extra: The Hour (Day of Judgment) will not be established till the Hajj (to the Ka`ba) is abandoned.
}}

====Disappearance of faith====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|274}}, chapter The Disappearance of Faith at the End of Time|
It is narrated on the authority of Anas that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:

"The Hour (Resurrection) will not occur as long as anyone says: 'Allah, Allah.'"
}}

This one appears to be increasingly likely.

====Islam will be widespread====
Although Muhammad predicted that Islam will disappear, he also predicted that Islam will succeed:
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 16509 (sahih)|
Tamim al-Dari reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “This matter will certainly reach every place touched by the night and day. Allah will not leave a house or residence but that Allah will cause this religion to enter it, by which the honorable will be honored and the disgraceful will be disgraced. Allah will honor the honorable with Islam and he will disgrace the disgraceful with unbelief.”
}}
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2176 (sahih)|
"Indeed Allah gathered the earth for me so that I saw its east and its west. And surely my Ummah's authority shall reach over all that was shown to me of it.
}}

Muhammad's predictions about the future of the Muslim ummah appear to have ranged non-existence and annihilation to complete domination, perhaps based on his feelings at various times. Given this full spectrum of possibility, however, it is difficult to maintain that there is any substance to these predictions.

====The Quran will disappear overnight====
{{Quote|Sunan al-Dārimī 3343 (hasan)|
عَنْ زِرٍّ عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ رضي الله عنه قَالَ لَيُسْرَيَنَّ عَلَى الْقُرْآنِ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ فَلَا يُتْرَكُ آيَةٌ فِي مُصْحَفٍ وَلَا فِي قَلْبِ أَحَدٍ إِلَّا رُفِعَتْ

The Quran will vanish in one night. No verse in the scripture or in the heart of anyone will be left behind.
}}

====Islam will wear out====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Majah 3289 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%8C+%D9%83%D9%85%D8%A7+%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D9%88%D8%B4%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AB%D9%88%D8%A8</ref>|
يدرُسُ الإسلامُ كما يدرُسُ وَشيُ الثَّوبِ حتَّى لا يُدرَى ما صيامٌ، ولا صلاةٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدَقةٌ، ولَيُسرى على كتابِ اللَّهِ عزَّ وجلَّ في ليلَةٍ، فلا يبقى في الأرضِ منهُ آيةٌ، وتبقَى طوائفُ منَ النَّاسِ الشَّيخُ الكبيرُ والعجوزُ، يقولونَ: أدرَكْنا آباءَنا على هذِهِ الكلمةِ، لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، فنحنُ نقولُها فقالَ لَهُ صِلةُ: ما تُغني عنهم: لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، وَهُم لا يَدرونَ ما صلاةٌ، ولا صيامٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدقةٌ؟ فأعرضَ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ ردَّها علَيهِ ثلاثًا، كلَّ ذلِكَ يعرضُ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ أقبلَ علَيهِ في الثَّالثةِ، فقالَ: يا صِلةُ، تُنجيهِم منَ النَّار ثلاثًا

“Islam will wear out as embroidery on a garment wears out, until no one will know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are. The Book of Allah will be taken away at night, and not one Verse of it will be left on earth. And there will be some people left, old men and old women, who will say: “We saw our fathers saying these words: ‘La ilaha illallah’ so we say them too.” Silah said to him: “What good will (saying): La ilaha illallah do them, when they do not know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are?” Hudhaifah turned away from his. He repeated his question three times, and Hudhaifah turned away from him each time. Then he turned to him on the third time and said: “O Silah! It will save them from Hell,” three times.
}}

====Islam will end up like a snake crawling back into its hole====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|271}}|
It is narrated on the authority of Ibn 'Umar ('Abdullah b. 'Umar) that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) observed:

Verily Islam started as something strange and it would again revert (to its old position) of being strange just as it started, and it would recede between the two mosques just as the serpent crawls back into its hole.
}}

In other hadith, Muhammad described belief in Islam as a snake:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|30|100}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "Verily, Belief returns and goes back to Medina as a snake returns and goes back to its hole (when in danger).
}}

====Countries colonized by Muslims will stop paying them and Muslims will be poor again====
The hadith is in the chapter called "Making Endowments Of The Lands Of As-Sawad, And The Lands That Were Conquered By Force":
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/abudawud/20 Sunan Abi Dawud 3035 / In-book reference: Book 20, Hadith 108 / English translation: Book 19, Hadith 3029]|
Abu Hurairah reported the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) as saying “Iraq will prevent its measure (qafiz) and dirham. Syria will prevent its measure (mudi) and dinar. Egypt will prevent its measure (irdabb) and dinar. Then you will return to the position where you started. Zuhair said this three times. The flesh and blood of Abu Hurairah witnessed it.
}}

====Buttocks of women of Daus are moving around the Yemenite Kaba====

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|232}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till '''the buttocks of the women of the tribe of Daus move while going round Dhi-al-Khalasa'''." Dhi-al-Khalasa was the idol of the Daus tribe which they used to worship in the Pre Islamic Period of ignorance.
}}

It was interpreted metaphorically as a rise of polytheism because the idol was destroyed and the people were killed before it came true :
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6052}}|
Jabir reported that there was in pre-Islamic days a temple called '''Dhu'l- Khalasah and it was called the Yamanite Ka'ba''' or the northern Ka'ba. Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said unto me:

Will you rid me of Dhu'l-Khalasah and so I went forth at the head of 350 horsemen of the tribe of Ahmas and '''we destroyed it and killed whomsoever we found there'''. Then we came back to him (to the Holy Prophet) and informed him and he blessed us and the tribe of Ahmas.
}}

====People commonly have sex in the streets, like donkeys====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Hibban 6/345 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D9%8E%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D9%82%D9%8F%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%8F+%D8%AD%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%91%D9%8E%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B3%D9%8F+%D9%81%D9%90%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B7%D9%91%D9%8F%D8%B1%D9%8F%D9%82%D9%90+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8F%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%92%D8%AD%D9%8E%D9%85%D9%90%D9%8A%D8%B1%D9%90</ref>|
لا تقومُ السَّاعةُ حتَّى يتسافدَ النَّاسُ في الطُّرقِ تسافُدَ الحميرِ

The Hour shall not commence until the people engage in sexual
intercourse in the streets just like donkeys.
}}

Public sex was already happening among ancient civilizations.<ref>[https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/all-about-sex/201809/orgies-through-the-ages Orgies Through the Ages]</ref>

====Rise of polytheism====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4252|
..the Last Hour will not come before the tribes of my people attach themselves to the polytheists and tribes of my people worship idols..
}}
Polytheism has become less popular with time.

====People will worship goddesses Lat and Uzza again====
The goddesses [[Lat]] and [[Uzza]] were worshiped by Arabs before the Islamic conquest of Arabia.

{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'''. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====All believers will be killed by a wind from Allah and only evil people (= non-Muslims) will survive====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. '''Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die''' and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====Killing neighbors and family members====
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 118 (classified as "very good" by Albani)|
عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى‏ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَقْتُلَ الرَّجُلُ جَارَهُ وَأَخَاهُ وَأَبَاهُ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “The Hour will not be established until a man kills his neighbor, his brother, and his father.”
}}

====Abundance of deaths by lightning====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad, vol. 3 pg. 64/65 (sahih)|
تَكثُرُ الصَّواعِقُ عِندَ اقْتِرابِ السَّاعةِ، حتَّى يَأتيَ الرَّجُلُ القَومَ، فيقولَ: مَن صَعِقَ قِبَلَكمُ الغَداةَ؟ فيَقولون: صَعِقَ فُلانٌ وفُلانٌ.

There will be an abundance of lightning with the coming of the Hour, until a man comes to a tribe asking: Who was struck today? Then they say: So and so
}}
John Jensenius (a lightning specialist) said that the number of injuries and deaths caused by lightning is actually going down. <ref>https://www.cbsnews.com/news/are-lightning-strikes-becoming-more-common/</ref>

====Luka bin Luka will be the happiest person====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2209 (sahih)|
Hudhaifah bin Al-Yaman narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Hour will not be established until the happiest of people in the world is Luka' bin Luka'."
}}

Scholars interpreted the name "Luka bin Luka" (لكع بن لكع) to mean "the most despicable/wicked/evil"<ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/18510/%D9%85%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%89-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB</ref> and "wickedness", rather than a specific person

====Wine, musical instruments and singing girls will turn Muslims into monkeys and pigs====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Ibn Majah 4020, In-book reference: Book 36, Hadith 95, English translation: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4020|
لَيَشْرَبَنَّ نَاسٌ مِنْ أُمَّتِي الْخَمْرَ يُسَمُّونَهَا بِغَيْرِ اسْمِهَا يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ وَالْمُغَنِّيَاتِ يَخْسِفُ اللَّهُ بِهِمُ الأَرْضَ وَيَجْعَلُ مِنْهُمُ الْقِرَدَةَ وَالْخَنَازِيرَ

It was narrated from Abu Malik Ash’ari that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“People among my nation will drink wine, calling it by another name, and musical instruments will be played for them and singing girls (will sing for them). Allah will cause the earth to swallow them up, and will turn them into monkeys and pigs.”
}}

Since the hadith literally says "is played upon their heads with musical instruments" (يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ) some claim that it is a prediction of headphones. But it says "played", not "placed" upon their heads, the word "instruments" is in the plural form and the singing girls are obviously real singing girls, while with head phones the singing would be included in the headphones. The interpretation that the word "musical instruments" (معازف) refers to musical instruments fits much better into the context.

Muhammad himself listened to singing girls, perhaps he was in a better mood since it was the day of Eid:{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|15|72}}|
Narrated Aisha:

Abu Bakr came to my house while two small Ansari girls were singing beside me the stories of the Ansar concerning the Day of Buath. And they were not singers. Abu Bakr said protestingly, "Musical instruments of Satan in the house of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) !" It happened on the `Id day and Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "O Abu Bakr! There is an `Id for every nation and this is our `Id."
}}

Wine and singing was already mentioned in pre-Islamic Arab poetry:
{{Quote|Dhu Jadan al-Himyari, Sirat Rasul Allah p. 19|
Peace, confound you! You can't turn me from my purpose

Thy scolding dries my spittle!

To '''the music of singers''' in times past 'twas fine

When we drank our fill of purest noblest wine.

'''Drinking freely of wine brings me no shame'''

If my behaviour no boon-companion would blame.

For death no man can hold back Though he drink the perfumed potions of the quack.
}}

====Milking, clothes and tank before the Hour====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 41:7054|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would come (so sudden) that a person would be milking the she- camel and the (milk) would not reach the brim of the vessel that the Last Hour would come, and the two persons would be engaged in buying and selling of the clothes and their bargain would not be struck before the Last Hour would come. And someone would be setting his tank in order and he would have hardly set it right when the Last Hour would come.
}}

====Allah will put pieces of the world on his fingers====
Muhammad agreed with this prophecy presented by a Jewish Scholar
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 39, Hadith 6699|
Abdullah b. Mas'ud reported that a Jewish scholar came to Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) and said:

Muhammad, or Abu al-Qasim, verily, Allah, the Exalted and Glorious would carry the Heavens on the Day of Judgment upon one finger and earths upon one finger and the mountains and trees upon one finger and the ocean and moist earth upon one finger, and in fact the whole of the creation upon one finger, and then He would stir them and say: I am your Lord, I am your Lord. Thereupon Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) smiled testifying what that scholar had said. He then recited this verse:" And they honour not Allah with the honour due to Him; and the whole earth will be in His grip on the Day of Resurrection and the heaven rolled up in His right hand. Glory be to Him I and highly Exalted is He above what they associate (with Him)" (Az-Zumar:67).
}}

====Medina banishes its evils====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3188}}|
Abu Huraira (Allah be pleased with him) reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

A time will come for the people (of Medina) when a man will invite his cousin and any other near relation: Come (and settle) at (a place) where living is cheap, come to where there is plenty, but Medina will be better for them; would they know it! By Him in Whose Hand is my life, none amongst them would go out (of the city) with a dislike for it, but Allah would make his successor in it someone better than be. Behold. Medina is like furnace which eliminates from it the impurities. And '''the Last Hour will not come until Medina banishes its evils''' just as a furnace eliminates the impurities of iron.
}}
====Nobody will accept charity====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|492}}|
Narrated Haritha bin Wahab:

I heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "O people! Give in charity as a time will come upon you when a person will wander about with his object of charity and will not find anybody to accept it, and one (who will be requested to take it) will say, "If you had brought it yesterday, would have taken it, but today I am not in need of it."
}}

====Not paying zakat causes a lack of rain====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. '''They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them'''. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

====Swelling of crescents [The Moon]====
{{Quote|Sahih Al-Jami' 5898 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%85%D9%90%D9%86+%D8%A7%D9%82%D9%92%D8%AA%D9%90%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%86%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%AE%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D9%87%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A9%D9%90&order=color</ref>|
مِنَ اقترابِ الساعَةِ انتفاخُ الأهِلَّةِ

From approaching of the Hour is the swelling of crescents
}}

====An Abyssinian will destroy the Kaba====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 7:6953/2909c|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: It would be an Abyssinian having two small shanks who would destroy the House ol Allah, the Exalted and Glorious.
}}

====Collapse, transformation and stoning from the sky====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2185 (sahih)|
'Aishah narrated "The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
'In the end of this Ummah there will be a collapse, transformation, and Qadhf."' She said :"I said: 'O Messenger of Allah! Will they be destroyed while they are righteous among them?' He said: 'Yes, when evil is dominant."'
}}

It's just three vague words خَسْفٌ وَمَسْخٌ وَقَذْفٌ (khasf and maskh and qadhf). Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Munawi - Fayd al-Qadir|
3176 - (بين يدي الساعة مسخ) قلب الخلقة من شيء إلى شيء أو تحويل الصورة إلى أقبح منها أو مسخ القلوب (وخسف) أي غور في الأرض (وقذف) أي رمي بالحجارة من جهة السماء

maskh - transformation of creation from its shape to an uglier one

khasf - a depression in the Earth

qadhf - pelting with stones from the sky

}}

====Euphrates will uncover a mountain of gold soon====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|235}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "'''Soon the river "Euphrates" will disclose the treasure (the mountain) of gold''', so whoever will be present at that time should not take anything of it." Al-A'raj narrated from Abii Huraira that the Prophet (ﷺ) said the same but he said, "It (Euphrates) will uncover a mountain of gold (under it).
}}
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 2894a|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: The Last Hour would not come before the Euphrates uncovers a mountain of gold, for which people would fight. Ninety-nine out of each one hundred would die but every man amongst them would say that perhaps he would be the one who would be saved (and thus possess this gold).
}}

No such event followed soon thereafter.

====Gender ratio will be 50 women to 1 men====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|81}}|
I will narrate to you a Hadith and none other than I will tell you about after it. I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) saying: From among the portents of the Hour are (the following): -1. Religious knowledge will decrease (by the death of religious learned men). -2. Religious ignorance will prevail. -3. There will be prevalence of open illegal sexual intercourse. -4. '''Women will increase in number and men will decrease in number so much so that fifty women will be looked after by one man.'''
}}

====Knowledge will be sought from young people====
{{Quote|al-Mu’jam al-Kabīr 908 (sahih)|
عَنْ أَبِي أُمَيَّةَ اللَّخْمِيِّ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ إِنَّ مِنْ أَشْرَاطِ السَّاعَةِ ثَ أَنْ يُلْتَمَسَ الْعِلْمَ عِنْدَ الْأَصَاغِرِ

The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Verily, among the signs of the Hour is that knowledge will be sought from the young.”
}}

====Seventy-three sects====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 5, Book 38, Hadith 2640 (hasan)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "The Jews split into seventy-one sects, or seventy-two sects, and the Christians similarly, and my Ummah will split into seventy-three sects."
}}

====Emergence of Sufyani====
This hadith is daeef:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4/520 (da'eef)|
يخرج رجل يقال له السفياني في عمق دمشق ، وعامة من يتبعه من كلب ، فيقتل حتى يبقر بطون النساء ويقتل الصبيان ، فتجمع لهم قيس فيقتلها حتى لا يمنع ذنب تلعة ، ويخرج رجل من أهل بيتي في الحرة فيبلغ السفياني فيبعث إليه جنداً من جنده فيهزمهم ، فيسير إليه السفياني بمن معه ، حتى إذا صار ببيداء من الأرض خسف بهم ، فلا ينجو منهم إلا المخبر عنهم

There will emerge a man called as-Sufyaani from the depths of Damascus, and most of those who follow him will be from (the tribe of) Kalb. He will kill many people until he rips open the bellies of women and kill children. (The tribe of) Qays will gather against him and he will kill them. A man from my family will emerge in the harrah, and news of that will reach as-Sufyaani. He will send troops against him and he will defeat them. Then as-Sufyaani will march towards him accompanied by those who are with him, then when he is in a plain, they will be swallowed up by the earth and none of them will be saved except the one who will tell others about them.
}}

====Muslims in mosque won't find an imam to lead them in prayer====
This hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Abu Dawud Book 2, Hadith 581, chapter It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam|
Narrated Sulamah daughter of al-Hurr:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: One of the signs of the Last Hour will be that people in a mosque will refuse to act as imam and will not find an imam to lead them in prayer.
}}

 
{{Quote|Sunan An-nasa'i Vol. 1, Book 10, Hadith 783, chapter "When people are together and are all of the same status"|
It was narrated from Abu Sa'eed that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"when there are three people let one of them lead the prayer, and the one who is most entitled to lead the prayer is the one who has most knowledge of the Qur'an."
}}

This prophecy was included in a chapter called "It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam", and is perhaps best understood as a sort of moral exhortation to lead prayer when a prayer needs to be led.

====Dajjal nor plague will be able to enter Medina====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2242 (sahih)|
Anas narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Dajjal will come to Al-Madinah to find the angels have surrounded it. Neither the plague nor the Dajjal will enter it, if Allah wills."
}}Medina, historically, has not proven to be especially or at all plague-proof. Moreover, during plagues, the Saudi government (and the caliphates, historically) had to close off access to Mecca and Medina to prevent the spread of disease. The prophet also stated that there was no such thing as a contagious disease.

====Jesus will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish Jizyah====
{{Quote|Sunan ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4078 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"The Hour will not begin until 'Eisa bin Maryam comes down as a just judge and a just ruler. He will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish the Jizyah, and wealth will become so abundant that no one will accept it."
}}

====Gog and Magog will drink out the lake of Tiberias====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7015}}|
And then Allah would send Gog and Magog and they would swarm down from every slope. The first of them would pass the lake of Tiberias and drink out of it. And when the last of them would pass, he would say: There was once water there.
}}

Gog and Magog are described in the hadith and Quran as tribes on Earth blocked by a big iron wall, erected by [[Category:Dhul-Qarnayn|Dhul-Qarnayn]], that will be unlocked at the end of times. There are supposed to be so many of them that they will drink the entire lake of Tiberias (Sea of Galilee) dry.

====Gog and Magog will successfully dig through the wall====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4080|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"Gog and Magog people dig every day until, when they can almost see the rays of the sun, the one in charge of them says: "Go back and we will dig it tomorrow." Then Allah puts it back, stronger than it was before. (This will continue) until, when their time has come, and Allah wants to send them against the people, they will dig until they can almost see the rays of the sun, then the one who is in charge of them will say: "Go back, and we will dig it tomorrow if Allah wills.' So '''they will say: "If Allah wills." Then they will come back to it and it will be as they left it. So they will dig and will come out to the people''', and they will drink all the water. The people will fortify themselves against them in their fortresses. They will shoot their arrows towards the sky and they will come back with blood on them, and they will say: "We have defeated the people of earth and dominated the people of heaven." Then Allah will send a worm in the napes of their necks and will kill them thereby.'" The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "By the One in Whose Hand is my soul, the beasts of the earth will grow fat on their flesh."
}}

====Muslims will use bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood for 7 years====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4076 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Nawwas bin Sam'an that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"The Muslims will use the bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood, for seven years.'"
}}

==See also==

*[[Quranic Prophecies]]

External:

*[https://www.marefa.org/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9_%D9%81%D9%8A_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85 List of Muhammad's prophecies] (Arabic)
*[https://rationalwiki.org/wiki/Biblical_prophecies#Criteria_for_a_true_prophecy RationalWiki: Biblical prophecies, Criteria for a true prophecy] (could be analogically applied to Islamic prophecies)
*[https://detechter.com/15-ancient-hindu-predictions-that-have-come-true/#List_of_15_Ancient_Hindu_Prophecy_From_Bhagavata_Purana 15 Hindu predictions] - ''Comparing and contrasting Islamic prophecies with those of other religions' scriptures predictions is instructive''

==References==

[[Category:Prophecies]]
<references />
[[Category:Hadith]]
[[Category:Miracles]]
[[Category:Muhammad]]
[[Category:Sacred history]]
[[Category:Eschatology]]
[[Category:Revelation]]
[[Category:Qadr (fate)]]

Prophecies in the Hadith

2021-05-02T12:31:06Z

Prekladator: /* Romans would form a majority amongst people */

{{QualityScore|Lead=1|Structure=4|Content=4|Language=2|References=3}}
Muhammad's prophecies are predictions attributed to him and written hundreds of years after his [[Muhammad's Death|death]]. Many prophecies are considered "signs of the Hour" (Islamic eschatology). Some prophecies are general statements that may apply to times even before Islam, other prophecies predict early Islamic history (which happened before the predictions were written) and some prophecies make predictions about the the future to come after the hadiths were written.

Prophecies in this article are from the hadiths. Quranic prophecies have a [[Quranic Prophecies|separate article]].
==Signs of the Hour==
"The Hour" (الساعة) refers to a period of time on the Day of Judgement.
{{Quote|{{Quran|30|55}}|
And '''the Day the Hour''' appears the criminals will swear they had remained but an hour. Thus they were deluded."
}}

Signs of the Hour indicate that the Hour (and the end of the world) is coming. They were divided by scholars into minor and major. The major signs are contained in this hadith:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6931}}|
Hudhaifa b. Usaid al-Ghifari reported:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) came to us all of a sudden as we were (busy in a discussion). He said: What do you discuss about? They (the Companions) said. We are discussing about the Last Hour. Thereupon he said: It will not come until you see ten signs before and (in this connection) he made a mention of the smoke, Dajjal, the beast, the rising of the sun from the west, the descent of Jesus son of Mary (Allah be pleased with him), the Gog and Magog, and land-slides in three places, one in the east, one in the west and one in Arabia at the end of which fire would burn forth from the Yemen, and would drive people to the place of their assembly.
}}

The minor signs indicate that the Hour is "getting closer", while the major signs indicate that the Hour will happen immediately after them. The first major sign is coming of the Dajjal and Muhammad thought that it might happen during his life or during life of his companions:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4307}}|"Al-nawwas b. Sim’an al-Kilabi said:
'''The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) mentioned the Dajjal (Antichrist) saying: If he comes forth while I am among you''' I shall be the one who will dispute with him on your behalf, but if he comes forth when I am not among you, a man must dispute on his own behalf, and Allah will take my place in looking after every Muslim. Those of you who live up to his time should recite over him the opening verses of Surat al – Kahf, for they are your protection from his trial. We asked: How long will he remain on the earth ? He replied : Forty days, one like a year, one like a month, one like a week, and rest of his days like yours. We asked : Messenger of Allah, will one day’s prayer suffice us in this day which will be like a year ? He replied : No, you must make an estimate of its extent. Then Jesus son of Marry will descend at the white minaret to the east of Damascus. He will then catch him up at the date of Ludd and kill him."}}
{{Quote|Tirmidhi 2234 (hasan)|"Abu 'Ubaidah bin Al-Jarrah said:
"I heard the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w): 'There was never a Prophet after Nuh but that he warned his people about '''the Dajjal''', and indeed I shall warn you of him.' Then the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) described him for us, and he said: "Perhaps some of '''you who see me, or hear my words shall live to see him'''." They said: "O Messenger of Allah! How will our hearts be on that day?" He said: "The same – that is, as today – or better.”"}}

Some reject the hadiths of the signs of the Hour <ref>http://bayanelislam.net/Suspicion.aspx?id=03-02-0071</ref>, because a Quranic verse indicates that the Hour will come by surprise (not after seeing clear signs) and that only Allah has knowledge about the Hour (not Muhammad):
{{Quote|{{Quran|7|187}}|
They ask you ˹O Prophet˺ regarding the Hour, “When will it be?” Say, “That knowledge is only with my Lord. He alone will reveal it when the time comes. It is too tremendous for the heavens and the earth and will only take you by surprise.” They ask you as if you had full knowledge of it. Say, “That knowledge is only with Allah, but most people do not know.”
}}

*7th century Arabs didn't have the concept of "an hour" meaning 60 minutes. An hour (ساعة) just meant a period of time [shorter than a day]. <ref>AR: https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/140286/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%88-%D9%85%D9%82%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%B1-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF%D8%A9-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%8A%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D8%AD%D8%A7%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D9%88%D9%87%D9%84-%D9%87%D9%88-%D8%B3%D8%AA%D9%88%D9%86-%D8%AF%D9%82%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A9</ref>
*Most prophecies are linked to the Hour

==Characteristics==

*Predictions don't have the time when they are supposed to happen. So even if it doesn't happen, Muslim can still believe it will happen in the future. For example the conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting. But it was conquered by fighting, so some Muslims think that this wasn't what was predicted and there will be another conquest of Constantinople that will get it right.
*Scarcely any predictions were fulfilled once the predictions had been written down in the form of hadiths.

==Retrodictions and Reiterating Biblical Prophecy==
The hadith collections were written, often by Persian authors, hundreds of years after the death of Muhammad. So when the hadiths contain a prophecy about early Islamic history, they are likely only being attributed to Muhammad after the fact. This category also includes things that always happened, even before Islam (earthquakes, wars, people being dishonest...) and prophecies copied from the Bible.

===Fabrication of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Introduction, Narration 15|
يَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ الزَّمَانِ دَجَّالُونَ كَذَّابُونَ يَأْتُونَكُمْ مِنَ الأَحَادِيثِ بِمَا لَمْ تَسْمَعُوا أَنْتُمْ وَلاَ آبَاؤُكُمْ فَإِيَّاكُمْ وَإِيَّاهُمْ لاَ يُضِلُّونَكُمْ وَلاَ يَفْتِنُونَكُمْ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings of Allah upon him, said:
‘There will be in the end of time charlatan liars coming to you with narrations (hadiths) that you nor your fathers heard, so beware of them lest they misguide you and cause you tribulations’.
}}
There were a lot of fabricators of hadiths before the hadiths were written (mostly in the 9th century). Muslim scholars thus invented a "science of hadiths" which determines which oral traditions are fabricated and which are from people who supposedly "never lie".

===The caliphate will last 30 years===
{{Quote|{{Al Tirmidhi||4|7|2226}}|
Sa'eed bin Jumhan narrated:
"Safinah narrated to me, he said: 'The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said: "'''Al-Khilafah will be in my Ummah for thirty years''', then there will be monarchy after that."' Then Safinah said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of Abu Bakr,' then he said: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Umar and the Khilafah of 'Uthman.' Then he said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Ali."' He said: "So we found that they add up to thirty years." Sa'eed said: "I said to him: 'Banu Umaiyyah claim that the Khilafah is among them.' He said: 'Banu Az-Zarqa' lie, rather they are a monarchy, among the worst of monarchies."'
}}

*The first caliphate lasted from 632-661, 29 years time.
*Tirmidhi, author of this hadith collection, was born in 824, more than 100 years after the end of the caliphate
*The hadith in it's text is in the context of discussion about previous caliphates
*The political system after the first caliphate, was still called a caliphate. There was some form of caliphate until the 20th century

===Rulership of the foolish after Muhammad===
{{Quote|Mishkat al-Masabih 3700|
Ka'b b. ‘Ujra told that God's Messenger said to him, “I commend you to God to protect you from '''the rulership of the foolish''' (إمارةِ السُّفهاءِ).” He asked what that was, and God’s Messenger replied, “'''After my time''' governors will arise whose falsehood will be believed and who will be assisted in their oppression by those who enter their presence. They have nothing to do with me and I have nothing to do with them, and they will never come down to me at the Pond. But they who do not enter their presence, believe their falsehood and help them in their oppression, those belong to me and I belong to them, and those ones will come down to me at the Pond.”}}

===Vile men control affairs of the people===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah 4036 (hasan)|
..and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}
===Return of the caliphate===
The hadith was sent to a new caliph Umar II:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 4/273, 18430 (hasan)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا سليمان بن داود الطيالسي حدثني داود بن إبراهيم الواسطي حدثني حبيب بن سالم عن النعمان بن بشير قال : كنا قعودا في المسجد مع رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم وكان بشير رجلا يكف حديثه فجاء أبو ثعلبة الخشني فقال يا بشير بن سعد أتحفظ حديث رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم في الأمراء فقال حذيفة أنا أحفظ خطبته فجلس أبو ثعلبة فقال حذيفة قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم تكون النبوة فيكم ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء الله أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا عاضا فيكون ما شاء الله ان يكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا جبرية فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة ثم سكت قال حبيب فلما قام عمر بن عبد العزيز وكان يزيد بن النعمان بن بشير في صحابته فكتبت إليه بهذا الحديث أذكره إياه فقلت له انى أرجو ان يكون أمير المؤمنين يعنى عمر بعد الملك العاض والجبرية فادخل كتابي على عمر بن عبد العزيز فسر به وأعجبه
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده حسن

It was narrated by Ahmed in his Musnad, from Al-Nu’man b.Bashir, who said: “We were sitting in the mosque of the Messenger of Allah(saw), and Bashir was a man who did not speak much, so Abu Tha’labah Al-Khashnee came and said: ‘Oh, Bashir bin Sa’ad, have you memorized the words of the Messenger of Allah (saw) regarding the rulers?’ Huthayfah replied, ‘I have memorized his words’. So Abu Tha’labah sat down and Huthayfah said, ‘The Messenger of Allah (saw) said ‘'''Prophet-hood will be among you''' as long as Allah wishes, then He will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of the Prophet''', and it will be as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be an inheritance rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a coercive rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of Prophet-hood'''.’ Then he (saw) was silent.” Habib said: “When '''Umar ibn AbdulAziz became caliph I wrote to him, mentioning this tradition to him''' and saying, “I hope '''you will be the commander of the faithful after the biting and the oppressive kingdoms'''. ”It pleased and charmed him, i.e. Umar ibn AbdulAziz.”
}}
Umar II died in 720 and he was expected to bring back the good old caliphate. Musnad Ahmad was written in the 9th century.

==="Prophet, siddiq and two martyrs"===
Notice that the future caliphs are usually mentioned in the order in which they will be caliphs (strongly suggesting these were written later by someone who already knew the order):
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|35}}|
Narrated Anas bin Malik:

The Prophet (ﷺ) ascended the mountain of Uhud and he was accompanied by '''Abu Bakr, `Umar and `Uthman'''. The mountain shook beneath them. The Prophet (ﷺ) hit it with his foot and said, "O Uhud ! Be firm, for on you there is none but a '''Prophet, a Siddiq and a martyr (i.e. and two martyrs)'''.
}}

The hadith was interpreted as a vague prediction that Abu Bakr will die naturally and Umar and Uthman will be killed. The 3 caliphs were in the 7th century. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Khawarij===
According to Islamic scholars, this hadith is about the coming of the Khawarij:
{{Quote|Sunan An-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 37, Hadith 4107|
It was narrated that 'Ali said:
"I heard the Messenger of Allah [SAW] say: 'At the end of time there will appear young people with foolish minds. Their faith will not pass through their throats, and they will go out of Islam as an arrow goes through the target. If you meet them, then kill them, for killing them will bring reward to the one who killed them on the Day of Resurrection.'"
}}

Khawarij ("The Leavers") left the army of the caliph Ali in the middle of the 7th century. The prediction was written in the middle of the 9th century, two hundred years later.

The prophecy says "at the end of time". The Khawarij appeared more than a thousand years ago.

===Places of killed people at the battle of Badr===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 19, Hadith 4394|
..Then the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: This is the place where so and so would be killed. He placed his hand on the earth (saying) here and here; (and) none of them fell away from the place which the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) had indicated by placing his hand on the earth.
}}

Battle of Badr was in the 7th century. This hadith collection was authored in the 9th century.

===Earthquakes will increase===
It's a part of a longer hadith as one of the signs of the end of the world:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
.. and earthquakes will increase in number..
}}

There were always earthquakes, increasing and decreasing. There is a report that earthquakes happened also during the life of Muhammad:
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/bulugh/2/441 Bulugh al-Maram 2:509]|
He [the Prophet (ﷺ)] prayed during an earthquake six bowings and four prostrations, and said, "This is the way the Prayer of the Signs (of Allah) is offered.
}}

Earthquakes were also predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. '''There will be great earthquakes''', famines and pestilences in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}

===Rain is hot===
This hadith is classified as mawdu (fabricated). <ref>https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/265083/%D8%AD%D9%88%D9%84-%D8%B5%D8%AD%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%85%D8%B3%D8%B9%D9%88%D8%AF-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9</ref> It's part of a long hadith about coming of the Hour:
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
..وَأَنْ يَكُونَ الْمَطَرُ قَيْظًا ..
..and that rain will be hot (قيظا)..
}}

It was also mentioned in Lane's lexicon:
{{Quote|Lane's lexicon on قَيْظٌ <ref>http://lexicon.quranic-research.net/data/21_q/239_qyZ.html</ref>|
لَا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكُونَ الوَلَدُ غَيْظًا والمَطَرُ قَيْظًا, a saying of Moḥammad, meaning [The resurrection, or the time thereof, will not come to pass until the birth of a child be an occasion of wrath, or rage, and] rain be accompanied by air like the قيظ [or '''most vehement heat of summer''']. (TA.)
}}

The word قيظ (''qayz'') was also mentioned in a different hadith meaning "hot weather":{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 6 (Hasan)|
Rifa'ah bin Rafi' said:
I heard Abu Bakr as-Siddeeq say on the minbar of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) : I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, and Abu Bakr wept when he remembered the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) , then he recovered and said. I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, in this '''hot weather''' (القيظ) last year: `Ask Allah for forgiveness, well-being and certainty of faith in the Hereafter and in this world.”
}}

Some insist that the word قيظ means "acidic".

===Strong wind===
Muhammad predicted a strong wind on the same day it happened, so there was probably already a wind getting stronger:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|559}}|
..When we reached Tabuk, the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "There will be a strong wind tonight and so no one should stand and whoever has a camel, should fasten it." So we fastened our camels. A strong wind blew at night and a man stood up and he was blown away to a mountain called Taiy..
}}
The prophecy was written in the 9th century.

===Child is filled with rage===
This is a part of a fabricated (mawdu') hadith.
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
وإن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها: أن يكون الولد غيظاً، وأن يكون المطر قيظاً

And from the signs of the Hour is that '''a boy will be enraged''' and that water will be hot
}}
Angry children have been around since time immemorial.

===Muhammad's death===
Muhammad predicted that he will die. The prediction doesn't contain any specific information about his death:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "'''Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death''', the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

The context is that it will be a sign that the Hour is coming. But Muhammad died more than a thousand years ago and the Hour didn't come.

===Muhammad's wife with the longest arm will die first===
{{Quote|Sahih Bukhari: Vol. 2, Book of Tax (Zakat), Hadith 501|
Narrated 'Aisha:

Some of the wives of the Prophet asked him, "Who amongst us will be the first to follow you (i.e. die after you)?" He said, "Whoever has the longest hand." So they started measuring their hands with a stick and Sauda's hand turned out to be the longest. (When Zainab bint Jahsh died first of all in the caliphate of 'Umar), we came to know that the long hand was a symbol of practicing charity, so she was the first to follow the Prophet and she used to love to practice charity. (Sauda died later in the caliphate of Muawiya).
}}

It's questionable whether the prophecy was metaphorical and fulfilled or whether it was literal and hence re-interpreted. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Muhammad's daughter Fatima will die first from his family===
During Muhammad's illness, Fatima was walking like Muhammad, so she also had signs of illness:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6005}}|
`A'isha reported that all the wives of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) had gathered (in her apartment) '''during the days of his (Prophet's) last illness ''' and no woman was left behind that '''Fatima, who walked after the style of Allah's Messenger''' (ﷺ), came there. He welcomed her by saying:

You are welcome, my daughter, and made her sit on his right side or on his left side, and then talked something secretly to her and Fatima wept. Then he talked something secretly to her and she laughed. I said to her: What makes you weep? She said: I am not going to divulge the secret of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). I (`A'isha) said: I have not seen (anything happening) like today, the happiness being more close to grief (as I see today) when she wept. I said to her: Has Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) singled you out for saying something leaving us aside? She then wept and I asked her what he said, and she said: I am not going to divulge the secrets of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). And when he died I again asked her and she said that he (the Holy Prophet) told her: Gabriel used to recite the Qur'an to me once a year and for this year it was twice and so I perceived that my death had drawn near, and that '''I (Fatima) would be the first amongst the members of his family who would meet him (in the Hereafter)'''. He shall be my good forerunner and it made me weep. He again talked to me secretly (saying): Aren't you pleased that you should be the sovereign amongst the believing women or the head of women of this Ummah? And this made me laugh.
}}

===A plague kills many Muslims===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, '''a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep''', the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}
It was interpreted as a prophecy about the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Amwas Plague of Amwas] (638-639), which is considered a re-emergence of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Justinian the Plague of Justinian] (541-549), so there was a precedent.

The prediction was written in the 9th century.

===Sexual immorality (abominations)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: '''Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them'''. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

Sexual immorality (or "abomination") was nothing new in the 7th century. The Old Testament mentions such a story:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 19:3-8|
He prepared a meal for them, baking bread without yeast, and they ate. Before they had gone to bed, all the men from every part of the city of Sodom—both young and old—surrounded the house. They called to Lot, “Where are the men who came to you tonight? Bring them out to us so that we can have sex with them.” Lot went outside to meet them and shut the door behind him and said, “No, my friends. Don’t do this wicked thing. Look, I have two daughters who have never slept with a man. Let me bring them out to you, and you can do what you like with them.
}}

In the New Testament Jesus spoke to a woman who had many sexual partners:
{{Quote|The Bible, John 4:16-18|
“Go and get your husband,” Jesus told her.

“I don’t have a husband,” the woman replied.

Jesus said, “You’re right! You don’t have a husband— for you have had five husbands, and you aren’t even married to the man you’re living with now. You certainly spoke the truth!”
}}

There were also abominations happening in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|62|65}}|
Narrated `Aisha:

that the Prophet (ﷺ) married her when '''she was six years old and he consummated his marriage when she was nine years old'''. Hisham said: I have been informed that `Aisha remained with the Prophet (ﷺ) for nine years (i.e. till his death).
}}

Plagues and diseases also happened throughout whole history. Plagues (pestilences) were also predicted in the Bible, hundreds of years before Muhammad:{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be great earthquakes, famines and '''pestilences''' in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}
===Homosexuality===
This is a fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يا ابن مسعود إن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها أن يكتفي الرجال بالرجال والنساء بالنساء

..O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that men are content with men and women with women..
}}

Homosexuals existed before Islam.

===People flogging people===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: '''people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people''', and the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Ishaa’ah li Ashraat il-Saa’ah, p. 119|
Al-Sakhaawi said: They are now the helpers of the oppressors, and usually it refers to the worst group around the ruler. It may also apply to unjust rulers.
}}

Muhammad commanded flogging (and killing) people:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4482 (hasan sahih)|
Narrated Mu'awiyah ibn AbuSufyan:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: If they (the people) drink wine, flog them, again if they drink it, flog them. Again if they drink it, kill them.
}}
===Women naked, but dressed (wearing revealing clothes)===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people, and '''the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side'''. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Some apologists present it as something new that happens in the 21st century and Muhammad couldn't have guessed it.
{{Quote|islamqa.info: Commentary on the hadeeth; “two types of the people of Hell whom I have not seen…” <ref>https://islamqa.info/en/answers/47017/commentary-on-the-hadeeth-two-types-of-the-people-of-hell-whom-i-have-not-seen</ref>|
This hadeeth is one of the miracles of Prophethood, for these two types of people have appeared, and '''they exist now, as al-Nawawi (may Allaah have mercy on him) said.'''
}}
Al-Nawawi lived in the 13th century.

Islamic sources say that there were naked women circumambulating around the Kaba in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||3|24|2959}}|
It was narrated from Saeed bin Jubair that Ibn Abbas said:
"Women used to circumambulate the Kabah naked, saying: 'Today some, or all of it will appear And whatever appers I don't make is permissible.' Then the following was revealed: 'O Children of Adam! Take your adornment to every Masjid.'"
}}

There is also a hadith with the same terminology of dressed (كاسيات) and undressed (عاريات) but in a different context:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|21|226}}|
Narrated Um Salama:

One night the Prophet (ﷺ) got up and said, "Subhan Allah! How many afflictions Allah has revealed tonight and how many treasures have been sent down (disclosed). Go and wake the sleeping lady occupants of these dwellings up (for prayers), perhaps a well '''dressed''' (كاسية) in this world may be '''naked''' (عارية) in the Hereafter."
}}

===Naked thighs in markets===
This hadith is classified mawdoo' (fabricated). <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/321649/%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%AC%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%B9%D8%B4%D8%B1-%D8%AE%D8%B5%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85-%D9%84%D9%88%D8%B7-</ref> Albani included it in his book سلسلة الأحاديث الضعيفة والموضوعة وأثرها السيئ في الأمة ("Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah"):
{{Quote|Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah, Al-Albani|
عشر من أخلاق قوم اللوط:..والمشي في الأسواق والأفخاذ بادية

Ten behaviors of Lot's people:.. and walking in markets and thighs are naked..
}}

There were uncovered thighs in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud Book 32, Hadith 4003|
Narrated Jarhad:

The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) sat with us and my thigh was uncovered. He said: Do you not know that thigh is a private part ?
}}

Muhammad exposed his thighs at some point:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|8|367}}|
Narrated `Abdul `Aziz:

Anas said, 'When Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) invaded Khaibar, we offered the Fajr prayer there (early in the morning) when it was still dark. The Prophet (ﷺ) rode and Abu Talha rode too and I was riding behind Abu Talha. The Prophet (ﷺ) passed through the lane of Khaibar quickly and '''my knee was touching the thigh of the Prophet (ﷺ) . He uncovered his thigh''' and I saw the whiteness of '''the thigh of the Prophet'''.
}}

===Widespread adultery===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|34|6451}}|
Anas b. Malik reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

It is from the conditions of the Last Hour that knowledge would be taken away and ignorance would prevail (upon the world), the liquor would be drunk, and '''adultery would become rampant'''.
}}

Muhammad's companions used to give women a handful of flour and then perform what they called "a temporary marriage" (زواج المتعة, ''zawaj al-mut'a''). Seeing as polygamy was allowed, these companions may have been married at the time, and their behavior would today be classified as adultery:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|8|3249}}|
Jabir b. 'Abdullah reported:

We contracted temporary marriage giving a handful of (tales or flour as a dower during the lifetime of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and during the time of Abu Bakr until 'Umar forbade it in the case of 'Amr b. Huraith.
}}

There is also a fabricated (mawdu') prophecy about illegitimate children:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يَا ابْنَ مَسْعُودٍ ، إِنَّ مِنْ أَعْلَامِ السَّاعَةِ وَأَشْرَاطِهَا أَنْ يَكْثُرَ أَوْلَادُ الزِّنَا

O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that there are many children from adultery
}}

===Abundant wealth===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||5|36|4047}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The Hour will not begin until '''wealth becomes abundant''' and tribulations appear, and Harj increases.” They said: “What is Harj, O Messenger of Allah?” He said: '''“Killing, killing, killing,”''' three times.
}}

Muslims became wealthy in the 7th century by the early Islamic conquests (the hadith itself mentions it together with "killing, killing, killing"). Sunan Ibn Majah was written two centuries after these conquests.

===Men obey their wives===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, '''a man obeys his wife''' and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

It was mentioned among negative things, that indicates that a woman being dominant in marriage is an evil thing. But it appears that the patriarchy was not universal even in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|43|648}}|Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Abbas: ...We, the people of Quraish, used to have authority over women, but when we came to live with the Ansar, we noticed that '''the Ansari women had the upper hand over their men''', so our women started acquiring the habits of the Ansari women. Once I shouted at my wife and she paid me back in my coin and I disliked that she should answer me back....}}

===Fire in Hijaz illuminates necks of camels in Busra===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|234}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a fire will come out of the land of Hijaz, and it will throw light on the necks of the camels at Busra."
}}
There was a lava eruption in Hijaz in the year 1256 ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Harrat_Rahat Harrat Rahat]) which is considered by Muslims as fulfillment. That's the last eruption, but the eruption before that was in 640 - 641 A.D. during the reign of Umar.<ref>
Volcanic history of the northernmost part of the Harrat Rahat volcanic field, Saudi Arabia
https://pubs.geoscienceworld.org/gsa/geosphere/article/14/3/1253/529993/Volcanic-history-of-the-northernmost-part-of-the</ref>
So there was a precedent. The unspecified date of occurrence makes this prediction one that might be referenced perennially

===Making halal what was haram===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|69|494}}|
Narrated Abu 'Amir or Abu Malik Al-Ash'ari:

that he heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "From among my followers there will be some '''people who will consider illegal sexual intercourse, the wearing of silk, the drinking of alcoholic drinks and the use of musical instruments, as lawful.''' And there will be some people who will stay near the side of a mountain and in the evening their shepherd will come to them with their sheep and ask them for something, but they will say to him, 'Return to us tomorrow.' Allah will destroy them during the night and will let the mountain fall on them, and He will transform the rest of them into monkeys and pigs and they will remain so till the Day of Resurrection."
}}

According to Islam, Jews and Christians took their rabbis and monks as lords, because the rabbis and monks ''made lawful'' for them what Allah forbade. <ref>Quran 9:31, tafsir Ibn Kathir</ref>

===Slave woman gives birth to her master/mistress===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|48}}|
When a slave (lady) gives birth to her master.
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 63 (sahih)|
When the slave woman gives birth to her mistress' (Waki' said: This means when non-Arabs will give birth to Arabs")
}}

According to Nawawi, the opinion of the majority of scholars is that Muslims will enslave non-Muslim women and have kids with them and the kids will be masters of their mothers because the kids are Muslims. <ref>https://quranacademy.io/blog/an-nawawis-hadith-2-hadith-of-jibreel-3/</ref> Ibn Hajar (who lived later) didn't like this interpretation, because the enslavement was already happening during the time of Muhammad, so it wasn't really a prophecy of the future.

Ibn Hajar and others, as a result, like to interpret it as kids treating their mothers like slaves. This is not compatible with Waki's comment, and it would appear that children disrespecting their parents has been and will remain a universal phenomenon.

===Woman helps her husband in business===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
'Abdullah said, 'From the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, who said, "Before the Final Hour people will single out one individual for the greeting, commerce will increase until '''a woman helps her husband in business''', people will sever their links with their relatives, knowledge will spread, false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed."
}}

===Some people control trade===
{{Quote|an-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 4461 (sahih)|
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'One of the portents of the Hour will be that wealth becomes widespread and abundant, and trade will become widespread, but knowledge will disappear. '''A man will try to sell something and will say: "No, not until I consult the merchant of banu so and so''' and People will look throughout a vast area for a scribe and will not find one."
}}
Meccans boycotted Muslims in the Meccan period. It was a form of trade control.

===Injustice===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 485 (sahih)|
Ibn 'Umar reported that the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, said, "Injustice will appear as darkness on the Day of Rising."
}}

===False testimony===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ، وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

..false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed.
}}

False testimony was already forbidden in the 10 commandments. The problem existed long before Islam.

===Unfulfilled vows===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
..then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and '''they will vow and never fulfill their vows''', and fatness will appear among them."
}}

===Cheating in weights (scales)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. '''They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers'''. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is also mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Amos 8:2-6|
Then the Lord said to me, “The end has come for My people Israel. I will spare them no longer. The songs of the palace will turn to wailing in that day,” declares the Lord God. “Many will be the corpses; in every place they will cast them forth in silence.” '''Hear this, you who trample the needy''', to do away with the humble of the land, saying: “When will the new moon be over, So that we may sell grain, And the sabbath, that we may open the wheat market, '''To make the bushel smaller and the shekel bigger, And to cheat with dishonest scales'''
}}

Famines, like cheating, are universal phenomenon.

===Making money unlawfully===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|34|296}}|
Narrated Abu Hurairah (ra):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said "Certainly a time will come when people will not bother to know from where they earned the money, by lawful means or unlawful means."
}}
Muhammad himself engaged in dubious practices to acquire money:
{{Quote|Sirat Rasul Allah 428, Tabari VII:29|
Then the apostle heard that Abu Sufyan b. Harb was coming from Syria with a large caravan of Quraysh, containing their money and merchandise, accompanied by some thirty or forty men." Mohammad said, "This is the Quraysh caravan containing their property, Go out to attack it, perhaps God will give it as prey,
}}

===Usury (riba)===
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 10191|
عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ أَنّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ يَأْتِي عَلَى النَّاسِ زَمَانٌ يَأْكُلُونَ فِيهِ الرِّبَا قِيلَ النَّاسُ كُلُّهُمْ قَالَ مَنْ لَمْ يَأْكُلْهُ مِنْهُمْ نَالَهُ مِنْ غُبَارِهِ

Abu Huraira reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “A time will come upon people in which they will consume usury.” It was said, “All of the people?” The Prophet said, “Whoever does not consume it will be affected by its dust.”
}}

Usury (riba) was already widespread in the period before Islam, which Muslims call "jahilya":
{{Quote|[https://ebrary.net/10536/business_finance/types_riba Types of Riba]|
Riba al-Jahiliyah means “the riba used during the age of ignorance and paganism.” It is also called riba al-nassee'aa (the riba that is constrained by a time limit and is time dependent). This type of '''riba was widely practiced by the pagan Arabs at the advent of Islam'''.
}}

In any interest-based economy, all goods will inevitably be "tainted" directly or indirectly with interest-based practices.

===Sudden deaths===
{{Quote|Al-Mu'jam al-Awsat al-Tabarani (9/147) No. 9376 (sahih)|
حدثنا الهيثم بن خالد المصيصي نا عبدالكبير بن المعافى بن عمران نا شريك عن العباس بن ذريح عن الشعبي عن أنس بن مالك رفعه إلى النبي صلى الله عليه و سلم قال من اقتراب الساعة أن يرى الهلال قبلا فيقال لليلتين وأن تتخذ المساجد طرقا وأن يظهر الموت الفجاء لم يرو هذا الحديث عن العباس بن زريح إلا شريك تفرد به عبد الكبير بن المعافى

Anas bin Malik (RA) narrated that the Prophet (SAW) said: “Among the signs that the Last Hour is near, is that the crescent would appear larger than its actual size and people would say: ‘It appears as if it is only two days old.’ and the masajid will be taken as streets, and '''sudden death will spread'''.”
}}

In other hadiths Muhammad and Ubayd speak about sudden death as something already known:{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 3110 / Book 21, Hadith 22 / Book 20, Hadith 3104 (sahih)|
Narrated Ubayd ibn Khalid as-Sulami,:

A man from the Companions of the Prophet (ﷺ), said: The narrator Sa'd ibn Ubaydah narrated sometimes from the Prophet (ﷺ) and sometimes as a statement of Ubayd (ibn Khalid): The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Sudden death is a wrathful catching.
}}

===Islam will be unpleasant for Muslims (like burning ember/coal in hand)===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2260 (hasan)|
Anas bin Malik narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"There shall come upon the people a time in which the one who is patient upon his religion will be like the one holding onto a burning ember."
}}

Adhering to Islam was already unpleasant for many Muslims during the time of Muhammad and it escalated in 632-633 during the Wars of Apostasy when some Arabs tried to leave Islam, but had it imposed on them once again by the caliph.

===Following Jews and Christians===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|92|422}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "You will follow the ways of those nations who were before you, span by span and cubit by cubit (i.e., inch by inch) so much so that even if they entered a hole of a mastigure, you would follow them." We said, "O Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)! (Do you mean) the Jews and the Christians?" He said, "Whom else?"
}}
Muhammad himself incorporated portions of the Talmud and the gospels in the Quran and his teachings.

===Killing [pointless killing]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which Religious ignorance will spread, knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and '''there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing'''."
}}

The Old Testament hosts many texts about mass killing. For example:
{{Quote|The Bible (AMPC), 1 Samuel 15:3|
Now go and smite Amalek and utterly destroy all they have; do not spare them, but '''kill both man and woman, infant and suckling, ox and sheep, camel and donkey.'''
}}

Muhammad himself engaged in what most would describe as "pointless killing":
{{Quote|Ibn Ishaq: Sirat Rasul Allah, p. 464|
Then they surrendered, and the apostle confined them in Medina in the quarter of d. al-Harith, a woman of B. al-Najjar. Then the apostle went out to the market of Medina (which is still its market today) and dug trenches in it. Then he sent for them and struck off their heads in those trenches as they were brought out to him in batches. Among them was the enemy of Allah Huyayy b. Akhtab and Ka`b b. Asad their chief. There were 600 or 700 in all, though some put the figure as high as 800 or 900.
}}

===Two parties with the same message will fight===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6902}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) many ahadith and one of them was this:

The last Hour will not come until the two parties (of Muslims) confront each other and there is a large-scale massacre amongst them and the claim of both of them is the same.
}}

This prediction was interpreted by Islamic scholars as referring to the Battle of Siffin (year 657). Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Issue between Ali and Aisha===
{{Quote|Fath al Bari 13/59 (sahih) and others|
إنَّهُ سيكونُ بينَكَ وبين عائشةَ أمرٌ قال فأنا أشقاهُم يا رسولَ اللهِ قال لا ولكنْ إذا كان ذلك فاردُدْها إلى مأمنِها

There will be an issue between you and ‘Aisha.” He said, “Me, O Messenger of Allah?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Me?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Then [in that case] I would be the worst of them (all people).” He said, “No, but when this occurs, return her to her safe quarters.”}}

The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_the_Camel Battle of the Camel] happened in 656. The hadith (in Musnad Ahmad) was written in the 9th century.

===Ammar will be killed===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 1, Book 46, Hadith 3800 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "Rejoice, 'Ammar, the transgressing party shall kill you."
}}

He was killed in the 7th century. The collection of Tirmidhi was written in the 9th century.

==="I have been given Persia"===
{{Quote|Al-Nasa'i, Sunan al Kubra 8858|
أنبأ محمد بن عبد الأعلى قال حدثنا معتمر قال سمعت عوفا قال سمعت ميمونا يحدث عن البراء بن عازب قال : لما أمرنا رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم أن يحفر الخندق عرض لنا فيه حجر لا يأخذ فيه المعول فاشتكينا ذلك إلى رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فجاء رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فألقى ثوبه وأخذ المعول وقال بسم الله فضرب ضربة فكسر ثلث الصخرة قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح الشام والله إني لأبصر قصورها الحمر الآن من مكاني هذا قال ثم ضرب أخرى وقال بسم الله وكسر ثلثا آخر وقال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح فارس والله إني لأبصر قصر المدائن الأبيض الآن ثم ضرب ثالثة وقال بسم الله فقطع الحجر قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح اليمن والله إني لأبصر باب صنعاء

Al-Bara said: On the Day of Al-Khandaq (the trench) there stood out a rock too immune for our spades to break up. We therefore went to see God’s Messenger for advice. He took the spade, and said: “In the Name of God” Then he struck it saying: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Ash-Sham (Greater Syria). By God, I can see its red palaces at the moment;” on the second strike he said: “God is Most Great, '''I have been given Persia'''. By God, I can now see the white palace of Madain;” and for the third time he struck the rock saying: “In the Name of God,” shattering the rest of the rock, and he said: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Yemen. By God, I can see the gates of San’a while I am in my place.”
}}

The bloody conquest happened around the year 650. Earliest hadith collection Muwatta Imam Malik (which doesn't contain this hadith) was written around the year 750 and the hadith collection sunan al-Kubra which contains the hadith was written around the year 850. This hadith was written hundreds of years after the event it describes.

Furthermore, Persia was already conquered a thousand years before by Alexander the Great. And at the time of Muhammad Persia was exhausted by wars with Romans which lasted from 54 BC to 628 AD (681 years).

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roman%E2%80%93Persian_Wars Wikipedia: Roman–Persian Wars]

===Conquest of Jerusalem===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, '''the conquest of Jerusalem''', a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

Some suggest that Muhammad predicted "The Muslim conquest of Jerusalem in 1187 AD." <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/en/article/135817/the-signs-of-the-hour</ref>:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(1187) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (1187)]

However, this was the second Islamic conquest of Jerusalem. Muslims first conquered Jerusalem in 636:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(636%E2%80%93637) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (636–637)]

Furthermore, after the conquest, the Hour was expected to come. Both events occurred nearly a thousand years in the past.

This was written by Bukhari two hundred years after the first conquest.

Hadith in Sunan Abu Dawud also stresses the coming of the Last Hour after the conquest of Jerusalem (holy land):
{{Quote|Abu Dawud 14:2529 (sahih)|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Hawalah al-Azdi:

The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) sent us on foot to get spoil, but we returned without getting any. When he saw the signs of distress on our faces, he stood up on our faces and said: O Allah, do not put them under my care, for I would be too weak to care for them; do not put them in care of themselves, for they would be incapable of that, and do not put them in the care of men, for they would choose the best things for themselves. '''He then placed his hand on my head and said: Ibn Hawalah, when you see the caliphate has settled in the holy land, earthquakes, sorrows and serious matters will have drawn near and on that day the Last Hour will be nearer to mankind than this hand of mine is to your head.'''
}}

===Conquest of Egypt===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|5174}}|
Abu Dharr reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

'''You would soon conquer Egypt''' and that is a land which is known (as the land of al-qirat). So when you conquer it, treat its inhabitants well. For there lies upon you the responsibility because of blood-tie or relationship of marriage (with them). And when you see two persons falling into dispute amongst themselves for the space of a brick, than get out of that. He (Abu Dharr) said: I saw Abd al-Rahman b. Shurahbil b. Hasana and his brother Rabi'a disputing with one another for the space of a brick. So I left that (land).
}}
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muslim_conquest_of_Egypt Muslim conquest of Egypt] happened in the 7th century. The hadith collection Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Conquest of Yemen, Syria and Iraq===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3201}}|
Sufyan b. Abu Zuhair heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) say:

'''Yemen will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families on them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''Syria will be conquered''' and some people will go away driving their camels along with them and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''lraq will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority. while Medina is better for them if they were to know it.
}}
All conquests happened in the 7th century. Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.
===Fighting Turks===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|56|787}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till you fight a nation wearing hairy shoes, and till you '''fight the Turks''', who will have small eyes, red faces and flat noses; and their faces will be like flat shields. And you will find that the best people are those who hate responsibility of ruling most of all till they are chosen to be the rulers. And the people are of different natures: The best in the pre-lslamic period are the best in Islam. A time will come when any of you will love to see me rather than to have his family and property doubled."
}}

Some suggest that "Turks" here means "Mongols" and that this thus predicts Gengis Khan. However, The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Kharistan Battle of Kharistan] (737) which happened between the Umayyad caliphate and Turkic Türgesh, could equally fit the description provided here. This seems more plausible, especially as Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

One might also note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

===Leave the Turks as long as they leave you===
This hadith is often referenced as evidence that Muhammad predicted the Ottoman empire, often ignoring the clause about the Abyssinians
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4288}}|
Narrated from Abi Sukainah One of the Companions:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: '''Let the Abyssinians alone as long as they let you alone''', and let the Turks alone as long as they leave you alone.
}}

It is said that the Turks should be left alone because they were strong, and they were strong therefore they would eventually become dominant. This is an evidently generous reading of the hadith.

In other hadith, Muhammad is reported to have predicted that after a few wars, Muslims would exterminate the Turks:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Takhreej Mishkaat al-Masabih 5/110 (hasan) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8F%D9%83%D9%85+%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8C+%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%A7%D8%B1%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%8A%D9%86%D9%90+%D9%8A%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8F%D9%91%D8%B1%D9%83%D9%8E</ref>|
يقاتِلُكم قومٌ صغارُ الأعينِ يعني التُّركَ قالَ تسوقونَهم ثلاثَ مرات حتَّى تُلحِقوهم بجزيرةِ العربِ فأمَّا في السِّاقةِ الأولى فينجو من هربَ منهم فأمَّا في الثَّانيةِ فينجو بعضٌ ويَهلِكُ بعضٌ وأمَّا في الثَّالثةِ فيصطَلِمونَ

People with small eyes, i.e. the Turks, will fight against you, the prophet (ﷺ) said: You will drive them off three times till you catch up with them in Arabia. On the first occasion when you drive them off those who fly will be safe, on the second occasion some will be safe and some will perish, but '''on the third occasion they will be extirpated'''.
}}
===Spoils of war distributed preferentially===
Hadith daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi 2211 (daif)|
إِذَا اتُّخِذَ الْفَىْءُ دُوَلاً

When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially)
}}
Al-Fai mean spoils of war.

===Fearless traveler (security)===
Probably refers to time after the conquest of Iraq in the 7th century:
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/334 (sahih)|
لا تقومُ الساعَةُ حتى تعودَ أرْضُ العربِ مروجًا وأَنْهَارًا وحتى يسيرَ الراكِبُ بينَ العِرَاقِ ومَكَّةَ لَا يَخَافُ إلَّا ضَلَالَ الطريقِ [ وحتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْهَرْجُ قالوا وما الهَرْجُ يا رسولَ اللهِ قال القتلُ ]

The Hour will not come until the land of Arabs becomes meadows and rivers and until '''a rider goes between Iraq and Makka and doesn't fear anything except getting lost''' and until al-harj is widespread. They said: And what is al-Harj O messenger of God? He said: Killing.
}}

===Fat people===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
Narrated `Imran bin Husain:

"Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, 'The best of my followers are those living in my generation (i.e. my contemporaries). and then those who will follow the latter" `Imran added, "I do not remember whether he mentioned two or three generations after his generation, then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and they will vow and never fulfill their vows, and '''fatness will appear among them'''."
}}

After the 7th century Islamic conquests, Muslims became rich and could have a lot of food.

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|59|548}}|
Narrated Ibn `Umar:

We did not eat our fill except after we had conquered Khaibar.
}}

Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Special greeting===
It was interpreted as "greeting only people you know":
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ‏:‏ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ

Before the Hour there is special greeting
}}

It would mean Muslims would disobey Muhammad's command to greet everyone:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|12}}|
Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Amr:

A man asked the Prophet (ﷺ) , "What sort of deeds or (what qualities of) Islam are good?" The Prophet (ﷺ) replied, 'To feed (the poor) and '''greet those whom you know and those whom you do not know'''.
}}

In other hadiths however Muhammad was preventing Muslims from greeting certain people based on their religion:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|26|5389}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

Do not greet the Jews and the Christians before they greet you and when you meet any one of them on the roads force him to go to the narrowest part of it.
}}

===Rejection of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4604 / Book 41, Hadith 4587 / Book 42, Hadith 9|
Narrated Al-Miqdam ibn Ma'dikarib:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Beware! I have been given the Qur'an and something like it, yet the time is coming when a man replete on his couch will say: '''Keep to the Qur'an'''; what you find in it to be permissible treat as permissible, and what you find in it to be prohibited treat as prohibited. Beware! The domestic ass, beasts of prey with fangs, a find belonging to confederate, unless its owner does not want it, are not permissible to you If anyone comes to some people, they must entertain him, but if they do not, he has a right to mulct them to an amount equivalent to his entertainment.
}}

The idea that only the Quran is the word of god and Muhamamad is just a man and therefore he might be wrong existed during Muhammad's life:
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 3646, In-book reference: Book 26, Hadith 6, English translation: Book 25, Hadith 3639|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Amr ibn al-'As:

I used to write everything which I heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). I intended (by it) to memorise it. The Quraysh prohibited me saying: '''Do you write everything that you hear from him while the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) is a human being: he speaks in anger and pleasure?''' So I stopped writing, and mentioned it to the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He signalled with his finger to him mouth and said: Write, by Him in Whose hand my soul lies, only right comes out from it.
}}
===Liars will be trusted and honest people will be regarded as liars===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4036 (hasan)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will come to the people years of treachery, when the liar will be regarded as honest, and the honest man will be regarded as a liar; the traitor will be regarded as faithful, and the faithful man will be regarded as a traitor; and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}

This was already happening according to Islamic sources. Some people trusted Musaylimah.

==="The pen will spread"===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ وَفُشُوُّ التِّجَارَةِ حَتَّى تُعِينَ الْمَرْأَةُ زَوْجَهَا عَلَى التِّجَارَةِ وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ وَفُشُوُّ الْقَلَمِ وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, family ties will be severed, '''the pen will spread''', false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
There is the Pen that Allah created first and which writes the future:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 3319 (sahih)|
“I arrived in Makkah and met Ata bin Abi Rabah. I said: ‘O Abu Muhammad! Some people with us speak about Al-Qadar.’ Ata said: ‘I met Al-Walid bin Ubadah bin As-Samit and he said: “My father narrated to me, he said: ‘I heard the Messenger of Allah saying: “Verily '''the first of what Allah created was the Pen (القلم). He said to it: “Write.” So it wrote what will be forever'''.’”
}}

There is also the Pen that writes deeds:
{{Quote|Bulugh al Maram: Book 8, Hadith 1096|
Narrated 'Aishah (RA):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: "There are three people whose actions are not recorded ( رُفِعَ اَلْقَلَمُ عَنْ ثَلَاثَةٍ, literally "is lifted the pen from three"), a sleeping person till he awakes, a child till he is a grown up, and an insane person till he is restored to reason or recovers his sense." [Reported by Ahmad and al-Arba'a, except at-Tirmidhi. al-Hakim graded it Sahih (authentic)].
}}
{{Quote|al-nasa'i: Vol. 4, Book 26, Hadith 3217 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Salamah:
It was narrated from Abu Salamah that Abu Hurairah said: "I said: 'O Messenger of Allah, I am a young man and I fear hardship for myself, but I cannot afford to marry; should I castrate myself?'" The Prophet turned away from him until he said it three times. Then the Prophet said: "O Abu Hurairah, '''the pen is dried concerning what you are going to face''', so (it is up to you whether) you castrate yourself or not." Abu Abdur-Rahman (An-Nasai) said: Al-Awzai did not hear this narration from Az-Zuhri, and this hadith is sahih, Yunus reported it from Az-Zuhri.
}}

Literacy was increasing before Muhammad was born. Jews and Christians first used oral traditions, but then switched to writing. There was also the ongoing global transitions from oral cultures to written cultures more generally.

Notice also that the prophecy was written by people who were ''writing'' hadiths from oral traditions.

===Family ties will be severed===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, '''family ties will be severed''' (وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ), the pen will spread, false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
Islam teaches that among the first people were brothers Cain and Abel and Cain killed Abel.

There is also hadith where Muhammad encourages people to keep the ties of kinship, which indicates they weren't doing it enough in his time:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 1, Hadith 1979 (hasan)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah said:
"Learn enough about your lineage to facilitate keeping your ties of kinship (تَصِلُونَ بِهِ أَرْحَامَكُمْ). For indeed keeping the ties of kinship encourages affection among the relatives, increases the wealth, and increases the lifespan."
}}

Killing of family members for the sake of Islam was also approved by Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4348}}|Narrated Abdullah Ibn Abbas: A blind man had a slave-mother who used to abuse the Prophet (peace be upon him) and disparage him. He forbade her but she did not stop. He rebuked her but she did not give up her habit. One night she began to slander the Prophet (peace be upon him) and abuse him. So he took a dagger, placed it on her belly, pressed it, and killed her. A child who came between her legs was smeared with the blood that was there. When the morning came, the Prophet (peace be upon him) was informed about it.

He assembled the people and said: I adjure by Allah the man who has done this action and I adjure him by my right to him that he should stand up. Jumping over the necks of the people and trembling the man stood up.

He sat before the Prophet (peace be upon him) and said: Apostle of Allah! I am her master; she used to abuse you and disparage you. I forbade her, but she did not stop, and I rebuked her, but she did not abandon her habit. I have two sons like pearls from her, and she was my companion. Last night she began to abuse and disparage you. So I took a dagger, put it on her belly and pressed it till I killed her.

Thereupon the Prophet (peace be upon him) said: Oh be witness, no retaliation is payable for her blood.}}

===Satellite Communications===
It's a similar prophecy to "family ties will be severed", this hadith is often mistranslated (also the hadith is weak):
{{Quote|Tabrani, al-Muʿjam al-Kabīr 10/228 and Mu'jan al-Awsat 4861 (da'eef)|
“From among the signs of Qiyamah is that people will maintain ties with '''distant relatives and strangers''' (الأطباق) but sever ties with close family.”
}}
The word الأطباق (''al-atbaaq'') is today sometimes translated as "dishes" (although the classical translation (understanding) fits better into the context) and then they interpret the "dishes" as "satellites".

*[https://hadithanswers.com/is-satellite-communication-a-sign-of-qiyamah/ Fatwa against the modern interpretation]

===Automobiles (actually camels with lofty saddles)===
Muhammad forbade riding on ''mayathir'' (مياثر), so mayathir were something already known:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|74|253}}|
..He forbade us to drink from silver utensils, to wear gold rings, '''to ride on silken saddles (ركوب المياثر)''', to wear silk clothes..
}}

There is a prophecy about people riding on mayathir at the end of times:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4 / 436 (hasan)|
سَيَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ هَذِهِ الْأُمَّةِ رِجَالٌ يَرْكَبُونَ عَلَى الْمَيَاثِرِ حَتَّى يَأْتُوا أَبْوَابَ مَسَاجِدِهِمْ

They will mount their mayaathir until they come to the doors of their mosques
}}
Albani explained:
{{Quote|Tafsir by Albani|
the word mayaathir is the plural of meetharah and Ibn al-Athir described it as, “… smooth and soft, made out of silk or a silk brocade [heavy silk] which the rider places beneath him on the saddle on top of the camel.
}}

And a re-iteration of the same prophecy:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 654/11 (hasan)|
يكون في آخر أمتي رجال يركبون على سرج كأشباه الرحال ينزلون على أبواب المساجد نساؤهم كاسيات عاريات

In the last [part] of my nation there will be men who ride on '''saddles that resemble packsaddles''' (سرج كأشباه الرحال). They will alight at the doors of the mosques. Their women are clothed but naked. On their heads are [what appears to be] like the humps of [lean] camels. Curse them for they are cursed. If there were a nation from the nations to come after you, your women would serve them, just as the women of the nations that were before you served you.
}}
Some try to translate سرج كأشباه الرحال as "carriots" or "cars", but:

*سَرْج means "saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle; pigskin; pillion" <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B3%D8%B1%D8%AC/</ref>
*رَحْل means "Either of a pair of a bags laid over the back of a horse - saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle". <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B1%D8%AD%D9%84/</ref>

===Ignorance [of Islamic teachings]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which '''Religious ignorance will spread''', knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing."}}

*In Islam, the period before Muhammad's career is called jahilya (ignorance).
*in context of Islam, when Muhammad says "knowledge" it means "knowledge of Muhamamd's claims and commands" and when Islam says "ignorance" it means "ignorance of Muhammad's claims and commands"
*Muhammad noticed that Jews don't fully follow the law of Moses, so he predicted similar outcomes for Muslims in many instances.

===Learning for something other than Islam===
{{Quote|Al-Shawkani, Nayl al-Awtar 8/262 (hasan li-ghayrihi)|
إذا اتُّخِذَ الفَيْءُ دُوَلًا والأمانةُ مَغْنَمًا والزكاةُ مَغْرَمًا وتُعُلِّمَ لغيرِ الدِّينِ وأطاع الرجلُ امرأتَه وعَقَّ أُمَّه وأَدْنَى صديقَه وأَقْصَى أباه وظَهَرَتِ الأصواتُ في المساجدِ وساد القبيلةَ فاسِقُهُم وكان زعيمُ القومِ أَرْذَلَهم وأُكْرِمَ الرجلُ مَخَافةَ شرِّه وظَهَرَتِ القِيَانُ والمعازفُ وشُرِبَتِ الخُمورُ ولَعَن آخِرُ هذه الأمةِ أولَها فلْيَرْتَقِبُوا عند ذلك رِيحًا حمراءَ وزَلْزَلَةً وخَسْفًا ومَسْخًا وقَذْفًا وآياتٍ تُتَابَعُ كنِظامٍ بالٍ قُطِعَ سِلْكُه فتتابع بعضُه بعضًا

When spoiles of war are distributed; and property given in trust will be considered as booty for oneself; Zakat will be looked upon as a fine; '''learning for other than the religion'''; a man will obey his wife and disobey his mother; a man will bring his friends nearer and drive his father far off; noises will be raised in the masjids; the most wicked of a tribe will become its ruler; the most worthless member of a people will become its leader; a man will be honoured for fear of the evil he may do; singing girls and musical instruments will come into vogue; drinking of wine will become common; and the later generations will begin to curse the previous generations; then wait, for red violent winds, earthquakes, swallowing up by the earth, defacement (of human faces), pelting of stones from the skies as rain, and a continuing chain of disasters followed one by another, like beads of a necklace falling one after the other rapidly when its string is cut.
}}
Secular knowledge for secular purposes was studied before Islam.

===Tall buildings===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||1|1|63}} <ref>https://sunnah.com/urn/1250630</ref>|
وَأَنْ تَرَى الْحُفَاةَ الْعُرَاةَ الْعَالَةَ رِعَاءَ الشَّاءِ يَتَطَاوَلُونَ فِي الْبِنَاءِ

..and when '''you see barefoot, naked, destitute shepherds''' competing in constructing tall buildings
}}The Bible contained a story of the Tower of Babel, Egyptians built pyramids. The desire and ability to construct tall buildings appears to has been common in history.

There were people in the 7th century building buildings that could be considered tall in that time. Ibn Hajar wrote in his famous commentary on Sahih Bukhari:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar: Fatḥ al-Bārī fī Sharḥ Ṣaḥīḥ al-Bukhārī|
يتطاول الناس في البنيان وهي من العلامات التي وقعت عن قرب في زمن النبوة

"The people are [competing in] building tall buildings" - and that's from the signs which '''happened close at the time of the prophethood'''
}}

Muslims could afford building tall buildings after they got rich from early Islamic conquests.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|70|576}}|
Narrated Qais bin Abi Hazim:

We went to pay a visit to Khabbab (who was sick) and he had been branded (cauterized) at seven places in his body. He said, "Our companions who died (during the lifetime of the Prophet) left (this world) without having their rewards reduced through enjoying the pleasures of this life, but '''we have got (so much) wealth that we find no way to spend It except on the construction of buildings''' .Had the Prophet not forbidden us to wish for death, I would have wished for it.' We visited him for the second time while he was building a wall. '''He said: A Muslim is rewarded (in the Hereafter) for whatever he spends except for something that he spends on building'''."
}}

Some add that theses buildings were described as being "as high as mountains", but that hadith is mawqoof (not from Muhammad). It was a saying of ‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr and it was after Muslims became rich from early Islamic conquests, so they could likely imagine themselves building tall in Mecca. Also the hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Musannaf ibn Abi Shaybah, Hadith: 14306 (da'eef or hasan)|
Sayyiduna '''‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr''' (radiyallahu ‘anhuma) is reported to have said: “……When you see tunnels/canals being dug in Makkah Mukarramah and the buildings (of Makkah Mukarramah) higher than the peak of the mountains then know that Qiyamah is close.”
}}

*[https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/247118/%D9%87%D9%84-%D8%AB%D8%A8%D8%AA-%D9%85%D9%86-%D9%83%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85-%D8%B9%D8%A8%D8%AF-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%84%D9%87-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%B1%D9%88-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B9%D8%A7%D8%B5-%D8%A7%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AA%D9%81%D8%A7%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A8%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%A1-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D9%85%D9%83%D8%A9-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9 Fatwa] (Arabic) says that since it's not from Muhammad, it shouldn't even be called a hadith.

===Mosques full of hypocrites===
{{Quote|Ibn Abi Shaybah: Kitab al-Iman 101 (sahih)|
عن عبد اللهِ بنِ عَمرو قال : يأتي على الناس زمانٌ ، يجتمِعون ويُصلُّون في المساجدِ ، وليس فيهم مؤمنٌ

A time will come on people when they get together and pray in mosques and isn't among them a single believer
}}

Praying hypocrites were also mentioned in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 6:5|
“And when you pray, do not be like the hypocrites, for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and on the street corners to be seen by others.
}}

The military nature of Islam's spread may have encouraged this type of hypocrisy:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|30}}|
It is reported on the authority of Abu Huraira that the Messenger of Allah said:

I have been commanded to fight against people so long as they do not declare that there is no god but Allah, and he who professed it was guaranteed the protection of his property and life on my behalf except for the right affairs rest with Allah.
}}
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|260}}|
Narrated `Ikrima:

`Ali burnt some people and this news reached Ibn `Abbas, who said, "Had I been in his place I would not have burnt them, as the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'Don't punish (anybody) with Allah's Punishment.' No doubt, I would have killed them, for the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'If somebody (a Muslim) discards his religion, kill him.' "
}}

===Voices raised in mosques===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2211 (daif)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially), trust is a spoil of war, Zakat is a fine, knowledge is sought for other than the(sake of the) religion, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is close to his friend and far from his father, '''voices are raised in the Masajid''', tribes are led by their wicked, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, singing slave-girls and music spread, intoxicants are drunk, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning- then anticipate a red wind, earthquake, collapsing of the earth, transformation, Qadhf, and the signs follow in succession like gems of a necklace whose string is cut and so they fall in succession."
}}

People were raising voices even in the time of Muhammad in front of him. Muhammad rebuked them in the Quran:
{{Quote|{{Quran|49|2}} (Sahih International)|
O you who have believed, do not raise your voices above the voice of the Prophet or be loud to him in speech like the loudness of some of you to others, lest your deeds become worthless while you perceive not.

}}

===Decoration of mosques===
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|8|690}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Anas that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"One of the portents of the Hour will be that people will show off in building Masjids."
}}

There was a precedent. Christians and Jews were adorning their places of worship:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|2|448}}|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Abbas:

I was not commanded to build high mosques. Ibn Abbas said: You will certainly adorn them '''as the Jews and Christians did'''.
}}

===Markets will approach (taqaarub al-aswaaq)===
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/330 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D8%AA%D8%B8%D9%87%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%81%D8%AA%D9%86+%D9%88%D9%8A%D9%83%D8%AB%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B0%D8%A8+%D9%88%D8%AA%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B3%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%82+%D9%88%D9%8A%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B2%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%86</ref>|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تَظْهَرَ الفِتَنُ ويكثرَ الكذِبُ وتتقارَبَ الأسواقُ ويتقارَبَ الزمانُ ويكثُرَ الهرجُ قلْتُ وما الهرْجُ قال القتْلُ

The Hour won't come till tribulations show up, lies are widespread and '''taqaarub of markets''' and taqaarub of time and harj is widespread. I said: What is al-harj? He said: Killing.
}}
The hadith is vague in its entirety, but the situation on markets expectedly changed after Muslims got rich by the 7th century conquests.

===Breaking the convenant with god makes enemies overpower them===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
... '''They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands.''' Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Leviticus 26:14-17|
Punishment for Disobedience

“‘But if you will not listen to me and carry out all these commands, and if you reject my decrees and abhor my laws and fail to carry out all my commands and so violate my covenant, then I will do this to you: I will bring on you sudden terror, wasting diseases and fever that will destroy your sight and sap your strength. You will plant seed in vain, because your enemies will eat it. I will set my face against you so that you will be defeated by your enemies; those who hate you will rule over you, and you will flee even when no one is pursuing you.
}}

===A man passes by a grave and wants to be dead too===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
وَحَتَّى يَمُرَّ الرَّجُلُ بِقَبْرِ الرَّجُلِ فَيَقُولُ يَا لَيْتَنِي مَكَانَهُ

... till a man when passing by a grave of someone will say, 'Would that I were in his place...
}}

The Old Testament mentions this:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Jonah 4:3|
"Therefore now, O LORD, please take my life from me, for death is better to me than life."
}}

===People will treat a man with respect because they fear the evil he could do===
The hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, '''the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of''', intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

Intimidation with violence was already used before Islam. It was also used by Muhammad.

===The leader of a people will be the worst of them===
This hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, '''the leader of the people is the most despicable among them''', the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

This happened during the time of Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abu Dawud||2155|darussalam}}| Abu Said al-Khudri said: "The apostle of Allah sent a military expedition to Awtas on the occasion of the battle of Hunain. They met their enemy and fought with them. They defeated them and took them captives. Some of the Companions of the apostle of Allah were reluctant to have intercourse with the female captives because of their pagan husbands. So Allah, the Exalted, sent down the Quranic verse, "And all married women (are forbidden) unto you save those (captives) whom your right hands possess". That is to say, they are lawful for them when they complete their waiting period." [The Quran verse is 4:24]}}

The men were morally reluctant to rape married women, but their leader (Muhammad) permitted them to go ahead.

==Predictions of the future (after the hadiths)==
In this category are hadiths that don't talk about what already happened before the prophecies were written.

==="Opposites"===
These don't seem to be predictions, but rather statements that the opposite of what was considered granted at that time will happen. For example mountains were considered solid (not moving), so a prophecy says that mountains will be moving. Rather then explaining the fulfillment of these prophecies, this common denominator suggests how the predictions were generated.

====Mountains will move====
This hadith is da'eef (Ufayr bin Ma'daan is in the chain):
{{Quote|Mu'jam at-Tabaraani vol 7, n. 6857|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تزولَ الجبالُ عن أماكِنِها وتَرَوْنَ الأمورَ العظامَ التي لم تَكُونوا تَرَوْنَها

The Hour will not begin until the '''mountains are moved from their places''' and you see great calamities which you have never seen before.
}}
====Non-speaking objects will start speaking====
{{Quote|Jami' al-Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2181 (sahih)|
Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri narrated that the Messenger of Allah (s.a.w) said:
"By the One in Whose Hand is my soul! The Hour will not be established until predators speak to people and until the tip of a man's whip and the straps on his sandal speak to him, and his thigh informs him of what occurred with his family after him."
}}

Though this hadith is often metaphorisized to refer to modern technology (mobile phones), the original wording of the hadith appears to be rather literal in its intention.

The Old Testament already has a story about a talking serpent:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 3:1|
Now '''the serpent''' was more crafty than any of the wild animals the Lord God had made. '''He said''' to the woman, “Did God really say, ‘You must not eat from any tree in the garden’?”
}}

And for Muhammad (unlike for most people), talking objects wouldn't even be much miraculous, since he was hearing voices regularly. For example he heard a stone saluting him:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====The land of Arabia reverts to meadows and rivers====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|5|2208}}|
وَحَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ، - وَهُوَ ابْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْقَارِيُّ - عَنْ سُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ ‏ "‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْمَالُ وَيَفِيضَ حَتَّى يَخْرُجَ الرَّجُلُ بِزَكَاةِ مَالِهِ فَلاَ يَجِدُ أَحَدًا يَقْبَلُهَا مِنْهُ وَحَتَّى تَعُودَ أَرْضُ الْعَرَبِ مُرُوجًا وَأَنْهَارًا ‏"‏ ‏.‏

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) as saying:

The Last Hour will not come before wealth becomes abundant and overflowing, so much so that a man takes Zakat out of his property and cannot find anyone to accept it from him and '''till the land of Arabia reverts (تعود) to meadows and rivers.'''
}}

The word تعود (''ta'ooda'') can mean both "become" and "revert".
{{Quote|مرقاة المفاتيح شرح مشكاة المصابيح|
وحتى تعود أرض العرب أي: تصير أو ترجع

"And until ''ta'ooda'' the land of Arabs" - meaning "becomes" or "reverts"
}}

====Much rain, but little vegetation====
{{Quote|Shuaib Al Arna'ut, Takhreej al-Musnad 12429 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%B3+%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1%D8%A7+%D8%B9%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7+%D8%8C+%D9%88+%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%86%D8%A8%D8%AA+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B1%D8%B6+%D8%B4%D9%8A%D8%A6%D8%A7</ref>|
لا تَقومُ السَّاعةُ حتى يُمطَرَ النَّاسُ مَطرًا عامًّا، ولا تُنبِتَ الأرضُ شيئًا.

The Hour would not come until there is too much rain, but the earth does not produce crops
}}
===Other Predictions About the Future===
====Coming of Muhammad and the Hour are close like the forefinger and middle finger joined together====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7049}}|
Anas reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

I and the Last Hour have been sent like this and (he while doing it) joined the forefinger with the middle finger.
}}

====A 7th century boy won't grow very old before the Hour comes====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7052}}|
وَحَدَّثَنِي حَجَّاجُ بْنُ الشَّاعِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، - يَعْنِي ابْنَ زَيْدٍ - حَدَّثَنَا مَعْبَدُ بْنُ هِلاَلٍ الْعَنَزِيُّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَجُلاً، سَأَلَ النَّبِيَّ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ مَتَى تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ قَالَ فَسَكَتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم هُنَيْهَةً ثُمَّ نَظَرَ إِلَى غُلاَمٍ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ مِنْ أَزْدِ شَنُوءَةَ فَقَالَ ‏ "‏ إِنْ عُمِّرَ هَذَا لَمْ يُدْرِكْهُ الْهَرَمُ حَتَّى تَقُومَ السَّاعَةُ ‏"‏ ‏.‏ قَالَ قَالَ أَنَسٌ ذَاكَ الْغُلاَمُ مِنْ أَتْرَابِي يَوْمَئِذٍ ‏.‏

Anas b. Malik reported that a person asked Allah's Apostle (ﷺ):

When would the Last Hour come? Thereupon Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) kept quiet for a while. Then looked at a young boy in his presence belonging to the tribe of Azd Shanu'a and he said: If this boy lives he would not grow very old till the Last Hour would come ''to you''. Anas said that this young boy was of our age during those days.
}}
The "to you" was added by the translators to indicate that it is the last hour (death) of the people who asked, however this qualification is entirely absent in the Arabic text.

====The Hour will come before a 7th century slave becomes old====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|73|188}}|
...In the meantime, a slave of Al-Mughira passed by, and he was of the same age as I was. The Prophet (ﷺ) said. "If this (slave) should live long, he will not reach the geriatric old age, but the Hour will be established."
}}

====Nothing will live one hundred years from now====
The "tonight" in ''italic'' was added by translators to accommodate the later re-interpretation:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|116}}|
أَرَأَيْتَكُمْ لَيْلَتَكُمْ هَذِهِ، فَإِنَّ رَأْسَ مِائَةِ سَنَةٍ مِنْهَا لاَ يَبْقَى مِمَّنْ هُوَ عَلَى ظَهْرِ الأَرْضِ أَحَدٌ

Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

Once the Prophet (ﷺ) led us in the `Isha' prayer during the last days of his life and after finishing it (the prayer) (with Taslim) he said: "Do you realize (the importance of) this night?" Nobody present on the surface of the earth ''tonight'' will be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night."
}}

When the prophecy failed 100 years later, Muslims re-interpreted it:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|10|575}}|
Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

The Prophet (ﷺ) prayed one of the `Isha' prayer in his last days and after finishing it with Taslim, he stood up and said, "Do you realize (the importance of) this night? Nobody present on the surface of the earth tonight would be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night." '''The people made a mistake in grasping the meaning of this statement of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and they indulged in those things which are said about these narrators (i.e. some said that the Day of Resurrection will be established after 100 years etc.)''' But the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Nobody present on the surface of earth tonight would be living after the completion of 100 years from this night"; he meant "When that century (people of that century) would pass away."
}}

====If 10 scholars of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|39|6711}} (Muhsin Khan translation)|
لَوْ تَابَعَنِي عَشْرَةٌ مِنَ الْيَهُودِ لَمْ يَبْقَ عَلَى ظَهْرِهَا يَهُودِيٌّ إِلاَّ أَسْلَمَ

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

If ten ''scholars'' of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth who would not embrace Islam.
}}

The Arabic original doesn't say "ten Jewish scholars", but only "ten Jews" (عشرة من اليهود).

====30 false prophets before the Hour====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6988}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until there would arise about thirty impostors, liars, and each one of them would claim that he is a messenger of Allah.
}}
In his time there were other prophets like Saf ibn Sayyad and Maslamah bin Ḥabīb (called by Muslims "Musaylimah al-Kadhdhāb" (Musaylama the Liar)), Al-Aswad Al-Ansi and Tulayha.

False prophets were also already predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 24:10-11|
At that time many will turn away from the faith and will betray and hate each other, and many '''false prophets will appear and deceive many people'''.
}}

====Rising of the Sun from its setting place====
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4297}}|
We were sitting in the shade of the chamber of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) discussing (something) and when we mentioned the last hour, our voices rose high. The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: The last hour will not come or happen until there appear ten signs before it : '''the rising of the sun in its place of setting''', the coming forth of the beast, the coming forth of Gog and Magog, the Dajjal (Antichrist), (the descent of) Jesus son of Mary, the smoke, and three collapses of the earth: one in the west, one in the east, and one in the Arabian Peninsula. The last of that will be the emergence of a fire from Yemen, from the lowest part of Aden, and drive mankind to their place of assembly.
}}
This seems to suggest that the sun revolves about the Earth and can reverse direction

There is also a related verse in the Quran:{{Quote|{{Quran|6|158}}|
Do they [then] wait for anything except that the angels should come to them or your Lord should come or that there come some of the signs of your Lord? The Day that '''some of the signs of your Lord will come no soul will benefit from its faith as long as it had not believed before''' or had earned through its faith some good. Say, "Wait. Indeed, we [also] are waiting."
}}
Tafsir:
{{Quote|Tafsir Al-Jalalayn on 6:158|
"On the day that one of your Lord’s signs comes" — and this is the rising of the sun from the west as reported in the hadīth of the two Sahīhs of Bukhārī and Muslim — it shall not benefit a soul to believe if it had not believed theretofore
}}
The hadith:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|6|60|159}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established until the sun rises from the West: and when the people see it, then whoever will be living on the surface of the earth will have faith, and that is (the time) when no good will it do to a soul to believe then, if it believed not before." (6.158)
}}

Another hadith says that right after the rising, a beast will appear in the forenoon:{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4310 (sahih)|
Abu zur’ah said:
A group of people came to Marwan in Medina, and they heard him say that the first of the signs to appear would be the coming forth of the Dajjal (Antichirst). He said: I then went to Abd Allah b. ‘Amr and mentioned it to him. He did not say anything(reliable). I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: '''The first of the signs to appear will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting and the coming forth of the beast against mankind in the forenoon.''' Whichever of them comes first will soon be followed by the other. ’Abd Allah who used to read the scriptures (Torah, Gospel) said: I think the first of them will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting.
}}

{{Quote|Ibn Majah 4069 (sahih)|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The first signs to appear will be at '''the rising of the sun from the west and the emergence of the Beast to the people, at forenoon'''.’” 'Abdullah said: "Whichever of them appears first, the other will come soon after." 'Abdullah said: "I do not think it will be anything other than the sun rising from the west."
}}

Some today proffer metaphorical interpretation that the "rising of the Sun from the west" refers to the rise of the Western civilization, though this would leave the segment regarding the beast unexplained.

The Quran seems to affirm the possibility that God could make the Sun "rise from the West":
{{Quote|{{Quran|2|258}}|
Have you not considered the one who argued with Abraham about his Lord [merely] because Allah had given him kingship? When Abraham said, "My Lord is the one who gives life and causes death," he said, "I give life and cause death." Abraham said, "Indeed, '''Allah brings up the sun from the east''', so bring it up from the west." So the disbeliever was overwhelmed [by astonishment], and Allah does not guide the wrongdoing people.
}}

See also Dhul-Qarnayn's story in the Quran, where this possibility is further confirmed, as the Sun is described to set in a muddy spring at the "farthest part" of the world":

*[[Category:Dhul-Qarnayn|Dhul-Qarnayn]]

====Stones and trees say to Muslims: "here is a Jew behind me; come and kill him"====
{{Quote|Book 41, Hadith 6985 aka Book 54, Hadith 105 or Sahih Muslim 2922|
The last hour would not come unless the Muslims will fight against the Jews and the Muslims would kill them until the Jews would hide themselves behind a stone or a tree and '''a stone or a tree would say: Muslim, or the servant of Allah, there is a Jew behind me; come and kill him'''; but the tree Gharqad would not say, for it is the tree of the Jews.
}}

Muhammad used to hear other voices as well:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====Time will pass more quickly (taqaarub az-zamaan)====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 10560|
لا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَتَقَارَبَ الزَّمَانُ ، فَتَكُونَ السَّنَةُ كَالشَّهْرِ ، وَيَكُونَ الشَّهْرُ كَالْجُمُعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ الْجُمُعَةُ كَالْيَوْمِ ، وَيَكُونَ الْيَوْمُ كَالسَّاعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ السَّاعَةُ كَاحْتِرَاقِ السَّعَفَةِ

The Hour will not begin until time passes quickly, so a year will be like a month, and a month will be like a week, and a week will be like a day, and a day will be like an hour, and an hour will be like the burning of a braid of palm leaves.
}}

Islamic scholars have interpreted this variously, without any agreement as to the possible meaning:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/34618/one-of-the-signs-of-the-hour-is-that-time-will-pass-more-quickly islamqa.info: One of the signs of the Hour is that time will pass more quickly]|
The scholars differed concerning the meaning of the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing more quickly). '''There are many views''', the strongest of which is:

That the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing quickly) may be interpreted literally or metaphorically.
}}

====A man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|233}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick."
}}

[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Qahtan_(tribe) Qahtan] still exists, but the prophecy remains unfulfilled. <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/418273/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9%D8%8C-%D9%88%D8%B2%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A5%D8%BA%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%82-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A8-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%88%D8%A8%D8%A9</ref>

====A man called Jahjah will occupy the throne====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Book 41, Hadith 6955|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The day and the night would not come to an end before a man called al-Jahjah would occupy the throne.
}}

*[https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/118597/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%8A-%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%86 Fatwa] (AR) puts this prophecy among non-fulfilled prophecies

====Conquest of Constantinopole without fighting and the Hour come together====
This hadith is considered da'eef by Albani (but sahih by Dhahabi):
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 14:331|
لتفتحن القسطنطينية، فلنعم الأمير أميرها، ولنعم الجيش ذلك الجيش

Verily you shall conquer Constantinople. What a wonderful leader will her
leader be, and what a wonderful army will that army be!
}}

One should note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

Another hadith adds that the Hour was expected to come with this conquest:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2239|
Anas bin Malik said:
"Constantinople will be conquered with the coming of the Hour."
}}

The coming of the Dajjal was expected right after the conquest:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

Another hadith mentions Romans attacking Dabiq before the conquest of Constantinople. The mention of swords makes it hard to re-interpret as a prophecy about another conquest of Constantinople in the future:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6924}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until '''the Romans would land at al-A'maq or in Dabiq'''. An army consisting of the best (soldiers) of the people of the earth at that time will come from Medina (to counteract them). When they will arrange themselves in ranks, the Romans would say: Do not stand between us and those (Muslims) who took prisoners from amongst us. Let us fight with them; and the Muslims would say: Nay, by Allah, we would never get aside from you and from our brethren that you may fight them. They will then fight and a third (part) of the army would run away, whom Allah will never forgive. A third (part of the army) which would be constituted of excellent martyrs in Allah's eye, would be killed and the third who would never be put to trial would win and they would be conquerors of Constantinople. And as they would be busy in distributing the spoils of war (amongst themselves) after hanging their '''swords''' by the olive trees, the Satan would cry: '''The Dajjal''' has taken your place among your family. They would then come out, but it would be of no avail. And when they would come to Syria, he would come out while they would be still preparing themselves for battle drawing up the ranks. Certainly, the time of prayer shall come and then Jesus (peace be upon him) son of Mary would descend and would lead them. When the enemy of Allah would see him, it would (disappear) just as the salt dissolves itself in water and if he (Jesus) were not to confront them at all, even then it would dissolve completely, but Allah would kill them by his hand and he would show them their blood on his lance (the lance of Jesus Christ).
}}

Also:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

The conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6979}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) saying:

You have heard about a city, one side of which is on land and the other is in the sea ('''Constantinople'''). They said: Allah's Messenger, yes. Thereupon he said: The Last Hour would not come unless seventy thousand persons from Bani lshaq would attack it. When they would land there, '''they will neither fight with weapons nor would shower arrows but would only say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," ''' and one side of it would fall. Thaur (one of the narrators) said: I think that he said: The part by the side of the ocean. Then they would say for the second time: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest" and the second side would also fall, and they would say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," and the gates would be opened for them and they would enter therein and, they would be collecting spoils of war and distributing them amongst themselves when a noise would be heard saying: Verily, Dajjal has come. And thus they would leave everything there and go back.
}}

Constantinople was [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fall_of_Constantinople conquered in 1453] by fighting, the Dajjal didn't appear and the city was renamed to Istanbul, so literally Constantinople no longer exists.

====Conquest of Rome====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6930}}|
Nafi' b. Utba reported:

We were with Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) in an expedition that there came a people to Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) from the direction of the west. They were dressed in woollen clothes and they stood near a hillock and they met him as Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) was sitting. I said to myself: Better go to them and stand between him and them that they may not attack him. Then I thought that perhaps there had been going on secret negotiation amongst them. I however, went to them and stood between them and him and I remember four of the words (on that occasion) which I repeat (on the fingers of my hand) that he (Allah's Messenger) said: You will attack Arabia and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack Persia and He would make you to conquer it. '''Then you would attack Rome and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack the Dajjal and Allah will enable you to conquer him. Nafi' said: Jabir, we thought that the Dajjal would appear after Rome (Syrian territory) would be conquered.'''
}}

The Roman empire seized to exist before it could be altogether conquered, though if one counts here the partial conquest of some of Rome's (Byzantine's) territories, then the question remains as to why the Dajjal failed to appear.

====Byzantines will make truce with Muslims, betray them and attack them====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, '''and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.'''
}}
The prophecy is considered unfulfilled:
{{Quote|[https://www.islamweb.net/en/fatwa/83460/hadith-about-the-romans-attacking-us-under-eighty-flags Hadith about the Romans attacking us under eighty flags]|
Imam Ibn al-Muneer said: 'Till this time the incident of gathering and attacking Rome in this huge number of soldiers has not happened yet. This matter has not taken place yet.
}}

====Conquest of India and the second coming of Jesus come together====
Also known as [[Ghazwa-e-hind|ghazwa-e-hind]].
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|25|3177}} (hasan) from The Book of Jihad, chapter "Invading India"|
It was narrated that Thawban, the freed slave of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), said:
"The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: 'There are two groups of my Ummah whom Allah will free from the Fire: The group that invades India (تَغْزُو الْهِنْدَ, ''taghzoo al-hind''), and the group that will be with Isa bin Maryam, peace be upon him.'"
}}

Early conquests of India happened in the 7th century (for example [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Rasil Battle of Rasil]), while author of the hadith collection [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Al-Nasa%27i al-Nasa'i] lived in the 9th century.

The conquest of India is linked to the second coming of Jesus (Isa). In other (although weak) hadiths it's even more explicit:
{{Quote|Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, al-Fitan, p. 409 (daeef)|
The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) said – and he mentioned India – then he said: “An army of yours will invade India and Allah will grant its conquest to them, until they bring their kings in chains, and Allah will forgive them their sins. Then they will return and when they return, they will find the son of Maryam in ash-Shaam (Syria).” Abu Hurayrah said: If I live to see that campaign, I will sell everything I possess and join the campaign. Then if Allah grants us victory and we return, then I will be Abu Hurayrah the freed (protected from Hellfire). And when we return to Syria we will find there ‘Eesa ibn Maryam. Then I shall make sure that I draw close to him and tell him that I accompanied you, O Messenger of Allah. The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) smiled and said: “Unlikely, unlikely.” [very difficult?]
}}

However, the second coming did not follow either these events:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/145636/hadith-about-the-conquest-of-india islamqa.info: Hadith about the conquest of India]|
What is mentioned in the hadith of Abu Hurayrah (may Allah have mercy on him), which was narrated by Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, about '''the conquest of India has not happened up till now''', but it will happen when ‘Eesaa ibn Maryam (peace be upon him) descends, if the hadith that says that is saheeh.
}}

====No more Khosrau and Caesar====
In Muhammad's time, the ruler of Persia was called Khosrau and the ruler of the Byzantine empire Caesar.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|267}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Khosrau will be ruined, and there will be no Khosrau after him, and Caesar will surely be ruined and there will be no Caesar after him, and you will spend their treasures in Allah's Cause." He called, "War is deceit'.
}}
There are many examples of this prophecy failing for both [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khosrow Kusrau] and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caesar_(title) Caesar]. For example:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Shah Khusrau Shah] was the king of the Justanids in the 10th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Khan Khusrau Khan] was the Sultan of Delhi in the 14th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Doukas_(Caesar) John Doukas] was a Caesar of the Byzantine empire in the 11th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mehmed_the_Conqueror Mehmed the Conqueror] - a 15h century Muslim conqueror, also called himself Caesar

The prophecy is probably referring to the 7th century Islamic conquests. The prediction in Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

====Nations will soon call each other to attack Muslims====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 4297, In-book reference: Book 39, Hadith 7, English translation: Book 38, Hadith 4284|
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The people will soon summon one another to attack you as people when eating invite others to share their dish. Someone asked: Will that be because of our small numbers at that time? He replied: No, you will be numerous at that time: but you will be scum and rubbish like that carried down by a torrent, and Allah will take fear of you from the breasts of your enemy and last enervation into your hearts. Someone asked: What is wahn (enervation). Messenger of Allah (ﷺ): He replied: Love of the world and dislike of death.
}}

One might note that soon after this statement is alleged to have been stated by the prophet, the Muslims would conquer vast lands - the Muslim empire would only come to a grinding halt some 1300 years later.

====Romans would form a majority amongst people====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6296}}|
Mustaurid Qurashi reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The Last Hour would come when the Romans would form a majority amongst people'''. This reached 'Amr b. al-'As and he said: What are these ahadith which are being transmitted from you and which you claim to have heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)? Mustaurid said to him: I stated only that which I heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). Thereupon 'Amr said: If you state this (it is true), for they have the power of tolerance amongst people at the time of turmoil and restore themselves to sanity after trouble, and are good amongst people so far as the destitute and the weak are concerned.
}}

The Roman empire dissolved without the realization of this prophecy.

====Western people will triumphally follow the truth until the Hour====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 20:4722|
It has been narrated by Sa'd b. Abu Waqqas that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:

The people of the West will continue to triumphantly follow the truth until the Hour is established.
}}

====Twelve caliphs====
Shi'ite Imamology rests heavily upon this hadith, though has been continuously troubled by it (as have been Sunni scholars), as there appears to be no clear group of "twelve Caliphs" to have appeared in history:{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4480}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Jabir b. Samura who said:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: Islam will continue to be triumphant until there have been '''twelve Caliphs'''. Then the Prophet (ﷺ) said something which I could not understand. I asked my father: What did he say? He said: He has said that all of them (twelve Caliphs) will be from the Quraish.
}}
{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4483}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Amir b. Sa'd b. Abu Waqqas who said:

I wrote (a letter) to Jabir b. Samura and sent it to him through my servant Nafi', asking him to inform me of something he had heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He wrote to me (in reply): I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say on Friday evening, the day on which al-Aslami was stoned to death (for committing adultery): '''The Islamic religion will continue until the Hour has been established, or you have been ruled over by twelve Caliphs, all of them being from the Quraish'''. also heard him say: A small force of the Muslims will capture the white palace, the police of the Persian Emperor or his descendants. I also heard him say: Before the Day of Judgment there will appear (a number of) impostors. You are to guard against them. I also heard him say: When God grants wealth to any one of you, he should first spend it on himself and his family (and then give it in charity to the poor). I heard him (also) say: I will be your forerunner at the Cistern (expecting your arrival).
}}

Commentaries by (Sunni) Islamic scholars:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Fathul-Bari, vol. 13, p.211|
لم ألق أحدا يقطع في هذا الحديث يعني بشيء معين

I have not met anyone who could be certain about the meaning of this hadith!
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Jouzi, Kashful-Majhool, vol.1 p.449|
هذا الحديث قد أطلت البحث عنه، وتطلّبت مظانّه، وسألت عنه، فما رأيت أحدا وقع على المقصود به

I have researched for long to understand this hadith and referred to many references and made much enquiries about it, yet I did not meet anyone who could understand it.
}}

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_caliphs Wikipedia: List of Caliphs]

====Rain which will destroy all dwellings except tents====
This hadith is sahih:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 7554 (sahih)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا أبو كامل وعفان قالا ثنا حماد عن سهيل قال عفان في حديثه قال أنا سهيل بن أبي صالح عن أبيه عن أبي هريرة قال قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم : لا تقوم الساعة حتى يمطر الناس مطرا لا تكن منه بيوت المدر ولا تكن منه الا بيوت الشعر
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده صحيح على شرط مسلم

The Hour will not come until there has been rain which
will destroy all dwellings except tents
}}
====Not living according to the sharia causes infighting between Muslims====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. '''Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”'''
}}

In fact, it is rather Muslim's disagreement as to what constitutes the Sharia (as a result of their trying to implement it) that results in inter-Muslim conflict. One can imagine that had Islam separated church and state, many such conflicts would have been avoided.

====12 thousand from Aden Abyan will make Islam victorious====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 5/33 (sahih)|
يخرجُ من عدنِ أَبْيَنَ اثنا عشرَ ألفًا ينصرونَ اللهَ ورسولَهُ هم خيرُ مَن بيني وبينهم

Out of Aden-Abyan will come 12000, giving victory to the (religion of) Allah and His Messenger. They are the best between me and them.
}}

====Group of Muslims will remain victorious until Allah's order====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|92|414}}|
Narrated Al-Mughira bin Shu`ba:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "A group of my follower swill remain predominant (victorious) till Allah's Order (the Hour) comes upon them while they are still predominant (victorious).
}}

====Periods of fitnah====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4242 (sahih)|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Umar:

When we were sitting with the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), he talked about periods of trial (fitnahs), mentioning many of them.

When he mentioned the one when people should stay in their houses, some asked him: Messenger of Allah, what is the trial (fitnah) of staying at home?

He replied: It will be flight and plunder. Then will come a test which is pleasant. Its murkiness is due to the fact that it is produced by a man from the people of my house, who will assert that he belongs to me, whereas he does not, for my friends are only the God-fearing. Then the people will unite under a man who will be like a hip-bone on a rib. Then there will be the little black trial which will leave none of this community without giving him a slap, and when people say that it is finished, it will be extended. During it a man will be a believer in the morning and an infidel in the evening, so that the people will be in two camps: the camp of faith which will contain no hypocrisy, and the camp of hypocrisy which will contain no faith. When that happens, expect the Antichrist (Dajjal) that day or the next.
}}

====Inheritance is not distributed====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of '''inheritance are not distributed''' and there is no rejoicing over spoils of war...
}}
====People don't rejoice over spoils of war====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of inheritance are not distributed and '''there is no rejoicing over spoils of war'''...
}}

====Muslims will soon flee to mountains from persecution====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|19}}|
عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُوشِكُ أَنْ يَكُونَ خَيْرَ مَالِ الْمُسْلِمِ غَنَمٌ يَتْبَعُ بِهَا شَعَفَ الْجِبَالِ وَمَوَاقِعَ الْقَطْرِ يَفِرُّ بِدِينِهِ مِنْ الْفِتَنِ

“Soon the best property of a Muslim will be a flock of sheep he takes to the top of a mountain, or in the valleys of rainfall, fleeing with his religion from tribulations.”
}}

====All believers will go to Syria====
{{Quote|Al-Mustadrak alaa al-Sahihain 8461 (sahih)|
يأتي على الناس زمان لا يبقى فيه مؤمن إلا لحق بالشام

A time will come to people when no believer remains except that he came over to As-Sham
}}

====Extinction of the Quraysh tribe====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 16/186 (sahih)|
أسرعُ قبائلِ العربِ فناءً قريشٌ ويوشكُ أن تمرَّ المرأةُ بالنعلِ فتقول إن هذا نعلُ قرشيُّ

The fastest Arab tribe in extinction is Quraysh. Soon a woman will pass by a sandal, then she will say that this is a sandal of a Qurashi.
}}

====Arabs will be exterminated and go to hell====
Hadith da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 3967 (da'eef) and others|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will be a tribulation which will utterly destroy the Arabs, and those who are slain will be in Hell. At that time the tongue will be worse than a blow of the sword.”
}}

====Last of the ummah will curse the first====
Fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 263 (mawdu)|
It was narrated that Jabir said:
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'When the last people of this Ummah curse the first, (at that time) whoever conceals a Hadith will be concealing what Allah has revealed.'" (Maudu')
}}

====Pilgrimage to Makka will be abandoned====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|26|663}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said "The people will continue performing the Hajj and `Umra to the Ka`ba even after the appearance of Gog and Magog." Narrated Shu`ba extra: The Hour (Day of Judgment) will not be established till the Hajj (to the Ka`ba) is abandoned.
}}

====Disappearance of faith====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|274}}, chapter The Disappearance of Faith at the End of Time|
It is narrated on the authority of Anas that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:

"The Hour (Resurrection) will not occur as long as anyone says: 'Allah, Allah.'"
}}

This one appears to be increasingly likely.

====Islam will be widespread====
Although Muhammad predicted that Islam will disappear, he also predicted that Islam will succeed:
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 16509 (sahih)|
Tamim al-Dari reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “This matter will certainly reach every place touched by the night and day. Allah will not leave a house or residence but that Allah will cause this religion to enter it, by which the honorable will be honored and the disgraceful will be disgraced. Allah will honor the honorable with Islam and he will disgrace the disgraceful with unbelief.”
}}
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2176 (sahih)|
"Indeed Allah gathered the earth for me so that I saw its east and its west. And surely my Ummah's authority shall reach over all that was shown to me of it.
}}

Muhammad's predictions about the future of the Muslim ummah appear to have ranged non-existence and annihilation to complete domination, perhaps based on his feelings at various times. Given this full spectrum of possibility, however, it is difficult to maintain that there is any substance to these predictions.

====The Quran will disappear overnight====
{{Quote|Sunan al-Dārimī 3343 (hasan)|
عَنْ زِرٍّ عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ رضي الله عنه قَالَ لَيُسْرَيَنَّ عَلَى الْقُرْآنِ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ فَلَا يُتْرَكُ آيَةٌ فِي مُصْحَفٍ وَلَا فِي قَلْبِ أَحَدٍ إِلَّا رُفِعَتْ

The Quran will vanish in one night. No verse in the scripture or in the heart of anyone will be left behind.
}}

====Islam will wear out====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Majah 3289 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%8C+%D9%83%D9%85%D8%A7+%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D9%88%D8%B4%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AB%D9%88%D8%A8</ref>|
يدرُسُ الإسلامُ كما يدرُسُ وَشيُ الثَّوبِ حتَّى لا يُدرَى ما صيامٌ، ولا صلاةٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدَقةٌ، ولَيُسرى على كتابِ اللَّهِ عزَّ وجلَّ في ليلَةٍ، فلا يبقى في الأرضِ منهُ آيةٌ، وتبقَى طوائفُ منَ النَّاسِ الشَّيخُ الكبيرُ والعجوزُ، يقولونَ: أدرَكْنا آباءَنا على هذِهِ الكلمةِ، لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، فنحنُ نقولُها فقالَ لَهُ صِلةُ: ما تُغني عنهم: لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، وَهُم لا يَدرونَ ما صلاةٌ، ولا صيامٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدقةٌ؟ فأعرضَ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ ردَّها علَيهِ ثلاثًا، كلَّ ذلِكَ يعرضُ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ أقبلَ علَيهِ في الثَّالثةِ، فقالَ: يا صِلةُ، تُنجيهِم منَ النَّار ثلاثًا

“Islam will wear out as embroidery on a garment wears out, until no one will know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are. The Book of Allah will be taken away at night, and not one Verse of it will be left on earth. And there will be some people left, old men and old women, who will say: “We saw our fathers saying these words: ‘La ilaha illallah’ so we say them too.” Silah said to him: “What good will (saying): La ilaha illallah do them, when they do not know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are?” Hudhaifah turned away from his. He repeated his question three times, and Hudhaifah turned away from him each time. Then he turned to him on the third time and said: “O Silah! It will save them from Hell,” three times.
}}

====Islam will end up like a snake crawling back into its hole====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|271}}|
It is narrated on the authority of Ibn 'Umar ('Abdullah b. 'Umar) that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) observed:

Verily Islam started as something strange and it would again revert (to its old position) of being strange just as it started, and it would recede between the two mosques just as the serpent crawls back into its hole.
}}

In other hadith, Muhammad described belief in Islam as a snake:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|30|100}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "Verily, Belief returns and goes back to Medina as a snake returns and goes back to its hole (when in danger).
}}

====Countries colonized by Muslims will stop paying them and Muslims will be poor again====
The hadith is in the chapter called "Making Endowments Of The Lands Of As-Sawad, And The Lands That Were Conquered By Force":
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/abudawud/20 Sunan Abi Dawud 3035 / In-book reference: Book 20, Hadith 108 / English translation: Book 19, Hadith 3029]|
Abu Hurairah reported the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) as saying “Iraq will prevent its measure (qafiz) and dirham. Syria will prevent its measure (mudi) and dinar. Egypt will prevent its measure (irdabb) and dinar. Then you will return to the position where you started. Zuhair said this three times. The flesh and blood of Abu Hurairah witnessed it.
}}

====Buttocks of women of Daus are moving around the Yemenite Kaba====

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|232}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till '''the buttocks of the women of the tribe of Daus move while going round Dhi-al-Khalasa'''." Dhi-al-Khalasa was the idol of the Daus tribe which they used to worship in the Pre Islamic Period of ignorance.
}}

It was interpreted metaphorically as a rise of polytheism because the idol was destroyed and the people were killed before it came true :
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6052}}|
Jabir reported that there was in pre-Islamic days a temple called '''Dhu'l- Khalasah and it was called the Yamanite Ka'ba''' or the northern Ka'ba. Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said unto me:

Will you rid me of Dhu'l-Khalasah and so I went forth at the head of 350 horsemen of the tribe of Ahmas and '''we destroyed it and killed whomsoever we found there'''. Then we came back to him (to the Holy Prophet) and informed him and he blessed us and the tribe of Ahmas.
}}

====People commonly have sex in the streets, like donkeys====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Hibban 6/345 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D9%8E%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D9%82%D9%8F%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%8F+%D8%AD%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%91%D9%8E%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B3%D9%8F+%D9%81%D9%90%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B7%D9%91%D9%8F%D8%B1%D9%8F%D9%82%D9%90+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8F%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%92%D8%AD%D9%8E%D9%85%D9%90%D9%8A%D8%B1%D9%90</ref>|
لا تقومُ السَّاعةُ حتَّى يتسافدَ النَّاسُ في الطُّرقِ تسافُدَ الحميرِ

The Hour shall not commence until the people engage in sexual
intercourse in the streets just like donkeys.
}}

Public sex was already happening among ancient civilizations.<ref>[https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/all-about-sex/201809/orgies-through-the-ages Orgies Through the Ages]</ref>

====Rise of polytheism====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4252|
..the Last Hour will not come before the tribes of my people attach themselves to the polytheists and tribes of my people worship idols..
}}
Polytheism has become less popular with time.

====People will worship goddesses Lat and Uzza again====
The goddesses [[Lat]] and [[Uzza]] were worshiped by Arabs before the Islamic conquest of Arabia.

{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'''. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====All believers will be killed by a wind from Allah and only evil people (= non-Muslims) will survive====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. '''Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die''' and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====Killing neighbors and family members====
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 118 (classified as "very good" by Albani)|
عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى‏ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَقْتُلَ الرَّجُلُ جَارَهُ وَأَخَاهُ وَأَبَاهُ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “The Hour will not be established until a man kills his neighbor, his brother, and his father.”
}}

====Abundance of deaths by lightning====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad, vol. 3 pg. 64/65 (sahih)|
تَكثُرُ الصَّواعِقُ عِندَ اقْتِرابِ السَّاعةِ، حتَّى يَأتيَ الرَّجُلُ القَومَ، فيقولَ: مَن صَعِقَ قِبَلَكمُ الغَداةَ؟ فيَقولون: صَعِقَ فُلانٌ وفُلانٌ.

There will be an abundance of lightning with the coming of the Hour, until a man comes to a tribe asking: Who was struck today? Then they say: So and so
}}
John Jensenius (a lightning specialist) said that the number of injuries and deaths caused by lightning is actually going down. <ref>https://www.cbsnews.com/news/are-lightning-strikes-becoming-more-common/</ref>

====Luka bin Luka will be the happiest person====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2209 (sahih)|
Hudhaifah bin Al-Yaman narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Hour will not be established until the happiest of people in the world is Luka' bin Luka'."
}}

Scholars interpreted the name "Luka bin Luka" (لكع بن لكع) to mean "the most despicable/wicked/evil"<ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/18510/%D9%85%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%89-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB</ref> and "wickedness", rather than a specific person

====Wine, musical instruments and singing girls will turn Muslims into monkeys and pigs====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Ibn Majah 4020, In-book reference: Book 36, Hadith 95, English translation: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4020|
لَيَشْرَبَنَّ نَاسٌ مِنْ أُمَّتِي الْخَمْرَ يُسَمُّونَهَا بِغَيْرِ اسْمِهَا يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ وَالْمُغَنِّيَاتِ يَخْسِفُ اللَّهُ بِهِمُ الأَرْضَ وَيَجْعَلُ مِنْهُمُ الْقِرَدَةَ وَالْخَنَازِيرَ

It was narrated from Abu Malik Ash’ari that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“People among my nation will drink wine, calling it by another name, and musical instruments will be played for them and singing girls (will sing for them). Allah will cause the earth to swallow them up, and will turn them into monkeys and pigs.”
}}

Since the hadith literally says "is played upon their heads with musical instruments" (يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ) some claim that it is a prediction of headphones. But it says "played", not "placed" upon their heads, the word "instruments" is in the plural form and the singing girls are obviously real singing girls, while with head phones the singing would be included in the headphones. The interpretation that the word "musical instruments" (معازف) refers to musical instruments fits much better into the context.

Muhammad himself listened to singing girls, perhaps he was in a better mood since it was the day of Eid:{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|15|72}}|
Narrated Aisha:

Abu Bakr came to my house while two small Ansari girls were singing beside me the stories of the Ansar concerning the Day of Buath. And they were not singers. Abu Bakr said protestingly, "Musical instruments of Satan in the house of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) !" It happened on the `Id day and Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "O Abu Bakr! There is an `Id for every nation and this is our `Id."
}}

Wine and singing was already mentioned in pre-Islamic Arab poetry:
{{Quote|Dhu Jadan al-Himyari, Sirat Rasul Allah p. 19|
Peace, confound you! You can't turn me from my purpose

Thy scolding dries my spittle!

To '''the music of singers''' in times past 'twas fine

When we drank our fill of purest noblest wine.

'''Drinking freely of wine brings me no shame'''

If my behaviour no boon-companion would blame.

For death no man can hold back Though he drink the perfumed potions of the quack.
}}

====Milking, clothes and tank before the Hour====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 41:7054|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would come (so sudden) that a person would be milking the she- camel and the (milk) would not reach the brim of the vessel that the Last Hour would come, and the two persons would be engaged in buying and selling of the clothes and their bargain would not be struck before the Last Hour would come. And someone would be setting his tank in order and he would have hardly set it right when the Last Hour would come.
}}

====Allah will put pieces of the world on his fingers====
Muhammad agreed with this prophecy presented by a Jewish Scholar
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 39, Hadith 6699|
Abdullah b. Mas'ud reported that a Jewish scholar came to Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) and said:

Muhammad, or Abu al-Qasim, verily, Allah, the Exalted and Glorious would carry the Heavens on the Day of Judgment upon one finger and earths upon one finger and the mountains and trees upon one finger and the ocean and moist earth upon one finger, and in fact the whole of the creation upon one finger, and then He would stir them and say: I am your Lord, I am your Lord. Thereupon Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) smiled testifying what that scholar had said. He then recited this verse:" And they honour not Allah with the honour due to Him; and the whole earth will be in His grip on the Day of Resurrection and the heaven rolled up in His right hand. Glory be to Him I and highly Exalted is He above what they associate (with Him)" (Az-Zumar:67).
}}

====Medina banishes its evils====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3188}}|
Abu Huraira (Allah be pleased with him) reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

A time will come for the people (of Medina) when a man will invite his cousin and any other near relation: Come (and settle) at (a place) where living is cheap, come to where there is plenty, but Medina will be better for them; would they know it! By Him in Whose Hand is my life, none amongst them would go out (of the city) with a dislike for it, but Allah would make his successor in it someone better than be. Behold. Medina is like furnace which eliminates from it the impurities. And '''the Last Hour will not come until Medina banishes its evils''' just as a furnace eliminates the impurities of iron.
}}
====Nobody will accept charity====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|492}}|
Narrated Haritha bin Wahab:

I heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "O people! Give in charity as a time will come upon you when a person will wander about with his object of charity and will not find anybody to accept it, and one (who will be requested to take it) will say, "If you had brought it yesterday, would have taken it, but today I am not in need of it."
}}

====Not paying zakat causes a lack of rain====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. '''They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them'''. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

====Swelling of crescents [The Moon]====
{{Quote|Sahih Al-Jami' 5898 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%85%D9%90%D9%86+%D8%A7%D9%82%D9%92%D8%AA%D9%90%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%86%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%AE%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D9%87%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A9%D9%90&order=color</ref>|
مِنَ اقترابِ الساعَةِ انتفاخُ الأهِلَّةِ

From approaching of the Hour is the swelling of crescents
}}

====An Abyssinian will destroy the Kaba====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 7:6953/2909c|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: It would be an Abyssinian having two small shanks who would destroy the House ol Allah, the Exalted and Glorious.
}}

====Collapse, transformation and stoning from the sky====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2185 (sahih)|
'Aishah narrated "The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
'In the end of this Ummah there will be a collapse, transformation, and Qadhf."' She said :"I said: 'O Messenger of Allah! Will they be destroyed while they are righteous among them?' He said: 'Yes, when evil is dominant."'
}}

It's just three vague words خَسْفٌ وَمَسْخٌ وَقَذْفٌ (khasf and maskh and qadhf). Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Munawi - Fayd al-Qadir|
3176 - (بين يدي الساعة مسخ) قلب الخلقة من شيء إلى شيء أو تحويل الصورة إلى أقبح منها أو مسخ القلوب (وخسف) أي غور في الأرض (وقذف) أي رمي بالحجارة من جهة السماء

maskh - transformation of creation from its shape to an uglier one

khasf - a depression in the Earth

qadhf - pelting with stones from the sky

}}

====Euphrates will uncover a mountain of gold soon====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|235}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "'''Soon the river "Euphrates" will disclose the treasure (the mountain) of gold''', so whoever will be present at that time should not take anything of it." Al-A'raj narrated from Abii Huraira that the Prophet (ﷺ) said the same but he said, "It (Euphrates) will uncover a mountain of gold (under it).
}}
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 2894a|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: The Last Hour would not come before the Euphrates uncovers a mountain of gold, for which people would fight. Ninety-nine out of each one hundred would die but every man amongst them would say that perhaps he would be the one who would be saved (and thus possess this gold).
}}

No such event followed soon thereafter.

====Gender ratio will be 50 women to 1 men====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|81}}|
I will narrate to you a Hadith and none other than I will tell you about after it. I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) saying: From among the portents of the Hour are (the following): -1. Religious knowledge will decrease (by the death of religious learned men). -2. Religious ignorance will prevail. -3. There will be prevalence of open illegal sexual intercourse. -4. '''Women will increase in number and men will decrease in number so much so that fifty women will be looked after by one man.'''
}}

====Knowledge will be sought from young people====
{{Quote|al-Mu’jam al-Kabīr 908 (sahih)|
عَنْ أَبِي أُمَيَّةَ اللَّخْمِيِّ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ إِنَّ مِنْ أَشْرَاطِ السَّاعَةِ ثَ أَنْ يُلْتَمَسَ الْعِلْمَ عِنْدَ الْأَصَاغِرِ

The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Verily, among the signs of the Hour is that knowledge will be sought from the young.”
}}

====Seventy-three sects====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 5, Book 38, Hadith 2640 (hasan)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "The Jews split into seventy-one sects, or seventy-two sects, and the Christians similarly, and my Ummah will split into seventy-three sects."
}}

====Emergence of Sufyani====
This hadith is daeef:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4/520 (da'eef)|
يخرج رجل يقال له السفياني في عمق دمشق ، وعامة من يتبعه من كلب ، فيقتل حتى يبقر بطون النساء ويقتل الصبيان ، فتجمع لهم قيس فيقتلها حتى لا يمنع ذنب تلعة ، ويخرج رجل من أهل بيتي في الحرة فيبلغ السفياني فيبعث إليه جنداً من جنده فيهزمهم ، فيسير إليه السفياني بمن معه ، حتى إذا صار ببيداء من الأرض خسف بهم ، فلا ينجو منهم إلا المخبر عنهم

There will emerge a man called as-Sufyaani from the depths of Damascus, and most of those who follow him will be from (the tribe of) Kalb. He will kill many people until he rips open the bellies of women and kill children. (The tribe of) Qays will gather against him and he will kill them. A man from my family will emerge in the harrah, and news of that will reach as-Sufyaani. He will send troops against him and he will defeat them. Then as-Sufyaani will march towards him accompanied by those who are with him, then when he is in a plain, they will be swallowed up by the earth and none of them will be saved except the one who will tell others about them.
}}

====Muslims in mosque won't find an imam to lead them in prayer====
This hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Abu Dawud Book 2, Hadith 581, chapter It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam|
Narrated Sulamah daughter of al-Hurr:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: One of the signs of the Last Hour will be that people in a mosque will refuse to act as imam and will not find an imam to lead them in prayer.
}}

 
{{Quote|Sunan An-nasa'i Vol. 1, Book 10, Hadith 783, chapter "When people are together and are all of the same status"|
It was narrated from Abu Sa'eed that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"when there are three people let one of them lead the prayer, and the one who is most entitled to lead the prayer is the one who has most knowledge of the Qur'an."
}}

This prophecy was included in a chapter called "It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam", and is perhaps best understood as a sort of moral exhortation to lead prayer when a prayer needs to be led.

====Dajjal nor plague will be able to enter Medina====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2242 (sahih)|
Anas narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Dajjal will come to Al-Madinah to find the angels have surrounded it. Neither the plague nor the Dajjal will enter it, if Allah wills."
}}Medina, historically, has not proven to be especially or at all plague-proof. Moreover, during plagues, the Saudi government (and the caliphates, historically) had to close off access to Mecca and Medina to prevent the spread of disease. The prophet also stated that there was no such thing as a contagious disease.

====Jesus will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish Jizyah====
{{Quote|Sunan ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4078 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"The Hour will not begin until 'Eisa bin Maryam comes down as a just judge and a just ruler. He will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish the Jizyah, and wealth will become so abundant that no one will accept it."
}}

====Gog and Magog will drink out the lake of Tiberias====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7015}}|
And then Allah would send Gog and Magog and they would swarm down from every slope. The first of them would pass the lake of Tiberias and drink out of it. And when the last of them would pass, he would say: There was once water there.
}}

Gog and Magog are described in the hadith and Quran as tribes on Earth blocked by a big iron wall, erected by [[Category:Dhul-Qarnayn|Dhul-Qarnayn]], that will be unlocked at the end of times. There are supposed to be so many of them that they will drink the entire lake of Tiberias (Sea of Galilee) dry.

====Gog and Magog will successfully dig through the wall====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4080|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"Gog and Magog people dig every day until, when they can almost see the rays of the sun, the one in charge of them says: "Go back and we will dig it tomorrow." Then Allah puts it back, stronger than it was before. (This will continue) until, when their time has come, and Allah wants to send them against the people, they will dig until they can almost see the rays of the sun, then the one who is in charge of them will say: "Go back, and we will dig it tomorrow if Allah wills.' So '''they will say: "If Allah wills." Then they will come back to it and it will be as they left it. So they will dig and will come out to the people''', and they will drink all the water. The people will fortify themselves against them in their fortresses. They will shoot their arrows towards the sky and they will come back with blood on them, and they will say: "We have defeated the people of earth and dominated the people of heaven." Then Allah will send a worm in the napes of their necks and will kill them thereby.'" The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "By the One in Whose Hand is my soul, the beasts of the earth will grow fat on their flesh."
}}

====Muslims will use bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood for 7 years====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4076 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Nawwas bin Sam'an that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"The Muslims will use the bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood, for seven years.'"
}}

==See also==

*[[Quranic Prophecies]]

External:

*[https://www.marefa.org/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9_%D9%81%D9%8A_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85 List of Muhammad's prophecies] (Arabic)
*[https://rationalwiki.org/wiki/Biblical_prophecies#Criteria_for_a_true_prophecy RationalWiki: Biblical prophecies, Criteria for a true prophecy] (could be analogically applied to Islamic prophecies)
*[https://detechter.com/15-ancient-hindu-predictions-that-have-come-true/#List_of_15_Ancient_Hindu_Prophecy_From_Bhagavata_Purana 15 Hindu predictions] - ''Comparing and contrasting Islamic prophecies with those of other religions' scriptures predictions is instructive''

==References==

[[Category:Prophecies]]
<references />
[[Category:Hadith]]
[[Category:Miracles]]
[[Category:Muhammad]]
[[Category:Sacred history]]
[[Category:Eschatology]]
[[Category:Revelation]]
[[Category:Qadr (fate)]]

Prophecies in the Hadith

2021-05-02T12:27:36Z

Prekladator: /* Allah will put pieces of the world on his fingers */

{{QualityScore|Lead=1|Structure=4|Content=4|Language=2|References=3}}
Muhammad's prophecies are predictions attributed to him and written hundreds of years after his [[Muhammad's Death|death]]. Many prophecies are considered "signs of the Hour" (Islamic eschatology). Some prophecies are general statements that may apply to times even before Islam, other prophecies predict early Islamic history (which happened before the predictions were written) and some prophecies make predictions about the the future to come after the hadiths were written.

Prophecies in this article are from the hadiths. Quranic prophecies have a [[Quranic Prophecies|separate article]].
==Signs of the Hour==
"The Hour" (الساعة) refers to a period of time on the Day of Judgement.
{{Quote|{{Quran|30|55}}|
And '''the Day the Hour''' appears the criminals will swear they had remained but an hour. Thus they were deluded."
}}

Signs of the Hour indicate that the Hour (and the end of the world) is coming. They were divided by scholars into minor and major. The major signs are contained in this hadith:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6931}}|
Hudhaifa b. Usaid al-Ghifari reported:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) came to us all of a sudden as we were (busy in a discussion). He said: What do you discuss about? They (the Companions) said. We are discussing about the Last Hour. Thereupon he said: It will not come until you see ten signs before and (in this connection) he made a mention of the smoke, Dajjal, the beast, the rising of the sun from the west, the descent of Jesus son of Mary (Allah be pleased with him), the Gog and Magog, and land-slides in three places, one in the east, one in the west and one in Arabia at the end of which fire would burn forth from the Yemen, and would drive people to the place of their assembly.
}}

The minor signs indicate that the Hour is "getting closer", while the major signs indicate that the Hour will happen immediately after them. The first major sign is coming of the Dajjal and Muhammad thought that it might happen during his life or during life of his companions:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4307}}|"Al-nawwas b. Sim’an al-Kilabi said:
'''The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) mentioned the Dajjal (Antichrist) saying: If he comes forth while I am among you''' I shall be the one who will dispute with him on your behalf, but if he comes forth when I am not among you, a man must dispute on his own behalf, and Allah will take my place in looking after every Muslim. Those of you who live up to his time should recite over him the opening verses of Surat al – Kahf, for they are your protection from his trial. We asked: How long will he remain on the earth ? He replied : Forty days, one like a year, one like a month, one like a week, and rest of his days like yours. We asked : Messenger of Allah, will one day’s prayer suffice us in this day which will be like a year ? He replied : No, you must make an estimate of its extent. Then Jesus son of Marry will descend at the white minaret to the east of Damascus. He will then catch him up at the date of Ludd and kill him."}}
{{Quote|Tirmidhi 2234 (hasan)|"Abu 'Ubaidah bin Al-Jarrah said:
"I heard the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w): 'There was never a Prophet after Nuh but that he warned his people about '''the Dajjal''', and indeed I shall warn you of him.' Then the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) described him for us, and he said: "Perhaps some of '''you who see me, or hear my words shall live to see him'''." They said: "O Messenger of Allah! How will our hearts be on that day?" He said: "The same – that is, as today – or better.”"}}

Some reject the hadiths of the signs of the Hour <ref>http://bayanelislam.net/Suspicion.aspx?id=03-02-0071</ref>, because a Quranic verse indicates that the Hour will come by surprise (not after seeing clear signs) and that only Allah has knowledge about the Hour (not Muhammad):
{{Quote|{{Quran|7|187}}|
They ask you ˹O Prophet˺ regarding the Hour, “When will it be?” Say, “That knowledge is only with my Lord. He alone will reveal it when the time comes. It is too tremendous for the heavens and the earth and will only take you by surprise.” They ask you as if you had full knowledge of it. Say, “That knowledge is only with Allah, but most people do not know.”
}}

*7th century Arabs didn't have the concept of "an hour" meaning 60 minutes. An hour (ساعة) just meant a period of time [shorter than a day]. <ref>AR: https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/140286/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%88-%D9%85%D9%82%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%B1-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF%D8%A9-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%8A%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D8%AD%D8%A7%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D9%88%D9%87%D9%84-%D9%87%D9%88-%D8%B3%D8%AA%D9%88%D9%86-%D8%AF%D9%82%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A9</ref>
*Most prophecies are linked to the Hour

==Characteristics==

*Predictions don't have the time when they are supposed to happen. So even if it doesn't happen, Muslim can still believe it will happen in the future. For example the conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting. But it was conquered by fighting, so some Muslims think that this wasn't what was predicted and there will be another conquest of Constantinople that will get it right.
*Scarcely any predictions were fulfilled once the predictions had been written down in the form of hadiths.

==Retrodictions and Reiterating Biblical Prophecy==
The hadith collections were written, often by Persian authors, hundreds of years after the death of Muhammad. So when the hadiths contain a prophecy about early Islamic history, they are likely only being attributed to Muhammad after the fact. This category also includes things that always happened, even before Islam (earthquakes, wars, people being dishonest...) and prophecies copied from the Bible.

===Fabrication of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Introduction, Narration 15|
يَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ الزَّمَانِ دَجَّالُونَ كَذَّابُونَ يَأْتُونَكُمْ مِنَ الأَحَادِيثِ بِمَا لَمْ تَسْمَعُوا أَنْتُمْ وَلاَ آبَاؤُكُمْ فَإِيَّاكُمْ وَإِيَّاهُمْ لاَ يُضِلُّونَكُمْ وَلاَ يَفْتِنُونَكُمْ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings of Allah upon him, said:
‘There will be in the end of time charlatan liars coming to you with narrations (hadiths) that you nor your fathers heard, so beware of them lest they misguide you and cause you tribulations’.
}}
There were a lot of fabricators of hadiths before the hadiths were written (mostly in the 9th century). Muslim scholars thus invented a "science of hadiths" which determines which oral traditions are fabricated and which are from people who supposedly "never lie".

===The caliphate will last 30 years===
{{Quote|{{Al Tirmidhi||4|7|2226}}|
Sa'eed bin Jumhan narrated:
"Safinah narrated to me, he said: 'The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said: "'''Al-Khilafah will be in my Ummah for thirty years''', then there will be monarchy after that."' Then Safinah said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of Abu Bakr,' then he said: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Umar and the Khilafah of 'Uthman.' Then he said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Ali."' He said: "So we found that they add up to thirty years." Sa'eed said: "I said to him: 'Banu Umaiyyah claim that the Khilafah is among them.' He said: 'Banu Az-Zarqa' lie, rather they are a monarchy, among the worst of monarchies."'
}}

*The first caliphate lasted from 632-661, 29 years time.
*Tirmidhi, author of this hadith collection, was born in 824, more than 100 years after the end of the caliphate
*The hadith in it's text is in the context of discussion about previous caliphates
*The political system after the first caliphate, was still called a caliphate. There was some form of caliphate until the 20th century

===Rulership of the foolish after Muhammad===
{{Quote|Mishkat al-Masabih 3700|
Ka'b b. ‘Ujra told that God's Messenger said to him, “I commend you to God to protect you from '''the rulership of the foolish''' (إمارةِ السُّفهاءِ).” He asked what that was, and God’s Messenger replied, “'''After my time''' governors will arise whose falsehood will be believed and who will be assisted in their oppression by those who enter their presence. They have nothing to do with me and I have nothing to do with them, and they will never come down to me at the Pond. But they who do not enter their presence, believe their falsehood and help them in their oppression, those belong to me and I belong to them, and those ones will come down to me at the Pond.”}}

===Vile men control affairs of the people===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah 4036 (hasan)|
..and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}
===Return of the caliphate===
The hadith was sent to a new caliph Umar II:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 4/273, 18430 (hasan)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا سليمان بن داود الطيالسي حدثني داود بن إبراهيم الواسطي حدثني حبيب بن سالم عن النعمان بن بشير قال : كنا قعودا في المسجد مع رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم وكان بشير رجلا يكف حديثه فجاء أبو ثعلبة الخشني فقال يا بشير بن سعد أتحفظ حديث رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم في الأمراء فقال حذيفة أنا أحفظ خطبته فجلس أبو ثعلبة فقال حذيفة قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم تكون النبوة فيكم ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء الله أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا عاضا فيكون ما شاء الله ان يكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا جبرية فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة ثم سكت قال حبيب فلما قام عمر بن عبد العزيز وكان يزيد بن النعمان بن بشير في صحابته فكتبت إليه بهذا الحديث أذكره إياه فقلت له انى أرجو ان يكون أمير المؤمنين يعنى عمر بعد الملك العاض والجبرية فادخل كتابي على عمر بن عبد العزيز فسر به وأعجبه
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده حسن

It was narrated by Ahmed in his Musnad, from Al-Nu’man b.Bashir, who said: “We were sitting in the mosque of the Messenger of Allah(saw), and Bashir was a man who did not speak much, so Abu Tha’labah Al-Khashnee came and said: ‘Oh, Bashir bin Sa’ad, have you memorized the words of the Messenger of Allah (saw) regarding the rulers?’ Huthayfah replied, ‘I have memorized his words’. So Abu Tha’labah sat down and Huthayfah said, ‘The Messenger of Allah (saw) said ‘'''Prophet-hood will be among you''' as long as Allah wishes, then He will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of the Prophet''', and it will be as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be an inheritance rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a coercive rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of Prophet-hood'''.’ Then he (saw) was silent.” Habib said: “When '''Umar ibn AbdulAziz became caliph I wrote to him, mentioning this tradition to him''' and saying, “I hope '''you will be the commander of the faithful after the biting and the oppressive kingdoms'''. ”It pleased and charmed him, i.e. Umar ibn AbdulAziz.”
}}
Umar II died in 720 and he was expected to bring back the good old caliphate. Musnad Ahmad was written in the 9th century.

==="Prophet, siddiq and two martyrs"===
Notice that the future caliphs are usually mentioned in the order in which they will be caliphs (strongly suggesting these were written later by someone who already knew the order):
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|35}}|
Narrated Anas bin Malik:

The Prophet (ﷺ) ascended the mountain of Uhud and he was accompanied by '''Abu Bakr, `Umar and `Uthman'''. The mountain shook beneath them. The Prophet (ﷺ) hit it with his foot and said, "O Uhud ! Be firm, for on you there is none but a '''Prophet, a Siddiq and a martyr (i.e. and two martyrs)'''.
}}

The hadith was interpreted as a vague prediction that Abu Bakr will die naturally and Umar and Uthman will be killed. The 3 caliphs were in the 7th century. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Khawarij===
According to Islamic scholars, this hadith is about the coming of the Khawarij:
{{Quote|Sunan An-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 37, Hadith 4107|
It was narrated that 'Ali said:
"I heard the Messenger of Allah [SAW] say: 'At the end of time there will appear young people with foolish minds. Their faith will not pass through their throats, and they will go out of Islam as an arrow goes through the target. If you meet them, then kill them, for killing them will bring reward to the one who killed them on the Day of Resurrection.'"
}}

Khawarij ("The Leavers") left the army of the caliph Ali in the middle of the 7th century. The prediction was written in the middle of the 9th century, two hundred years later.

The prophecy says "at the end of time". The Khawarij appeared more than a thousand years ago.

===Places of killed people at the battle of Badr===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 19, Hadith 4394|
..Then the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: This is the place where so and so would be killed. He placed his hand on the earth (saying) here and here; (and) none of them fell away from the place which the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) had indicated by placing his hand on the earth.
}}

Battle of Badr was in the 7th century. This hadith collection was authored in the 9th century.

===Earthquakes will increase===
It's a part of a longer hadith as one of the signs of the end of the world:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
.. and earthquakes will increase in number..
}}

There were always earthquakes, increasing and decreasing. There is a report that earthquakes happened also during the life of Muhammad:
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/bulugh/2/441 Bulugh al-Maram 2:509]|
He [the Prophet (ﷺ)] prayed during an earthquake six bowings and four prostrations, and said, "This is the way the Prayer of the Signs (of Allah) is offered.
}}

Earthquakes were also predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. '''There will be great earthquakes''', famines and pestilences in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}

===Rain is hot===
This hadith is classified as mawdu (fabricated). <ref>https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/265083/%D8%AD%D9%88%D9%84-%D8%B5%D8%AD%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%85%D8%B3%D8%B9%D9%88%D8%AF-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9</ref> It's part of a long hadith about coming of the Hour:
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
..وَأَنْ يَكُونَ الْمَطَرُ قَيْظًا ..
..and that rain will be hot (قيظا)..
}}

It was also mentioned in Lane's lexicon:
{{Quote|Lane's lexicon on قَيْظٌ <ref>http://lexicon.quranic-research.net/data/21_q/239_qyZ.html</ref>|
لَا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكُونَ الوَلَدُ غَيْظًا والمَطَرُ قَيْظًا, a saying of Moḥammad, meaning [The resurrection, or the time thereof, will not come to pass until the birth of a child be an occasion of wrath, or rage, and] rain be accompanied by air like the قيظ [or '''most vehement heat of summer''']. (TA.)
}}

The word قيظ (''qayz'') was also mentioned in a different hadith meaning "hot weather":{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 6 (Hasan)|
Rifa'ah bin Rafi' said:
I heard Abu Bakr as-Siddeeq say on the minbar of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) : I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, and Abu Bakr wept when he remembered the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) , then he recovered and said. I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, in this '''hot weather''' (القيظ) last year: `Ask Allah for forgiveness, well-being and certainty of faith in the Hereafter and in this world.”
}}

Some insist that the word قيظ means "acidic".

===Strong wind===
Muhammad predicted a strong wind on the same day it happened, so there was probably already a wind getting stronger:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|559}}|
..When we reached Tabuk, the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "There will be a strong wind tonight and so no one should stand and whoever has a camel, should fasten it." So we fastened our camels. A strong wind blew at night and a man stood up and he was blown away to a mountain called Taiy..
}}
The prophecy was written in the 9th century.

===Child is filled with rage===
This is a part of a fabricated (mawdu') hadith.
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
وإن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها: أن يكون الولد غيظاً، وأن يكون المطر قيظاً

And from the signs of the Hour is that '''a boy will be enraged''' and that water will be hot
}}
Angry children have been around since time immemorial.

===Muhammad's death===
Muhammad predicted that he will die. The prediction doesn't contain any specific information about his death:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "'''Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death''', the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

The context is that it will be a sign that the Hour is coming. But Muhammad died more than a thousand years ago and the Hour didn't come.

===Muhammad's wife with the longest arm will die first===
{{Quote|Sahih Bukhari: Vol. 2, Book of Tax (Zakat), Hadith 501|
Narrated 'Aisha:

Some of the wives of the Prophet asked him, "Who amongst us will be the first to follow you (i.e. die after you)?" He said, "Whoever has the longest hand." So they started measuring their hands with a stick and Sauda's hand turned out to be the longest. (When Zainab bint Jahsh died first of all in the caliphate of 'Umar), we came to know that the long hand was a symbol of practicing charity, so she was the first to follow the Prophet and she used to love to practice charity. (Sauda died later in the caliphate of Muawiya).
}}

It's questionable whether the prophecy was metaphorical and fulfilled or whether it was literal and hence re-interpreted. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Muhammad's daughter Fatima will die first from his family===
During Muhammad's illness, Fatima was walking like Muhammad, so she also had signs of illness:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6005}}|
`A'isha reported that all the wives of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) had gathered (in her apartment) '''during the days of his (Prophet's) last illness ''' and no woman was left behind that '''Fatima, who walked after the style of Allah's Messenger''' (ﷺ), came there. He welcomed her by saying:

You are welcome, my daughter, and made her sit on his right side or on his left side, and then talked something secretly to her and Fatima wept. Then he talked something secretly to her and she laughed. I said to her: What makes you weep? She said: I am not going to divulge the secret of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). I (`A'isha) said: I have not seen (anything happening) like today, the happiness being more close to grief (as I see today) when she wept. I said to her: Has Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) singled you out for saying something leaving us aside? She then wept and I asked her what he said, and she said: I am not going to divulge the secrets of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). And when he died I again asked her and she said that he (the Holy Prophet) told her: Gabriel used to recite the Qur'an to me once a year and for this year it was twice and so I perceived that my death had drawn near, and that '''I (Fatima) would be the first amongst the members of his family who would meet him (in the Hereafter)'''. He shall be my good forerunner and it made me weep. He again talked to me secretly (saying): Aren't you pleased that you should be the sovereign amongst the believing women or the head of women of this Ummah? And this made me laugh.
}}

===A plague kills many Muslims===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, '''a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep''', the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}
It was interpreted as a prophecy about the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Amwas Plague of Amwas] (638-639), which is considered a re-emergence of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Justinian the Plague of Justinian] (541-549), so there was a precedent.

The prediction was written in the 9th century.

===Sexual immorality (abominations)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: '''Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them'''. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

Sexual immorality (or "abomination") was nothing new in the 7th century. The Old Testament mentions such a story:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 19:3-8|
He prepared a meal for them, baking bread without yeast, and they ate. Before they had gone to bed, all the men from every part of the city of Sodom—both young and old—surrounded the house. They called to Lot, “Where are the men who came to you tonight? Bring them out to us so that we can have sex with them.” Lot went outside to meet them and shut the door behind him and said, “No, my friends. Don’t do this wicked thing. Look, I have two daughters who have never slept with a man. Let me bring them out to you, and you can do what you like with them.
}}

In the New Testament Jesus spoke to a woman who had many sexual partners:
{{Quote|The Bible, John 4:16-18|
“Go and get your husband,” Jesus told her.

“I don’t have a husband,” the woman replied.

Jesus said, “You’re right! You don’t have a husband— for you have had five husbands, and you aren’t even married to the man you’re living with now. You certainly spoke the truth!”
}}

There were also abominations happening in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|62|65}}|
Narrated `Aisha:

that the Prophet (ﷺ) married her when '''she was six years old and he consummated his marriage when she was nine years old'''. Hisham said: I have been informed that `Aisha remained with the Prophet (ﷺ) for nine years (i.e. till his death).
}}

Plagues and diseases also happened throughout whole history. Plagues (pestilences) were also predicted in the Bible, hundreds of years before Muhammad:{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be great earthquakes, famines and '''pestilences''' in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}
===Homosexuality===
This is a fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يا ابن مسعود إن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها أن يكتفي الرجال بالرجال والنساء بالنساء

..O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that men are content with men and women with women..
}}

Homosexuals existed before Islam.

===People flogging people===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: '''people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people''', and the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Ishaa’ah li Ashraat il-Saa’ah, p. 119|
Al-Sakhaawi said: They are now the helpers of the oppressors, and usually it refers to the worst group around the ruler. It may also apply to unjust rulers.
}}

Muhammad commanded flogging (and killing) people:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4482 (hasan sahih)|
Narrated Mu'awiyah ibn AbuSufyan:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: If they (the people) drink wine, flog them, again if they drink it, flog them. Again if they drink it, kill them.
}}
===Women naked, but dressed (wearing revealing clothes)===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people, and '''the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side'''. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Some apologists present it as something new that happens in the 21st century and Muhammad couldn't have guessed it.
{{Quote|islamqa.info: Commentary on the hadeeth; “two types of the people of Hell whom I have not seen…” <ref>https://islamqa.info/en/answers/47017/commentary-on-the-hadeeth-two-types-of-the-people-of-hell-whom-i-have-not-seen</ref>|
This hadeeth is one of the miracles of Prophethood, for these two types of people have appeared, and '''they exist now, as al-Nawawi (may Allaah have mercy on him) said.'''
}}
Al-Nawawi lived in the 13th century.

Islamic sources say that there were naked women circumambulating around the Kaba in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||3|24|2959}}|
It was narrated from Saeed bin Jubair that Ibn Abbas said:
"Women used to circumambulate the Kabah naked, saying: 'Today some, or all of it will appear And whatever appers I don't make is permissible.' Then the following was revealed: 'O Children of Adam! Take your adornment to every Masjid.'"
}}

There is also a hadith with the same terminology of dressed (كاسيات) and undressed (عاريات) but in a different context:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|21|226}}|
Narrated Um Salama:

One night the Prophet (ﷺ) got up and said, "Subhan Allah! How many afflictions Allah has revealed tonight and how many treasures have been sent down (disclosed). Go and wake the sleeping lady occupants of these dwellings up (for prayers), perhaps a well '''dressed''' (كاسية) in this world may be '''naked''' (عارية) in the Hereafter."
}}

===Naked thighs in markets===
This hadith is classified mawdoo' (fabricated). <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/321649/%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%AC%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%B9%D8%B4%D8%B1-%D8%AE%D8%B5%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85-%D9%84%D9%88%D8%B7-</ref> Albani included it in his book سلسلة الأحاديث الضعيفة والموضوعة وأثرها السيئ في الأمة ("Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah"):
{{Quote|Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah, Al-Albani|
عشر من أخلاق قوم اللوط:..والمشي في الأسواق والأفخاذ بادية

Ten behaviors of Lot's people:.. and walking in markets and thighs are naked..
}}

There were uncovered thighs in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud Book 32, Hadith 4003|
Narrated Jarhad:

The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) sat with us and my thigh was uncovered. He said: Do you not know that thigh is a private part ?
}}

Muhammad exposed his thighs at some point:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|8|367}}|
Narrated `Abdul `Aziz:

Anas said, 'When Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) invaded Khaibar, we offered the Fajr prayer there (early in the morning) when it was still dark. The Prophet (ﷺ) rode and Abu Talha rode too and I was riding behind Abu Talha. The Prophet (ﷺ) passed through the lane of Khaibar quickly and '''my knee was touching the thigh of the Prophet (ﷺ) . He uncovered his thigh''' and I saw the whiteness of '''the thigh of the Prophet'''.
}}

===Widespread adultery===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|34|6451}}|
Anas b. Malik reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

It is from the conditions of the Last Hour that knowledge would be taken away and ignorance would prevail (upon the world), the liquor would be drunk, and '''adultery would become rampant'''.
}}

Muhammad's companions used to give women a handful of flour and then perform what they called "a temporary marriage" (زواج المتعة, ''zawaj al-mut'a''). Seeing as polygamy was allowed, these companions may have been married at the time, and their behavior would today be classified as adultery:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|8|3249}}|
Jabir b. 'Abdullah reported:

We contracted temporary marriage giving a handful of (tales or flour as a dower during the lifetime of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and during the time of Abu Bakr until 'Umar forbade it in the case of 'Amr b. Huraith.
}}

There is also a fabricated (mawdu') prophecy about illegitimate children:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يَا ابْنَ مَسْعُودٍ ، إِنَّ مِنْ أَعْلَامِ السَّاعَةِ وَأَشْرَاطِهَا أَنْ يَكْثُرَ أَوْلَادُ الزِّنَا

O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that there are many children from adultery
}}

===Abundant wealth===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||5|36|4047}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The Hour will not begin until '''wealth becomes abundant''' and tribulations appear, and Harj increases.” They said: “What is Harj, O Messenger of Allah?” He said: '''“Killing, killing, killing,”''' three times.
}}

Muslims became wealthy in the 7th century by the early Islamic conquests (the hadith itself mentions it together with "killing, killing, killing"). Sunan Ibn Majah was written two centuries after these conquests.

===Men obey their wives===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, '''a man obeys his wife''' and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

It was mentioned among negative things, that indicates that a woman being dominant in marriage is an evil thing. But it appears that the patriarchy was not universal even in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|43|648}}|Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Abbas: ...We, the people of Quraish, used to have authority over women, but when we came to live with the Ansar, we noticed that '''the Ansari women had the upper hand over their men''', so our women started acquiring the habits of the Ansari women. Once I shouted at my wife and she paid me back in my coin and I disliked that she should answer me back....}}

===Fire in Hijaz illuminates necks of camels in Busra===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|234}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a fire will come out of the land of Hijaz, and it will throw light on the necks of the camels at Busra."
}}
There was a lava eruption in Hijaz in the year 1256 ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Harrat_Rahat Harrat Rahat]) which is considered by Muslims as fulfillment. That's the last eruption, but the eruption before that was in 640 - 641 A.D. during the reign of Umar.<ref>
Volcanic history of the northernmost part of the Harrat Rahat volcanic field, Saudi Arabia
https://pubs.geoscienceworld.org/gsa/geosphere/article/14/3/1253/529993/Volcanic-history-of-the-northernmost-part-of-the</ref>
So there was a precedent. The unspecified date of occurrence makes this prediction one that might be referenced perennially

===Making halal what was haram===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|69|494}}|
Narrated Abu 'Amir or Abu Malik Al-Ash'ari:

that he heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "From among my followers there will be some '''people who will consider illegal sexual intercourse, the wearing of silk, the drinking of alcoholic drinks and the use of musical instruments, as lawful.''' And there will be some people who will stay near the side of a mountain and in the evening their shepherd will come to them with their sheep and ask them for something, but they will say to him, 'Return to us tomorrow.' Allah will destroy them during the night and will let the mountain fall on them, and He will transform the rest of them into monkeys and pigs and they will remain so till the Day of Resurrection."
}}

According to Islam, Jews and Christians took their rabbis and monks as lords, because the rabbis and monks ''made lawful'' for them what Allah forbade. <ref>Quran 9:31, tafsir Ibn Kathir</ref>

===Slave woman gives birth to her master/mistress===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|48}}|
When a slave (lady) gives birth to her master.
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 63 (sahih)|
When the slave woman gives birth to her mistress' (Waki' said: This means when non-Arabs will give birth to Arabs")
}}

According to Nawawi, the opinion of the majority of scholars is that Muslims will enslave non-Muslim women and have kids with them and the kids will be masters of their mothers because the kids are Muslims. <ref>https://quranacademy.io/blog/an-nawawis-hadith-2-hadith-of-jibreel-3/</ref> Ibn Hajar (who lived later) didn't like this interpretation, because the enslavement was already happening during the time of Muhammad, so it wasn't really a prophecy of the future.

Ibn Hajar and others, as a result, like to interpret it as kids treating their mothers like slaves. This is not compatible with Waki's comment, and it would appear that children disrespecting their parents has been and will remain a universal phenomenon.

===Woman helps her husband in business===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
'Abdullah said, 'From the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, who said, "Before the Final Hour people will single out one individual for the greeting, commerce will increase until '''a woman helps her husband in business''', people will sever their links with their relatives, knowledge will spread, false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed."
}}

===Some people control trade===
{{Quote|an-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 4461 (sahih)|
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'One of the portents of the Hour will be that wealth becomes widespread and abundant, and trade will become widespread, but knowledge will disappear. '''A man will try to sell something and will say: "No, not until I consult the merchant of banu so and so''' and People will look throughout a vast area for a scribe and will not find one."
}}
Meccans boycotted Muslims in the Meccan period. It was a form of trade control.

===Injustice===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 485 (sahih)|
Ibn 'Umar reported that the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, said, "Injustice will appear as darkness on the Day of Rising."
}}

===False testimony===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ، وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

..false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed.
}}

False testimony was already forbidden in the 10 commandments. The problem existed long before Islam.

===Unfulfilled vows===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
..then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and '''they will vow and never fulfill their vows''', and fatness will appear among them."
}}

===Cheating in weights (scales)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. '''They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers'''. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is also mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Amos 8:2-6|
Then the Lord said to me, “The end has come for My people Israel. I will spare them no longer. The songs of the palace will turn to wailing in that day,” declares the Lord God. “Many will be the corpses; in every place they will cast them forth in silence.” '''Hear this, you who trample the needy''', to do away with the humble of the land, saying: “When will the new moon be over, So that we may sell grain, And the sabbath, that we may open the wheat market, '''To make the bushel smaller and the shekel bigger, And to cheat with dishonest scales'''
}}

Famines, like cheating, are universal phenomenon.

===Making money unlawfully===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|34|296}}|
Narrated Abu Hurairah (ra):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said "Certainly a time will come when people will not bother to know from where they earned the money, by lawful means or unlawful means."
}}
Muhammad himself engaged in dubious practices to acquire money:
{{Quote|Sirat Rasul Allah 428, Tabari VII:29|
Then the apostle heard that Abu Sufyan b. Harb was coming from Syria with a large caravan of Quraysh, containing their money and merchandise, accompanied by some thirty or forty men." Mohammad said, "This is the Quraysh caravan containing their property, Go out to attack it, perhaps God will give it as prey,
}}

===Usury (riba)===
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 10191|
عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ أَنّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ يَأْتِي عَلَى النَّاسِ زَمَانٌ يَأْكُلُونَ فِيهِ الرِّبَا قِيلَ النَّاسُ كُلُّهُمْ قَالَ مَنْ لَمْ يَأْكُلْهُ مِنْهُمْ نَالَهُ مِنْ غُبَارِهِ

Abu Huraira reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “A time will come upon people in which they will consume usury.” It was said, “All of the people?” The Prophet said, “Whoever does not consume it will be affected by its dust.”
}}

Usury (riba) was already widespread in the period before Islam, which Muslims call "jahilya":
{{Quote|[https://ebrary.net/10536/business_finance/types_riba Types of Riba]|
Riba al-Jahiliyah means “the riba used during the age of ignorance and paganism.” It is also called riba al-nassee'aa (the riba that is constrained by a time limit and is time dependent). This type of '''riba was widely practiced by the pagan Arabs at the advent of Islam'''.
}}

In any interest-based economy, all goods will inevitably be "tainted" directly or indirectly with interest-based practices.

===Sudden deaths===
{{Quote|Al-Mu'jam al-Awsat al-Tabarani (9/147) No. 9376 (sahih)|
حدثنا الهيثم بن خالد المصيصي نا عبدالكبير بن المعافى بن عمران نا شريك عن العباس بن ذريح عن الشعبي عن أنس بن مالك رفعه إلى النبي صلى الله عليه و سلم قال من اقتراب الساعة أن يرى الهلال قبلا فيقال لليلتين وأن تتخذ المساجد طرقا وأن يظهر الموت الفجاء لم يرو هذا الحديث عن العباس بن زريح إلا شريك تفرد به عبد الكبير بن المعافى

Anas bin Malik (RA) narrated that the Prophet (SAW) said: “Among the signs that the Last Hour is near, is that the crescent would appear larger than its actual size and people would say: ‘It appears as if it is only two days old.’ and the masajid will be taken as streets, and '''sudden death will spread'''.”
}}

In other hadiths Muhammad and Ubayd speak about sudden death as something already known:{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 3110 / Book 21, Hadith 22 / Book 20, Hadith 3104 (sahih)|
Narrated Ubayd ibn Khalid as-Sulami,:

A man from the Companions of the Prophet (ﷺ), said: The narrator Sa'd ibn Ubaydah narrated sometimes from the Prophet (ﷺ) and sometimes as a statement of Ubayd (ibn Khalid): The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Sudden death is a wrathful catching.
}}

===Islam will be unpleasant for Muslims (like burning ember/coal in hand)===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2260 (hasan)|
Anas bin Malik narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"There shall come upon the people a time in which the one who is patient upon his religion will be like the one holding onto a burning ember."
}}

Adhering to Islam was already unpleasant for many Muslims during the time of Muhammad and it escalated in 632-633 during the Wars of Apostasy when some Arabs tried to leave Islam, but had it imposed on them once again by the caliph.

===Following Jews and Christians===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|92|422}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "You will follow the ways of those nations who were before you, span by span and cubit by cubit (i.e., inch by inch) so much so that even if they entered a hole of a mastigure, you would follow them." We said, "O Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)! (Do you mean) the Jews and the Christians?" He said, "Whom else?"
}}
Muhammad himself incorporated portions of the Talmud and the gospels in the Quran and his teachings.

===Killing [pointless killing]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which Religious ignorance will spread, knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and '''there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing'''."
}}

The Old Testament hosts many texts about mass killing. For example:
{{Quote|The Bible (AMPC), 1 Samuel 15:3|
Now go and smite Amalek and utterly destroy all they have; do not spare them, but '''kill both man and woman, infant and suckling, ox and sheep, camel and donkey.'''
}}

Muhammad himself engaged in what most would describe as "pointless killing":
{{Quote|Ibn Ishaq: Sirat Rasul Allah, p. 464|
Then they surrendered, and the apostle confined them in Medina in the quarter of d. al-Harith, a woman of B. al-Najjar. Then the apostle went out to the market of Medina (which is still its market today) and dug trenches in it. Then he sent for them and struck off their heads in those trenches as they were brought out to him in batches. Among them was the enemy of Allah Huyayy b. Akhtab and Ka`b b. Asad their chief. There were 600 or 700 in all, though some put the figure as high as 800 or 900.
}}

===Two parties with the same message will fight===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6902}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) many ahadith and one of them was this:

The last Hour will not come until the two parties (of Muslims) confront each other and there is a large-scale massacre amongst them and the claim of both of them is the same.
}}

This prediction was interpreted by Islamic scholars as referring to the Battle of Siffin (year 657). Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Issue between Ali and Aisha===
{{Quote|Fath al Bari 13/59 (sahih) and others|
إنَّهُ سيكونُ بينَكَ وبين عائشةَ أمرٌ قال فأنا أشقاهُم يا رسولَ اللهِ قال لا ولكنْ إذا كان ذلك فاردُدْها إلى مأمنِها

There will be an issue between you and ‘Aisha.” He said, “Me, O Messenger of Allah?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Me?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Then [in that case] I would be the worst of them (all people).” He said, “No, but when this occurs, return her to her safe quarters.”}}

The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_the_Camel Battle of the Camel] happened in 656. The hadith (in Musnad Ahmad) was written in the 9th century.

===Ammar will be killed===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 1, Book 46, Hadith 3800 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "Rejoice, 'Ammar, the transgressing party shall kill you."
}}

He was killed in the 7th century. The collection of Tirmidhi was written in the 9th century.

==="I have been given Persia"===
{{Quote|Al-Nasa'i, Sunan al Kubra 8858|
أنبأ محمد بن عبد الأعلى قال حدثنا معتمر قال سمعت عوفا قال سمعت ميمونا يحدث عن البراء بن عازب قال : لما أمرنا رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم أن يحفر الخندق عرض لنا فيه حجر لا يأخذ فيه المعول فاشتكينا ذلك إلى رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فجاء رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فألقى ثوبه وأخذ المعول وقال بسم الله فضرب ضربة فكسر ثلث الصخرة قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح الشام والله إني لأبصر قصورها الحمر الآن من مكاني هذا قال ثم ضرب أخرى وقال بسم الله وكسر ثلثا آخر وقال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح فارس والله إني لأبصر قصر المدائن الأبيض الآن ثم ضرب ثالثة وقال بسم الله فقطع الحجر قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح اليمن والله إني لأبصر باب صنعاء

Al-Bara said: On the Day of Al-Khandaq (the trench) there stood out a rock too immune for our spades to break up. We therefore went to see God’s Messenger for advice. He took the spade, and said: “In the Name of God” Then he struck it saying: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Ash-Sham (Greater Syria). By God, I can see its red palaces at the moment;” on the second strike he said: “God is Most Great, '''I have been given Persia'''. By God, I can now see the white palace of Madain;” and for the third time he struck the rock saying: “In the Name of God,” shattering the rest of the rock, and he said: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Yemen. By God, I can see the gates of San’a while I am in my place.”
}}

The bloody conquest happened around the year 650. Earliest hadith collection Muwatta Imam Malik (which doesn't contain this hadith) was written around the year 750 and the hadith collection sunan al-Kubra which contains the hadith was written around the year 850. This hadith was written hundreds of years after the event it describes.

Furthermore, Persia was already conquered a thousand years before by Alexander the Great. And at the time of Muhammad Persia was exhausted by wars with Romans which lasted from 54 BC to 628 AD (681 years).

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roman%E2%80%93Persian_Wars Wikipedia: Roman–Persian Wars]

===Conquest of Jerusalem===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, '''the conquest of Jerusalem''', a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

Some suggest that Muhammad predicted "The Muslim conquest of Jerusalem in 1187 AD." <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/en/article/135817/the-signs-of-the-hour</ref>:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(1187) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (1187)]

However, this was the second Islamic conquest of Jerusalem. Muslims first conquered Jerusalem in 636:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(636%E2%80%93637) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (636–637)]

Furthermore, after the conquest, the Hour was expected to come. Both events occurred nearly a thousand years in the past.

This was written by Bukhari two hundred years after the first conquest.

Hadith in Sunan Abu Dawud also stresses the coming of the Last Hour after the conquest of Jerusalem (holy land):
{{Quote|Abu Dawud 14:2529 (sahih)|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Hawalah al-Azdi:

The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) sent us on foot to get spoil, but we returned without getting any. When he saw the signs of distress on our faces, he stood up on our faces and said: O Allah, do not put them under my care, for I would be too weak to care for them; do not put them in care of themselves, for they would be incapable of that, and do not put them in the care of men, for they would choose the best things for themselves. '''He then placed his hand on my head and said: Ibn Hawalah, when you see the caliphate has settled in the holy land, earthquakes, sorrows and serious matters will have drawn near and on that day the Last Hour will be nearer to mankind than this hand of mine is to your head.'''
}}

===Conquest of Egypt===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|5174}}|
Abu Dharr reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

'''You would soon conquer Egypt''' and that is a land which is known (as the land of al-qirat). So when you conquer it, treat its inhabitants well. For there lies upon you the responsibility because of blood-tie or relationship of marriage (with them). And when you see two persons falling into dispute amongst themselves for the space of a brick, than get out of that. He (Abu Dharr) said: I saw Abd al-Rahman b. Shurahbil b. Hasana and his brother Rabi'a disputing with one another for the space of a brick. So I left that (land).
}}
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muslim_conquest_of_Egypt Muslim conquest of Egypt] happened in the 7th century. The hadith collection Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Conquest of Yemen, Syria and Iraq===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3201}}|
Sufyan b. Abu Zuhair heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) say:

'''Yemen will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families on them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''Syria will be conquered''' and some people will go away driving their camels along with them and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''lraq will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority. while Medina is better for them if they were to know it.
}}
All conquests happened in the 7th century. Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.
===Fighting Turks===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|56|787}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till you fight a nation wearing hairy shoes, and till you '''fight the Turks''', who will have small eyes, red faces and flat noses; and their faces will be like flat shields. And you will find that the best people are those who hate responsibility of ruling most of all till they are chosen to be the rulers. And the people are of different natures: The best in the pre-lslamic period are the best in Islam. A time will come when any of you will love to see me rather than to have his family and property doubled."
}}

Some suggest that "Turks" here means "Mongols" and that this thus predicts Gengis Khan. However, The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Kharistan Battle of Kharistan] (737) which happened between the Umayyad caliphate and Turkic Türgesh, could equally fit the description provided here. This seems more plausible, especially as Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

One might also note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

===Leave the Turks as long as they leave you===
This hadith is often referenced as evidence that Muhammad predicted the Ottoman empire, often ignoring the clause about the Abyssinians
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4288}}|
Narrated from Abi Sukainah One of the Companions:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: '''Let the Abyssinians alone as long as they let you alone''', and let the Turks alone as long as they leave you alone.
}}

It is said that the Turks should be left alone because they were strong, and they were strong therefore they would eventually become dominant. This is an evidently generous reading of the hadith.

In other hadith, Muhammad is reported to have predicted that after a few wars, Muslims would exterminate the Turks:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Takhreej Mishkaat al-Masabih 5/110 (hasan) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8F%D9%83%D9%85+%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8C+%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%A7%D8%B1%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%8A%D9%86%D9%90+%D9%8A%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8F%D9%91%D8%B1%D9%83%D9%8E</ref>|
يقاتِلُكم قومٌ صغارُ الأعينِ يعني التُّركَ قالَ تسوقونَهم ثلاثَ مرات حتَّى تُلحِقوهم بجزيرةِ العربِ فأمَّا في السِّاقةِ الأولى فينجو من هربَ منهم فأمَّا في الثَّانيةِ فينجو بعضٌ ويَهلِكُ بعضٌ وأمَّا في الثَّالثةِ فيصطَلِمونَ

People with small eyes, i.e. the Turks, will fight against you, the prophet (ﷺ) said: You will drive them off three times till you catch up with them in Arabia. On the first occasion when you drive them off those who fly will be safe, on the second occasion some will be safe and some will perish, but '''on the third occasion they will be extirpated'''.
}}
===Spoils of war distributed preferentially===
Hadith daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi 2211 (daif)|
إِذَا اتُّخِذَ الْفَىْءُ دُوَلاً

When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially)
}}
Al-Fai mean spoils of war.

===Fearless traveler (security)===
Probably refers to time after the conquest of Iraq in the 7th century:
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/334 (sahih)|
لا تقومُ الساعَةُ حتى تعودَ أرْضُ العربِ مروجًا وأَنْهَارًا وحتى يسيرَ الراكِبُ بينَ العِرَاقِ ومَكَّةَ لَا يَخَافُ إلَّا ضَلَالَ الطريقِ [ وحتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْهَرْجُ قالوا وما الهَرْجُ يا رسولَ اللهِ قال القتلُ ]

The Hour will not come until the land of Arabs becomes meadows and rivers and until '''a rider goes between Iraq and Makka and doesn't fear anything except getting lost''' and until al-harj is widespread. They said: And what is al-Harj O messenger of God? He said: Killing.
}}

===Fat people===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
Narrated `Imran bin Husain:

"Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, 'The best of my followers are those living in my generation (i.e. my contemporaries). and then those who will follow the latter" `Imran added, "I do not remember whether he mentioned two or three generations after his generation, then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and they will vow and never fulfill their vows, and '''fatness will appear among them'''."
}}

After the 7th century Islamic conquests, Muslims became rich and could have a lot of food.

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|59|548}}|
Narrated Ibn `Umar:

We did not eat our fill except after we had conquered Khaibar.
}}

Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Special greeting===
It was interpreted as "greeting only people you know":
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ‏:‏ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ

Before the Hour there is special greeting
}}

It would mean Muslims would disobey Muhammad's command to greet everyone:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|12}}|
Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Amr:

A man asked the Prophet (ﷺ) , "What sort of deeds or (what qualities of) Islam are good?" The Prophet (ﷺ) replied, 'To feed (the poor) and '''greet those whom you know and those whom you do not know'''.
}}

In other hadiths however Muhammad was preventing Muslims from greeting certain people based on their religion:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|26|5389}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

Do not greet the Jews and the Christians before they greet you and when you meet any one of them on the roads force him to go to the narrowest part of it.
}}

===Rejection of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4604 / Book 41, Hadith 4587 / Book 42, Hadith 9|
Narrated Al-Miqdam ibn Ma'dikarib:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Beware! I have been given the Qur'an and something like it, yet the time is coming when a man replete on his couch will say: '''Keep to the Qur'an'''; what you find in it to be permissible treat as permissible, and what you find in it to be prohibited treat as prohibited. Beware! The domestic ass, beasts of prey with fangs, a find belonging to confederate, unless its owner does not want it, are not permissible to you If anyone comes to some people, they must entertain him, but if they do not, he has a right to mulct them to an amount equivalent to his entertainment.
}}

The idea that only the Quran is the word of god and Muhamamad is just a man and therefore he might be wrong existed during Muhammad's life:
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 3646, In-book reference: Book 26, Hadith 6, English translation: Book 25, Hadith 3639|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Amr ibn al-'As:

I used to write everything which I heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). I intended (by it) to memorise it. The Quraysh prohibited me saying: '''Do you write everything that you hear from him while the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) is a human being: he speaks in anger and pleasure?''' So I stopped writing, and mentioned it to the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He signalled with his finger to him mouth and said: Write, by Him in Whose hand my soul lies, only right comes out from it.
}}
===Liars will be trusted and honest people will be regarded as liars===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4036 (hasan)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will come to the people years of treachery, when the liar will be regarded as honest, and the honest man will be regarded as a liar; the traitor will be regarded as faithful, and the faithful man will be regarded as a traitor; and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}

This was already happening according to Islamic sources. Some people trusted Musaylimah.

==="The pen will spread"===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ وَفُشُوُّ التِّجَارَةِ حَتَّى تُعِينَ الْمَرْأَةُ زَوْجَهَا عَلَى التِّجَارَةِ وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ وَفُشُوُّ الْقَلَمِ وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, family ties will be severed, '''the pen will spread''', false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
There is the Pen that Allah created first and which writes the future:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 3319 (sahih)|
“I arrived in Makkah and met Ata bin Abi Rabah. I said: ‘O Abu Muhammad! Some people with us speak about Al-Qadar.’ Ata said: ‘I met Al-Walid bin Ubadah bin As-Samit and he said: “My father narrated to me, he said: ‘I heard the Messenger of Allah saying: “Verily '''the first of what Allah created was the Pen (القلم). He said to it: “Write.” So it wrote what will be forever'''.’”
}}

There is also the Pen that writes deeds:
{{Quote|Bulugh al Maram: Book 8, Hadith 1096|
Narrated 'Aishah (RA):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: "There are three people whose actions are not recorded ( رُفِعَ اَلْقَلَمُ عَنْ ثَلَاثَةٍ, literally "is lifted the pen from three"), a sleeping person till he awakes, a child till he is a grown up, and an insane person till he is restored to reason or recovers his sense." [Reported by Ahmad and al-Arba'a, except at-Tirmidhi. al-Hakim graded it Sahih (authentic)].
}}
{{Quote|al-nasa'i: Vol. 4, Book 26, Hadith 3217 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Salamah:
It was narrated from Abu Salamah that Abu Hurairah said: "I said: 'O Messenger of Allah, I am a young man and I fear hardship for myself, but I cannot afford to marry; should I castrate myself?'" The Prophet turned away from him until he said it three times. Then the Prophet said: "O Abu Hurairah, '''the pen is dried concerning what you are going to face''', so (it is up to you whether) you castrate yourself or not." Abu Abdur-Rahman (An-Nasai) said: Al-Awzai did not hear this narration from Az-Zuhri, and this hadith is sahih, Yunus reported it from Az-Zuhri.
}}

Literacy was increasing before Muhammad was born. Jews and Christians first used oral traditions, but then switched to writing. There was also the ongoing global transitions from oral cultures to written cultures more generally.

Notice also that the prophecy was written by people who were ''writing'' hadiths from oral traditions.

===Family ties will be severed===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, '''family ties will be severed''' (وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ), the pen will spread, false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
Islam teaches that among the first people were brothers Cain and Abel and Cain killed Abel.

There is also hadith where Muhammad encourages people to keep the ties of kinship, which indicates they weren't doing it enough in his time:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 1, Hadith 1979 (hasan)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah said:
"Learn enough about your lineage to facilitate keeping your ties of kinship (تَصِلُونَ بِهِ أَرْحَامَكُمْ). For indeed keeping the ties of kinship encourages affection among the relatives, increases the wealth, and increases the lifespan."
}}

Killing of family members for the sake of Islam was also approved by Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4348}}|Narrated Abdullah Ibn Abbas: A blind man had a slave-mother who used to abuse the Prophet (peace be upon him) and disparage him. He forbade her but she did not stop. He rebuked her but she did not give up her habit. One night she began to slander the Prophet (peace be upon him) and abuse him. So he took a dagger, placed it on her belly, pressed it, and killed her. A child who came between her legs was smeared with the blood that was there. When the morning came, the Prophet (peace be upon him) was informed about it.

He assembled the people and said: I adjure by Allah the man who has done this action and I adjure him by my right to him that he should stand up. Jumping over the necks of the people and trembling the man stood up.

He sat before the Prophet (peace be upon him) and said: Apostle of Allah! I am her master; she used to abuse you and disparage you. I forbade her, but she did not stop, and I rebuked her, but she did not abandon her habit. I have two sons like pearls from her, and she was my companion. Last night she began to abuse and disparage you. So I took a dagger, put it on her belly and pressed it till I killed her.

Thereupon the Prophet (peace be upon him) said: Oh be witness, no retaliation is payable for her blood.}}

===Satellite Communications===
It's a similar prophecy to "family ties will be severed", this hadith is often mistranslated (also the hadith is weak):
{{Quote|Tabrani, al-Muʿjam al-Kabīr 10/228 and Mu'jan al-Awsat 4861 (da'eef)|
“From among the signs of Qiyamah is that people will maintain ties with '''distant relatives and strangers''' (الأطباق) but sever ties with close family.”
}}
The word الأطباق (''al-atbaaq'') is today sometimes translated as "dishes" (although the classical translation (understanding) fits better into the context) and then they interpret the "dishes" as "satellites".

*[https://hadithanswers.com/is-satellite-communication-a-sign-of-qiyamah/ Fatwa against the modern interpretation]

===Automobiles (actually camels with lofty saddles)===
Muhammad forbade riding on ''mayathir'' (مياثر), so mayathir were something already known:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|74|253}}|
..He forbade us to drink from silver utensils, to wear gold rings, '''to ride on silken saddles (ركوب المياثر)''', to wear silk clothes..
}}

There is a prophecy about people riding on mayathir at the end of times:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4 / 436 (hasan)|
سَيَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ هَذِهِ الْأُمَّةِ رِجَالٌ يَرْكَبُونَ عَلَى الْمَيَاثِرِ حَتَّى يَأْتُوا أَبْوَابَ مَسَاجِدِهِمْ

They will mount their mayaathir until they come to the doors of their mosques
}}
Albani explained:
{{Quote|Tafsir by Albani|
the word mayaathir is the plural of meetharah and Ibn al-Athir described it as, “… smooth and soft, made out of silk or a silk brocade [heavy silk] which the rider places beneath him on the saddle on top of the camel.
}}

And a re-iteration of the same prophecy:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 654/11 (hasan)|
يكون في آخر أمتي رجال يركبون على سرج كأشباه الرحال ينزلون على أبواب المساجد نساؤهم كاسيات عاريات

In the last [part] of my nation there will be men who ride on '''saddles that resemble packsaddles''' (سرج كأشباه الرحال). They will alight at the doors of the mosques. Their women are clothed but naked. On their heads are [what appears to be] like the humps of [lean] camels. Curse them for they are cursed. If there were a nation from the nations to come after you, your women would serve them, just as the women of the nations that were before you served you.
}}
Some try to translate سرج كأشباه الرحال as "carriots" or "cars", but:

*سَرْج means "saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle; pigskin; pillion" <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B3%D8%B1%D8%AC/</ref>
*رَحْل means "Either of a pair of a bags laid over the back of a horse - saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle". <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B1%D8%AD%D9%84/</ref>

===Ignorance [of Islamic teachings]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which '''Religious ignorance will spread''', knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing."}}

*In Islam, the period before Muhammad's career is called jahilya (ignorance).
*in context of Islam, when Muhammad says "knowledge" it means "knowledge of Muhamamd's claims and commands" and when Islam says "ignorance" it means "ignorance of Muhammad's claims and commands"
*Muhammad noticed that Jews don't fully follow the law of Moses, so he predicted similar outcomes for Muslims in many instances.

===Learning for something other than Islam===
{{Quote|Al-Shawkani, Nayl al-Awtar 8/262 (hasan li-ghayrihi)|
إذا اتُّخِذَ الفَيْءُ دُوَلًا والأمانةُ مَغْنَمًا والزكاةُ مَغْرَمًا وتُعُلِّمَ لغيرِ الدِّينِ وأطاع الرجلُ امرأتَه وعَقَّ أُمَّه وأَدْنَى صديقَه وأَقْصَى أباه وظَهَرَتِ الأصواتُ في المساجدِ وساد القبيلةَ فاسِقُهُم وكان زعيمُ القومِ أَرْذَلَهم وأُكْرِمَ الرجلُ مَخَافةَ شرِّه وظَهَرَتِ القِيَانُ والمعازفُ وشُرِبَتِ الخُمورُ ولَعَن آخِرُ هذه الأمةِ أولَها فلْيَرْتَقِبُوا عند ذلك رِيحًا حمراءَ وزَلْزَلَةً وخَسْفًا ومَسْخًا وقَذْفًا وآياتٍ تُتَابَعُ كنِظامٍ بالٍ قُطِعَ سِلْكُه فتتابع بعضُه بعضًا

When spoiles of war are distributed; and property given in trust will be considered as booty for oneself; Zakat will be looked upon as a fine; '''learning for other than the religion'''; a man will obey his wife and disobey his mother; a man will bring his friends nearer and drive his father far off; noises will be raised in the masjids; the most wicked of a tribe will become its ruler; the most worthless member of a people will become its leader; a man will be honoured for fear of the evil he may do; singing girls and musical instruments will come into vogue; drinking of wine will become common; and the later generations will begin to curse the previous generations; then wait, for red violent winds, earthquakes, swallowing up by the earth, defacement (of human faces), pelting of stones from the skies as rain, and a continuing chain of disasters followed one by another, like beads of a necklace falling one after the other rapidly when its string is cut.
}}
Secular knowledge for secular purposes was studied before Islam.

===Tall buildings===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||1|1|63}} <ref>https://sunnah.com/urn/1250630</ref>|
وَأَنْ تَرَى الْحُفَاةَ الْعُرَاةَ الْعَالَةَ رِعَاءَ الشَّاءِ يَتَطَاوَلُونَ فِي الْبِنَاءِ

..and when '''you see barefoot, naked, destitute shepherds''' competing in constructing tall buildings
}}The Bible contained a story of the Tower of Babel, Egyptians built pyramids. The desire and ability to construct tall buildings appears to has been common in history.

There were people in the 7th century building buildings that could be considered tall in that time. Ibn Hajar wrote in his famous commentary on Sahih Bukhari:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar: Fatḥ al-Bārī fī Sharḥ Ṣaḥīḥ al-Bukhārī|
يتطاول الناس في البنيان وهي من العلامات التي وقعت عن قرب في زمن النبوة

"The people are [competing in] building tall buildings" - and that's from the signs which '''happened close at the time of the prophethood'''
}}

Muslims could afford building tall buildings after they got rich from early Islamic conquests.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|70|576}}|
Narrated Qais bin Abi Hazim:

We went to pay a visit to Khabbab (who was sick) and he had been branded (cauterized) at seven places in his body. He said, "Our companions who died (during the lifetime of the Prophet) left (this world) without having their rewards reduced through enjoying the pleasures of this life, but '''we have got (so much) wealth that we find no way to spend It except on the construction of buildings''' .Had the Prophet not forbidden us to wish for death, I would have wished for it.' We visited him for the second time while he was building a wall. '''He said: A Muslim is rewarded (in the Hereafter) for whatever he spends except for something that he spends on building'''."
}}

Some add that theses buildings were described as being "as high as mountains", but that hadith is mawqoof (not from Muhammad). It was a saying of ‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr and it was after Muslims became rich from early Islamic conquests, so they could likely imagine themselves building tall in Mecca. Also the hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Musannaf ibn Abi Shaybah, Hadith: 14306 (da'eef or hasan)|
Sayyiduna '''‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr''' (radiyallahu ‘anhuma) is reported to have said: “……When you see tunnels/canals being dug in Makkah Mukarramah and the buildings (of Makkah Mukarramah) higher than the peak of the mountains then know that Qiyamah is close.”
}}

*[https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/247118/%D9%87%D9%84-%D8%AB%D8%A8%D8%AA-%D9%85%D9%86-%D9%83%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85-%D8%B9%D8%A8%D8%AF-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%84%D9%87-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%B1%D9%88-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B9%D8%A7%D8%B5-%D8%A7%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AA%D9%81%D8%A7%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A8%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%A1-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D9%85%D9%83%D8%A9-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9 Fatwa] (Arabic) says that since it's not from Muhammad, it shouldn't even be called a hadith.

===Mosques full of hypocrites===
{{Quote|Ibn Abi Shaybah: Kitab al-Iman 101 (sahih)|
عن عبد اللهِ بنِ عَمرو قال : يأتي على الناس زمانٌ ، يجتمِعون ويُصلُّون في المساجدِ ، وليس فيهم مؤمنٌ

A time will come on people when they get together and pray in mosques and isn't among them a single believer
}}

Praying hypocrites were also mentioned in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 6:5|
“And when you pray, do not be like the hypocrites, for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and on the street corners to be seen by others.
}}

The military nature of Islam's spread may have encouraged this type of hypocrisy:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|30}}|
It is reported on the authority of Abu Huraira that the Messenger of Allah said:

I have been commanded to fight against people so long as they do not declare that there is no god but Allah, and he who professed it was guaranteed the protection of his property and life on my behalf except for the right affairs rest with Allah.
}}
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|260}}|
Narrated `Ikrima:

`Ali burnt some people and this news reached Ibn `Abbas, who said, "Had I been in his place I would not have burnt them, as the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'Don't punish (anybody) with Allah's Punishment.' No doubt, I would have killed them, for the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'If somebody (a Muslim) discards his religion, kill him.' "
}}

===Voices raised in mosques===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2211 (daif)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially), trust is a spoil of war, Zakat is a fine, knowledge is sought for other than the(sake of the) religion, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is close to his friend and far from his father, '''voices are raised in the Masajid''', tribes are led by their wicked, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, singing slave-girls and music spread, intoxicants are drunk, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning- then anticipate a red wind, earthquake, collapsing of the earth, transformation, Qadhf, and the signs follow in succession like gems of a necklace whose string is cut and so they fall in succession."
}}

People were raising voices even in the time of Muhammad in front of him. Muhammad rebuked them in the Quran:
{{Quote|{{Quran|49|2}} (Sahih International)|
O you who have believed, do not raise your voices above the voice of the Prophet or be loud to him in speech like the loudness of some of you to others, lest your deeds become worthless while you perceive not.

}}

===Decoration of mosques===
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|8|690}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Anas that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"One of the portents of the Hour will be that people will show off in building Masjids."
}}

There was a precedent. Christians and Jews were adorning their places of worship:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|2|448}}|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Abbas:

I was not commanded to build high mosques. Ibn Abbas said: You will certainly adorn them '''as the Jews and Christians did'''.
}}

===Markets will approach (taqaarub al-aswaaq)===
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/330 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D8%AA%D8%B8%D9%87%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%81%D8%AA%D9%86+%D9%88%D9%8A%D9%83%D8%AB%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B0%D8%A8+%D9%88%D8%AA%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B3%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%82+%D9%88%D9%8A%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B2%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%86</ref>|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تَظْهَرَ الفِتَنُ ويكثرَ الكذِبُ وتتقارَبَ الأسواقُ ويتقارَبَ الزمانُ ويكثُرَ الهرجُ قلْتُ وما الهرْجُ قال القتْلُ

The Hour won't come till tribulations show up, lies are widespread and '''taqaarub of markets''' and taqaarub of time and harj is widespread. I said: What is al-harj? He said: Killing.
}}
The hadith is vague in its entirety, but the situation on markets expectedly changed after Muslims got rich by the 7th century conquests.

===Breaking the convenant with god makes enemies overpower them===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
... '''They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands.''' Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Leviticus 26:14-17|
Punishment for Disobedience

“‘But if you will not listen to me and carry out all these commands, and if you reject my decrees and abhor my laws and fail to carry out all my commands and so violate my covenant, then I will do this to you: I will bring on you sudden terror, wasting diseases and fever that will destroy your sight and sap your strength. You will plant seed in vain, because your enemies will eat it. I will set my face against you so that you will be defeated by your enemies; those who hate you will rule over you, and you will flee even when no one is pursuing you.
}}

===A man passes by a grave and wants to be dead too===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
وَحَتَّى يَمُرَّ الرَّجُلُ بِقَبْرِ الرَّجُلِ فَيَقُولُ يَا لَيْتَنِي مَكَانَهُ

... till a man when passing by a grave of someone will say, 'Would that I were in his place...
}}

The Old Testament mentions this:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Jonah 4:3|
"Therefore now, O LORD, please take my life from me, for death is better to me than life."
}}

===People will treat a man with respect because they fear the evil he could do===
The hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, '''the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of''', intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

Intimidation with violence was already used before Islam. It was also used by Muhammad.

===The leader of a people will be the worst of them===
This hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, '''the leader of the people is the most despicable among them''', the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

This happened during the time of Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abu Dawud||2155|darussalam}}| Abu Said al-Khudri said: "The apostle of Allah sent a military expedition to Awtas on the occasion of the battle of Hunain. They met their enemy and fought with them. They defeated them and took them captives. Some of the Companions of the apostle of Allah were reluctant to have intercourse with the female captives because of their pagan husbands. So Allah, the Exalted, sent down the Quranic verse, "And all married women (are forbidden) unto you save those (captives) whom your right hands possess". That is to say, they are lawful for them when they complete their waiting period." [The Quran verse is 4:24]}}

The men were morally reluctant to rape married women, but their leader (Muhammad) permitted them to go ahead.

==Predictions of the future (after the hadiths)==
In this category are hadiths that don't talk about what already happened before the prophecies were written.

==="Opposites"===
These don't seem to be predictions, but rather statements that the opposite of what was considered granted at that time will happen. For example mountains were considered solid (not moving), so a prophecy says that mountains will be moving. Rather then explaining the fulfillment of these prophecies, this common denominator suggests how the predictions were generated.

====Mountains will move====
This hadith is da'eef (Ufayr bin Ma'daan is in the chain):
{{Quote|Mu'jam at-Tabaraani vol 7, n. 6857|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تزولَ الجبالُ عن أماكِنِها وتَرَوْنَ الأمورَ العظامَ التي لم تَكُونوا تَرَوْنَها

The Hour will not begin until the '''mountains are moved from their places''' and you see great calamities which you have never seen before.
}}
====Non-speaking objects will start speaking====
{{Quote|Jami' al-Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2181 (sahih)|
Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri narrated that the Messenger of Allah (s.a.w) said:
"By the One in Whose Hand is my soul! The Hour will not be established until predators speak to people and until the tip of a man's whip and the straps on his sandal speak to him, and his thigh informs him of what occurred with his family after him."
}}

Though this hadith is often metaphorisized to refer to modern technology (mobile phones), the original wording of the hadith appears to be rather literal in its intention.

The Old Testament already has a story about a talking serpent:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 3:1|
Now '''the serpent''' was more crafty than any of the wild animals the Lord God had made. '''He said''' to the woman, “Did God really say, ‘You must not eat from any tree in the garden’?”
}}

And for Muhammad (unlike for most people), talking objects wouldn't even be much miraculous, since he was hearing voices regularly. For example he heard a stone saluting him:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====The land of Arabia reverts to meadows and rivers====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|5|2208}}|
وَحَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ، - وَهُوَ ابْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْقَارِيُّ - عَنْ سُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ ‏ "‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْمَالُ وَيَفِيضَ حَتَّى يَخْرُجَ الرَّجُلُ بِزَكَاةِ مَالِهِ فَلاَ يَجِدُ أَحَدًا يَقْبَلُهَا مِنْهُ وَحَتَّى تَعُودَ أَرْضُ الْعَرَبِ مُرُوجًا وَأَنْهَارًا ‏"‏ ‏.‏

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) as saying:

The Last Hour will not come before wealth becomes abundant and overflowing, so much so that a man takes Zakat out of his property and cannot find anyone to accept it from him and '''till the land of Arabia reverts (تعود) to meadows and rivers.'''
}}

The word تعود (''ta'ooda'') can mean both "become" and "revert".
{{Quote|مرقاة المفاتيح شرح مشكاة المصابيح|
وحتى تعود أرض العرب أي: تصير أو ترجع

"And until ''ta'ooda'' the land of Arabs" - meaning "becomes" or "reverts"
}}

====Much rain, but little vegetation====
{{Quote|Shuaib Al Arna'ut, Takhreej al-Musnad 12429 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%B3+%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1%D8%A7+%D8%B9%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7+%D8%8C+%D9%88+%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%86%D8%A8%D8%AA+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B1%D8%B6+%D8%B4%D9%8A%D8%A6%D8%A7</ref>|
لا تَقومُ السَّاعةُ حتى يُمطَرَ النَّاسُ مَطرًا عامًّا، ولا تُنبِتَ الأرضُ شيئًا.

The Hour would not come until there is too much rain, but the earth does not produce crops
}}
===Other Predictions About the Future===
====Coming of Muhammad and the Hour are close like the forefinger and middle finger joined together====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7049}}|
Anas reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

I and the Last Hour have been sent like this and (he while doing it) joined the forefinger with the middle finger.
}}

====A 7th century boy won't grow very old before the Hour comes====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7052}}|
وَحَدَّثَنِي حَجَّاجُ بْنُ الشَّاعِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، - يَعْنِي ابْنَ زَيْدٍ - حَدَّثَنَا مَعْبَدُ بْنُ هِلاَلٍ الْعَنَزِيُّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَجُلاً، سَأَلَ النَّبِيَّ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ مَتَى تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ قَالَ فَسَكَتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم هُنَيْهَةً ثُمَّ نَظَرَ إِلَى غُلاَمٍ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ مِنْ أَزْدِ شَنُوءَةَ فَقَالَ ‏ "‏ إِنْ عُمِّرَ هَذَا لَمْ يُدْرِكْهُ الْهَرَمُ حَتَّى تَقُومَ السَّاعَةُ ‏"‏ ‏.‏ قَالَ قَالَ أَنَسٌ ذَاكَ الْغُلاَمُ مِنْ أَتْرَابِي يَوْمَئِذٍ ‏.‏

Anas b. Malik reported that a person asked Allah's Apostle (ﷺ):

When would the Last Hour come? Thereupon Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) kept quiet for a while. Then looked at a young boy in his presence belonging to the tribe of Azd Shanu'a and he said: If this boy lives he would not grow very old till the Last Hour would come ''to you''. Anas said that this young boy was of our age during those days.
}}
The "to you" was added by the translators to indicate that it is the last hour (death) of the people who asked, however this qualification is entirely absent in the Arabic text.

====The Hour will come before a 7th century slave becomes old====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|73|188}}|
...In the meantime, a slave of Al-Mughira passed by, and he was of the same age as I was. The Prophet (ﷺ) said. "If this (slave) should live long, he will not reach the geriatric old age, but the Hour will be established."
}}

====Nothing will live one hundred years from now====
The "tonight" in ''italic'' was added by translators to accommodate the later re-interpretation:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|116}}|
أَرَأَيْتَكُمْ لَيْلَتَكُمْ هَذِهِ، فَإِنَّ رَأْسَ مِائَةِ سَنَةٍ مِنْهَا لاَ يَبْقَى مِمَّنْ هُوَ عَلَى ظَهْرِ الأَرْضِ أَحَدٌ

Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

Once the Prophet (ﷺ) led us in the `Isha' prayer during the last days of his life and after finishing it (the prayer) (with Taslim) he said: "Do you realize (the importance of) this night?" Nobody present on the surface of the earth ''tonight'' will be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night."
}}

When the prophecy failed 100 years later, Muslims re-interpreted it:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|10|575}}|
Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

The Prophet (ﷺ) prayed one of the `Isha' prayer in his last days and after finishing it with Taslim, he stood up and said, "Do you realize (the importance of) this night? Nobody present on the surface of the earth tonight would be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night." '''The people made a mistake in grasping the meaning of this statement of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and they indulged in those things which are said about these narrators (i.e. some said that the Day of Resurrection will be established after 100 years etc.)''' But the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Nobody present on the surface of earth tonight would be living after the completion of 100 years from this night"; he meant "When that century (people of that century) would pass away."
}}

====If 10 scholars of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|39|6711}} (Muhsin Khan translation)|
لَوْ تَابَعَنِي عَشْرَةٌ مِنَ الْيَهُودِ لَمْ يَبْقَ عَلَى ظَهْرِهَا يَهُودِيٌّ إِلاَّ أَسْلَمَ

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

If ten ''scholars'' of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth who would not embrace Islam.
}}

The Arabic original doesn't say "ten Jewish scholars", but only "ten Jews" (عشرة من اليهود).

====30 false prophets before the Hour====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6988}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until there would arise about thirty impostors, liars, and each one of them would claim that he is a messenger of Allah.
}}
In his time there were other prophets like Saf ibn Sayyad and Maslamah bin Ḥabīb (called by Muslims "Musaylimah al-Kadhdhāb" (Musaylama the Liar)), Al-Aswad Al-Ansi and Tulayha.

False prophets were also already predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 24:10-11|
At that time many will turn away from the faith and will betray and hate each other, and many '''false prophets will appear and deceive many people'''.
}}

====Rising of the Sun from its setting place====
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4297}}|
We were sitting in the shade of the chamber of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) discussing (something) and when we mentioned the last hour, our voices rose high. The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: The last hour will not come or happen until there appear ten signs before it : '''the rising of the sun in its place of setting''', the coming forth of the beast, the coming forth of Gog and Magog, the Dajjal (Antichrist), (the descent of) Jesus son of Mary, the smoke, and three collapses of the earth: one in the west, one in the east, and one in the Arabian Peninsula. The last of that will be the emergence of a fire from Yemen, from the lowest part of Aden, and drive mankind to their place of assembly.
}}
This seems to suggest that the sun revolves about the Earth and can reverse direction

There is also a related verse in the Quran:{{Quote|{{Quran|6|158}}|
Do they [then] wait for anything except that the angels should come to them or your Lord should come or that there come some of the signs of your Lord? The Day that '''some of the signs of your Lord will come no soul will benefit from its faith as long as it had not believed before''' or had earned through its faith some good. Say, "Wait. Indeed, we [also] are waiting."
}}
Tafsir:
{{Quote|Tafsir Al-Jalalayn on 6:158|
"On the day that one of your Lord’s signs comes" — and this is the rising of the sun from the west as reported in the hadīth of the two Sahīhs of Bukhārī and Muslim — it shall not benefit a soul to believe if it had not believed theretofore
}}
The hadith:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|6|60|159}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established until the sun rises from the West: and when the people see it, then whoever will be living on the surface of the earth will have faith, and that is (the time) when no good will it do to a soul to believe then, if it believed not before." (6.158)
}}

Another hadith says that right after the rising, a beast will appear in the forenoon:{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4310 (sahih)|
Abu zur’ah said:
A group of people came to Marwan in Medina, and they heard him say that the first of the signs to appear would be the coming forth of the Dajjal (Antichirst). He said: I then went to Abd Allah b. ‘Amr and mentioned it to him. He did not say anything(reliable). I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: '''The first of the signs to appear will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting and the coming forth of the beast against mankind in the forenoon.''' Whichever of them comes first will soon be followed by the other. ’Abd Allah who used to read the scriptures (Torah, Gospel) said: I think the first of them will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting.
}}

{{Quote|Ibn Majah 4069 (sahih)|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The first signs to appear will be at '''the rising of the sun from the west and the emergence of the Beast to the people, at forenoon'''.’” 'Abdullah said: "Whichever of them appears first, the other will come soon after." 'Abdullah said: "I do not think it will be anything other than the sun rising from the west."
}}

Some today proffer metaphorical interpretation that the "rising of the Sun from the west" refers to the rise of the Western civilization, though this would leave the segment regarding the beast unexplained.

The Quran seems to affirm the possibility that God could make the Sun "rise from the West":
{{Quote|{{Quran|2|258}}|
Have you not considered the one who argued with Abraham about his Lord [merely] because Allah had given him kingship? When Abraham said, "My Lord is the one who gives life and causes death," he said, "I give life and cause death." Abraham said, "Indeed, '''Allah brings up the sun from the east''', so bring it up from the west." So the disbeliever was overwhelmed [by astonishment], and Allah does not guide the wrongdoing people.
}}

See also Dhul-Qarnayn's story in the Quran, where this possibility is further confirmed, as the Sun is described to set in a muddy spring at the "farthest part" of the world":

*[[Category:Dhul-Qarnayn|Dhul-Qarnayn]]

====Stones and trees say to Muslims: "here is a Jew behind me; come and kill him"====
{{Quote|Book 41, Hadith 6985 aka Book 54, Hadith 105 or Sahih Muslim 2922|
The last hour would not come unless the Muslims will fight against the Jews and the Muslims would kill them until the Jews would hide themselves behind a stone or a tree and '''a stone or a tree would say: Muslim, or the servant of Allah, there is a Jew behind me; come and kill him'''; but the tree Gharqad would not say, for it is the tree of the Jews.
}}

Muhammad used to hear other voices as well:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====Time will pass more quickly (taqaarub az-zamaan)====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 10560|
لا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَتَقَارَبَ الزَّمَانُ ، فَتَكُونَ السَّنَةُ كَالشَّهْرِ ، وَيَكُونَ الشَّهْرُ كَالْجُمُعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ الْجُمُعَةُ كَالْيَوْمِ ، وَيَكُونَ الْيَوْمُ كَالسَّاعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ السَّاعَةُ كَاحْتِرَاقِ السَّعَفَةِ

The Hour will not begin until time passes quickly, so a year will be like a month, and a month will be like a week, and a week will be like a day, and a day will be like an hour, and an hour will be like the burning of a braid of palm leaves.
}}

Islamic scholars have interpreted this variously, without any agreement as to the possible meaning:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/34618/one-of-the-signs-of-the-hour-is-that-time-will-pass-more-quickly islamqa.info: One of the signs of the Hour is that time will pass more quickly]|
The scholars differed concerning the meaning of the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing more quickly). '''There are many views''', the strongest of which is:

That the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing quickly) may be interpreted literally or metaphorically.
}}

====A man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|233}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick."
}}

[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Qahtan_(tribe) Qahtan] still exists, but the prophecy remains unfulfilled. <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/418273/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9%D8%8C-%D9%88%D8%B2%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A5%D8%BA%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%82-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A8-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%88%D8%A8%D8%A9</ref>

====A man called Jahjah will occupy the throne====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Book 41, Hadith 6955|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The day and the night would not come to an end before a man called al-Jahjah would occupy the throne.
}}

*[https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/118597/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%8A-%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%86 Fatwa] (AR) puts this prophecy among non-fulfilled prophecies

====Conquest of Constantinopole without fighting and the Hour come together====
This hadith is considered da'eef by Albani (but sahih by Dhahabi):
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 14:331|
لتفتحن القسطنطينية، فلنعم الأمير أميرها، ولنعم الجيش ذلك الجيش

Verily you shall conquer Constantinople. What a wonderful leader will her
leader be, and what a wonderful army will that army be!
}}

One should note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

Another hadith adds that the Hour was expected to come with this conquest:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2239|
Anas bin Malik said:
"Constantinople will be conquered with the coming of the Hour."
}}

The coming of the Dajjal was expected right after the conquest:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

Another hadith mentions Romans attacking Dabiq before the conquest of Constantinople. The mention of swords makes it hard to re-interpret as a prophecy about another conquest of Constantinople in the future:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6924}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until '''the Romans would land at al-A'maq or in Dabiq'''. An army consisting of the best (soldiers) of the people of the earth at that time will come from Medina (to counteract them). When they will arrange themselves in ranks, the Romans would say: Do not stand between us and those (Muslims) who took prisoners from amongst us. Let us fight with them; and the Muslims would say: Nay, by Allah, we would never get aside from you and from our brethren that you may fight them. They will then fight and a third (part) of the army would run away, whom Allah will never forgive. A third (part of the army) which would be constituted of excellent martyrs in Allah's eye, would be killed and the third who would never be put to trial would win and they would be conquerors of Constantinople. And as they would be busy in distributing the spoils of war (amongst themselves) after hanging their '''swords''' by the olive trees, the Satan would cry: '''The Dajjal''' has taken your place among your family. They would then come out, but it would be of no avail. And when they would come to Syria, he would come out while they would be still preparing themselves for battle drawing up the ranks. Certainly, the time of prayer shall come and then Jesus (peace be upon him) son of Mary would descend and would lead them. When the enemy of Allah would see him, it would (disappear) just as the salt dissolves itself in water and if he (Jesus) were not to confront them at all, even then it would dissolve completely, but Allah would kill them by his hand and he would show them their blood on his lance (the lance of Jesus Christ).
}}

Also:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

The conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6979}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) saying:

You have heard about a city, one side of which is on land and the other is in the sea ('''Constantinople'''). They said: Allah's Messenger, yes. Thereupon he said: The Last Hour would not come unless seventy thousand persons from Bani lshaq would attack it. When they would land there, '''they will neither fight with weapons nor would shower arrows but would only say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," ''' and one side of it would fall. Thaur (one of the narrators) said: I think that he said: The part by the side of the ocean. Then they would say for the second time: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest" and the second side would also fall, and they would say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," and the gates would be opened for them and they would enter therein and, they would be collecting spoils of war and distributing them amongst themselves when a noise would be heard saying: Verily, Dajjal has come. And thus they would leave everything there and go back.
}}

Constantinople was [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fall_of_Constantinople conquered in 1453] by fighting, the Dajjal didn't appear and the city was renamed to Istanbul, so literally Constantinople no longer exists.

====Conquest of Rome====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6930}}|
Nafi' b. Utba reported:

We were with Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) in an expedition that there came a people to Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) from the direction of the west. They were dressed in woollen clothes and they stood near a hillock and they met him as Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) was sitting. I said to myself: Better go to them and stand between him and them that they may not attack him. Then I thought that perhaps there had been going on secret negotiation amongst them. I however, went to them and stood between them and him and I remember four of the words (on that occasion) which I repeat (on the fingers of my hand) that he (Allah's Messenger) said: You will attack Arabia and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack Persia and He would make you to conquer it. '''Then you would attack Rome and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack the Dajjal and Allah will enable you to conquer him. Nafi' said: Jabir, we thought that the Dajjal would appear after Rome (Syrian territory) would be conquered.'''
}}

The Roman empire seized to exist before it could be altogether conquered, though if one counts here the partial conquest of some of Rome's (Byzantine's) territories, then the question remains as to why the Dajjal failed to appear.

====Byzantines will make truce with Muslims, betray them and attack them====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, '''and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.'''
}}
The prophecy is considered unfulfilled:
{{Quote|[https://www.islamweb.net/en/fatwa/83460/hadith-about-the-romans-attacking-us-under-eighty-flags Hadith about the Romans attacking us under eighty flags]|
Imam Ibn al-Muneer said: 'Till this time the incident of gathering and attacking Rome in this huge number of soldiers has not happened yet. This matter has not taken place yet.
}}

====Conquest of India and the second coming of Jesus come together====
Also known as [[Ghazwa-e-hind|ghazwa-e-hind]].
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|25|3177}} (hasan) from The Book of Jihad, chapter "Invading India"|
It was narrated that Thawban, the freed slave of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), said:
"The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: 'There are two groups of my Ummah whom Allah will free from the Fire: The group that invades India (تَغْزُو الْهِنْدَ, ''taghzoo al-hind''), and the group that will be with Isa bin Maryam, peace be upon him.'"
}}

Early conquests of India happened in the 7th century (for example [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Rasil Battle of Rasil]), while author of the hadith collection [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Al-Nasa%27i al-Nasa'i] lived in the 9th century.

The conquest of India is linked to the second coming of Jesus (Isa). In other (although weak) hadiths it's even more explicit:
{{Quote|Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, al-Fitan, p. 409 (daeef)|
The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) said – and he mentioned India – then he said: “An army of yours will invade India and Allah will grant its conquest to them, until they bring their kings in chains, and Allah will forgive them their sins. Then they will return and when they return, they will find the son of Maryam in ash-Shaam (Syria).” Abu Hurayrah said: If I live to see that campaign, I will sell everything I possess and join the campaign. Then if Allah grants us victory and we return, then I will be Abu Hurayrah the freed (protected from Hellfire). And when we return to Syria we will find there ‘Eesa ibn Maryam. Then I shall make sure that I draw close to him and tell him that I accompanied you, O Messenger of Allah. The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) smiled and said: “Unlikely, unlikely.” [very difficult?]
}}

However, the second coming did not follow either these events:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/145636/hadith-about-the-conquest-of-india islamqa.info: Hadith about the conquest of India]|
What is mentioned in the hadith of Abu Hurayrah (may Allah have mercy on him), which was narrated by Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, about '''the conquest of India has not happened up till now''', but it will happen when ‘Eesaa ibn Maryam (peace be upon him) descends, if the hadith that says that is saheeh.
}}

====No more Khosrau and Caesar====
In Muhammad's time, the ruler of Persia was called Khosrau and the ruler of the Byzantine empire Caesar.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|267}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Khosrau will be ruined, and there will be no Khosrau after him, and Caesar will surely be ruined and there will be no Caesar after him, and you will spend their treasures in Allah's Cause." He called, "War is deceit'.
}}
There are many examples of this prophecy failing for both [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khosrow Kusrau] and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caesar_(title) Caesar]. For example:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Shah Khusrau Shah] was the king of the Justanids in the 10th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Khan Khusrau Khan] was the Sultan of Delhi in the 14th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Doukas_(Caesar) John Doukas] was a Caesar of the Byzantine empire in the 11th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mehmed_the_Conqueror Mehmed the Conqueror] - a 15h century Muslim conqueror, also called himself Caesar

The prophecy is probably referring to the 7th century Islamic conquests. The prediction in Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

====Nations will soon call each other to attack Muslims====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 4297, In-book reference: Book 39, Hadith 7, English translation: Book 38, Hadith 4284|
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The people will soon summon one another to attack you as people when eating invite others to share their dish. Someone asked: Will that be because of our small numbers at that time? He replied: No, you will be numerous at that time: but you will be scum and rubbish like that carried down by a torrent, and Allah will take fear of you from the breasts of your enemy and last enervation into your hearts. Someone asked: What is wahn (enervation). Messenger of Allah (ﷺ): He replied: Love of the world and dislike of death.
}}

One might note that soon after this statement is alleged to have been stated by the prophet, the Muslims would conquer vast lands - the Muslim empire would only come to a grinding halt some 1300 years later.

====Romans would form a majority amongst people====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6296}}|
Mustaurid Qurashi reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The Last Hour would come when the Romans would form a majority amongst people'''. This reached 'Amr b. al-'As and he said: What are these ahadith which are being transmitted from you and which you claim to have heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)? Mustaurid said to him: I stated only that which I heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). Thereupon 'Amr said: If you state this (it is true), for they have the power of tolerance amongst people at the time of turmoil and restore themselves to sanity after trouble, and are good amongst people so far as the destitute and the weak are concerned.
}}

The Roman empire dissolved without the realization of this prophecy.

====Twelve caliphs====
Shi'ite Imamology rests heavily upon this hadith, though has been continuously troubled by it (as have been Sunni scholars), as there appears to be no clear group of "twelve Caliphs" to have appeared in history:{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4480}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Jabir b. Samura who said:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: Islam will continue to be triumphant until there have been '''twelve Caliphs'''. Then the Prophet (ﷺ) said something which I could not understand. I asked my father: What did he say? He said: He has said that all of them (twelve Caliphs) will be from the Quraish.
}}
{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4483}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Amir b. Sa'd b. Abu Waqqas who said:

I wrote (a letter) to Jabir b. Samura and sent it to him through my servant Nafi', asking him to inform me of something he had heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He wrote to me (in reply): I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say on Friday evening, the day on which al-Aslami was stoned to death (for committing adultery): '''The Islamic religion will continue until the Hour has been established, or you have been ruled over by twelve Caliphs, all of them being from the Quraish'''. also heard him say: A small force of the Muslims will capture the white palace, the police of the Persian Emperor or his descendants. I also heard him say: Before the Day of Judgment there will appear (a number of) impostors. You are to guard against them. I also heard him say: When God grants wealth to any one of you, he should first spend it on himself and his family (and then give it in charity to the poor). I heard him (also) say: I will be your forerunner at the Cistern (expecting your arrival).
}}

Commentaries by (Sunni) Islamic scholars:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Fathul-Bari, vol. 13, p.211|
لم ألق أحدا يقطع في هذا الحديث يعني بشيء معين

I have not met anyone who could be certain about the meaning of this hadith!
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Jouzi, Kashful-Majhool, vol.1 p.449|
هذا الحديث قد أطلت البحث عنه، وتطلّبت مظانّه، وسألت عنه، فما رأيت أحدا وقع على المقصود به

I have researched for long to understand this hadith and referred to many references and made much enquiries about it, yet I did not meet anyone who could understand it.
}}

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_caliphs Wikipedia: List of Caliphs]

====Rain which will destroy all dwellings except tents====
This hadith is sahih:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 7554 (sahih)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا أبو كامل وعفان قالا ثنا حماد عن سهيل قال عفان في حديثه قال أنا سهيل بن أبي صالح عن أبيه عن أبي هريرة قال قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم : لا تقوم الساعة حتى يمطر الناس مطرا لا تكن منه بيوت المدر ولا تكن منه الا بيوت الشعر
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده صحيح على شرط مسلم

The Hour will not come until there has been rain which
will destroy all dwellings except tents
}}
====Not living according to the sharia causes infighting between Muslims====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. '''Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”'''
}}

In fact, it is rather Muslim's disagreement as to what constitutes the Sharia (as a result of their trying to implement it) that results in inter-Muslim conflict. One can imagine that had Islam separated church and state, many such conflicts would have been avoided.

====12 thousand from Aden Abyan will make Islam victorious====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 5/33 (sahih)|
يخرجُ من عدنِ أَبْيَنَ اثنا عشرَ ألفًا ينصرونَ اللهَ ورسولَهُ هم خيرُ مَن بيني وبينهم

Out of Aden-Abyan will come 12000, giving victory to the (religion of) Allah and His Messenger. They are the best between me and them.
}}

====Group of Muslims will remain victorious until Allah's order====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|92|414}}|
Narrated Al-Mughira bin Shu`ba:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "A group of my follower swill remain predominant (victorious) till Allah's Order (the Hour) comes upon them while they are still predominant (victorious).
}}

====Periods of fitnah====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4242 (sahih)|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Umar:

When we were sitting with the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), he talked about periods of trial (fitnahs), mentioning many of them.

When he mentioned the one when people should stay in their houses, some asked him: Messenger of Allah, what is the trial (fitnah) of staying at home?

He replied: It will be flight and plunder. Then will come a test which is pleasant. Its murkiness is due to the fact that it is produced by a man from the people of my house, who will assert that he belongs to me, whereas he does not, for my friends are only the God-fearing. Then the people will unite under a man who will be like a hip-bone on a rib. Then there will be the little black trial which will leave none of this community without giving him a slap, and when people say that it is finished, it will be extended. During it a man will be a believer in the morning and an infidel in the evening, so that the people will be in two camps: the camp of faith which will contain no hypocrisy, and the camp of hypocrisy which will contain no faith. When that happens, expect the Antichrist (Dajjal) that day or the next.
}}

====Inheritance is not distributed====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of '''inheritance are not distributed''' and there is no rejoicing over spoils of war...
}}
====People don't rejoice over spoils of war====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of inheritance are not distributed and '''there is no rejoicing over spoils of war'''...
}}

====Muslims will soon flee to mountains from persecution====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|19}}|
عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُوشِكُ أَنْ يَكُونَ خَيْرَ مَالِ الْمُسْلِمِ غَنَمٌ يَتْبَعُ بِهَا شَعَفَ الْجِبَالِ وَمَوَاقِعَ الْقَطْرِ يَفِرُّ بِدِينِهِ مِنْ الْفِتَنِ

“Soon the best property of a Muslim will be a flock of sheep he takes to the top of a mountain, or in the valleys of rainfall, fleeing with his religion from tribulations.”
}}

====All believers will go to Syria====
{{Quote|Al-Mustadrak alaa al-Sahihain 8461 (sahih)|
يأتي على الناس زمان لا يبقى فيه مؤمن إلا لحق بالشام

A time will come to people when no believer remains except that he came over to As-Sham
}}

====Extinction of the Quraysh tribe====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 16/186 (sahih)|
أسرعُ قبائلِ العربِ فناءً قريشٌ ويوشكُ أن تمرَّ المرأةُ بالنعلِ فتقول إن هذا نعلُ قرشيُّ

The fastest Arab tribe in extinction is Quraysh. Soon a woman will pass by a sandal, then she will say that this is a sandal of a Qurashi.
}}

====Arabs will be exterminated and go to hell====
Hadith da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 3967 (da'eef) and others|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will be a tribulation which will utterly destroy the Arabs, and those who are slain will be in Hell. At that time the tongue will be worse than a blow of the sword.”
}}

====Last of the ummah will curse the first====
Fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 263 (mawdu)|
It was narrated that Jabir said:
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'When the last people of this Ummah curse the first, (at that time) whoever conceals a Hadith will be concealing what Allah has revealed.'" (Maudu')
}}

====Pilgrimage to Makka will be abandoned====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|26|663}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said "The people will continue performing the Hajj and `Umra to the Ka`ba even after the appearance of Gog and Magog." Narrated Shu`ba extra: The Hour (Day of Judgment) will not be established till the Hajj (to the Ka`ba) is abandoned.
}}

====Disappearance of faith====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|274}}, chapter The Disappearance of Faith at the End of Time|
It is narrated on the authority of Anas that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:

"The Hour (Resurrection) will not occur as long as anyone says: 'Allah, Allah.'"
}}

This one appears to be increasingly likely.

====Islam will be widespread====
Although Muhammad predicted that Islam will disappear, he also predicted that Islam will succeed:
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 16509 (sahih)|
Tamim al-Dari reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “This matter will certainly reach every place touched by the night and day. Allah will not leave a house or residence but that Allah will cause this religion to enter it, by which the honorable will be honored and the disgraceful will be disgraced. Allah will honor the honorable with Islam and he will disgrace the disgraceful with unbelief.”
}}
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2176 (sahih)|
"Indeed Allah gathered the earth for me so that I saw its east and its west. And surely my Ummah's authority shall reach over all that was shown to me of it.
}}

Muhammad's predictions about the future of the Muslim ummah appear to have ranged non-existence and annihilation to complete domination, perhaps based on his feelings at various times. Given this full spectrum of possibility, however, it is difficult to maintain that there is any substance to these predictions.

====The Quran will disappear overnight====
{{Quote|Sunan al-Dārimī 3343 (hasan)|
عَنْ زِرٍّ عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ رضي الله عنه قَالَ لَيُسْرَيَنَّ عَلَى الْقُرْآنِ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ فَلَا يُتْرَكُ آيَةٌ فِي مُصْحَفٍ وَلَا فِي قَلْبِ أَحَدٍ إِلَّا رُفِعَتْ

The Quran will vanish in one night. No verse in the scripture or in the heart of anyone will be left behind.
}}

====Islam will wear out====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Majah 3289 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%8C+%D9%83%D9%85%D8%A7+%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D9%88%D8%B4%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AB%D9%88%D8%A8</ref>|
يدرُسُ الإسلامُ كما يدرُسُ وَشيُ الثَّوبِ حتَّى لا يُدرَى ما صيامٌ، ولا صلاةٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدَقةٌ، ولَيُسرى على كتابِ اللَّهِ عزَّ وجلَّ في ليلَةٍ، فلا يبقى في الأرضِ منهُ آيةٌ، وتبقَى طوائفُ منَ النَّاسِ الشَّيخُ الكبيرُ والعجوزُ، يقولونَ: أدرَكْنا آباءَنا على هذِهِ الكلمةِ، لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، فنحنُ نقولُها فقالَ لَهُ صِلةُ: ما تُغني عنهم: لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، وَهُم لا يَدرونَ ما صلاةٌ، ولا صيامٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدقةٌ؟ فأعرضَ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ ردَّها علَيهِ ثلاثًا، كلَّ ذلِكَ يعرضُ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ أقبلَ علَيهِ في الثَّالثةِ، فقالَ: يا صِلةُ، تُنجيهِم منَ النَّار ثلاثًا

“Islam will wear out as embroidery on a garment wears out, until no one will know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are. The Book of Allah will be taken away at night, and not one Verse of it will be left on earth. And there will be some people left, old men and old women, who will say: “We saw our fathers saying these words: ‘La ilaha illallah’ so we say them too.” Silah said to him: “What good will (saying): La ilaha illallah do them, when they do not know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are?” Hudhaifah turned away from his. He repeated his question three times, and Hudhaifah turned away from him each time. Then he turned to him on the third time and said: “O Silah! It will save them from Hell,” three times.
}}

====Islam will end up like a snake crawling back into its hole====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|271}}|
It is narrated on the authority of Ibn 'Umar ('Abdullah b. 'Umar) that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) observed:

Verily Islam started as something strange and it would again revert (to its old position) of being strange just as it started, and it would recede between the two mosques just as the serpent crawls back into its hole.
}}

In other hadith, Muhammad described belief in Islam as a snake:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|30|100}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "Verily, Belief returns and goes back to Medina as a snake returns and goes back to its hole (when in danger).
}}

====Countries colonized by Muslims will stop paying them and Muslims will be poor again====
The hadith is in the chapter called "Making Endowments Of The Lands Of As-Sawad, And The Lands That Were Conquered By Force":
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/abudawud/20 Sunan Abi Dawud 3035 / In-book reference: Book 20, Hadith 108 / English translation: Book 19, Hadith 3029]|
Abu Hurairah reported the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) as saying “Iraq will prevent its measure (qafiz) and dirham. Syria will prevent its measure (mudi) and dinar. Egypt will prevent its measure (irdabb) and dinar. Then you will return to the position where you started. Zuhair said this three times. The flesh and blood of Abu Hurairah witnessed it.
}}

====Buttocks of women of Daus are moving around the Yemenite Kaba====

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|232}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till '''the buttocks of the women of the tribe of Daus move while going round Dhi-al-Khalasa'''." Dhi-al-Khalasa was the idol of the Daus tribe which they used to worship in the Pre Islamic Period of ignorance.
}}

It was interpreted metaphorically as a rise of polytheism because the idol was destroyed and the people were killed before it came true :
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6052}}|
Jabir reported that there was in pre-Islamic days a temple called '''Dhu'l- Khalasah and it was called the Yamanite Ka'ba''' or the northern Ka'ba. Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said unto me:

Will you rid me of Dhu'l-Khalasah and so I went forth at the head of 350 horsemen of the tribe of Ahmas and '''we destroyed it and killed whomsoever we found there'''. Then we came back to him (to the Holy Prophet) and informed him and he blessed us and the tribe of Ahmas.
}}

====People commonly have sex in the streets, like donkeys====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Hibban 6/345 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D9%8E%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D9%82%D9%8F%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%8F+%D8%AD%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%91%D9%8E%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B3%D9%8F+%D9%81%D9%90%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B7%D9%91%D9%8F%D8%B1%D9%8F%D9%82%D9%90+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8F%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%92%D8%AD%D9%8E%D9%85%D9%90%D9%8A%D8%B1%D9%90</ref>|
لا تقومُ السَّاعةُ حتَّى يتسافدَ النَّاسُ في الطُّرقِ تسافُدَ الحميرِ

The Hour shall not commence until the people engage in sexual
intercourse in the streets just like donkeys.
}}

Public sex was already happening among ancient civilizations.<ref>[https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/all-about-sex/201809/orgies-through-the-ages Orgies Through the Ages]</ref>

====Rise of polytheism====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4252|
..the Last Hour will not come before the tribes of my people attach themselves to the polytheists and tribes of my people worship idols..
}}
Polytheism has become less popular with time.

====People will worship goddesses Lat and Uzza again====
The goddesses [[Lat]] and [[Uzza]] were worshiped by Arabs before the Islamic conquest of Arabia.

{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'''. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====All believers will be killed by a wind from Allah and only evil people (= non-Muslims) will survive====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. '''Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die''' and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====Killing neighbors and family members====
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 118 (classified as "very good" by Albani)|
عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى‏ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَقْتُلَ الرَّجُلُ جَارَهُ وَأَخَاهُ وَأَبَاهُ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “The Hour will not be established until a man kills his neighbor, his brother, and his father.”
}}

====Abundance of deaths by lightning====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad, vol. 3 pg. 64/65 (sahih)|
تَكثُرُ الصَّواعِقُ عِندَ اقْتِرابِ السَّاعةِ، حتَّى يَأتيَ الرَّجُلُ القَومَ، فيقولَ: مَن صَعِقَ قِبَلَكمُ الغَداةَ؟ فيَقولون: صَعِقَ فُلانٌ وفُلانٌ.

There will be an abundance of lightning with the coming of the Hour, until a man comes to a tribe asking: Who was struck today? Then they say: So and so
}}
John Jensenius (a lightning specialist) said that the number of injuries and deaths caused by lightning is actually going down. <ref>https://www.cbsnews.com/news/are-lightning-strikes-becoming-more-common/</ref>

====Luka bin Luka will be the happiest person====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2209 (sahih)|
Hudhaifah bin Al-Yaman narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Hour will not be established until the happiest of people in the world is Luka' bin Luka'."
}}

Scholars interpreted the name "Luka bin Luka" (لكع بن لكع) to mean "the most despicable/wicked/evil"<ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/18510/%D9%85%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%89-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB</ref> and "wickedness", rather than a specific person

====Wine, musical instruments and singing girls will turn Muslims into monkeys and pigs====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Ibn Majah 4020, In-book reference: Book 36, Hadith 95, English translation: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4020|
لَيَشْرَبَنَّ نَاسٌ مِنْ أُمَّتِي الْخَمْرَ يُسَمُّونَهَا بِغَيْرِ اسْمِهَا يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ وَالْمُغَنِّيَاتِ يَخْسِفُ اللَّهُ بِهِمُ الأَرْضَ وَيَجْعَلُ مِنْهُمُ الْقِرَدَةَ وَالْخَنَازِيرَ

It was narrated from Abu Malik Ash’ari that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“People among my nation will drink wine, calling it by another name, and musical instruments will be played for them and singing girls (will sing for them). Allah will cause the earth to swallow them up, and will turn them into monkeys and pigs.”
}}

Since the hadith literally says "is played upon their heads with musical instruments" (يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ) some claim that it is a prediction of headphones. But it says "played", not "placed" upon their heads, the word "instruments" is in the plural form and the singing girls are obviously real singing girls, while with head phones the singing would be included in the headphones. The interpretation that the word "musical instruments" (معازف) refers to musical instruments fits much better into the context.

Muhammad himself listened to singing girls, perhaps he was in a better mood since it was the day of Eid:{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|15|72}}|
Narrated Aisha:

Abu Bakr came to my house while two small Ansari girls were singing beside me the stories of the Ansar concerning the Day of Buath. And they were not singers. Abu Bakr said protestingly, "Musical instruments of Satan in the house of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) !" It happened on the `Id day and Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "O Abu Bakr! There is an `Id for every nation and this is our `Id."
}}

Wine and singing was already mentioned in pre-Islamic Arab poetry:
{{Quote|Dhu Jadan al-Himyari, Sirat Rasul Allah p. 19|
Peace, confound you! You can't turn me from my purpose

Thy scolding dries my spittle!

To '''the music of singers''' in times past 'twas fine

When we drank our fill of purest noblest wine.

'''Drinking freely of wine brings me no shame'''

If my behaviour no boon-companion would blame.

For death no man can hold back Though he drink the perfumed potions of the quack.
}}

====Milking, clothes and tank before the Hour====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 41:7054|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would come (so sudden) that a person would be milking the she- camel and the (milk) would not reach the brim of the vessel that the Last Hour would come, and the two persons would be engaged in buying and selling of the clothes and their bargain would not be struck before the Last Hour would come. And someone would be setting his tank in order and he would have hardly set it right when the Last Hour would come.
}}

====Allah will put pieces of the world on his fingers====
Muhammad agreed with this prophecy presented by a Jewish Scholar
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 39, Hadith 6699|
Abdullah b. Mas'ud reported that a Jewish scholar came to Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) and said:

Muhammad, or Abu al-Qasim, verily, Allah, the Exalted and Glorious would carry the Heavens on the Day of Judgment upon one finger and earths upon one finger and the mountains and trees upon one finger and the ocean and moist earth upon one finger, and in fact the whole of the creation upon one finger, and then He would stir them and say: I am your Lord, I am your Lord. Thereupon Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) smiled testifying what that scholar had said. He then recited this verse:" And they honour not Allah with the honour due to Him; and the whole earth will be in His grip on the Day of Resurrection and the heaven rolled up in His right hand. Glory be to Him I and highly Exalted is He above what they associate (with Him)" (Az-Zumar:67).
}}

====Medina banishes its evils====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3188}}|
Abu Huraira (Allah be pleased with him) reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

A time will come for the people (of Medina) when a man will invite his cousin and any other near relation: Come (and settle) at (a place) where living is cheap, come to where there is plenty, but Medina will be better for them; would they know it! By Him in Whose Hand is my life, none amongst them would go out (of the city) with a dislike for it, but Allah would make his successor in it someone better than be. Behold. Medina is like furnace which eliminates from it the impurities. And '''the Last Hour will not come until Medina banishes its evils''' just as a furnace eliminates the impurities of iron.
}}
====Nobody will accept charity====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|492}}|
Narrated Haritha bin Wahab:

I heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "O people! Give in charity as a time will come upon you when a person will wander about with his object of charity and will not find anybody to accept it, and one (who will be requested to take it) will say, "If you had brought it yesterday, would have taken it, but today I am not in need of it."
}}

====Not paying zakat causes a lack of rain====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. '''They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them'''. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

====Swelling of crescents [The Moon]====
{{Quote|Sahih Al-Jami' 5898 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%85%D9%90%D9%86+%D8%A7%D9%82%D9%92%D8%AA%D9%90%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%86%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%AE%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D9%87%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A9%D9%90&order=color</ref>|
مِنَ اقترابِ الساعَةِ انتفاخُ الأهِلَّةِ

From approaching of the Hour is the swelling of crescents
}}

====An Abyssinian will destroy the Kaba====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 7:6953/2909c|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: It would be an Abyssinian having two small shanks who would destroy the House ol Allah, the Exalted and Glorious.
}}

====Collapse, transformation and stoning from the sky====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2185 (sahih)|
'Aishah narrated "The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
'In the end of this Ummah there will be a collapse, transformation, and Qadhf."' She said :"I said: 'O Messenger of Allah! Will they be destroyed while they are righteous among them?' He said: 'Yes, when evil is dominant."'
}}

It's just three vague words خَسْفٌ وَمَسْخٌ وَقَذْفٌ (khasf and maskh and qadhf). Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Munawi - Fayd al-Qadir|
3176 - (بين يدي الساعة مسخ) قلب الخلقة من شيء إلى شيء أو تحويل الصورة إلى أقبح منها أو مسخ القلوب (وخسف) أي غور في الأرض (وقذف) أي رمي بالحجارة من جهة السماء

maskh - transformation of creation from its shape to an uglier one

khasf - a depression in the Earth

qadhf - pelting with stones from the sky

}}

====Euphrates will uncover a mountain of gold soon====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|235}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "'''Soon the river "Euphrates" will disclose the treasure (the mountain) of gold''', so whoever will be present at that time should not take anything of it." Al-A'raj narrated from Abii Huraira that the Prophet (ﷺ) said the same but he said, "It (Euphrates) will uncover a mountain of gold (under it).
}}
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 2894a|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: The Last Hour would not come before the Euphrates uncovers a mountain of gold, for which people would fight. Ninety-nine out of each one hundred would die but every man amongst them would say that perhaps he would be the one who would be saved (and thus possess this gold).
}}

No such event followed soon thereafter.

====Gender ratio will be 50 women to 1 men====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|81}}|
I will narrate to you a Hadith and none other than I will tell you about after it. I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) saying: From among the portents of the Hour are (the following): -1. Religious knowledge will decrease (by the death of religious learned men). -2. Religious ignorance will prevail. -3. There will be prevalence of open illegal sexual intercourse. -4. '''Women will increase in number and men will decrease in number so much so that fifty women will be looked after by one man.'''
}}

====Knowledge will be sought from young people====
{{Quote|al-Mu’jam al-Kabīr 908 (sahih)|
عَنْ أَبِي أُمَيَّةَ اللَّخْمِيِّ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ إِنَّ مِنْ أَشْرَاطِ السَّاعَةِ ثَ أَنْ يُلْتَمَسَ الْعِلْمَ عِنْدَ الْأَصَاغِرِ

The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Verily, among the signs of the Hour is that knowledge will be sought from the young.”
}}

====Seventy-three sects====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 5, Book 38, Hadith 2640 (hasan)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "The Jews split into seventy-one sects, or seventy-two sects, and the Christians similarly, and my Ummah will split into seventy-three sects."
}}

====Emergence of Sufyani====
This hadith is daeef:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4/520 (da'eef)|
يخرج رجل يقال له السفياني في عمق دمشق ، وعامة من يتبعه من كلب ، فيقتل حتى يبقر بطون النساء ويقتل الصبيان ، فتجمع لهم قيس فيقتلها حتى لا يمنع ذنب تلعة ، ويخرج رجل من أهل بيتي في الحرة فيبلغ السفياني فيبعث إليه جنداً من جنده فيهزمهم ، فيسير إليه السفياني بمن معه ، حتى إذا صار ببيداء من الأرض خسف بهم ، فلا ينجو منهم إلا المخبر عنهم

There will emerge a man called as-Sufyaani from the depths of Damascus, and most of those who follow him will be from (the tribe of) Kalb. He will kill many people until he rips open the bellies of women and kill children. (The tribe of) Qays will gather against him and he will kill them. A man from my family will emerge in the harrah, and news of that will reach as-Sufyaani. He will send troops against him and he will defeat them. Then as-Sufyaani will march towards him accompanied by those who are with him, then when he is in a plain, they will be swallowed up by the earth and none of them will be saved except the one who will tell others about them.
}}

====Muslims in mosque won't find an imam to lead them in prayer====
This hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Abu Dawud Book 2, Hadith 581, chapter It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam|
Narrated Sulamah daughter of al-Hurr:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: One of the signs of the Last Hour will be that people in a mosque will refuse to act as imam and will not find an imam to lead them in prayer.
}}

 
{{Quote|Sunan An-nasa'i Vol. 1, Book 10, Hadith 783, chapter "When people are together and are all of the same status"|
It was narrated from Abu Sa'eed that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"when there are three people let one of them lead the prayer, and the one who is most entitled to lead the prayer is the one who has most knowledge of the Qur'an."
}}

This prophecy was included in a chapter called "It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam", and is perhaps best understood as a sort of moral exhortation to lead prayer when a prayer needs to be led.

====Dajjal nor plague will be able to enter Medina====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2242 (sahih)|
Anas narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Dajjal will come to Al-Madinah to find the angels have surrounded it. Neither the plague nor the Dajjal will enter it, if Allah wills."
}}Medina, historically, has not proven to be especially or at all plague-proof. Moreover, during plagues, the Saudi government (and the caliphates, historically) had to close off access to Mecca and Medina to prevent the spread of disease. The prophet also stated that there was no such thing as a contagious disease.

====Jesus will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish Jizyah====
{{Quote|Sunan ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4078 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"The Hour will not begin until 'Eisa bin Maryam comes down as a just judge and a just ruler. He will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish the Jizyah, and wealth will become so abundant that no one will accept it."
}}

====Gog and Magog will drink out the lake of Tiberias====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7015}}|
And then Allah would send Gog and Magog and they would swarm down from every slope. The first of them would pass the lake of Tiberias and drink out of it. And when the last of them would pass, he would say: There was once water there.
}}

Gog and Magog are described in the hadith and Quran as tribes on Earth blocked by a big iron wall, erected by [[Category:Dhul-Qarnayn|Dhul-Qarnayn]], that will be unlocked at the end of times. There are supposed to be so many of them that they will drink the entire lake of Tiberias (Sea of Galilee) dry.

====Gog and Magog will successfully dig through the wall====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4080|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"Gog and Magog people dig every day until, when they can almost see the rays of the sun, the one in charge of them says: "Go back and we will dig it tomorrow." Then Allah puts it back, stronger than it was before. (This will continue) until, when their time has come, and Allah wants to send them against the people, they will dig until they can almost see the rays of the sun, then the one who is in charge of them will say: "Go back, and we will dig it tomorrow if Allah wills.' So '''they will say: "If Allah wills." Then they will come back to it and it will be as they left it. So they will dig and will come out to the people''', and they will drink all the water. The people will fortify themselves against them in their fortresses. They will shoot their arrows towards the sky and they will come back with blood on them, and they will say: "We have defeated the people of earth and dominated the people of heaven." Then Allah will send a worm in the napes of their necks and will kill them thereby.'" The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "By the One in Whose Hand is my soul, the beasts of the earth will grow fat on their flesh."
}}

====Muslims will use bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood for 7 years====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4076 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Nawwas bin Sam'an that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"The Muslims will use the bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood, for seven years.'"
}}

==See also==

*[[Quranic Prophecies]]

External:

*[https://www.marefa.org/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9_%D9%81%D9%8A_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85 List of Muhammad's prophecies] (Arabic)
*[https://rationalwiki.org/wiki/Biblical_prophecies#Criteria_for_a_true_prophecy RationalWiki: Biblical prophecies, Criteria for a true prophecy] (could be analogically applied to Islamic prophecies)
*[https://detechter.com/15-ancient-hindu-predictions-that-have-come-true/#List_of_15_Ancient_Hindu_Prophecy_From_Bhagavata_Purana 15 Hindu predictions] - ''Comparing and contrasting Islamic prophecies with those of other religions' scriptures predictions is instructive''

==References==

[[Category:Prophecies]]
<references />
[[Category:Hadith]]
[[Category:Miracles]]
[[Category:Muhammad]]
[[Category:Sacred history]]
[[Category:Eschatology]]
[[Category:Revelation]]
[[Category:Qadr (fate)]]

Prophecies in the Hadith

2021-05-02T12:22:27Z

Prekladator: /* 12 thousand from Aden Abyan will make Islam victorious */

{{QualityScore|Lead=1|Structure=4|Content=4|Language=2|References=3}}
Muhammad's prophecies are predictions attributed to him and written hundreds of years after his [[Muhammad's Death|death]]. Many prophecies are considered "signs of the Hour" (Islamic eschatology). Some prophecies are general statements that may apply to times even before Islam, other prophecies predict early Islamic history (which happened before the predictions were written) and some prophecies make predictions about the the future to come after the hadiths were written.

Prophecies in this article are from the hadiths. Quranic prophecies have a [[Quranic Prophecies|separate article]].
==Signs of the Hour==
"The Hour" (الساعة) refers to a period of time on the Day of Judgement.
{{Quote|{{Quran|30|55}}|
And '''the Day the Hour''' appears the criminals will swear they had remained but an hour. Thus they were deluded."
}}

Signs of the Hour indicate that the Hour (and the end of the world) is coming. They were divided by scholars into minor and major. The major signs are contained in this hadith:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6931}}|
Hudhaifa b. Usaid al-Ghifari reported:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) came to us all of a sudden as we were (busy in a discussion). He said: What do you discuss about? They (the Companions) said. We are discussing about the Last Hour. Thereupon he said: It will not come until you see ten signs before and (in this connection) he made a mention of the smoke, Dajjal, the beast, the rising of the sun from the west, the descent of Jesus son of Mary (Allah be pleased with him), the Gog and Magog, and land-slides in three places, one in the east, one in the west and one in Arabia at the end of which fire would burn forth from the Yemen, and would drive people to the place of their assembly.
}}

The minor signs indicate that the Hour is "getting closer", while the major signs indicate that the Hour will happen immediately after them. The first major sign is coming of the Dajjal and Muhammad thought that it might happen during his life or during life of his companions:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4307}}|"Al-nawwas b. Sim’an al-Kilabi said:
'''The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) mentioned the Dajjal (Antichrist) saying: If he comes forth while I am among you''' I shall be the one who will dispute with him on your behalf, but if he comes forth when I am not among you, a man must dispute on his own behalf, and Allah will take my place in looking after every Muslim. Those of you who live up to his time should recite over him the opening verses of Surat al – Kahf, for they are your protection from his trial. We asked: How long will he remain on the earth ? He replied : Forty days, one like a year, one like a month, one like a week, and rest of his days like yours. We asked : Messenger of Allah, will one day’s prayer suffice us in this day which will be like a year ? He replied : No, you must make an estimate of its extent. Then Jesus son of Marry will descend at the white minaret to the east of Damascus. He will then catch him up at the date of Ludd and kill him."}}
{{Quote|Tirmidhi 2234 (hasan)|"Abu 'Ubaidah bin Al-Jarrah said:
"I heard the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w): 'There was never a Prophet after Nuh but that he warned his people about '''the Dajjal''', and indeed I shall warn you of him.' Then the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) described him for us, and he said: "Perhaps some of '''you who see me, or hear my words shall live to see him'''." They said: "O Messenger of Allah! How will our hearts be on that day?" He said: "The same – that is, as today – or better.”"}}

Some reject the hadiths of the signs of the Hour <ref>http://bayanelislam.net/Suspicion.aspx?id=03-02-0071</ref>, because a Quranic verse indicates that the Hour will come by surprise (not after seeing clear signs) and that only Allah has knowledge about the Hour (not Muhammad):
{{Quote|{{Quran|7|187}}|
They ask you ˹O Prophet˺ regarding the Hour, “When will it be?” Say, “That knowledge is only with my Lord. He alone will reveal it when the time comes. It is too tremendous for the heavens and the earth and will only take you by surprise.” They ask you as if you had full knowledge of it. Say, “That knowledge is only with Allah, but most people do not know.”
}}

*7th century Arabs didn't have the concept of "an hour" meaning 60 minutes. An hour (ساعة) just meant a period of time [shorter than a day]. <ref>AR: https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/140286/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%88-%D9%85%D9%82%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%B1-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF%D8%A9-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%8A%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D8%AD%D8%A7%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D9%88%D9%87%D9%84-%D9%87%D9%88-%D8%B3%D8%AA%D9%88%D9%86-%D8%AF%D9%82%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A9</ref>
*Most prophecies are linked to the Hour

==Characteristics==

*Predictions don't have the time when they are supposed to happen. So even if it doesn't happen, Muslim can still believe it will happen in the future. For example the conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting. But it was conquered by fighting, so some Muslims think that this wasn't what was predicted and there will be another conquest of Constantinople that will get it right.
*Scarcely any predictions were fulfilled once the predictions had been written down in the form of hadiths.

==Retrodictions and Reiterating Biblical Prophecy==
The hadith collections were written, often by Persian authors, hundreds of years after the death of Muhammad. So when the hadiths contain a prophecy about early Islamic history, they are likely only being attributed to Muhammad after the fact. This category also includes things that always happened, even before Islam (earthquakes, wars, people being dishonest...) and prophecies copied from the Bible.

===Fabrication of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Introduction, Narration 15|
يَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ الزَّمَانِ دَجَّالُونَ كَذَّابُونَ يَأْتُونَكُمْ مِنَ الأَحَادِيثِ بِمَا لَمْ تَسْمَعُوا أَنْتُمْ وَلاَ آبَاؤُكُمْ فَإِيَّاكُمْ وَإِيَّاهُمْ لاَ يُضِلُّونَكُمْ وَلاَ يَفْتِنُونَكُمْ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings of Allah upon him, said:
‘There will be in the end of time charlatan liars coming to you with narrations (hadiths) that you nor your fathers heard, so beware of them lest they misguide you and cause you tribulations’.
}}
There were a lot of fabricators of hadiths before the hadiths were written (mostly in the 9th century). Muslim scholars thus invented a "science of hadiths" which determines which oral traditions are fabricated and which are from people who supposedly "never lie".

===The caliphate will last 30 years===
{{Quote|{{Al Tirmidhi||4|7|2226}}|
Sa'eed bin Jumhan narrated:
"Safinah narrated to me, he said: 'The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said: "'''Al-Khilafah will be in my Ummah for thirty years''', then there will be monarchy after that."' Then Safinah said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of Abu Bakr,' then he said: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Umar and the Khilafah of 'Uthman.' Then he said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Ali."' He said: "So we found that they add up to thirty years." Sa'eed said: "I said to him: 'Banu Umaiyyah claim that the Khilafah is among them.' He said: 'Banu Az-Zarqa' lie, rather they are a monarchy, among the worst of monarchies."'
}}

*The first caliphate lasted from 632-661, 29 years time.
*Tirmidhi, author of this hadith collection, was born in 824, more than 100 years after the end of the caliphate
*The hadith in it's text is in the context of discussion about previous caliphates
*The political system after the first caliphate, was still called a caliphate. There was some form of caliphate until the 20th century

===Rulership of the foolish after Muhammad===
{{Quote|Mishkat al-Masabih 3700|
Ka'b b. ‘Ujra told that God's Messenger said to him, “I commend you to God to protect you from '''the rulership of the foolish''' (إمارةِ السُّفهاءِ).” He asked what that was, and God’s Messenger replied, “'''After my time''' governors will arise whose falsehood will be believed and who will be assisted in their oppression by those who enter their presence. They have nothing to do with me and I have nothing to do with them, and they will never come down to me at the Pond. But they who do not enter their presence, believe their falsehood and help them in their oppression, those belong to me and I belong to them, and those ones will come down to me at the Pond.”}}

===Vile men control affairs of the people===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah 4036 (hasan)|
..and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}
===Return of the caliphate===
The hadith was sent to a new caliph Umar II:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 4/273, 18430 (hasan)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا سليمان بن داود الطيالسي حدثني داود بن إبراهيم الواسطي حدثني حبيب بن سالم عن النعمان بن بشير قال : كنا قعودا في المسجد مع رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم وكان بشير رجلا يكف حديثه فجاء أبو ثعلبة الخشني فقال يا بشير بن سعد أتحفظ حديث رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم في الأمراء فقال حذيفة أنا أحفظ خطبته فجلس أبو ثعلبة فقال حذيفة قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم تكون النبوة فيكم ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء الله أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا عاضا فيكون ما شاء الله ان يكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا جبرية فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة ثم سكت قال حبيب فلما قام عمر بن عبد العزيز وكان يزيد بن النعمان بن بشير في صحابته فكتبت إليه بهذا الحديث أذكره إياه فقلت له انى أرجو ان يكون أمير المؤمنين يعنى عمر بعد الملك العاض والجبرية فادخل كتابي على عمر بن عبد العزيز فسر به وأعجبه
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده حسن

It was narrated by Ahmed in his Musnad, from Al-Nu’man b.Bashir, who said: “We were sitting in the mosque of the Messenger of Allah(saw), and Bashir was a man who did not speak much, so Abu Tha’labah Al-Khashnee came and said: ‘Oh, Bashir bin Sa’ad, have you memorized the words of the Messenger of Allah (saw) regarding the rulers?’ Huthayfah replied, ‘I have memorized his words’. So Abu Tha’labah sat down and Huthayfah said, ‘The Messenger of Allah (saw) said ‘'''Prophet-hood will be among you''' as long as Allah wishes, then He will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of the Prophet''', and it will be as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be an inheritance rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a coercive rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of Prophet-hood'''.’ Then he (saw) was silent.” Habib said: “When '''Umar ibn AbdulAziz became caliph I wrote to him, mentioning this tradition to him''' and saying, “I hope '''you will be the commander of the faithful after the biting and the oppressive kingdoms'''. ”It pleased and charmed him, i.e. Umar ibn AbdulAziz.”
}}
Umar II died in 720 and he was expected to bring back the good old caliphate. Musnad Ahmad was written in the 9th century.

==="Prophet, siddiq and two martyrs"===
Notice that the future caliphs are usually mentioned in the order in which they will be caliphs (strongly suggesting these were written later by someone who already knew the order):
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|35}}|
Narrated Anas bin Malik:

The Prophet (ﷺ) ascended the mountain of Uhud and he was accompanied by '''Abu Bakr, `Umar and `Uthman'''. The mountain shook beneath them. The Prophet (ﷺ) hit it with his foot and said, "O Uhud ! Be firm, for on you there is none but a '''Prophet, a Siddiq and a martyr (i.e. and two martyrs)'''.
}}

The hadith was interpreted as a vague prediction that Abu Bakr will die naturally and Umar and Uthman will be killed. The 3 caliphs were in the 7th century. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Khawarij===
According to Islamic scholars, this hadith is about the coming of the Khawarij:
{{Quote|Sunan An-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 37, Hadith 4107|
It was narrated that 'Ali said:
"I heard the Messenger of Allah [SAW] say: 'At the end of time there will appear young people with foolish minds. Their faith will not pass through their throats, and they will go out of Islam as an arrow goes through the target. If you meet them, then kill them, for killing them will bring reward to the one who killed them on the Day of Resurrection.'"
}}

Khawarij ("The Leavers") left the army of the caliph Ali in the middle of the 7th century. The prediction was written in the middle of the 9th century, two hundred years later.

The prophecy says "at the end of time". The Khawarij appeared more than a thousand years ago.

===Places of killed people at the battle of Badr===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 19, Hadith 4394|
..Then the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: This is the place where so and so would be killed. He placed his hand on the earth (saying) here and here; (and) none of them fell away from the place which the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) had indicated by placing his hand on the earth.
}}

Battle of Badr was in the 7th century. This hadith collection was authored in the 9th century.

===Earthquakes will increase===
It's a part of a longer hadith as one of the signs of the end of the world:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
.. and earthquakes will increase in number..
}}

There were always earthquakes, increasing and decreasing. There is a report that earthquakes happened also during the life of Muhammad:
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/bulugh/2/441 Bulugh al-Maram 2:509]|
He [the Prophet (ﷺ)] prayed during an earthquake six bowings and four prostrations, and said, "This is the way the Prayer of the Signs (of Allah) is offered.
}}

Earthquakes were also predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. '''There will be great earthquakes''', famines and pestilences in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}

===Rain is hot===
This hadith is classified as mawdu (fabricated). <ref>https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/265083/%D8%AD%D9%88%D9%84-%D8%B5%D8%AD%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%85%D8%B3%D8%B9%D9%88%D8%AF-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9</ref> It's part of a long hadith about coming of the Hour:
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
..وَأَنْ يَكُونَ الْمَطَرُ قَيْظًا ..
..and that rain will be hot (قيظا)..
}}

It was also mentioned in Lane's lexicon:
{{Quote|Lane's lexicon on قَيْظٌ <ref>http://lexicon.quranic-research.net/data/21_q/239_qyZ.html</ref>|
لَا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكُونَ الوَلَدُ غَيْظًا والمَطَرُ قَيْظًا, a saying of Moḥammad, meaning [The resurrection, or the time thereof, will not come to pass until the birth of a child be an occasion of wrath, or rage, and] rain be accompanied by air like the قيظ [or '''most vehement heat of summer''']. (TA.)
}}

The word قيظ (''qayz'') was also mentioned in a different hadith meaning "hot weather":{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 6 (Hasan)|
Rifa'ah bin Rafi' said:
I heard Abu Bakr as-Siddeeq say on the minbar of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) : I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, and Abu Bakr wept when he remembered the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) , then he recovered and said. I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, in this '''hot weather''' (القيظ) last year: `Ask Allah for forgiveness, well-being and certainty of faith in the Hereafter and in this world.”
}}

Some insist that the word قيظ means "acidic".

===Strong wind===
Muhammad predicted a strong wind on the same day it happened, so there was probably already a wind getting stronger:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|559}}|
..When we reached Tabuk, the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "There will be a strong wind tonight and so no one should stand and whoever has a camel, should fasten it." So we fastened our camels. A strong wind blew at night and a man stood up and he was blown away to a mountain called Taiy..
}}
The prophecy was written in the 9th century.

===Child is filled with rage===
This is a part of a fabricated (mawdu') hadith.
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
وإن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها: أن يكون الولد غيظاً، وأن يكون المطر قيظاً

And from the signs of the Hour is that '''a boy will be enraged''' and that water will be hot
}}
Angry children have been around since time immemorial.

===Muhammad's death===
Muhammad predicted that he will die. The prediction doesn't contain any specific information about his death:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "'''Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death''', the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

The context is that it will be a sign that the Hour is coming. But Muhammad died more than a thousand years ago and the Hour didn't come.

===Muhammad's wife with the longest arm will die first===
{{Quote|Sahih Bukhari: Vol. 2, Book of Tax (Zakat), Hadith 501|
Narrated 'Aisha:

Some of the wives of the Prophet asked him, "Who amongst us will be the first to follow you (i.e. die after you)?" He said, "Whoever has the longest hand." So they started measuring their hands with a stick and Sauda's hand turned out to be the longest. (When Zainab bint Jahsh died first of all in the caliphate of 'Umar), we came to know that the long hand was a symbol of practicing charity, so she was the first to follow the Prophet and she used to love to practice charity. (Sauda died later in the caliphate of Muawiya).
}}

It's questionable whether the prophecy was metaphorical and fulfilled or whether it was literal and hence re-interpreted. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Muhammad's daughter Fatima will die first from his family===
During Muhammad's illness, Fatima was walking like Muhammad, so she also had signs of illness:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6005}}|
`A'isha reported that all the wives of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) had gathered (in her apartment) '''during the days of his (Prophet's) last illness ''' and no woman was left behind that '''Fatima, who walked after the style of Allah's Messenger''' (ﷺ), came there. He welcomed her by saying:

You are welcome, my daughter, and made her sit on his right side or on his left side, and then talked something secretly to her and Fatima wept. Then he talked something secretly to her and she laughed. I said to her: What makes you weep? She said: I am not going to divulge the secret of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). I (`A'isha) said: I have not seen (anything happening) like today, the happiness being more close to grief (as I see today) when she wept. I said to her: Has Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) singled you out for saying something leaving us aside? She then wept and I asked her what he said, and she said: I am not going to divulge the secrets of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). And when he died I again asked her and she said that he (the Holy Prophet) told her: Gabriel used to recite the Qur'an to me once a year and for this year it was twice and so I perceived that my death had drawn near, and that '''I (Fatima) would be the first amongst the members of his family who would meet him (in the Hereafter)'''. He shall be my good forerunner and it made me weep. He again talked to me secretly (saying): Aren't you pleased that you should be the sovereign amongst the believing women or the head of women of this Ummah? And this made me laugh.
}}

===A plague kills many Muslims===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, '''a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep''', the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}
It was interpreted as a prophecy about the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Amwas Plague of Amwas] (638-639), which is considered a re-emergence of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Justinian the Plague of Justinian] (541-549), so there was a precedent.

The prediction was written in the 9th century.

===Sexual immorality (abominations)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: '''Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them'''. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

Sexual immorality (or "abomination") was nothing new in the 7th century. The Old Testament mentions such a story:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 19:3-8|
He prepared a meal for them, baking bread without yeast, and they ate. Before they had gone to bed, all the men from every part of the city of Sodom—both young and old—surrounded the house. They called to Lot, “Where are the men who came to you tonight? Bring them out to us so that we can have sex with them.” Lot went outside to meet them and shut the door behind him and said, “No, my friends. Don’t do this wicked thing. Look, I have two daughters who have never slept with a man. Let me bring them out to you, and you can do what you like with them.
}}

In the New Testament Jesus spoke to a woman who had many sexual partners:
{{Quote|The Bible, John 4:16-18|
“Go and get your husband,” Jesus told her.

“I don’t have a husband,” the woman replied.

Jesus said, “You’re right! You don’t have a husband— for you have had five husbands, and you aren’t even married to the man you’re living with now. You certainly spoke the truth!”
}}

There were also abominations happening in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|62|65}}|
Narrated `Aisha:

that the Prophet (ﷺ) married her when '''she was six years old and he consummated his marriage when she was nine years old'''. Hisham said: I have been informed that `Aisha remained with the Prophet (ﷺ) for nine years (i.e. till his death).
}}

Plagues and diseases also happened throughout whole history. Plagues (pestilences) were also predicted in the Bible, hundreds of years before Muhammad:{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be great earthquakes, famines and '''pestilences''' in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}
===Homosexuality===
This is a fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يا ابن مسعود إن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها أن يكتفي الرجال بالرجال والنساء بالنساء

..O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that men are content with men and women with women..
}}

Homosexuals existed before Islam.

===People flogging people===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: '''people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people''', and the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Ishaa’ah li Ashraat il-Saa’ah, p. 119|
Al-Sakhaawi said: They are now the helpers of the oppressors, and usually it refers to the worst group around the ruler. It may also apply to unjust rulers.
}}

Muhammad commanded flogging (and killing) people:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4482 (hasan sahih)|
Narrated Mu'awiyah ibn AbuSufyan:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: If they (the people) drink wine, flog them, again if they drink it, flog them. Again if they drink it, kill them.
}}
===Women naked, but dressed (wearing revealing clothes)===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people, and '''the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side'''. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Some apologists present it as something new that happens in the 21st century and Muhammad couldn't have guessed it.
{{Quote|islamqa.info: Commentary on the hadeeth; “two types of the people of Hell whom I have not seen…” <ref>https://islamqa.info/en/answers/47017/commentary-on-the-hadeeth-two-types-of-the-people-of-hell-whom-i-have-not-seen</ref>|
This hadeeth is one of the miracles of Prophethood, for these two types of people have appeared, and '''they exist now, as al-Nawawi (may Allaah have mercy on him) said.'''
}}
Al-Nawawi lived in the 13th century.

Islamic sources say that there were naked women circumambulating around the Kaba in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||3|24|2959}}|
It was narrated from Saeed bin Jubair that Ibn Abbas said:
"Women used to circumambulate the Kabah naked, saying: 'Today some, or all of it will appear And whatever appers I don't make is permissible.' Then the following was revealed: 'O Children of Adam! Take your adornment to every Masjid.'"
}}

There is also a hadith with the same terminology of dressed (كاسيات) and undressed (عاريات) but in a different context:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|21|226}}|
Narrated Um Salama:

One night the Prophet (ﷺ) got up and said, "Subhan Allah! How many afflictions Allah has revealed tonight and how many treasures have been sent down (disclosed). Go and wake the sleeping lady occupants of these dwellings up (for prayers), perhaps a well '''dressed''' (كاسية) in this world may be '''naked''' (عارية) in the Hereafter."
}}

===Naked thighs in markets===
This hadith is classified mawdoo' (fabricated). <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/321649/%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%AC%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%B9%D8%B4%D8%B1-%D8%AE%D8%B5%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85-%D9%84%D9%88%D8%B7-</ref> Albani included it in his book سلسلة الأحاديث الضعيفة والموضوعة وأثرها السيئ في الأمة ("Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah"):
{{Quote|Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah, Al-Albani|
عشر من أخلاق قوم اللوط:..والمشي في الأسواق والأفخاذ بادية

Ten behaviors of Lot's people:.. and walking in markets and thighs are naked..
}}

There were uncovered thighs in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud Book 32, Hadith 4003|
Narrated Jarhad:

The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) sat with us and my thigh was uncovered. He said: Do you not know that thigh is a private part ?
}}

Muhammad exposed his thighs at some point:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|8|367}}|
Narrated `Abdul `Aziz:

Anas said, 'When Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) invaded Khaibar, we offered the Fajr prayer there (early in the morning) when it was still dark. The Prophet (ﷺ) rode and Abu Talha rode too and I was riding behind Abu Talha. The Prophet (ﷺ) passed through the lane of Khaibar quickly and '''my knee was touching the thigh of the Prophet (ﷺ) . He uncovered his thigh''' and I saw the whiteness of '''the thigh of the Prophet'''.
}}

===Widespread adultery===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|34|6451}}|
Anas b. Malik reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

It is from the conditions of the Last Hour that knowledge would be taken away and ignorance would prevail (upon the world), the liquor would be drunk, and '''adultery would become rampant'''.
}}

Muhammad's companions used to give women a handful of flour and then perform what they called "a temporary marriage" (زواج المتعة, ''zawaj al-mut'a''). Seeing as polygamy was allowed, these companions may have been married at the time, and their behavior would today be classified as adultery:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|8|3249}}|
Jabir b. 'Abdullah reported:

We contracted temporary marriage giving a handful of (tales or flour as a dower during the lifetime of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and during the time of Abu Bakr until 'Umar forbade it in the case of 'Amr b. Huraith.
}}

There is also a fabricated (mawdu') prophecy about illegitimate children:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يَا ابْنَ مَسْعُودٍ ، إِنَّ مِنْ أَعْلَامِ السَّاعَةِ وَأَشْرَاطِهَا أَنْ يَكْثُرَ أَوْلَادُ الزِّنَا

O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that there are many children from adultery
}}

===Abundant wealth===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||5|36|4047}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The Hour will not begin until '''wealth becomes abundant''' and tribulations appear, and Harj increases.” They said: “What is Harj, O Messenger of Allah?” He said: '''“Killing, killing, killing,”''' three times.
}}

Muslims became wealthy in the 7th century by the early Islamic conquests (the hadith itself mentions it together with "killing, killing, killing"). Sunan Ibn Majah was written two centuries after these conquests.

===Men obey their wives===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, '''a man obeys his wife''' and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

It was mentioned among negative things, that indicates that a woman being dominant in marriage is an evil thing. But it appears that the patriarchy was not universal even in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|43|648}}|Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Abbas: ...We, the people of Quraish, used to have authority over women, but when we came to live with the Ansar, we noticed that '''the Ansari women had the upper hand over their men''', so our women started acquiring the habits of the Ansari women. Once I shouted at my wife and she paid me back in my coin and I disliked that she should answer me back....}}

===Fire in Hijaz illuminates necks of camels in Busra===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|234}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a fire will come out of the land of Hijaz, and it will throw light on the necks of the camels at Busra."
}}
There was a lava eruption in Hijaz in the year 1256 ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Harrat_Rahat Harrat Rahat]) which is considered by Muslims as fulfillment. That's the last eruption, but the eruption before that was in 640 - 641 A.D. during the reign of Umar.<ref>
Volcanic history of the northernmost part of the Harrat Rahat volcanic field, Saudi Arabia
https://pubs.geoscienceworld.org/gsa/geosphere/article/14/3/1253/529993/Volcanic-history-of-the-northernmost-part-of-the</ref>
So there was a precedent. The unspecified date of occurrence makes this prediction one that might be referenced perennially

===Making halal what was haram===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|69|494}}|
Narrated Abu 'Amir or Abu Malik Al-Ash'ari:

that he heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "From among my followers there will be some '''people who will consider illegal sexual intercourse, the wearing of silk, the drinking of alcoholic drinks and the use of musical instruments, as lawful.''' And there will be some people who will stay near the side of a mountain and in the evening their shepherd will come to them with their sheep and ask them for something, but they will say to him, 'Return to us tomorrow.' Allah will destroy them during the night and will let the mountain fall on them, and He will transform the rest of them into monkeys and pigs and they will remain so till the Day of Resurrection."
}}

According to Islam, Jews and Christians took their rabbis and monks as lords, because the rabbis and monks ''made lawful'' for them what Allah forbade. <ref>Quran 9:31, tafsir Ibn Kathir</ref>

===Slave woman gives birth to her master/mistress===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|48}}|
When a slave (lady) gives birth to her master.
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 63 (sahih)|
When the slave woman gives birth to her mistress' (Waki' said: This means when non-Arabs will give birth to Arabs")
}}

According to Nawawi, the opinion of the majority of scholars is that Muslims will enslave non-Muslim women and have kids with them and the kids will be masters of their mothers because the kids are Muslims. <ref>https://quranacademy.io/blog/an-nawawis-hadith-2-hadith-of-jibreel-3/</ref> Ibn Hajar (who lived later) didn't like this interpretation, because the enslavement was already happening during the time of Muhammad, so it wasn't really a prophecy of the future.

Ibn Hajar and others, as a result, like to interpret it as kids treating their mothers like slaves. This is not compatible with Waki's comment, and it would appear that children disrespecting their parents has been and will remain a universal phenomenon.

===Woman helps her husband in business===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
'Abdullah said, 'From the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, who said, "Before the Final Hour people will single out one individual for the greeting, commerce will increase until '''a woman helps her husband in business''', people will sever their links with their relatives, knowledge will spread, false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed."
}}

===Some people control trade===
{{Quote|an-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 4461 (sahih)|
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'One of the portents of the Hour will be that wealth becomes widespread and abundant, and trade will become widespread, but knowledge will disappear. '''A man will try to sell something and will say: "No, not until I consult the merchant of banu so and so''' and People will look throughout a vast area for a scribe and will not find one."
}}
Meccans boycotted Muslims in the Meccan period. It was a form of trade control.

===Injustice===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 485 (sahih)|
Ibn 'Umar reported that the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, said, "Injustice will appear as darkness on the Day of Rising."
}}

===False testimony===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ، وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

..false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed.
}}

False testimony was already forbidden in the 10 commandments. The problem existed long before Islam.

===Unfulfilled vows===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
..then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and '''they will vow and never fulfill their vows''', and fatness will appear among them."
}}

===Cheating in weights (scales)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. '''They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers'''. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is also mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Amos 8:2-6|
Then the Lord said to me, “The end has come for My people Israel. I will spare them no longer. The songs of the palace will turn to wailing in that day,” declares the Lord God. “Many will be the corpses; in every place they will cast them forth in silence.” '''Hear this, you who trample the needy''', to do away with the humble of the land, saying: “When will the new moon be over, So that we may sell grain, And the sabbath, that we may open the wheat market, '''To make the bushel smaller and the shekel bigger, And to cheat with dishonest scales'''
}}

Famines, like cheating, are universal phenomenon.

===Making money unlawfully===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|34|296}}|
Narrated Abu Hurairah (ra):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said "Certainly a time will come when people will not bother to know from where they earned the money, by lawful means or unlawful means."
}}
Muhammad himself engaged in dubious practices to acquire money:
{{Quote|Sirat Rasul Allah 428, Tabari VII:29|
Then the apostle heard that Abu Sufyan b. Harb was coming from Syria with a large caravan of Quraysh, containing their money and merchandise, accompanied by some thirty or forty men." Mohammad said, "This is the Quraysh caravan containing their property, Go out to attack it, perhaps God will give it as prey,
}}

===Usury (riba)===
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 10191|
عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ أَنّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ يَأْتِي عَلَى النَّاسِ زَمَانٌ يَأْكُلُونَ فِيهِ الرِّبَا قِيلَ النَّاسُ كُلُّهُمْ قَالَ مَنْ لَمْ يَأْكُلْهُ مِنْهُمْ نَالَهُ مِنْ غُبَارِهِ

Abu Huraira reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “A time will come upon people in which they will consume usury.” It was said, “All of the people?” The Prophet said, “Whoever does not consume it will be affected by its dust.”
}}

Usury (riba) was already widespread in the period before Islam, which Muslims call "jahilya":
{{Quote|[https://ebrary.net/10536/business_finance/types_riba Types of Riba]|
Riba al-Jahiliyah means “the riba used during the age of ignorance and paganism.” It is also called riba al-nassee'aa (the riba that is constrained by a time limit and is time dependent). This type of '''riba was widely practiced by the pagan Arabs at the advent of Islam'''.
}}

In any interest-based economy, all goods will inevitably be "tainted" directly or indirectly with interest-based practices.

===Sudden deaths===
{{Quote|Al-Mu'jam al-Awsat al-Tabarani (9/147) No. 9376 (sahih)|
حدثنا الهيثم بن خالد المصيصي نا عبدالكبير بن المعافى بن عمران نا شريك عن العباس بن ذريح عن الشعبي عن أنس بن مالك رفعه إلى النبي صلى الله عليه و سلم قال من اقتراب الساعة أن يرى الهلال قبلا فيقال لليلتين وأن تتخذ المساجد طرقا وأن يظهر الموت الفجاء لم يرو هذا الحديث عن العباس بن زريح إلا شريك تفرد به عبد الكبير بن المعافى

Anas bin Malik (RA) narrated that the Prophet (SAW) said: “Among the signs that the Last Hour is near, is that the crescent would appear larger than its actual size and people would say: ‘It appears as if it is only two days old.’ and the masajid will be taken as streets, and '''sudden death will spread'''.”
}}

In other hadiths Muhammad and Ubayd speak about sudden death as something already known:{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 3110 / Book 21, Hadith 22 / Book 20, Hadith 3104 (sahih)|
Narrated Ubayd ibn Khalid as-Sulami,:

A man from the Companions of the Prophet (ﷺ), said: The narrator Sa'd ibn Ubaydah narrated sometimes from the Prophet (ﷺ) and sometimes as a statement of Ubayd (ibn Khalid): The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Sudden death is a wrathful catching.
}}

===Islam will be unpleasant for Muslims (like burning ember/coal in hand)===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2260 (hasan)|
Anas bin Malik narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"There shall come upon the people a time in which the one who is patient upon his religion will be like the one holding onto a burning ember."
}}

Adhering to Islam was already unpleasant for many Muslims during the time of Muhammad and it escalated in 632-633 during the Wars of Apostasy when some Arabs tried to leave Islam, but had it imposed on them once again by the caliph.

===Following Jews and Christians===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|92|422}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "You will follow the ways of those nations who were before you, span by span and cubit by cubit (i.e., inch by inch) so much so that even if they entered a hole of a mastigure, you would follow them." We said, "O Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)! (Do you mean) the Jews and the Christians?" He said, "Whom else?"
}}
Muhammad himself incorporated portions of the Talmud and the gospels in the Quran and his teachings.

===Killing [pointless killing]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which Religious ignorance will spread, knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and '''there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing'''."
}}

The Old Testament hosts many texts about mass killing. For example:
{{Quote|The Bible (AMPC), 1 Samuel 15:3|
Now go and smite Amalek and utterly destroy all they have; do not spare them, but '''kill both man and woman, infant and suckling, ox and sheep, camel and donkey.'''
}}

Muhammad himself engaged in what most would describe as "pointless killing":
{{Quote|Ibn Ishaq: Sirat Rasul Allah, p. 464|
Then they surrendered, and the apostle confined them in Medina in the quarter of d. al-Harith, a woman of B. al-Najjar. Then the apostle went out to the market of Medina (which is still its market today) and dug trenches in it. Then he sent for them and struck off their heads in those trenches as they were brought out to him in batches. Among them was the enemy of Allah Huyayy b. Akhtab and Ka`b b. Asad their chief. There were 600 or 700 in all, though some put the figure as high as 800 or 900.
}}

===Two parties with the same message will fight===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6902}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) many ahadith and one of them was this:

The last Hour will not come until the two parties (of Muslims) confront each other and there is a large-scale massacre amongst them and the claim of both of them is the same.
}}

This prediction was interpreted by Islamic scholars as referring to the Battle of Siffin (year 657). Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Issue between Ali and Aisha===
{{Quote|Fath al Bari 13/59 (sahih) and others|
إنَّهُ سيكونُ بينَكَ وبين عائشةَ أمرٌ قال فأنا أشقاهُم يا رسولَ اللهِ قال لا ولكنْ إذا كان ذلك فاردُدْها إلى مأمنِها

There will be an issue between you and ‘Aisha.” He said, “Me, O Messenger of Allah?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Me?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Then [in that case] I would be the worst of them (all people).” He said, “No, but when this occurs, return her to her safe quarters.”}}

The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_the_Camel Battle of the Camel] happened in 656. The hadith (in Musnad Ahmad) was written in the 9th century.

===Ammar will be killed===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 1, Book 46, Hadith 3800 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "Rejoice, 'Ammar, the transgressing party shall kill you."
}}

He was killed in the 7th century. The collection of Tirmidhi was written in the 9th century.

==="I have been given Persia"===
{{Quote|Al-Nasa'i, Sunan al Kubra 8858|
أنبأ محمد بن عبد الأعلى قال حدثنا معتمر قال سمعت عوفا قال سمعت ميمونا يحدث عن البراء بن عازب قال : لما أمرنا رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم أن يحفر الخندق عرض لنا فيه حجر لا يأخذ فيه المعول فاشتكينا ذلك إلى رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فجاء رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فألقى ثوبه وأخذ المعول وقال بسم الله فضرب ضربة فكسر ثلث الصخرة قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح الشام والله إني لأبصر قصورها الحمر الآن من مكاني هذا قال ثم ضرب أخرى وقال بسم الله وكسر ثلثا آخر وقال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح فارس والله إني لأبصر قصر المدائن الأبيض الآن ثم ضرب ثالثة وقال بسم الله فقطع الحجر قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح اليمن والله إني لأبصر باب صنعاء

Al-Bara said: On the Day of Al-Khandaq (the trench) there stood out a rock too immune for our spades to break up. We therefore went to see God’s Messenger for advice. He took the spade, and said: “In the Name of God” Then he struck it saying: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Ash-Sham (Greater Syria). By God, I can see its red palaces at the moment;” on the second strike he said: “God is Most Great, '''I have been given Persia'''. By God, I can now see the white palace of Madain;” and for the third time he struck the rock saying: “In the Name of God,” shattering the rest of the rock, and he said: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Yemen. By God, I can see the gates of San’a while I am in my place.”
}}

The bloody conquest happened around the year 650. Earliest hadith collection Muwatta Imam Malik (which doesn't contain this hadith) was written around the year 750 and the hadith collection sunan al-Kubra which contains the hadith was written around the year 850. This hadith was written hundreds of years after the event it describes.

Furthermore, Persia was already conquered a thousand years before by Alexander the Great. And at the time of Muhammad Persia was exhausted by wars with Romans which lasted from 54 BC to 628 AD (681 years).

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roman%E2%80%93Persian_Wars Wikipedia: Roman–Persian Wars]

===Conquest of Jerusalem===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, '''the conquest of Jerusalem''', a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

Some suggest that Muhammad predicted "The Muslim conquest of Jerusalem in 1187 AD." <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/en/article/135817/the-signs-of-the-hour</ref>:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(1187) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (1187)]

However, this was the second Islamic conquest of Jerusalem. Muslims first conquered Jerusalem in 636:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(636%E2%80%93637) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (636–637)]

Furthermore, after the conquest, the Hour was expected to come. Both events occurred nearly a thousand years in the past.

This was written by Bukhari two hundred years after the first conquest.

Hadith in Sunan Abu Dawud also stresses the coming of the Last Hour after the conquest of Jerusalem (holy land):
{{Quote|Abu Dawud 14:2529 (sahih)|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Hawalah al-Azdi:

The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) sent us on foot to get spoil, but we returned without getting any. When he saw the signs of distress on our faces, he stood up on our faces and said: O Allah, do not put them under my care, for I would be too weak to care for them; do not put them in care of themselves, for they would be incapable of that, and do not put them in the care of men, for they would choose the best things for themselves. '''He then placed his hand on my head and said: Ibn Hawalah, when you see the caliphate has settled in the holy land, earthquakes, sorrows and serious matters will have drawn near and on that day the Last Hour will be nearer to mankind than this hand of mine is to your head.'''
}}

===Conquest of Egypt===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|5174}}|
Abu Dharr reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

'''You would soon conquer Egypt''' and that is a land which is known (as the land of al-qirat). So when you conquer it, treat its inhabitants well. For there lies upon you the responsibility because of blood-tie or relationship of marriage (with them). And when you see two persons falling into dispute amongst themselves for the space of a brick, than get out of that. He (Abu Dharr) said: I saw Abd al-Rahman b. Shurahbil b. Hasana and his brother Rabi'a disputing with one another for the space of a brick. So I left that (land).
}}
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muslim_conquest_of_Egypt Muslim conquest of Egypt] happened in the 7th century. The hadith collection Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Conquest of Yemen, Syria and Iraq===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3201}}|
Sufyan b. Abu Zuhair heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) say:

'''Yemen will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families on them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''Syria will be conquered''' and some people will go away driving their camels along with them and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''lraq will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority. while Medina is better for them if they were to know it.
}}
All conquests happened in the 7th century. Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.
===Fighting Turks===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|56|787}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till you fight a nation wearing hairy shoes, and till you '''fight the Turks''', who will have small eyes, red faces and flat noses; and their faces will be like flat shields. And you will find that the best people are those who hate responsibility of ruling most of all till they are chosen to be the rulers. And the people are of different natures: The best in the pre-lslamic period are the best in Islam. A time will come when any of you will love to see me rather than to have his family and property doubled."
}}

Some suggest that "Turks" here means "Mongols" and that this thus predicts Gengis Khan. However, The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Kharistan Battle of Kharistan] (737) which happened between the Umayyad caliphate and Turkic Türgesh, could equally fit the description provided here. This seems more plausible, especially as Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

One might also note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

===Leave the Turks as long as they leave you===
This hadith is often referenced as evidence that Muhammad predicted the Ottoman empire, often ignoring the clause about the Abyssinians
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4288}}|
Narrated from Abi Sukainah One of the Companions:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: '''Let the Abyssinians alone as long as they let you alone''', and let the Turks alone as long as they leave you alone.
}}

It is said that the Turks should be left alone because they were strong, and they were strong therefore they would eventually become dominant. This is an evidently generous reading of the hadith.

In other hadith, Muhammad is reported to have predicted that after a few wars, Muslims would exterminate the Turks:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Takhreej Mishkaat al-Masabih 5/110 (hasan) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8F%D9%83%D9%85+%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8C+%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%A7%D8%B1%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%8A%D9%86%D9%90+%D9%8A%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8F%D9%91%D8%B1%D9%83%D9%8E</ref>|
يقاتِلُكم قومٌ صغارُ الأعينِ يعني التُّركَ قالَ تسوقونَهم ثلاثَ مرات حتَّى تُلحِقوهم بجزيرةِ العربِ فأمَّا في السِّاقةِ الأولى فينجو من هربَ منهم فأمَّا في الثَّانيةِ فينجو بعضٌ ويَهلِكُ بعضٌ وأمَّا في الثَّالثةِ فيصطَلِمونَ

People with small eyes, i.e. the Turks, will fight against you, the prophet (ﷺ) said: You will drive them off three times till you catch up with them in Arabia. On the first occasion when you drive them off those who fly will be safe, on the second occasion some will be safe and some will perish, but '''on the third occasion they will be extirpated'''.
}}
===Spoils of war distributed preferentially===
Hadith daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi 2211 (daif)|
إِذَا اتُّخِذَ الْفَىْءُ دُوَلاً

When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially)
}}
Al-Fai mean spoils of war.

===Fearless traveler (security)===
Probably refers to time after the conquest of Iraq in the 7th century:
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/334 (sahih)|
لا تقومُ الساعَةُ حتى تعودَ أرْضُ العربِ مروجًا وأَنْهَارًا وحتى يسيرَ الراكِبُ بينَ العِرَاقِ ومَكَّةَ لَا يَخَافُ إلَّا ضَلَالَ الطريقِ [ وحتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْهَرْجُ قالوا وما الهَرْجُ يا رسولَ اللهِ قال القتلُ ]

The Hour will not come until the land of Arabs becomes meadows and rivers and until '''a rider goes between Iraq and Makka and doesn't fear anything except getting lost''' and until al-harj is widespread. They said: And what is al-Harj O messenger of God? He said: Killing.
}}

===Fat people===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
Narrated `Imran bin Husain:

"Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, 'The best of my followers are those living in my generation (i.e. my contemporaries). and then those who will follow the latter" `Imran added, "I do not remember whether he mentioned two or three generations after his generation, then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and they will vow and never fulfill their vows, and '''fatness will appear among them'''."
}}

After the 7th century Islamic conquests, Muslims became rich and could have a lot of food.

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|59|548}}|
Narrated Ibn `Umar:

We did not eat our fill except after we had conquered Khaibar.
}}

Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Special greeting===
It was interpreted as "greeting only people you know":
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ‏:‏ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ

Before the Hour there is special greeting
}}

It would mean Muslims would disobey Muhammad's command to greet everyone:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|12}}|
Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Amr:

A man asked the Prophet (ﷺ) , "What sort of deeds or (what qualities of) Islam are good?" The Prophet (ﷺ) replied, 'To feed (the poor) and '''greet those whom you know and those whom you do not know'''.
}}

In other hadiths however Muhammad was preventing Muslims from greeting certain people based on their religion:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|26|5389}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

Do not greet the Jews and the Christians before they greet you and when you meet any one of them on the roads force him to go to the narrowest part of it.
}}

===Rejection of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4604 / Book 41, Hadith 4587 / Book 42, Hadith 9|
Narrated Al-Miqdam ibn Ma'dikarib:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Beware! I have been given the Qur'an and something like it, yet the time is coming when a man replete on his couch will say: '''Keep to the Qur'an'''; what you find in it to be permissible treat as permissible, and what you find in it to be prohibited treat as prohibited. Beware! The domestic ass, beasts of prey with fangs, a find belonging to confederate, unless its owner does not want it, are not permissible to you If anyone comes to some people, they must entertain him, but if they do not, he has a right to mulct them to an amount equivalent to his entertainment.
}}

The idea that only the Quran is the word of god and Muhamamad is just a man and therefore he might be wrong existed during Muhammad's life:
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 3646, In-book reference: Book 26, Hadith 6, English translation: Book 25, Hadith 3639|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Amr ibn al-'As:

I used to write everything which I heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). I intended (by it) to memorise it. The Quraysh prohibited me saying: '''Do you write everything that you hear from him while the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) is a human being: he speaks in anger and pleasure?''' So I stopped writing, and mentioned it to the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He signalled with his finger to him mouth and said: Write, by Him in Whose hand my soul lies, only right comes out from it.
}}
===Liars will be trusted and honest people will be regarded as liars===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4036 (hasan)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will come to the people years of treachery, when the liar will be regarded as honest, and the honest man will be regarded as a liar; the traitor will be regarded as faithful, and the faithful man will be regarded as a traitor; and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}

This was already happening according to Islamic sources. Some people trusted Musaylimah.

==="The pen will spread"===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ وَفُشُوُّ التِّجَارَةِ حَتَّى تُعِينَ الْمَرْأَةُ زَوْجَهَا عَلَى التِّجَارَةِ وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ وَفُشُوُّ الْقَلَمِ وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, family ties will be severed, '''the pen will spread''', false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
There is the Pen that Allah created first and which writes the future:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 3319 (sahih)|
“I arrived in Makkah and met Ata bin Abi Rabah. I said: ‘O Abu Muhammad! Some people with us speak about Al-Qadar.’ Ata said: ‘I met Al-Walid bin Ubadah bin As-Samit and he said: “My father narrated to me, he said: ‘I heard the Messenger of Allah saying: “Verily '''the first of what Allah created was the Pen (القلم). He said to it: “Write.” So it wrote what will be forever'''.’”
}}

There is also the Pen that writes deeds:
{{Quote|Bulugh al Maram: Book 8, Hadith 1096|
Narrated 'Aishah (RA):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: "There are three people whose actions are not recorded ( رُفِعَ اَلْقَلَمُ عَنْ ثَلَاثَةٍ, literally "is lifted the pen from three"), a sleeping person till he awakes, a child till he is a grown up, and an insane person till he is restored to reason or recovers his sense." [Reported by Ahmad and al-Arba'a, except at-Tirmidhi. al-Hakim graded it Sahih (authentic)].
}}
{{Quote|al-nasa'i: Vol. 4, Book 26, Hadith 3217 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Salamah:
It was narrated from Abu Salamah that Abu Hurairah said: "I said: 'O Messenger of Allah, I am a young man and I fear hardship for myself, but I cannot afford to marry; should I castrate myself?'" The Prophet turned away from him until he said it three times. Then the Prophet said: "O Abu Hurairah, '''the pen is dried concerning what you are going to face''', so (it is up to you whether) you castrate yourself or not." Abu Abdur-Rahman (An-Nasai) said: Al-Awzai did not hear this narration from Az-Zuhri, and this hadith is sahih, Yunus reported it from Az-Zuhri.
}}

Literacy was increasing before Muhammad was born. Jews and Christians first used oral traditions, but then switched to writing. There was also the ongoing global transitions from oral cultures to written cultures more generally.

Notice also that the prophecy was written by people who were ''writing'' hadiths from oral traditions.

===Family ties will be severed===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, '''family ties will be severed''' (وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ), the pen will spread, false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
Islam teaches that among the first people were brothers Cain and Abel and Cain killed Abel.

There is also hadith where Muhammad encourages people to keep the ties of kinship, which indicates they weren't doing it enough in his time:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 1, Hadith 1979 (hasan)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah said:
"Learn enough about your lineage to facilitate keeping your ties of kinship (تَصِلُونَ بِهِ أَرْحَامَكُمْ). For indeed keeping the ties of kinship encourages affection among the relatives, increases the wealth, and increases the lifespan."
}}

Killing of family members for the sake of Islam was also approved by Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4348}}|Narrated Abdullah Ibn Abbas: A blind man had a slave-mother who used to abuse the Prophet (peace be upon him) and disparage him. He forbade her but she did not stop. He rebuked her but she did not give up her habit. One night she began to slander the Prophet (peace be upon him) and abuse him. So he took a dagger, placed it on her belly, pressed it, and killed her. A child who came between her legs was smeared with the blood that was there. When the morning came, the Prophet (peace be upon him) was informed about it.

He assembled the people and said: I adjure by Allah the man who has done this action and I adjure him by my right to him that he should stand up. Jumping over the necks of the people and trembling the man stood up.

He sat before the Prophet (peace be upon him) and said: Apostle of Allah! I am her master; she used to abuse you and disparage you. I forbade her, but she did not stop, and I rebuked her, but she did not abandon her habit. I have two sons like pearls from her, and she was my companion. Last night she began to abuse and disparage you. So I took a dagger, put it on her belly and pressed it till I killed her.

Thereupon the Prophet (peace be upon him) said: Oh be witness, no retaliation is payable for her blood.}}

===Satellite Communications===
It's a similar prophecy to "family ties will be severed", this hadith is often mistranslated (also the hadith is weak):
{{Quote|Tabrani, al-Muʿjam al-Kabīr 10/228 and Mu'jan al-Awsat 4861 (da'eef)|
“From among the signs of Qiyamah is that people will maintain ties with '''distant relatives and strangers''' (الأطباق) but sever ties with close family.”
}}
The word الأطباق (''al-atbaaq'') is today sometimes translated as "dishes" (although the classical translation (understanding) fits better into the context) and then they interpret the "dishes" as "satellites".

*[https://hadithanswers.com/is-satellite-communication-a-sign-of-qiyamah/ Fatwa against the modern interpretation]

===Automobiles (actually camels with lofty saddles)===
Muhammad forbade riding on ''mayathir'' (مياثر), so mayathir were something already known:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|74|253}}|
..He forbade us to drink from silver utensils, to wear gold rings, '''to ride on silken saddles (ركوب المياثر)''', to wear silk clothes..
}}

There is a prophecy about people riding on mayathir at the end of times:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4 / 436 (hasan)|
سَيَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ هَذِهِ الْأُمَّةِ رِجَالٌ يَرْكَبُونَ عَلَى الْمَيَاثِرِ حَتَّى يَأْتُوا أَبْوَابَ مَسَاجِدِهِمْ

They will mount their mayaathir until they come to the doors of their mosques
}}
Albani explained:
{{Quote|Tafsir by Albani|
the word mayaathir is the plural of meetharah and Ibn al-Athir described it as, “… smooth and soft, made out of silk or a silk brocade [heavy silk] which the rider places beneath him on the saddle on top of the camel.
}}

And a re-iteration of the same prophecy:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 654/11 (hasan)|
يكون في آخر أمتي رجال يركبون على سرج كأشباه الرحال ينزلون على أبواب المساجد نساؤهم كاسيات عاريات

In the last [part] of my nation there will be men who ride on '''saddles that resemble packsaddles''' (سرج كأشباه الرحال). They will alight at the doors of the mosques. Their women are clothed but naked. On their heads are [what appears to be] like the humps of [lean] camels. Curse them for they are cursed. If there were a nation from the nations to come after you, your women would serve them, just as the women of the nations that were before you served you.
}}
Some try to translate سرج كأشباه الرحال as "carriots" or "cars", but:

*سَرْج means "saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle; pigskin; pillion" <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B3%D8%B1%D8%AC/</ref>
*رَحْل means "Either of a pair of a bags laid over the back of a horse - saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle". <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B1%D8%AD%D9%84/</ref>

===Ignorance [of Islamic teachings]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which '''Religious ignorance will spread''', knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing."}}

*In Islam, the period before Muhammad's career is called jahilya (ignorance).
*in context of Islam, when Muhammad says "knowledge" it means "knowledge of Muhamamd's claims and commands" and when Islam says "ignorance" it means "ignorance of Muhammad's claims and commands"
*Muhammad noticed that Jews don't fully follow the law of Moses, so he predicted similar outcomes for Muslims in many instances.

===Learning for something other than Islam===
{{Quote|Al-Shawkani, Nayl al-Awtar 8/262 (hasan li-ghayrihi)|
إذا اتُّخِذَ الفَيْءُ دُوَلًا والأمانةُ مَغْنَمًا والزكاةُ مَغْرَمًا وتُعُلِّمَ لغيرِ الدِّينِ وأطاع الرجلُ امرأتَه وعَقَّ أُمَّه وأَدْنَى صديقَه وأَقْصَى أباه وظَهَرَتِ الأصواتُ في المساجدِ وساد القبيلةَ فاسِقُهُم وكان زعيمُ القومِ أَرْذَلَهم وأُكْرِمَ الرجلُ مَخَافةَ شرِّه وظَهَرَتِ القِيَانُ والمعازفُ وشُرِبَتِ الخُمورُ ولَعَن آخِرُ هذه الأمةِ أولَها فلْيَرْتَقِبُوا عند ذلك رِيحًا حمراءَ وزَلْزَلَةً وخَسْفًا ومَسْخًا وقَذْفًا وآياتٍ تُتَابَعُ كنِظامٍ بالٍ قُطِعَ سِلْكُه فتتابع بعضُه بعضًا

When spoiles of war are distributed; and property given in trust will be considered as booty for oneself; Zakat will be looked upon as a fine; '''learning for other than the religion'''; a man will obey his wife and disobey his mother; a man will bring his friends nearer and drive his father far off; noises will be raised in the masjids; the most wicked of a tribe will become its ruler; the most worthless member of a people will become its leader; a man will be honoured for fear of the evil he may do; singing girls and musical instruments will come into vogue; drinking of wine will become common; and the later generations will begin to curse the previous generations; then wait, for red violent winds, earthquakes, swallowing up by the earth, defacement (of human faces), pelting of stones from the skies as rain, and a continuing chain of disasters followed one by another, like beads of a necklace falling one after the other rapidly when its string is cut.
}}
Secular knowledge for secular purposes was studied before Islam.

===Tall buildings===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||1|1|63}} <ref>https://sunnah.com/urn/1250630</ref>|
وَأَنْ تَرَى الْحُفَاةَ الْعُرَاةَ الْعَالَةَ رِعَاءَ الشَّاءِ يَتَطَاوَلُونَ فِي الْبِنَاءِ

..and when '''you see barefoot, naked, destitute shepherds''' competing in constructing tall buildings
}}The Bible contained a story of the Tower of Babel, Egyptians built pyramids. The desire and ability to construct tall buildings appears to has been common in history.

There were people in the 7th century building buildings that could be considered tall in that time. Ibn Hajar wrote in his famous commentary on Sahih Bukhari:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar: Fatḥ al-Bārī fī Sharḥ Ṣaḥīḥ al-Bukhārī|
يتطاول الناس في البنيان وهي من العلامات التي وقعت عن قرب في زمن النبوة

"The people are [competing in] building tall buildings" - and that's from the signs which '''happened close at the time of the prophethood'''
}}

Muslims could afford building tall buildings after they got rich from early Islamic conquests.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|70|576}}|
Narrated Qais bin Abi Hazim:

We went to pay a visit to Khabbab (who was sick) and he had been branded (cauterized) at seven places in his body. He said, "Our companions who died (during the lifetime of the Prophet) left (this world) without having their rewards reduced through enjoying the pleasures of this life, but '''we have got (so much) wealth that we find no way to spend It except on the construction of buildings''' .Had the Prophet not forbidden us to wish for death, I would have wished for it.' We visited him for the second time while he was building a wall. '''He said: A Muslim is rewarded (in the Hereafter) for whatever he spends except for something that he spends on building'''."
}}

Some add that theses buildings were described as being "as high as mountains", but that hadith is mawqoof (not from Muhammad). It was a saying of ‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr and it was after Muslims became rich from early Islamic conquests, so they could likely imagine themselves building tall in Mecca. Also the hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Musannaf ibn Abi Shaybah, Hadith: 14306 (da'eef or hasan)|
Sayyiduna '''‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr''' (radiyallahu ‘anhuma) is reported to have said: “……When you see tunnels/canals being dug in Makkah Mukarramah and the buildings (of Makkah Mukarramah) higher than the peak of the mountains then know that Qiyamah is close.”
}}

*[https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/247118/%D9%87%D9%84-%D8%AB%D8%A8%D8%AA-%D9%85%D9%86-%D9%83%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85-%D8%B9%D8%A8%D8%AF-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%84%D9%87-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%B1%D9%88-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B9%D8%A7%D8%B5-%D8%A7%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AA%D9%81%D8%A7%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A8%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%A1-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D9%85%D9%83%D8%A9-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9 Fatwa] (Arabic) says that since it's not from Muhammad, it shouldn't even be called a hadith.

===Mosques full of hypocrites===
{{Quote|Ibn Abi Shaybah: Kitab al-Iman 101 (sahih)|
عن عبد اللهِ بنِ عَمرو قال : يأتي على الناس زمانٌ ، يجتمِعون ويُصلُّون في المساجدِ ، وليس فيهم مؤمنٌ

A time will come on people when they get together and pray in mosques and isn't among them a single believer
}}

Praying hypocrites were also mentioned in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 6:5|
“And when you pray, do not be like the hypocrites, for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and on the street corners to be seen by others.
}}

The military nature of Islam's spread may have encouraged this type of hypocrisy:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|30}}|
It is reported on the authority of Abu Huraira that the Messenger of Allah said:

I have been commanded to fight against people so long as they do not declare that there is no god but Allah, and he who professed it was guaranteed the protection of his property and life on my behalf except for the right affairs rest with Allah.
}}
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|260}}|
Narrated `Ikrima:

`Ali burnt some people and this news reached Ibn `Abbas, who said, "Had I been in his place I would not have burnt them, as the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'Don't punish (anybody) with Allah's Punishment.' No doubt, I would have killed them, for the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'If somebody (a Muslim) discards his religion, kill him.' "
}}

===Voices raised in mosques===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2211 (daif)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially), trust is a spoil of war, Zakat is a fine, knowledge is sought for other than the(sake of the) religion, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is close to his friend and far from his father, '''voices are raised in the Masajid''', tribes are led by their wicked, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, singing slave-girls and music spread, intoxicants are drunk, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning- then anticipate a red wind, earthquake, collapsing of the earth, transformation, Qadhf, and the signs follow in succession like gems of a necklace whose string is cut and so they fall in succession."
}}

People were raising voices even in the time of Muhammad in front of him. Muhammad rebuked them in the Quran:
{{Quote|{{Quran|49|2}} (Sahih International)|
O you who have believed, do not raise your voices above the voice of the Prophet or be loud to him in speech like the loudness of some of you to others, lest your deeds become worthless while you perceive not.

}}

===Decoration of mosques===
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|8|690}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Anas that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"One of the portents of the Hour will be that people will show off in building Masjids."
}}

There was a precedent. Christians and Jews were adorning their places of worship:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|2|448}}|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Abbas:

I was not commanded to build high mosques. Ibn Abbas said: You will certainly adorn them '''as the Jews and Christians did'''.
}}

===Markets will approach (taqaarub al-aswaaq)===
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/330 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D8%AA%D8%B8%D9%87%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%81%D8%AA%D9%86+%D9%88%D9%8A%D9%83%D8%AB%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B0%D8%A8+%D9%88%D8%AA%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B3%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%82+%D9%88%D9%8A%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B2%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%86</ref>|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تَظْهَرَ الفِتَنُ ويكثرَ الكذِبُ وتتقارَبَ الأسواقُ ويتقارَبَ الزمانُ ويكثُرَ الهرجُ قلْتُ وما الهرْجُ قال القتْلُ

The Hour won't come till tribulations show up, lies are widespread and '''taqaarub of markets''' and taqaarub of time and harj is widespread. I said: What is al-harj? He said: Killing.
}}
The hadith is vague in its entirety, but the situation on markets expectedly changed after Muslims got rich by the 7th century conquests.

===Breaking the convenant with god makes enemies overpower them===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
... '''They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands.''' Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Leviticus 26:14-17|
Punishment for Disobedience

“‘But if you will not listen to me and carry out all these commands, and if you reject my decrees and abhor my laws and fail to carry out all my commands and so violate my covenant, then I will do this to you: I will bring on you sudden terror, wasting diseases and fever that will destroy your sight and sap your strength. You will plant seed in vain, because your enemies will eat it. I will set my face against you so that you will be defeated by your enemies; those who hate you will rule over you, and you will flee even when no one is pursuing you.
}}

===A man passes by a grave and wants to be dead too===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
وَحَتَّى يَمُرَّ الرَّجُلُ بِقَبْرِ الرَّجُلِ فَيَقُولُ يَا لَيْتَنِي مَكَانَهُ

... till a man when passing by a grave of someone will say, 'Would that I were in his place...
}}

The Old Testament mentions this:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Jonah 4:3|
"Therefore now, O LORD, please take my life from me, for death is better to me than life."
}}

===People will treat a man with respect because they fear the evil he could do===
The hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, '''the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of''', intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

Intimidation with violence was already used before Islam. It was also used by Muhammad.

===The leader of a people will be the worst of them===
This hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, '''the leader of the people is the most despicable among them''', the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

This happened during the time of Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abu Dawud||2155|darussalam}}| Abu Said al-Khudri said: "The apostle of Allah sent a military expedition to Awtas on the occasion of the battle of Hunain. They met their enemy and fought with them. They defeated them and took them captives. Some of the Companions of the apostle of Allah were reluctant to have intercourse with the female captives because of their pagan husbands. So Allah, the Exalted, sent down the Quranic verse, "And all married women (are forbidden) unto you save those (captives) whom your right hands possess". That is to say, they are lawful for them when they complete their waiting period." [The Quran verse is 4:24]}}

The men were morally reluctant to rape married women, but their leader (Muhammad) permitted them to go ahead.

==Predictions of the future (after the hadiths)==
In this category are hadiths that don't talk about what already happened before the prophecies were written.

==="Opposites"===
These don't seem to be predictions, but rather statements that the opposite of what was considered granted at that time will happen. For example mountains were considered solid (not moving), so a prophecy says that mountains will be moving. Rather then explaining the fulfillment of these prophecies, this common denominator suggests how the predictions were generated.

====Mountains will move====
This hadith is da'eef (Ufayr bin Ma'daan is in the chain):
{{Quote|Mu'jam at-Tabaraani vol 7, n. 6857|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تزولَ الجبالُ عن أماكِنِها وتَرَوْنَ الأمورَ العظامَ التي لم تَكُونوا تَرَوْنَها

The Hour will not begin until the '''mountains are moved from their places''' and you see great calamities which you have never seen before.
}}
====Non-speaking objects will start speaking====
{{Quote|Jami' al-Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2181 (sahih)|
Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri narrated that the Messenger of Allah (s.a.w) said:
"By the One in Whose Hand is my soul! The Hour will not be established until predators speak to people and until the tip of a man's whip and the straps on his sandal speak to him, and his thigh informs him of what occurred with his family after him."
}}

Though this hadith is often metaphorisized to refer to modern technology (mobile phones), the original wording of the hadith appears to be rather literal in its intention.

The Old Testament already has a story about a talking serpent:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 3:1|
Now '''the serpent''' was more crafty than any of the wild animals the Lord God had made. '''He said''' to the woman, “Did God really say, ‘You must not eat from any tree in the garden’?”
}}

And for Muhammad (unlike for most people), talking objects wouldn't even be much miraculous, since he was hearing voices regularly. For example he heard a stone saluting him:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====The land of Arabia reverts to meadows and rivers====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|5|2208}}|
وَحَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ، - وَهُوَ ابْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْقَارِيُّ - عَنْ سُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ ‏ "‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْمَالُ وَيَفِيضَ حَتَّى يَخْرُجَ الرَّجُلُ بِزَكَاةِ مَالِهِ فَلاَ يَجِدُ أَحَدًا يَقْبَلُهَا مِنْهُ وَحَتَّى تَعُودَ أَرْضُ الْعَرَبِ مُرُوجًا وَأَنْهَارًا ‏"‏ ‏.‏

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) as saying:

The Last Hour will not come before wealth becomes abundant and overflowing, so much so that a man takes Zakat out of his property and cannot find anyone to accept it from him and '''till the land of Arabia reverts (تعود) to meadows and rivers.'''
}}

The word تعود (''ta'ooda'') can mean both "become" and "revert".
{{Quote|مرقاة المفاتيح شرح مشكاة المصابيح|
وحتى تعود أرض العرب أي: تصير أو ترجع

"And until ''ta'ooda'' the land of Arabs" - meaning "becomes" or "reverts"
}}

====Much rain, but little vegetation====
{{Quote|Shuaib Al Arna'ut, Takhreej al-Musnad 12429 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%B3+%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1%D8%A7+%D8%B9%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7+%D8%8C+%D9%88+%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%86%D8%A8%D8%AA+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B1%D8%B6+%D8%B4%D9%8A%D8%A6%D8%A7</ref>|
لا تَقومُ السَّاعةُ حتى يُمطَرَ النَّاسُ مَطرًا عامًّا، ولا تُنبِتَ الأرضُ شيئًا.

The Hour would not come until there is too much rain, but the earth does not produce crops
}}
===Other Predictions About the Future===
====Coming of Muhammad and the Hour are close like the forefinger and middle finger joined together====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7049}}|
Anas reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

I and the Last Hour have been sent like this and (he while doing it) joined the forefinger with the middle finger.
}}

====A 7th century boy won't grow very old before the Hour comes====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7052}}|
وَحَدَّثَنِي حَجَّاجُ بْنُ الشَّاعِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، - يَعْنِي ابْنَ زَيْدٍ - حَدَّثَنَا مَعْبَدُ بْنُ هِلاَلٍ الْعَنَزِيُّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَجُلاً، سَأَلَ النَّبِيَّ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ مَتَى تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ قَالَ فَسَكَتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم هُنَيْهَةً ثُمَّ نَظَرَ إِلَى غُلاَمٍ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ مِنْ أَزْدِ شَنُوءَةَ فَقَالَ ‏ "‏ إِنْ عُمِّرَ هَذَا لَمْ يُدْرِكْهُ الْهَرَمُ حَتَّى تَقُومَ السَّاعَةُ ‏"‏ ‏.‏ قَالَ قَالَ أَنَسٌ ذَاكَ الْغُلاَمُ مِنْ أَتْرَابِي يَوْمَئِذٍ ‏.‏

Anas b. Malik reported that a person asked Allah's Apostle (ﷺ):

When would the Last Hour come? Thereupon Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) kept quiet for a while. Then looked at a young boy in his presence belonging to the tribe of Azd Shanu'a and he said: If this boy lives he would not grow very old till the Last Hour would come ''to you''. Anas said that this young boy was of our age during those days.
}}
The "to you" was added by the translators to indicate that it is the last hour (death) of the people who asked, however this qualification is entirely absent in the Arabic text.

====The Hour will come before a 7th century slave becomes old====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|73|188}}|
...In the meantime, a slave of Al-Mughira passed by, and he was of the same age as I was. The Prophet (ﷺ) said. "If this (slave) should live long, he will not reach the geriatric old age, but the Hour will be established."
}}

====Nothing will live one hundred years from now====
The "tonight" in ''italic'' was added by translators to accommodate the later re-interpretation:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|116}}|
أَرَأَيْتَكُمْ لَيْلَتَكُمْ هَذِهِ، فَإِنَّ رَأْسَ مِائَةِ سَنَةٍ مِنْهَا لاَ يَبْقَى مِمَّنْ هُوَ عَلَى ظَهْرِ الأَرْضِ أَحَدٌ

Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

Once the Prophet (ﷺ) led us in the `Isha' prayer during the last days of his life and after finishing it (the prayer) (with Taslim) he said: "Do you realize (the importance of) this night?" Nobody present on the surface of the earth ''tonight'' will be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night."
}}

When the prophecy failed 100 years later, Muslims re-interpreted it:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|10|575}}|
Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

The Prophet (ﷺ) prayed one of the `Isha' prayer in his last days and after finishing it with Taslim, he stood up and said, "Do you realize (the importance of) this night? Nobody present on the surface of the earth tonight would be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night." '''The people made a mistake in grasping the meaning of this statement of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and they indulged in those things which are said about these narrators (i.e. some said that the Day of Resurrection will be established after 100 years etc.)''' But the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Nobody present on the surface of earth tonight would be living after the completion of 100 years from this night"; he meant "When that century (people of that century) would pass away."
}}

====If 10 scholars of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|39|6711}} (Muhsin Khan translation)|
لَوْ تَابَعَنِي عَشْرَةٌ مِنَ الْيَهُودِ لَمْ يَبْقَ عَلَى ظَهْرِهَا يَهُودِيٌّ إِلاَّ أَسْلَمَ

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

If ten ''scholars'' of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth who would not embrace Islam.
}}

The Arabic original doesn't say "ten Jewish scholars", but only "ten Jews" (عشرة من اليهود).

====30 false prophets before the Hour====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6988}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until there would arise about thirty impostors, liars, and each one of them would claim that he is a messenger of Allah.
}}
In his time there were other prophets like Saf ibn Sayyad and Maslamah bin Ḥabīb (called by Muslims "Musaylimah al-Kadhdhāb" (Musaylama the Liar)), Al-Aswad Al-Ansi and Tulayha.

False prophets were also already predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 24:10-11|
At that time many will turn away from the faith and will betray and hate each other, and many '''false prophets will appear and deceive many people'''.
}}

====Rising of the Sun from its setting place====
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4297}}|
We were sitting in the shade of the chamber of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) discussing (something) and when we mentioned the last hour, our voices rose high. The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: The last hour will not come or happen until there appear ten signs before it : '''the rising of the sun in its place of setting''', the coming forth of the beast, the coming forth of Gog and Magog, the Dajjal (Antichrist), (the descent of) Jesus son of Mary, the smoke, and three collapses of the earth: one in the west, one in the east, and one in the Arabian Peninsula. The last of that will be the emergence of a fire from Yemen, from the lowest part of Aden, and drive mankind to their place of assembly.
}}
This seems to suggest that the sun revolves about the Earth and can reverse direction

There is also a related verse in the Quran:{{Quote|{{Quran|6|158}}|
Do they [then] wait for anything except that the angels should come to them or your Lord should come or that there come some of the signs of your Lord? The Day that '''some of the signs of your Lord will come no soul will benefit from its faith as long as it had not believed before''' or had earned through its faith some good. Say, "Wait. Indeed, we [also] are waiting."
}}
Tafsir:
{{Quote|Tafsir Al-Jalalayn on 6:158|
"On the day that one of your Lord’s signs comes" — and this is the rising of the sun from the west as reported in the hadīth of the two Sahīhs of Bukhārī and Muslim — it shall not benefit a soul to believe if it had not believed theretofore
}}
The hadith:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|6|60|159}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established until the sun rises from the West: and when the people see it, then whoever will be living on the surface of the earth will have faith, and that is (the time) when no good will it do to a soul to believe then, if it believed not before." (6.158)
}}

Another hadith says that right after the rising, a beast will appear in the forenoon:{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4310 (sahih)|
Abu zur’ah said:
A group of people came to Marwan in Medina, and they heard him say that the first of the signs to appear would be the coming forth of the Dajjal (Antichirst). He said: I then went to Abd Allah b. ‘Amr and mentioned it to him. He did not say anything(reliable). I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: '''The first of the signs to appear will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting and the coming forth of the beast against mankind in the forenoon.''' Whichever of them comes first will soon be followed by the other. ’Abd Allah who used to read the scriptures (Torah, Gospel) said: I think the first of them will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting.
}}

{{Quote|Ibn Majah 4069 (sahih)|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The first signs to appear will be at '''the rising of the sun from the west and the emergence of the Beast to the people, at forenoon'''.’” 'Abdullah said: "Whichever of them appears first, the other will come soon after." 'Abdullah said: "I do not think it will be anything other than the sun rising from the west."
}}

Some today proffer metaphorical interpretation that the "rising of the Sun from the west" refers to the rise of the Western civilization, though this would leave the segment regarding the beast unexplained.

The Quran seems to affirm the possibility that God could make the Sun "rise from the West":
{{Quote|{{Quran|2|258}}|
Have you not considered the one who argued with Abraham about his Lord [merely] because Allah had given him kingship? When Abraham said, "My Lord is the one who gives life and causes death," he said, "I give life and cause death." Abraham said, "Indeed, '''Allah brings up the sun from the east''', so bring it up from the west." So the disbeliever was overwhelmed [by astonishment], and Allah does not guide the wrongdoing people.
}}

See also Dhul-Qarnayn's story in the Quran, where this possibility is further confirmed, as the Sun is described to set in a muddy spring at the "farthest part" of the world":

*[[Category:Dhul-Qarnayn|Dhul-Qarnayn]]

====Stones and trees say to Muslims: "here is a Jew behind me; come and kill him"====
{{Quote|Book 41, Hadith 6985 aka Book 54, Hadith 105 or Sahih Muslim 2922|
The last hour would not come unless the Muslims will fight against the Jews and the Muslims would kill them until the Jews would hide themselves behind a stone or a tree and '''a stone or a tree would say: Muslim, or the servant of Allah, there is a Jew behind me; come and kill him'''; but the tree Gharqad would not say, for it is the tree of the Jews.
}}

Muhammad used to hear other voices as well:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====Time will pass more quickly (taqaarub az-zamaan)====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 10560|
لا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَتَقَارَبَ الزَّمَانُ ، فَتَكُونَ السَّنَةُ كَالشَّهْرِ ، وَيَكُونَ الشَّهْرُ كَالْجُمُعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ الْجُمُعَةُ كَالْيَوْمِ ، وَيَكُونَ الْيَوْمُ كَالسَّاعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ السَّاعَةُ كَاحْتِرَاقِ السَّعَفَةِ

The Hour will not begin until time passes quickly, so a year will be like a month, and a month will be like a week, and a week will be like a day, and a day will be like an hour, and an hour will be like the burning of a braid of palm leaves.
}}

Islamic scholars have interpreted this variously, without any agreement as to the possible meaning:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/34618/one-of-the-signs-of-the-hour-is-that-time-will-pass-more-quickly islamqa.info: One of the signs of the Hour is that time will pass more quickly]|
The scholars differed concerning the meaning of the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing more quickly). '''There are many views''', the strongest of which is:

That the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing quickly) may be interpreted literally or metaphorically.
}}

====A man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|233}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick."
}}

[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Qahtan_(tribe) Qahtan] still exists, but the prophecy remains unfulfilled. <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/418273/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9%D8%8C-%D9%88%D8%B2%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A5%D8%BA%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%82-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A8-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%88%D8%A8%D8%A9</ref>

====A man called Jahjah will occupy the throne====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Book 41, Hadith 6955|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The day and the night would not come to an end before a man called al-Jahjah would occupy the throne.
}}

*[https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/118597/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%8A-%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%86 Fatwa] (AR) puts this prophecy among non-fulfilled prophecies

====Conquest of Constantinopole without fighting and the Hour come together====
This hadith is considered da'eef by Albani (but sahih by Dhahabi):
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 14:331|
لتفتحن القسطنطينية، فلنعم الأمير أميرها، ولنعم الجيش ذلك الجيش

Verily you shall conquer Constantinople. What a wonderful leader will her
leader be, and what a wonderful army will that army be!
}}

One should note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

Another hadith adds that the Hour was expected to come with this conquest:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2239|
Anas bin Malik said:
"Constantinople will be conquered with the coming of the Hour."
}}

The coming of the Dajjal was expected right after the conquest:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

Another hadith mentions Romans attacking Dabiq before the conquest of Constantinople. The mention of swords makes it hard to re-interpret as a prophecy about another conquest of Constantinople in the future:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6924}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until '''the Romans would land at al-A'maq or in Dabiq'''. An army consisting of the best (soldiers) of the people of the earth at that time will come from Medina (to counteract them). When they will arrange themselves in ranks, the Romans would say: Do not stand between us and those (Muslims) who took prisoners from amongst us. Let us fight with them; and the Muslims would say: Nay, by Allah, we would never get aside from you and from our brethren that you may fight them. They will then fight and a third (part) of the army would run away, whom Allah will never forgive. A third (part of the army) which would be constituted of excellent martyrs in Allah's eye, would be killed and the third who would never be put to trial would win and they would be conquerors of Constantinople. And as they would be busy in distributing the spoils of war (amongst themselves) after hanging their '''swords''' by the olive trees, the Satan would cry: '''The Dajjal''' has taken your place among your family. They would then come out, but it would be of no avail. And when they would come to Syria, he would come out while they would be still preparing themselves for battle drawing up the ranks. Certainly, the time of prayer shall come and then Jesus (peace be upon him) son of Mary would descend and would lead them. When the enemy of Allah would see him, it would (disappear) just as the salt dissolves itself in water and if he (Jesus) were not to confront them at all, even then it would dissolve completely, but Allah would kill them by his hand and he would show them their blood on his lance (the lance of Jesus Christ).
}}

Also:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

The conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6979}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) saying:

You have heard about a city, one side of which is on land and the other is in the sea ('''Constantinople'''). They said: Allah's Messenger, yes. Thereupon he said: The Last Hour would not come unless seventy thousand persons from Bani lshaq would attack it. When they would land there, '''they will neither fight with weapons nor would shower arrows but would only say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," ''' and one side of it would fall. Thaur (one of the narrators) said: I think that he said: The part by the side of the ocean. Then they would say for the second time: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest" and the second side would also fall, and they would say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," and the gates would be opened for them and they would enter therein and, they would be collecting spoils of war and distributing them amongst themselves when a noise would be heard saying: Verily, Dajjal has come. And thus they would leave everything there and go back.
}}

Constantinople was [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fall_of_Constantinople conquered in 1453] by fighting, the Dajjal didn't appear and the city was renamed to Istanbul, so literally Constantinople no longer exists.

====Conquest of Rome====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6930}}|
Nafi' b. Utba reported:

We were with Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) in an expedition that there came a people to Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) from the direction of the west. They were dressed in woollen clothes and they stood near a hillock and they met him as Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) was sitting. I said to myself: Better go to them and stand between him and them that they may not attack him. Then I thought that perhaps there had been going on secret negotiation amongst them. I however, went to them and stood between them and him and I remember four of the words (on that occasion) which I repeat (on the fingers of my hand) that he (Allah's Messenger) said: You will attack Arabia and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack Persia and He would make you to conquer it. '''Then you would attack Rome and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack the Dajjal and Allah will enable you to conquer him. Nafi' said: Jabir, we thought that the Dajjal would appear after Rome (Syrian territory) would be conquered.'''
}}

The Roman empire seized to exist before it could be altogether conquered, though if one counts here the partial conquest of some of Rome's (Byzantine's) territories, then the question remains as to why the Dajjal failed to appear.

====Byzantines will make truce with Muslims, betray them and attack them====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, '''and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.'''
}}
The prophecy is considered unfulfilled:
{{Quote|[https://www.islamweb.net/en/fatwa/83460/hadith-about-the-romans-attacking-us-under-eighty-flags Hadith about the Romans attacking us under eighty flags]|
Imam Ibn al-Muneer said: 'Till this time the incident of gathering and attacking Rome in this huge number of soldiers has not happened yet. This matter has not taken place yet.
}}

====Conquest of India and the second coming of Jesus come together====
Also known as [[Ghazwa-e-hind|ghazwa-e-hind]].
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|25|3177}} (hasan) from The Book of Jihad, chapter "Invading India"|
It was narrated that Thawban, the freed slave of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), said:
"The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: 'There are two groups of my Ummah whom Allah will free from the Fire: The group that invades India (تَغْزُو الْهِنْدَ, ''taghzoo al-hind''), and the group that will be with Isa bin Maryam, peace be upon him.'"
}}

Early conquests of India happened in the 7th century (for example [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Rasil Battle of Rasil]), while author of the hadith collection [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Al-Nasa%27i al-Nasa'i] lived in the 9th century.

The conquest of India is linked to the second coming of Jesus (Isa). In other (although weak) hadiths it's even more explicit:
{{Quote|Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, al-Fitan, p. 409 (daeef)|
The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) said – and he mentioned India – then he said: “An army of yours will invade India and Allah will grant its conquest to them, until they bring their kings in chains, and Allah will forgive them their sins. Then they will return and when they return, they will find the son of Maryam in ash-Shaam (Syria).” Abu Hurayrah said: If I live to see that campaign, I will sell everything I possess and join the campaign. Then if Allah grants us victory and we return, then I will be Abu Hurayrah the freed (protected from Hellfire). And when we return to Syria we will find there ‘Eesa ibn Maryam. Then I shall make sure that I draw close to him and tell him that I accompanied you, O Messenger of Allah. The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) smiled and said: “Unlikely, unlikely.” [very difficult?]
}}

However, the second coming did not follow either these events:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/145636/hadith-about-the-conquest-of-india islamqa.info: Hadith about the conquest of India]|
What is mentioned in the hadith of Abu Hurayrah (may Allah have mercy on him), which was narrated by Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, about '''the conquest of India has not happened up till now''', but it will happen when ‘Eesaa ibn Maryam (peace be upon him) descends, if the hadith that says that is saheeh.
}}

====No more Khosrau and Caesar====
In Muhammad's time, the ruler of Persia was called Khosrau and the ruler of the Byzantine empire Caesar.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|267}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Khosrau will be ruined, and there will be no Khosrau after him, and Caesar will surely be ruined and there will be no Caesar after him, and you will spend their treasures in Allah's Cause." He called, "War is deceit'.
}}
There are many examples of this prophecy failing for both [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khosrow Kusrau] and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caesar_(title) Caesar]. For example:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Shah Khusrau Shah] was the king of the Justanids in the 10th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Khan Khusrau Khan] was the Sultan of Delhi in the 14th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Doukas_(Caesar) John Doukas] was a Caesar of the Byzantine empire in the 11th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mehmed_the_Conqueror Mehmed the Conqueror] - a 15h century Muslim conqueror, also called himself Caesar

The prophecy is probably referring to the 7th century Islamic conquests. The prediction in Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

====Nations will soon call each other to attack Muslims====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 4297, In-book reference: Book 39, Hadith 7, English translation: Book 38, Hadith 4284|
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The people will soon summon one another to attack you as people when eating invite others to share their dish. Someone asked: Will that be because of our small numbers at that time? He replied: No, you will be numerous at that time: but you will be scum and rubbish like that carried down by a torrent, and Allah will take fear of you from the breasts of your enemy and last enervation into your hearts. Someone asked: What is wahn (enervation). Messenger of Allah (ﷺ): He replied: Love of the world and dislike of death.
}}

One might note that soon after this statement is alleged to have been stated by the prophet, the Muslims would conquer vast lands - the Muslim empire would only come to a grinding halt some 1300 years later.

====Romans would form a majority amongst people====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6296}}|
Mustaurid Qurashi reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The Last Hour would come when the Romans would form a majority amongst people'''. This reached 'Amr b. al-'As and he said: What are these ahadith which are being transmitted from you and which you claim to have heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)? Mustaurid said to him: I stated only that which I heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). Thereupon 'Amr said: If you state this (it is true), for they have the power of tolerance amongst people at the time of turmoil and restore themselves to sanity after trouble, and are good amongst people so far as the destitute and the weak are concerned.
}}

The Roman empire dissolved without the realization of this prophecy.

====Twelve caliphs====
Shi'ite Imamology rests heavily upon this hadith, though has been continuously troubled by it (as have been Sunni scholars), as there appears to be no clear group of "twelve Caliphs" to have appeared in history:{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4480}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Jabir b. Samura who said:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: Islam will continue to be triumphant until there have been '''twelve Caliphs'''. Then the Prophet (ﷺ) said something which I could not understand. I asked my father: What did he say? He said: He has said that all of them (twelve Caliphs) will be from the Quraish.
}}
{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4483}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Amir b. Sa'd b. Abu Waqqas who said:

I wrote (a letter) to Jabir b. Samura and sent it to him through my servant Nafi', asking him to inform me of something he had heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He wrote to me (in reply): I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say on Friday evening, the day on which al-Aslami was stoned to death (for committing adultery): '''The Islamic religion will continue until the Hour has been established, or you have been ruled over by twelve Caliphs, all of them being from the Quraish'''. also heard him say: A small force of the Muslims will capture the white palace, the police of the Persian Emperor or his descendants. I also heard him say: Before the Day of Judgment there will appear (a number of) impostors. You are to guard against them. I also heard him say: When God grants wealth to any one of you, he should first spend it on himself and his family (and then give it in charity to the poor). I heard him (also) say: I will be your forerunner at the Cistern (expecting your arrival).
}}

Commentaries by (Sunni) Islamic scholars:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Fathul-Bari, vol. 13, p.211|
لم ألق أحدا يقطع في هذا الحديث يعني بشيء معين

I have not met anyone who could be certain about the meaning of this hadith!
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Jouzi, Kashful-Majhool, vol.1 p.449|
هذا الحديث قد أطلت البحث عنه، وتطلّبت مظانّه، وسألت عنه، فما رأيت أحدا وقع على المقصود به

I have researched for long to understand this hadith and referred to many references and made much enquiries about it, yet I did not meet anyone who could understand it.
}}

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_caliphs Wikipedia: List of Caliphs]

====Rain which will destroy all dwellings except tents====
This hadith is sahih:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 7554 (sahih)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا أبو كامل وعفان قالا ثنا حماد عن سهيل قال عفان في حديثه قال أنا سهيل بن أبي صالح عن أبيه عن أبي هريرة قال قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم : لا تقوم الساعة حتى يمطر الناس مطرا لا تكن منه بيوت المدر ولا تكن منه الا بيوت الشعر
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده صحيح على شرط مسلم

The Hour will not come until there has been rain which
will destroy all dwellings except tents
}}
====Not living according to the sharia causes infighting between Muslims====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. '''Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”'''
}}

In fact, it is rather Muslim's disagreement as to what constitutes the Sharia (as a result of their trying to implement it) that results in inter-Muslim conflict. One can imagine that had Islam separated church and state, many such conflicts would have been avoided.

====12 thousand from Aden Abyan will make Islam victorious====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 5/33 (sahih)|
يخرجُ من عدنِ أَبْيَنَ اثنا عشرَ ألفًا ينصرونَ اللهَ ورسولَهُ هم خيرُ مَن بيني وبينهم

Out of Aden-Abyan will come 12000, giving victory to the (religion of) Allah and His Messenger. They are the best between me and them.
}}

====Group of Muslims will remain victorious until Allah's order====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|92|414}}|
Narrated Al-Mughira bin Shu`ba:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "A group of my follower swill remain predominant (victorious) till Allah's Order (the Hour) comes upon them while they are still predominant (victorious).
}}

====Periods of fitnah====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4242 (sahih)|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Umar:

When we were sitting with the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), he talked about periods of trial (fitnahs), mentioning many of them.

When he mentioned the one when people should stay in their houses, some asked him: Messenger of Allah, what is the trial (fitnah) of staying at home?

He replied: It will be flight and plunder. Then will come a test which is pleasant. Its murkiness is due to the fact that it is produced by a man from the people of my house, who will assert that he belongs to me, whereas he does not, for my friends are only the God-fearing. Then the people will unite under a man who will be like a hip-bone on a rib. Then there will be the little black trial which will leave none of this community without giving him a slap, and when people say that it is finished, it will be extended. During it a man will be a believer in the morning and an infidel in the evening, so that the people will be in two camps: the camp of faith which will contain no hypocrisy, and the camp of hypocrisy which will contain no faith. When that happens, expect the Antichrist (Dajjal) that day or the next.
}}

====Inheritance is not distributed====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of '''inheritance are not distributed''' and there is no rejoicing over spoils of war...
}}
====People don't rejoice over spoils of war====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of inheritance are not distributed and '''there is no rejoicing over spoils of war'''...
}}

====Muslims will soon flee to mountains from persecution====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|19}}|
عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُوشِكُ أَنْ يَكُونَ خَيْرَ مَالِ الْمُسْلِمِ غَنَمٌ يَتْبَعُ بِهَا شَعَفَ الْجِبَالِ وَمَوَاقِعَ الْقَطْرِ يَفِرُّ بِدِينِهِ مِنْ الْفِتَنِ

“Soon the best property of a Muslim will be a flock of sheep he takes to the top of a mountain, or in the valleys of rainfall, fleeing with his religion from tribulations.”
}}

====All believers will go to Syria====
{{Quote|Al-Mustadrak alaa al-Sahihain 8461 (sahih)|
يأتي على الناس زمان لا يبقى فيه مؤمن إلا لحق بالشام

A time will come to people when no believer remains except that he came over to As-Sham
}}

====Extinction of the Quraysh tribe====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 16/186 (sahih)|
أسرعُ قبائلِ العربِ فناءً قريشٌ ويوشكُ أن تمرَّ المرأةُ بالنعلِ فتقول إن هذا نعلُ قرشيُّ

The fastest Arab tribe in extinction is Quraysh. Soon a woman will pass by a sandal, then she will say that this is a sandal of a Qurashi.
}}

====Arabs will be exterminated and go to hell====
Hadith da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 3967 (da'eef) and others|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will be a tribulation which will utterly destroy the Arabs, and those who are slain will be in Hell. At that time the tongue will be worse than a blow of the sword.”
}}

====Last of the ummah will curse the first====
Fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 263 (mawdu)|
It was narrated that Jabir said:
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'When the last people of this Ummah curse the first, (at that time) whoever conceals a Hadith will be concealing what Allah has revealed.'" (Maudu')
}}

====Pilgrimage to Makka will be abandoned====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|26|663}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said "The people will continue performing the Hajj and `Umra to the Ka`ba even after the appearance of Gog and Magog." Narrated Shu`ba extra: The Hour (Day of Judgment) will not be established till the Hajj (to the Ka`ba) is abandoned.
}}

====Disappearance of faith====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|274}}, chapter The Disappearance of Faith at the End of Time|
It is narrated on the authority of Anas that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:

"The Hour (Resurrection) will not occur as long as anyone says: 'Allah, Allah.'"
}}

This one appears to be increasingly likely.

====Islam will be widespread====
Although Muhammad predicted that Islam will disappear, he also predicted that Islam will succeed:
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 16509 (sahih)|
Tamim al-Dari reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “This matter will certainly reach every place touched by the night and day. Allah will not leave a house or residence but that Allah will cause this religion to enter it, by which the honorable will be honored and the disgraceful will be disgraced. Allah will honor the honorable with Islam and he will disgrace the disgraceful with unbelief.”
}}
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2176 (sahih)|
"Indeed Allah gathered the earth for me so that I saw its east and its west. And surely my Ummah's authority shall reach over all that was shown to me of it.
}}

Muhammad's predictions about the future of the Muslim ummah appear to have ranged non-existence and annihilation to complete domination, perhaps based on his feelings at various times. Given this full spectrum of possibility, however, it is difficult to maintain that there is any substance to these predictions.

====The Quran will disappear overnight====
{{Quote|Sunan al-Dārimī 3343 (hasan)|
عَنْ زِرٍّ عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ رضي الله عنه قَالَ لَيُسْرَيَنَّ عَلَى الْقُرْآنِ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ فَلَا يُتْرَكُ آيَةٌ فِي مُصْحَفٍ وَلَا فِي قَلْبِ أَحَدٍ إِلَّا رُفِعَتْ

The Quran will vanish in one night. No verse in the scripture or in the heart of anyone will be left behind.
}}

====Islam will wear out====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Majah 3289 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%8C+%D9%83%D9%85%D8%A7+%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D9%88%D8%B4%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AB%D9%88%D8%A8</ref>|
يدرُسُ الإسلامُ كما يدرُسُ وَشيُ الثَّوبِ حتَّى لا يُدرَى ما صيامٌ، ولا صلاةٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدَقةٌ، ولَيُسرى على كتابِ اللَّهِ عزَّ وجلَّ في ليلَةٍ، فلا يبقى في الأرضِ منهُ آيةٌ، وتبقَى طوائفُ منَ النَّاسِ الشَّيخُ الكبيرُ والعجوزُ، يقولونَ: أدرَكْنا آباءَنا على هذِهِ الكلمةِ، لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، فنحنُ نقولُها فقالَ لَهُ صِلةُ: ما تُغني عنهم: لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، وَهُم لا يَدرونَ ما صلاةٌ، ولا صيامٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدقةٌ؟ فأعرضَ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ ردَّها علَيهِ ثلاثًا، كلَّ ذلِكَ يعرضُ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ أقبلَ علَيهِ في الثَّالثةِ، فقالَ: يا صِلةُ، تُنجيهِم منَ النَّار ثلاثًا

“Islam will wear out as embroidery on a garment wears out, until no one will know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are. The Book of Allah will be taken away at night, and not one Verse of it will be left on earth. And there will be some people left, old men and old women, who will say: “We saw our fathers saying these words: ‘La ilaha illallah’ so we say them too.” Silah said to him: “What good will (saying): La ilaha illallah do them, when they do not know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are?” Hudhaifah turned away from his. He repeated his question three times, and Hudhaifah turned away from him each time. Then he turned to him on the third time and said: “O Silah! It will save them from Hell,” three times.
}}

====Islam will end up like a snake crawling back into its hole====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|271}}|
It is narrated on the authority of Ibn 'Umar ('Abdullah b. 'Umar) that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) observed:

Verily Islam started as something strange and it would again revert (to its old position) of being strange just as it started, and it would recede between the two mosques just as the serpent crawls back into its hole.
}}

In other hadith, Muhammad described belief in Islam as a snake:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|30|100}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "Verily, Belief returns and goes back to Medina as a snake returns and goes back to its hole (when in danger).
}}

====Countries colonized by Muslims will stop paying them and Muslims will be poor again====
The hadith is in the chapter called "Making Endowments Of The Lands Of As-Sawad, And The Lands That Were Conquered By Force":
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/abudawud/20 Sunan Abi Dawud 3035 / In-book reference: Book 20, Hadith 108 / English translation: Book 19, Hadith 3029]|
Abu Hurairah reported the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) as saying “Iraq will prevent its measure (qafiz) and dirham. Syria will prevent its measure (mudi) and dinar. Egypt will prevent its measure (irdabb) and dinar. Then you will return to the position where you started. Zuhair said this three times. The flesh and blood of Abu Hurairah witnessed it.
}}

====Buttocks of women of Daus are moving around the Yemenite Kaba====

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|232}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till '''the buttocks of the women of the tribe of Daus move while going round Dhi-al-Khalasa'''." Dhi-al-Khalasa was the idol of the Daus tribe which they used to worship in the Pre Islamic Period of ignorance.
}}

It was interpreted metaphorically as a rise of polytheism because the idol was destroyed and the people were killed before it came true :
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6052}}|
Jabir reported that there was in pre-Islamic days a temple called '''Dhu'l- Khalasah and it was called the Yamanite Ka'ba''' or the northern Ka'ba. Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said unto me:

Will you rid me of Dhu'l-Khalasah and so I went forth at the head of 350 horsemen of the tribe of Ahmas and '''we destroyed it and killed whomsoever we found there'''. Then we came back to him (to the Holy Prophet) and informed him and he blessed us and the tribe of Ahmas.
}}

====People commonly have sex in the streets, like donkeys====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Hibban 6/345 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D9%8E%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D9%82%D9%8F%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%8F+%D8%AD%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%91%D9%8E%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B3%D9%8F+%D9%81%D9%90%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B7%D9%91%D9%8F%D8%B1%D9%8F%D9%82%D9%90+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8F%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%92%D8%AD%D9%8E%D9%85%D9%90%D9%8A%D8%B1%D9%90</ref>|
لا تقومُ السَّاعةُ حتَّى يتسافدَ النَّاسُ في الطُّرقِ تسافُدَ الحميرِ

The Hour shall not commence until the people engage in sexual
intercourse in the streets just like donkeys.
}}

Public sex was already happening among ancient civilizations.<ref>[https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/all-about-sex/201809/orgies-through-the-ages Orgies Through the Ages]</ref>

====Rise of polytheism====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4252|
..the Last Hour will not come before the tribes of my people attach themselves to the polytheists and tribes of my people worship idols..
}}
Polytheism has become less popular with time.

====People will worship goddesses Lat and Uzza again====
The goddesses [[Lat]] and [[Uzza]] were worshiped by Arabs before the Islamic conquest of Arabia.

{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'''. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====All believers will be killed by a wind from Allah and only evil people (= non-Muslims) will survive====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. '''Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die''' and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====Killing neighbors and family members====
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 118 (classified as "very good" by Albani)|
عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى‏ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَقْتُلَ الرَّجُلُ جَارَهُ وَأَخَاهُ وَأَبَاهُ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “The Hour will not be established until a man kills his neighbor, his brother, and his father.”
}}

====Abundance of deaths by lightning====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad, vol. 3 pg. 64/65 (sahih)|
تَكثُرُ الصَّواعِقُ عِندَ اقْتِرابِ السَّاعةِ، حتَّى يَأتيَ الرَّجُلُ القَومَ، فيقولَ: مَن صَعِقَ قِبَلَكمُ الغَداةَ؟ فيَقولون: صَعِقَ فُلانٌ وفُلانٌ.

There will be an abundance of lightning with the coming of the Hour, until a man comes to a tribe asking: Who was struck today? Then they say: So and so
}}
John Jensenius (a lightning specialist) said that the number of injuries and deaths caused by lightning is actually going down. <ref>https://www.cbsnews.com/news/are-lightning-strikes-becoming-more-common/</ref>

====Luka bin Luka will be the happiest person====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2209 (sahih)|
Hudhaifah bin Al-Yaman narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Hour will not be established until the happiest of people in the world is Luka' bin Luka'."
}}

Scholars interpreted the name "Luka bin Luka" (لكع بن لكع) to mean "the most despicable/wicked/evil"<ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/18510/%D9%85%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%89-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB</ref> and "wickedness", rather than a specific person

====Wine, musical instruments and singing girls will turn Muslims into monkeys and pigs====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Ibn Majah 4020, In-book reference: Book 36, Hadith 95, English translation: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4020|
لَيَشْرَبَنَّ نَاسٌ مِنْ أُمَّتِي الْخَمْرَ يُسَمُّونَهَا بِغَيْرِ اسْمِهَا يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ وَالْمُغَنِّيَاتِ يَخْسِفُ اللَّهُ بِهِمُ الأَرْضَ وَيَجْعَلُ مِنْهُمُ الْقِرَدَةَ وَالْخَنَازِيرَ

It was narrated from Abu Malik Ash’ari that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“People among my nation will drink wine, calling it by another name, and musical instruments will be played for them and singing girls (will sing for them). Allah will cause the earth to swallow them up, and will turn them into monkeys and pigs.”
}}

Since the hadith literally says "is played upon their heads with musical instruments" (يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ) some claim that it is a prediction of headphones. But it says "played", not "placed" upon their heads, the word "instruments" is in the plural form and the singing girls are obviously real singing girls, while with head phones the singing would be included in the headphones. The interpretation that the word "musical instruments" (معازف) refers to musical instruments fits much better into the context.

Muhammad himself listened to singing girls, perhaps he was in a better mood since it was the day of Eid:{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|15|72}}|
Narrated Aisha:

Abu Bakr came to my house while two small Ansari girls were singing beside me the stories of the Ansar concerning the Day of Buath. And they were not singers. Abu Bakr said protestingly, "Musical instruments of Satan in the house of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) !" It happened on the `Id day and Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "O Abu Bakr! There is an `Id for every nation and this is our `Id."
}}

Wine and singing was already mentioned in pre-Islamic Arab poetry:
{{Quote|Dhu Jadan al-Himyari, Sirat Rasul Allah p. 19|
Peace, confound you! You can't turn me from my purpose

Thy scolding dries my spittle!

To '''the music of singers''' in times past 'twas fine

When we drank our fill of purest noblest wine.

'''Drinking freely of wine brings me no shame'''

If my behaviour no boon-companion would blame.

For death no man can hold back Though he drink the perfumed potions of the quack.
}}

====Allah will put pieces of the world on his fingers====
Muhammad agreed with this prophecy presented by a Jewish Scholar
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 39, Hadith 6699|
Abdullah b. Mas'ud reported that a Jewish scholar came to Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) and said:

Muhammad, or Abu al-Qasim, verily, Allah, the Exalted and Glorious would carry the Heavens on the Day of Judgment upon one finger and earths upon one finger and the mountains and trees upon one finger and the ocean and moist earth upon one finger, and in fact the whole of the creation upon one finger, and then He would stir them and say: I am your Lord, I am your Lord. Thereupon Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) smiled testifying what that scholar had said. He then recited this verse:" And they honour not Allah with the honour due to Him; and the whole earth will be in His grip on the Day of Resurrection and the heaven rolled up in His right hand. Glory be to Him I and highly Exalted is He above what they associate (with Him)" (Az-Zumar:67).
}}

====Medina banishes its evils====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3188}}|
Abu Huraira (Allah be pleased with him) reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

A time will come for the people (of Medina) when a man will invite his cousin and any other near relation: Come (and settle) at (a place) where living is cheap, come to where there is plenty, but Medina will be better for them; would they know it! By Him in Whose Hand is my life, none amongst them would go out (of the city) with a dislike for it, but Allah would make his successor in it someone better than be. Behold. Medina is like furnace which eliminates from it the impurities. And '''the Last Hour will not come until Medina banishes its evils''' just as a furnace eliminates the impurities of iron.
}}
====Nobody will accept charity====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|492}}|
Narrated Haritha bin Wahab:

I heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "O people! Give in charity as a time will come upon you when a person will wander about with his object of charity and will not find anybody to accept it, and one (who will be requested to take it) will say, "If you had brought it yesterday, would have taken it, but today I am not in need of it."
}}

====Not paying zakat causes a lack of rain====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. '''They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them'''. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

====Swelling of crescents [The Moon]====
{{Quote|Sahih Al-Jami' 5898 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%85%D9%90%D9%86+%D8%A7%D9%82%D9%92%D8%AA%D9%90%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%86%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%AE%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D9%87%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A9%D9%90&order=color</ref>|
مِنَ اقترابِ الساعَةِ انتفاخُ الأهِلَّةِ

From approaching of the Hour is the swelling of crescents
}}

====An Abyssinian will destroy the Kaba====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 7:6953/2909c|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: It would be an Abyssinian having two small shanks who would destroy the House ol Allah, the Exalted and Glorious.
}}

====Collapse, transformation and stoning from the sky====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2185 (sahih)|
'Aishah narrated "The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
'In the end of this Ummah there will be a collapse, transformation, and Qadhf."' She said :"I said: 'O Messenger of Allah! Will they be destroyed while they are righteous among them?' He said: 'Yes, when evil is dominant."'
}}

It's just three vague words خَسْفٌ وَمَسْخٌ وَقَذْفٌ (khasf and maskh and qadhf). Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Munawi - Fayd al-Qadir|
3176 - (بين يدي الساعة مسخ) قلب الخلقة من شيء إلى شيء أو تحويل الصورة إلى أقبح منها أو مسخ القلوب (وخسف) أي غور في الأرض (وقذف) أي رمي بالحجارة من جهة السماء

maskh - transformation of creation from its shape to an uglier one

khasf - a depression in the Earth

qadhf - pelting with stones from the sky

}}

====Euphrates will uncover a mountain of gold soon====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|235}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "'''Soon the river "Euphrates" will disclose the treasure (the mountain) of gold''', so whoever will be present at that time should not take anything of it." Al-A'raj narrated from Abii Huraira that the Prophet (ﷺ) said the same but he said, "It (Euphrates) will uncover a mountain of gold (under it).
}}
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 2894a|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: The Last Hour would not come before the Euphrates uncovers a mountain of gold, for which people would fight. Ninety-nine out of each one hundred would die but every man amongst them would say that perhaps he would be the one who would be saved (and thus possess this gold).
}}

No such event followed soon thereafter.

====Gender ratio will be 50 women to 1 men====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|81}}|
I will narrate to you a Hadith and none other than I will tell you about after it. I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) saying: From among the portents of the Hour are (the following): -1. Religious knowledge will decrease (by the death of religious learned men). -2. Religious ignorance will prevail. -3. There will be prevalence of open illegal sexual intercourse. -4. '''Women will increase in number and men will decrease in number so much so that fifty women will be looked after by one man.'''
}}

====Knowledge will be sought from young people====
{{Quote|al-Mu’jam al-Kabīr 908 (sahih)|
عَنْ أَبِي أُمَيَّةَ اللَّخْمِيِّ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ إِنَّ مِنْ أَشْرَاطِ السَّاعَةِ ثَ أَنْ يُلْتَمَسَ الْعِلْمَ عِنْدَ الْأَصَاغِرِ

The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Verily, among the signs of the Hour is that knowledge will be sought from the young.”
}}

====Seventy-three sects====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 5, Book 38, Hadith 2640 (hasan)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "The Jews split into seventy-one sects, or seventy-two sects, and the Christians similarly, and my Ummah will split into seventy-three sects."
}}

====Emergence of Sufyani====
This hadith is daeef:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4/520 (da'eef)|
يخرج رجل يقال له السفياني في عمق دمشق ، وعامة من يتبعه من كلب ، فيقتل حتى يبقر بطون النساء ويقتل الصبيان ، فتجمع لهم قيس فيقتلها حتى لا يمنع ذنب تلعة ، ويخرج رجل من أهل بيتي في الحرة فيبلغ السفياني فيبعث إليه جنداً من جنده فيهزمهم ، فيسير إليه السفياني بمن معه ، حتى إذا صار ببيداء من الأرض خسف بهم ، فلا ينجو منهم إلا المخبر عنهم

There will emerge a man called as-Sufyaani from the depths of Damascus, and most of those who follow him will be from (the tribe of) Kalb. He will kill many people until he rips open the bellies of women and kill children. (The tribe of) Qays will gather against him and he will kill them. A man from my family will emerge in the harrah, and news of that will reach as-Sufyaani. He will send troops against him and he will defeat them. Then as-Sufyaani will march towards him accompanied by those who are with him, then when he is in a plain, they will be swallowed up by the earth and none of them will be saved except the one who will tell others about them.
}}

====Muslims in mosque won't find an imam to lead them in prayer====
This hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Abu Dawud Book 2, Hadith 581, chapter It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam|
Narrated Sulamah daughter of al-Hurr:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: One of the signs of the Last Hour will be that people in a mosque will refuse to act as imam and will not find an imam to lead them in prayer.
}}

 
{{Quote|Sunan An-nasa'i Vol. 1, Book 10, Hadith 783, chapter "When people are together and are all of the same status"|
It was narrated from Abu Sa'eed that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"when there are three people let one of them lead the prayer, and the one who is most entitled to lead the prayer is the one who has most knowledge of the Qur'an."
}}

This prophecy was included in a chapter called "It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam", and is perhaps best understood as a sort of moral exhortation to lead prayer when a prayer needs to be led.

====Dajjal nor plague will be able to enter Medina====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2242 (sahih)|
Anas narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Dajjal will come to Al-Madinah to find the angels have surrounded it. Neither the plague nor the Dajjal will enter it, if Allah wills."
}}Medina, historically, has not proven to be especially or at all plague-proof. Moreover, during plagues, the Saudi government (and the caliphates, historically) had to close off access to Mecca and Medina to prevent the spread of disease. The prophet also stated that there was no such thing as a contagious disease.

====Jesus will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish Jizyah====
{{Quote|Sunan ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4078 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"The Hour will not begin until 'Eisa bin Maryam comes down as a just judge and a just ruler. He will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish the Jizyah, and wealth will become so abundant that no one will accept it."
}}

====Gog and Magog will drink out the lake of Tiberias====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7015}}|
And then Allah would send Gog and Magog and they would swarm down from every slope. The first of them would pass the lake of Tiberias and drink out of it. And when the last of them would pass, he would say: There was once water there.
}}

Gog and Magog are described in the hadith and Quran as tribes on Earth blocked by a big iron wall, erected by [[Category:Dhul-Qarnayn|Dhul-Qarnayn]], that will be unlocked at the end of times. There are supposed to be so many of them that they will drink the entire lake of Tiberias (Sea of Galilee) dry.

====Gog and Magog will successfully dig through the wall====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4080|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"Gog and Magog people dig every day until, when they can almost see the rays of the sun, the one in charge of them says: "Go back and we will dig it tomorrow." Then Allah puts it back, stronger than it was before. (This will continue) until, when their time has come, and Allah wants to send them against the people, they will dig until they can almost see the rays of the sun, then the one who is in charge of them will say: "Go back, and we will dig it tomorrow if Allah wills.' So '''they will say: "If Allah wills." Then they will come back to it and it will be as they left it. So they will dig and will come out to the people''', and they will drink all the water. The people will fortify themselves against them in their fortresses. They will shoot their arrows towards the sky and they will come back with blood on them, and they will say: "We have defeated the people of earth and dominated the people of heaven." Then Allah will send a worm in the napes of their necks and will kill them thereby.'" The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "By the One in Whose Hand is my soul, the beasts of the earth will grow fat on their flesh."
}}

====Muslims will use bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood for 7 years====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4076 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Nawwas bin Sam'an that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"The Muslims will use the bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood, for seven years.'"
}}

==See also==

*[[Quranic Prophecies]]

External:

*[https://www.marefa.org/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9_%D9%81%D9%8A_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85 List of Muhammad's prophecies] (Arabic)
*[https://rationalwiki.org/wiki/Biblical_prophecies#Criteria_for_a_true_prophecy RationalWiki: Biblical prophecies, Criteria for a true prophecy] (could be analogically applied to Islamic prophecies)
*[https://detechter.com/15-ancient-hindu-predictions-that-have-come-true/#List_of_15_Ancient_Hindu_Prophecy_From_Bhagavata_Purana 15 Hindu predictions] - ''Comparing and contrasting Islamic prophecies with those of other religions' scriptures predictions is instructive''

==References==

[[Category:Prophecies]]
<references />
[[Category:Hadith]]
[[Category:Miracles]]
[[Category:Muhammad]]
[[Category:Sacred history]]
[[Category:Eschatology]]
[[Category:Revelation]]
[[Category:Qadr (fate)]]

Prophecies in the Hadith

2021-04-24T11:22:10Z

Prekladator: /* Conquest of Jerusalem */

{{QualityScore|Lead=1|Structure=4|Content=4|Language=2|References=3}}
Muhammad's prophecies are predictions attributed to him and written hundreds of years after his [[Muhammad's Death|death]]. Many prophecies are considered "signs of the Hour" (Islamic eschatology). Some prophecies are general statements that may apply to times even before Islam, other prophecies predict early Islamic history (which happened before the predictions were written) and some prophecies make predictions about the the future to come after the hadiths were written.

Prophecies in this article are from the hadiths. Quranic prophecies have a [[Quranic Prophecies|separate article]].
==Signs of the Hour==
"The Hour" (الساعة) refers to a period of time on the Day of Judgement.
{{Quote|{{Quran|30|55}}|
And '''the Day the Hour''' appears the criminals will swear they had remained but an hour. Thus they were deluded."
}}

Signs of the Hour indicate that the Hour (and the end of the world) is coming. They were divided by scholars into minor and major. The major signs are contained in this hadith:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6931}}|
Hudhaifa b. Usaid al-Ghifari reported:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) came to us all of a sudden as we were (busy in a discussion). He said: What do you discuss about? They (the Companions) said. We are discussing about the Last Hour. Thereupon he said: It will not come until you see ten signs before and (in this connection) he made a mention of the smoke, Dajjal, the beast, the rising of the sun from the west, the descent of Jesus son of Mary (Allah be pleased with him), the Gog and Magog, and land-slides in three places, one in the east, one in the west and one in Arabia at the end of which fire would burn forth from the Yemen, and would drive people to the place of their assembly.
}}

The minor signs indicate that the Hour is "getting closer", while the major signs indicate that the Hour will happen immediately after them. The first major sign is coming of the Dajjal and Muhammad thought that it might happen during his life or during life of his companions:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4307}}|"Al-nawwas b. Sim’an al-Kilabi said:
'''The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) mentioned the Dajjal (Antichrist) saying: If he comes forth while I am among you''' I shall be the one who will dispute with him on your behalf, but if he comes forth when I am not among you, a man must dispute on his own behalf, and Allah will take my place in looking after every Muslim. Those of you who live up to his time should recite over him the opening verses of Surat al – Kahf, for they are your protection from his trial. We asked: How long will he remain on the earth ? He replied : Forty days, one like a year, one like a month, one like a week, and rest of his days like yours. We asked : Messenger of Allah, will one day’s prayer suffice us in this day which will be like a year ? He replied : No, you must make an estimate of its extent. Then Jesus son of Marry will descend at the white minaret to the east of Damascus. He will then catch him up at the date of Ludd and kill him."}}
{{Quote|Tirmidhi 2234 (hasan)|"Abu 'Ubaidah bin Al-Jarrah said:
"I heard the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w): 'There was never a Prophet after Nuh but that he warned his people about '''the Dajjal''', and indeed I shall warn you of him.' Then the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) described him for us, and he said: "Perhaps some of '''you who see me, or hear my words shall live to see him'''." They said: "O Messenger of Allah! How will our hearts be on that day?" He said: "The same – that is, as today – or better.”"}}

Some reject the hadiths of the signs of the Hour <ref>http://bayanelislam.net/Suspicion.aspx?id=03-02-0071</ref>, because a Quranic verse indicates that the Hour will come by surprise (not after seeing clear signs) and that only Allah has knowledge about the Hour (not Muhammad):
{{Quote|{{Quran|7|187}}|
They ask you ˹O Prophet˺ regarding the Hour, “When will it be?” Say, “That knowledge is only with my Lord. He alone will reveal it when the time comes. It is too tremendous for the heavens and the earth and will only take you by surprise.” They ask you as if you had full knowledge of it. Say, “That knowledge is only with Allah, but most people do not know.”
}}

*7th century Arabs didn't have the concept of "an hour" meaning 60 minutes. An hour (ساعة) just meant a period of time [shorter than a day]. <ref>AR: https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/140286/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%88-%D9%85%D9%82%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%B1-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF%D8%A9-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%8A%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D8%AD%D8%A7%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D9%88%D9%87%D9%84-%D9%87%D9%88-%D8%B3%D8%AA%D9%88%D9%86-%D8%AF%D9%82%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A9</ref>
*Most prophecies are linked to the Hour

==Characteristics==

*Predictions don't have the time when they are supposed to happen. So even if it doesn't happen, Muslim can still believe it will happen in the future. For example the conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting. But it was conquered by fighting, so some Muslims think that this wasn't what was predicted and there will be another conquest of Constantinople that will get it right.
*Scarcely any predictions were fulfilled once the predictions had been written down in the form of hadiths.

==Retrodictions and Reiterating Biblical Prophecy==
The hadith collections were written, often by Persian authors, hundreds of years after the death of Muhammad. So when the hadiths contain a prophecy about early Islamic history, they are likely only being attributed to Muhammad after the fact. This category also includes things that always happened, even before Islam (earthquakes, wars, people being dishonest...) and prophecies copied from the Bible.

===Fabrication of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Introduction, Narration 15|
يَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ الزَّمَانِ دَجَّالُونَ كَذَّابُونَ يَأْتُونَكُمْ مِنَ الأَحَادِيثِ بِمَا لَمْ تَسْمَعُوا أَنْتُمْ وَلاَ آبَاؤُكُمْ فَإِيَّاكُمْ وَإِيَّاهُمْ لاَ يُضِلُّونَكُمْ وَلاَ يَفْتِنُونَكُمْ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings of Allah upon him, said:
‘There will be in the end of time charlatan liars coming to you with narrations (hadiths) that you nor your fathers heard, so beware of them lest they misguide you and cause you tribulations’.
}}
There were a lot of fabricators of hadiths before the hadiths were written (mostly in the 9th century). Muslim scholars thus invented a "science of hadiths" which determines which oral traditions are fabricated and which are from people who supposedly "never lie".

===The caliphate will last 30 years===
{{Quote|{{Al Tirmidhi||4|7|2226}}|
Sa'eed bin Jumhan narrated:
"Safinah narrated to me, he said: 'The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said: "'''Al-Khilafah will be in my Ummah for thirty years''', then there will be monarchy after that."' Then Safinah said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of Abu Bakr,' then he said: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Umar and the Khilafah of 'Uthman.' Then he said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Ali."' He said: "So we found that they add up to thirty years." Sa'eed said: "I said to him: 'Banu Umaiyyah claim that the Khilafah is among them.' He said: 'Banu Az-Zarqa' lie, rather they are a monarchy, among the worst of monarchies."'
}}

*The first caliphate lasted from 632-661, 29 years time.
*Tirmidhi, author of this hadith collection, was born in 824, more than 100 years after the end of the caliphate
*The hadith in it's text is in the context of discussion about previous caliphates
*The political system after the first caliphate, was still called a caliphate. There was some form of caliphate until the 20th century

===Rulership of the foolish after Muhammad===
{{Quote|Mishkat al-Masabih 3700|
Ka'b b. ‘Ujra told that God's Messenger said to him, “I commend you to God to protect you from '''the rulership of the foolish''' (إمارةِ السُّفهاءِ).” He asked what that was, and God’s Messenger replied, “'''After my time''' governors will arise whose falsehood will be believed and who will be assisted in their oppression by those who enter their presence. They have nothing to do with me and I have nothing to do with them, and they will never come down to me at the Pond. But they who do not enter their presence, believe their falsehood and help them in their oppression, those belong to me and I belong to them, and those ones will come down to me at the Pond.”}}

===Vile men control affairs of the people===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah 4036 (hasan)|
..and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}
===Return of the caliphate===
The hadith was sent to a new caliph Umar II:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 4/273, 18430 (hasan)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا سليمان بن داود الطيالسي حدثني داود بن إبراهيم الواسطي حدثني حبيب بن سالم عن النعمان بن بشير قال : كنا قعودا في المسجد مع رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم وكان بشير رجلا يكف حديثه فجاء أبو ثعلبة الخشني فقال يا بشير بن سعد أتحفظ حديث رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم في الأمراء فقال حذيفة أنا أحفظ خطبته فجلس أبو ثعلبة فقال حذيفة قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم تكون النبوة فيكم ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء الله أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا عاضا فيكون ما شاء الله ان يكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا جبرية فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة ثم سكت قال حبيب فلما قام عمر بن عبد العزيز وكان يزيد بن النعمان بن بشير في صحابته فكتبت إليه بهذا الحديث أذكره إياه فقلت له انى أرجو ان يكون أمير المؤمنين يعنى عمر بعد الملك العاض والجبرية فادخل كتابي على عمر بن عبد العزيز فسر به وأعجبه
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده حسن

It was narrated by Ahmed in his Musnad, from Al-Nu’man b.Bashir, who said: “We were sitting in the mosque of the Messenger of Allah(saw), and Bashir was a man who did not speak much, so Abu Tha’labah Al-Khashnee came and said: ‘Oh, Bashir bin Sa’ad, have you memorized the words of the Messenger of Allah (saw) regarding the rulers?’ Huthayfah replied, ‘I have memorized his words’. So Abu Tha’labah sat down and Huthayfah said, ‘The Messenger of Allah (saw) said ‘'''Prophet-hood will be among you''' as long as Allah wishes, then He will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of the Prophet''', and it will be as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be an inheritance rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a coercive rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of Prophet-hood'''.’ Then he (saw) was silent.” Habib said: “When '''Umar ibn AbdulAziz became caliph I wrote to him, mentioning this tradition to him''' and saying, “I hope '''you will be the commander of the faithful after the biting and the oppressive kingdoms'''. ”It pleased and charmed him, i.e. Umar ibn AbdulAziz.”
}}
Umar II died in 720 and he was expected to bring back the good old caliphate. Musnad Ahmad was written in the 9th century.

==="Prophet, siddiq and two martyrs"===
Notice that the future caliphs are usually mentioned in the order in which they will be caliphs (strongly suggesting these were written later by someone who already knew the order):
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|35}}|
Narrated Anas bin Malik:

The Prophet (ﷺ) ascended the mountain of Uhud and he was accompanied by '''Abu Bakr, `Umar and `Uthman'''. The mountain shook beneath them. The Prophet (ﷺ) hit it with his foot and said, "O Uhud ! Be firm, for on you there is none but a '''Prophet, a Siddiq and a martyr (i.e. and two martyrs)'''.
}}

The hadith was interpreted as a vague prediction that Abu Bakr will die naturally and Umar and Uthman will be killed. The 3 caliphs were in the 7th century. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Khawarij===
According to Islamic scholars, this hadith is about the coming of the Khawarij:
{{Quote|Sunan An-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 37, Hadith 4107|
It was narrated that 'Ali said:
"I heard the Messenger of Allah [SAW] say: 'At the end of time there will appear young people with foolish minds. Their faith will not pass through their throats, and they will go out of Islam as an arrow goes through the target. If you meet them, then kill them, for killing them will bring reward to the one who killed them on the Day of Resurrection.'"
}}

Khawarij ("The Leavers") left the army of the caliph Ali in the middle of the 7th century. The prediction was written in the middle of the 9th century, two hundred years later.

The prophecy says "at the end of time". The Khawarij appeared more than a thousand years ago.

===Places of killed people at the battle of Badr===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 19, Hadith 4394|
..Then the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: This is the place where so and so would be killed. He placed his hand on the earth (saying) here and here; (and) none of them fell away from the place which the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) had indicated by placing his hand on the earth.
}}

Battle of Badr was in the 7th century. This hadith collection was authored in the 9th century.

===Earthquakes will increase===
It's a part of a longer hadith as one of the signs of the end of the world:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
.. and earthquakes will increase in number..
}}

There were always earthquakes, increasing and decreasing. There is a report that earthquakes happened also during the life of Muhammad:
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/bulugh/2/441 Bulugh al-Maram 2:509]|
He [the Prophet (ﷺ)] prayed during an earthquake six bowings and four prostrations, and said, "This is the way the Prayer of the Signs (of Allah) is offered.
}}

Earthquakes were also predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. '''There will be great earthquakes''', famines and pestilences in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}

===Rain is hot===
This hadith is classified as mawdu (fabricated). <ref>https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/265083/%D8%AD%D9%88%D9%84-%D8%B5%D8%AD%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%85%D8%B3%D8%B9%D9%88%D8%AF-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9</ref> It's part of a long hadith about coming of the Hour:
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
..وَأَنْ يَكُونَ الْمَطَرُ قَيْظًا ..
..and that rain will be hot (قيظا)..
}}

It was also mentioned in Lane's lexicon:
{{Quote|Lane's lexicon on قَيْظٌ <ref>http://lexicon.quranic-research.net/data/21_q/239_qyZ.html</ref>|
لَا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكُونَ الوَلَدُ غَيْظًا والمَطَرُ قَيْظًا, a saying of Moḥammad, meaning [The resurrection, or the time thereof, will not come to pass until the birth of a child be an occasion of wrath, or rage, and] rain be accompanied by air like the قيظ [or '''most vehement heat of summer''']. (TA.)
}}

The word قيظ (''qayz'') was also mentioned in a different hadith meaning "hot weather":{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 6 (Hasan)|
Rifa'ah bin Rafi' said:
I heard Abu Bakr as-Siddeeq say on the minbar of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) : I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, and Abu Bakr wept when he remembered the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) , then he recovered and said. I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, in this '''hot weather''' (القيظ) last year: `Ask Allah for forgiveness, well-being and certainty of faith in the Hereafter and in this world.”
}}

Some insist that the word قيظ means "acidic".

===Strong wind===
Muhammad predicted a strong wind on the same day it happened, so there was probably already a wind getting stronger:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|559}}|
..When we reached Tabuk, the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "There will be a strong wind tonight and so no one should stand and whoever has a camel, should fasten it." So we fastened our camels. A strong wind blew at night and a man stood up and he was blown away to a mountain called Taiy..
}}
The prophecy was written in the 9th century.

===Child is filled with rage===
This is a part of a fabricated (mawdu') hadith.
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
وإن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها: أن يكون الولد غيظاً، وأن يكون المطر قيظاً

And from the signs of the Hour is that '''a boy will be enraged''' and that water will be hot
}}
Angry children have been around since time immemorial.

===Muhammad's death===
Muhammad predicted that he will die. The prediction doesn't contain any specific information about his death:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "'''Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death''', the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

The context is that it will be a sign that the Hour is coming. But Muhammad died more than a thousand years ago and the Hour didn't come.

===Muhammad's wife with the longest arm will die first===
{{Quote|Sahih Bukhari: Vol. 2, Book of Tax (Zakat), Hadith 501|
Narrated 'Aisha:

Some of the wives of the Prophet asked him, "Who amongst us will be the first to follow you (i.e. die after you)?" He said, "Whoever has the longest hand." So they started measuring their hands with a stick and Sauda's hand turned out to be the longest. (When Zainab bint Jahsh died first of all in the caliphate of 'Umar), we came to know that the long hand was a symbol of practicing charity, so she was the first to follow the Prophet and she used to love to practice charity. (Sauda died later in the caliphate of Muawiya).
}}

It's questionable whether the prophecy was metaphorical and fulfilled or whether it was literal and hence re-interpreted. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Muhammad's daughter Fatima will die first from his family===
During Muhammad's illness, Fatima was walking like Muhammad, so she also had signs of illness:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6005}}|
`A'isha reported that all the wives of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) had gathered (in her apartment) '''during the days of his (Prophet's) last illness ''' and no woman was left behind that '''Fatima, who walked after the style of Allah's Messenger''' (ﷺ), came there. He welcomed her by saying:

You are welcome, my daughter, and made her sit on his right side or on his left side, and then talked something secretly to her and Fatima wept. Then he talked something secretly to her and she laughed. I said to her: What makes you weep? She said: I am not going to divulge the secret of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). I (`A'isha) said: I have not seen (anything happening) like today, the happiness being more close to grief (as I see today) when she wept. I said to her: Has Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) singled you out for saying something leaving us aside? She then wept and I asked her what he said, and she said: I am not going to divulge the secrets of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). And when he died I again asked her and she said that he (the Holy Prophet) told her: Gabriel used to recite the Qur'an to me once a year and for this year it was twice and so I perceived that my death had drawn near, and that '''I (Fatima) would be the first amongst the members of his family who would meet him (in the Hereafter)'''. He shall be my good forerunner and it made me weep. He again talked to me secretly (saying): Aren't you pleased that you should be the sovereign amongst the believing women or the head of women of this Ummah? And this made me laugh.
}}

===A plague kills many Muslims===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, '''a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep''', the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}
It was interpreted as a prophecy about the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Amwas Plague of Amwas] (638-639), which is considered a re-emergence of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Justinian the Plague of Justinian] (541-549), so there was a precedent.

The prediction was written in the 9th century.

===Sexual immorality (abominations)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: '''Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them'''. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

Sexual immorality (or "abomination") was nothing new in the 7th century. The Old Testament mentions such a story:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 19:3-8|
He prepared a meal for them, baking bread without yeast, and they ate. Before they had gone to bed, all the men from every part of the city of Sodom—both young and old—surrounded the house. They called to Lot, “Where are the men who came to you tonight? Bring them out to us so that we can have sex with them.” Lot went outside to meet them and shut the door behind him and said, “No, my friends. Don’t do this wicked thing. Look, I have two daughters who have never slept with a man. Let me bring them out to you, and you can do what you like with them.
}}

In the New Testament Jesus spoke to a woman who had many sexual partners:
{{Quote|The Bible, John 4:16-18|
“Go and get your husband,” Jesus told her.

“I don’t have a husband,” the woman replied.

Jesus said, “You’re right! You don’t have a husband— for you have had five husbands, and you aren’t even married to the man you’re living with now. You certainly spoke the truth!”
}}

There were also abominations happening in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|62|65}}|
Narrated `Aisha:

that the Prophet (ﷺ) married her when '''she was six years old and he consummated his marriage when she was nine years old'''. Hisham said: I have been informed that `Aisha remained with the Prophet (ﷺ) for nine years (i.e. till his death).
}}

Plagues and diseases also happened throughout whole history. Plagues (pestilences) were also predicted in the Bible, hundreds of years before Muhammad:{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be great earthquakes, famines and '''pestilences''' in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}
===Homosexuality===
This is a fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يا ابن مسعود إن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها أن يكتفي الرجال بالرجال والنساء بالنساء

..O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that men are content with men and women with women..
}}

Homosexuals existed before Islam.

===People flogging people===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: '''people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people''', and the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Ishaa’ah li Ashraat il-Saa’ah, p. 119|
Al-Sakhaawi said: They are now the helpers of the oppressors, and usually it refers to the worst group around the ruler. It may also apply to unjust rulers.
}}

Muhammad commanded flogging (and killing) people:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4482 (hasan sahih)|
Narrated Mu'awiyah ibn AbuSufyan:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: If they (the people) drink wine, flog them, again if they drink it, flog them. Again if they drink it, kill them.
}}
===Women naked, but dressed (wearing revealing clothes)===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people, and '''the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side'''. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Some apologists present it as something new that happens in the 21st century and Muhammad couldn't have guessed it.
{{Quote|islamqa.info: Commentary on the hadeeth; “two types of the people of Hell whom I have not seen…” <ref>https://islamqa.info/en/answers/47017/commentary-on-the-hadeeth-two-types-of-the-people-of-hell-whom-i-have-not-seen</ref>|
This hadeeth is one of the miracles of Prophethood, for these two types of people have appeared, and '''they exist now, as al-Nawawi (may Allaah have mercy on him) said.'''
}}
Al-Nawawi lived in the 13th century.

Islamic sources say that there were naked women circumambulating around the Kaba in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||3|24|2959}}|
It was narrated from Saeed bin Jubair that Ibn Abbas said:
"Women used to circumambulate the Kabah naked, saying: 'Today some, or all of it will appear And whatever appers I don't make is permissible.' Then the following was revealed: 'O Children of Adam! Take your adornment to every Masjid.'"
}}

There is also a hadith with the same terminology of dressed (كاسيات) and undressed (عاريات) but in a different context:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|21|226}}|
Narrated Um Salama:

One night the Prophet (ﷺ) got up and said, "Subhan Allah! How many afflictions Allah has revealed tonight and how many treasures have been sent down (disclosed). Go and wake the sleeping lady occupants of these dwellings up (for prayers), perhaps a well '''dressed''' (كاسية) in this world may be '''naked''' (عارية) in the Hereafter."
}}

===Naked thighs in markets===
This hadith is classified mawdoo' (fabricated). <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/321649/%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%AC%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%B9%D8%B4%D8%B1-%D8%AE%D8%B5%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85-%D9%84%D9%88%D8%B7-</ref> Albani included it in his book سلسلة الأحاديث الضعيفة والموضوعة وأثرها السيئ في الأمة ("Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah"):
{{Quote|Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah, Al-Albani|
عشر من أخلاق قوم اللوط:..والمشي في الأسواق والأفخاذ بادية

Ten behaviors of Lot's people:.. and walking in markets and thighs are naked..
}}

There were uncovered thighs in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud Book 32, Hadith 4003|
Narrated Jarhad:

The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) sat with us and my thigh was uncovered. He said: Do you not know that thigh is a private part ?
}}

Muhammad exposed his thighs at some point:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|8|367}}|
Narrated `Abdul `Aziz:

Anas said, 'When Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) invaded Khaibar, we offered the Fajr prayer there (early in the morning) when it was still dark. The Prophet (ﷺ) rode and Abu Talha rode too and I was riding behind Abu Talha. The Prophet (ﷺ) passed through the lane of Khaibar quickly and '''my knee was touching the thigh of the Prophet (ﷺ) . He uncovered his thigh''' and I saw the whiteness of '''the thigh of the Prophet'''.
}}

===Widespread adultery===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|34|6451}}|
Anas b. Malik reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

It is from the conditions of the Last Hour that knowledge would be taken away and ignorance would prevail (upon the world), the liquor would be drunk, and '''adultery would become rampant'''.
}}

Muhammad's companions used to give women a handful of flour and then perform what they called "a temporary marriage" (زواج المتعة, ''zawaj al-mut'a''). Seeing as polygamy was allowed, these companions may have been married at the time, and their behavior would today be classified as adultery:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|8|3249}}|
Jabir b. 'Abdullah reported:

We contracted temporary marriage giving a handful of (tales or flour as a dower during the lifetime of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and during the time of Abu Bakr until 'Umar forbade it in the case of 'Amr b. Huraith.
}}

There is also a fabricated (mawdu') prophecy about illegitimate children:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يَا ابْنَ مَسْعُودٍ ، إِنَّ مِنْ أَعْلَامِ السَّاعَةِ وَأَشْرَاطِهَا أَنْ يَكْثُرَ أَوْلَادُ الزِّنَا

O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that there are many children from adultery
}}

===Abundant wealth===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||5|36|4047}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The Hour will not begin until '''wealth becomes abundant''' and tribulations appear, and Harj increases.” They said: “What is Harj, O Messenger of Allah?” He said: '''“Killing, killing, killing,”''' three times.
}}

Muslims became wealthy in the 7th century by the early Islamic conquests (the hadith itself mentions it together with "killing, killing, killing"). Sunan Ibn Majah was written two centuries after these conquests.

===Men obey their wives===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, '''a man obeys his wife''' and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

It was mentioned among negative things, that indicates that a woman being dominant in marriage is an evil thing. But it appears that the patriarchy was not universal even in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|43|648}}|Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Abbas: ...We, the people of Quraish, used to have authority over women, but when we came to live with the Ansar, we noticed that '''the Ansari women had the upper hand over their men''', so our women started acquiring the habits of the Ansari women. Once I shouted at my wife and she paid me back in my coin and I disliked that she should answer me back....}}

===Fire in Hijaz illuminates necks of camels in Busra===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|234}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a fire will come out of the land of Hijaz, and it will throw light on the necks of the camels at Busra."
}}
There was a lava eruption in Hijaz in the year 1256 ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Harrat_Rahat Harrat Rahat]) which is considered by Muslims as fulfillment. That's the last eruption, but the eruption before that was in 640 - 641 A.D. during the reign of Umar.<ref>
Volcanic history of the northernmost part of the Harrat Rahat volcanic field, Saudi Arabia
https://pubs.geoscienceworld.org/gsa/geosphere/article/14/3/1253/529993/Volcanic-history-of-the-northernmost-part-of-the</ref>
So there was a precedent. The unspecified date of occurrence makes this prediction one that might be referenced perennially

===Making halal what was haram===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|69|494}}|
Narrated Abu 'Amir or Abu Malik Al-Ash'ari:

that he heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "From among my followers there will be some '''people who will consider illegal sexual intercourse, the wearing of silk, the drinking of alcoholic drinks and the use of musical instruments, as lawful.''' And there will be some people who will stay near the side of a mountain and in the evening their shepherd will come to them with their sheep and ask them for something, but they will say to him, 'Return to us tomorrow.' Allah will destroy them during the night and will let the mountain fall on them, and He will transform the rest of them into monkeys and pigs and they will remain so till the Day of Resurrection."
}}

According to Islam, Jews and Christians took their rabbis and monks as lords, because the rabbis and monks ''made lawful'' for them what Allah forbade. <ref>Quran 9:31, tafsir Ibn Kathir</ref>

===Slave woman gives birth to her master/mistress===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|48}}|
When a slave (lady) gives birth to her master.
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 63 (sahih)|
When the slave woman gives birth to her mistress' (Waki' said: This means when non-Arabs will give birth to Arabs")
}}

According to Nawawi, the opinion of the majority of scholars is that Muslims will enslave non-Muslim women and have kids with them and the kids will be masters of their mothers because the kids are Muslims. <ref>https://quranacademy.io/blog/an-nawawis-hadith-2-hadith-of-jibreel-3/</ref> Ibn Hajar (who lived later) didn't like this interpretation, because the enslavement was already happening during the time of Muhammad, so it wasn't really a prophecy of the future.

Ibn Hajar and others, as a result, like to interpret it as kids treating their mothers like slaves. This is not compatible with Waki's comment, and it would appear that children disrespecting their parents has been and will remain a universal phenomenon.

===Woman helps her husband in business===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
'Abdullah said, 'From the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, who said, "Before the Final Hour people will single out one individual for the greeting, commerce will increase until '''a woman helps her husband in business''', people will sever their links with their relatives, knowledge will spread, false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed."
}}

===Some people control trade===
{{Quote|an-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 4461 (sahih)|
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'One of the portents of the Hour will be that wealth becomes widespread and abundant, and trade will become widespread, but knowledge will disappear. '''A man will try to sell something and will say: "No, not until I consult the merchant of banu so and so''' and People will look throughout a vast area for a scribe and will not find one."
}}
Meccans boycotted Muslims in the Meccan period. It was a form of trade control.

===Injustice===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 485 (sahih)|
Ibn 'Umar reported that the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, said, "Injustice will appear as darkness on the Day of Rising."
}}

===False testimony===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ، وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

..false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed.
}}

False testimony was already forbidden in the 10 commandments. The problem existed long before Islam.

===Unfulfilled vows===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
..then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and '''they will vow and never fulfill their vows''', and fatness will appear among them."
}}

===Cheating in weights (scales)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. '''They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers'''. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is also mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Amos 8:2-6|
Then the Lord said to me, “The end has come for My people Israel. I will spare them no longer. The songs of the palace will turn to wailing in that day,” declares the Lord God. “Many will be the corpses; in every place they will cast them forth in silence.” '''Hear this, you who trample the needy''', to do away with the humble of the land, saying: “When will the new moon be over, So that we may sell grain, And the sabbath, that we may open the wheat market, '''To make the bushel smaller and the shekel bigger, And to cheat with dishonest scales'''
}}

Famines, like cheating, are universal phenomenon.

===Making money unlawfully===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|34|296}}|
Narrated Abu Hurairah (ra):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said "Certainly a time will come when people will not bother to know from where they earned the money, by lawful means or unlawful means."
}}
Muhammad himself engaged in dubious practices to acquire money:
{{Quote|Sirat Rasul Allah 428, Tabari VII:29|
Then the apostle heard that Abu Sufyan b. Harb was coming from Syria with a large caravan of Quraysh, containing their money and merchandise, accompanied by some thirty or forty men." Mohammad said, "This is the Quraysh caravan containing their property, Go out to attack it, perhaps God will give it as prey,
}}

===Usury (riba)===
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 10191|
عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ أَنّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ يَأْتِي عَلَى النَّاسِ زَمَانٌ يَأْكُلُونَ فِيهِ الرِّبَا قِيلَ النَّاسُ كُلُّهُمْ قَالَ مَنْ لَمْ يَأْكُلْهُ مِنْهُمْ نَالَهُ مِنْ غُبَارِهِ

Abu Huraira reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “A time will come upon people in which they will consume usury.” It was said, “All of the people?” The Prophet said, “Whoever does not consume it will be affected by its dust.”
}}

Usury (riba) was already widespread in the period before Islam, which Muslims call "jahilya":
{{Quote|[https://ebrary.net/10536/business_finance/types_riba Types of Riba]|
Riba al-Jahiliyah means “the riba used during the age of ignorance and paganism.” It is also called riba al-nassee'aa (the riba that is constrained by a time limit and is time dependent). This type of '''riba was widely practiced by the pagan Arabs at the advent of Islam'''.
}}

In any interest-based economy, all goods will inevitably be "tainted" directly or indirectly with interest-based practices.

===Sudden deaths===
{{Quote|Al-Mu'jam al-Awsat al-Tabarani (9/147) No. 9376 (sahih)|
حدثنا الهيثم بن خالد المصيصي نا عبدالكبير بن المعافى بن عمران نا شريك عن العباس بن ذريح عن الشعبي عن أنس بن مالك رفعه إلى النبي صلى الله عليه و سلم قال من اقتراب الساعة أن يرى الهلال قبلا فيقال لليلتين وأن تتخذ المساجد طرقا وأن يظهر الموت الفجاء لم يرو هذا الحديث عن العباس بن زريح إلا شريك تفرد به عبد الكبير بن المعافى

Anas bin Malik (RA) narrated that the Prophet (SAW) said: “Among the signs that the Last Hour is near, is that the crescent would appear larger than its actual size and people would say: ‘It appears as if it is only two days old.’ and the masajid will be taken as streets, and '''sudden death will spread'''.”
}}

In other hadiths Muhammad and Ubayd speak about sudden death as something already known:{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 3110 / Book 21, Hadith 22 / Book 20, Hadith 3104 (sahih)|
Narrated Ubayd ibn Khalid as-Sulami,:

A man from the Companions of the Prophet (ﷺ), said: The narrator Sa'd ibn Ubaydah narrated sometimes from the Prophet (ﷺ) and sometimes as a statement of Ubayd (ibn Khalid): The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Sudden death is a wrathful catching.
}}

===Islam will be unpleasant for Muslims (like burning ember/coal in hand)===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2260 (hasan)|
Anas bin Malik narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"There shall come upon the people a time in which the one who is patient upon his religion will be like the one holding onto a burning ember."
}}

Adhering to Islam was already unpleasant for many Muslims during the time of Muhammad and it escalated in 632-633 during the Wars of Apostasy when some Arabs tried to leave Islam, but had it imposed on them once again by the caliph.

===Following Jews and Christians===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|92|422}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "You will follow the ways of those nations who were before you, span by span and cubit by cubit (i.e., inch by inch) so much so that even if they entered a hole of a mastigure, you would follow them." We said, "O Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)! (Do you mean) the Jews and the Christians?" He said, "Whom else?"
}}
Muhammad himself incorporated portions of the Talmud and the gospels in the Quran and his teachings.

===Killing [pointless killing]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which Religious ignorance will spread, knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and '''there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing'''."
}}

The Old Testament hosts many texts about mass killing. For example:
{{Quote|The Bible (AMPC), 1 Samuel 15:3|
Now go and smite Amalek and utterly destroy all they have; do not spare them, but '''kill both man and woman, infant and suckling, ox and sheep, camel and donkey.'''
}}

Muhammad himself engaged in what most would describe as "pointless killing":
{{Quote|Ibn Ishaq: Sirat Rasul Allah, p. 464|
Then they surrendered, and the apostle confined them in Medina in the quarter of d. al-Harith, a woman of B. al-Najjar. Then the apostle went out to the market of Medina (which is still its market today) and dug trenches in it. Then he sent for them and struck off their heads in those trenches as they were brought out to him in batches. Among them was the enemy of Allah Huyayy b. Akhtab and Ka`b b. Asad their chief. There were 600 or 700 in all, though some put the figure as high as 800 or 900.
}}

===Two parties with the same message will fight===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6902}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) many ahadith and one of them was this:

The last Hour will not come until the two parties (of Muslims) confront each other and there is a large-scale massacre amongst them and the claim of both of them is the same.
}}

This prediction was interpreted by Islamic scholars as referring to the Battle of Siffin (year 657). Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Issue between Ali and Aisha===
{{Quote|Fath al Bari 13/59 (sahih) and others|
إنَّهُ سيكونُ بينَكَ وبين عائشةَ أمرٌ قال فأنا أشقاهُم يا رسولَ اللهِ قال لا ولكنْ إذا كان ذلك فاردُدْها إلى مأمنِها

There will be an issue between you and ‘Aisha.” He said, “Me, O Messenger of Allah?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Me?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Then [in that case] I would be the worst of them (all people).” He said, “No, but when this occurs, return her to her safe quarters.”}}

The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_the_Camel Battle of the Camel] happened in 656. The hadith (in Musnad Ahmad) was written in the 9th century.

===Ammar will be killed===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 1, Book 46, Hadith 3800 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "Rejoice, 'Ammar, the transgressing party shall kill you."
}}

He was killed in the 7th century. The collection of Tirmidhi was written in the 9th century.

==="I have been given Persia"===
{{Quote|Al-Nasa'i, Sunan al Kubra 8858|
أنبأ محمد بن عبد الأعلى قال حدثنا معتمر قال سمعت عوفا قال سمعت ميمونا يحدث عن البراء بن عازب قال : لما أمرنا رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم أن يحفر الخندق عرض لنا فيه حجر لا يأخذ فيه المعول فاشتكينا ذلك إلى رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فجاء رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فألقى ثوبه وأخذ المعول وقال بسم الله فضرب ضربة فكسر ثلث الصخرة قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح الشام والله إني لأبصر قصورها الحمر الآن من مكاني هذا قال ثم ضرب أخرى وقال بسم الله وكسر ثلثا آخر وقال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح فارس والله إني لأبصر قصر المدائن الأبيض الآن ثم ضرب ثالثة وقال بسم الله فقطع الحجر قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح اليمن والله إني لأبصر باب صنعاء

Al-Bara said: On the Day of Al-Khandaq (the trench) there stood out a rock too immune for our spades to break up. We therefore went to see God’s Messenger for advice. He took the spade, and said: “In the Name of God” Then he struck it saying: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Ash-Sham (Greater Syria). By God, I can see its red palaces at the moment;” on the second strike he said: “God is Most Great, '''I have been given Persia'''. By God, I can now see the white palace of Madain;” and for the third time he struck the rock saying: “In the Name of God,” shattering the rest of the rock, and he said: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Yemen. By God, I can see the gates of San’a while I am in my place.”
}}

The bloody conquest happened around the year 650. Earliest hadith collection Muwatta Imam Malik (which doesn't contain this hadith) was written around the year 750 and the hadith collection sunan al-Kubra which contains the hadith was written around the year 850. This hadith was written hundreds of years after the event it describes.

Furthermore, Persia was already conquered a thousand years before by Alexander the Great. And at the time of Muhammad Persia was exhausted by wars with Romans which lasted from 54 BC to 628 AD (681 years).

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roman%E2%80%93Persian_Wars Wikipedia: Roman–Persian Wars]

===Conquest of Jerusalem===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, '''the conquest of Jerusalem''', a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

Some suggest that Muhammad predicted "The Muslim conquest of Jerusalem in 1187 AD." <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/en/article/135817/the-signs-of-the-hour</ref>:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(1187) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (1187)]

However, this was the second Islamic conquest of Jerusalem. Muslims first conquered Jerusalem in 636:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(636%E2%80%93637) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (636–637)]

Furthermore, after the conquest, the Hour was expected to come. Both events occurred nearly a thousand years in the past.

This was written by Bukhari two hundred years after the first conquest.

Hadith in Sunan Abu Dawud also stresses the coming of the Last Hour after the conquest of Jerusalem (holy land):
{{Quote|Abu Dawud 14:2529 (sahih)|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Hawalah al-Azdi:

The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) sent us on foot to get spoil, but we returned without getting any. When he saw the signs of distress on our faces, he stood up on our faces and said: O Allah, do not put them under my care, for I would be too weak to care for them; do not put them in care of themselves, for they would be incapable of that, and do not put them in the care of men, for they would choose the best things for themselves. '''He then placed his hand on my head and said: Ibn Hawalah, when you see the caliphate has settled in the holy land, earthquakes, sorrows and serious matters will have drawn near and on that day the Last Hour will be nearer to mankind than this hand of mine is to your head.'''
}}

===Conquest of Egypt===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|5174}}|
Abu Dharr reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

'''You would soon conquer Egypt''' and that is a land which is known (as the land of al-qirat). So when you conquer it, treat its inhabitants well. For there lies upon you the responsibility because of blood-tie or relationship of marriage (with them). And when you see two persons falling into dispute amongst themselves for the space of a brick, than get out of that. He (Abu Dharr) said: I saw Abd al-Rahman b. Shurahbil b. Hasana and his brother Rabi'a disputing with one another for the space of a brick. So I left that (land).
}}
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muslim_conquest_of_Egypt Muslim conquest of Egypt] happened in the 7th century. The hadith collection Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Conquest of Yemen, Syria and Iraq===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3201}}|
Sufyan b. Abu Zuhair heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) say:

'''Yemen will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families on them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''Syria will be conquered''' and some people will go away driving their camels along with them and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''lraq will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority. while Medina is better for them if they were to know it.
}}
All conquests happened in the 7th century. Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.
===Fighting Turks===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|56|787}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till you fight a nation wearing hairy shoes, and till you '''fight the Turks''', who will have small eyes, red faces and flat noses; and their faces will be like flat shields. And you will find that the best people are those who hate responsibility of ruling most of all till they are chosen to be the rulers. And the people are of different natures: The best in the pre-lslamic period are the best in Islam. A time will come when any of you will love to see me rather than to have his family and property doubled."
}}

Some suggest that "Turks" here means "Mongols" and that this thus predicts Gengis Khan. However, The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Kharistan Battle of Kharistan] (737) which happened between the Umayyad caliphate and Turkic Türgesh, could equally fit the description provided here. This seems more plausible, especially as Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

One might also note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

===Leave the Turks as long as they leave you===
This hadith is often referenced as evidence that Muhammad predicted the Ottoman empire, often ignoring the clause about the Abyssinians
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4288}}|
Narrated from Abi Sukainah One of the Companions:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: '''Let the Abyssinians alone as long as they let you alone''', and let the Turks alone as long as they leave you alone.
}}

It is said that the Turks should be left alone because they were strong, and they were strong therefore they would eventually become dominant. This is an evidently generous reading of the hadith.

In other hadith, Muhammad is reported to have predicted that after a few wars, Muslims would exterminate the Turks:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Takhreej Mishkaat al-Masabih 5/110 (hasan) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8F%D9%83%D9%85+%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8C+%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%A7%D8%B1%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%8A%D9%86%D9%90+%D9%8A%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8F%D9%91%D8%B1%D9%83%D9%8E</ref>|
يقاتِلُكم قومٌ صغارُ الأعينِ يعني التُّركَ قالَ تسوقونَهم ثلاثَ مرات حتَّى تُلحِقوهم بجزيرةِ العربِ فأمَّا في السِّاقةِ الأولى فينجو من هربَ منهم فأمَّا في الثَّانيةِ فينجو بعضٌ ويَهلِكُ بعضٌ وأمَّا في الثَّالثةِ فيصطَلِمونَ

People with small eyes, i.e. the Turks, will fight against you, the prophet (ﷺ) said: You will drive them off three times till you catch up with them in Arabia. On the first occasion when you drive them off those who fly will be safe, on the second occasion some will be safe and some will perish, but '''on the third occasion they will be extirpated'''.
}}
===Spoils of war distributed preferentially===
Hadith daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi 2211 (daif)|
إِذَا اتُّخِذَ الْفَىْءُ دُوَلاً

When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially)
}}
Al-Fai mean spoils of war.

===Fearless traveler (security)===
Probably refers to time after the conquest of Iraq in the 7th century:
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/334 (sahih)|
لا تقومُ الساعَةُ حتى تعودَ أرْضُ العربِ مروجًا وأَنْهَارًا وحتى يسيرَ الراكِبُ بينَ العِرَاقِ ومَكَّةَ لَا يَخَافُ إلَّا ضَلَالَ الطريقِ [ وحتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْهَرْجُ قالوا وما الهَرْجُ يا رسولَ اللهِ قال القتلُ ]

The Hour will not come until the land of Arabs becomes meadows and rivers and until '''a rider goes between Iraq and Makka and doesn't fear anything except getting lost''' and until al-harj is widespread. They said: And what is al-Harj O messenger of God? He said: Killing.
}}

===Fat people===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
Narrated `Imran bin Husain:

"Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, 'The best of my followers are those living in my generation (i.e. my contemporaries). and then those who will follow the latter" `Imran added, "I do not remember whether he mentioned two or three generations after his generation, then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and they will vow and never fulfill their vows, and '''fatness will appear among them'''."
}}

After the 7th century Islamic conquests, Muslims became rich and could have a lot of food.

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|59|548}}|
Narrated Ibn `Umar:

We did not eat our fill except after we had conquered Khaibar.
}}

Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Special greeting===
It was interpreted as "greeting only people you know":
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ‏:‏ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ

Before the Hour there is special greeting
}}

It would mean Muslims would disobey Muhammad's command to greet everyone:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|12}}|
Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Amr:

A man asked the Prophet (ﷺ) , "What sort of deeds or (what qualities of) Islam are good?" The Prophet (ﷺ) replied, 'To feed (the poor) and '''greet those whom you know and those whom you do not know'''.
}}

In other hadiths however Muhammad was preventing Muslims from greeting certain people based on their religion:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|26|5389}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

Do not greet the Jews and the Christians before they greet you and when you meet any one of them on the roads force him to go to the narrowest part of it.
}}

===Rejection of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4604 / Book 41, Hadith 4587 / Book 42, Hadith 9|
Narrated Al-Miqdam ibn Ma'dikarib:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Beware! I have been given the Qur'an and something like it, yet the time is coming when a man replete on his couch will say: '''Keep to the Qur'an'''; what you find in it to be permissible treat as permissible, and what you find in it to be prohibited treat as prohibited. Beware! The domestic ass, beasts of prey with fangs, a find belonging to confederate, unless its owner does not want it, are not permissible to you If anyone comes to some people, they must entertain him, but if they do not, he has a right to mulct them to an amount equivalent to his entertainment.
}}

The idea that only the Quran is the word of god and Muhamamad is just a man and therefore he might be wrong existed during Muhammad's life:
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 3646, In-book reference: Book 26, Hadith 6, English translation: Book 25, Hadith 3639|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Amr ibn al-'As:

I used to write everything which I heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). I intended (by it) to memorise it. The Quraysh prohibited me saying: '''Do you write everything that you hear from him while the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) is a human being: he speaks in anger and pleasure?''' So I stopped writing, and mentioned it to the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He signalled with his finger to him mouth and said: Write, by Him in Whose hand my soul lies, only right comes out from it.
}}
===Liars will be trusted and honest people will be regarded as liars===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4036 (hasan)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will come to the people years of treachery, when the liar will be regarded as honest, and the honest man will be regarded as a liar; the traitor will be regarded as faithful, and the faithful man will be regarded as a traitor; and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}

This was already happening according to Islamic sources. Some people trusted Musaylimah.

==="The pen will spread"===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ وَفُشُوُّ التِّجَارَةِ حَتَّى تُعِينَ الْمَرْأَةُ زَوْجَهَا عَلَى التِّجَارَةِ وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ وَفُشُوُّ الْقَلَمِ وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, family ties will be severed, '''the pen will spread''', false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
There is the Pen that Allah created first and which writes the future:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 3319 (sahih)|
“I arrived in Makkah and met Ata bin Abi Rabah. I said: ‘O Abu Muhammad! Some people with us speak about Al-Qadar.’ Ata said: ‘I met Al-Walid bin Ubadah bin As-Samit and he said: “My father narrated to me, he said: ‘I heard the Messenger of Allah saying: “Verily '''the first of what Allah created was the Pen (القلم). He said to it: “Write.” So it wrote what will be forever'''.’”
}}

There is also the Pen that writes deeds:
{{Quote|Bulugh al Maram: Book 8, Hadith 1096|
Narrated 'Aishah (RA):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: "There are three people whose actions are not recorded ( رُفِعَ اَلْقَلَمُ عَنْ ثَلَاثَةٍ, literally "is lifted the pen from three"), a sleeping person till he awakes, a child till he is a grown up, and an insane person till he is restored to reason or recovers his sense." [Reported by Ahmad and al-Arba'a, except at-Tirmidhi. al-Hakim graded it Sahih (authentic)].
}}
{{Quote|al-nasa'i: Vol. 4, Book 26, Hadith 3217 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Salamah:
It was narrated from Abu Salamah that Abu Hurairah said: "I said: 'O Messenger of Allah, I am a young man and I fear hardship for myself, but I cannot afford to marry; should I castrate myself?'" The Prophet turned away from him until he said it three times. Then the Prophet said: "O Abu Hurairah, '''the pen is dried concerning what you are going to face''', so (it is up to you whether) you castrate yourself or not." Abu Abdur-Rahman (An-Nasai) said: Al-Awzai did not hear this narration from Az-Zuhri, and this hadith is sahih, Yunus reported it from Az-Zuhri.
}}

Literacy was increasing before Muhammad was born. Jews and Christians first used oral traditions, but then switched to writing. There was also the ongoing global transitions from oral cultures to written cultures more generally.

Notice also that the prophecy was written by people who were ''writing'' hadiths from oral traditions.

===Family ties will be severed===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, '''family ties will be severed''' (وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ), the pen will spread, false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
Islam teaches that among the first people were brothers Cain and Abel and Cain killed Abel.

There is also hadith where Muhammad encourages people to keep the ties of kinship, which indicates they weren't doing it enough in his time:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 1, Hadith 1979 (hasan)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah said:
"Learn enough about your lineage to facilitate keeping your ties of kinship (تَصِلُونَ بِهِ أَرْحَامَكُمْ). For indeed keeping the ties of kinship encourages affection among the relatives, increases the wealth, and increases the lifespan."
}}

Killing of family members for the sake of Islam was also approved by Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4348}}|Narrated Abdullah Ibn Abbas: A blind man had a slave-mother who used to abuse the Prophet (peace be upon him) and disparage him. He forbade her but she did not stop. He rebuked her but she did not give up her habit. One night she began to slander the Prophet (peace be upon him) and abuse him. So he took a dagger, placed it on her belly, pressed it, and killed her. A child who came between her legs was smeared with the blood that was there. When the morning came, the Prophet (peace be upon him) was informed about it.

He assembled the people and said: I adjure by Allah the man who has done this action and I adjure him by my right to him that he should stand up. Jumping over the necks of the people and trembling the man stood up.

He sat before the Prophet (peace be upon him) and said: Apostle of Allah! I am her master; she used to abuse you and disparage you. I forbade her, but she did not stop, and I rebuked her, but she did not abandon her habit. I have two sons like pearls from her, and she was my companion. Last night she began to abuse and disparage you. So I took a dagger, put it on her belly and pressed it till I killed her.

Thereupon the Prophet (peace be upon him) said: Oh be witness, no retaliation is payable for her blood.}}

===Satellite Communications===
It's a similar prophecy to "family ties will be severed", this hadith is often mistranslated (also the hadith is weak):
{{Quote|Tabrani, al-Muʿjam al-Kabīr 10/228 and Mu'jan al-Awsat 4861 (da'eef)|
“From among the signs of Qiyamah is that people will maintain ties with '''distant relatives and strangers''' (الأطباق) but sever ties with close family.”
}}
The word الأطباق (''al-atbaaq'') is today sometimes translated as "dishes" (although the classical translation (understanding) fits better into the context) and then they interpret the "dishes" as "satellites".

*[https://hadithanswers.com/is-satellite-communication-a-sign-of-qiyamah/ Fatwa against the modern interpretation]

===Automobiles (actually camels with lofty saddles)===
Muhammad forbade riding on ''mayathir'' (مياثر), so mayathir were something already known:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|74|253}}|
..He forbade us to drink from silver utensils, to wear gold rings, '''to ride on silken saddles (ركوب المياثر)''', to wear silk clothes..
}}

There is a prophecy about people riding on mayathir at the end of times:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4 / 436 (hasan)|
سَيَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ هَذِهِ الْأُمَّةِ رِجَالٌ يَرْكَبُونَ عَلَى الْمَيَاثِرِ حَتَّى يَأْتُوا أَبْوَابَ مَسَاجِدِهِمْ

They will mount their mayaathir until they come to the doors of their mosques
}}
Albani explained:
{{Quote|Tafsir by Albani|
the word mayaathir is the plural of meetharah and Ibn al-Athir described it as, “… smooth and soft, made out of silk or a silk brocade [heavy silk] which the rider places beneath him on the saddle on top of the camel.
}}

And a re-iteration of the same prophecy:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 654/11 (hasan)|
يكون في آخر أمتي رجال يركبون على سرج كأشباه الرحال ينزلون على أبواب المساجد نساؤهم كاسيات عاريات

In the last [part] of my nation there will be men who ride on '''saddles that resemble packsaddles''' (سرج كأشباه الرحال). They will alight at the doors of the mosques. Their women are clothed but naked. On their heads are [what appears to be] like the humps of [lean] camels. Curse them for they are cursed. If there were a nation from the nations to come after you, your women would serve them, just as the women of the nations that were before you served you.
}}
Some try to translate سرج كأشباه الرحال as "carriots" or "cars", but:

*سَرْج means "saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle; pigskin; pillion" <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B3%D8%B1%D8%AC/</ref>
*رَحْل means "Either of a pair of a bags laid over the back of a horse - saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle". <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B1%D8%AD%D9%84/</ref>

===Ignorance [of Islamic teachings]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which '''Religious ignorance will spread''', knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing."}}

*In Islam, the period before Muhammad's career is called jahilya (ignorance).
*in context of Islam, when Muhammad says "knowledge" it means "knowledge of Muhamamd's claims and commands" and when Islam says "ignorance" it means "ignorance of Muhammad's claims and commands"
*Muhammad noticed that Jews don't fully follow the law of Moses, so he predicted similar outcomes for Muslims in many instances.

===Learning for something other than Islam===
{{Quote|Al-Shawkani, Nayl al-Awtar 8/262 (hasan li-ghayrihi)|
إذا اتُّخِذَ الفَيْءُ دُوَلًا والأمانةُ مَغْنَمًا والزكاةُ مَغْرَمًا وتُعُلِّمَ لغيرِ الدِّينِ وأطاع الرجلُ امرأتَه وعَقَّ أُمَّه وأَدْنَى صديقَه وأَقْصَى أباه وظَهَرَتِ الأصواتُ في المساجدِ وساد القبيلةَ فاسِقُهُم وكان زعيمُ القومِ أَرْذَلَهم وأُكْرِمَ الرجلُ مَخَافةَ شرِّه وظَهَرَتِ القِيَانُ والمعازفُ وشُرِبَتِ الخُمورُ ولَعَن آخِرُ هذه الأمةِ أولَها فلْيَرْتَقِبُوا عند ذلك رِيحًا حمراءَ وزَلْزَلَةً وخَسْفًا ومَسْخًا وقَذْفًا وآياتٍ تُتَابَعُ كنِظامٍ بالٍ قُطِعَ سِلْكُه فتتابع بعضُه بعضًا

When spoiles of war are distributed; and property given in trust will be considered as booty for oneself; Zakat will be looked upon as a fine; '''learning for other than the religion'''; a man will obey his wife and disobey his mother; a man will bring his friends nearer and drive his father far off; noises will be raised in the masjids; the most wicked of a tribe will become its ruler; the most worthless member of a people will become its leader; a man will be honoured for fear of the evil he may do; singing girls and musical instruments will come into vogue; drinking of wine will become common; and the later generations will begin to curse the previous generations; then wait, for red violent winds, earthquakes, swallowing up by the earth, defacement (of human faces), pelting of stones from the skies as rain, and a continuing chain of disasters followed one by another, like beads of a necklace falling one after the other rapidly when its string is cut.
}}
Secular knowledge for secular purposes was studied before Islam.

===Tall buildings===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||1|1|63}} <ref>https://sunnah.com/urn/1250630</ref>|
وَأَنْ تَرَى الْحُفَاةَ الْعُرَاةَ الْعَالَةَ رِعَاءَ الشَّاءِ يَتَطَاوَلُونَ فِي الْبِنَاءِ

..and when '''you see barefoot, naked, destitute shepherds''' competing in constructing tall buildings
}}The Bible contained a story of the Tower of Babel, Egyptians built pyramids. The desire and ability to construct tall buildings appears to has been common in history.

There were people in the 7th century building buildings that could be considered tall in that time. Ibn Hajar wrote in his famous commentary on Sahih Bukhari:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar: Fatḥ al-Bārī fī Sharḥ Ṣaḥīḥ al-Bukhārī|
يتطاول الناس في البنيان وهي من العلامات التي وقعت عن قرب في زمن النبوة

"The people are [competing in] building tall buildings" - and that's from the signs which '''happened close at the time of the prophethood'''
}}

Muslims could afford building tall buildings after they got rich from early Islamic conquests.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|70|576}}|
Narrated Qais bin Abi Hazim:

We went to pay a visit to Khabbab (who was sick) and he had been branded (cauterized) at seven places in his body. He said, "Our companions who died (during the lifetime of the Prophet) left (this world) without having their rewards reduced through enjoying the pleasures of this life, but '''we have got (so much) wealth that we find no way to spend It except on the construction of buildings''' .Had the Prophet not forbidden us to wish for death, I would have wished for it.' We visited him for the second time while he was building a wall. '''He said: A Muslim is rewarded (in the Hereafter) for whatever he spends except for something that he spends on building'''."
}}

Some add that theses buildings were described as being "as high as mountains", but that hadith is mawqoof (not from Muhammad). It was a saying of ‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr and it was after Muslims became rich from early Islamic conquests, so they could likely imagine themselves building tall in Mecca. Also the hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Musannaf ibn Abi Shaybah, Hadith: 14306 (da'eef or hasan)|
Sayyiduna '''‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr''' (radiyallahu ‘anhuma) is reported to have said: “……When you see tunnels/canals being dug in Makkah Mukarramah and the buildings (of Makkah Mukarramah) higher than the peak of the mountains then know that Qiyamah is close.”
}}

*[https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/247118/%D9%87%D9%84-%D8%AB%D8%A8%D8%AA-%D9%85%D9%86-%D9%83%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85-%D8%B9%D8%A8%D8%AF-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%84%D9%87-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%B1%D9%88-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B9%D8%A7%D8%B5-%D8%A7%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AA%D9%81%D8%A7%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A8%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%A1-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D9%85%D9%83%D8%A9-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9 Fatwa] (Arabic) says that since it's not from Muhammad, it shouldn't even be called a hadith.

===Mosques full of hypocrites===
{{Quote|Ibn Abi Shaybah: Kitab al-Iman 101 (sahih)|
عن عبد اللهِ بنِ عَمرو قال : يأتي على الناس زمانٌ ، يجتمِعون ويُصلُّون في المساجدِ ، وليس فيهم مؤمنٌ

A time will come on people when they get together and pray in mosques and isn't among them a single believer
}}

Praying hypocrites were also mentioned in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 6:5|
“And when you pray, do not be like the hypocrites, for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and on the street corners to be seen by others.
}}

The military nature of Islam's spread may have encouraged this type of hypocrisy:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|30}}|
It is reported on the authority of Abu Huraira that the Messenger of Allah said:

I have been commanded to fight against people so long as they do not declare that there is no god but Allah, and he who professed it was guaranteed the protection of his property and life on my behalf except for the right affairs rest with Allah.
}}
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|260}}|
Narrated `Ikrima:

`Ali burnt some people and this news reached Ibn `Abbas, who said, "Had I been in his place I would not have burnt them, as the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'Don't punish (anybody) with Allah's Punishment.' No doubt, I would have killed them, for the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'If somebody (a Muslim) discards his religion, kill him.' "
}}

===Voices raised in mosques===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2211 (daif)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially), trust is a spoil of war, Zakat is a fine, knowledge is sought for other than the(sake of the) religion, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is close to his friend and far from his father, '''voices are raised in the Masajid''', tribes are led by their wicked, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, singing slave-girls and music spread, intoxicants are drunk, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning- then anticipate a red wind, earthquake, collapsing of the earth, transformation, Qadhf, and the signs follow in succession like gems of a necklace whose string is cut and so they fall in succession."
}}

People were raising voices even in the time of Muhammad in front of him. Muhammad rebuked them in the Quran:
{{Quote|{{Quran|49|2}} (Sahih International)|
O you who have believed, do not raise your voices above the voice of the Prophet or be loud to him in speech like the loudness of some of you to others, lest your deeds become worthless while you perceive not.

}}

===Decoration of mosques===
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|8|690}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Anas that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"One of the portents of the Hour will be that people will show off in building Masjids."
}}

There was a precedent. Christians and Jews were adorning their places of worship:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|2|448}}|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Abbas:

I was not commanded to build high mosques. Ibn Abbas said: You will certainly adorn them '''as the Jews and Christians did'''.
}}

===Markets will approach (taqaarub al-aswaaq)===
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/330 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D8%AA%D8%B8%D9%87%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%81%D8%AA%D9%86+%D9%88%D9%8A%D9%83%D8%AB%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B0%D8%A8+%D9%88%D8%AA%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B3%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%82+%D9%88%D9%8A%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B2%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%86</ref>|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تَظْهَرَ الفِتَنُ ويكثرَ الكذِبُ وتتقارَبَ الأسواقُ ويتقارَبَ الزمانُ ويكثُرَ الهرجُ قلْتُ وما الهرْجُ قال القتْلُ

The Hour won't come till tribulations show up, lies are widespread and '''taqaarub of markets''' and taqaarub of time and harj is widespread. I said: What is al-harj? He said: Killing.
}}
The hadith is vague in its entirety, but the situation on markets expectedly changed after Muslims got rich by the 7th century conquests.

===Breaking the convenant with god makes enemies overpower them===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
... '''They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands.''' Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Leviticus 26:14-17|
Punishment for Disobedience

“‘But if you will not listen to me and carry out all these commands, and if you reject my decrees and abhor my laws and fail to carry out all my commands and so violate my covenant, then I will do this to you: I will bring on you sudden terror, wasting diseases and fever that will destroy your sight and sap your strength. You will plant seed in vain, because your enemies will eat it. I will set my face against you so that you will be defeated by your enemies; those who hate you will rule over you, and you will flee even when no one is pursuing you.
}}

===A man passes by a grave and wants to be dead too===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
وَحَتَّى يَمُرَّ الرَّجُلُ بِقَبْرِ الرَّجُلِ فَيَقُولُ يَا لَيْتَنِي مَكَانَهُ

... till a man when passing by a grave of someone will say, 'Would that I were in his place...
}}

The Old Testament mentions this:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Jonah 4:3|
"Therefore now, O LORD, please take my life from me, for death is better to me than life."
}}

===People will treat a man with respect because they fear the evil he could do===
The hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, '''the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of''', intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

Intimidation with violence was already used before Islam. It was also used by Muhammad.

===The leader of a people will be the worst of them===
This hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, '''the leader of the people is the most despicable among them''', the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

This happened during the time of Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abu Dawud||2155|darussalam}}| Abu Said al-Khudri said: "The apostle of Allah sent a military expedition to Awtas on the occasion of the battle of Hunain. They met their enemy and fought with them. They defeated them and took them captives. Some of the Companions of the apostle of Allah were reluctant to have intercourse with the female captives because of their pagan husbands. So Allah, the Exalted, sent down the Quranic verse, "And all married women (are forbidden) unto you save those (captives) whom your right hands possess". That is to say, they are lawful for them when they complete their waiting period." [The Quran verse is 4:24]}}

The men were morally reluctant to rape married women, but their leader (Muhammad) permitted them to go ahead.

==Predictions of the future (after the hadiths)==
In this category are hadiths that don't talk about what already happened before the prophecies were written.

==="Opposites"===
These don't seem to be predictions, but rather statements that the opposite of what was considered granted at that time will happen. For example mountains were considered solid (not moving), so a prophecy says that mountains will be moving. Rather then explaining the fulfillment of these prophecies, this common denominator suggests how the predictions were generated.

====Mountains will move====
This hadith is da'eef (Ufayr bin Ma'daan is in the chain):
{{Quote|Mu'jam at-Tabaraani vol 7, n. 6857|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تزولَ الجبالُ عن أماكِنِها وتَرَوْنَ الأمورَ العظامَ التي لم تَكُونوا تَرَوْنَها

The Hour will not begin until the '''mountains are moved from their places''' and you see great calamities which you have never seen before.
}}
====Non-speaking objects will start speaking====
{{Quote|Jami' al-Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2181 (sahih)|
Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri narrated that the Messenger of Allah (s.a.w) said:
"By the One in Whose Hand is my soul! The Hour will not be established until predators speak to people and until the tip of a man's whip and the straps on his sandal speak to him, and his thigh informs him of what occurred with his family after him."
}}

Though this hadith is often metaphorisized to refer to modern technology (mobile phones), the original wording of the hadith appears to be rather literal in its intention.

The Old Testament already has a story about a talking serpent:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 3:1|
Now '''the serpent''' was more crafty than any of the wild animals the Lord God had made. '''He said''' to the woman, “Did God really say, ‘You must not eat from any tree in the garden’?”
}}

And for Muhammad (unlike for most people), talking objects wouldn't even be much miraculous, since he was hearing voices regularly. For example he heard a stone saluting him:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====The land of Arabia reverts to meadows and rivers====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|5|2208}}|
وَحَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ، - وَهُوَ ابْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْقَارِيُّ - عَنْ سُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ ‏ "‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْمَالُ وَيَفِيضَ حَتَّى يَخْرُجَ الرَّجُلُ بِزَكَاةِ مَالِهِ فَلاَ يَجِدُ أَحَدًا يَقْبَلُهَا مِنْهُ وَحَتَّى تَعُودَ أَرْضُ الْعَرَبِ مُرُوجًا وَأَنْهَارًا ‏"‏ ‏.‏

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) as saying:

The Last Hour will not come before wealth becomes abundant and overflowing, so much so that a man takes Zakat out of his property and cannot find anyone to accept it from him and '''till the land of Arabia reverts (تعود) to meadows and rivers.'''
}}

The word تعود (''ta'ooda'') can mean both "become" and "revert".
{{Quote|مرقاة المفاتيح شرح مشكاة المصابيح|
وحتى تعود أرض العرب أي: تصير أو ترجع

"And until ''ta'ooda'' the land of Arabs" - meaning "becomes" or "reverts"
}}

====Much rain, but little vegetation====
{{Quote|Shuaib Al Arna'ut, Takhreej al-Musnad 12429 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%B3+%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1%D8%A7+%D8%B9%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7+%D8%8C+%D9%88+%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%86%D8%A8%D8%AA+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B1%D8%B6+%D8%B4%D9%8A%D8%A6%D8%A7</ref>|
لا تَقومُ السَّاعةُ حتى يُمطَرَ النَّاسُ مَطرًا عامًّا، ولا تُنبِتَ الأرضُ شيئًا.

The Hour would not come until there is too much rain, but the earth does not produce crops
}}
===Other Predictions About the Future===
====Coming of Muhammad and the Hour are close like the forefinger and middle finger joined together====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7049}}|
Anas reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

I and the Last Hour have been sent like this and (he while doing it) joined the forefinger with the middle finger.
}}

====A 7th century boy won't grow very old before the Hour comes====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7052}}|
وَحَدَّثَنِي حَجَّاجُ بْنُ الشَّاعِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، - يَعْنِي ابْنَ زَيْدٍ - حَدَّثَنَا مَعْبَدُ بْنُ هِلاَلٍ الْعَنَزِيُّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَجُلاً، سَأَلَ النَّبِيَّ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ مَتَى تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ قَالَ فَسَكَتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم هُنَيْهَةً ثُمَّ نَظَرَ إِلَى غُلاَمٍ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ مِنْ أَزْدِ شَنُوءَةَ فَقَالَ ‏ "‏ إِنْ عُمِّرَ هَذَا لَمْ يُدْرِكْهُ الْهَرَمُ حَتَّى تَقُومَ السَّاعَةُ ‏"‏ ‏.‏ قَالَ قَالَ أَنَسٌ ذَاكَ الْغُلاَمُ مِنْ أَتْرَابِي يَوْمَئِذٍ ‏.‏

Anas b. Malik reported that a person asked Allah's Apostle (ﷺ):

When would the Last Hour come? Thereupon Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) kept quiet for a while. Then looked at a young boy in his presence belonging to the tribe of Azd Shanu'a and he said: If this boy lives he would not grow very old till the Last Hour would come ''to you''. Anas said that this young boy was of our age during those days.
}}
The "to you" was added by the translators to indicate that it is the last hour (death) of the people who asked, however this qualification is entirely absent in the Arabic text.

====The Hour will come before a 7th century slave becomes old====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|73|188}}|
...In the meantime, a slave of Al-Mughira passed by, and he was of the same age as I was. The Prophet (ﷺ) said. "If this (slave) should live long, he will not reach the geriatric old age, but the Hour will be established."
}}

====Nothing will live one hundred years from now====
The "tonight" in ''italic'' was added by translators to accommodate the later re-interpretation:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|116}}|
أَرَأَيْتَكُمْ لَيْلَتَكُمْ هَذِهِ، فَإِنَّ رَأْسَ مِائَةِ سَنَةٍ مِنْهَا لاَ يَبْقَى مِمَّنْ هُوَ عَلَى ظَهْرِ الأَرْضِ أَحَدٌ

Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

Once the Prophet (ﷺ) led us in the `Isha' prayer during the last days of his life and after finishing it (the prayer) (with Taslim) he said: "Do you realize (the importance of) this night?" Nobody present on the surface of the earth ''tonight'' will be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night."
}}

When the prophecy failed 100 years later, Muslims re-interpreted it:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|10|575}}|
Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

The Prophet (ﷺ) prayed one of the `Isha' prayer in his last days and after finishing it with Taslim, he stood up and said, "Do you realize (the importance of) this night? Nobody present on the surface of the earth tonight would be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night." '''The people made a mistake in grasping the meaning of this statement of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and they indulged in those things which are said about these narrators (i.e. some said that the Day of Resurrection will be established after 100 years etc.)''' But the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Nobody present on the surface of earth tonight would be living after the completion of 100 years from this night"; he meant "When that century (people of that century) would pass away."
}}

====If 10 scholars of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|39|6711}} (Muhsin Khan translation)|
لَوْ تَابَعَنِي عَشْرَةٌ مِنَ الْيَهُودِ لَمْ يَبْقَ عَلَى ظَهْرِهَا يَهُودِيٌّ إِلاَّ أَسْلَمَ

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

If ten ''scholars'' of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth who would not embrace Islam.
}}

The Arabic original doesn't say "ten Jewish scholars", but only "ten Jews" (عشرة من اليهود).

====30 false prophets before the Hour====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6988}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until there would arise about thirty impostors, liars, and each one of them would claim that he is a messenger of Allah.
}}
In his time there were other prophets like Saf ibn Sayyad and Maslamah bin Ḥabīb (called by Muslims "Musaylimah al-Kadhdhāb" (Musaylama the Liar)), Al-Aswad Al-Ansi and Tulayha.

False prophets were also already predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 24:10-11|
At that time many will turn away from the faith and will betray and hate each other, and many '''false prophets will appear and deceive many people'''.
}}

====Rising of the Sun from its setting place====
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4297}}|
We were sitting in the shade of the chamber of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) discussing (something) and when we mentioned the last hour, our voices rose high. The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: The last hour will not come or happen until there appear ten signs before it : '''the rising of the sun in its place of setting''', the coming forth of the beast, the coming forth of Gog and Magog, the Dajjal (Antichrist), (the descent of) Jesus son of Mary, the smoke, and three collapses of the earth: one in the west, one in the east, and one in the Arabian Peninsula. The last of that will be the emergence of a fire from Yemen, from the lowest part of Aden, and drive mankind to their place of assembly.
}}
This seems to suggest that the sun revolves about the Earth and can reverse direction

There is also a related verse in the Quran:{{Quote|{{Quran|6|158}}|
Do they [then] wait for anything except that the angels should come to them or your Lord should come or that there come some of the signs of your Lord? The Day that '''some of the signs of your Lord will come no soul will benefit from its faith as long as it had not believed before''' or had earned through its faith some good. Say, "Wait. Indeed, we [also] are waiting."
}}
Tafsir:
{{Quote|Tafsir Al-Jalalayn on 6:158|
"On the day that one of your Lord’s signs comes" — and this is the rising of the sun from the west as reported in the hadīth of the two Sahīhs of Bukhārī and Muslim — it shall not benefit a soul to believe if it had not believed theretofore
}}
The hadith:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|6|60|159}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established until the sun rises from the West: and when the people see it, then whoever will be living on the surface of the earth will have faith, and that is (the time) when no good will it do to a soul to believe then, if it believed not before." (6.158)
}}

Another hadith says that right after the rising, a beast will appear in the forenoon:{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4310 (sahih)|
Abu zur’ah said:
A group of people came to Marwan in Medina, and they heard him say that the first of the signs to appear would be the coming forth of the Dajjal (Antichirst). He said: I then went to Abd Allah b. ‘Amr and mentioned it to him. He did not say anything(reliable). I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: '''The first of the signs to appear will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting and the coming forth of the beast against mankind in the forenoon.''' Whichever of them comes first will soon be followed by the other. ’Abd Allah who used to read the scriptures (Torah, Gospel) said: I think the first of them will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting.
}}

{{Quote|Ibn Majah 4069 (sahih)|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The first signs to appear will be at '''the rising of the sun from the west and the emergence of the Beast to the people, at forenoon'''.’” 'Abdullah said: "Whichever of them appears first, the other will come soon after." 'Abdullah said: "I do not think it will be anything other than the sun rising from the west."
}}

Some today proffer metaphorical interpretation that the "rising of the Sun from the west" refers to the rise of the Western civilization, though this would leave the segment regarding the beast unexplained.

The Quran seems to affirm the possibility that God could make the Sun "rise from the West":
{{Quote|{{Quran|2|258}}|
Have you not considered the one who argued with Abraham about his Lord [merely] because Allah had given him kingship? When Abraham said, "My Lord is the one who gives life and causes death," he said, "I give life and cause death." Abraham said, "Indeed, '''Allah brings up the sun from the east''', so bring it up from the west." So the disbeliever was overwhelmed [by astonishment], and Allah does not guide the wrongdoing people.
}}

See also Dhul-Qarnayn's story in the Quran, where this possibility is further confirmed, as the Sun is described to set in a muddy spring at the "farthest part" of the world":

*[[Category:Dhul-Qarnayn|Dhul-Qarnayn]]

====Stones and trees say to Muslims: "here is a Jew behind me; come and kill him"====
{{Quote|Book 41, Hadith 6985 aka Book 54, Hadith 105 or Sahih Muslim 2922|
The last hour would not come unless the Muslims will fight against the Jews and the Muslims would kill them until the Jews would hide themselves behind a stone or a tree and '''a stone or a tree would say: Muslim, or the servant of Allah, there is a Jew behind me; come and kill him'''; but the tree Gharqad would not say, for it is the tree of the Jews.
}}

Muhammad used to hear other voices as well:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====Time will pass more quickly (taqaarub az-zamaan)====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 10560|
لا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَتَقَارَبَ الزَّمَانُ ، فَتَكُونَ السَّنَةُ كَالشَّهْرِ ، وَيَكُونَ الشَّهْرُ كَالْجُمُعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ الْجُمُعَةُ كَالْيَوْمِ ، وَيَكُونَ الْيَوْمُ كَالسَّاعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ السَّاعَةُ كَاحْتِرَاقِ السَّعَفَةِ

The Hour will not begin until time passes quickly, so a year will be like a month, and a month will be like a week, and a week will be like a day, and a day will be like an hour, and an hour will be like the burning of a braid of palm leaves.
}}

Islamic scholars have interpreted this variously, without any agreement as to the possible meaning:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/34618/one-of-the-signs-of-the-hour-is-that-time-will-pass-more-quickly islamqa.info: One of the signs of the Hour is that time will pass more quickly]|
The scholars differed concerning the meaning of the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing more quickly). '''There are many views''', the strongest of which is:

That the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing quickly) may be interpreted literally or metaphorically.
}}

====A man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|233}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick."
}}

[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Qahtan_(tribe) Qahtan] still exists, but the prophecy remains unfulfilled. <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/418273/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9%D8%8C-%D9%88%D8%B2%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A5%D8%BA%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%82-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A8-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%88%D8%A8%D8%A9</ref>

====A man called Jahjah will occupy the throne====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Book 41, Hadith 6955|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The day and the night would not come to an end before a man called al-Jahjah would occupy the throne.
}}

*[https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/118597/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%8A-%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%86 Fatwa] (AR) puts this prophecy among non-fulfilled prophecies

====Conquest of Constantinopole without fighting and the Hour come together====
This hadith is considered da'eef by Albani (but sahih by Dhahabi):
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 14:331|
لتفتحن القسطنطينية، فلنعم الأمير أميرها، ولنعم الجيش ذلك الجيش

Verily you shall conquer Constantinople. What a wonderful leader will her
leader be, and what a wonderful army will that army be!
}}

One should note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

Another hadith adds that the Hour was expected to come with this conquest:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2239|
Anas bin Malik said:
"Constantinople will be conquered with the coming of the Hour."
}}

The coming of the Dajjal was expected right after the conquest:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

Another hadith mentions Romans attacking Dabiq before the conquest of Constantinople. The mention of swords makes it hard to re-interpret as a prophecy about another conquest of Constantinople in the future:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6924}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until '''the Romans would land at al-A'maq or in Dabiq'''. An army consisting of the best (soldiers) of the people of the earth at that time will come from Medina (to counteract them). When they will arrange themselves in ranks, the Romans would say: Do not stand between us and those (Muslims) who took prisoners from amongst us. Let us fight with them; and the Muslims would say: Nay, by Allah, we would never get aside from you and from our brethren that you may fight them. They will then fight and a third (part) of the army would run away, whom Allah will never forgive. A third (part of the army) which would be constituted of excellent martyrs in Allah's eye, would be killed and the third who would never be put to trial would win and they would be conquerors of Constantinople. And as they would be busy in distributing the spoils of war (amongst themselves) after hanging their '''swords''' by the olive trees, the Satan would cry: '''The Dajjal''' has taken your place among your family. They would then come out, but it would be of no avail. And when they would come to Syria, he would come out while they would be still preparing themselves for battle drawing up the ranks. Certainly, the time of prayer shall come and then Jesus (peace be upon him) son of Mary would descend and would lead them. When the enemy of Allah would see him, it would (disappear) just as the salt dissolves itself in water and if he (Jesus) were not to confront them at all, even then it would dissolve completely, but Allah would kill them by his hand and he would show them their blood on his lance (the lance of Jesus Christ).
}}

Also:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

The conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6979}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) saying:

You have heard about a city, one side of which is on land and the other is in the sea ('''Constantinople'''). They said: Allah's Messenger, yes. Thereupon he said: The Last Hour would not come unless seventy thousand persons from Bani lshaq would attack it. When they would land there, '''they will neither fight with weapons nor would shower arrows but would only say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," ''' and one side of it would fall. Thaur (one of the narrators) said: I think that he said: The part by the side of the ocean. Then they would say for the second time: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest" and the second side would also fall, and they would say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," and the gates would be opened for them and they would enter therein and, they would be collecting spoils of war and distributing them amongst themselves when a noise would be heard saying: Verily, Dajjal has come. And thus they would leave everything there and go back.
}}

Constantinople was [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fall_of_Constantinople conquered in 1453] by fighting, the Dajjal didn't appear and the city was renamed to Istanbul, so literally Constantinople no longer exists.

====Conquest of Rome====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6930}}|
Nafi' b. Utba reported:

We were with Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) in an expedition that there came a people to Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) from the direction of the west. They were dressed in woollen clothes and they stood near a hillock and they met him as Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) was sitting. I said to myself: Better go to them and stand between him and them that they may not attack him. Then I thought that perhaps there had been going on secret negotiation amongst them. I however, went to them and stood between them and him and I remember four of the words (on that occasion) which I repeat (on the fingers of my hand) that he (Allah's Messenger) said: You will attack Arabia and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack Persia and He would make you to conquer it. '''Then you would attack Rome and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack the Dajjal and Allah will enable you to conquer him. Nafi' said: Jabir, we thought that the Dajjal would appear after Rome (Syrian territory) would be conquered.'''
}}

The Roman empire seized to exist before it could be altogether conquered, though if one counts here the partial conquest of some of Rome's (Byzantine's) territories, then the question remains as to why the Dajjal failed to appear.

====Byzantines will make truce with Muslims, betray them and attack them====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, '''and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.'''
}}
The prophecy is considered unfulfilled:
{{Quote|[https://www.islamweb.net/en/fatwa/83460/hadith-about-the-romans-attacking-us-under-eighty-flags Hadith about the Romans attacking us under eighty flags]|
Imam Ibn al-Muneer said: 'Till this time the incident of gathering and attacking Rome in this huge number of soldiers has not happened yet. This matter has not taken place yet.
}}

====Conquest of India and the second coming of Jesus come together====
Also known as [[Ghazwa-e-hind|ghazwa-e-hind]].
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|25|3177}} (hasan) from The Book of Jihad, chapter "Invading India"|
It was narrated that Thawban, the freed slave of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), said:
"The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: 'There are two groups of my Ummah whom Allah will free from the Fire: The group that invades India (تَغْزُو الْهِنْدَ, ''taghzoo al-hind''), and the group that will be with Isa bin Maryam, peace be upon him.'"
}}

Early conquests of India happened in the 7th century (for example [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Rasil Battle of Rasil]), while author of the hadith collection [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Al-Nasa%27i al-Nasa'i] lived in the 9th century.

The conquest of India is linked to the second coming of Jesus (Isa). In other (although weak) hadiths it's even more explicit:
{{Quote|Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, al-Fitan, p. 409 (daeef)|
The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) said – and he mentioned India – then he said: “An army of yours will invade India and Allah will grant its conquest to them, until they bring their kings in chains, and Allah will forgive them their sins. Then they will return and when they return, they will find the son of Maryam in ash-Shaam (Syria).” Abu Hurayrah said: If I live to see that campaign, I will sell everything I possess and join the campaign. Then if Allah grants us victory and we return, then I will be Abu Hurayrah the freed (protected from Hellfire). And when we return to Syria we will find there ‘Eesa ibn Maryam. Then I shall make sure that I draw close to him and tell him that I accompanied you, O Messenger of Allah. The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) smiled and said: “Unlikely, unlikely.” [very difficult?]
}}

However, the second coming did not follow either these events:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/145636/hadith-about-the-conquest-of-india islamqa.info: Hadith about the conquest of India]|
What is mentioned in the hadith of Abu Hurayrah (may Allah have mercy on him), which was narrated by Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, about '''the conquest of India has not happened up till now''', but it will happen when ‘Eesaa ibn Maryam (peace be upon him) descends, if the hadith that says that is saheeh.
}}

====No more Khosrau and Caesar====
In Muhammad's time, the ruler of Persia was called Khosrau and the ruler of the Byzantine empire Caesar.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|267}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Khosrau will be ruined, and there will be no Khosrau after him, and Caesar will surely be ruined and there will be no Caesar after him, and you will spend their treasures in Allah's Cause." He called, "War is deceit'.
}}
There are many examples of this prophecy failing for both [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khosrow Kusrau] and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caesar_(title) Caesar]. For example:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Shah Khusrau Shah] was the king of the Justanids in the 10th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Khan Khusrau Khan] was the Sultan of Delhi in the 14th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Doukas_(Caesar) John Doukas] was a Caesar of the Byzantine empire in the 11th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mehmed_the_Conqueror Mehmed the Conqueror] - a 15h century Muslim conqueror, also called himself Caesar

The prophecy is probably referring to the 7th century Islamic conquests. The prediction in Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

====Nations will soon call each other to attack Muslims====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 4297, In-book reference: Book 39, Hadith 7, English translation: Book 38, Hadith 4284|
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The people will soon summon one another to attack you as people when eating invite others to share their dish. Someone asked: Will that be because of our small numbers at that time? He replied: No, you will be numerous at that time: but you will be scum and rubbish like that carried down by a torrent, and Allah will take fear of you from the breasts of your enemy and last enervation into your hearts. Someone asked: What is wahn (enervation). Messenger of Allah (ﷺ): He replied: Love of the world and dislike of death.
}}

One might note that soon after this statement is alleged to have been stated by the prophet, the Muslims would conquer vast lands - the Muslim empire would only come to a grinding halt some 1300 years later.

====Romans would form a majority amongst people====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6296}}|
Mustaurid Qurashi reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The Last Hour would come when the Romans would form a majority amongst people'''. This reached 'Amr b. al-'As and he said: What are these ahadith which are being transmitted from you and which you claim to have heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)? Mustaurid said to him: I stated only that which I heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). Thereupon 'Amr said: If you state this (it is true), for they have the power of tolerance amongst people at the time of turmoil and restore themselves to sanity after trouble, and are good amongst people so far as the destitute and the weak are concerned.
}}

The Roman empire dissolved without the realization of this prophecy.

====Twelve caliphs====
Shi'ite Imamology rests heavily upon this hadith, though has been continuously troubled by it (as have been Sunni scholars), as there appears to be no clear group of "twelve Caliphs" to have appeared in history:{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4480}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Jabir b. Samura who said:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: Islam will continue to be triumphant until there have been '''twelve Caliphs'''. Then the Prophet (ﷺ) said something which I could not understand. I asked my father: What did he say? He said: He has said that all of them (twelve Caliphs) will be from the Quraish.
}}
{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4483}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Amir b. Sa'd b. Abu Waqqas who said:

I wrote (a letter) to Jabir b. Samura and sent it to him through my servant Nafi', asking him to inform me of something he had heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He wrote to me (in reply): I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say on Friday evening, the day on which al-Aslami was stoned to death (for committing adultery): '''The Islamic religion will continue until the Hour has been established, or you have been ruled over by twelve Caliphs, all of them being from the Quraish'''. also heard him say: A small force of the Muslims will capture the white palace, the police of the Persian Emperor or his descendants. I also heard him say: Before the Day of Judgment there will appear (a number of) impostors. You are to guard against them. I also heard him say: When God grants wealth to any one of you, he should first spend it on himself and his family (and then give it in charity to the poor). I heard him (also) say: I will be your forerunner at the Cistern (expecting your arrival).
}}

Commentaries by (Sunni) Islamic scholars:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Fathul-Bari, vol. 13, p.211|
لم ألق أحدا يقطع في هذا الحديث يعني بشيء معين

I have not met anyone who could be certain about the meaning of this hadith!
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Jouzi, Kashful-Majhool, vol.1 p.449|
هذا الحديث قد أطلت البحث عنه، وتطلّبت مظانّه، وسألت عنه، فما رأيت أحدا وقع على المقصود به

I have researched for long to understand this hadith and referred to many references and made much enquiries about it, yet I did not meet anyone who could understand it.
}}

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_caliphs Wikipedia: List of Caliphs]

====Rain which will destroy all dwellings except tents====
This hadith is sahih:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 7554 (sahih)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا أبو كامل وعفان قالا ثنا حماد عن سهيل قال عفان في حديثه قال أنا سهيل بن أبي صالح عن أبيه عن أبي هريرة قال قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم : لا تقوم الساعة حتى يمطر الناس مطرا لا تكن منه بيوت المدر ولا تكن منه الا بيوت الشعر
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده صحيح على شرط مسلم

The Hour will not come until there has been rain which
will destroy all dwellings except tents
}}
====Not living according to the sharia causes infighting between Muslims====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. '''Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”'''
}}

In fact, it is rather Muslim's disagreement as to what constitutes the Sharia (as a result of their trying to implement it) that results in inter-Muslim conflict. One can imagine that had Islam separated church and state, many such conflicts would have been avoided.

====12 thousand from Aden Abyan will make Islam victorious====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 5/33 (sahih)|
يخرجُ من عدنِ أَبْيَنَ اثنا عشرَ ألفًا ينصرونَ اللهَ ورسولَهُ هم خيرُ مَن بيني وبينهم

Out of Aden-Abyan will come 12000, giving victory to the (religion of) Allah and His Messenger. They are the best between me and them.
}}

====Periods of fitnah====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4242 (sahih)|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Umar:

When we were sitting with the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), he talked about periods of trial (fitnahs), mentioning many of them.

When he mentioned the one when people should stay in their houses, some asked him: Messenger of Allah, what is the trial (fitnah) of staying at home?

He replied: It will be flight and plunder. Then will come a test which is pleasant. Its murkiness is due to the fact that it is produced by a man from the people of my house, who will assert that he belongs to me, whereas he does not, for my friends are only the God-fearing. Then the people will unite under a man who will be like a hip-bone on a rib. Then there will be the little black trial which will leave none of this community without giving him a slap, and when people say that it is finished, it will be extended. During it a man will be a believer in the morning and an infidel in the evening, so that the people will be in two camps: the camp of faith which will contain no hypocrisy, and the camp of hypocrisy which will contain no faith. When that happens, expect the Antichrist (Dajjal) that day or the next.
}}

====Inheritance is not distributed====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of '''inheritance are not distributed''' and there is no rejoicing over spoils of war...
}}
====People don't rejoice over spoils of war====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of inheritance are not distributed and '''there is no rejoicing over spoils of war'''...
}}

====Muslims will soon flee to mountains from persecution====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|19}}|
عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُوشِكُ أَنْ يَكُونَ خَيْرَ مَالِ الْمُسْلِمِ غَنَمٌ يَتْبَعُ بِهَا شَعَفَ الْجِبَالِ وَمَوَاقِعَ الْقَطْرِ يَفِرُّ بِدِينِهِ مِنْ الْفِتَنِ

“Soon the best property of a Muslim will be a flock of sheep he takes to the top of a mountain, or in the valleys of rainfall, fleeing with his religion from tribulations.”
}}

====All believers will go to Syria====
{{Quote|Al-Mustadrak alaa al-Sahihain 8461 (sahih)|
يأتي على الناس زمان لا يبقى فيه مؤمن إلا لحق بالشام

A time will come to people when no believer remains except that he came over to As-Sham
}}

====Extinction of the Quraysh tribe====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 16/186 (sahih)|
أسرعُ قبائلِ العربِ فناءً قريشٌ ويوشكُ أن تمرَّ المرأةُ بالنعلِ فتقول إن هذا نعلُ قرشيُّ

The fastest Arab tribe in extinction is Quraysh. Soon a woman will pass by a sandal, then she will say that this is a sandal of a Qurashi.
}}

====Arabs will be exterminated and go to hell====
Hadith da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 3967 (da'eef) and others|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will be a tribulation which will utterly destroy the Arabs, and those who are slain will be in Hell. At that time the tongue will be worse than a blow of the sword.”
}}

====Last of the ummah will curse the first====
Fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 263 (mawdu)|
It was narrated that Jabir said:
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'When the last people of this Ummah curse the first, (at that time) whoever conceals a Hadith will be concealing what Allah has revealed.'" (Maudu')
}}

====Pilgrimage to Makka will be abandoned====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|26|663}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said "The people will continue performing the Hajj and `Umra to the Ka`ba even after the appearance of Gog and Magog." Narrated Shu`ba extra: The Hour (Day of Judgment) will not be established till the Hajj (to the Ka`ba) is abandoned.
}}

====Disappearance of faith====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|274}}, chapter The Disappearance of Faith at the End of Time|
It is narrated on the authority of Anas that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:

"The Hour (Resurrection) will not occur as long as anyone says: 'Allah, Allah.'"
}}

This one appears to be increasingly likely.

====Islam will be widespread====
Although Muhammad predicted that Islam will disappear, he also predicted that Islam will succeed:
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 16509 (sahih)|
Tamim al-Dari reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “This matter will certainly reach every place touched by the night and day. Allah will not leave a house or residence but that Allah will cause this religion to enter it, by which the honorable will be honored and the disgraceful will be disgraced. Allah will honor the honorable with Islam and he will disgrace the disgraceful with unbelief.”
}}
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2176 (sahih)|
"Indeed Allah gathered the earth for me so that I saw its east and its west. And surely my Ummah's authority shall reach over all that was shown to me of it.
}}

Muhammad's predictions about the future of the Muslim ummah appear to have ranged non-existence and annihilation to complete domination, perhaps based on his feelings at various times. Given this full spectrum of possibility, however, it is difficult to maintain that there is any substance to these predictions.

====The Quran will disappear overnight====
{{Quote|Sunan al-Dārimī 3343 (hasan)|
عَنْ زِرٍّ عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ رضي الله عنه قَالَ لَيُسْرَيَنَّ عَلَى الْقُرْآنِ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ فَلَا يُتْرَكُ آيَةٌ فِي مُصْحَفٍ وَلَا فِي قَلْبِ أَحَدٍ إِلَّا رُفِعَتْ

The Quran will vanish in one night. No verse in the scripture or in the heart of anyone will be left behind.
}}

====Islam will wear out====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Majah 3289 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%8C+%D9%83%D9%85%D8%A7+%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D9%88%D8%B4%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AB%D9%88%D8%A8</ref>|
يدرُسُ الإسلامُ كما يدرُسُ وَشيُ الثَّوبِ حتَّى لا يُدرَى ما صيامٌ، ولا صلاةٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدَقةٌ، ولَيُسرى على كتابِ اللَّهِ عزَّ وجلَّ في ليلَةٍ، فلا يبقى في الأرضِ منهُ آيةٌ، وتبقَى طوائفُ منَ النَّاسِ الشَّيخُ الكبيرُ والعجوزُ، يقولونَ: أدرَكْنا آباءَنا على هذِهِ الكلمةِ، لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، فنحنُ نقولُها فقالَ لَهُ صِلةُ: ما تُغني عنهم: لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، وَهُم لا يَدرونَ ما صلاةٌ، ولا صيامٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدقةٌ؟ فأعرضَ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ ردَّها علَيهِ ثلاثًا، كلَّ ذلِكَ يعرضُ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ أقبلَ علَيهِ في الثَّالثةِ، فقالَ: يا صِلةُ، تُنجيهِم منَ النَّار ثلاثًا

“Islam will wear out as embroidery on a garment wears out, until no one will know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are. The Book of Allah will be taken away at night, and not one Verse of it will be left on earth. And there will be some people left, old men and old women, who will say: “We saw our fathers saying these words: ‘La ilaha illallah’ so we say them too.” Silah said to him: “What good will (saying): La ilaha illallah do them, when they do not know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are?” Hudhaifah turned away from his. He repeated his question three times, and Hudhaifah turned away from him each time. Then he turned to him on the third time and said: “O Silah! It will save them from Hell,” three times.
}}

====Islam will end up like a snake crawling back into its hole====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|271}}|
It is narrated on the authority of Ibn 'Umar ('Abdullah b. 'Umar) that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) observed:

Verily Islam started as something strange and it would again revert (to its old position) of being strange just as it started, and it would recede between the two mosques just as the serpent crawls back into its hole.
}}

In other hadith, Muhammad described belief in Islam as a snake:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|30|100}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "Verily, Belief returns and goes back to Medina as a snake returns and goes back to its hole (when in danger).
}}

====Countries colonized by Muslims will stop paying them and Muslims will be poor again====
The hadith is in the chapter called "Making Endowments Of The Lands Of As-Sawad, And The Lands That Were Conquered By Force":
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/abudawud/20 Sunan Abi Dawud 3035 / In-book reference: Book 20, Hadith 108 / English translation: Book 19, Hadith 3029]|
Abu Hurairah reported the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) as saying “Iraq will prevent its measure (qafiz) and dirham. Syria will prevent its measure (mudi) and dinar. Egypt will prevent its measure (irdabb) and dinar. Then you will return to the position where you started. Zuhair said this three times. The flesh and blood of Abu Hurairah witnessed it.
}}

====Buttocks of women of Daus are moving around the Yemenite Kaba====

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|232}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till '''the buttocks of the women of the tribe of Daus move while going round Dhi-al-Khalasa'''." Dhi-al-Khalasa was the idol of the Daus tribe which they used to worship in the Pre Islamic Period of ignorance.
}}

It was interpreted metaphorically as a rise of polytheism because the idol was destroyed and the people were killed before it came true :
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6052}}|
Jabir reported that there was in pre-Islamic days a temple called '''Dhu'l- Khalasah and it was called the Yamanite Ka'ba''' or the northern Ka'ba. Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said unto me:

Will you rid me of Dhu'l-Khalasah and so I went forth at the head of 350 horsemen of the tribe of Ahmas and '''we destroyed it and killed whomsoever we found there'''. Then we came back to him (to the Holy Prophet) and informed him and he blessed us and the tribe of Ahmas.
}}

====People commonly have sex in the streets, like donkeys====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Hibban 6/345 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D9%8E%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D9%82%D9%8F%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%8F+%D8%AD%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%91%D9%8E%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B3%D9%8F+%D9%81%D9%90%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B7%D9%91%D9%8F%D8%B1%D9%8F%D9%82%D9%90+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8F%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%92%D8%AD%D9%8E%D9%85%D9%90%D9%8A%D8%B1%D9%90</ref>|
لا تقومُ السَّاعةُ حتَّى يتسافدَ النَّاسُ في الطُّرقِ تسافُدَ الحميرِ

The Hour shall not commence until the people engage in sexual
intercourse in the streets just like donkeys.
}}

Public sex was already happening among ancient civilizations.<ref>[https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/all-about-sex/201809/orgies-through-the-ages Orgies Through the Ages]</ref>

====Rise of polytheism====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4252|
..the Last Hour will not come before the tribes of my people attach themselves to the polytheists and tribes of my people worship idols..
}}
Polytheism has become less popular with time.

====People will worship goddesses Lat and Uzza again====
The goddesses [[Lat]] and [[Uzza]] were worshiped by Arabs before the Islamic conquest of Arabia.

{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'''. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====All believers will be killed by a wind from Allah and only evil people (= non-Muslims) will survive====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. '''Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die''' and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====Killing neighbors and family members====
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 118 (classified as "very good" by Albani)|
عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى‏ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَقْتُلَ الرَّجُلُ جَارَهُ وَأَخَاهُ وَأَبَاهُ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “The Hour will not be established until a man kills his neighbor, his brother, and his father.”
}}

====Abundance of deaths by lightning====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad, vol. 3 pg. 64/65 (sahih)|
تَكثُرُ الصَّواعِقُ عِندَ اقْتِرابِ السَّاعةِ، حتَّى يَأتيَ الرَّجُلُ القَومَ، فيقولَ: مَن صَعِقَ قِبَلَكمُ الغَداةَ؟ فيَقولون: صَعِقَ فُلانٌ وفُلانٌ.

There will be an abundance of lightning with the coming of the Hour, until a man comes to a tribe asking: Who was struck today? Then they say: So and so
}}
John Jensenius (a lightning specialist) said that the number of injuries and deaths caused by lightning is actually going down. <ref>https://www.cbsnews.com/news/are-lightning-strikes-becoming-more-common/</ref>

====Luka bin Luka will be the happiest person====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2209 (sahih)|
Hudhaifah bin Al-Yaman narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Hour will not be established until the happiest of people in the world is Luka' bin Luka'."
}}

Scholars interpreted the name "Luka bin Luka" (لكع بن لكع) to mean "the most despicable/wicked/evil"<ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/18510/%D9%85%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%89-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB</ref> and "wickedness", rather than a specific person

====Wine, musical instruments and singing girls will turn Muslims into monkeys and pigs====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Ibn Majah 4020, In-book reference: Book 36, Hadith 95, English translation: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4020|
لَيَشْرَبَنَّ نَاسٌ مِنْ أُمَّتِي الْخَمْرَ يُسَمُّونَهَا بِغَيْرِ اسْمِهَا يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ وَالْمُغَنِّيَاتِ يَخْسِفُ اللَّهُ بِهِمُ الأَرْضَ وَيَجْعَلُ مِنْهُمُ الْقِرَدَةَ وَالْخَنَازِيرَ

It was narrated from Abu Malik Ash’ari that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“People among my nation will drink wine, calling it by another name, and musical instruments will be played for them and singing girls (will sing for them). Allah will cause the earth to swallow them up, and will turn them into monkeys and pigs.”
}}

Since the hadith literally says "is played upon their heads with musical instruments" (يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ) some claim that it is a prediction of headphones. But it says "played", not "placed" upon their heads, the word "instruments" is in the plural form and the singing girls are obviously real singing girls, while with head phones the singing would be included in the headphones. The interpretation that the word "musical instruments" (معازف) refers to musical instruments fits much better into the context.

Muhammad himself listened to singing girls, perhaps he was in a better mood since it was the day of Eid:{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|15|72}}|
Narrated Aisha:

Abu Bakr came to my house while two small Ansari girls were singing beside me the stories of the Ansar concerning the Day of Buath. And they were not singers. Abu Bakr said protestingly, "Musical instruments of Satan in the house of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) !" It happened on the `Id day and Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "O Abu Bakr! There is an `Id for every nation and this is our `Id."
}}

Wine and singing was already mentioned in pre-Islamic Arab poetry:
{{Quote|Dhu Jadan al-Himyari, Sirat Rasul Allah p. 19|
Peace, confound you! You can't turn me from my purpose

Thy scolding dries my spittle!

To '''the music of singers''' in times past 'twas fine

When we drank our fill of purest noblest wine.

'''Drinking freely of wine brings me no shame'''

If my behaviour no boon-companion would blame.

For death no man can hold back Though he drink the perfumed potions of the quack.
}}

====Allah will put pieces of the world on his fingers====
Muhammad agreed with this prophecy presented by a Jewish Scholar
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 39, Hadith 6699|
Abdullah b. Mas'ud reported that a Jewish scholar came to Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) and said:

Muhammad, or Abu al-Qasim, verily, Allah, the Exalted and Glorious would carry the Heavens on the Day of Judgment upon one finger and earths upon one finger and the mountains and trees upon one finger and the ocean and moist earth upon one finger, and in fact the whole of the creation upon one finger, and then He would stir them and say: I am your Lord, I am your Lord. Thereupon Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) smiled testifying what that scholar had said. He then recited this verse:" And they honour not Allah with the honour due to Him; and the whole earth will be in His grip on the Day of Resurrection and the heaven rolled up in His right hand. Glory be to Him I and highly Exalted is He above what they associate (with Him)" (Az-Zumar:67).
}}

====Medina banishes its evils====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3188}}|
Abu Huraira (Allah be pleased with him) reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

A time will come for the people (of Medina) when a man will invite his cousin and any other near relation: Come (and settle) at (a place) where living is cheap, come to where there is plenty, but Medina will be better for them; would they know it! By Him in Whose Hand is my life, none amongst them would go out (of the city) with a dislike for it, but Allah would make his successor in it someone better than be. Behold. Medina is like furnace which eliminates from it the impurities. And '''the Last Hour will not come until Medina banishes its evils''' just as a furnace eliminates the impurities of iron.
}}
====Nobody will accept charity====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|492}}|
Narrated Haritha bin Wahab:

I heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "O people! Give in charity as a time will come upon you when a person will wander about with his object of charity and will not find anybody to accept it, and one (who will be requested to take it) will say, "If you had brought it yesterday, would have taken it, but today I am not in need of it."
}}

====Not paying zakat causes a lack of rain====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. '''They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them'''. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

====Swelling of crescents [The Moon]====
{{Quote|Sahih Al-Jami' 5898 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%85%D9%90%D9%86+%D8%A7%D9%82%D9%92%D8%AA%D9%90%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%86%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%AE%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D9%87%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A9%D9%90&order=color</ref>|
مِنَ اقترابِ الساعَةِ انتفاخُ الأهِلَّةِ

From approaching of the Hour is the swelling of crescents
}}

====An Abyssinian will destroy the Kaba====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 7:6953/2909c|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: It would be an Abyssinian having two small shanks who would destroy the House ol Allah, the Exalted and Glorious.
}}

====Collapse, transformation and stoning from the sky====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2185 (sahih)|
'Aishah narrated "The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
'In the end of this Ummah there will be a collapse, transformation, and Qadhf."' She said :"I said: 'O Messenger of Allah! Will they be destroyed while they are righteous among them?' He said: 'Yes, when evil is dominant."'
}}

It's just three vague words خَسْفٌ وَمَسْخٌ وَقَذْفٌ (khasf and maskh and qadhf). Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Munawi - Fayd al-Qadir|
3176 - (بين يدي الساعة مسخ) قلب الخلقة من شيء إلى شيء أو تحويل الصورة إلى أقبح منها أو مسخ القلوب (وخسف) أي غور في الأرض (وقذف) أي رمي بالحجارة من جهة السماء

maskh - transformation of creation from its shape to an uglier one

khasf - a depression in the Earth

qadhf - pelting with stones from the sky

}}

====Euphrates will uncover a mountain of gold soon====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|235}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "'''Soon the river "Euphrates" will disclose the treasure (the mountain) of gold''', so whoever will be present at that time should not take anything of it." Al-A'raj narrated from Abii Huraira that the Prophet (ﷺ) said the same but he said, "It (Euphrates) will uncover a mountain of gold (under it).
}}
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 2894a|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: The Last Hour would not come before the Euphrates uncovers a mountain of gold, for which people would fight. Ninety-nine out of each one hundred would die but every man amongst them would say that perhaps he would be the one who would be saved (and thus possess this gold).
}}

No such event followed soon thereafter.

====Gender ratio will be 50 women to 1 men====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|81}}|
I will narrate to you a Hadith and none other than I will tell you about after it. I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) saying: From among the portents of the Hour are (the following): -1. Religious knowledge will decrease (by the death of religious learned men). -2. Religious ignorance will prevail. -3. There will be prevalence of open illegal sexual intercourse. -4. '''Women will increase in number and men will decrease in number so much so that fifty women will be looked after by one man.'''
}}

====Knowledge will be sought from young people====
{{Quote|al-Mu’jam al-Kabīr 908 (sahih)|
عَنْ أَبِي أُمَيَّةَ اللَّخْمِيِّ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ إِنَّ مِنْ أَشْرَاطِ السَّاعَةِ ثَ أَنْ يُلْتَمَسَ الْعِلْمَ عِنْدَ الْأَصَاغِرِ

The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Verily, among the signs of the Hour is that knowledge will be sought from the young.”
}}

====Seventy-three sects====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 5, Book 38, Hadith 2640 (hasan)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "The Jews split into seventy-one sects, or seventy-two sects, and the Christians similarly, and my Ummah will split into seventy-three sects."
}}

====Emergence of Sufyani====
This hadith is daeef:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4/520 (da'eef)|
يخرج رجل يقال له السفياني في عمق دمشق ، وعامة من يتبعه من كلب ، فيقتل حتى يبقر بطون النساء ويقتل الصبيان ، فتجمع لهم قيس فيقتلها حتى لا يمنع ذنب تلعة ، ويخرج رجل من أهل بيتي في الحرة فيبلغ السفياني فيبعث إليه جنداً من جنده فيهزمهم ، فيسير إليه السفياني بمن معه ، حتى إذا صار ببيداء من الأرض خسف بهم ، فلا ينجو منهم إلا المخبر عنهم

There will emerge a man called as-Sufyaani from the depths of Damascus, and most of those who follow him will be from (the tribe of) Kalb. He will kill many people until he rips open the bellies of women and kill children. (The tribe of) Qays will gather against him and he will kill them. A man from my family will emerge in the harrah, and news of that will reach as-Sufyaani. He will send troops against him and he will defeat them. Then as-Sufyaani will march towards him accompanied by those who are with him, then when he is in a plain, they will be swallowed up by the earth and none of them will be saved except the one who will tell others about them.
}}

====Muslims in mosque won't find an imam to lead them in prayer====
This hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Abu Dawud Book 2, Hadith 581, chapter It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam|
Narrated Sulamah daughter of al-Hurr:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: One of the signs of the Last Hour will be that people in a mosque will refuse to act as imam and will not find an imam to lead them in prayer.
}}

 
{{Quote|Sunan An-nasa'i Vol. 1, Book 10, Hadith 783, chapter "When people are together and are all of the same status"|
It was narrated from Abu Sa'eed that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"when there are three people let one of them lead the prayer, and the one who is most entitled to lead the prayer is the one who has most knowledge of the Qur'an."
}}

This prophecy was included in a chapter called "It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam", and is perhaps best understood as a sort of moral exhortation to lead prayer when a prayer needs to be led.

====Dajjal nor plague will be able to enter Medina====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2242 (sahih)|
Anas narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Dajjal will come to Al-Madinah to find the angels have surrounded it. Neither the plague nor the Dajjal will enter it, if Allah wills."
}}Medina, historically, has not proven to be especially or at all plague-proof. Moreover, during plagues, the Saudi government (and the caliphates, historically) had to close off access to Mecca and Medina to prevent the spread of disease. The prophet also stated that there was no such thing as a contagious disease.

====Jesus will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish Jizyah====
{{Quote|Sunan ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4078 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"The Hour will not begin until 'Eisa bin Maryam comes down as a just judge and a just ruler. He will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish the Jizyah, and wealth will become so abundant that no one will accept it."
}}

====Gog and Magog will drink out the lake of Tiberias====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7015}}|
And then Allah would send Gog and Magog and they would swarm down from every slope. The first of them would pass the lake of Tiberias and drink out of it. And when the last of them would pass, he would say: There was once water there.
}}

Gog and Magog are described in the hadith and Quran as tribes on Earth blocked by a big iron wall, erected by [[Category:Dhul-Qarnayn|Dhul-Qarnayn]], that will be unlocked at the end of times. There are supposed to be so many of them that they will drink the entire lake of Tiberias (Sea of Galilee) dry.

====Gog and Magog will successfully dig through the wall====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4080|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"Gog and Magog people dig every day until, when they can almost see the rays of the sun, the one in charge of them says: "Go back and we will dig it tomorrow." Then Allah puts it back, stronger than it was before. (This will continue) until, when their time has come, and Allah wants to send them against the people, they will dig until they can almost see the rays of the sun, then the one who is in charge of them will say: "Go back, and we will dig it tomorrow if Allah wills.' So '''they will say: "If Allah wills." Then they will come back to it and it will be as they left it. So they will dig and will come out to the people''', and they will drink all the water. The people will fortify themselves against them in their fortresses. They will shoot their arrows towards the sky and they will come back with blood on them, and they will say: "We have defeated the people of earth and dominated the people of heaven." Then Allah will send a worm in the napes of their necks and will kill them thereby.'" The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "By the One in Whose Hand is my soul, the beasts of the earth will grow fat on their flesh."
}}

====Muslims will use bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood for 7 years====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4076 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Nawwas bin Sam'an that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"The Muslims will use the bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood, for seven years.'"
}}

==See also==

*[[Quranic Prophecies]]

External:

*[https://www.marefa.org/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9_%D9%81%D9%8A_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85 List of Muhammad's prophecies] (Arabic)
*[https://rationalwiki.org/wiki/Biblical_prophecies#Criteria_for_a_true_prophecy RationalWiki: Biblical prophecies, Criteria for a true prophecy] (could be analogically applied to Islamic prophecies)
*[https://detechter.com/15-ancient-hindu-predictions-that-have-come-true/#List_of_15_Ancient_Hindu_Prophecy_From_Bhagavata_Purana 15 Hindu predictions] - ''Comparing and contrasting Islamic prophecies with those of other religions' scriptures predictions is instructive''

==References==

[[Category:Prophecies]]
<references />
[[Category:Hadith]]
[[Category:Miracles]]
[[Category:Muhammad]]
[[Category:Sacred history]]
[[Category:Eschatology]]
[[Category:Revelation]]
[[Category:Qadr (fate)]]

Prophecies in the Hadith

2021-04-24T11:09:58Z

Prekladator: /* Conquest of Jerusalem */

{{QualityScore|Lead=1|Structure=4|Content=4|Language=2|References=3}}
Muhammad's prophecies are predictions attributed to him and written hundreds of years after his [[Muhammad's Death|death]]. Many prophecies are considered "signs of the Hour" (Islamic eschatology). Some prophecies are general statements that may apply to times even before Islam, other prophecies predict early Islamic history (which happened before the predictions were written) and some prophecies make predictions about the the future to come after the hadiths were written.

Prophecies in this article are from the hadiths. Quranic prophecies have a [[Quranic Prophecies|separate article]].
==Signs of the Hour==
"The Hour" (الساعة) refers to a period of time on the Day of Judgement.
{{Quote|{{Quran|30|55}}|
And '''the Day the Hour''' appears the criminals will swear they had remained but an hour. Thus they were deluded."
}}

Signs of the Hour indicate that the Hour (and the end of the world) is coming. They were divided by scholars into minor and major. The major signs are contained in this hadith:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6931}}|
Hudhaifa b. Usaid al-Ghifari reported:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) came to us all of a sudden as we were (busy in a discussion). He said: What do you discuss about? They (the Companions) said. We are discussing about the Last Hour. Thereupon he said: It will not come until you see ten signs before and (in this connection) he made a mention of the smoke, Dajjal, the beast, the rising of the sun from the west, the descent of Jesus son of Mary (Allah be pleased with him), the Gog and Magog, and land-slides in three places, one in the east, one in the west and one in Arabia at the end of which fire would burn forth from the Yemen, and would drive people to the place of their assembly.
}}

The minor signs indicate that the Hour is "getting closer", while the major signs indicate that the Hour will happen immediately after them. The first major sign is coming of the Dajjal and Muhammad thought that it might happen during his life or during life of his companions:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4307}}|"Al-nawwas b. Sim’an al-Kilabi said:
'''The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) mentioned the Dajjal (Antichrist) saying: If he comes forth while I am among you''' I shall be the one who will dispute with him on your behalf, but if he comes forth when I am not among you, a man must dispute on his own behalf, and Allah will take my place in looking after every Muslim. Those of you who live up to his time should recite over him the opening verses of Surat al – Kahf, for they are your protection from his trial. We asked: How long will he remain on the earth ? He replied : Forty days, one like a year, one like a month, one like a week, and rest of his days like yours. We asked : Messenger of Allah, will one day’s prayer suffice us in this day which will be like a year ? He replied : No, you must make an estimate of its extent. Then Jesus son of Marry will descend at the white minaret to the east of Damascus. He will then catch him up at the date of Ludd and kill him."}}
{{Quote|Tirmidhi 2234 (hasan)|"Abu 'Ubaidah bin Al-Jarrah said:
"I heard the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w): 'There was never a Prophet after Nuh but that he warned his people about '''the Dajjal''', and indeed I shall warn you of him.' Then the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) described him for us, and he said: "Perhaps some of '''you who see me, or hear my words shall live to see him'''." They said: "O Messenger of Allah! How will our hearts be on that day?" He said: "The same – that is, as today – or better.”"}}

Some reject the hadiths of the signs of the Hour <ref>http://bayanelislam.net/Suspicion.aspx?id=03-02-0071</ref>, because a Quranic verse indicates that the Hour will come by surprise (not after seeing clear signs) and that only Allah has knowledge about the Hour (not Muhammad):
{{Quote|{{Quran|7|187}}|
They ask you ˹O Prophet˺ regarding the Hour, “When will it be?” Say, “That knowledge is only with my Lord. He alone will reveal it when the time comes. It is too tremendous for the heavens and the earth and will only take you by surprise.” They ask you as if you had full knowledge of it. Say, “That knowledge is only with Allah, but most people do not know.”
}}

*7th century Arabs didn't have the concept of "an hour" meaning 60 minutes. An hour (ساعة) just meant a period of time [shorter than a day]. <ref>AR: https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/140286/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%88-%D9%85%D9%82%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%B1-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF%D8%A9-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%8A%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D8%AD%D8%A7%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D9%88%D9%87%D9%84-%D9%87%D9%88-%D8%B3%D8%AA%D9%88%D9%86-%D8%AF%D9%82%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A9</ref>
*Most prophecies are linked to the Hour

==Characteristics==

*Predictions don't have the time when they are supposed to happen. So even if it doesn't happen, Muslim can still believe it will happen in the future. For example the conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting. But it was conquered by fighting, so some Muslims think that this wasn't what was predicted and there will be another conquest of Constantinople that will get it right.
*Scarcely any predictions were fulfilled once the predictions had been written down in the form of hadiths.

==Retrodictions and Reiterating Biblical Prophecy==
The hadith collections were written, often by Persian authors, hundreds of years after the death of Muhammad. So when the hadiths contain a prophecy about early Islamic history, they are likely only being attributed to Muhammad after the fact. This category also includes things that always happened, even before Islam (earthquakes, wars, people being dishonest...) and prophecies copied from the Bible.

===Fabrication of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Introduction, Narration 15|
يَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ الزَّمَانِ دَجَّالُونَ كَذَّابُونَ يَأْتُونَكُمْ مِنَ الأَحَادِيثِ بِمَا لَمْ تَسْمَعُوا أَنْتُمْ وَلاَ آبَاؤُكُمْ فَإِيَّاكُمْ وَإِيَّاهُمْ لاَ يُضِلُّونَكُمْ وَلاَ يَفْتِنُونَكُمْ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings of Allah upon him, said:
‘There will be in the end of time charlatan liars coming to you with narrations (hadiths) that you nor your fathers heard, so beware of them lest they misguide you and cause you tribulations’.
}}
There were a lot of fabricators of hadiths before the hadiths were written (mostly in the 9th century). Muslim scholars thus invented a "science of hadiths" which determines which oral traditions are fabricated and which are from people who supposedly "never lie".

===The caliphate will last 30 years===
{{Quote|{{Al Tirmidhi||4|7|2226}}|
Sa'eed bin Jumhan narrated:
"Safinah narrated to me, he said: 'The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said: "'''Al-Khilafah will be in my Ummah for thirty years''', then there will be monarchy after that."' Then Safinah said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of Abu Bakr,' then he said: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Umar and the Khilafah of 'Uthman.' Then he said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Ali."' He said: "So we found that they add up to thirty years." Sa'eed said: "I said to him: 'Banu Umaiyyah claim that the Khilafah is among them.' He said: 'Banu Az-Zarqa' lie, rather they are a monarchy, among the worst of monarchies."'
}}

*The first caliphate lasted from 632-661, 29 years time.
*Tirmidhi, author of this hadith collection, was born in 824, more than 100 years after the end of the caliphate
*The hadith in it's text is in the context of discussion about previous caliphates
*The political system after the first caliphate, was still called a caliphate. There was some form of caliphate until the 20th century

===Rulership of the foolish after Muhammad===
{{Quote|Mishkat al-Masabih 3700|
Ka'b b. ‘Ujra told that God's Messenger said to him, “I commend you to God to protect you from '''the rulership of the foolish''' (إمارةِ السُّفهاءِ).” He asked what that was, and God’s Messenger replied, “'''After my time''' governors will arise whose falsehood will be believed and who will be assisted in their oppression by those who enter their presence. They have nothing to do with me and I have nothing to do with them, and they will never come down to me at the Pond. But they who do not enter their presence, believe their falsehood and help them in their oppression, those belong to me and I belong to them, and those ones will come down to me at the Pond.”}}

===Vile men control affairs of the people===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah 4036 (hasan)|
..and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}
===Return of the caliphate===
The hadith was sent to a new caliph Umar II:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 4/273, 18430 (hasan)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا سليمان بن داود الطيالسي حدثني داود بن إبراهيم الواسطي حدثني حبيب بن سالم عن النعمان بن بشير قال : كنا قعودا في المسجد مع رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم وكان بشير رجلا يكف حديثه فجاء أبو ثعلبة الخشني فقال يا بشير بن سعد أتحفظ حديث رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم في الأمراء فقال حذيفة أنا أحفظ خطبته فجلس أبو ثعلبة فقال حذيفة قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم تكون النبوة فيكم ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء الله أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا عاضا فيكون ما شاء الله ان يكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا جبرية فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة ثم سكت قال حبيب فلما قام عمر بن عبد العزيز وكان يزيد بن النعمان بن بشير في صحابته فكتبت إليه بهذا الحديث أذكره إياه فقلت له انى أرجو ان يكون أمير المؤمنين يعنى عمر بعد الملك العاض والجبرية فادخل كتابي على عمر بن عبد العزيز فسر به وأعجبه
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده حسن

It was narrated by Ahmed in his Musnad, from Al-Nu’man b.Bashir, who said: “We were sitting in the mosque of the Messenger of Allah(saw), and Bashir was a man who did not speak much, so Abu Tha’labah Al-Khashnee came and said: ‘Oh, Bashir bin Sa’ad, have you memorized the words of the Messenger of Allah (saw) regarding the rulers?’ Huthayfah replied, ‘I have memorized his words’. So Abu Tha’labah sat down and Huthayfah said, ‘The Messenger of Allah (saw) said ‘'''Prophet-hood will be among you''' as long as Allah wishes, then He will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of the Prophet''', and it will be as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be an inheritance rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a coercive rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of Prophet-hood'''.’ Then he (saw) was silent.” Habib said: “When '''Umar ibn AbdulAziz became caliph I wrote to him, mentioning this tradition to him''' and saying, “I hope '''you will be the commander of the faithful after the biting and the oppressive kingdoms'''. ”It pleased and charmed him, i.e. Umar ibn AbdulAziz.”
}}
Umar II died in 720 and he was expected to bring back the good old caliphate. Musnad Ahmad was written in the 9th century.

==="Prophet, siddiq and two martyrs"===
Notice that the future caliphs are usually mentioned in the order in which they will be caliphs (strongly suggesting these were written later by someone who already knew the order):
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|35}}|
Narrated Anas bin Malik:

The Prophet (ﷺ) ascended the mountain of Uhud and he was accompanied by '''Abu Bakr, `Umar and `Uthman'''. The mountain shook beneath them. The Prophet (ﷺ) hit it with his foot and said, "O Uhud ! Be firm, for on you there is none but a '''Prophet, a Siddiq and a martyr (i.e. and two martyrs)'''.
}}

The hadith was interpreted as a vague prediction that Abu Bakr will die naturally and Umar and Uthman will be killed. The 3 caliphs were in the 7th century. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Khawarij===
According to Islamic scholars, this hadith is about the coming of the Khawarij:
{{Quote|Sunan An-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 37, Hadith 4107|
It was narrated that 'Ali said:
"I heard the Messenger of Allah [SAW] say: 'At the end of time there will appear young people with foolish minds. Their faith will not pass through their throats, and they will go out of Islam as an arrow goes through the target. If you meet them, then kill them, for killing them will bring reward to the one who killed them on the Day of Resurrection.'"
}}

Khawarij ("The Leavers") left the army of the caliph Ali in the middle of the 7th century. The prediction was written in the middle of the 9th century, two hundred years later.

The prophecy says "at the end of time". The Khawarij appeared more than a thousand years ago.

===Places of killed people at the battle of Badr===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 19, Hadith 4394|
..Then the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: This is the place where so and so would be killed. He placed his hand on the earth (saying) here and here; (and) none of them fell away from the place which the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) had indicated by placing his hand on the earth.
}}

Battle of Badr was in the 7th century. This hadith collection was authored in the 9th century.

===Earthquakes will increase===
It's a part of a longer hadith as one of the signs of the end of the world:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
.. and earthquakes will increase in number..
}}

There were always earthquakes, increasing and decreasing. There is a report that earthquakes happened also during the life of Muhammad:
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/bulugh/2/441 Bulugh al-Maram 2:509]|
He [the Prophet (ﷺ)] prayed during an earthquake six bowings and four prostrations, and said, "This is the way the Prayer of the Signs (of Allah) is offered.
}}

Earthquakes were also predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. '''There will be great earthquakes''', famines and pestilences in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}

===Rain is hot===
This hadith is classified as mawdu (fabricated). <ref>https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/265083/%D8%AD%D9%88%D9%84-%D8%B5%D8%AD%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%85%D8%B3%D8%B9%D9%88%D8%AF-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9</ref> It's part of a long hadith about coming of the Hour:
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
..وَأَنْ يَكُونَ الْمَطَرُ قَيْظًا ..
..and that rain will be hot (قيظا)..
}}

It was also mentioned in Lane's lexicon:
{{Quote|Lane's lexicon on قَيْظٌ <ref>http://lexicon.quranic-research.net/data/21_q/239_qyZ.html</ref>|
لَا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكُونَ الوَلَدُ غَيْظًا والمَطَرُ قَيْظًا, a saying of Moḥammad, meaning [The resurrection, or the time thereof, will not come to pass until the birth of a child be an occasion of wrath, or rage, and] rain be accompanied by air like the قيظ [or '''most vehement heat of summer''']. (TA.)
}}

The word قيظ (''qayz'') was also mentioned in a different hadith meaning "hot weather":{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 6 (Hasan)|
Rifa'ah bin Rafi' said:
I heard Abu Bakr as-Siddeeq say on the minbar of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) : I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, and Abu Bakr wept when he remembered the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) , then he recovered and said. I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, in this '''hot weather''' (القيظ) last year: `Ask Allah for forgiveness, well-being and certainty of faith in the Hereafter and in this world.”
}}

Some insist that the word قيظ means "acidic".

===Strong wind===
Muhammad predicted a strong wind on the same day it happened, so there was probably already a wind getting stronger:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|559}}|
..When we reached Tabuk, the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "There will be a strong wind tonight and so no one should stand and whoever has a camel, should fasten it." So we fastened our camels. A strong wind blew at night and a man stood up and he was blown away to a mountain called Taiy..
}}
The prophecy was written in the 9th century.

===Child is filled with rage===
This is a part of a fabricated (mawdu') hadith.
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
وإن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها: أن يكون الولد غيظاً، وأن يكون المطر قيظاً

And from the signs of the Hour is that '''a boy will be enraged''' and that water will be hot
}}
Angry children have been around since time immemorial.

===Muhammad's death===
Muhammad predicted that he will die. The prediction doesn't contain any specific information about his death:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "'''Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death''', the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

The context is that it will be a sign that the Hour is coming. But Muhammad died more than a thousand years ago and the Hour didn't come.

===Muhammad's wife with the longest arm will die first===
{{Quote|Sahih Bukhari: Vol. 2, Book of Tax (Zakat), Hadith 501|
Narrated 'Aisha:

Some of the wives of the Prophet asked him, "Who amongst us will be the first to follow you (i.e. die after you)?" He said, "Whoever has the longest hand." So they started measuring their hands with a stick and Sauda's hand turned out to be the longest. (When Zainab bint Jahsh died first of all in the caliphate of 'Umar), we came to know that the long hand was a symbol of practicing charity, so she was the first to follow the Prophet and she used to love to practice charity. (Sauda died later in the caliphate of Muawiya).
}}

It's questionable whether the prophecy was metaphorical and fulfilled or whether it was literal and hence re-interpreted. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Muhammad's daughter Fatima will die first from his family===
During Muhammad's illness, Fatima was walking like Muhammad, so she also had signs of illness:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6005}}|
`A'isha reported that all the wives of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) had gathered (in her apartment) '''during the days of his (Prophet's) last illness ''' and no woman was left behind that '''Fatima, who walked after the style of Allah's Messenger''' (ﷺ), came there. He welcomed her by saying:

You are welcome, my daughter, and made her sit on his right side or on his left side, and then talked something secretly to her and Fatima wept. Then he talked something secretly to her and she laughed. I said to her: What makes you weep? She said: I am not going to divulge the secret of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). I (`A'isha) said: I have not seen (anything happening) like today, the happiness being more close to grief (as I see today) when she wept. I said to her: Has Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) singled you out for saying something leaving us aside? She then wept and I asked her what he said, and she said: I am not going to divulge the secrets of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). And when he died I again asked her and she said that he (the Holy Prophet) told her: Gabriel used to recite the Qur'an to me once a year and for this year it was twice and so I perceived that my death had drawn near, and that '''I (Fatima) would be the first amongst the members of his family who would meet him (in the Hereafter)'''. He shall be my good forerunner and it made me weep. He again talked to me secretly (saying): Aren't you pleased that you should be the sovereign amongst the believing women or the head of women of this Ummah? And this made me laugh.
}}

===A plague kills many Muslims===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, '''a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep''', the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}
It was interpreted as a prophecy about the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Amwas Plague of Amwas] (638-639), which is considered a re-emergence of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Justinian the Plague of Justinian] (541-549), so there was a precedent.

The prediction was written in the 9th century.

===Sexual immorality (abominations)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: '''Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them'''. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

Sexual immorality (or "abomination") was nothing new in the 7th century. The Old Testament mentions such a story:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 19:3-8|
He prepared a meal for them, baking bread without yeast, and they ate. Before they had gone to bed, all the men from every part of the city of Sodom—both young and old—surrounded the house. They called to Lot, “Where are the men who came to you tonight? Bring them out to us so that we can have sex with them.” Lot went outside to meet them and shut the door behind him and said, “No, my friends. Don’t do this wicked thing. Look, I have two daughters who have never slept with a man. Let me bring them out to you, and you can do what you like with them.
}}

In the New Testament Jesus spoke to a woman who had many sexual partners:
{{Quote|The Bible, John 4:16-18|
“Go and get your husband,” Jesus told her.

“I don’t have a husband,” the woman replied.

Jesus said, “You’re right! You don’t have a husband— for you have had five husbands, and you aren’t even married to the man you’re living with now. You certainly spoke the truth!”
}}

There were also abominations happening in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|62|65}}|
Narrated `Aisha:

that the Prophet (ﷺ) married her when '''she was six years old and he consummated his marriage when she was nine years old'''. Hisham said: I have been informed that `Aisha remained with the Prophet (ﷺ) for nine years (i.e. till his death).
}}

Plagues and diseases also happened throughout whole history. Plagues (pestilences) were also predicted in the Bible, hundreds of years before Muhammad:{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be great earthquakes, famines and '''pestilences''' in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}
===Homosexuality===
This is a fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يا ابن مسعود إن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها أن يكتفي الرجال بالرجال والنساء بالنساء

..O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that men are content with men and women with women..
}}

Homosexuals existed before Islam.

===People flogging people===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: '''people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people''', and the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Ishaa’ah li Ashraat il-Saa’ah, p. 119|
Al-Sakhaawi said: They are now the helpers of the oppressors, and usually it refers to the worst group around the ruler. It may also apply to unjust rulers.
}}

Muhammad commanded flogging (and killing) people:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4482 (hasan sahih)|
Narrated Mu'awiyah ibn AbuSufyan:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: If they (the people) drink wine, flog them, again if they drink it, flog them. Again if they drink it, kill them.
}}
===Women naked, but dressed (wearing revealing clothes)===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people, and '''the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side'''. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Some apologists present it as something new that happens in the 21st century and Muhammad couldn't have guessed it.
{{Quote|islamqa.info: Commentary on the hadeeth; “two types of the people of Hell whom I have not seen…” <ref>https://islamqa.info/en/answers/47017/commentary-on-the-hadeeth-two-types-of-the-people-of-hell-whom-i-have-not-seen</ref>|
This hadeeth is one of the miracles of Prophethood, for these two types of people have appeared, and '''they exist now, as al-Nawawi (may Allaah have mercy on him) said.'''
}}
Al-Nawawi lived in the 13th century.

Islamic sources say that there were naked women circumambulating around the Kaba in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||3|24|2959}}|
It was narrated from Saeed bin Jubair that Ibn Abbas said:
"Women used to circumambulate the Kabah naked, saying: 'Today some, or all of it will appear And whatever appers I don't make is permissible.' Then the following was revealed: 'O Children of Adam! Take your adornment to every Masjid.'"
}}

There is also a hadith with the same terminology of dressed (كاسيات) and undressed (عاريات) but in a different context:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|21|226}}|
Narrated Um Salama:

One night the Prophet (ﷺ) got up and said, "Subhan Allah! How many afflictions Allah has revealed tonight and how many treasures have been sent down (disclosed). Go and wake the sleeping lady occupants of these dwellings up (for prayers), perhaps a well '''dressed''' (كاسية) in this world may be '''naked''' (عارية) in the Hereafter."
}}

===Naked thighs in markets===
This hadith is classified mawdoo' (fabricated). <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/321649/%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%AC%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%B9%D8%B4%D8%B1-%D8%AE%D8%B5%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85-%D9%84%D9%88%D8%B7-</ref> Albani included it in his book سلسلة الأحاديث الضعيفة والموضوعة وأثرها السيئ في الأمة ("Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah"):
{{Quote|Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah, Al-Albani|
عشر من أخلاق قوم اللوط:..والمشي في الأسواق والأفخاذ بادية

Ten behaviors of Lot's people:.. and walking in markets and thighs are naked..
}}

There were uncovered thighs in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud Book 32, Hadith 4003|
Narrated Jarhad:

The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) sat with us and my thigh was uncovered. He said: Do you not know that thigh is a private part ?
}}

Muhammad exposed his thighs at some point:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|8|367}}|
Narrated `Abdul `Aziz:

Anas said, 'When Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) invaded Khaibar, we offered the Fajr prayer there (early in the morning) when it was still dark. The Prophet (ﷺ) rode and Abu Talha rode too and I was riding behind Abu Talha. The Prophet (ﷺ) passed through the lane of Khaibar quickly and '''my knee was touching the thigh of the Prophet (ﷺ) . He uncovered his thigh''' and I saw the whiteness of '''the thigh of the Prophet'''.
}}

===Widespread adultery===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|34|6451}}|
Anas b. Malik reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

It is from the conditions of the Last Hour that knowledge would be taken away and ignorance would prevail (upon the world), the liquor would be drunk, and '''adultery would become rampant'''.
}}

Muhammad's companions used to give women a handful of flour and then perform what they called "a temporary marriage" (زواج المتعة, ''zawaj al-mut'a''). Seeing as polygamy was allowed, these companions may have been married at the time, and their behavior would today be classified as adultery:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|8|3249}}|
Jabir b. 'Abdullah reported:

We contracted temporary marriage giving a handful of (tales or flour as a dower during the lifetime of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and during the time of Abu Bakr until 'Umar forbade it in the case of 'Amr b. Huraith.
}}

There is also a fabricated (mawdu') prophecy about illegitimate children:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يَا ابْنَ مَسْعُودٍ ، إِنَّ مِنْ أَعْلَامِ السَّاعَةِ وَأَشْرَاطِهَا أَنْ يَكْثُرَ أَوْلَادُ الزِّنَا

O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that there are many children from adultery
}}

===Abundant wealth===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||5|36|4047}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The Hour will not begin until '''wealth becomes abundant''' and tribulations appear, and Harj increases.” They said: “What is Harj, O Messenger of Allah?” He said: '''“Killing, killing, killing,”''' three times.
}}

Muslims became wealthy in the 7th century by the early Islamic conquests (the hadith itself mentions it together with "killing, killing, killing"). Sunan Ibn Majah was written two centuries after these conquests.

===Men obey their wives===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, '''a man obeys his wife''' and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

It was mentioned among negative things, that indicates that a woman being dominant in marriage is an evil thing. But it appears that the patriarchy was not universal even in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|43|648}}|Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Abbas: ...We, the people of Quraish, used to have authority over women, but when we came to live with the Ansar, we noticed that '''the Ansari women had the upper hand over their men''', so our women started acquiring the habits of the Ansari women. Once I shouted at my wife and she paid me back in my coin and I disliked that she should answer me back....}}

===Fire in Hijaz illuminates necks of camels in Busra===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|234}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a fire will come out of the land of Hijaz, and it will throw light on the necks of the camels at Busra."
}}
There was a lava eruption in Hijaz in the year 1256 ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Harrat_Rahat Harrat Rahat]) which is considered by Muslims as fulfillment. That's the last eruption, but the eruption before that was in 640 - 641 A.D. during the reign of Umar.<ref>
Volcanic history of the northernmost part of the Harrat Rahat volcanic field, Saudi Arabia
https://pubs.geoscienceworld.org/gsa/geosphere/article/14/3/1253/529993/Volcanic-history-of-the-northernmost-part-of-the</ref>
So there was a precedent. The unspecified date of occurrence makes this prediction one that might be referenced perennially

===Making halal what was haram===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|69|494}}|
Narrated Abu 'Amir or Abu Malik Al-Ash'ari:

that he heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "From among my followers there will be some '''people who will consider illegal sexual intercourse, the wearing of silk, the drinking of alcoholic drinks and the use of musical instruments, as lawful.''' And there will be some people who will stay near the side of a mountain and in the evening their shepherd will come to them with their sheep and ask them for something, but they will say to him, 'Return to us tomorrow.' Allah will destroy them during the night and will let the mountain fall on them, and He will transform the rest of them into monkeys and pigs and they will remain so till the Day of Resurrection."
}}

According to Islam, Jews and Christians took their rabbis and monks as lords, because the rabbis and monks ''made lawful'' for them what Allah forbade. <ref>Quran 9:31, tafsir Ibn Kathir</ref>

===Slave woman gives birth to her master/mistress===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|48}}|
When a slave (lady) gives birth to her master.
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 63 (sahih)|
When the slave woman gives birth to her mistress' (Waki' said: This means when non-Arabs will give birth to Arabs")
}}

According to Nawawi, the opinion of the majority of scholars is that Muslims will enslave non-Muslim women and have kids with them and the kids will be masters of their mothers because the kids are Muslims. <ref>https://quranacademy.io/blog/an-nawawis-hadith-2-hadith-of-jibreel-3/</ref> Ibn Hajar (who lived later) didn't like this interpretation, because the enslavement was already happening during the time of Muhammad, so it wasn't really a prophecy of the future.

Ibn Hajar and others, as a result, like to interpret it as kids treating their mothers like slaves. This is not compatible with Waki's comment, and it would appear that children disrespecting their parents has been and will remain a universal phenomenon.

===Woman helps her husband in business===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
'Abdullah said, 'From the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, who said, "Before the Final Hour people will single out one individual for the greeting, commerce will increase until '''a woman helps her husband in business''', people will sever their links with their relatives, knowledge will spread, false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed."
}}

===Some people control trade===
{{Quote|an-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 4461 (sahih)|
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'One of the portents of the Hour will be that wealth becomes widespread and abundant, and trade will become widespread, but knowledge will disappear. '''A man will try to sell something and will say: "No, not until I consult the merchant of banu so and so''' and People will look throughout a vast area for a scribe and will not find one."
}}
Meccans boycotted Muslims in the Meccan period. It was a form of trade control.

===Injustice===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 485 (sahih)|
Ibn 'Umar reported that the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, said, "Injustice will appear as darkness on the Day of Rising."
}}

===False testimony===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ، وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

..false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed.
}}

False testimony was already forbidden in the 10 commandments. The problem existed long before Islam.

===Unfulfilled vows===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
..then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and '''they will vow and never fulfill their vows''', and fatness will appear among them."
}}

===Cheating in weights (scales)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. '''They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers'''. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is also mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Amos 8:2-6|
Then the Lord said to me, “The end has come for My people Israel. I will spare them no longer. The songs of the palace will turn to wailing in that day,” declares the Lord God. “Many will be the corpses; in every place they will cast them forth in silence.” '''Hear this, you who trample the needy''', to do away with the humble of the land, saying: “When will the new moon be over, So that we may sell grain, And the sabbath, that we may open the wheat market, '''To make the bushel smaller and the shekel bigger, And to cheat with dishonest scales'''
}}

Famines, like cheating, are universal phenomenon.

===Making money unlawfully===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|34|296}}|
Narrated Abu Hurairah (ra):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said "Certainly a time will come when people will not bother to know from where they earned the money, by lawful means or unlawful means."
}}
Muhammad himself engaged in dubious practices to acquire money:
{{Quote|Sirat Rasul Allah 428, Tabari VII:29|
Then the apostle heard that Abu Sufyan b. Harb was coming from Syria with a large caravan of Quraysh, containing their money and merchandise, accompanied by some thirty or forty men." Mohammad said, "This is the Quraysh caravan containing their property, Go out to attack it, perhaps God will give it as prey,
}}

===Usury (riba)===
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 10191|
عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ أَنّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ يَأْتِي عَلَى النَّاسِ زَمَانٌ يَأْكُلُونَ فِيهِ الرِّبَا قِيلَ النَّاسُ كُلُّهُمْ قَالَ مَنْ لَمْ يَأْكُلْهُ مِنْهُمْ نَالَهُ مِنْ غُبَارِهِ

Abu Huraira reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “A time will come upon people in which they will consume usury.” It was said, “All of the people?” The Prophet said, “Whoever does not consume it will be affected by its dust.”
}}

Usury (riba) was already widespread in the period before Islam, which Muslims call "jahilya":
{{Quote|[https://ebrary.net/10536/business_finance/types_riba Types of Riba]|
Riba al-Jahiliyah means “the riba used during the age of ignorance and paganism.” It is also called riba al-nassee'aa (the riba that is constrained by a time limit and is time dependent). This type of '''riba was widely practiced by the pagan Arabs at the advent of Islam'''.
}}

In any interest-based economy, all goods will inevitably be "tainted" directly or indirectly with interest-based practices.

===Sudden deaths===
{{Quote|Al-Mu'jam al-Awsat al-Tabarani (9/147) No. 9376 (sahih)|
حدثنا الهيثم بن خالد المصيصي نا عبدالكبير بن المعافى بن عمران نا شريك عن العباس بن ذريح عن الشعبي عن أنس بن مالك رفعه إلى النبي صلى الله عليه و سلم قال من اقتراب الساعة أن يرى الهلال قبلا فيقال لليلتين وأن تتخذ المساجد طرقا وأن يظهر الموت الفجاء لم يرو هذا الحديث عن العباس بن زريح إلا شريك تفرد به عبد الكبير بن المعافى

Anas bin Malik (RA) narrated that the Prophet (SAW) said: “Among the signs that the Last Hour is near, is that the crescent would appear larger than its actual size and people would say: ‘It appears as if it is only two days old.’ and the masajid will be taken as streets, and '''sudden death will spread'''.”
}}

In other hadiths Muhammad and Ubayd speak about sudden death as something already known:{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 3110 / Book 21, Hadith 22 / Book 20, Hadith 3104 (sahih)|
Narrated Ubayd ibn Khalid as-Sulami,:

A man from the Companions of the Prophet (ﷺ), said: The narrator Sa'd ibn Ubaydah narrated sometimes from the Prophet (ﷺ) and sometimes as a statement of Ubayd (ibn Khalid): The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Sudden death is a wrathful catching.
}}

===Islam will be unpleasant for Muslims (like burning ember/coal in hand)===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2260 (hasan)|
Anas bin Malik narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"There shall come upon the people a time in which the one who is patient upon his religion will be like the one holding onto a burning ember."
}}

Adhering to Islam was already unpleasant for many Muslims during the time of Muhammad and it escalated in 632-633 during the Wars of Apostasy when some Arabs tried to leave Islam, but had it imposed on them once again by the caliph.

===Following Jews and Christians===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|92|422}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "You will follow the ways of those nations who were before you, span by span and cubit by cubit (i.e., inch by inch) so much so that even if they entered a hole of a mastigure, you would follow them." We said, "O Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)! (Do you mean) the Jews and the Christians?" He said, "Whom else?"
}}
Muhammad himself incorporated portions of the Talmud and the gospels in the Quran and his teachings.

===Killing [pointless killing]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which Religious ignorance will spread, knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and '''there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing'''."
}}

The Old Testament hosts many texts about mass killing. For example:
{{Quote|The Bible (AMPC), 1 Samuel 15:3|
Now go and smite Amalek and utterly destroy all they have; do not spare them, but '''kill both man and woman, infant and suckling, ox and sheep, camel and donkey.'''
}}

Muhammad himself engaged in what most would describe as "pointless killing":
{{Quote|Ibn Ishaq: Sirat Rasul Allah, p. 464|
Then they surrendered, and the apostle confined them in Medina in the quarter of d. al-Harith, a woman of B. al-Najjar. Then the apostle went out to the market of Medina (which is still its market today) and dug trenches in it. Then he sent for them and struck off their heads in those trenches as they were brought out to him in batches. Among them was the enemy of Allah Huyayy b. Akhtab and Ka`b b. Asad their chief. There were 600 or 700 in all, though some put the figure as high as 800 or 900.
}}

===Two parties with the same message will fight===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6902}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) many ahadith and one of them was this:

The last Hour will not come until the two parties (of Muslims) confront each other and there is a large-scale massacre amongst them and the claim of both of them is the same.
}}

This prediction was interpreted by Islamic scholars as referring to the Battle of Siffin (year 657). Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Issue between Ali and Aisha===
{{Quote|Fath al Bari 13/59 (sahih) and others|
إنَّهُ سيكونُ بينَكَ وبين عائشةَ أمرٌ قال فأنا أشقاهُم يا رسولَ اللهِ قال لا ولكنْ إذا كان ذلك فاردُدْها إلى مأمنِها

There will be an issue between you and ‘Aisha.” He said, “Me, O Messenger of Allah?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Me?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Then [in that case] I would be the worst of them (all people).” He said, “No, but when this occurs, return her to her safe quarters.”}}

The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_the_Camel Battle of the Camel] happened in 656. The hadith (in Musnad Ahmad) was written in the 9th century.

===Ammar will be killed===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 1, Book 46, Hadith 3800 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "Rejoice, 'Ammar, the transgressing party shall kill you."
}}

He was killed in the 7th century. The collection of Tirmidhi was written in the 9th century.

==="I have been given Persia"===
{{Quote|Al-Nasa'i, Sunan al Kubra 8858|
أنبأ محمد بن عبد الأعلى قال حدثنا معتمر قال سمعت عوفا قال سمعت ميمونا يحدث عن البراء بن عازب قال : لما أمرنا رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم أن يحفر الخندق عرض لنا فيه حجر لا يأخذ فيه المعول فاشتكينا ذلك إلى رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فجاء رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فألقى ثوبه وأخذ المعول وقال بسم الله فضرب ضربة فكسر ثلث الصخرة قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح الشام والله إني لأبصر قصورها الحمر الآن من مكاني هذا قال ثم ضرب أخرى وقال بسم الله وكسر ثلثا آخر وقال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح فارس والله إني لأبصر قصر المدائن الأبيض الآن ثم ضرب ثالثة وقال بسم الله فقطع الحجر قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح اليمن والله إني لأبصر باب صنعاء

Al-Bara said: On the Day of Al-Khandaq (the trench) there stood out a rock too immune for our spades to break up. We therefore went to see God’s Messenger for advice. He took the spade, and said: “In the Name of God” Then he struck it saying: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Ash-Sham (Greater Syria). By God, I can see its red palaces at the moment;” on the second strike he said: “God is Most Great, '''I have been given Persia'''. By God, I can now see the white palace of Madain;” and for the third time he struck the rock saying: “In the Name of God,” shattering the rest of the rock, and he said: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Yemen. By God, I can see the gates of San’a while I am in my place.”
}}

The bloody conquest happened around the year 650. Earliest hadith collection Muwatta Imam Malik (which doesn't contain this hadith) was written around the year 750 and the hadith collection sunan al-Kubra which contains the hadith was written around the year 850. This hadith was written hundreds of years after the event it describes.

Furthermore, Persia was already conquered a thousand years before by Alexander the Great. And at the time of Muhammad Persia was exhausted by wars with Romans which lasted from 54 BC to 628 AD (681 years).

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roman%E2%80%93Persian_Wars Wikipedia: Roman–Persian Wars]

===Conquest of Jerusalem===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, '''the conquest of Jerusalem''', a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

Some suggest that Muhammad predicted "The Muslim conquest of Jerusalem in 1187 AD." <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/en/article/135817/the-signs-of-the-hour</ref>:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(1187) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (1187)]

However, this was the second Islamic conquest of Jerusalem. Muslims first conquered Jerusalem in 636:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(636%E2%80%93637) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (636–637)]

Furthermore, after the conquest, the Hour was expected to come. Both events occurred nearly a thousand years in the past.

This was written by Bukhari two hundred years after the first conquest.

Sunan Abu Dawud also stresses the coming of the Last Hour after the conquest of Jerusalem (holy land):
{{Quote|Abu Dawud 14:2529 (sahih)|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Hawalah al-Azdi:

The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) sent us on foot to get spoil, but we returned without getting any. When he saw the signs of distress on our faces, he stood up on our faces and said: O Allah, do not put them under my care, for I would be too weak to care for them; do not put them in care of themselves, for they would be incapable of that, and do not put them in the care of men, for they would choose the best things for themselves. '''He then placed his hand on my head and said: Ibn Hawalah, when you see the caliphate has settled in the holy land, earthquakes, sorrows and serious matters will have drawn near and on that day the Last Hour will be nearer to mankind than this hand of mine is to your head.'''
}}

===Conquest of Egypt===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|5174}}|
Abu Dharr reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

'''You would soon conquer Egypt''' and that is a land which is known (as the land of al-qirat). So when you conquer it, treat its inhabitants well. For there lies upon you the responsibility because of blood-tie or relationship of marriage (with them). And when you see two persons falling into dispute amongst themselves for the space of a brick, than get out of that. He (Abu Dharr) said: I saw Abd al-Rahman b. Shurahbil b. Hasana and his brother Rabi'a disputing with one another for the space of a brick. So I left that (land).
}}
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muslim_conquest_of_Egypt Muslim conquest of Egypt] happened in the 7th century. The hadith collection Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Conquest of Yemen, Syria and Iraq===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3201}}|
Sufyan b. Abu Zuhair heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) say:

'''Yemen will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families on them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''Syria will be conquered''' and some people will go away driving their camels along with them and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''lraq will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority. while Medina is better for them if they were to know it.
}}
All conquests happened in the 7th century. Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.
===Fighting Turks===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|56|787}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till you fight a nation wearing hairy shoes, and till you '''fight the Turks''', who will have small eyes, red faces and flat noses; and their faces will be like flat shields. And you will find that the best people are those who hate responsibility of ruling most of all till they are chosen to be the rulers. And the people are of different natures: The best in the pre-lslamic period are the best in Islam. A time will come when any of you will love to see me rather than to have his family and property doubled."
}}

Some suggest that "Turks" here means "Mongols" and that this thus predicts Gengis Khan. However, The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Kharistan Battle of Kharistan] (737) which happened between the Umayyad caliphate and Turkic Türgesh, could equally fit the description provided here. This seems more plausible, especially as Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

One might also note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

===Leave the Turks as long as they leave you===
This hadith is often referenced as evidence that Muhammad predicted the Ottoman empire, often ignoring the clause about the Abyssinians
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4288}}|
Narrated from Abi Sukainah One of the Companions:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: '''Let the Abyssinians alone as long as they let you alone''', and let the Turks alone as long as they leave you alone.
}}

It is said that the Turks should be left alone because they were strong, and they were strong therefore they would eventually become dominant. This is an evidently generous reading of the hadith.

In other hadith, Muhammad is reported to have predicted that after a few wars, Muslims would exterminate the Turks:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Takhreej Mishkaat al-Masabih 5/110 (hasan) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8F%D9%83%D9%85+%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8C+%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%A7%D8%B1%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%8A%D9%86%D9%90+%D9%8A%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8F%D9%91%D8%B1%D9%83%D9%8E</ref>|
يقاتِلُكم قومٌ صغارُ الأعينِ يعني التُّركَ قالَ تسوقونَهم ثلاثَ مرات حتَّى تُلحِقوهم بجزيرةِ العربِ فأمَّا في السِّاقةِ الأولى فينجو من هربَ منهم فأمَّا في الثَّانيةِ فينجو بعضٌ ويَهلِكُ بعضٌ وأمَّا في الثَّالثةِ فيصطَلِمونَ

People with small eyes, i.e. the Turks, will fight against you, the prophet (ﷺ) said: You will drive them off three times till you catch up with them in Arabia. On the first occasion when you drive them off those who fly will be safe, on the second occasion some will be safe and some will perish, but '''on the third occasion they will be extirpated'''.
}}
===Spoils of war distributed preferentially===
Hadith daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi 2211 (daif)|
إِذَا اتُّخِذَ الْفَىْءُ دُوَلاً

When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially)
}}
Al-Fai mean spoils of war.

===Fearless traveler (security)===
Probably refers to time after the conquest of Iraq in the 7th century:
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/334 (sahih)|
لا تقومُ الساعَةُ حتى تعودَ أرْضُ العربِ مروجًا وأَنْهَارًا وحتى يسيرَ الراكِبُ بينَ العِرَاقِ ومَكَّةَ لَا يَخَافُ إلَّا ضَلَالَ الطريقِ [ وحتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْهَرْجُ قالوا وما الهَرْجُ يا رسولَ اللهِ قال القتلُ ]

The Hour will not come until the land of Arabs becomes meadows and rivers and until '''a rider goes between Iraq and Makka and doesn't fear anything except getting lost''' and until al-harj is widespread. They said: And what is al-Harj O messenger of God? He said: Killing.
}}

===Fat people===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
Narrated `Imran bin Husain:

"Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, 'The best of my followers are those living in my generation (i.e. my contemporaries). and then those who will follow the latter" `Imran added, "I do not remember whether he mentioned two or three generations after his generation, then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and they will vow and never fulfill their vows, and '''fatness will appear among them'''."
}}

After the 7th century Islamic conquests, Muslims became rich and could have a lot of food.

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|59|548}}|
Narrated Ibn `Umar:

We did not eat our fill except after we had conquered Khaibar.
}}

Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Special greeting===
It was interpreted as "greeting only people you know":
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ‏:‏ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ

Before the Hour there is special greeting
}}

It would mean Muslims would disobey Muhammad's command to greet everyone:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|12}}|
Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Amr:

A man asked the Prophet (ﷺ) , "What sort of deeds or (what qualities of) Islam are good?" The Prophet (ﷺ) replied, 'To feed (the poor) and '''greet those whom you know and those whom you do not know'''.
}}

In other hadiths however Muhammad was preventing Muslims from greeting certain people based on their religion:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|26|5389}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

Do not greet the Jews and the Christians before they greet you and when you meet any one of them on the roads force him to go to the narrowest part of it.
}}

===Rejection of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4604 / Book 41, Hadith 4587 / Book 42, Hadith 9|
Narrated Al-Miqdam ibn Ma'dikarib:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Beware! I have been given the Qur'an and something like it, yet the time is coming when a man replete on his couch will say: '''Keep to the Qur'an'''; what you find in it to be permissible treat as permissible, and what you find in it to be prohibited treat as prohibited. Beware! The domestic ass, beasts of prey with fangs, a find belonging to confederate, unless its owner does not want it, are not permissible to you If anyone comes to some people, they must entertain him, but if they do not, he has a right to mulct them to an amount equivalent to his entertainment.
}}

The idea that only the Quran is the word of god and Muhamamad is just a man and therefore he might be wrong existed during Muhammad's life:
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 3646, In-book reference: Book 26, Hadith 6, English translation: Book 25, Hadith 3639|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Amr ibn al-'As:

I used to write everything which I heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). I intended (by it) to memorise it. The Quraysh prohibited me saying: '''Do you write everything that you hear from him while the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) is a human being: he speaks in anger and pleasure?''' So I stopped writing, and mentioned it to the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He signalled with his finger to him mouth and said: Write, by Him in Whose hand my soul lies, only right comes out from it.
}}
===Liars will be trusted and honest people will be regarded as liars===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4036 (hasan)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will come to the people years of treachery, when the liar will be regarded as honest, and the honest man will be regarded as a liar; the traitor will be regarded as faithful, and the faithful man will be regarded as a traitor; and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}

This was already happening according to Islamic sources. Some people trusted Musaylimah.

==="The pen will spread"===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ وَفُشُوُّ التِّجَارَةِ حَتَّى تُعِينَ الْمَرْأَةُ زَوْجَهَا عَلَى التِّجَارَةِ وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ وَفُشُوُّ الْقَلَمِ وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, family ties will be severed, '''the pen will spread''', false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
There is the Pen that Allah created first and which writes the future:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 3319 (sahih)|
“I arrived in Makkah and met Ata bin Abi Rabah. I said: ‘O Abu Muhammad! Some people with us speak about Al-Qadar.’ Ata said: ‘I met Al-Walid bin Ubadah bin As-Samit and he said: “My father narrated to me, he said: ‘I heard the Messenger of Allah saying: “Verily '''the first of what Allah created was the Pen (القلم). He said to it: “Write.” So it wrote what will be forever'''.’”
}}

There is also the Pen that writes deeds:
{{Quote|Bulugh al Maram: Book 8, Hadith 1096|
Narrated 'Aishah (RA):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: "There are three people whose actions are not recorded ( رُفِعَ اَلْقَلَمُ عَنْ ثَلَاثَةٍ, literally "is lifted the pen from three"), a sleeping person till he awakes, a child till he is a grown up, and an insane person till he is restored to reason or recovers his sense." [Reported by Ahmad and al-Arba'a, except at-Tirmidhi. al-Hakim graded it Sahih (authentic)].
}}
{{Quote|al-nasa'i: Vol. 4, Book 26, Hadith 3217 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Salamah:
It was narrated from Abu Salamah that Abu Hurairah said: "I said: 'O Messenger of Allah, I am a young man and I fear hardship for myself, but I cannot afford to marry; should I castrate myself?'" The Prophet turned away from him until he said it three times. Then the Prophet said: "O Abu Hurairah, '''the pen is dried concerning what you are going to face''', so (it is up to you whether) you castrate yourself or not." Abu Abdur-Rahman (An-Nasai) said: Al-Awzai did not hear this narration from Az-Zuhri, and this hadith is sahih, Yunus reported it from Az-Zuhri.
}}

Literacy was increasing before Muhammad was born. Jews and Christians first used oral traditions, but then switched to writing. There was also the ongoing global transitions from oral cultures to written cultures more generally.

Notice also that the prophecy was written by people who were ''writing'' hadiths from oral traditions.

===Family ties will be severed===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, '''family ties will be severed''' (وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ), the pen will spread, false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
Islam teaches that among the first people were brothers Cain and Abel and Cain killed Abel.

There is also hadith where Muhammad encourages people to keep the ties of kinship, which indicates they weren't doing it enough in his time:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 1, Hadith 1979 (hasan)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah said:
"Learn enough about your lineage to facilitate keeping your ties of kinship (تَصِلُونَ بِهِ أَرْحَامَكُمْ). For indeed keeping the ties of kinship encourages affection among the relatives, increases the wealth, and increases the lifespan."
}}

Killing of family members for the sake of Islam was also approved by Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4348}}|Narrated Abdullah Ibn Abbas: A blind man had a slave-mother who used to abuse the Prophet (peace be upon him) and disparage him. He forbade her but she did not stop. He rebuked her but she did not give up her habit. One night she began to slander the Prophet (peace be upon him) and abuse him. So he took a dagger, placed it on her belly, pressed it, and killed her. A child who came between her legs was smeared with the blood that was there. When the morning came, the Prophet (peace be upon him) was informed about it.

He assembled the people and said: I adjure by Allah the man who has done this action and I adjure him by my right to him that he should stand up. Jumping over the necks of the people and trembling the man stood up.

He sat before the Prophet (peace be upon him) and said: Apostle of Allah! I am her master; she used to abuse you and disparage you. I forbade her, but she did not stop, and I rebuked her, but she did not abandon her habit. I have two sons like pearls from her, and she was my companion. Last night she began to abuse and disparage you. So I took a dagger, put it on her belly and pressed it till I killed her.

Thereupon the Prophet (peace be upon him) said: Oh be witness, no retaliation is payable for her blood.}}

===Satellite Communications===
It's a similar prophecy to "family ties will be severed", this hadith is often mistranslated (also the hadith is weak):
{{Quote|Tabrani, al-Muʿjam al-Kabīr 10/228 and Mu'jan al-Awsat 4861 (da'eef)|
“From among the signs of Qiyamah is that people will maintain ties with '''distant relatives and strangers''' (الأطباق) but sever ties with close family.”
}}
The word الأطباق (''al-atbaaq'') is today sometimes translated as "dishes" (although the classical translation (understanding) fits better into the context) and then they interpret the "dishes" as "satellites".

*[https://hadithanswers.com/is-satellite-communication-a-sign-of-qiyamah/ Fatwa against the modern interpretation]

===Automobiles (actually camels with lofty saddles)===
Muhammad forbade riding on ''mayathir'' (مياثر), so mayathir were something already known:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|74|253}}|
..He forbade us to drink from silver utensils, to wear gold rings, '''to ride on silken saddles (ركوب المياثر)''', to wear silk clothes..
}}

There is a prophecy about people riding on mayathir at the end of times:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4 / 436 (hasan)|
سَيَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ هَذِهِ الْأُمَّةِ رِجَالٌ يَرْكَبُونَ عَلَى الْمَيَاثِرِ حَتَّى يَأْتُوا أَبْوَابَ مَسَاجِدِهِمْ

They will mount their mayaathir until they come to the doors of their mosques
}}
Albani explained:
{{Quote|Tafsir by Albani|
the word mayaathir is the plural of meetharah and Ibn al-Athir described it as, “… smooth and soft, made out of silk or a silk brocade [heavy silk] which the rider places beneath him on the saddle on top of the camel.
}}

And a re-iteration of the same prophecy:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 654/11 (hasan)|
يكون في آخر أمتي رجال يركبون على سرج كأشباه الرحال ينزلون على أبواب المساجد نساؤهم كاسيات عاريات

In the last [part] of my nation there will be men who ride on '''saddles that resemble packsaddles''' (سرج كأشباه الرحال). They will alight at the doors of the mosques. Their women are clothed but naked. On their heads are [what appears to be] like the humps of [lean] camels. Curse them for they are cursed. If there were a nation from the nations to come after you, your women would serve them, just as the women of the nations that were before you served you.
}}
Some try to translate سرج كأشباه الرحال as "carriots" or "cars", but:

*سَرْج means "saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle; pigskin; pillion" <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B3%D8%B1%D8%AC/</ref>
*رَحْل means "Either of a pair of a bags laid over the back of a horse - saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle". <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B1%D8%AD%D9%84/</ref>

===Ignorance [of Islamic teachings]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which '''Religious ignorance will spread''', knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing."}}

*In Islam, the period before Muhammad's career is called jahilya (ignorance).
*in context of Islam, when Muhammad says "knowledge" it means "knowledge of Muhamamd's claims and commands" and when Islam says "ignorance" it means "ignorance of Muhammad's claims and commands"
*Muhammad noticed that Jews don't fully follow the law of Moses, so he predicted similar outcomes for Muslims in many instances.

===Learning for something other than Islam===
{{Quote|Al-Shawkani, Nayl al-Awtar 8/262 (hasan li-ghayrihi)|
إذا اتُّخِذَ الفَيْءُ دُوَلًا والأمانةُ مَغْنَمًا والزكاةُ مَغْرَمًا وتُعُلِّمَ لغيرِ الدِّينِ وأطاع الرجلُ امرأتَه وعَقَّ أُمَّه وأَدْنَى صديقَه وأَقْصَى أباه وظَهَرَتِ الأصواتُ في المساجدِ وساد القبيلةَ فاسِقُهُم وكان زعيمُ القومِ أَرْذَلَهم وأُكْرِمَ الرجلُ مَخَافةَ شرِّه وظَهَرَتِ القِيَانُ والمعازفُ وشُرِبَتِ الخُمورُ ولَعَن آخِرُ هذه الأمةِ أولَها فلْيَرْتَقِبُوا عند ذلك رِيحًا حمراءَ وزَلْزَلَةً وخَسْفًا ومَسْخًا وقَذْفًا وآياتٍ تُتَابَعُ كنِظامٍ بالٍ قُطِعَ سِلْكُه فتتابع بعضُه بعضًا

When spoiles of war are distributed; and property given in trust will be considered as booty for oneself; Zakat will be looked upon as a fine; '''learning for other than the religion'''; a man will obey his wife and disobey his mother; a man will bring his friends nearer and drive his father far off; noises will be raised in the masjids; the most wicked of a tribe will become its ruler; the most worthless member of a people will become its leader; a man will be honoured for fear of the evil he may do; singing girls and musical instruments will come into vogue; drinking of wine will become common; and the later generations will begin to curse the previous generations; then wait, for red violent winds, earthquakes, swallowing up by the earth, defacement (of human faces), pelting of stones from the skies as rain, and a continuing chain of disasters followed one by another, like beads of a necklace falling one after the other rapidly when its string is cut.
}}
Secular knowledge for secular purposes was studied before Islam.

===Tall buildings===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||1|1|63}} <ref>https://sunnah.com/urn/1250630</ref>|
وَأَنْ تَرَى الْحُفَاةَ الْعُرَاةَ الْعَالَةَ رِعَاءَ الشَّاءِ يَتَطَاوَلُونَ فِي الْبِنَاءِ

..and when '''you see barefoot, naked, destitute shepherds''' competing in constructing tall buildings
}}The Bible contained a story of the Tower of Babel, Egyptians built pyramids. The desire and ability to construct tall buildings appears to has been common in history.

There were people in the 7th century building buildings that could be considered tall in that time. Ibn Hajar wrote in his famous commentary on Sahih Bukhari:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar: Fatḥ al-Bārī fī Sharḥ Ṣaḥīḥ al-Bukhārī|
يتطاول الناس في البنيان وهي من العلامات التي وقعت عن قرب في زمن النبوة

"The people are [competing in] building tall buildings" - and that's from the signs which '''happened close at the time of the prophethood'''
}}

Muslims could afford building tall buildings after they got rich from early Islamic conquests.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|70|576}}|
Narrated Qais bin Abi Hazim:

We went to pay a visit to Khabbab (who was sick) and he had been branded (cauterized) at seven places in his body. He said, "Our companions who died (during the lifetime of the Prophet) left (this world) without having their rewards reduced through enjoying the pleasures of this life, but '''we have got (so much) wealth that we find no way to spend It except on the construction of buildings''' .Had the Prophet not forbidden us to wish for death, I would have wished for it.' We visited him for the second time while he was building a wall. '''He said: A Muslim is rewarded (in the Hereafter) for whatever he spends except for something that he spends on building'''."
}}

Some add that theses buildings were described as being "as high as mountains", but that hadith is mawqoof (not from Muhammad). It was a saying of ‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr and it was after Muslims became rich from early Islamic conquests, so they could likely imagine themselves building tall in Mecca. Also the hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Musannaf ibn Abi Shaybah, Hadith: 14306 (da'eef or hasan)|
Sayyiduna '''‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr''' (radiyallahu ‘anhuma) is reported to have said: “……When you see tunnels/canals being dug in Makkah Mukarramah and the buildings (of Makkah Mukarramah) higher than the peak of the mountains then know that Qiyamah is close.”
}}

*[https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/247118/%D9%87%D9%84-%D8%AB%D8%A8%D8%AA-%D9%85%D9%86-%D9%83%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85-%D8%B9%D8%A8%D8%AF-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%84%D9%87-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%B1%D9%88-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B9%D8%A7%D8%B5-%D8%A7%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AA%D9%81%D8%A7%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A8%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%A1-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D9%85%D9%83%D8%A9-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9 Fatwa] (Arabic) says that since it's not from Muhammad, it shouldn't even be called a hadith.

===Mosques full of hypocrites===
{{Quote|Ibn Abi Shaybah: Kitab al-Iman 101 (sahih)|
عن عبد اللهِ بنِ عَمرو قال : يأتي على الناس زمانٌ ، يجتمِعون ويُصلُّون في المساجدِ ، وليس فيهم مؤمنٌ

A time will come on people when they get together and pray in mosques and isn't among them a single believer
}}

Praying hypocrites were also mentioned in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 6:5|
“And when you pray, do not be like the hypocrites, for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and on the street corners to be seen by others.
}}

The military nature of Islam's spread may have encouraged this type of hypocrisy:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|30}}|
It is reported on the authority of Abu Huraira that the Messenger of Allah said:

I have been commanded to fight against people so long as they do not declare that there is no god but Allah, and he who professed it was guaranteed the protection of his property and life on my behalf except for the right affairs rest with Allah.
}}
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|260}}|
Narrated `Ikrima:

`Ali burnt some people and this news reached Ibn `Abbas, who said, "Had I been in his place I would not have burnt them, as the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'Don't punish (anybody) with Allah's Punishment.' No doubt, I would have killed them, for the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'If somebody (a Muslim) discards his religion, kill him.' "
}}

===Voices raised in mosques===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2211 (daif)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially), trust is a spoil of war, Zakat is a fine, knowledge is sought for other than the(sake of the) religion, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is close to his friend and far from his father, '''voices are raised in the Masajid''', tribes are led by their wicked, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, singing slave-girls and music spread, intoxicants are drunk, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning- then anticipate a red wind, earthquake, collapsing of the earth, transformation, Qadhf, and the signs follow in succession like gems of a necklace whose string is cut and so they fall in succession."
}}

People were raising voices even in the time of Muhammad in front of him. Muhammad rebuked them in the Quran:
{{Quote|{{Quran|49|2}} (Sahih International)|
O you who have believed, do not raise your voices above the voice of the Prophet or be loud to him in speech like the loudness of some of you to others, lest your deeds become worthless while you perceive not.

}}

===Decoration of mosques===
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|8|690}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Anas that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"One of the portents of the Hour will be that people will show off in building Masjids."
}}

There was a precedent. Christians and Jews were adorning their places of worship:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|2|448}}|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Abbas:

I was not commanded to build high mosques. Ibn Abbas said: You will certainly adorn them '''as the Jews and Christians did'''.
}}

===Markets will approach (taqaarub al-aswaaq)===
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/330 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D8%AA%D8%B8%D9%87%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%81%D8%AA%D9%86+%D9%88%D9%8A%D9%83%D8%AB%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B0%D8%A8+%D9%88%D8%AA%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B3%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%82+%D9%88%D9%8A%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B2%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%86</ref>|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تَظْهَرَ الفِتَنُ ويكثرَ الكذِبُ وتتقارَبَ الأسواقُ ويتقارَبَ الزمانُ ويكثُرَ الهرجُ قلْتُ وما الهرْجُ قال القتْلُ

The Hour won't come till tribulations show up, lies are widespread and '''taqaarub of markets''' and taqaarub of time and harj is widespread. I said: What is al-harj? He said: Killing.
}}
The hadith is vague in its entirety, but the situation on markets expectedly changed after Muslims got rich by the 7th century conquests.

===Breaking the convenant with god makes enemies overpower them===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
... '''They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands.''' Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Leviticus 26:14-17|
Punishment for Disobedience

“‘But if you will not listen to me and carry out all these commands, and if you reject my decrees and abhor my laws and fail to carry out all my commands and so violate my covenant, then I will do this to you: I will bring on you sudden terror, wasting diseases and fever that will destroy your sight and sap your strength. You will plant seed in vain, because your enemies will eat it. I will set my face against you so that you will be defeated by your enemies; those who hate you will rule over you, and you will flee even when no one is pursuing you.
}}

===A man passes by a grave and wants to be dead too===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
وَحَتَّى يَمُرَّ الرَّجُلُ بِقَبْرِ الرَّجُلِ فَيَقُولُ يَا لَيْتَنِي مَكَانَهُ

... till a man when passing by a grave of someone will say, 'Would that I were in his place...
}}

The Old Testament mentions this:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Jonah 4:3|
"Therefore now, O LORD, please take my life from me, for death is better to me than life."
}}

===People will treat a man with respect because they fear the evil he could do===
The hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, '''the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of''', intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

Intimidation with violence was already used before Islam. It was also used by Muhammad.

===The leader of a people will be the worst of them===
This hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, '''the leader of the people is the most despicable among them''', the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

This happened during the time of Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abu Dawud||2155|darussalam}}| Abu Said al-Khudri said: "The apostle of Allah sent a military expedition to Awtas on the occasion of the battle of Hunain. They met their enemy and fought with them. They defeated them and took them captives. Some of the Companions of the apostle of Allah were reluctant to have intercourse with the female captives because of their pagan husbands. So Allah, the Exalted, sent down the Quranic verse, "And all married women (are forbidden) unto you save those (captives) whom your right hands possess". That is to say, they are lawful for them when they complete their waiting period." [The Quran verse is 4:24]}}

The men were morally reluctant to rape married women, but their leader (Muhammad) permitted them to go ahead.

==Predictions of the future (after the hadiths)==
In this category are hadiths that don't talk about what already happened before the prophecies were written.

==="Opposites"===
These don't seem to be predictions, but rather statements that the opposite of what was considered granted at that time will happen. For example mountains were considered solid (not moving), so a prophecy says that mountains will be moving. Rather then explaining the fulfillment of these prophecies, this common denominator suggests how the predictions were generated.

====Mountains will move====
This hadith is da'eef (Ufayr bin Ma'daan is in the chain):
{{Quote|Mu'jam at-Tabaraani vol 7, n. 6857|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تزولَ الجبالُ عن أماكِنِها وتَرَوْنَ الأمورَ العظامَ التي لم تَكُونوا تَرَوْنَها

The Hour will not begin until the '''mountains are moved from their places''' and you see great calamities which you have never seen before.
}}
====Non-speaking objects will start speaking====
{{Quote|Jami' al-Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2181 (sahih)|
Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri narrated that the Messenger of Allah (s.a.w) said:
"By the One in Whose Hand is my soul! The Hour will not be established until predators speak to people and until the tip of a man's whip and the straps on his sandal speak to him, and his thigh informs him of what occurred with his family after him."
}}

Though this hadith is often metaphorisized to refer to modern technology (mobile phones), the original wording of the hadith appears to be rather literal in its intention.

The Old Testament already has a story about a talking serpent:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 3:1|
Now '''the serpent''' was more crafty than any of the wild animals the Lord God had made. '''He said''' to the woman, “Did God really say, ‘You must not eat from any tree in the garden’?”
}}

And for Muhammad (unlike for most people), talking objects wouldn't even be much miraculous, since he was hearing voices regularly. For example he heard a stone saluting him:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====The land of Arabia reverts to meadows and rivers====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|5|2208}}|
وَحَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ، - وَهُوَ ابْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْقَارِيُّ - عَنْ سُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ ‏ "‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْمَالُ وَيَفِيضَ حَتَّى يَخْرُجَ الرَّجُلُ بِزَكَاةِ مَالِهِ فَلاَ يَجِدُ أَحَدًا يَقْبَلُهَا مِنْهُ وَحَتَّى تَعُودَ أَرْضُ الْعَرَبِ مُرُوجًا وَأَنْهَارًا ‏"‏ ‏.‏

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) as saying:

The Last Hour will not come before wealth becomes abundant and overflowing, so much so that a man takes Zakat out of his property and cannot find anyone to accept it from him and '''till the land of Arabia reverts (تعود) to meadows and rivers.'''
}}

The word تعود (''ta'ooda'') can mean both "become" and "revert".
{{Quote|مرقاة المفاتيح شرح مشكاة المصابيح|
وحتى تعود أرض العرب أي: تصير أو ترجع

"And until ''ta'ooda'' the land of Arabs" - meaning "becomes" or "reverts"
}}

====Much rain, but little vegetation====
{{Quote|Shuaib Al Arna'ut, Takhreej al-Musnad 12429 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%B3+%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1%D8%A7+%D8%B9%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7+%D8%8C+%D9%88+%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%86%D8%A8%D8%AA+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B1%D8%B6+%D8%B4%D9%8A%D8%A6%D8%A7</ref>|
لا تَقومُ السَّاعةُ حتى يُمطَرَ النَّاسُ مَطرًا عامًّا، ولا تُنبِتَ الأرضُ شيئًا.

The Hour would not come until there is too much rain, but the earth does not produce crops
}}
===Other Predictions About the Future===
====Coming of Muhammad and the Hour are close like the forefinger and middle finger joined together====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7049}}|
Anas reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

I and the Last Hour have been sent like this and (he while doing it) joined the forefinger with the middle finger.
}}

====A 7th century boy won't grow very old before the Hour comes====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7052}}|
وَحَدَّثَنِي حَجَّاجُ بْنُ الشَّاعِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، - يَعْنِي ابْنَ زَيْدٍ - حَدَّثَنَا مَعْبَدُ بْنُ هِلاَلٍ الْعَنَزِيُّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَجُلاً، سَأَلَ النَّبِيَّ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ مَتَى تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ قَالَ فَسَكَتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم هُنَيْهَةً ثُمَّ نَظَرَ إِلَى غُلاَمٍ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ مِنْ أَزْدِ شَنُوءَةَ فَقَالَ ‏ "‏ إِنْ عُمِّرَ هَذَا لَمْ يُدْرِكْهُ الْهَرَمُ حَتَّى تَقُومَ السَّاعَةُ ‏"‏ ‏.‏ قَالَ قَالَ أَنَسٌ ذَاكَ الْغُلاَمُ مِنْ أَتْرَابِي يَوْمَئِذٍ ‏.‏

Anas b. Malik reported that a person asked Allah's Apostle (ﷺ):

When would the Last Hour come? Thereupon Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) kept quiet for a while. Then looked at a young boy in his presence belonging to the tribe of Azd Shanu'a and he said: If this boy lives he would not grow very old till the Last Hour would come ''to you''. Anas said that this young boy was of our age during those days.
}}
The "to you" was added by the translators to indicate that it is the last hour (death) of the people who asked, however this qualification is entirely absent in the Arabic text.

====The Hour will come before a 7th century slave becomes old====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|73|188}}|
...In the meantime, a slave of Al-Mughira passed by, and he was of the same age as I was. The Prophet (ﷺ) said. "If this (slave) should live long, he will not reach the geriatric old age, but the Hour will be established."
}}

====Nothing will live one hundred years from now====
The "tonight" in ''italic'' was added by translators to accommodate the later re-interpretation:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|116}}|
أَرَأَيْتَكُمْ لَيْلَتَكُمْ هَذِهِ، فَإِنَّ رَأْسَ مِائَةِ سَنَةٍ مِنْهَا لاَ يَبْقَى مِمَّنْ هُوَ عَلَى ظَهْرِ الأَرْضِ أَحَدٌ

Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

Once the Prophet (ﷺ) led us in the `Isha' prayer during the last days of his life and after finishing it (the prayer) (with Taslim) he said: "Do you realize (the importance of) this night?" Nobody present on the surface of the earth ''tonight'' will be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night."
}}

When the prophecy failed 100 years later, Muslims re-interpreted it:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|10|575}}|
Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

The Prophet (ﷺ) prayed one of the `Isha' prayer in his last days and after finishing it with Taslim, he stood up and said, "Do you realize (the importance of) this night? Nobody present on the surface of the earth tonight would be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night." '''The people made a mistake in grasping the meaning of this statement of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and they indulged in those things which are said about these narrators (i.e. some said that the Day of Resurrection will be established after 100 years etc.)''' But the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Nobody present on the surface of earth tonight would be living after the completion of 100 years from this night"; he meant "When that century (people of that century) would pass away."
}}

====If 10 scholars of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|39|6711}} (Muhsin Khan translation)|
لَوْ تَابَعَنِي عَشْرَةٌ مِنَ الْيَهُودِ لَمْ يَبْقَ عَلَى ظَهْرِهَا يَهُودِيٌّ إِلاَّ أَسْلَمَ

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

If ten ''scholars'' of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth who would not embrace Islam.
}}

The Arabic original doesn't say "ten Jewish scholars", but only "ten Jews" (عشرة من اليهود).

====30 false prophets before the Hour====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6988}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until there would arise about thirty impostors, liars, and each one of them would claim that he is a messenger of Allah.
}}
In his time there were other prophets like Saf ibn Sayyad and Maslamah bin Ḥabīb (called by Muslims "Musaylimah al-Kadhdhāb" (Musaylama the Liar)), Al-Aswad Al-Ansi and Tulayha.

False prophets were also already predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 24:10-11|
At that time many will turn away from the faith and will betray and hate each other, and many '''false prophets will appear and deceive many people'''.
}}

====Rising of the Sun from its setting place====
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4297}}|
We were sitting in the shade of the chamber of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) discussing (something) and when we mentioned the last hour, our voices rose high. The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: The last hour will not come or happen until there appear ten signs before it : '''the rising of the sun in its place of setting''', the coming forth of the beast, the coming forth of Gog and Magog, the Dajjal (Antichrist), (the descent of) Jesus son of Mary, the smoke, and three collapses of the earth: one in the west, one in the east, and one in the Arabian Peninsula. The last of that will be the emergence of a fire from Yemen, from the lowest part of Aden, and drive mankind to their place of assembly.
}}
This seems to suggest that the sun revolves about the Earth and can reverse direction

There is also a related verse in the Quran:{{Quote|{{Quran|6|158}}|
Do they [then] wait for anything except that the angels should come to them or your Lord should come or that there come some of the signs of your Lord? The Day that '''some of the signs of your Lord will come no soul will benefit from its faith as long as it had not believed before''' or had earned through its faith some good. Say, "Wait. Indeed, we [also] are waiting."
}}
Tafsir:
{{Quote|Tafsir Al-Jalalayn on 6:158|
"On the day that one of your Lord’s signs comes" — and this is the rising of the sun from the west as reported in the hadīth of the two Sahīhs of Bukhārī and Muslim — it shall not benefit a soul to believe if it had not believed theretofore
}}
The hadith:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|6|60|159}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established until the sun rises from the West: and when the people see it, then whoever will be living on the surface of the earth will have faith, and that is (the time) when no good will it do to a soul to believe then, if it believed not before." (6.158)
}}

Another hadith says that right after the rising, a beast will appear in the forenoon:{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4310 (sahih)|
Abu zur’ah said:
A group of people came to Marwan in Medina, and they heard him say that the first of the signs to appear would be the coming forth of the Dajjal (Antichirst). He said: I then went to Abd Allah b. ‘Amr and mentioned it to him. He did not say anything(reliable). I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: '''The first of the signs to appear will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting and the coming forth of the beast against mankind in the forenoon.''' Whichever of them comes first will soon be followed by the other. ’Abd Allah who used to read the scriptures (Torah, Gospel) said: I think the first of them will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting.
}}

{{Quote|Ibn Majah 4069 (sahih)|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The first signs to appear will be at '''the rising of the sun from the west and the emergence of the Beast to the people, at forenoon'''.’” 'Abdullah said: "Whichever of them appears first, the other will come soon after." 'Abdullah said: "I do not think it will be anything other than the sun rising from the west."
}}

Some today proffer metaphorical interpretation that the "rising of the Sun from the west" refers to the rise of the Western civilization, though this would leave the segment regarding the beast unexplained.

The Quran seems to affirm the possibility that God could make the Sun "rise from the West":
{{Quote|{{Quran|2|258}}|
Have you not considered the one who argued with Abraham about his Lord [merely] because Allah had given him kingship? When Abraham said, "My Lord is the one who gives life and causes death," he said, "I give life and cause death." Abraham said, "Indeed, '''Allah brings up the sun from the east''', so bring it up from the west." So the disbeliever was overwhelmed [by astonishment], and Allah does not guide the wrongdoing people.
}}

See also Dhul-Qarnayn's story in the Quran, where this possibility is further confirmed, as the Sun is described to set in a muddy spring at the "farthest part" of the world":

*[[Category:Dhul-Qarnayn|Dhul-Qarnayn]]

====Stones and trees say to Muslims: "here is a Jew behind me; come and kill him"====
{{Quote|Book 41, Hadith 6985 aka Book 54, Hadith 105 or Sahih Muslim 2922|
The last hour would not come unless the Muslims will fight against the Jews and the Muslims would kill them until the Jews would hide themselves behind a stone or a tree and '''a stone or a tree would say: Muslim, or the servant of Allah, there is a Jew behind me; come and kill him'''; but the tree Gharqad would not say, for it is the tree of the Jews.
}}

Muhammad used to hear other voices as well:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====Time will pass more quickly (taqaarub az-zamaan)====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 10560|
لا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَتَقَارَبَ الزَّمَانُ ، فَتَكُونَ السَّنَةُ كَالشَّهْرِ ، وَيَكُونَ الشَّهْرُ كَالْجُمُعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ الْجُمُعَةُ كَالْيَوْمِ ، وَيَكُونَ الْيَوْمُ كَالسَّاعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ السَّاعَةُ كَاحْتِرَاقِ السَّعَفَةِ

The Hour will not begin until time passes quickly, so a year will be like a month, and a month will be like a week, and a week will be like a day, and a day will be like an hour, and an hour will be like the burning of a braid of palm leaves.
}}

Islamic scholars have interpreted this variously, without any agreement as to the possible meaning:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/34618/one-of-the-signs-of-the-hour-is-that-time-will-pass-more-quickly islamqa.info: One of the signs of the Hour is that time will pass more quickly]|
The scholars differed concerning the meaning of the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing more quickly). '''There are many views''', the strongest of which is:

That the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing quickly) may be interpreted literally or metaphorically.
}}

====A man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|233}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick."
}}

[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Qahtan_(tribe) Qahtan] still exists, but the prophecy remains unfulfilled. <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/418273/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9%D8%8C-%D9%88%D8%B2%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A5%D8%BA%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%82-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A8-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%88%D8%A8%D8%A9</ref>

====A man called Jahjah will occupy the throne====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Book 41, Hadith 6955|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The day and the night would not come to an end before a man called al-Jahjah would occupy the throne.
}}

*[https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/118597/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%8A-%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%86 Fatwa] (AR) puts this prophecy among non-fulfilled prophecies

====Conquest of Constantinopole without fighting and the Hour come together====
This hadith is considered da'eef by Albani (but sahih by Dhahabi):
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 14:331|
لتفتحن القسطنطينية، فلنعم الأمير أميرها، ولنعم الجيش ذلك الجيش

Verily you shall conquer Constantinople. What a wonderful leader will her
leader be, and what a wonderful army will that army be!
}}

One should note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

Another hadith adds that the Hour was expected to come with this conquest:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2239|
Anas bin Malik said:
"Constantinople will be conquered with the coming of the Hour."
}}

The coming of the Dajjal was expected right after the conquest:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

Another hadith mentions Romans attacking Dabiq before the conquest of Constantinople. The mention of swords makes it hard to re-interpret as a prophecy about another conquest of Constantinople in the future:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6924}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until '''the Romans would land at al-A'maq or in Dabiq'''. An army consisting of the best (soldiers) of the people of the earth at that time will come from Medina (to counteract them). When they will arrange themselves in ranks, the Romans would say: Do not stand between us and those (Muslims) who took prisoners from amongst us. Let us fight with them; and the Muslims would say: Nay, by Allah, we would never get aside from you and from our brethren that you may fight them. They will then fight and a third (part) of the army would run away, whom Allah will never forgive. A third (part of the army) which would be constituted of excellent martyrs in Allah's eye, would be killed and the third who would never be put to trial would win and they would be conquerors of Constantinople. And as they would be busy in distributing the spoils of war (amongst themselves) after hanging their '''swords''' by the olive trees, the Satan would cry: '''The Dajjal''' has taken your place among your family. They would then come out, but it would be of no avail. And when they would come to Syria, he would come out while they would be still preparing themselves for battle drawing up the ranks. Certainly, the time of prayer shall come and then Jesus (peace be upon him) son of Mary would descend and would lead them. When the enemy of Allah would see him, it would (disappear) just as the salt dissolves itself in water and if he (Jesus) were not to confront them at all, even then it would dissolve completely, but Allah would kill them by his hand and he would show them their blood on his lance (the lance of Jesus Christ).
}}

Also:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

The conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6979}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) saying:

You have heard about a city, one side of which is on land and the other is in the sea ('''Constantinople'''). They said: Allah's Messenger, yes. Thereupon he said: The Last Hour would not come unless seventy thousand persons from Bani lshaq would attack it. When they would land there, '''they will neither fight with weapons nor would shower arrows but would only say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," ''' and one side of it would fall. Thaur (one of the narrators) said: I think that he said: The part by the side of the ocean. Then they would say for the second time: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest" and the second side would also fall, and they would say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," and the gates would be opened for them and they would enter therein and, they would be collecting spoils of war and distributing them amongst themselves when a noise would be heard saying: Verily, Dajjal has come. And thus they would leave everything there and go back.
}}

Constantinople was [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fall_of_Constantinople conquered in 1453] by fighting, the Dajjal didn't appear and the city was renamed to Istanbul, so literally Constantinople no longer exists.

====Conquest of Rome====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6930}}|
Nafi' b. Utba reported:

We were with Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) in an expedition that there came a people to Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) from the direction of the west. They were dressed in woollen clothes and they stood near a hillock and they met him as Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) was sitting. I said to myself: Better go to them and stand between him and them that they may not attack him. Then I thought that perhaps there had been going on secret negotiation amongst them. I however, went to them and stood between them and him and I remember four of the words (on that occasion) which I repeat (on the fingers of my hand) that he (Allah's Messenger) said: You will attack Arabia and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack Persia and He would make you to conquer it. '''Then you would attack Rome and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack the Dajjal and Allah will enable you to conquer him. Nafi' said: Jabir, we thought that the Dajjal would appear after Rome (Syrian territory) would be conquered.'''
}}

The Roman empire seized to exist before it could be altogether conquered, though if one counts here the partial conquest of some of Rome's (Byzantine's) territories, then the question remains as to why the Dajjal failed to appear.

====Byzantines will make truce with Muslims, betray them and attack them====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, '''and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.'''
}}
The prophecy is considered unfulfilled:
{{Quote|[https://www.islamweb.net/en/fatwa/83460/hadith-about-the-romans-attacking-us-under-eighty-flags Hadith about the Romans attacking us under eighty flags]|
Imam Ibn al-Muneer said: 'Till this time the incident of gathering and attacking Rome in this huge number of soldiers has not happened yet. This matter has not taken place yet.
}}

====Conquest of India and the second coming of Jesus come together====
Also known as [[Ghazwa-e-hind|ghazwa-e-hind]].
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|25|3177}} (hasan) from The Book of Jihad, chapter "Invading India"|
It was narrated that Thawban, the freed slave of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), said:
"The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: 'There are two groups of my Ummah whom Allah will free from the Fire: The group that invades India (تَغْزُو الْهِنْدَ, ''taghzoo al-hind''), and the group that will be with Isa bin Maryam, peace be upon him.'"
}}

Early conquests of India happened in the 7th century (for example [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Rasil Battle of Rasil]), while author of the hadith collection [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Al-Nasa%27i al-Nasa'i] lived in the 9th century.

The conquest of India is linked to the second coming of Jesus (Isa). In other (although weak) hadiths it's even more explicit:
{{Quote|Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, al-Fitan, p. 409 (daeef)|
The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) said – and he mentioned India – then he said: “An army of yours will invade India and Allah will grant its conquest to them, until they bring their kings in chains, and Allah will forgive them their sins. Then they will return and when they return, they will find the son of Maryam in ash-Shaam (Syria).” Abu Hurayrah said: If I live to see that campaign, I will sell everything I possess and join the campaign. Then if Allah grants us victory and we return, then I will be Abu Hurayrah the freed (protected from Hellfire). And when we return to Syria we will find there ‘Eesa ibn Maryam. Then I shall make sure that I draw close to him and tell him that I accompanied you, O Messenger of Allah. The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) smiled and said: “Unlikely, unlikely.” [very difficult?]
}}

However, the second coming did not follow either these events:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/145636/hadith-about-the-conquest-of-india islamqa.info: Hadith about the conquest of India]|
What is mentioned in the hadith of Abu Hurayrah (may Allah have mercy on him), which was narrated by Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, about '''the conquest of India has not happened up till now''', but it will happen when ‘Eesaa ibn Maryam (peace be upon him) descends, if the hadith that says that is saheeh.
}}

====No more Khosrau and Caesar====
In Muhammad's time, the ruler of Persia was called Khosrau and the ruler of the Byzantine empire Caesar.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|267}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Khosrau will be ruined, and there will be no Khosrau after him, and Caesar will surely be ruined and there will be no Caesar after him, and you will spend their treasures in Allah's Cause." He called, "War is deceit'.
}}
There are many examples of this prophecy failing for both [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khosrow Kusrau] and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caesar_(title) Caesar]. For example:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Shah Khusrau Shah] was the king of the Justanids in the 10th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Khan Khusrau Khan] was the Sultan of Delhi in the 14th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Doukas_(Caesar) John Doukas] was a Caesar of the Byzantine empire in the 11th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mehmed_the_Conqueror Mehmed the Conqueror] - a 15h century Muslim conqueror, also called himself Caesar

The prophecy is probably referring to the 7th century Islamic conquests. The prediction in Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

====Nations will soon call each other to attack Muslims====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 4297, In-book reference: Book 39, Hadith 7, English translation: Book 38, Hadith 4284|
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The people will soon summon one another to attack you as people when eating invite others to share their dish. Someone asked: Will that be because of our small numbers at that time? He replied: No, you will be numerous at that time: but you will be scum and rubbish like that carried down by a torrent, and Allah will take fear of you from the breasts of your enemy and last enervation into your hearts. Someone asked: What is wahn (enervation). Messenger of Allah (ﷺ): He replied: Love of the world and dislike of death.
}}

One might note that soon after this statement is alleged to have been stated by the prophet, the Muslims would conquer vast lands - the Muslim empire would only come to a grinding halt some 1300 years later.

====Romans would form a majority amongst people====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6296}}|
Mustaurid Qurashi reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The Last Hour would come when the Romans would form a majority amongst people'''. This reached 'Amr b. al-'As and he said: What are these ahadith which are being transmitted from you and which you claim to have heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)? Mustaurid said to him: I stated only that which I heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). Thereupon 'Amr said: If you state this (it is true), for they have the power of tolerance amongst people at the time of turmoil and restore themselves to sanity after trouble, and are good amongst people so far as the destitute and the weak are concerned.
}}

The Roman empire dissolved without the realization of this prophecy.

====Twelve caliphs====
Shi'ite Imamology rests heavily upon this hadith, though has been continuously troubled by it (as have been Sunni scholars), as there appears to be no clear group of "twelve Caliphs" to have appeared in history:{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4480}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Jabir b. Samura who said:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: Islam will continue to be triumphant until there have been '''twelve Caliphs'''. Then the Prophet (ﷺ) said something which I could not understand. I asked my father: What did he say? He said: He has said that all of them (twelve Caliphs) will be from the Quraish.
}}
{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4483}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Amir b. Sa'd b. Abu Waqqas who said:

I wrote (a letter) to Jabir b. Samura and sent it to him through my servant Nafi', asking him to inform me of something he had heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He wrote to me (in reply): I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say on Friday evening, the day on which al-Aslami was stoned to death (for committing adultery): '''The Islamic religion will continue until the Hour has been established, or you have been ruled over by twelve Caliphs, all of them being from the Quraish'''. also heard him say: A small force of the Muslims will capture the white palace, the police of the Persian Emperor or his descendants. I also heard him say: Before the Day of Judgment there will appear (a number of) impostors. You are to guard against them. I also heard him say: When God grants wealth to any one of you, he should first spend it on himself and his family (and then give it in charity to the poor). I heard him (also) say: I will be your forerunner at the Cistern (expecting your arrival).
}}

Commentaries by (Sunni) Islamic scholars:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Fathul-Bari, vol. 13, p.211|
لم ألق أحدا يقطع في هذا الحديث يعني بشيء معين

I have not met anyone who could be certain about the meaning of this hadith!
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Jouzi, Kashful-Majhool, vol.1 p.449|
هذا الحديث قد أطلت البحث عنه، وتطلّبت مظانّه، وسألت عنه، فما رأيت أحدا وقع على المقصود به

I have researched for long to understand this hadith and referred to many references and made much enquiries about it, yet I did not meet anyone who could understand it.
}}

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_caliphs Wikipedia: List of Caliphs]

====Rain which will destroy all dwellings except tents====
This hadith is sahih:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 7554 (sahih)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا أبو كامل وعفان قالا ثنا حماد عن سهيل قال عفان في حديثه قال أنا سهيل بن أبي صالح عن أبيه عن أبي هريرة قال قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم : لا تقوم الساعة حتى يمطر الناس مطرا لا تكن منه بيوت المدر ولا تكن منه الا بيوت الشعر
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده صحيح على شرط مسلم

The Hour will not come until there has been rain which
will destroy all dwellings except tents
}}
====Not living according to the sharia causes infighting between Muslims====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. '''Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”'''
}}

In fact, it is rather Muslim's disagreement as to what constitutes the Sharia (as a result of their trying to implement it) that results in inter-Muslim conflict. One can imagine that had Islam separated church and state, many such conflicts would have been avoided.

====12 thousand from Aden Abyan will make Islam victorious====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 5/33 (sahih)|
يخرجُ من عدنِ أَبْيَنَ اثنا عشرَ ألفًا ينصرونَ اللهَ ورسولَهُ هم خيرُ مَن بيني وبينهم

Out of Aden-Abyan will come 12000, giving victory to the (religion of) Allah and His Messenger. They are the best between me and them.
}}

====Periods of fitnah====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4242 (sahih)|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Umar:

When we were sitting with the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), he talked about periods of trial (fitnahs), mentioning many of them.

When he mentioned the one when people should stay in their houses, some asked him: Messenger of Allah, what is the trial (fitnah) of staying at home?

He replied: It will be flight and plunder. Then will come a test which is pleasant. Its murkiness is due to the fact that it is produced by a man from the people of my house, who will assert that he belongs to me, whereas he does not, for my friends are only the God-fearing. Then the people will unite under a man who will be like a hip-bone on a rib. Then there will be the little black trial which will leave none of this community without giving him a slap, and when people say that it is finished, it will be extended. During it a man will be a believer in the morning and an infidel in the evening, so that the people will be in two camps: the camp of faith which will contain no hypocrisy, and the camp of hypocrisy which will contain no faith. When that happens, expect the Antichrist (Dajjal) that day or the next.
}}

====Inheritance is not distributed====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of '''inheritance are not distributed''' and there is no rejoicing over spoils of war...
}}
====People don't rejoice over spoils of war====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of inheritance are not distributed and '''there is no rejoicing over spoils of war'''...
}}

====Muslims will soon flee to mountains from persecution====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|19}}|
عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُوشِكُ أَنْ يَكُونَ خَيْرَ مَالِ الْمُسْلِمِ غَنَمٌ يَتْبَعُ بِهَا شَعَفَ الْجِبَالِ وَمَوَاقِعَ الْقَطْرِ يَفِرُّ بِدِينِهِ مِنْ الْفِتَنِ

“Soon the best property of a Muslim will be a flock of sheep he takes to the top of a mountain, or in the valleys of rainfall, fleeing with his religion from tribulations.”
}}

====All believers will go to Syria====
{{Quote|Al-Mustadrak alaa al-Sahihain 8461 (sahih)|
يأتي على الناس زمان لا يبقى فيه مؤمن إلا لحق بالشام

A time will come to people when no believer remains except that he came over to As-Sham
}}

====Extinction of the Quraysh tribe====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 16/186 (sahih)|
أسرعُ قبائلِ العربِ فناءً قريشٌ ويوشكُ أن تمرَّ المرأةُ بالنعلِ فتقول إن هذا نعلُ قرشيُّ

The fastest Arab tribe in extinction is Quraysh. Soon a woman will pass by a sandal, then she will say that this is a sandal of a Qurashi.
}}

====Arabs will be exterminated and go to hell====
Hadith da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 3967 (da'eef) and others|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will be a tribulation which will utterly destroy the Arabs, and those who are slain will be in Hell. At that time the tongue will be worse than a blow of the sword.”
}}

====Last of the ummah will curse the first====
Fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 263 (mawdu)|
It was narrated that Jabir said:
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'When the last people of this Ummah curse the first, (at that time) whoever conceals a Hadith will be concealing what Allah has revealed.'" (Maudu')
}}

====Pilgrimage to Makka will be abandoned====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|26|663}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said "The people will continue performing the Hajj and `Umra to the Ka`ba even after the appearance of Gog and Magog." Narrated Shu`ba extra: The Hour (Day of Judgment) will not be established till the Hajj (to the Ka`ba) is abandoned.
}}

====Disappearance of faith====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|274}}, chapter The Disappearance of Faith at the End of Time|
It is narrated on the authority of Anas that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:

"The Hour (Resurrection) will not occur as long as anyone says: 'Allah, Allah.'"
}}

This one appears to be increasingly likely.

====Islam will be widespread====
Although Muhammad predicted that Islam will disappear, he also predicted that Islam will succeed:
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 16509 (sahih)|
Tamim al-Dari reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “This matter will certainly reach every place touched by the night and day. Allah will not leave a house or residence but that Allah will cause this religion to enter it, by which the honorable will be honored and the disgraceful will be disgraced. Allah will honor the honorable with Islam and he will disgrace the disgraceful with unbelief.”
}}
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2176 (sahih)|
"Indeed Allah gathered the earth for me so that I saw its east and its west. And surely my Ummah's authority shall reach over all that was shown to me of it.
}}

Muhammad's predictions about the future of the Muslim ummah appear to have ranged non-existence and annihilation to complete domination, perhaps based on his feelings at various times. Given this full spectrum of possibility, however, it is difficult to maintain that there is any substance to these predictions.

====The Quran will disappear overnight====
{{Quote|Sunan al-Dārimī 3343 (hasan)|
عَنْ زِرٍّ عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ رضي الله عنه قَالَ لَيُسْرَيَنَّ عَلَى الْقُرْآنِ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ فَلَا يُتْرَكُ آيَةٌ فِي مُصْحَفٍ وَلَا فِي قَلْبِ أَحَدٍ إِلَّا رُفِعَتْ

The Quran will vanish in one night. No verse in the scripture or in the heart of anyone will be left behind.
}}

====Islam will wear out====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Majah 3289 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%8C+%D9%83%D9%85%D8%A7+%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D9%88%D8%B4%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AB%D9%88%D8%A8</ref>|
يدرُسُ الإسلامُ كما يدرُسُ وَشيُ الثَّوبِ حتَّى لا يُدرَى ما صيامٌ، ولا صلاةٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدَقةٌ، ولَيُسرى على كتابِ اللَّهِ عزَّ وجلَّ في ليلَةٍ، فلا يبقى في الأرضِ منهُ آيةٌ، وتبقَى طوائفُ منَ النَّاسِ الشَّيخُ الكبيرُ والعجوزُ، يقولونَ: أدرَكْنا آباءَنا على هذِهِ الكلمةِ، لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، فنحنُ نقولُها فقالَ لَهُ صِلةُ: ما تُغني عنهم: لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، وَهُم لا يَدرونَ ما صلاةٌ، ولا صيامٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدقةٌ؟ فأعرضَ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ ردَّها علَيهِ ثلاثًا، كلَّ ذلِكَ يعرضُ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ أقبلَ علَيهِ في الثَّالثةِ، فقالَ: يا صِلةُ، تُنجيهِم منَ النَّار ثلاثًا

“Islam will wear out as embroidery on a garment wears out, until no one will know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are. The Book of Allah will be taken away at night, and not one Verse of it will be left on earth. And there will be some people left, old men and old women, who will say: “We saw our fathers saying these words: ‘La ilaha illallah’ so we say them too.” Silah said to him: “What good will (saying): La ilaha illallah do them, when they do not know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are?” Hudhaifah turned away from his. He repeated his question three times, and Hudhaifah turned away from him each time. Then he turned to him on the third time and said: “O Silah! It will save them from Hell,” three times.
}}

====Islam will end up like a snake crawling back into its hole====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|271}}|
It is narrated on the authority of Ibn 'Umar ('Abdullah b. 'Umar) that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) observed:

Verily Islam started as something strange and it would again revert (to its old position) of being strange just as it started, and it would recede between the two mosques just as the serpent crawls back into its hole.
}}

In other hadith, Muhammad described belief in Islam as a snake:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|30|100}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "Verily, Belief returns and goes back to Medina as a snake returns and goes back to its hole (when in danger).
}}

====Countries colonized by Muslims will stop paying them and Muslims will be poor again====
The hadith is in the chapter called "Making Endowments Of The Lands Of As-Sawad, And The Lands That Were Conquered By Force":
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/abudawud/20 Sunan Abi Dawud 3035 / In-book reference: Book 20, Hadith 108 / English translation: Book 19, Hadith 3029]|
Abu Hurairah reported the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) as saying “Iraq will prevent its measure (qafiz) and dirham. Syria will prevent its measure (mudi) and dinar. Egypt will prevent its measure (irdabb) and dinar. Then you will return to the position where you started. Zuhair said this three times. The flesh and blood of Abu Hurairah witnessed it.
}}

====Buttocks of women of Daus are moving around the Yemenite Kaba====

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|232}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till '''the buttocks of the women of the tribe of Daus move while going round Dhi-al-Khalasa'''." Dhi-al-Khalasa was the idol of the Daus tribe which they used to worship in the Pre Islamic Period of ignorance.
}}

It was interpreted metaphorically as a rise of polytheism because the idol was destroyed and the people were killed before it came true :
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6052}}|
Jabir reported that there was in pre-Islamic days a temple called '''Dhu'l- Khalasah and it was called the Yamanite Ka'ba''' or the northern Ka'ba. Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said unto me:

Will you rid me of Dhu'l-Khalasah and so I went forth at the head of 350 horsemen of the tribe of Ahmas and '''we destroyed it and killed whomsoever we found there'''. Then we came back to him (to the Holy Prophet) and informed him and he blessed us and the tribe of Ahmas.
}}

====People commonly have sex in the streets, like donkeys====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Hibban 6/345 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D9%8E%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D9%82%D9%8F%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%8F+%D8%AD%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%91%D9%8E%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B3%D9%8F+%D9%81%D9%90%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B7%D9%91%D9%8F%D8%B1%D9%8F%D9%82%D9%90+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8F%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%92%D8%AD%D9%8E%D9%85%D9%90%D9%8A%D8%B1%D9%90</ref>|
لا تقومُ السَّاعةُ حتَّى يتسافدَ النَّاسُ في الطُّرقِ تسافُدَ الحميرِ

The Hour shall not commence until the people engage in sexual
intercourse in the streets just like donkeys.
}}

Public sex was already happening among ancient civilizations.<ref>[https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/all-about-sex/201809/orgies-through-the-ages Orgies Through the Ages]</ref>

====Rise of polytheism====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4252|
..the Last Hour will not come before the tribes of my people attach themselves to the polytheists and tribes of my people worship idols..
}}
Polytheism has become less popular with time.

====People will worship goddesses Lat and Uzza again====
The goddesses [[Lat]] and [[Uzza]] were worshiped by Arabs before the Islamic conquest of Arabia.

{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'''. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====All believers will be killed by a wind from Allah and only evil people (= non-Muslims) will survive====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. '''Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die''' and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====Killing neighbors and family members====
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 118 (classified as "very good" by Albani)|
عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى‏ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَقْتُلَ الرَّجُلُ جَارَهُ وَأَخَاهُ وَأَبَاهُ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “The Hour will not be established until a man kills his neighbor, his brother, and his father.”
}}

====Abundance of deaths by lightning====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad, vol. 3 pg. 64/65 (sahih)|
تَكثُرُ الصَّواعِقُ عِندَ اقْتِرابِ السَّاعةِ، حتَّى يَأتيَ الرَّجُلُ القَومَ، فيقولَ: مَن صَعِقَ قِبَلَكمُ الغَداةَ؟ فيَقولون: صَعِقَ فُلانٌ وفُلانٌ.

There will be an abundance of lightning with the coming of the Hour, until a man comes to a tribe asking: Who was struck today? Then they say: So and so
}}
John Jensenius (a lightning specialist) said that the number of injuries and deaths caused by lightning is actually going down. <ref>https://www.cbsnews.com/news/are-lightning-strikes-becoming-more-common/</ref>

====Luka bin Luka will be the happiest person====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2209 (sahih)|
Hudhaifah bin Al-Yaman narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Hour will not be established until the happiest of people in the world is Luka' bin Luka'."
}}

Scholars interpreted the name "Luka bin Luka" (لكع بن لكع) to mean "the most despicable/wicked/evil"<ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/18510/%D9%85%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%89-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB</ref> and "wickedness", rather than a specific person

====Wine, musical instruments and singing girls will turn Muslims into monkeys and pigs====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Ibn Majah 4020, In-book reference: Book 36, Hadith 95, English translation: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4020|
لَيَشْرَبَنَّ نَاسٌ مِنْ أُمَّتِي الْخَمْرَ يُسَمُّونَهَا بِغَيْرِ اسْمِهَا يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ وَالْمُغَنِّيَاتِ يَخْسِفُ اللَّهُ بِهِمُ الأَرْضَ وَيَجْعَلُ مِنْهُمُ الْقِرَدَةَ وَالْخَنَازِيرَ

It was narrated from Abu Malik Ash’ari that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“People among my nation will drink wine, calling it by another name, and musical instruments will be played for them and singing girls (will sing for them). Allah will cause the earth to swallow them up, and will turn them into monkeys and pigs.”
}}

Since the hadith literally says "is played upon their heads with musical instruments" (يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ) some claim that it is a prediction of headphones. But it says "played", not "placed" upon their heads, the word "instruments" is in the plural form and the singing girls are obviously real singing girls, while with head phones the singing would be included in the headphones. The interpretation that the word "musical instruments" (معازف) refers to musical instruments fits much better into the context.

Muhammad himself listened to singing girls, perhaps he was in a better mood since it was the day of Eid:{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|15|72}}|
Narrated Aisha:

Abu Bakr came to my house while two small Ansari girls were singing beside me the stories of the Ansar concerning the Day of Buath. And they were not singers. Abu Bakr said protestingly, "Musical instruments of Satan in the house of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) !" It happened on the `Id day and Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "O Abu Bakr! There is an `Id for every nation and this is our `Id."
}}

Wine and singing was already mentioned in pre-Islamic Arab poetry:
{{Quote|Dhu Jadan al-Himyari, Sirat Rasul Allah p. 19|
Peace, confound you! You can't turn me from my purpose

Thy scolding dries my spittle!

To '''the music of singers''' in times past 'twas fine

When we drank our fill of purest noblest wine.

'''Drinking freely of wine brings me no shame'''

If my behaviour no boon-companion would blame.

For death no man can hold back Though he drink the perfumed potions of the quack.
}}

====Allah will put pieces of the world on his fingers====
Muhammad agreed with this prophecy presented by a Jewish Scholar
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 39, Hadith 6699|
Abdullah b. Mas'ud reported that a Jewish scholar came to Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) and said:

Muhammad, or Abu al-Qasim, verily, Allah, the Exalted and Glorious would carry the Heavens on the Day of Judgment upon one finger and earths upon one finger and the mountains and trees upon one finger and the ocean and moist earth upon one finger, and in fact the whole of the creation upon one finger, and then He would stir them and say: I am your Lord, I am your Lord. Thereupon Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) smiled testifying what that scholar had said. He then recited this verse:" And they honour not Allah with the honour due to Him; and the whole earth will be in His grip on the Day of Resurrection and the heaven rolled up in His right hand. Glory be to Him I and highly Exalted is He above what they associate (with Him)" (Az-Zumar:67).
}}

====Medina banishes its evils====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3188}}|
Abu Huraira (Allah be pleased with him) reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

A time will come for the people (of Medina) when a man will invite his cousin and any other near relation: Come (and settle) at (a place) where living is cheap, come to where there is plenty, but Medina will be better for them; would they know it! By Him in Whose Hand is my life, none amongst them would go out (of the city) with a dislike for it, but Allah would make his successor in it someone better than be. Behold. Medina is like furnace which eliminates from it the impurities. And '''the Last Hour will not come until Medina banishes its evils''' just as a furnace eliminates the impurities of iron.
}}
====Nobody will accept charity====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|492}}|
Narrated Haritha bin Wahab:

I heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "O people! Give in charity as a time will come upon you when a person will wander about with his object of charity and will not find anybody to accept it, and one (who will be requested to take it) will say, "If you had brought it yesterday, would have taken it, but today I am not in need of it."
}}

====Not paying zakat causes a lack of rain====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. '''They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them'''. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

====Swelling of crescents [The Moon]====
{{Quote|Sahih Al-Jami' 5898 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%85%D9%90%D9%86+%D8%A7%D9%82%D9%92%D8%AA%D9%90%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%86%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%AE%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D9%87%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A9%D9%90&order=color</ref>|
مِنَ اقترابِ الساعَةِ انتفاخُ الأهِلَّةِ

From approaching of the Hour is the swelling of crescents
}}

====An Abyssinian will destroy the Kaba====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 7:6953/2909c|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: It would be an Abyssinian having two small shanks who would destroy the House ol Allah, the Exalted and Glorious.
}}

====Collapse, transformation and stoning from the sky====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2185 (sahih)|
'Aishah narrated "The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
'In the end of this Ummah there will be a collapse, transformation, and Qadhf."' She said :"I said: 'O Messenger of Allah! Will they be destroyed while they are righteous among them?' He said: 'Yes, when evil is dominant."'
}}

It's just three vague words خَسْفٌ وَمَسْخٌ وَقَذْفٌ (khasf and maskh and qadhf). Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Munawi - Fayd al-Qadir|
3176 - (بين يدي الساعة مسخ) قلب الخلقة من شيء إلى شيء أو تحويل الصورة إلى أقبح منها أو مسخ القلوب (وخسف) أي غور في الأرض (وقذف) أي رمي بالحجارة من جهة السماء

maskh - transformation of creation from its shape to an uglier one

khasf - a depression in the Earth

qadhf - pelting with stones from the sky

}}

====Euphrates will uncover a mountain of gold soon====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|235}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "'''Soon the river "Euphrates" will disclose the treasure (the mountain) of gold''', so whoever will be present at that time should not take anything of it." Al-A'raj narrated from Abii Huraira that the Prophet (ﷺ) said the same but he said, "It (Euphrates) will uncover a mountain of gold (under it).
}}
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 2894a|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: The Last Hour would not come before the Euphrates uncovers a mountain of gold, for which people would fight. Ninety-nine out of each one hundred would die but every man amongst them would say that perhaps he would be the one who would be saved (and thus possess this gold).
}}

No such event followed soon thereafter.

====Gender ratio will be 50 women to 1 men====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|81}}|
I will narrate to you a Hadith and none other than I will tell you about after it. I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) saying: From among the portents of the Hour are (the following): -1. Religious knowledge will decrease (by the death of religious learned men). -2. Religious ignorance will prevail. -3. There will be prevalence of open illegal sexual intercourse. -4. '''Women will increase in number and men will decrease in number so much so that fifty women will be looked after by one man.'''
}}

====Knowledge will be sought from young people====
{{Quote|al-Mu’jam al-Kabīr 908 (sahih)|
عَنْ أَبِي أُمَيَّةَ اللَّخْمِيِّ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ إِنَّ مِنْ أَشْرَاطِ السَّاعَةِ ثَ أَنْ يُلْتَمَسَ الْعِلْمَ عِنْدَ الْأَصَاغِرِ

The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Verily, among the signs of the Hour is that knowledge will be sought from the young.”
}}

====Seventy-three sects====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 5, Book 38, Hadith 2640 (hasan)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "The Jews split into seventy-one sects, or seventy-two sects, and the Christians similarly, and my Ummah will split into seventy-three sects."
}}

====Emergence of Sufyani====
This hadith is daeef:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4/520 (da'eef)|
يخرج رجل يقال له السفياني في عمق دمشق ، وعامة من يتبعه من كلب ، فيقتل حتى يبقر بطون النساء ويقتل الصبيان ، فتجمع لهم قيس فيقتلها حتى لا يمنع ذنب تلعة ، ويخرج رجل من أهل بيتي في الحرة فيبلغ السفياني فيبعث إليه جنداً من جنده فيهزمهم ، فيسير إليه السفياني بمن معه ، حتى إذا صار ببيداء من الأرض خسف بهم ، فلا ينجو منهم إلا المخبر عنهم

There will emerge a man called as-Sufyaani from the depths of Damascus, and most of those who follow him will be from (the tribe of) Kalb. He will kill many people until he rips open the bellies of women and kill children. (The tribe of) Qays will gather against him and he will kill them. A man from my family will emerge in the harrah, and news of that will reach as-Sufyaani. He will send troops against him and he will defeat them. Then as-Sufyaani will march towards him accompanied by those who are with him, then when he is in a plain, they will be swallowed up by the earth and none of them will be saved except the one who will tell others about them.
}}

====Muslims in mosque won't find an imam to lead them in prayer====
This hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Abu Dawud Book 2, Hadith 581, chapter It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam|
Narrated Sulamah daughter of al-Hurr:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: One of the signs of the Last Hour will be that people in a mosque will refuse to act as imam and will not find an imam to lead them in prayer.
}}

 
{{Quote|Sunan An-nasa'i Vol. 1, Book 10, Hadith 783, chapter "When people are together and are all of the same status"|
It was narrated from Abu Sa'eed that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"when there are three people let one of them lead the prayer, and the one who is most entitled to lead the prayer is the one who has most knowledge of the Qur'an."
}}

This prophecy was included in a chapter called "It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam", and is perhaps best understood as a sort of moral exhortation to lead prayer when a prayer needs to be led.

====Dajjal nor plague will be able to enter Medina====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2242 (sahih)|
Anas narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Dajjal will come to Al-Madinah to find the angels have surrounded it. Neither the plague nor the Dajjal will enter it, if Allah wills."
}}Medina, historically, has not proven to be especially or at all plague-proof. Moreover, during plagues, the Saudi government (and the caliphates, historically) had to close off access to Mecca and Medina to prevent the spread of disease. The prophet also stated that there was no such thing as a contagious disease.

====Jesus will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish Jizyah====
{{Quote|Sunan ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4078 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"The Hour will not begin until 'Eisa bin Maryam comes down as a just judge and a just ruler. He will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish the Jizyah, and wealth will become so abundant that no one will accept it."
}}

====Gog and Magog will drink out the lake of Tiberias====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7015}}|
And then Allah would send Gog and Magog and they would swarm down from every slope. The first of them would pass the lake of Tiberias and drink out of it. And when the last of them would pass, he would say: There was once water there.
}}

Gog and Magog are described in the hadith and Quran as tribes on Earth blocked by a big iron wall, erected by [[Category:Dhul-Qarnayn|Dhul-Qarnayn]], that will be unlocked at the end of times. There are supposed to be so many of them that they will drink the entire lake of Tiberias (Sea of Galilee) dry.

====Gog and Magog will successfully dig through the wall====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4080|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"Gog and Magog people dig every day until, when they can almost see the rays of the sun, the one in charge of them says: "Go back and we will dig it tomorrow." Then Allah puts it back, stronger than it was before. (This will continue) until, when their time has come, and Allah wants to send them against the people, they will dig until they can almost see the rays of the sun, then the one who is in charge of them will say: "Go back, and we will dig it tomorrow if Allah wills.' So '''they will say: "If Allah wills." Then they will come back to it and it will be as they left it. So they will dig and will come out to the people''', and they will drink all the water. The people will fortify themselves against them in their fortresses. They will shoot their arrows towards the sky and they will come back with blood on them, and they will say: "We have defeated the people of earth and dominated the people of heaven." Then Allah will send a worm in the napes of their necks and will kill them thereby.'" The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "By the One in Whose Hand is my soul, the beasts of the earth will grow fat on their flesh."
}}

====Muslims will use bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood for 7 years====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4076 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Nawwas bin Sam'an that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"The Muslims will use the bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood, for seven years.'"
}}

==See also==

*[[Quranic Prophecies]]

External:

*[https://www.marefa.org/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9_%D9%81%D9%8A_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85 List of Muhammad's prophecies] (Arabic)
*[https://rationalwiki.org/wiki/Biblical_prophecies#Criteria_for_a_true_prophecy RationalWiki: Biblical prophecies, Criteria for a true prophecy] (could be analogically applied to Islamic prophecies)
*[https://detechter.com/15-ancient-hindu-predictions-that-have-come-true/#List_of_15_Ancient_Hindu_Prophecy_From_Bhagavata_Purana 15 Hindu predictions] - ''Comparing and contrasting Islamic prophecies with those of other religions' scriptures predictions is instructive''

==References==

[[Category:Prophecies]]
<references />
[[Category:Hadith]]
[[Category:Miracles]]
[[Category:Muhammad]]
[[Category:Sacred history]]
[[Category:Eschatology]]
[[Category:Revelation]]
[[Category:Qadr (fate)]]

Prophecies in the Hadith

2021-03-29T15:43:00Z

Prekladator: these2 little points should be at the end

{{QualityScore|Lead=1|Structure=4|Content=4|Language=2|References=3}}
Muhammad's prophecies are predictions attributed to him and written hundreds of years after his [[Muhammad's Death|death]]. Many prophecies are considered "signs of the Hour" (Islamic eschatology). Some prophecies are general statements that may apply to times even before Islam, other prophecies predict early Islamic history (which happened before the predictions were written) and some prophecies make predictions about the the future to come after the hadiths were written.

Prophecies in this article are from the hadiths. Quranic prophecies have a [[Quranic Prophecies|separate article]].
==Signs of the Hour==
"The Hour" (الساعة) refers to a period of time on the Day of Judgement.
{{Quote|{{Quran|30|55}}|
And '''the Day the Hour''' appears the criminals will swear they had remained but an hour. Thus they were deluded."
}}

Signs of the Hour indicate that the Hour (and the end of the world) is coming. They were divided by scholars into minor and major. The major signs are contained in this hadith:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6931}}|
Hudhaifa b. Usaid al-Ghifari reported:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) came to us all of a sudden as we were (busy in a discussion). He said: What do you discuss about? They (the Companions) said. We are discussing about the Last Hour. Thereupon he said: It will not come until you see ten signs before and (in this connection) he made a mention of the smoke, Dajjal, the beast, the rising of the sun from the west, the descent of Jesus son of Mary (Allah be pleased with him), the Gog and Magog, and land-slides in three places, one in the east, one in the west and one in Arabia at the end of which fire would burn forth from the Yemen, and would drive people to the place of their assembly.
}}

The minor signs indicate that the Hour is "getting closer", while the major signs indicate that the Hour will happen immediately after them. The first major sign is coming of the Dajjal and Muhammad thought that it might happen during his life or during life of his companions:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4307}}|"Al-nawwas b. Sim’an al-Kilabi said:
'''The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) mentioned the Dajjal (Antichrist) saying: If he comes forth while I am among you''' I shall be the one who will dispute with him on your behalf, but if he comes forth when I am not among you, a man must dispute on his own behalf, and Allah will take my place in looking after every Muslim. Those of you who live up to his time should recite over him the opening verses of Surat al – Kahf, for they are your protection from his trial. We asked: How long will he remain on the earth ? He replied : Forty days, one like a year, one like a month, one like a week, and rest of his days like yours. We asked : Messenger of Allah, will one day’s prayer suffice us in this day which will be like a year ? He replied : No, you must make an estimate of its extent. Then Jesus son of Marry will descend at the white minaret to the east of Damascus. He will then catch him up at the date of Ludd and kill him."}}
{{Quote|Tirmidhi 2234 (hasan)|"Abu 'Ubaidah bin Al-Jarrah said:
"I heard the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w): 'There was never a Prophet after Nuh but that he warned his people about '''the Dajjal''', and indeed I shall warn you of him.' Then the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) described him for us, and he said: "Perhaps some of '''you who see me, or hear my words shall live to see him'''." They said: "O Messenger of Allah! How will our hearts be on that day?" He said: "The same – that is, as today – or better.”"}}

Some reject the hadiths of the signs of the Hour <ref>http://bayanelislam.net/Suspicion.aspx?id=03-02-0071</ref>, because a Quranic verse indicates that the Hour will come by surprise (not after seeing clear signs) and that only Allah has knowledge about the Hour (not Muhammad):
{{Quote|{{Quran|7|187}}|
They ask you ˹O Prophet˺ regarding the Hour, “When will it be?” Say, “That knowledge is only with my Lord. He alone will reveal it when the time comes. It is too tremendous for the heavens and the earth and will only take you by surprise.” They ask you as if you had full knowledge of it. Say, “That knowledge is only with Allah, but most people do not know.”
}}

*7th century Arabs didn't have the concept of "an hour" meaning 60 minutes. An hour (ساعة) just meant a period of time [shorter than a day]. <ref>AR: https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/140286/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%88-%D9%85%D9%82%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%B1-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF%D8%A9-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%8A%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D8%AD%D8%A7%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D9%88%D9%87%D9%84-%D9%87%D9%88-%D8%B3%D8%AA%D9%88%D9%86-%D8%AF%D9%82%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A9</ref>
*Most prophecies are linked to the Hour

==Characteristics==

*Predictions don't have the time when they are supposed to happen. So even if it doesn't happen, Muslim can still believe it will happen in the future. For example the conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting. But it was conquered by fighting, so some Muslims think that this wasn't what was predicted and there will be another conquest of Constantinople that will get it right.
*Scarcely any predictions were fulfilled once the predictions had been written down in the form of hadiths.

==Retrodictions and Reiterating Biblical Prophecy==
The hadith collections were written, often by Persian authors, hundreds of years after the death of Muhammad. So when the hadiths contain a prophecy about early Islamic history, they are likely only being attributed to Muhammad after the fact. This category also includes things that always happened, even before Islam (earthquakes, wars, people being dishonest...) and prophecies copied from the Bible.

===Fabrication of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Introduction, Narration 15|
يَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ الزَّمَانِ دَجَّالُونَ كَذَّابُونَ يَأْتُونَكُمْ مِنَ الأَحَادِيثِ بِمَا لَمْ تَسْمَعُوا أَنْتُمْ وَلاَ آبَاؤُكُمْ فَإِيَّاكُمْ وَإِيَّاهُمْ لاَ يُضِلُّونَكُمْ وَلاَ يَفْتِنُونَكُمْ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings of Allah upon him, said:
‘There will be in the end of time charlatan liars coming to you with narrations (hadiths) that you nor your fathers heard, so beware of them lest they misguide you and cause you tribulations’.
}}
There were a lot of fabricators of hadiths before the hadiths were written (mostly in the 9th century). Muslim scholars thus invented a "science of hadiths" which determines which oral traditions are fabricated and which are from people who supposedly "never lie".

===The caliphate will last 30 years===
{{Quote|{{Al Tirmidhi||4|7|2226}}|
Sa'eed bin Jumhan narrated:
"Safinah narrated to me, he said: 'The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said: "'''Al-Khilafah will be in my Ummah for thirty years''', then there will be monarchy after that."' Then Safinah said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of Abu Bakr,' then he said: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Umar and the Khilafah of 'Uthman.' Then he said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Ali."' He said: "So we found that they add up to thirty years." Sa'eed said: "I said to him: 'Banu Umaiyyah claim that the Khilafah is among them.' He said: 'Banu Az-Zarqa' lie, rather they are a monarchy, among the worst of monarchies."'
}}

*The first caliphate lasted from 632-661, 29 years time.
*Tirmidhi, author of this hadith collection, was born in 824, more than 100 years after the end of the caliphate
*The hadith in it's text is in the context of discussion about previous caliphates
*The political system after the first caliphate, was still called a caliphate. There was some form of caliphate until the 20th century

===Rulership of the foolish after Muhammad===
{{Quote|Mishkat al-Masabih 3700|
Ka'b b. ‘Ujra told that God's Messenger said to him, “I commend you to God to protect you from '''the rulership of the foolish''' (إمارةِ السُّفهاءِ).” He asked what that was, and God’s Messenger replied, “'''After my time''' governors will arise whose falsehood will be believed and who will be assisted in their oppression by those who enter their presence. They have nothing to do with me and I have nothing to do with them, and they will never come down to me at the Pond. But they who do not enter their presence, believe their falsehood and help them in their oppression, those belong to me and I belong to them, and those ones will come down to me at the Pond.”}}

===Vile men control affairs of the people===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah 4036 (hasan)|
..and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}
===Return of the caliphate===
The hadith was sent to a new caliph Umar II:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 4/273, 18430 (hasan)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا سليمان بن داود الطيالسي حدثني داود بن إبراهيم الواسطي حدثني حبيب بن سالم عن النعمان بن بشير قال : كنا قعودا في المسجد مع رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم وكان بشير رجلا يكف حديثه فجاء أبو ثعلبة الخشني فقال يا بشير بن سعد أتحفظ حديث رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم في الأمراء فقال حذيفة أنا أحفظ خطبته فجلس أبو ثعلبة فقال حذيفة قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم تكون النبوة فيكم ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء الله أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا عاضا فيكون ما شاء الله ان يكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا جبرية فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة ثم سكت قال حبيب فلما قام عمر بن عبد العزيز وكان يزيد بن النعمان بن بشير في صحابته فكتبت إليه بهذا الحديث أذكره إياه فقلت له انى أرجو ان يكون أمير المؤمنين يعنى عمر بعد الملك العاض والجبرية فادخل كتابي على عمر بن عبد العزيز فسر به وأعجبه
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده حسن

It was narrated by Ahmed in his Musnad, from Al-Nu’man b.Bashir, who said: “We were sitting in the mosque of the Messenger of Allah(saw), and Bashir was a man who did not speak much, so Abu Tha’labah Al-Khashnee came and said: ‘Oh, Bashir bin Sa’ad, have you memorized the words of the Messenger of Allah (saw) regarding the rulers?’ Huthayfah replied, ‘I have memorized his words’. So Abu Tha’labah sat down and Huthayfah said, ‘The Messenger of Allah (saw) said ‘'''Prophet-hood will be among you''' as long as Allah wishes, then He will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of the Prophet''', and it will be as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be an inheritance rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a coercive rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of Prophet-hood'''.’ Then he (saw) was silent.” Habib said: “When '''Umar ibn AbdulAziz became caliph I wrote to him, mentioning this tradition to him''' and saying, “I hope '''you will be the commander of the faithful after the biting and the oppressive kingdoms'''. ”It pleased and charmed him, i.e. Umar ibn AbdulAziz.”
}}
Umar II died in 720 and he was expected to bring back the good old caliphate. Musnad Ahmad was written in the 9th century.

==="Prophet, siddiq and two martyrs"===
Notice that the future caliphs are usually mentioned in the order in which they will be caliphs (strongly suggesting these were written later by someone who already knew the order):
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|35}}|
Narrated Anas bin Malik:

The Prophet (ﷺ) ascended the mountain of Uhud and he was accompanied by '''Abu Bakr, `Umar and `Uthman'''. The mountain shook beneath them. The Prophet (ﷺ) hit it with his foot and said, "O Uhud ! Be firm, for on you there is none but a '''Prophet, a Siddiq and a martyr (i.e. and two martyrs)'''.
}}

The hadith was interpreted as a vague prediction that Abu Bakr will die naturally and Umar and Uthman will be killed. The 3 caliphs were in the 7th century. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Khawarij===
According to Islamic scholars, this hadith is about the coming of the Khawarij:
{{Quote|Sunan An-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 37, Hadith 4107|
It was narrated that 'Ali said:
"I heard the Messenger of Allah [SAW] say: 'At the end of time there will appear young people with foolish minds. Their faith will not pass through their throats, and they will go out of Islam as an arrow goes through the target. If you meet them, then kill them, for killing them will bring reward to the one who killed them on the Day of Resurrection.'"
}}

Khawarij ("The Leavers") left the army of the caliph Ali in the middle of the 7th century. The prediction was written in the middle of the 9th century, two hundred years later.

The prophecy says "at the end of time". The Khawarij appeared more than a thousand years ago.

===Places of killed people at the battle of Badr===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 19, Hadith 4394|
..Then the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: This is the place where so and so would be killed. He placed his hand on the earth (saying) here and here; (and) none of them fell away from the place which the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) had indicated by placing his hand on the earth.
}}

Battle of Badr was in the 7th century. This hadith collection was authored in the 9th century.

===Earthquakes will increase===
It's a part of a longer hadith as one of the signs of the end of the world:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
.. and earthquakes will increase in number..
}}

There were always earthquakes, increasing and decreasing. There is a report that earthquakes happened also during the life of Muhammad:
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/bulugh/2/441 Bulugh al-Maram 2:509]|
He [the Prophet (ﷺ)] prayed during an earthquake six bowings and four prostrations, and said, "This is the way the Prayer of the Signs (of Allah) is offered.
}}

Earthquakes were also predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. '''There will be great earthquakes''', famines and pestilences in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}

===Rain is hot===
This hadith is classified as mawdu (fabricated). <ref>https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/265083/%D8%AD%D9%88%D9%84-%D8%B5%D8%AD%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%85%D8%B3%D8%B9%D9%88%D8%AF-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9</ref> It's part of a long hadith about coming of the Hour:
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
..وَأَنْ يَكُونَ الْمَطَرُ قَيْظًا ..
..and that rain will be hot (قيظا)..
}}

It was also mentioned in Lane's lexicon:
{{Quote|Lane's lexicon on قَيْظٌ <ref>http://lexicon.quranic-research.net/data/21_q/239_qyZ.html</ref>|
لَا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكُونَ الوَلَدُ غَيْظًا والمَطَرُ قَيْظًا, a saying of Moḥammad, meaning [The resurrection, or the time thereof, will not come to pass until the birth of a child be an occasion of wrath, or rage, and] rain be accompanied by air like the قيظ [or '''most vehement heat of summer''']. (TA.)
}}

The word قيظ (''qayz'') was also mentioned in a different hadith meaning "hot weather":{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 6 (Hasan)|
Rifa'ah bin Rafi' said:
I heard Abu Bakr as-Siddeeq say on the minbar of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) : I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, and Abu Bakr wept when he remembered the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) , then he recovered and said. I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, in this '''hot weather''' (القيظ) last year: `Ask Allah for forgiveness, well-being and certainty of faith in the Hereafter and in this world.”
}}

Some insist that the word قيظ means "acidic".

===Strong wind===
Muhammad predicted a strong wind on the same day it happened, so there was probably already a wind getting stronger:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|559}}|
..When we reached Tabuk, the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "There will be a strong wind tonight and so no one should stand and whoever has a camel, should fasten it." So we fastened our camels. A strong wind blew at night and a man stood up and he was blown away to a mountain called Taiy..
}}
The prophecy was written in the 9th century.

===Child is filled with rage===
This is a part of a fabricated (mawdu') hadith.
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
وإن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها: أن يكون الولد غيظاً، وأن يكون المطر قيظاً

And from the signs of the Hour is that '''a boy will be enraged''' and that water will be hot
}}
Angry children have been around since time immemorial.

===Muhammad's death===
Muhammad predicted that he will die. The prediction doesn't contain any specific information about his death:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "'''Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death''', the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

The context is that it will be a sign that the Hour is coming. But Muhammad died more than a thousand years ago and the Hour didn't come.

===Muhammad's wife with the longest arm will die first===
{{Quote|Sahih Bukhari: Vol. 2, Book of Tax (Zakat), Hadith 501|
Narrated 'Aisha:

Some of the wives of the Prophet asked him, "Who amongst us will be the first to follow you (i.e. die after you)?" He said, "Whoever has the longest hand." So they started measuring their hands with a stick and Sauda's hand turned out to be the longest. (When Zainab bint Jahsh died first of all in the caliphate of 'Umar), we came to know that the long hand was a symbol of practicing charity, so she was the first to follow the Prophet and she used to love to practice charity. (Sauda died later in the caliphate of Muawiya).
}}

It's questionable whether the prophecy was metaphorical and fulfilled or whether it was literal and hence re-interpreted. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Muhammad's daughter Fatima will die first from his family===
During Muhammad's illness, Fatima was walking like Muhammad, so she also had signs of illness:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6005}}|
`A'isha reported that all the wives of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) had gathered (in her apartment) '''during the days of his (Prophet's) last illness ''' and no woman was left behind that '''Fatima, who walked after the style of Allah's Messenger''' (ﷺ), came there. He welcomed her by saying:

You are welcome, my daughter, and made her sit on his right side or on his left side, and then talked something secretly to her and Fatima wept. Then he talked something secretly to her and she laughed. I said to her: What makes you weep? She said: I am not going to divulge the secret of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). I (`A'isha) said: I have not seen (anything happening) like today, the happiness being more close to grief (as I see today) when she wept. I said to her: Has Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) singled you out for saying something leaving us aside? She then wept and I asked her what he said, and she said: I am not going to divulge the secrets of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). And when he died I again asked her and she said that he (the Holy Prophet) told her: Gabriel used to recite the Qur'an to me once a year and for this year it was twice and so I perceived that my death had drawn near, and that '''I (Fatima) would be the first amongst the members of his family who would meet him (in the Hereafter)'''. He shall be my good forerunner and it made me weep. He again talked to me secretly (saying): Aren't you pleased that you should be the sovereign amongst the believing women or the head of women of this Ummah? And this made me laugh.
}}

===A plague kills many Muslims===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, '''a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep''', the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}
It was interpreted as a prophecy about the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Amwas Plague of Amwas] (638-639), which is considered a re-emergence of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Justinian the Plague of Justinian] (541-549), so there was a precedent.

The prediction was written in the 9th century.

===Sexual immorality (abominations)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: '''Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them'''. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

Sexual immorality (or "abomination") was nothing new in the 7th century. The Old Testament mentions such a story:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 19:3-8|
He prepared a meal for them, baking bread without yeast, and they ate. Before they had gone to bed, all the men from every part of the city of Sodom—both young and old—surrounded the house. They called to Lot, “Where are the men who came to you tonight? Bring them out to us so that we can have sex with them.” Lot went outside to meet them and shut the door behind him and said, “No, my friends. Don’t do this wicked thing. Look, I have two daughters who have never slept with a man. Let me bring them out to you, and you can do what you like with them.
}}

In the New Testament Jesus spoke to a woman who had many sexual partners:
{{Quote|The Bible, John 4:16-18|
“Go and get your husband,” Jesus told her.

“I don’t have a husband,” the woman replied.

Jesus said, “You’re right! You don’t have a husband— for you have had five husbands, and you aren’t even married to the man you’re living with now. You certainly spoke the truth!”
}}

There were also abominations happening in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|62|65}}|
Narrated `Aisha:

that the Prophet (ﷺ) married her when '''she was six years old and he consummated his marriage when she was nine years old'''. Hisham said: I have been informed that `Aisha remained with the Prophet (ﷺ) for nine years (i.e. till his death).
}}

Plagues and diseases also happened throughout whole history. Plagues (pestilences) were also predicted in the Bible, hundreds of years before Muhammad:{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be great earthquakes, famines and '''pestilences''' in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}
===Homosexuality===
This is a fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يا ابن مسعود إن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها أن يكتفي الرجال بالرجال والنساء بالنساء

..O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that men are content with men and women with women..
}}

Homosexuals existed before Islam.

===People flogging people===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: '''people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people''', and the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Ishaa’ah li Ashraat il-Saa’ah, p. 119|
Al-Sakhaawi said: They are now the helpers of the oppressors, and usually it refers to the worst group around the ruler. It may also apply to unjust rulers.
}}

Muhammad commanded flogging (and killing) people:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4482 (hasan sahih)|
Narrated Mu'awiyah ibn AbuSufyan:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: If they (the people) drink wine, flog them, again if they drink it, flog them. Again if they drink it, kill them.
}}
===Women naked, but dressed (wearing revealing clothes)===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people, and '''the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side'''. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Some apologists present it as something new that happens in the 21st century and Muhammad couldn't have guessed it.
{{Quote|islamqa.info: Commentary on the hadeeth; “two types of the people of Hell whom I have not seen…” <ref>https://islamqa.info/en/answers/47017/commentary-on-the-hadeeth-two-types-of-the-people-of-hell-whom-i-have-not-seen</ref>|
This hadeeth is one of the miracles of Prophethood, for these two types of people have appeared, and '''they exist now, as al-Nawawi (may Allaah have mercy on him) said.'''
}}
Al-Nawawi lived in the 13th century.

Islamic sources say that there were naked women circumambulating around the Kaba in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||3|24|2959}}|
It was narrated from Saeed bin Jubair that Ibn Abbas said:
"Women used to circumambulate the Kabah naked, saying: 'Today some, or all of it will appear And whatever appers I don't make is permissible.' Then the following was revealed: 'O Children of Adam! Take your adornment to every Masjid.'"
}}

There is also a hadith with the same terminology of dressed (كاسيات) and undressed (عاريات) but in a different context:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|21|226}}|
Narrated Um Salama:

One night the Prophet (ﷺ) got up and said, "Subhan Allah! How many afflictions Allah has revealed tonight and how many treasures have been sent down (disclosed). Go and wake the sleeping lady occupants of these dwellings up (for prayers), perhaps a well '''dressed''' (كاسية) in this world may be '''naked''' (عارية) in the Hereafter."
}}

===Naked thighs in markets===
This hadith is classified mawdoo' (fabricated). <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/321649/%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%AC%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%B9%D8%B4%D8%B1-%D8%AE%D8%B5%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85-%D9%84%D9%88%D8%B7-</ref> Albani included it in his book سلسلة الأحاديث الضعيفة والموضوعة وأثرها السيئ في الأمة ("Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah"):
{{Quote|Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah, Al-Albani|
عشر من أخلاق قوم اللوط:..والمشي في الأسواق والأفخاذ بادية

Ten behaviors of Lot's people:.. and walking in markets and thighs are naked..
}}

There were uncovered thighs in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud Book 32, Hadith 4003|
Narrated Jarhad:

The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) sat with us and my thigh was uncovered. He said: Do you not know that thigh is a private part ?
}}

Muhammad exposed his thighs at some point:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|8|367}}|
Narrated `Abdul `Aziz:

Anas said, 'When Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) invaded Khaibar, we offered the Fajr prayer there (early in the morning) when it was still dark. The Prophet (ﷺ) rode and Abu Talha rode too and I was riding behind Abu Talha. The Prophet (ﷺ) passed through the lane of Khaibar quickly and '''my knee was touching the thigh of the Prophet (ﷺ) . He uncovered his thigh''' and I saw the whiteness of '''the thigh of the Prophet'''.
}}

===Widespread adultery===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|34|6451}}|
Anas b. Malik reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

It is from the conditions of the Last Hour that knowledge would be taken away and ignorance would prevail (upon the world), the liquor would be drunk, and '''adultery would become rampant'''.
}}

Muhammad's companions used to give women a handful of flour and then perform what they called "a temporary marriage" (زواج المتعة, ''zawaj al-mut'a''). Seeing as polygamy was allowed, these companions may have been married at the time, and their behavior would today be classified as adultery:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|8|3249}}|
Jabir b. 'Abdullah reported:

We contracted temporary marriage giving a handful of (tales or flour as a dower during the lifetime of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and during the time of Abu Bakr until 'Umar forbade it in the case of 'Amr b. Huraith.
}}

There is also a fabricated (mawdu') prophecy about illegitimate children:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يَا ابْنَ مَسْعُودٍ ، إِنَّ مِنْ أَعْلَامِ السَّاعَةِ وَأَشْرَاطِهَا أَنْ يَكْثُرَ أَوْلَادُ الزِّنَا

O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that there are many children from adultery
}}

===Abundant wealth===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||5|36|4047}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The Hour will not begin until '''wealth becomes abundant''' and tribulations appear, and Harj increases.” They said: “What is Harj, O Messenger of Allah?” He said: '''“Killing, killing, killing,”''' three times.
}}

Muslims became wealthy in the 7th century by the early Islamic conquests (the hadith itself mentions it together with "killing, killing, killing"). Sunan Ibn Majah was written two centuries after these conquests.

===Men obey their wives===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, '''a man obeys his wife''' and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

It was mentioned among negative things, that indicates that a woman being dominant in marriage is an evil thing. But it appears that the patriarchy was not universal even in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|43|648}}|Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Abbas: ...We, the people of Quraish, used to have authority over women, but when we came to live with the Ansar, we noticed that '''the Ansari women had the upper hand over their men''', so our women started acquiring the habits of the Ansari women. Once I shouted at my wife and she paid me back in my coin and I disliked that she should answer me back....}}

===Fire in Hijaz illuminates necks of camels in Busra===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|234}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a fire will come out of the land of Hijaz, and it will throw light on the necks of the camels at Busra."
}}
There was a lava eruption in Hijaz in the year 1256 ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Harrat_Rahat Harrat Rahat]) which is considered by Muslims as fulfillment. That's the last eruption, but the eruption before that was in 640 - 641 A.D. during the reign of Umar.<ref>
Volcanic history of the northernmost part of the Harrat Rahat volcanic field, Saudi Arabia
https://pubs.geoscienceworld.org/gsa/geosphere/article/14/3/1253/529993/Volcanic-history-of-the-northernmost-part-of-the</ref>
So there was a precedent. The unspecified date of occurrence makes this prediction one that might be referenced perennially

===Making halal what was haram===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|69|494}}|
Narrated Abu 'Amir or Abu Malik Al-Ash'ari:

that he heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "From among my followers there will be some '''people who will consider illegal sexual intercourse, the wearing of silk, the drinking of alcoholic drinks and the use of musical instruments, as lawful.''' And there will be some people who will stay near the side of a mountain and in the evening their shepherd will come to them with their sheep and ask them for something, but they will say to him, 'Return to us tomorrow.' Allah will destroy them during the night and will let the mountain fall on them, and He will transform the rest of them into monkeys and pigs and they will remain so till the Day of Resurrection."
}}

According to Islam, Jews and Christians took their rabbis and monks as lords, because the rabbis and monks ''made lawful'' for them what Allah forbade. <ref>Quran 9:31, tafsir Ibn Kathir</ref>

===Slave woman gives birth to her master/mistress===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|48}}|
When a slave (lady) gives birth to her master.
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 63 (sahih)|
When the slave woman gives birth to her mistress' (Waki' said: This means when non-Arabs will give birth to Arabs")
}}

According to Nawawi, the opinion of the majority of scholars is that Muslims will enslave non-Muslim women and have kids with them and the kids will be masters of their mothers because the kids are Muslims. <ref>https://quranacademy.io/blog/an-nawawis-hadith-2-hadith-of-jibreel-3/</ref> Ibn Hajar (who lived later) didn't like this interpretation, because the enslavement was already happening during the time of Muhammad, so it wasn't really a prophecy of the future.

Ibn Hajar and others, as a result, like to interpret it as kids treating their mothers like slaves. This is not compatible with Waki's comment, and it would appear that children disrespecting their parents has been and will remain a universal phenomenon.

===Woman helps her husband in business===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
'Abdullah said, 'From the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, who said, "Before the Final Hour people will single out one individual for the greeting, commerce will increase until '''a woman helps her husband in business''', people will sever their links with their relatives, knowledge will spread, false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed."
}}

===Some people control trade===
{{Quote|an-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 4461 (sahih)|
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'One of the portents of the Hour will be that wealth becomes widespread and abundant, and trade will become widespread, but knowledge will disappear. '''A man will try to sell something and will say: "No, not until I consult the merchant of banu so and so''' and People will look throughout a vast area for a scribe and will not find one."
}}
Meccans boycotted Muslims in the Meccan period. It was a form of trade control.

===Injustice===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 485 (sahih)|
Ibn 'Umar reported that the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, said, "Injustice will appear as darkness on the Day of Rising."
}}

===False testimony===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ، وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

..false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed.
}}

False testimony was already forbidden in the 10 commandments. The problem existed long before Islam.

===Unfulfilled vows===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
..then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and '''they will vow and never fulfill their vows''', and fatness will appear among them."
}}

===Cheating in weights (scales)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. '''They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers'''. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is also mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Amos 8:2-6|
Then the Lord said to me, “The end has come for My people Israel. I will spare them no longer. The songs of the palace will turn to wailing in that day,” declares the Lord God. “Many will be the corpses; in every place they will cast them forth in silence.” '''Hear this, you who trample the needy''', to do away with the humble of the land, saying: “When will the new moon be over, So that we may sell grain, And the sabbath, that we may open the wheat market, '''To make the bushel smaller and the shekel bigger, And to cheat with dishonest scales'''
}}

Famines, like cheating, are universal phenomenon.

===Making money unlawfully===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|34|296}}|
Narrated Abu Hurairah (ra):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said "Certainly a time will come when people will not bother to know from where they earned the money, by lawful means or unlawful means."
}}
Muhammad himself engaged in dubious practices to acquire money:
{{Quote|Sirat Rasul Allah 428, Tabari VII:29|
Then the apostle heard that Abu Sufyan b. Harb was coming from Syria with a large caravan of Quraysh, containing their money and merchandise, accompanied by some thirty or forty men." Mohammad said, "This is the Quraysh caravan containing their property, Go out to attack it, perhaps God will give it as prey,
}}

===Usury (riba)===
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 10191|
عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ أَنّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ يَأْتِي عَلَى النَّاسِ زَمَانٌ يَأْكُلُونَ فِيهِ الرِّبَا قِيلَ النَّاسُ كُلُّهُمْ قَالَ مَنْ لَمْ يَأْكُلْهُ مِنْهُمْ نَالَهُ مِنْ غُبَارِهِ

Abu Huraira reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “A time will come upon people in which they will consume usury.” It was said, “All of the people?” The Prophet said, “Whoever does not consume it will be affected by its dust.”
}}

Usury (riba) was already widespread in the period before Islam, which Muslims call "jahilya":
{{Quote|[https://ebrary.net/10536/business_finance/types_riba Types of Riba]|
Riba al-Jahiliyah means “the riba used during the age of ignorance and paganism.” It is also called riba al-nassee'aa (the riba that is constrained by a time limit and is time dependent). This type of '''riba was widely practiced by the pagan Arabs at the advent of Islam'''.
}}

In any interest-based economy, all goods will inevitably be "tainted" directly or indirectly with interest-based practices.

===Sudden deaths===
{{Quote|Al-Mu'jam al-Awsat al-Tabarani (9/147) No. 9376 (sahih)|
حدثنا الهيثم بن خالد المصيصي نا عبدالكبير بن المعافى بن عمران نا شريك عن العباس بن ذريح عن الشعبي عن أنس بن مالك رفعه إلى النبي صلى الله عليه و سلم قال من اقتراب الساعة أن يرى الهلال قبلا فيقال لليلتين وأن تتخذ المساجد طرقا وأن يظهر الموت الفجاء لم يرو هذا الحديث عن العباس بن زريح إلا شريك تفرد به عبد الكبير بن المعافى

Anas bin Malik (RA) narrated that the Prophet (SAW) said: “Among the signs that the Last Hour is near, is that the crescent would appear larger than its actual size and people would say: ‘It appears as if it is only two days old.’ and the masajid will be taken as streets, and '''sudden death will spread'''.”
}}

In other hadiths Muhammad and Ubayd speak about sudden death as something already known:{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 3110 / Book 21, Hadith 22 / Book 20, Hadith 3104 (sahih)|
Narrated Ubayd ibn Khalid as-Sulami,:

A man from the Companions of the Prophet (ﷺ), said: The narrator Sa'd ibn Ubaydah narrated sometimes from the Prophet (ﷺ) and sometimes as a statement of Ubayd (ibn Khalid): The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Sudden death is a wrathful catching.
}}

===Islam will be unpleasant for Muslims (like burning ember/coal in hand)===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2260 (hasan)|
Anas bin Malik narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"There shall come upon the people a time in which the one who is patient upon his religion will be like the one holding onto a burning ember."
}}

Adhering to Islam was already unpleasant for many Muslims during the time of Muhammad and it escalated in 632-633 during the Wars of Apostasy when some Arabs tried to leave Islam, but had it imposed on them once again by the caliph.

===Following Jews and Christians===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|92|422}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "You will follow the ways of those nations who were before you, span by span and cubit by cubit (i.e., inch by inch) so much so that even if they entered a hole of a mastigure, you would follow them." We said, "O Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)! (Do you mean) the Jews and the Christians?" He said, "Whom else?"
}}
Muhammad himself incorporated portions of the Talmud and the gospels in the Quran and his teachings.

===Killing [pointless killing]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which Religious ignorance will spread, knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and '''there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing'''."
}}

The Old Testament hosts many texts about mass killing. For example:
{{Quote|The Bible (AMPC), 1 Samuel 15:3|
Now go and smite Amalek and utterly destroy all they have; do not spare them, but '''kill both man and woman, infant and suckling, ox and sheep, camel and donkey.'''
}}

Muhammad himself engaged in what most would describe as "pointless killing":
{{Quote|Ibn Ishaq: Sirat Rasul Allah, p. 464|
Then they surrendered, and the apostle confined them in Medina in the quarter of d. al-Harith, a woman of B. al-Najjar. Then the apostle went out to the market of Medina (which is still its market today) and dug trenches in it. Then he sent for them and struck off their heads in those trenches as they were brought out to him in batches. Among them was the enemy of Allah Huyayy b. Akhtab and Ka`b b. Asad their chief. There were 600 or 700 in all, though some put the figure as high as 800 or 900.
}}

===Two parties with the same message will fight===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6902}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) many ahadith and one of them was this:

The last Hour will not come until the two parties (of Muslims) confront each other and there is a large-scale massacre amongst them and the claim of both of them is the same.
}}

This prediction was interpreted by Islamic scholars as referring to the Battle of Siffin (year 657). Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Issue between Ali and Aisha===
{{Quote|Fath al Bari 13/59 (sahih) and others|
إنَّهُ سيكونُ بينَكَ وبين عائشةَ أمرٌ قال فأنا أشقاهُم يا رسولَ اللهِ قال لا ولكنْ إذا كان ذلك فاردُدْها إلى مأمنِها

There will be an issue between you and ‘Aisha.” He said, “Me, O Messenger of Allah?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Me?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Then [in that case] I would be the worst of them (all people).” He said, “No, but when this occurs, return her to her safe quarters.”}}

The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_the_Camel Battle of the Camel] happened in 656. The hadith (in Musnad Ahmad) was written in the 9th century.

===Ammar will be killed===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 1, Book 46, Hadith 3800 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "Rejoice, 'Ammar, the transgressing party shall kill you."
}}

He was killed in the 7th century. The collection of Tirmidhi was written in the 9th century.

==="I have been given Persia"===
{{Quote|Al-Nasa'i, Sunan al Kubra 8858|
أنبأ محمد بن عبد الأعلى قال حدثنا معتمر قال سمعت عوفا قال سمعت ميمونا يحدث عن البراء بن عازب قال : لما أمرنا رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم أن يحفر الخندق عرض لنا فيه حجر لا يأخذ فيه المعول فاشتكينا ذلك إلى رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فجاء رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فألقى ثوبه وأخذ المعول وقال بسم الله فضرب ضربة فكسر ثلث الصخرة قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح الشام والله إني لأبصر قصورها الحمر الآن من مكاني هذا قال ثم ضرب أخرى وقال بسم الله وكسر ثلثا آخر وقال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح فارس والله إني لأبصر قصر المدائن الأبيض الآن ثم ضرب ثالثة وقال بسم الله فقطع الحجر قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح اليمن والله إني لأبصر باب صنعاء

Al-Bara said: On the Day of Al-Khandaq (the trench) there stood out a rock too immune for our spades to break up. We therefore went to see God’s Messenger for advice. He took the spade, and said: “In the Name of God” Then he struck it saying: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Ash-Sham (Greater Syria). By God, I can see its red palaces at the moment;” on the second strike he said: “God is Most Great, '''I have been given Persia'''. By God, I can now see the white palace of Madain;” and for the third time he struck the rock saying: “In the Name of God,” shattering the rest of the rock, and he said: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Yemen. By God, I can see the gates of San’a while I am in my place.”
}}

The bloody conquest happened around the year 650. Earliest hadith collection Muwatta Imam Malik (which doesn't contain this hadith) was written around the year 750 and the hadith collection sunan al-Kubra which contains the hadith was written around the year 850. This hadith was written hundreds of years after the event it describes.

Furthermore, Persia was already conquered a thousand years before by Alexander the Great. And at the time of Muhammad Persia was exhausted by wars with Romans which lasted from 54 BC to 628 AD (681 years).

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roman%E2%80%93Persian_Wars Wikipedia: Roman–Persian Wars]

===Conquest of Jerusalem===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, '''the conquest of Jerusalem''', a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

Some suggest that Muhammad predicted "The Muslim conquest of Jerusalem in 1187 AD." <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/en/article/135817/the-signs-of-the-hour</ref>:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(1187) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (1187)]

However, this was the second Islamic conquest of Jerusalem. Muslims first conquered Jerusalem in 636:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(636%E2%80%93637) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (636–637)]

Furthermore, after the conquest, the Hour was expected to come. Both events occurred nearly a thousand years in the past.

This was written by Bukhari two hundred years after the first conquest.

===Conquest of Egypt===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|5174}}|
Abu Dharr reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

'''You would soon conquer Egypt''' and that is a land which is known (as the land of al-qirat). So when you conquer it, treat its inhabitants well. For there lies upon you the responsibility because of blood-tie or relationship of marriage (with them). And when you see two persons falling into dispute amongst themselves for the space of a brick, than get out of that. He (Abu Dharr) said: I saw Abd al-Rahman b. Shurahbil b. Hasana and his brother Rabi'a disputing with one another for the space of a brick. So I left that (land).
}}
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muslim_conquest_of_Egypt Muslim conquest of Egypt] happened in the 7th century. The hadith collection Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Conquest of Yemen, Syria and Iraq===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3201}}|
Sufyan b. Abu Zuhair heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) say:

'''Yemen will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families on them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''Syria will be conquered''' and some people will go away driving their camels along with them and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''lraq will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority. while Medina is better for them if they were to know it.
}}
All conquests happened in the 7th century. Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.
===Fighting Turks===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|56|787}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till you fight a nation wearing hairy shoes, and till you '''fight the Turks''', who will have small eyes, red faces and flat noses; and their faces will be like flat shields. And you will find that the best people are those who hate responsibility of ruling most of all till they are chosen to be the rulers. And the people are of different natures: The best in the pre-lslamic period are the best in Islam. A time will come when any of you will love to see me rather than to have his family and property doubled."
}}

Some suggest that "Turks" here means "Mongols" and that this thus predicts Gengis Khan. However, The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Kharistan Battle of Kharistan] (737) which happened between the Umayyad caliphate and Turkic Türgesh, could equally fit the description provided here. This seems more plausible, especially as Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

One might also note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

===Leave the Turks as long as they leave you===
This hadith is often referenced as evidence that Muhammad predicted the Ottoman empire, often ignoring the clause about the Abyssinians
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4288}}|
Narrated from Abi Sukainah One of the Companions:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: '''Let the Abyssinians alone as long as they let you alone''', and let the Turks alone as long as they leave you alone.
}}

It is said that the Turks should be left alone because they were strong, and they were strong therefore they would eventually become dominant. This is an evidently generous reading of the hadith.

In other hadith, Muhammad is reported to have predicted that after a few wars, Muslims would exterminate the Turks:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Takhreej Mishkaat al-Masabih 5/110 (hasan) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8F%D9%83%D9%85+%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8C+%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%A7%D8%B1%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%8A%D9%86%D9%90+%D9%8A%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8F%D9%91%D8%B1%D9%83%D9%8E</ref>|
يقاتِلُكم قومٌ صغارُ الأعينِ يعني التُّركَ قالَ تسوقونَهم ثلاثَ مرات حتَّى تُلحِقوهم بجزيرةِ العربِ فأمَّا في السِّاقةِ الأولى فينجو من هربَ منهم فأمَّا في الثَّانيةِ فينجو بعضٌ ويَهلِكُ بعضٌ وأمَّا في الثَّالثةِ فيصطَلِمونَ

People with small eyes, i.e. the Turks, will fight against you, the prophet (ﷺ) said: You will drive them off three times till you catch up with them in Arabia. On the first occasion when you drive them off those who fly will be safe, on the second occasion some will be safe and some will perish, but '''on the third occasion they will be extirpated'''.
}}
===Spoils of war distributed preferentially===
Hadith daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi 2211 (daif)|
إِذَا اتُّخِذَ الْفَىْءُ دُوَلاً

When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially)
}}
Al-Fai mean spoils of war.

===Fearless traveler (security)===
Probably refers to time after the conquest of Iraq in the 7th century:
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/334 (sahih)|
لا تقومُ الساعَةُ حتى تعودَ أرْضُ العربِ مروجًا وأَنْهَارًا وحتى يسيرَ الراكِبُ بينَ العِرَاقِ ومَكَّةَ لَا يَخَافُ إلَّا ضَلَالَ الطريقِ [ وحتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْهَرْجُ قالوا وما الهَرْجُ يا رسولَ اللهِ قال القتلُ ]

The Hour will not come until the land of Arabs becomes meadows and rivers and until '''a rider goes between Iraq and Makka and doesn't fear anything except getting lost''' and until al-harj is widespread. They said: And what is al-Harj O messenger of God? He said: Killing.
}}

===Fat people===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
Narrated `Imran bin Husain:

"Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, 'The best of my followers are those living in my generation (i.e. my contemporaries). and then those who will follow the latter" `Imran added, "I do not remember whether he mentioned two or three generations after his generation, then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and they will vow and never fulfill their vows, and '''fatness will appear among them'''."
}}

After the 7th century Islamic conquests, Muslims became rich and could have a lot of food.

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|59|548}}|
Narrated Ibn `Umar:

We did not eat our fill except after we had conquered Khaibar.
}}

Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Special greeting===
It was interpreted as "greeting only people you know":
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ‏:‏ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ

Before the Hour there is special greeting
}}

It would mean Muslims would disobey Muhammad's command to greet everyone:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|12}}|
Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Amr:

A man asked the Prophet (ﷺ) , "What sort of deeds or (what qualities of) Islam are good?" The Prophet (ﷺ) replied, 'To feed (the poor) and '''greet those whom you know and those whom you do not know'''.
}}

In other hadiths however Muhammad was preventing Muslims from greeting certain people based on their religion:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|26|5389}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

Do not greet the Jews and the Christians before they greet you and when you meet any one of them on the roads force him to go to the narrowest part of it.
}}

===Rejection of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4604 / Book 41, Hadith 4587 / Book 42, Hadith 9|
Narrated Al-Miqdam ibn Ma'dikarib:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Beware! I have been given the Qur'an and something like it, yet the time is coming when a man replete on his couch will say: '''Keep to the Qur'an'''; what you find in it to be permissible treat as permissible, and what you find in it to be prohibited treat as prohibited. Beware! The domestic ass, beasts of prey with fangs, a find belonging to confederate, unless its owner does not want it, are not permissible to you If anyone comes to some people, they must entertain him, but if they do not, he has a right to mulct them to an amount equivalent to his entertainment.
}}

The idea that only the Quran is the word of god and Muhamamad is just a man and therefore he might be wrong existed during Muhammad's life:
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 3646, In-book reference: Book 26, Hadith 6, English translation: Book 25, Hadith 3639|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Amr ibn al-'As:

I used to write everything which I heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). I intended (by it) to memorise it. The Quraysh prohibited me saying: '''Do you write everything that you hear from him while the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) is a human being: he speaks in anger and pleasure?''' So I stopped writing, and mentioned it to the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He signalled with his finger to him mouth and said: Write, by Him in Whose hand my soul lies, only right comes out from it.
}}
===Liars will be trusted and honest people will be regarded as liars===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4036 (hasan)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will come to the people years of treachery, when the liar will be regarded as honest, and the honest man will be regarded as a liar; the traitor will be regarded as faithful, and the faithful man will be regarded as a traitor; and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}

This was already happening according to Islamic sources. Some people trusted Musaylimah.

==="The pen will spread"===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ وَفُشُوُّ التِّجَارَةِ حَتَّى تُعِينَ الْمَرْأَةُ زَوْجَهَا عَلَى التِّجَارَةِ وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ وَفُشُوُّ الْقَلَمِ وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, family ties will be severed, '''the pen will spread''', false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
There is the Pen that Allah created first and which writes the future:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 3319 (sahih)|
“I arrived in Makkah and met Ata bin Abi Rabah. I said: ‘O Abu Muhammad! Some people with us speak about Al-Qadar.’ Ata said: ‘I met Al-Walid bin Ubadah bin As-Samit and he said: “My father narrated to me, he said: ‘I heard the Messenger of Allah saying: “Verily '''the first of what Allah created was the Pen (القلم). He said to it: “Write.” So it wrote what will be forever'''.’”
}}

There is also the Pen that writes deeds:
{{Quote|Bulugh al Maram: Book 8, Hadith 1096|
Narrated 'Aishah (RA):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: "There are three people whose actions are not recorded ( رُفِعَ اَلْقَلَمُ عَنْ ثَلَاثَةٍ, literally "is lifted the pen from three"), a sleeping person till he awakes, a child till he is a grown up, and an insane person till he is restored to reason or recovers his sense." [Reported by Ahmad and al-Arba'a, except at-Tirmidhi. al-Hakim graded it Sahih (authentic)].
}}
{{Quote|al-nasa'i: Vol. 4, Book 26, Hadith 3217 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Salamah:
It was narrated from Abu Salamah that Abu Hurairah said: "I said: 'O Messenger of Allah, I am a young man and I fear hardship for myself, but I cannot afford to marry; should I castrate myself?'" The Prophet turned away from him until he said it three times. Then the Prophet said: "O Abu Hurairah, '''the pen is dried concerning what you are going to face''', so (it is up to you whether) you castrate yourself or not." Abu Abdur-Rahman (An-Nasai) said: Al-Awzai did not hear this narration from Az-Zuhri, and this hadith is sahih, Yunus reported it from Az-Zuhri.
}}

Literacy was increasing before Muhammad was born. Jews and Christians first used oral traditions, but then switched to writing. There was also the ongoing global transitions from oral cultures to written cultures more generally.

Notice also that the prophecy was written by people who were ''writing'' hadiths from oral traditions.

===Family ties will be severed===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, '''family ties will be severed''' (وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ), the pen will spread, false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
Islam teaches that among the first people were brothers Cain and Abel and Cain killed Abel.

There is also hadith where Muhammad encourages people to keep the ties of kinship, which indicates they weren't doing it enough in his time:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 1, Hadith 1979 (hasan)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah said:
"Learn enough about your lineage to facilitate keeping your ties of kinship (تَصِلُونَ بِهِ أَرْحَامَكُمْ). For indeed keeping the ties of kinship encourages affection among the relatives, increases the wealth, and increases the lifespan."
}}

Killing of family members for the sake of Islam was also approved by Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4348}}|Narrated Abdullah Ibn Abbas: A blind man had a slave-mother who used to abuse the Prophet (peace be upon him) and disparage him. He forbade her but she did not stop. He rebuked her but she did not give up her habit. One night she began to slander the Prophet (peace be upon him) and abuse him. So he took a dagger, placed it on her belly, pressed it, and killed her. A child who came between her legs was smeared with the blood that was there. When the morning came, the Prophet (peace be upon him) was informed about it.

He assembled the people and said: I adjure by Allah the man who has done this action and I adjure him by my right to him that he should stand up. Jumping over the necks of the people and trembling the man stood up.

He sat before the Prophet (peace be upon him) and said: Apostle of Allah! I am her master; she used to abuse you and disparage you. I forbade her, but she did not stop, and I rebuked her, but she did not abandon her habit. I have two sons like pearls from her, and she was my companion. Last night she began to abuse and disparage you. So I took a dagger, put it on her belly and pressed it till I killed her.

Thereupon the Prophet (peace be upon him) said: Oh be witness, no retaliation is payable for her blood.}}

===Satellite Communications===
It's a similar prophecy to "family ties will be severed", this hadith is often mistranslated (also the hadith is weak):
{{Quote|Tabrani, al-Muʿjam al-Kabīr 10/228 and Mu'jan al-Awsat 4861 (da'eef)|
“From among the signs of Qiyamah is that people will maintain ties with '''distant relatives and strangers''' (الأطباق) but sever ties with close family.”
}}
The word الأطباق (''al-atbaaq'') is today sometimes translated as "dishes" (although the classical translation (understanding) fits better into the context) and then they interpret the "dishes" as "satellites".

*[https://hadithanswers.com/is-satellite-communication-a-sign-of-qiyamah/ Fatwa against the modern interpretation]

===Automobiles (actually camels with lofty saddles)===
Muhammad forbade riding on ''mayathir'' (مياثر), so mayathir were something already known:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|74|253}}|
..He forbade us to drink from silver utensils, to wear gold rings, '''to ride on silken saddles (ركوب المياثر)''', to wear silk clothes..
}}

There is a prophecy about people riding on mayathir at the end of times:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4 / 436 (hasan)|
سَيَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ هَذِهِ الْأُمَّةِ رِجَالٌ يَرْكَبُونَ عَلَى الْمَيَاثِرِ حَتَّى يَأْتُوا أَبْوَابَ مَسَاجِدِهِمْ

They will mount their mayaathir until they come to the doors of their mosques
}}
Albani explained:
{{Quote|Tafsir by Albani|
the word mayaathir is the plural of meetharah and Ibn al-Athir described it as, “… smooth and soft, made out of silk or a silk brocade [heavy silk] which the rider places beneath him on the saddle on top of the camel.
}}

And a re-iteration of the same prophecy:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 654/11 (hasan)|
يكون في آخر أمتي رجال يركبون على سرج كأشباه الرحال ينزلون على أبواب المساجد نساؤهم كاسيات عاريات

In the last [part] of my nation there will be men who ride on '''saddles that resemble packsaddles''' (سرج كأشباه الرحال). They will alight at the doors of the mosques. Their women are clothed but naked. On their heads are [what appears to be] like the humps of [lean] camels. Curse them for they are cursed. If there were a nation from the nations to come after you, your women would serve them, just as the women of the nations that were before you served you.
}}
Some try to translate سرج كأشباه الرحال as "carriots" or "cars", but:

*سَرْج means "saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle; pigskin; pillion" <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B3%D8%B1%D8%AC/</ref>
*رَحْل means "Either of a pair of a bags laid over the back of a horse - saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle". <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B1%D8%AD%D9%84/</ref>

===Ignorance [of Islamic teachings]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which '''Religious ignorance will spread''', knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing."}}

*In Islam, the period before Muhammad's career is called jahilya (ignorance).
*in context of Islam, when Muhammad says "knowledge" it means "knowledge of Muhamamd's claims and commands" and when Islam says "ignorance" it means "ignorance of Muhammad's claims and commands"
*Muhammad noticed that Jews don't fully follow the law of Moses, so he predicted similar outcomes for Muslims in many instances.

===Learning for something other than Islam===
{{Quote|Al-Shawkani, Nayl al-Awtar 8/262 (hasan li-ghayrihi)|
إذا اتُّخِذَ الفَيْءُ دُوَلًا والأمانةُ مَغْنَمًا والزكاةُ مَغْرَمًا وتُعُلِّمَ لغيرِ الدِّينِ وأطاع الرجلُ امرأتَه وعَقَّ أُمَّه وأَدْنَى صديقَه وأَقْصَى أباه وظَهَرَتِ الأصواتُ في المساجدِ وساد القبيلةَ فاسِقُهُم وكان زعيمُ القومِ أَرْذَلَهم وأُكْرِمَ الرجلُ مَخَافةَ شرِّه وظَهَرَتِ القِيَانُ والمعازفُ وشُرِبَتِ الخُمورُ ولَعَن آخِرُ هذه الأمةِ أولَها فلْيَرْتَقِبُوا عند ذلك رِيحًا حمراءَ وزَلْزَلَةً وخَسْفًا ومَسْخًا وقَذْفًا وآياتٍ تُتَابَعُ كنِظامٍ بالٍ قُطِعَ سِلْكُه فتتابع بعضُه بعضًا

When spoiles of war are distributed; and property given in trust will be considered as booty for oneself; Zakat will be looked upon as a fine; '''learning for other than the religion'''; a man will obey his wife and disobey his mother; a man will bring his friends nearer and drive his father far off; noises will be raised in the masjids; the most wicked of a tribe will become its ruler; the most worthless member of a people will become its leader; a man will be honoured for fear of the evil he may do; singing girls and musical instruments will come into vogue; drinking of wine will become common; and the later generations will begin to curse the previous generations; then wait, for red violent winds, earthquakes, swallowing up by the earth, defacement (of human faces), pelting of stones from the skies as rain, and a continuing chain of disasters followed one by another, like beads of a necklace falling one after the other rapidly when its string is cut.
}}
Secular knowledge for secular purposes was studied before Islam.

===Tall buildings===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||1|1|63}} <ref>https://sunnah.com/urn/1250630</ref>|
وَأَنْ تَرَى الْحُفَاةَ الْعُرَاةَ الْعَالَةَ رِعَاءَ الشَّاءِ يَتَطَاوَلُونَ فِي الْبِنَاءِ

..and when '''you see barefoot, naked, destitute shepherds''' competing in constructing tall buildings
}}The Bible contained a story of the Tower of Babel, Egyptians built pyramids. The desire and ability to construct tall buildings appears to has been common in history.

There were people in the 7th century building buildings that could be considered tall in that time. Ibn Hajar wrote in his famous commentary on Sahih Bukhari:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar: Fatḥ al-Bārī fī Sharḥ Ṣaḥīḥ al-Bukhārī|
يتطاول الناس في البنيان وهي من العلامات التي وقعت عن قرب في زمن النبوة

"The people are [competing in] building tall buildings" - and that's from the signs which '''happened close at the time of the prophethood'''
}}

Muslims could afford building tall buildings after they got rich from early Islamic conquests.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|70|576}}|
Narrated Qais bin Abi Hazim:

We went to pay a visit to Khabbab (who was sick) and he had been branded (cauterized) at seven places in his body. He said, "Our companions who died (during the lifetime of the Prophet) left (this world) without having their rewards reduced through enjoying the pleasures of this life, but '''we have got (so much) wealth that we find no way to spend It except on the construction of buildings''' .Had the Prophet not forbidden us to wish for death, I would have wished for it.' We visited him for the second time while he was building a wall. '''He said: A Muslim is rewarded (in the Hereafter) for whatever he spends except for something that he spends on building'''."
}}

Some add that theses buildings were described as being "as high as mountains", but that hadith is mawqoof (not from Muhammad). It was a saying of ‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr and it was after Muslims became rich from early Islamic conquests, so they could likely imagine themselves building tall in Mecca. Also the hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Musannaf ibn Abi Shaybah, Hadith: 14306 (da'eef or hasan)|
Sayyiduna '''‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr''' (radiyallahu ‘anhuma) is reported to have said: “……When you see tunnels/canals being dug in Makkah Mukarramah and the buildings (of Makkah Mukarramah) higher than the peak of the mountains then know that Qiyamah is close.”
}}

*[https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/247118/%D9%87%D9%84-%D8%AB%D8%A8%D8%AA-%D9%85%D9%86-%D9%83%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85-%D8%B9%D8%A8%D8%AF-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%84%D9%87-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%B1%D9%88-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B9%D8%A7%D8%B5-%D8%A7%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AA%D9%81%D8%A7%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A8%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%A1-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D9%85%D9%83%D8%A9-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9 Fatwa] (Arabic) says that since it's not from Muhammad, it shouldn't even be called a hadith.

===Mosques full of hypocrites===
{{Quote|Ibn Abi Shaybah: Kitab al-Iman 101 (sahih)|
عن عبد اللهِ بنِ عَمرو قال : يأتي على الناس زمانٌ ، يجتمِعون ويُصلُّون في المساجدِ ، وليس فيهم مؤمنٌ

A time will come on people when they get together and pray in mosques and isn't among them a single believer
}}

Praying hypocrites were also mentioned in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 6:5|
“And when you pray, do not be like the hypocrites, for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and on the street corners to be seen by others.
}}

The military nature of Islam's spread may have encouraged this type of hypocrisy:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|30}}|
It is reported on the authority of Abu Huraira that the Messenger of Allah said:

I have been commanded to fight against people so long as they do not declare that there is no god but Allah, and he who professed it was guaranteed the protection of his property and life on my behalf except for the right affairs rest with Allah.
}}
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|260}}|
Narrated `Ikrima:

`Ali burnt some people and this news reached Ibn `Abbas, who said, "Had I been in his place I would not have burnt them, as the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'Don't punish (anybody) with Allah's Punishment.' No doubt, I would have killed them, for the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'If somebody (a Muslim) discards his religion, kill him.' "
}}

===Voices raised in mosques===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2211 (daif)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially), trust is a spoil of war, Zakat is a fine, knowledge is sought for other than the(sake of the) religion, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is close to his friend and far from his father, '''voices are raised in the Masajid''', tribes are led by their wicked, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, singing slave-girls and music spread, intoxicants are drunk, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning- then anticipate a red wind, earthquake, collapsing of the earth, transformation, Qadhf, and the signs follow in succession like gems of a necklace whose string is cut and so they fall in succession."
}}

People were raising voices even in the time of Muhammad in front of him. Muhammad rebuked them in the Quran:
{{Quote|{{Quran|49|2}} (Sahih International)|
O you who have believed, do not raise your voices above the voice of the Prophet or be loud to him in speech like the loudness of some of you to others, lest your deeds become worthless while you perceive not.

}}

===Decoration of mosques===
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|8|690}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Anas that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"One of the portents of the Hour will be that people will show off in building Masjids."
}}

There was a precedent. Christians and Jews were adorning their places of worship:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|2|448}}|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Abbas:

I was not commanded to build high mosques. Ibn Abbas said: You will certainly adorn them '''as the Jews and Christians did'''.
}}

===Markets will approach (taqaarub al-aswaaq)===
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/330 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D8%AA%D8%B8%D9%87%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%81%D8%AA%D9%86+%D9%88%D9%8A%D9%83%D8%AB%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B0%D8%A8+%D9%88%D8%AA%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B3%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%82+%D9%88%D9%8A%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B2%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%86</ref>|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تَظْهَرَ الفِتَنُ ويكثرَ الكذِبُ وتتقارَبَ الأسواقُ ويتقارَبَ الزمانُ ويكثُرَ الهرجُ قلْتُ وما الهرْجُ قال القتْلُ

The Hour won't come till tribulations show up, lies are widespread and '''taqaarub of markets''' and taqaarub of time and harj is widespread. I said: What is al-harj? He said: Killing.
}}
The hadith is vague in its entirety, but the situation on markets expectedly changed after Muslims got rich by the 7th century conquests.

===Breaking the convenant with god makes enemies overpower them===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
... '''They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands.''' Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Leviticus 26:14-17|
Punishment for Disobedience

“‘But if you will not listen to me and carry out all these commands, and if you reject my decrees and abhor my laws and fail to carry out all my commands and so violate my covenant, then I will do this to you: I will bring on you sudden terror, wasting diseases and fever that will destroy your sight and sap your strength. You will plant seed in vain, because your enemies will eat it. I will set my face against you so that you will be defeated by your enemies; those who hate you will rule over you, and you will flee even when no one is pursuing you.
}}

===A man passes by a grave and wants to be dead too===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
وَحَتَّى يَمُرَّ الرَّجُلُ بِقَبْرِ الرَّجُلِ فَيَقُولُ يَا لَيْتَنِي مَكَانَهُ

... till a man when passing by a grave of someone will say, 'Would that I were in his place...
}}

The Old Testament mentions this:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Jonah 4:3|
"Therefore now, O LORD, please take my life from me, for death is better to me than life."
}}

===People will treat a man with respect because they fear the evil he could do===
The hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, '''the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of''', intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

Intimidation with violence was already used before Islam. It was also used by Muhammad.

===The leader of a people will be the worst of them===
This hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, '''the leader of the people is the most despicable among them''', the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

This happened during the time of Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abu Dawud||2155|darussalam}}| Abu Said al-Khudri said: "The apostle of Allah sent a military expedition to Awtas on the occasion of the battle of Hunain. They met their enemy and fought with them. They defeated them and took them captives. Some of the Companions of the apostle of Allah were reluctant to have intercourse with the female captives because of their pagan husbands. So Allah, the Exalted, sent down the Quranic verse, "And all married women (are forbidden) unto you save those (captives) whom your right hands possess". That is to say, they are lawful for them when they complete their waiting period." [The Quran verse is 4:24]}}

The men were morally reluctant to rape married women, but their leader (Muhammad) permitted them to go ahead.

==Predictions of the future (after the hadiths)==
In this category are hadiths that don't talk about what already happened before the prophecies were written.

==="Opposites"===
These don't seem to be predictions, but rather statements that the opposite of what was considered granted at that time will happen. For example mountains were considered solid (not moving), so a prophecy says that mountains will be moving. Rather then explaining the fulfillment of these prophecies, this common denominator suggests how the predictions were generated.

====Mountains will move====
This hadith is da'eef (Ufayr bin Ma'daan is in the chain):
{{Quote|Mu'jam at-Tabaraani vol 7, n. 6857|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تزولَ الجبالُ عن أماكِنِها وتَرَوْنَ الأمورَ العظامَ التي لم تَكُونوا تَرَوْنَها

The Hour will not begin until the '''mountains are moved from their places''' and you see great calamities which you have never seen before.
}}
====Non-speaking objects will start speaking====
{{Quote|Jami' al-Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2181 (sahih)|
Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri narrated that the Messenger of Allah (s.a.w) said:
"By the One in Whose Hand is my soul! The Hour will not be established until predators speak to people and until the tip of a man's whip and the straps on his sandal speak to him, and his thigh informs him of what occurred with his family after him."
}}

Though this hadith is often metaphorisized to refer to modern technology (mobile phones), the original wording of the hadith appears to be rather literal in its intention.

The Old Testament already has a story about a talking serpent:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 3:1|
Now '''the serpent''' was more crafty than any of the wild animals the Lord God had made. '''He said''' to the woman, “Did God really say, ‘You must not eat from any tree in the garden’?”
}}

And for Muhammad (unlike for most people), talking objects wouldn't even be much miraculous, since he was hearing voices regularly. For example he heard a stone saluting him:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====The land of Arabia reverts to meadows and rivers====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|5|2208}}|
وَحَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ، - وَهُوَ ابْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْقَارِيُّ - عَنْ سُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ ‏ "‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْمَالُ وَيَفِيضَ حَتَّى يَخْرُجَ الرَّجُلُ بِزَكَاةِ مَالِهِ فَلاَ يَجِدُ أَحَدًا يَقْبَلُهَا مِنْهُ وَحَتَّى تَعُودَ أَرْضُ الْعَرَبِ مُرُوجًا وَأَنْهَارًا ‏"‏ ‏.‏

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) as saying:

The Last Hour will not come before wealth becomes abundant and overflowing, so much so that a man takes Zakat out of his property and cannot find anyone to accept it from him and '''till the land of Arabia reverts (تعود) to meadows and rivers.'''
}}

The word تعود (''ta'ooda'') can mean both "become" and "revert".
{{Quote|مرقاة المفاتيح شرح مشكاة المصابيح|
وحتى تعود أرض العرب أي: تصير أو ترجع

"And until ''ta'ooda'' the land of Arabs" - meaning "becomes" or "reverts"
}}

====Much rain, but little vegetation====
{{Quote|Shuaib Al Arna'ut, Takhreej al-Musnad 12429 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%B3+%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1%D8%A7+%D8%B9%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7+%D8%8C+%D9%88+%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%86%D8%A8%D8%AA+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B1%D8%B6+%D8%B4%D9%8A%D8%A6%D8%A7</ref>|
لا تَقومُ السَّاعةُ حتى يُمطَرَ النَّاسُ مَطرًا عامًّا، ولا تُنبِتَ الأرضُ شيئًا.

The Hour would not come until there is too much rain, but the earth does not produce crops
}}
===Other Predictions About the Future===
====Coming of Muhammad and the Hour are close like the forefinger and middle finger joined together====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7049}}|
Anas reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

I and the Last Hour have been sent like this and (he while doing it) joined the forefinger with the middle finger.
}}

====A 7th century boy won't grow very old before the Hour comes====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7052}}|
وَحَدَّثَنِي حَجَّاجُ بْنُ الشَّاعِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، - يَعْنِي ابْنَ زَيْدٍ - حَدَّثَنَا مَعْبَدُ بْنُ هِلاَلٍ الْعَنَزِيُّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَجُلاً، سَأَلَ النَّبِيَّ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ مَتَى تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ قَالَ فَسَكَتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم هُنَيْهَةً ثُمَّ نَظَرَ إِلَى غُلاَمٍ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ مِنْ أَزْدِ شَنُوءَةَ فَقَالَ ‏ "‏ إِنْ عُمِّرَ هَذَا لَمْ يُدْرِكْهُ الْهَرَمُ حَتَّى تَقُومَ السَّاعَةُ ‏"‏ ‏.‏ قَالَ قَالَ أَنَسٌ ذَاكَ الْغُلاَمُ مِنْ أَتْرَابِي يَوْمَئِذٍ ‏.‏

Anas b. Malik reported that a person asked Allah's Apostle (ﷺ):

When would the Last Hour come? Thereupon Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) kept quiet for a while. Then looked at a young boy in his presence belonging to the tribe of Azd Shanu'a and he said: If this boy lives he would not grow very old till the Last Hour would come ''to you''. Anas said that this young boy was of our age during those days.
}}
The "to you" was added by the translators to indicate that it is the last hour (death) of the people who asked, however this qualification is entirely absent in the Arabic text.

====The Hour will come before a 7th century slave becomes old====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|73|188}}|
...In the meantime, a slave of Al-Mughira passed by, and he was of the same age as I was. The Prophet (ﷺ) said. "If this (slave) should live long, he will not reach the geriatric old age, but the Hour will be established."
}}

====Nothing will live one hundred years from now====
The "tonight" in ''italic'' was added by translators to accommodate the later re-interpretation:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|116}}|
أَرَأَيْتَكُمْ لَيْلَتَكُمْ هَذِهِ، فَإِنَّ رَأْسَ مِائَةِ سَنَةٍ مِنْهَا لاَ يَبْقَى مِمَّنْ هُوَ عَلَى ظَهْرِ الأَرْضِ أَحَدٌ

Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

Once the Prophet (ﷺ) led us in the `Isha' prayer during the last days of his life and after finishing it (the prayer) (with Taslim) he said: "Do you realize (the importance of) this night?" Nobody present on the surface of the earth ''tonight'' will be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night."
}}

When the prophecy failed 100 years later, Muslims re-interpreted it:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|10|575}}|
Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

The Prophet (ﷺ) prayed one of the `Isha' prayer in his last days and after finishing it with Taslim, he stood up and said, "Do you realize (the importance of) this night? Nobody present on the surface of the earth tonight would be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night." '''The people made a mistake in grasping the meaning of this statement of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and they indulged in those things which are said about these narrators (i.e. some said that the Day of Resurrection will be established after 100 years etc.)''' But the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Nobody present on the surface of earth tonight would be living after the completion of 100 years from this night"; he meant "When that century (people of that century) would pass away."
}}

====If 10 scholars of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|39|6711}} (Muhsin Khan translation)|
لَوْ تَابَعَنِي عَشْرَةٌ مِنَ الْيَهُودِ لَمْ يَبْقَ عَلَى ظَهْرِهَا يَهُودِيٌّ إِلاَّ أَسْلَمَ

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

If ten ''scholars'' of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth who would not embrace Islam.
}}

The Arabic original doesn't say "ten Jewish scholars", but only "ten Jews" (عشرة من اليهود).

====30 false prophets before the Hour====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6988}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until there would arise about thirty impostors, liars, and each one of them would claim that he is a messenger of Allah.
}}
In his time there were other prophets like Saf ibn Sayyad and Maslamah bin Ḥabīb (called by Muslims "Musaylimah al-Kadhdhāb" (Musaylama the Liar)), Al-Aswad Al-Ansi and Tulayha.

False prophets were also already predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 24:10-11|
At that time many will turn away from the faith and will betray and hate each other, and many '''false prophets will appear and deceive many people'''.
}}

====Rising of the Sun from its setting place====
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4297}}|
We were sitting in the shade of the chamber of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) discussing (something) and when we mentioned the last hour, our voices rose high. The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: The last hour will not come or happen until there appear ten signs before it : '''the rising of the sun in its place of setting''', the coming forth of the beast, the coming forth of Gog and Magog, the Dajjal (Antichrist), (the descent of) Jesus son of Mary, the smoke, and three collapses of the earth: one in the west, one in the east, and one in the Arabian Peninsula. The last of that will be the emergence of a fire from Yemen, from the lowest part of Aden, and drive mankind to their place of assembly.
}}
This seems to suggest that the sun revolves about the Earth and can reverse direction

There is also a related verse in the Quran:{{Quote|{{Quran|6|158}}|
Do they [then] wait for anything except that the angels should come to them or your Lord should come or that there come some of the signs of your Lord? The Day that '''some of the signs of your Lord will come no soul will benefit from its faith as long as it had not believed before''' or had earned through its faith some good. Say, "Wait. Indeed, we [also] are waiting."
}}
Tafsir:
{{Quote|Tafsir Al-Jalalayn on 6:158|
"On the day that one of your Lord’s signs comes" — and this is the rising of the sun from the west as reported in the hadīth of the two Sahīhs of Bukhārī and Muslim — it shall not benefit a soul to believe if it had not believed theretofore
}}
The hadith:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|6|60|159}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established until the sun rises from the West: and when the people see it, then whoever will be living on the surface of the earth will have faith, and that is (the time) when no good will it do to a soul to believe then, if it believed not before." (6.158)
}}

Another hadith says that right after the rising, a beast will appear in the forenoon:{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4310 (sahih)|
Abu zur’ah said:
A group of people came to Marwan in Medina, and they heard him say that the first of the signs to appear would be the coming forth of the Dajjal (Antichirst). He said: I then went to Abd Allah b. ‘Amr and mentioned it to him. He did not say anything(reliable). I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: '''The first of the signs to appear will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting and the coming forth of the beast against mankind in the forenoon.''' Whichever of them comes first will soon be followed by the other. ’Abd Allah who used to read the scriptures (Torah, Gospel) said: I think the first of them will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting.
}}

{{Quote|Ibn Majah 4069 (sahih)|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The first signs to appear will be at '''the rising of the sun from the west and the emergence of the Beast to the people, at forenoon'''.’” 'Abdullah said: "Whichever of them appears first, the other will come soon after." 'Abdullah said: "I do not think it will be anything other than the sun rising from the west."
}}

Some today proffer metaphorical interpretation that the "rising of the Sun from the west" refers to the rise of the Western civilization, though this would leave the segment regarding the beast unexplained.

The Quran seems to affirm the possibility that God could make the Sun "rise from the West":
{{Quote|{{Quran|2|258}}|
Have you not considered the one who argued with Abraham about his Lord [merely] because Allah had given him kingship? When Abraham said, "My Lord is the one who gives life and causes death," he said, "I give life and cause death." Abraham said, "Indeed, '''Allah brings up the sun from the east''', so bring it up from the west." So the disbeliever was overwhelmed [by astonishment], and Allah does not guide the wrongdoing people.
}}

See also Dhul-Qarnayn's story in the Quran, where this possibility is further confirmed, as the Sun is described to set in a muddy spring at the "farthest part" of the world":

*[[Category:Dhul-Qarnayn|Dhul-Qarnayn]]

====Stones and trees say to Muslims: "here is a Jew behind me; come and kill him"====
{{Quote|Book 41, Hadith 6985 aka Book 54, Hadith 105 or Sahih Muslim 2922|
The last hour would not come unless the Muslims will fight against the Jews and the Muslims would kill them until the Jews would hide themselves behind a stone or a tree and '''a stone or a tree would say: Muslim, or the servant of Allah, there is a Jew behind me; come and kill him'''; but the tree Gharqad would not say, for it is the tree of the Jews.
}}

Muhammad used to hear other voices as well:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====Time will pass more quickly (taqaarub az-zamaan)====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 10560|
لا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَتَقَارَبَ الزَّمَانُ ، فَتَكُونَ السَّنَةُ كَالشَّهْرِ ، وَيَكُونَ الشَّهْرُ كَالْجُمُعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ الْجُمُعَةُ كَالْيَوْمِ ، وَيَكُونَ الْيَوْمُ كَالسَّاعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ السَّاعَةُ كَاحْتِرَاقِ السَّعَفَةِ

The Hour will not begin until time passes quickly, so a year will be like a month, and a month will be like a week, and a week will be like a day, and a day will be like an hour, and an hour will be like the burning of a braid of palm leaves.
}}

Islamic scholars have interpreted this variously, without any agreement as to the possible meaning:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/34618/one-of-the-signs-of-the-hour-is-that-time-will-pass-more-quickly islamqa.info: One of the signs of the Hour is that time will pass more quickly]|
The scholars differed concerning the meaning of the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing more quickly). '''There are many views''', the strongest of which is:

That the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing quickly) may be interpreted literally or metaphorically.
}}

====A man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|233}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick."
}}

[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Qahtan_(tribe) Qahtan] still exists, but the prophecy remains unfulfilled. <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/418273/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9%D8%8C-%D9%88%D8%B2%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A5%D8%BA%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%82-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A8-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%88%D8%A8%D8%A9</ref>

====A man called Jahjah will occupy the throne====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Book 41, Hadith 6955|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The day and the night would not come to an end before a man called al-Jahjah would occupy the throne.
}}

*[https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/118597/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%8A-%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%86 Fatwa] (AR) puts this prophecy among non-fulfilled prophecies

====Conquest of Constantinopole without fighting and the Hour come together====
This hadith is considered da'eef by Albani (but sahih by Dhahabi):
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 14:331|
لتفتحن القسطنطينية، فلنعم الأمير أميرها، ولنعم الجيش ذلك الجيش

Verily you shall conquer Constantinople. What a wonderful leader will her
leader be, and what a wonderful army will that army be!
}}

One should note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

Another hadith adds that the Hour was expected to come with this conquest:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2239|
Anas bin Malik said:
"Constantinople will be conquered with the coming of the Hour."
}}

The coming of the Dajjal was expected right after the conquest:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

Another hadith mentions Romans attacking Dabiq before the conquest of Constantinople. The mention of swords makes it hard to re-interpret as a prophecy about another conquest of Constantinople in the future:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6924}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until '''the Romans would land at al-A'maq or in Dabiq'''. An army consisting of the best (soldiers) of the people of the earth at that time will come from Medina (to counteract them). When they will arrange themselves in ranks, the Romans would say: Do not stand between us and those (Muslims) who took prisoners from amongst us. Let us fight with them; and the Muslims would say: Nay, by Allah, we would never get aside from you and from our brethren that you may fight them. They will then fight and a third (part) of the army would run away, whom Allah will never forgive. A third (part of the army) which would be constituted of excellent martyrs in Allah's eye, would be killed and the third who would never be put to trial would win and they would be conquerors of Constantinople. And as they would be busy in distributing the spoils of war (amongst themselves) after hanging their '''swords''' by the olive trees, the Satan would cry: '''The Dajjal''' has taken your place among your family. They would then come out, but it would be of no avail. And when they would come to Syria, he would come out while they would be still preparing themselves for battle drawing up the ranks. Certainly, the time of prayer shall come and then Jesus (peace be upon him) son of Mary would descend and would lead them. When the enemy of Allah would see him, it would (disappear) just as the salt dissolves itself in water and if he (Jesus) were not to confront them at all, even then it would dissolve completely, but Allah would kill them by his hand and he would show them their blood on his lance (the lance of Jesus Christ).
}}

Also:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

The conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6979}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) saying:

You have heard about a city, one side of which is on land and the other is in the sea ('''Constantinople'''). They said: Allah's Messenger, yes. Thereupon he said: The Last Hour would not come unless seventy thousand persons from Bani lshaq would attack it. When they would land there, '''they will neither fight with weapons nor would shower arrows but would only say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," ''' and one side of it would fall. Thaur (one of the narrators) said: I think that he said: The part by the side of the ocean. Then they would say for the second time: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest" and the second side would also fall, and they would say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," and the gates would be opened for them and they would enter therein and, they would be collecting spoils of war and distributing them amongst themselves when a noise would be heard saying: Verily, Dajjal has come. And thus they would leave everything there and go back.
}}

Constantinople was [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fall_of_Constantinople conquered in 1453] by fighting, the Dajjal didn't appear and the city was renamed to Istanbul, so literally Constantinople no longer exists.

====Conquest of Rome====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6930}}|
Nafi' b. Utba reported:

We were with Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) in an expedition that there came a people to Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) from the direction of the west. They were dressed in woollen clothes and they stood near a hillock and they met him as Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) was sitting. I said to myself: Better go to them and stand between him and them that they may not attack him. Then I thought that perhaps there had been going on secret negotiation amongst them. I however, went to them and stood between them and him and I remember four of the words (on that occasion) which I repeat (on the fingers of my hand) that he (Allah's Messenger) said: You will attack Arabia and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack Persia and He would make you to conquer it. '''Then you would attack Rome and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack the Dajjal and Allah will enable you to conquer him. Nafi' said: Jabir, we thought that the Dajjal would appear after Rome (Syrian territory) would be conquered.'''
}}

The Roman empire seized to exist before it could be altogether conquered, though if one counts here the partial conquest of some of Rome's (Byzantine's) territories, then the question remains as to why the Dajjal failed to appear.

====Byzantines will make truce with Muslims, betray them and attack them====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, '''and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.'''
}}
The prophecy is considered unfulfilled:
{{Quote|[https://www.islamweb.net/en/fatwa/83460/hadith-about-the-romans-attacking-us-under-eighty-flags Hadith about the Romans attacking us under eighty flags]|
Imam Ibn al-Muneer said: 'Till this time the incident of gathering and attacking Rome in this huge number of soldiers has not happened yet. This matter has not taken place yet.
}}

====Conquest of India and the second coming of Jesus come together====
Also known as [[Ghazwa-e-hind|ghazwa-e-hind]].
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|25|3177}} (hasan) from The Book of Jihad, chapter "Invading India"|
It was narrated that Thawban, the freed slave of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), said:
"The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: 'There are two groups of my Ummah whom Allah will free from the Fire: The group that invades India (تَغْزُو الْهِنْدَ, ''taghzoo al-hind''), and the group that will be with Isa bin Maryam, peace be upon him.'"
}}

Early conquests of India happened in the 7th century (for example [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Rasil Battle of Rasil]), while author of the hadith collection [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Al-Nasa%27i al-Nasa'i] lived in the 9th century.

The conquest of India is linked to the second coming of Jesus (Isa). In other (although weak) hadiths it's even more explicit:
{{Quote|Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, al-Fitan, p. 409 (daeef)|
The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) said – and he mentioned India – then he said: “An army of yours will invade India and Allah will grant its conquest to them, until they bring their kings in chains, and Allah will forgive them their sins. Then they will return and when they return, they will find the son of Maryam in ash-Shaam (Syria).” Abu Hurayrah said: If I live to see that campaign, I will sell everything I possess and join the campaign. Then if Allah grants us victory and we return, then I will be Abu Hurayrah the freed (protected from Hellfire). And when we return to Syria we will find there ‘Eesa ibn Maryam. Then I shall make sure that I draw close to him and tell him that I accompanied you, O Messenger of Allah. The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) smiled and said: “Unlikely, unlikely.” [very difficult?]
}}

However, the second coming did not follow either these events:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/145636/hadith-about-the-conquest-of-india islamqa.info: Hadith about the conquest of India]|
What is mentioned in the hadith of Abu Hurayrah (may Allah have mercy on him), which was narrated by Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, about '''the conquest of India has not happened up till now''', but it will happen when ‘Eesaa ibn Maryam (peace be upon him) descends, if the hadith that says that is saheeh.
}}

====No more Khosrau and Caesar====
In Muhammad's time, the ruler of Persia was called Khosrau and the ruler of the Byzantine empire Caesar.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|267}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Khosrau will be ruined, and there will be no Khosrau after him, and Caesar will surely be ruined and there will be no Caesar after him, and you will spend their treasures in Allah's Cause." He called, "War is deceit'.
}}
There are many examples of this prophecy failing for both [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khosrow Kusrau] and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caesar_(title) Caesar]. For example:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Shah Khusrau Shah] was the king of the Justanids in the 10th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Khan Khusrau Khan] was the Sultan of Delhi in the 14th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Doukas_(Caesar) John Doukas] was a Caesar of the Byzantine empire in the 11th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mehmed_the_Conqueror Mehmed the Conqueror] - a 15h century Muslim conqueror, also called himself Caesar

The prophecy is probably referring to the 7th century Islamic conquests. The prediction in Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

====Nations will soon call each other to attack Muslims====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 4297, In-book reference: Book 39, Hadith 7, English translation: Book 38, Hadith 4284|
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The people will soon summon one another to attack you as people when eating invite others to share their dish. Someone asked: Will that be because of our small numbers at that time? He replied: No, you will be numerous at that time: but you will be scum and rubbish like that carried down by a torrent, and Allah will take fear of you from the breasts of your enemy and last enervation into your hearts. Someone asked: What is wahn (enervation). Messenger of Allah (ﷺ): He replied: Love of the world and dislike of death.
}}

One might note that soon after this statement is alleged to have been stated by the prophet, the Muslims would conquer vast lands - the Muslim empire would only come to a grinding halt some 1300 years later.

====Romans would form a majority amongst people====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6296}}|
Mustaurid Qurashi reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The Last Hour would come when the Romans would form a majority amongst people'''. This reached 'Amr b. al-'As and he said: What are these ahadith which are being transmitted from you and which you claim to have heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)? Mustaurid said to him: I stated only that which I heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). Thereupon 'Amr said: If you state this (it is true), for they have the power of tolerance amongst people at the time of turmoil and restore themselves to sanity after trouble, and are good amongst people so far as the destitute and the weak are concerned.
}}

The Roman empire dissolved without the realization of this prophecy.

====Twelve caliphs====
Shi'ite Imamology rests heavily upon this hadith, though has been continuously troubled by it (as have been Sunni scholars), as there appears to be no clear group of "twelve Caliphs" to have appeared in history:{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4480}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Jabir b. Samura who said:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: Islam will continue to be triumphant until there have been '''twelve Caliphs'''. Then the Prophet (ﷺ) said something which I could not understand. I asked my father: What did he say? He said: He has said that all of them (twelve Caliphs) will be from the Quraish.
}}
{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4483}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Amir b. Sa'd b. Abu Waqqas who said:

I wrote (a letter) to Jabir b. Samura and sent it to him through my servant Nafi', asking him to inform me of something he had heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He wrote to me (in reply): I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say on Friday evening, the day on which al-Aslami was stoned to death (for committing adultery): '''The Islamic religion will continue until the Hour has been established, or you have been ruled over by twelve Caliphs, all of them being from the Quraish'''. also heard him say: A small force of the Muslims will capture the white palace, the police of the Persian Emperor or his descendants. I also heard him say: Before the Day of Judgment there will appear (a number of) impostors. You are to guard against them. I also heard him say: When God grants wealth to any one of you, he should first spend it on himself and his family (and then give it in charity to the poor). I heard him (also) say: I will be your forerunner at the Cistern (expecting your arrival).
}}

Commentaries by (Sunni) Islamic scholars:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Fathul-Bari, vol. 13, p.211|
لم ألق أحدا يقطع في هذا الحديث يعني بشيء معين

I have not met anyone who could be certain about the meaning of this hadith!
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Jouzi, Kashful-Majhool, vol.1 p.449|
هذا الحديث قد أطلت البحث عنه، وتطلّبت مظانّه، وسألت عنه، فما رأيت أحدا وقع على المقصود به

I have researched for long to understand this hadith and referred to many references and made much enquiries about it, yet I did not meet anyone who could understand it.
}}

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_caliphs Wikipedia: List of Caliphs]

====Rain which will destroy all dwellings except tents====
This hadith is sahih:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 7554 (sahih)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا أبو كامل وعفان قالا ثنا حماد عن سهيل قال عفان في حديثه قال أنا سهيل بن أبي صالح عن أبيه عن أبي هريرة قال قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم : لا تقوم الساعة حتى يمطر الناس مطرا لا تكن منه بيوت المدر ولا تكن منه الا بيوت الشعر
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده صحيح على شرط مسلم

The Hour will not come until there has been rain which
will destroy all dwellings except tents
}}
====Not living according to the sharia causes infighting between Muslims====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. '''Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”'''
}}

In fact, it is rather Muslim's disagreement as to what constitutes the Sharia (as a result of their trying to implement it) that results in inter-Muslim conflict. One can imagine that had Islam separated church and state, many such conflicts would have been avoided.

====12 thousand from Aden Abyan will make Islam victorious====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 5/33 (sahih)|
يخرجُ من عدنِ أَبْيَنَ اثنا عشرَ ألفًا ينصرونَ اللهَ ورسولَهُ هم خيرُ مَن بيني وبينهم

Out of Aden-Abyan will come 12000, giving victory to the (religion of) Allah and His Messenger. They are the best between me and them.
}}

====Periods of fitnah====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4242 (sahih)|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Umar:

When we were sitting with the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), he talked about periods of trial (fitnahs), mentioning many of them.

When he mentioned the one when people should stay in their houses, some asked him: Messenger of Allah, what is the trial (fitnah) of staying at home?

He replied: It will be flight and plunder. Then will come a test which is pleasant. Its murkiness is due to the fact that it is produced by a man from the people of my house, who will assert that he belongs to me, whereas he does not, for my friends are only the God-fearing. Then the people will unite under a man who will be like a hip-bone on a rib. Then there will be the little black trial which will leave none of this community without giving him a slap, and when people say that it is finished, it will be extended. During it a man will be a believer in the morning and an infidel in the evening, so that the people will be in two camps: the camp of faith which will contain no hypocrisy, and the camp of hypocrisy which will contain no faith. When that happens, expect the Antichrist (Dajjal) that day or the next.
}}

====Inheritance is not distributed====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of '''inheritance are not distributed''' and there is no rejoicing over spoils of war...
}}
====People don't rejoice over spoils of war====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of inheritance are not distributed and '''there is no rejoicing over spoils of war'''...
}}

====Muslims will soon flee to mountains from persecution====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|19}}|
عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُوشِكُ أَنْ يَكُونَ خَيْرَ مَالِ الْمُسْلِمِ غَنَمٌ يَتْبَعُ بِهَا شَعَفَ الْجِبَالِ وَمَوَاقِعَ الْقَطْرِ يَفِرُّ بِدِينِهِ مِنْ الْفِتَنِ

“Soon the best property of a Muslim will be a flock of sheep he takes to the top of a mountain, or in the valleys of rainfall, fleeing with his religion from tribulations.”
}}

====All believers will go to Syria====
{{Quote|Al-Mustadrak alaa al-Sahihain 8461 (sahih)|
يأتي على الناس زمان لا يبقى فيه مؤمن إلا لحق بالشام

A time will come to people when no believer remains except that he came over to As-Sham
}}

====Extinction of the Quraysh tribe====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 16/186 (sahih)|
أسرعُ قبائلِ العربِ فناءً قريشٌ ويوشكُ أن تمرَّ المرأةُ بالنعلِ فتقول إن هذا نعلُ قرشيُّ

The fastest Arab tribe in extinction is Quraysh. Soon a woman will pass by a sandal, then she will say that this is a sandal of a Qurashi.
}}

====Arabs will be exterminated and go to hell====
Hadith da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 3967 (da'eef) and others|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will be a tribulation which will utterly destroy the Arabs, and those who are slain will be in Hell. At that time the tongue will be worse than a blow of the sword.”
}}

====Last of the ummah will curse the first====
Fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 263 (mawdu)|
It was narrated that Jabir said:
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'When the last people of this Ummah curse the first, (at that time) whoever conceals a Hadith will be concealing what Allah has revealed.'" (Maudu')
}}

====Pilgrimage to Makka will be abandoned====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|26|663}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said "The people will continue performing the Hajj and `Umra to the Ka`ba even after the appearance of Gog and Magog." Narrated Shu`ba extra: The Hour (Day of Judgment) will not be established till the Hajj (to the Ka`ba) is abandoned.
}}

====Disappearance of faith====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|274}}, chapter The Disappearance of Faith at the End of Time|
It is narrated on the authority of Anas that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:

"The Hour (Resurrection) will not occur as long as anyone says: 'Allah, Allah.'"
}}

This one appears to be increasingly likely.

====Islam will be widespread====
Although Muhammad predicted that Islam will disappear, he also predicted that Islam will succeed:
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 16509 (sahih)|
Tamim al-Dari reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “This matter will certainly reach every place touched by the night and day. Allah will not leave a house or residence but that Allah will cause this religion to enter it, by which the honorable will be honored and the disgraceful will be disgraced. Allah will honor the honorable with Islam and he will disgrace the disgraceful with unbelief.”
}}
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2176 (sahih)|
"Indeed Allah gathered the earth for me so that I saw its east and its west. And surely my Ummah's authority shall reach over all that was shown to me of it.
}}

Muhammad's predictions about the future of the Muslim ummah appear to have ranged non-existence and annihilation to complete domination, perhaps based on his feelings at various times. Given this full spectrum of possibility, however, it is difficult to maintain that there is any substance to these predictions.

====The Quran will disappear overnight====
{{Quote|Sunan al-Dārimī 3343 (hasan)|
عَنْ زِرٍّ عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ رضي الله عنه قَالَ لَيُسْرَيَنَّ عَلَى الْقُرْآنِ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ فَلَا يُتْرَكُ آيَةٌ فِي مُصْحَفٍ وَلَا فِي قَلْبِ أَحَدٍ إِلَّا رُفِعَتْ

The Quran will vanish in one night. No verse in the scripture or in the heart of anyone will be left behind.
}}

====Islam will wear out====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Majah 3289 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%8C+%D9%83%D9%85%D8%A7+%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D9%88%D8%B4%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AB%D9%88%D8%A8</ref>|
يدرُسُ الإسلامُ كما يدرُسُ وَشيُ الثَّوبِ حتَّى لا يُدرَى ما صيامٌ، ولا صلاةٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدَقةٌ، ولَيُسرى على كتابِ اللَّهِ عزَّ وجلَّ في ليلَةٍ، فلا يبقى في الأرضِ منهُ آيةٌ، وتبقَى طوائفُ منَ النَّاسِ الشَّيخُ الكبيرُ والعجوزُ، يقولونَ: أدرَكْنا آباءَنا على هذِهِ الكلمةِ، لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، فنحنُ نقولُها فقالَ لَهُ صِلةُ: ما تُغني عنهم: لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، وَهُم لا يَدرونَ ما صلاةٌ، ولا صيامٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدقةٌ؟ فأعرضَ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ ردَّها علَيهِ ثلاثًا، كلَّ ذلِكَ يعرضُ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ أقبلَ علَيهِ في الثَّالثةِ، فقالَ: يا صِلةُ، تُنجيهِم منَ النَّار ثلاثًا

“Islam will wear out as embroidery on a garment wears out, until no one will know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are. The Book of Allah will be taken away at night, and not one Verse of it will be left on earth. And there will be some people left, old men and old women, who will say: “We saw our fathers saying these words: ‘La ilaha illallah’ so we say them too.” Silah said to him: “What good will (saying): La ilaha illallah do them, when they do not know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are?” Hudhaifah turned away from his. He repeated his question three times, and Hudhaifah turned away from him each time. Then he turned to him on the third time and said: “O Silah! It will save them from Hell,” three times.
}}

====Islam will end up like a snake crawling back into its hole====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|271}}|
It is narrated on the authority of Ibn 'Umar ('Abdullah b. 'Umar) that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) observed:

Verily Islam started as something strange and it would again revert (to its old position) of being strange just as it started, and it would recede between the two mosques just as the serpent crawls back into its hole.
}}

In other hadith, Muhammad described belief in Islam as a snake:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|30|100}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "Verily, Belief returns and goes back to Medina as a snake returns and goes back to its hole (when in danger).
}}

====Countries colonized by Muslims will stop paying them and Muslims will be poor again====
The hadith is in the chapter called "Making Endowments Of The Lands Of As-Sawad, And The Lands That Were Conquered By Force":
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/abudawud/20 Sunan Abi Dawud 3035 / In-book reference: Book 20, Hadith 108 / English translation: Book 19, Hadith 3029]|
Abu Hurairah reported the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) as saying “Iraq will prevent its measure (qafiz) and dirham. Syria will prevent its measure (mudi) and dinar. Egypt will prevent its measure (irdabb) and dinar. Then you will return to the position where you started. Zuhair said this three times. The flesh and blood of Abu Hurairah witnessed it.
}}

====Buttocks of women of Daus are moving around the Yemenite Kaba====

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|232}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till '''the buttocks of the women of the tribe of Daus move while going round Dhi-al-Khalasa'''." Dhi-al-Khalasa was the idol of the Daus tribe which they used to worship in the Pre Islamic Period of ignorance.
}}

It was interpreted metaphorically as a rise of polytheism because the idol was destroyed and the people were killed before it came true :
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6052}}|
Jabir reported that there was in pre-Islamic days a temple called '''Dhu'l- Khalasah and it was called the Yamanite Ka'ba''' or the northern Ka'ba. Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said unto me:

Will you rid me of Dhu'l-Khalasah and so I went forth at the head of 350 horsemen of the tribe of Ahmas and '''we destroyed it and killed whomsoever we found there'''. Then we came back to him (to the Holy Prophet) and informed him and he blessed us and the tribe of Ahmas.
}}

====People commonly have sex in the streets, like donkeys====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Hibban 6/345 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D9%8E%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D9%82%D9%8F%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%8F+%D8%AD%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%91%D9%8E%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B3%D9%8F+%D9%81%D9%90%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B7%D9%91%D9%8F%D8%B1%D9%8F%D9%82%D9%90+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8F%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%92%D8%AD%D9%8E%D9%85%D9%90%D9%8A%D8%B1%D9%90</ref>|
لا تقومُ السَّاعةُ حتَّى يتسافدَ النَّاسُ في الطُّرقِ تسافُدَ الحميرِ

The Hour shall not commence until the people engage in sexual
intercourse in the streets just like donkeys.
}}

Public sex was already happening among ancient civilizations.<ref>[https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/all-about-sex/201809/orgies-through-the-ages Orgies Through the Ages]</ref>

====Rise of polytheism====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4252|
..the Last Hour will not come before the tribes of my people attach themselves to the polytheists and tribes of my people worship idols..
}}
Polytheism has become less popular with time.

====People will worship goddesses Lat and Uzza again====
The goddesses [[Lat]] and [[Uzza]] were worshiped by Arabs before the Islamic conquest of Arabia.

{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'''. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====All believers will be killed by a wind from Allah and only evil people (= non-Muslims) will survive====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. '''Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die''' and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====Killing neighbors and family members====
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 118 (classified as "very good" by Albani)|
عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى‏ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَقْتُلَ الرَّجُلُ جَارَهُ وَأَخَاهُ وَأَبَاهُ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “The Hour will not be established until a man kills his neighbor, his brother, and his father.”
}}

====Abundance of deaths by lightning====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad, vol. 3 pg. 64/65 (sahih)|
تَكثُرُ الصَّواعِقُ عِندَ اقْتِرابِ السَّاعةِ، حتَّى يَأتيَ الرَّجُلُ القَومَ، فيقولَ: مَن صَعِقَ قِبَلَكمُ الغَداةَ؟ فيَقولون: صَعِقَ فُلانٌ وفُلانٌ.

There will be an abundance of lightning with the coming of the Hour, until a man comes to a tribe asking: Who was struck today? Then they say: So and so
}}
John Jensenius (a lightning specialist) said that the number of injuries and deaths caused by lightning is actually going down. <ref>https://www.cbsnews.com/news/are-lightning-strikes-becoming-more-common/</ref>

====Luka bin Luka will be the happiest person====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2209 (sahih)|
Hudhaifah bin Al-Yaman narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Hour will not be established until the happiest of people in the world is Luka' bin Luka'."
}}

Scholars interpreted the name "Luka bin Luka" (لكع بن لكع) to mean "the most despicable/wicked/evil"<ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/18510/%D9%85%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%89-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB</ref> and "wickedness", rather than a specific person

====Wine, musical instruments and singing girls will turn Muslims into monkeys and pigs====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Ibn Majah 4020, In-book reference: Book 36, Hadith 95, English translation: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4020|
لَيَشْرَبَنَّ نَاسٌ مِنْ أُمَّتِي الْخَمْرَ يُسَمُّونَهَا بِغَيْرِ اسْمِهَا يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ وَالْمُغَنِّيَاتِ يَخْسِفُ اللَّهُ بِهِمُ الأَرْضَ وَيَجْعَلُ مِنْهُمُ الْقِرَدَةَ وَالْخَنَازِيرَ

It was narrated from Abu Malik Ash’ari that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“People among my nation will drink wine, calling it by another name, and musical instruments will be played for them and singing girls (will sing for them). Allah will cause the earth to swallow them up, and will turn them into monkeys and pigs.”
}}

Since the hadith literally says "is played upon their heads with musical instruments" (يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ) some claim that it is a prediction of headphones. But it says "played", not "placed" upon their heads, the word "instruments" is in the plural form and the singing girls are obviously real singing girls, while with head phones the singing would be included in the headphones. The interpretation that the word "musical instruments" (معازف) refers to musical instruments fits much better into the context.

Muhammad himself listened to singing girls, perhaps he was in a better mood since it was the day of Eid:{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|15|72}}|
Narrated Aisha:

Abu Bakr came to my house while two small Ansari girls were singing beside me the stories of the Ansar concerning the Day of Buath. And they were not singers. Abu Bakr said protestingly, "Musical instruments of Satan in the house of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) !" It happened on the `Id day and Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "O Abu Bakr! There is an `Id for every nation and this is our `Id."
}}

Wine and singing was already mentioned in pre-Islamic Arab poetry:
{{Quote|Dhu Jadan al-Himyari, Sirat Rasul Allah p. 19|
Peace, confound you! You can't turn me from my purpose

Thy scolding dries my spittle!

To '''the music of singers''' in times past 'twas fine

When we drank our fill of purest noblest wine.

'''Drinking freely of wine brings me no shame'''

If my behaviour no boon-companion would blame.

For death no man can hold back Though he drink the perfumed potions of the quack.
}}

====Allah will put pieces of the world on his fingers====
Muhammad agreed with this prophecy presented by a Jewish Scholar
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 39, Hadith 6699|
Abdullah b. Mas'ud reported that a Jewish scholar came to Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) and said:

Muhammad, or Abu al-Qasim, verily, Allah, the Exalted and Glorious would carry the Heavens on the Day of Judgment upon one finger and earths upon one finger and the mountains and trees upon one finger and the ocean and moist earth upon one finger, and in fact the whole of the creation upon one finger, and then He would stir them and say: I am your Lord, I am your Lord. Thereupon Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) smiled testifying what that scholar had said. He then recited this verse:" And they honour not Allah with the honour due to Him; and the whole earth will be in His grip on the Day of Resurrection and the heaven rolled up in His right hand. Glory be to Him I and highly Exalted is He above what they associate (with Him)" (Az-Zumar:67).
}}

====Medina banishes its evils====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3188}}|
Abu Huraira (Allah be pleased with him) reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

A time will come for the people (of Medina) when a man will invite his cousin and any other near relation: Come (and settle) at (a place) where living is cheap, come to where there is plenty, but Medina will be better for them; would they know it! By Him in Whose Hand is my life, none amongst them would go out (of the city) with a dislike for it, but Allah would make his successor in it someone better than be. Behold. Medina is like furnace which eliminates from it the impurities. And '''the Last Hour will not come until Medina banishes its evils''' just as a furnace eliminates the impurities of iron.
}}
====Nobody will accept charity====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|492}}|
Narrated Haritha bin Wahab:

I heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "O people! Give in charity as a time will come upon you when a person will wander about with his object of charity and will not find anybody to accept it, and one (who will be requested to take it) will say, "If you had brought it yesterday, would have taken it, but today I am not in need of it."
}}

====Not paying zakat causes a lack of rain====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. '''They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them'''. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

====Swelling of crescents [The Moon]====
{{Quote|Sahih Al-Jami' 5898 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%85%D9%90%D9%86+%D8%A7%D9%82%D9%92%D8%AA%D9%90%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%86%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%AE%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D9%87%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A9%D9%90&order=color</ref>|
مِنَ اقترابِ الساعَةِ انتفاخُ الأهِلَّةِ

From approaching of the Hour is the swelling of crescents
}}

====An Abyssinian will destroy the Kaba====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 7:6953/2909c|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: It would be an Abyssinian having two small shanks who would destroy the House ol Allah, the Exalted and Glorious.
}}

====Collapse, transformation and stoning from the sky====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2185 (sahih)|
'Aishah narrated "The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
'In the end of this Ummah there will be a collapse, transformation, and Qadhf."' She said :"I said: 'O Messenger of Allah! Will they be destroyed while they are righteous among them?' He said: 'Yes, when evil is dominant."'
}}

It's just three vague words خَسْفٌ وَمَسْخٌ وَقَذْفٌ (khasf and maskh and qadhf). Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Munawi - Fayd al-Qadir|
3176 - (بين يدي الساعة مسخ) قلب الخلقة من شيء إلى شيء أو تحويل الصورة إلى أقبح منها أو مسخ القلوب (وخسف) أي غور في الأرض (وقذف) أي رمي بالحجارة من جهة السماء

maskh - transformation of creation from its shape to an uglier one

khasf - a depression in the Earth

qadhf - pelting with stones from the sky

}}

====Euphrates will uncover a mountain of gold soon====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|235}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "'''Soon the river "Euphrates" will disclose the treasure (the mountain) of gold''', so whoever will be present at that time should not take anything of it." Al-A'raj narrated from Abii Huraira that the Prophet (ﷺ) said the same but he said, "It (Euphrates) will uncover a mountain of gold (under it).
}}
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 2894a|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: The Last Hour would not come before the Euphrates uncovers a mountain of gold, for which people would fight. Ninety-nine out of each one hundred would die but every man amongst them would say that perhaps he would be the one who would be saved (and thus possess this gold).
}}

No such event followed soon thereafter.

====Gender ratio will be 50 women to 1 men====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|81}}|
I will narrate to you a Hadith and none other than I will tell you about after it. I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) saying: From among the portents of the Hour are (the following): -1. Religious knowledge will decrease (by the death of religious learned men). -2. Religious ignorance will prevail. -3. There will be prevalence of open illegal sexual intercourse. -4. '''Women will increase in number and men will decrease in number so much so that fifty women will be looked after by one man.'''
}}

====Knowledge will be sought from young people====
{{Quote|al-Mu’jam al-Kabīr 908 (sahih)|
عَنْ أَبِي أُمَيَّةَ اللَّخْمِيِّ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ إِنَّ مِنْ أَشْرَاطِ السَّاعَةِ ثَ أَنْ يُلْتَمَسَ الْعِلْمَ عِنْدَ الْأَصَاغِرِ

The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Verily, among the signs of the Hour is that knowledge will be sought from the young.”
}}

====Seventy-three sects====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 5, Book 38, Hadith 2640 (hasan)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "The Jews split into seventy-one sects, or seventy-two sects, and the Christians similarly, and my Ummah will split into seventy-three sects."
}}

====Emergence of Sufyani====
This hadith is daeef:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4/520 (da'eef)|
يخرج رجل يقال له السفياني في عمق دمشق ، وعامة من يتبعه من كلب ، فيقتل حتى يبقر بطون النساء ويقتل الصبيان ، فتجمع لهم قيس فيقتلها حتى لا يمنع ذنب تلعة ، ويخرج رجل من أهل بيتي في الحرة فيبلغ السفياني فيبعث إليه جنداً من جنده فيهزمهم ، فيسير إليه السفياني بمن معه ، حتى إذا صار ببيداء من الأرض خسف بهم ، فلا ينجو منهم إلا المخبر عنهم

There will emerge a man called as-Sufyaani from the depths of Damascus, and most of those who follow him will be from (the tribe of) Kalb. He will kill many people until he rips open the bellies of women and kill children. (The tribe of) Qays will gather against him and he will kill them. A man from my family will emerge in the harrah, and news of that will reach as-Sufyaani. He will send troops against him and he will defeat them. Then as-Sufyaani will march towards him accompanied by those who are with him, then when he is in a plain, they will be swallowed up by the earth and none of them will be saved except the one who will tell others about them.
}}

====Muslims in mosque won't find an imam to lead them in prayer====
This hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Abu Dawud Book 2, Hadith 581, chapter It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam|
Narrated Sulamah daughter of al-Hurr:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: One of the signs of the Last Hour will be that people in a mosque will refuse to act as imam and will not find an imam to lead them in prayer.
}}

 
{{Quote|Sunan An-nasa'i Vol. 1, Book 10, Hadith 783, chapter "When people are together and are all of the same status"|
It was narrated from Abu Sa'eed that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"when there are three people let one of them lead the prayer, and the one who is most entitled to lead the prayer is the one who has most knowledge of the Qur'an."
}}

This prophecy was included in a chapter called "It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam", and is perhaps best understood as a sort of moral exhortation to lead prayer when a prayer needs to be led.

====Dajjal nor plague will be able to enter Medina====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2242 (sahih)|
Anas narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Dajjal will come to Al-Madinah to find the angels have surrounded it. Neither the plague nor the Dajjal will enter it, if Allah wills."
}}Medina, historically, has not proven to be especially or at all plague-proof. Moreover, during plagues, the Saudi government (and the caliphates, historically) had to close off access to Mecca and Medina to prevent the spread of disease. The prophet also stated that there was no such thing as a contagious disease.

====Jesus will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish Jizyah====
{{Quote|Sunan ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4078 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"The Hour will not begin until 'Eisa bin Maryam comes down as a just judge and a just ruler. He will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish the Jizyah, and wealth will become so abundant that no one will accept it."
}}

====Gog and Magog will drink out the lake of Tiberias====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7015}}|
And then Allah would send Gog and Magog and they would swarm down from every slope. The first of them would pass the lake of Tiberias and drink out of it. And when the last of them would pass, he would say: There was once water there.
}}

Gog and Magog are described in the hadith and Quran as tribes on Earth blocked by a big iron wall, erected by [[Category:Dhul-Qarnayn|Dhul-Qarnayn]], that will be unlocked at the end of times. There are supposed to be so many of them that they will drink the entire lake of Tiberias (Sea of Galilee) dry.

====Gog and Magog will successfully dig through the wall====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4080|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"Gog and Magog people dig every day until, when they can almost see the rays of the sun, the one in charge of them says: "Go back and we will dig it tomorrow." Then Allah puts it back, stronger than it was before. (This will continue) until, when their time has come, and Allah wants to send them against the people, they will dig until they can almost see the rays of the sun, then the one who is in charge of them will say: "Go back, and we will dig it tomorrow if Allah wills.' So '''they will say: "If Allah wills." Then they will come back to it and it will be as they left it. So they will dig and will come out to the people''', and they will drink all the water. The people will fortify themselves against them in their fortresses. They will shoot their arrows towards the sky and they will come back with blood on them, and they will say: "We have defeated the people of earth and dominated the people of heaven." Then Allah will send a worm in the napes of their necks and will kill them thereby.'" The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "By the One in Whose Hand is my soul, the beasts of the earth will grow fat on their flesh."
}}

====Muslims will use bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood for 7 years====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4076 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Nawwas bin Sam'an that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"The Muslims will use the bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood, for seven years.'"
}}

==See also==

*[[Quranic Prophecies]]

External:

*[https://www.marefa.org/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9_%D9%81%D9%8A_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85 List of Muhammad's prophecies] (Arabic)
*[https://rationalwiki.org/wiki/Biblical_prophecies#Criteria_for_a_true_prophecy RationalWiki: Biblical prophecies, Criteria for a true prophecy] (could be analogically applied to Islamic prophecies)
*[https://detechter.com/15-ancient-hindu-predictions-that-have-come-true/#List_of_15_Ancient_Hindu_Prophecy_From_Bhagavata_Purana 15 Hindu predictions] - ''Comparing and contrasting Islamic prophecies with those of other religions' scriptures predictions is instructive''

==References==

[[Category:Prophecies]]
<references />
[[Category:Hadith]]
[[Category:Miracles]]
[[Category:Muhammad]]
[[Category:Sacred history]]
[[Category:Eschatology]]
[[Category:Revelation]]
[[Category:Qadr (fate)]]

Prophecies in the Hadith

2021-03-29T14:33:27Z

Prekladator: /* Signs of the Hour */

{{QualityScore|Lead=1|Structure=4|Content=4|Language=2|References=3}}
Muhammad's prophecies are predictions attributed to him and written hundreds of years after his [[Muhammad's Death|death]]. Many prophecies are considered "signs of the Hour" (Islamic eschatology). Some prophecies are general statements that may apply to times even before Islam, other prophecies predict early Islamic history (which happened before the predictions were written) and some prophecies make predictions about the the future to come after the hadiths were written.

Prophecies in this article are from the hadiths. Quranic prophecies have a [[Quranic Prophecies|separate article]].
==Signs of the Hour==
"The Hour" (الساعة) refers to a period of time on the Day of Judgement.
{{Quote|{{Quran|30|55}}|
And '''the Day the Hour''' appears the criminals will swear they had remained but an hour. Thus they were deluded."
}}

Signs of the Hour indicate that the Hour (and the end of the world) is coming. They were divided by scholars into minor and major. The major signs are contained in this hadith:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6931}}|
Hudhaifa b. Usaid al-Ghifari reported:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) came to us all of a sudden as we were (busy in a discussion). He said: What do you discuss about? They (the Companions) said. We are discussing about the Last Hour. Thereupon he said: It will not come until you see ten signs before and (in this connection) he made a mention of the smoke, Dajjal, the beast, the rising of the sun from the west, the descent of Jesus son of Mary (Allah be pleased with him), the Gog and Magog, and land-slides in three places, one in the east, one in the west and one in Arabia at the end of which fire would burn forth from the Yemen, and would drive people to the place of their assembly.
}}

The minor signs indicate that the Hour is "getting closer", while the major signs indicate that the Hour will happen immediately after them. The first major sign is coming of the Dajjal and Muhammad thought that it might happen during his life or during life of his companions:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4307}}|"Al-nawwas b. Sim’an al-Kilabi said:
'''The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) mentioned the Dajjal (Antichrist) saying: If he comes forth while I am among you''' I shall be the one who will dispute with him on your behalf, but if he comes forth when I am not among you, a man must dispute on his own behalf, and Allah will take my place in looking after every Muslim. Those of you who live up to his time should recite over him the opening verses of Surat al – Kahf, for they are your protection from his trial. We asked: How long will he remain on the earth ? He replied : Forty days, one like a year, one like a month, one like a week, and rest of his days like yours. We asked : Messenger of Allah, will one day’s prayer suffice us in this day which will be like a year ? He replied : No, you must make an estimate of its extent. Then Jesus son of Marry will descend at the white minaret to the east of Damascus. He will then catch him up at the date of Ludd and kill him."}}
{{Quote|Tirmidhi 2234 (hasan)|"Abu 'Ubaidah bin Al-Jarrah said:
"I heard the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w): 'There was never a Prophet after Nuh but that he warned his people about '''the Dajjal''', and indeed I shall warn you of him.' Then the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) described him for us, and he said: "Perhaps some of '''you who see me, or hear my words shall live to see him'''." They said: "O Messenger of Allah! How will our hearts be on that day?" He said: "The same – that is, as today – or better.”"}}

*7th century Arabs didn't have the concept of "an hour" meaning 60 minutes. An hour (ساعة) just meant a period of time [shorter than a day]. <ref>AR: https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/140286/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%88-%D9%85%D9%82%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%B1-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF%D8%A9-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%8A%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D8%AD%D8%A7%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D9%88%D9%87%D9%84-%D9%87%D9%88-%D8%B3%D8%AA%D9%88%D9%86-%D8%AF%D9%82%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A9</ref>
*Most prophecies are linked to the Hour

Some reject the hadiths of the signs of the Hour <ref>http://bayanelislam.net/Suspicion.aspx?id=03-02-0071</ref>, because a Quranic verse indicates that the Hour will come by surprise (not after seeing clear signs) and that only Allah has knowledge about the Hour (not Muhammad):
{{Quote|{{Quran|7|187}}|
They ask you ˹O Prophet˺ regarding the Hour, “When will it be?” Say, “That knowledge is only with my Lord. He alone will reveal it when the time comes. It is too tremendous for the heavens and the earth and will only take you by surprise.” They ask you as if you had full knowledge of it. Say, “That knowledge is only with Allah, but most people do not know.”
}}

==Characteristics==

*Predictions don't have the time when they are supposed to happen. So even if it doesn't happen, Muslim can still believe it will happen in the future. For example the conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting. But it was conquered by fighting, so some Muslims think that this wasn't what was predicted and there will be another conquest of Constantinople that will get it right.
*Scarcely any predictions were fulfilled once the predictions had been written down in the form of hadiths.

==Retrodictions and Reiterating Biblical Prophecy==
The hadith collections were written, often by Persian authors, hundreds of years after the death of Muhammad. So when the hadiths contain a prophecy about early Islamic history, they are likely only being attributed to Muhammad after the fact. This category also includes things that always happened, even before Islam (earthquakes, wars, people being dishonest...) and prophecies copied from the Bible.

===Fabrication of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Introduction, Narration 15|
يَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ الزَّمَانِ دَجَّالُونَ كَذَّابُونَ يَأْتُونَكُمْ مِنَ الأَحَادِيثِ بِمَا لَمْ تَسْمَعُوا أَنْتُمْ وَلاَ آبَاؤُكُمْ فَإِيَّاكُمْ وَإِيَّاهُمْ لاَ يُضِلُّونَكُمْ وَلاَ يَفْتِنُونَكُمْ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings of Allah upon him, said:
‘There will be in the end of time charlatan liars coming to you with narrations (hadiths) that you nor your fathers heard, so beware of them lest they misguide you and cause you tribulations’.
}}
There were a lot of fabricators of hadiths before the hadiths were written (mostly in the 9th century). Muslim scholars thus invented a "science of hadiths" which determines which oral traditions are fabricated and which are from people who supposedly "never lie".

===The caliphate will last 30 years===
{{Quote|{{Al Tirmidhi||4|7|2226}}|
Sa'eed bin Jumhan narrated:
"Safinah narrated to me, he said: 'The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said: "'''Al-Khilafah will be in my Ummah for thirty years''', then there will be monarchy after that."' Then Safinah said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of Abu Bakr,' then he said: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Umar and the Khilafah of 'Uthman.' Then he said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Ali."' He said: "So we found that they add up to thirty years." Sa'eed said: "I said to him: 'Banu Umaiyyah claim that the Khilafah is among them.' He said: 'Banu Az-Zarqa' lie, rather they are a monarchy, among the worst of monarchies."'
}}

*The first caliphate lasted from 632-661, 29 years time.
*Tirmidhi, author of this hadith collection, was born in 824, more than 100 years after the end of the caliphate
*The hadith in it's text is in the context of discussion about previous caliphates
*The political system after the first caliphate, was still called a caliphate. There was some form of caliphate until the 20th century

===Rulership of the foolish after Muhammad===
{{Quote|Mishkat al-Masabih 3700|
Ka'b b. ‘Ujra told that God's Messenger said to him, “I commend you to God to protect you from '''the rulership of the foolish''' (إمارةِ السُّفهاءِ).” He asked what that was, and God’s Messenger replied, “'''After my time''' governors will arise whose falsehood will be believed and who will be assisted in their oppression by those who enter their presence. They have nothing to do with me and I have nothing to do with them, and they will never come down to me at the Pond. But they who do not enter their presence, believe their falsehood and help them in their oppression, those belong to me and I belong to them, and those ones will come down to me at the Pond.”}}

===Vile men control affairs of the people===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah 4036 (hasan)|
..and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}
===Return of the caliphate===
The hadith was sent to a new caliph Umar II:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 4/273, 18430 (hasan)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا سليمان بن داود الطيالسي حدثني داود بن إبراهيم الواسطي حدثني حبيب بن سالم عن النعمان بن بشير قال : كنا قعودا في المسجد مع رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم وكان بشير رجلا يكف حديثه فجاء أبو ثعلبة الخشني فقال يا بشير بن سعد أتحفظ حديث رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم في الأمراء فقال حذيفة أنا أحفظ خطبته فجلس أبو ثعلبة فقال حذيفة قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم تكون النبوة فيكم ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء الله أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا عاضا فيكون ما شاء الله ان يكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا جبرية فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة ثم سكت قال حبيب فلما قام عمر بن عبد العزيز وكان يزيد بن النعمان بن بشير في صحابته فكتبت إليه بهذا الحديث أذكره إياه فقلت له انى أرجو ان يكون أمير المؤمنين يعنى عمر بعد الملك العاض والجبرية فادخل كتابي على عمر بن عبد العزيز فسر به وأعجبه
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده حسن

It was narrated by Ahmed in his Musnad, from Al-Nu’man b.Bashir, who said: “We were sitting in the mosque of the Messenger of Allah(saw), and Bashir was a man who did not speak much, so Abu Tha’labah Al-Khashnee came and said: ‘Oh, Bashir bin Sa’ad, have you memorized the words of the Messenger of Allah (saw) regarding the rulers?’ Huthayfah replied, ‘I have memorized his words’. So Abu Tha’labah sat down and Huthayfah said, ‘The Messenger of Allah (saw) said ‘'''Prophet-hood will be among you''' as long as Allah wishes, then He will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of the Prophet''', and it will be as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be an inheritance rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a coercive rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of Prophet-hood'''.’ Then he (saw) was silent.” Habib said: “When '''Umar ibn AbdulAziz became caliph I wrote to him, mentioning this tradition to him''' and saying, “I hope '''you will be the commander of the faithful after the biting and the oppressive kingdoms'''. ”It pleased and charmed him, i.e. Umar ibn AbdulAziz.”
}}
Umar II died in 720 and he was expected to bring back the good old caliphate. Musnad Ahmad was written in the 9th century.

==="Prophet, siddiq and two martyrs"===
Notice that the future caliphs are usually mentioned in the order in which they will be caliphs (strongly suggesting these were written later by someone who already knew the order):
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|35}}|
Narrated Anas bin Malik:

The Prophet (ﷺ) ascended the mountain of Uhud and he was accompanied by '''Abu Bakr, `Umar and `Uthman'''. The mountain shook beneath them. The Prophet (ﷺ) hit it with his foot and said, "O Uhud ! Be firm, for on you there is none but a '''Prophet, a Siddiq and a martyr (i.e. and two martyrs)'''.
}}

The hadith was interpreted as a vague prediction that Abu Bakr will die naturally and Umar and Uthman will be killed. The 3 caliphs were in the 7th century. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Khawarij===
According to Islamic scholars, this hadith is about the coming of the Khawarij:
{{Quote|Sunan An-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 37, Hadith 4107|
It was narrated that 'Ali said:
"I heard the Messenger of Allah [SAW] say: 'At the end of time there will appear young people with foolish minds. Their faith will not pass through their throats, and they will go out of Islam as an arrow goes through the target. If you meet them, then kill them, for killing them will bring reward to the one who killed them on the Day of Resurrection.'"
}}

Khawarij ("The Leavers") left the army of the caliph Ali in the middle of the 7th century. The prediction was written in the middle of the 9th century, two hundred years later.

The prophecy says "at the end of time". The Khawarij appeared more than a thousand years ago.

===Places of killed people at the battle of Badr===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 19, Hadith 4394|
..Then the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: This is the place where so and so would be killed. He placed his hand on the earth (saying) here and here; (and) none of them fell away from the place which the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) had indicated by placing his hand on the earth.
}}

Battle of Badr was in the 7th century. This hadith collection was authored in the 9th century.

===Earthquakes will increase===
It's a part of a longer hadith as one of the signs of the end of the world:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
.. and earthquakes will increase in number..
}}

There were always earthquakes, increasing and decreasing. There is a report that earthquakes happened also during the life of Muhammad:
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/bulugh/2/441 Bulugh al-Maram 2:509]|
He [the Prophet (ﷺ)] prayed during an earthquake six bowings and four prostrations, and said, "This is the way the Prayer of the Signs (of Allah) is offered.
}}

Earthquakes were also predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. '''There will be great earthquakes''', famines and pestilences in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}

===Rain is hot===
This hadith is classified as mawdu (fabricated). <ref>https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/265083/%D8%AD%D9%88%D9%84-%D8%B5%D8%AD%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%85%D8%B3%D8%B9%D9%88%D8%AF-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9</ref> It's part of a long hadith about coming of the Hour:
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
..وَأَنْ يَكُونَ الْمَطَرُ قَيْظًا ..
..and that rain will be hot (قيظا)..
}}

It was also mentioned in Lane's lexicon:
{{Quote|Lane's lexicon on قَيْظٌ <ref>http://lexicon.quranic-research.net/data/21_q/239_qyZ.html</ref>|
لَا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكُونَ الوَلَدُ غَيْظًا والمَطَرُ قَيْظًا, a saying of Moḥammad, meaning [The resurrection, or the time thereof, will not come to pass until the birth of a child be an occasion of wrath, or rage, and] rain be accompanied by air like the قيظ [or '''most vehement heat of summer''']. (TA.)
}}

The word قيظ (''qayz'') was also mentioned in a different hadith meaning "hot weather":{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 6 (Hasan)|
Rifa'ah bin Rafi' said:
I heard Abu Bakr as-Siddeeq say on the minbar of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) : I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, and Abu Bakr wept when he remembered the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) , then he recovered and said. I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, in this '''hot weather''' (القيظ) last year: `Ask Allah for forgiveness, well-being and certainty of faith in the Hereafter and in this world.”
}}

Some insist that the word قيظ means "acidic".

===Strong wind===
Muhammad predicted a strong wind on the same day it happened, so there was probably already a wind getting stronger:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|559}}|
..When we reached Tabuk, the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "There will be a strong wind tonight and so no one should stand and whoever has a camel, should fasten it." So we fastened our camels. A strong wind blew at night and a man stood up and he was blown away to a mountain called Taiy..
}}
The prophecy was written in the 9th century.

===Child is filled with rage===
This is a part of a fabricated (mawdu') hadith.
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
وإن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها: أن يكون الولد غيظاً، وأن يكون المطر قيظاً

And from the signs of the Hour is that '''a boy will be enraged''' and that water will be hot
}}
Angry children have been around since time immemorial.

===Muhammad's death===
Muhammad predicted that he will die. The prediction doesn't contain any specific information about his death:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "'''Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death''', the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

The context is that it will be a sign that the Hour is coming. But Muhammad died more than a thousand years ago and the Hour didn't come.

===Muhammad's wife with the longest arm will die first===
{{Quote|Sahih Bukhari: Vol. 2, Book of Tax (Zakat), Hadith 501|
Narrated 'Aisha:

Some of the wives of the Prophet asked him, "Who amongst us will be the first to follow you (i.e. die after you)?" He said, "Whoever has the longest hand." So they started measuring their hands with a stick and Sauda's hand turned out to be the longest. (When Zainab bint Jahsh died first of all in the caliphate of 'Umar), we came to know that the long hand was a symbol of practicing charity, so she was the first to follow the Prophet and she used to love to practice charity. (Sauda died later in the caliphate of Muawiya).
}}

It's questionable whether the prophecy was metaphorical and fulfilled or whether it was literal and hence re-interpreted. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Muhammad's daughter Fatima will die first from his family===
During Muhammad's illness, Fatima was walking like Muhammad, so she also had signs of illness:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6005}}|
`A'isha reported that all the wives of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) had gathered (in her apartment) '''during the days of his (Prophet's) last illness ''' and no woman was left behind that '''Fatima, who walked after the style of Allah's Messenger''' (ﷺ), came there. He welcomed her by saying:

You are welcome, my daughter, and made her sit on his right side or on his left side, and then talked something secretly to her and Fatima wept. Then he talked something secretly to her and she laughed. I said to her: What makes you weep? She said: I am not going to divulge the secret of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). I (`A'isha) said: I have not seen (anything happening) like today, the happiness being more close to grief (as I see today) when she wept. I said to her: Has Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) singled you out for saying something leaving us aside? She then wept and I asked her what he said, and she said: I am not going to divulge the secrets of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). And when he died I again asked her and she said that he (the Holy Prophet) told her: Gabriel used to recite the Qur'an to me once a year and for this year it was twice and so I perceived that my death had drawn near, and that '''I (Fatima) would be the first amongst the members of his family who would meet him (in the Hereafter)'''. He shall be my good forerunner and it made me weep. He again talked to me secretly (saying): Aren't you pleased that you should be the sovereign amongst the believing women or the head of women of this Ummah? And this made me laugh.
}}

===A plague kills many Muslims===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, '''a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep''', the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}
It was interpreted as a prophecy about the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Amwas Plague of Amwas] (638-639), which is considered a re-emergence of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Justinian the Plague of Justinian] (541-549), so there was a precedent.

The prediction was written in the 9th century.

===Sexual immorality (abominations)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: '''Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them'''. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

Sexual immorality (or "abomination") was nothing new in the 7th century. The Old Testament mentions such a story:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 19:3-8|
He prepared a meal for them, baking bread without yeast, and they ate. Before they had gone to bed, all the men from every part of the city of Sodom—both young and old—surrounded the house. They called to Lot, “Where are the men who came to you tonight? Bring them out to us so that we can have sex with them.” Lot went outside to meet them and shut the door behind him and said, “No, my friends. Don’t do this wicked thing. Look, I have two daughters who have never slept with a man. Let me bring them out to you, and you can do what you like with them.
}}

In the New Testament Jesus spoke to a woman who had many sexual partners:
{{Quote|The Bible, John 4:16-18|
“Go and get your husband,” Jesus told her.

“I don’t have a husband,” the woman replied.

Jesus said, “You’re right! You don’t have a husband— for you have had five husbands, and you aren’t even married to the man you’re living with now. You certainly spoke the truth!”
}}

There were also abominations happening in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|62|65}}|
Narrated `Aisha:

that the Prophet (ﷺ) married her when '''she was six years old and he consummated his marriage when she was nine years old'''. Hisham said: I have been informed that `Aisha remained with the Prophet (ﷺ) for nine years (i.e. till his death).
}}

Plagues and diseases also happened throughout whole history. Plagues (pestilences) were also predicted in the Bible, hundreds of years before Muhammad:{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be great earthquakes, famines and '''pestilences''' in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}
===Homosexuality===
This is a fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يا ابن مسعود إن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها أن يكتفي الرجال بالرجال والنساء بالنساء

..O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that men are content with men and women with women..
}}

Homosexuals existed before Islam.

===People flogging people===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: '''people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people''', and the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Ishaa’ah li Ashraat il-Saa’ah, p. 119|
Al-Sakhaawi said: They are now the helpers of the oppressors, and usually it refers to the worst group around the ruler. It may also apply to unjust rulers.
}}

Muhammad commanded flogging (and killing) people:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4482 (hasan sahih)|
Narrated Mu'awiyah ibn AbuSufyan:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: If they (the people) drink wine, flog them, again if they drink it, flog them. Again if they drink it, kill them.
}}
===Women naked, but dressed (wearing revealing clothes)===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people, and '''the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side'''. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Some apologists present it as something new that happens in the 21st century and Muhammad couldn't have guessed it.
{{Quote|islamqa.info: Commentary on the hadeeth; “two types of the people of Hell whom I have not seen…” <ref>https://islamqa.info/en/answers/47017/commentary-on-the-hadeeth-two-types-of-the-people-of-hell-whom-i-have-not-seen</ref>|
This hadeeth is one of the miracles of Prophethood, for these two types of people have appeared, and '''they exist now, as al-Nawawi (may Allaah have mercy on him) said.'''
}}
Al-Nawawi lived in the 13th century.

Islamic sources say that there were naked women circumambulating around the Kaba in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||3|24|2959}}|
It was narrated from Saeed bin Jubair that Ibn Abbas said:
"Women used to circumambulate the Kabah naked, saying: 'Today some, or all of it will appear And whatever appers I don't make is permissible.' Then the following was revealed: 'O Children of Adam! Take your adornment to every Masjid.'"
}}

There is also a hadith with the same terminology of dressed (كاسيات) and undressed (عاريات) but in a different context:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|21|226}}|
Narrated Um Salama:

One night the Prophet (ﷺ) got up and said, "Subhan Allah! How many afflictions Allah has revealed tonight and how many treasures have been sent down (disclosed). Go and wake the sleeping lady occupants of these dwellings up (for prayers), perhaps a well '''dressed''' (كاسية) in this world may be '''naked''' (عارية) in the Hereafter."
}}

===Naked thighs in markets===
This hadith is classified mawdoo' (fabricated). <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/321649/%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%AC%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%B9%D8%B4%D8%B1-%D8%AE%D8%B5%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85-%D9%84%D9%88%D8%B7-</ref> Albani included it in his book سلسلة الأحاديث الضعيفة والموضوعة وأثرها السيئ في الأمة ("Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah"):
{{Quote|Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah, Al-Albani|
عشر من أخلاق قوم اللوط:..والمشي في الأسواق والأفخاذ بادية

Ten behaviors of Lot's people:.. and walking in markets and thighs are naked..
}}

There were uncovered thighs in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud Book 32, Hadith 4003|
Narrated Jarhad:

The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) sat with us and my thigh was uncovered. He said: Do you not know that thigh is a private part ?
}}

Muhammad exposed his thighs at some point:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|8|367}}|
Narrated `Abdul `Aziz:

Anas said, 'When Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) invaded Khaibar, we offered the Fajr prayer there (early in the morning) when it was still dark. The Prophet (ﷺ) rode and Abu Talha rode too and I was riding behind Abu Talha. The Prophet (ﷺ) passed through the lane of Khaibar quickly and '''my knee was touching the thigh of the Prophet (ﷺ) . He uncovered his thigh''' and I saw the whiteness of '''the thigh of the Prophet'''.
}}

===Widespread adultery===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|34|6451}}|
Anas b. Malik reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

It is from the conditions of the Last Hour that knowledge would be taken away and ignorance would prevail (upon the world), the liquor would be drunk, and '''adultery would become rampant'''.
}}

Muhammad's companions used to give women a handful of flour and then perform what they called "a temporary marriage" (زواج المتعة, ''zawaj al-mut'a''). Seeing as polygamy was allowed, these companions may have been married at the time, and their behavior would today be classified as adultery:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|8|3249}}|
Jabir b. 'Abdullah reported:

We contracted temporary marriage giving a handful of (tales or flour as a dower during the lifetime of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and during the time of Abu Bakr until 'Umar forbade it in the case of 'Amr b. Huraith.
}}

There is also a fabricated (mawdu') prophecy about illegitimate children:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يَا ابْنَ مَسْعُودٍ ، إِنَّ مِنْ أَعْلَامِ السَّاعَةِ وَأَشْرَاطِهَا أَنْ يَكْثُرَ أَوْلَادُ الزِّنَا

O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that there are many children from adultery
}}

===Abundant wealth===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||5|36|4047}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The Hour will not begin until '''wealth becomes abundant''' and tribulations appear, and Harj increases.” They said: “What is Harj, O Messenger of Allah?” He said: '''“Killing, killing, killing,”''' three times.
}}

Muslims became wealthy in the 7th century by the early Islamic conquests (the hadith itself mentions it together with "killing, killing, killing"). Sunan Ibn Majah was written two centuries after these conquests.

===Men obey their wives===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, '''a man obeys his wife''' and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

It was mentioned among negative things, that indicates that a woman being dominant in marriage is an evil thing. But it appears that the patriarchy was not universal even in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|43|648}}|Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Abbas: ...We, the people of Quraish, used to have authority over women, but when we came to live with the Ansar, we noticed that '''the Ansari women had the upper hand over their men''', so our women started acquiring the habits of the Ansari women. Once I shouted at my wife and she paid me back in my coin and I disliked that she should answer me back....}}

===Fire in Hijaz illuminates necks of camels in Busra===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|234}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a fire will come out of the land of Hijaz, and it will throw light on the necks of the camels at Busra."
}}
There was a lava eruption in Hijaz in the year 1256 ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Harrat_Rahat Harrat Rahat]) which is considered by Muslims as fulfillment. That's the last eruption, but the eruption before that was in 640 - 641 A.D. during the reign of Umar.<ref>
Volcanic history of the northernmost part of the Harrat Rahat volcanic field, Saudi Arabia
https://pubs.geoscienceworld.org/gsa/geosphere/article/14/3/1253/529993/Volcanic-history-of-the-northernmost-part-of-the</ref>
So there was a precedent. The unspecified date of occurrence makes this prediction one that might be referenced perennially

===Making halal what was haram===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|69|494}}|
Narrated Abu 'Amir or Abu Malik Al-Ash'ari:

that he heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "From among my followers there will be some '''people who will consider illegal sexual intercourse, the wearing of silk, the drinking of alcoholic drinks and the use of musical instruments, as lawful.''' And there will be some people who will stay near the side of a mountain and in the evening their shepherd will come to them with their sheep and ask them for something, but they will say to him, 'Return to us tomorrow.' Allah will destroy them during the night and will let the mountain fall on them, and He will transform the rest of them into monkeys and pigs and they will remain so till the Day of Resurrection."
}}

According to Islam, Jews and Christians took their rabbis and monks as lords, because the rabbis and monks ''made lawful'' for them what Allah forbade. <ref>Quran 9:31, tafsir Ibn Kathir</ref>

===Slave woman gives birth to her master/mistress===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|48}}|
When a slave (lady) gives birth to her master.
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 63 (sahih)|
When the slave woman gives birth to her mistress' (Waki' said: This means when non-Arabs will give birth to Arabs")
}}

According to Nawawi, the opinion of the majority of scholars is that Muslims will enslave non-Muslim women and have kids with them and the kids will be masters of their mothers because the kids are Muslims. <ref>https://quranacademy.io/blog/an-nawawis-hadith-2-hadith-of-jibreel-3/</ref> Ibn Hajar (who lived later) didn't like this interpretation, because the enslavement was already happening during the time of Muhammad, so it wasn't really a prophecy of the future.

Ibn Hajar and others, as a result, like to interpret it as kids treating their mothers like slaves. This is not compatible with Waki's comment, and it would appear that children disrespecting their parents has been and will remain a universal phenomenon.

===Woman helps her husband in business===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
'Abdullah said, 'From the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, who said, "Before the Final Hour people will single out one individual for the greeting, commerce will increase until '''a woman helps her husband in business''', people will sever their links with their relatives, knowledge will spread, false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed."
}}

===Some people control trade===
{{Quote|an-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 4461 (sahih)|
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'One of the portents of the Hour will be that wealth becomes widespread and abundant, and trade will become widespread, but knowledge will disappear. '''A man will try to sell something and will say: "No, not until I consult the merchant of banu so and so''' and People will look throughout a vast area for a scribe and will not find one."
}}
Meccans boycotted Muslims in the Meccan period. It was a form of trade control.

===Injustice===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 485 (sahih)|
Ibn 'Umar reported that the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, said, "Injustice will appear as darkness on the Day of Rising."
}}

===False testimony===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ، وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

..false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed.
}}

False testimony was already forbidden in the 10 commandments. The problem existed long before Islam.

===Unfulfilled vows===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
..then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and '''they will vow and never fulfill their vows''', and fatness will appear among them."
}}

===Cheating in weights (scales)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. '''They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers'''. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is also mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Amos 8:2-6|
Then the Lord said to me, “The end has come for My people Israel. I will spare them no longer. The songs of the palace will turn to wailing in that day,” declares the Lord God. “Many will be the corpses; in every place they will cast them forth in silence.” '''Hear this, you who trample the needy''', to do away with the humble of the land, saying: “When will the new moon be over, So that we may sell grain, And the sabbath, that we may open the wheat market, '''To make the bushel smaller and the shekel bigger, And to cheat with dishonest scales'''
}}

Famines, like cheating, are universal phenomenon.

===Making money unlawfully===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|34|296}}|
Narrated Abu Hurairah (ra):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said "Certainly a time will come when people will not bother to know from where they earned the money, by lawful means or unlawful means."
}}
Muhammad himself engaged in dubious practices to acquire money:
{{Quote|Sirat Rasul Allah 428, Tabari VII:29|
Then the apostle heard that Abu Sufyan b. Harb was coming from Syria with a large caravan of Quraysh, containing their money and merchandise, accompanied by some thirty or forty men." Mohammad said, "This is the Quraysh caravan containing their property, Go out to attack it, perhaps God will give it as prey,
}}

===Usury (riba)===
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 10191|
عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ أَنّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ يَأْتِي عَلَى النَّاسِ زَمَانٌ يَأْكُلُونَ فِيهِ الرِّبَا قِيلَ النَّاسُ كُلُّهُمْ قَالَ مَنْ لَمْ يَأْكُلْهُ مِنْهُمْ نَالَهُ مِنْ غُبَارِهِ

Abu Huraira reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “A time will come upon people in which they will consume usury.” It was said, “All of the people?” The Prophet said, “Whoever does not consume it will be affected by its dust.”
}}

Usury (riba) was already widespread in the period before Islam, which Muslims call "jahilya":
{{Quote|[https://ebrary.net/10536/business_finance/types_riba Types of Riba]|
Riba al-Jahiliyah means “the riba used during the age of ignorance and paganism.” It is also called riba al-nassee'aa (the riba that is constrained by a time limit and is time dependent). This type of '''riba was widely practiced by the pagan Arabs at the advent of Islam'''.
}}

In any interest-based economy, all goods will inevitably be "tainted" directly or indirectly with interest-based practices.

===Sudden deaths===
{{Quote|Al-Mu'jam al-Awsat al-Tabarani (9/147) No. 9376 (sahih)|
حدثنا الهيثم بن خالد المصيصي نا عبدالكبير بن المعافى بن عمران نا شريك عن العباس بن ذريح عن الشعبي عن أنس بن مالك رفعه إلى النبي صلى الله عليه و سلم قال من اقتراب الساعة أن يرى الهلال قبلا فيقال لليلتين وأن تتخذ المساجد طرقا وأن يظهر الموت الفجاء لم يرو هذا الحديث عن العباس بن زريح إلا شريك تفرد به عبد الكبير بن المعافى

Anas bin Malik (RA) narrated that the Prophet (SAW) said: “Among the signs that the Last Hour is near, is that the crescent would appear larger than its actual size and people would say: ‘It appears as if it is only two days old.’ and the masajid will be taken as streets, and '''sudden death will spread'''.”
}}

In other hadiths Muhammad and Ubayd speak about sudden death as something already known:{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 3110 / Book 21, Hadith 22 / Book 20, Hadith 3104 (sahih)|
Narrated Ubayd ibn Khalid as-Sulami,:

A man from the Companions of the Prophet (ﷺ), said: The narrator Sa'd ibn Ubaydah narrated sometimes from the Prophet (ﷺ) and sometimes as a statement of Ubayd (ibn Khalid): The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Sudden death is a wrathful catching.
}}

===Islam will be unpleasant for Muslims (like burning ember/coal in hand)===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2260 (hasan)|
Anas bin Malik narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"There shall come upon the people a time in which the one who is patient upon his religion will be like the one holding onto a burning ember."
}}

Adhering to Islam was already unpleasant for many Muslims during the time of Muhammad and it escalated in 632-633 during the Wars of Apostasy when some Arabs tried to leave Islam, but had it imposed on them once again by the caliph.

===Following Jews and Christians===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|92|422}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "You will follow the ways of those nations who were before you, span by span and cubit by cubit (i.e., inch by inch) so much so that even if they entered a hole of a mastigure, you would follow them." We said, "O Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)! (Do you mean) the Jews and the Christians?" He said, "Whom else?"
}}
Muhammad himself incorporated portions of the Talmud and the gospels in the Quran and his teachings.

===Killing [pointless killing]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which Religious ignorance will spread, knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and '''there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing'''."
}}

The Old Testament hosts many texts about mass killing. For example:
{{Quote|The Bible (AMPC), 1 Samuel 15:3|
Now go and smite Amalek and utterly destroy all they have; do not spare them, but '''kill both man and woman, infant and suckling, ox and sheep, camel and donkey.'''
}}

Muhammad himself engaged in what most would describe as "pointless killing":
{{Quote|Ibn Ishaq: Sirat Rasul Allah, p. 464|
Then they surrendered, and the apostle confined them in Medina in the quarter of d. al-Harith, a woman of B. al-Najjar. Then the apostle went out to the market of Medina (which is still its market today) and dug trenches in it. Then he sent for them and struck off their heads in those trenches as they were brought out to him in batches. Among them was the enemy of Allah Huyayy b. Akhtab and Ka`b b. Asad their chief. There were 600 or 700 in all, though some put the figure as high as 800 or 900.
}}

===Two parties with the same message will fight===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6902}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) many ahadith and one of them was this:

The last Hour will not come until the two parties (of Muslims) confront each other and there is a large-scale massacre amongst them and the claim of both of them is the same.
}}

This prediction was interpreted by Islamic scholars as referring to the Battle of Siffin (year 657). Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Issue between Ali and Aisha===
{{Quote|Fath al Bari 13/59 (sahih) and others|
إنَّهُ سيكونُ بينَكَ وبين عائشةَ أمرٌ قال فأنا أشقاهُم يا رسولَ اللهِ قال لا ولكنْ إذا كان ذلك فاردُدْها إلى مأمنِها

There will be an issue between you and ‘Aisha.” He said, “Me, O Messenger of Allah?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Me?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Then [in that case] I would be the worst of them (all people).” He said, “No, but when this occurs, return her to her safe quarters.”}}

The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_the_Camel Battle of the Camel] happened in 656. The hadith (in Musnad Ahmad) was written in the 9th century.

===Ammar will be killed===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 1, Book 46, Hadith 3800 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "Rejoice, 'Ammar, the transgressing party shall kill you."
}}

He was killed in the 7th century. The collection of Tirmidhi was written in the 9th century.

==="I have been given Persia"===
{{Quote|Al-Nasa'i, Sunan al Kubra 8858|
أنبأ محمد بن عبد الأعلى قال حدثنا معتمر قال سمعت عوفا قال سمعت ميمونا يحدث عن البراء بن عازب قال : لما أمرنا رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم أن يحفر الخندق عرض لنا فيه حجر لا يأخذ فيه المعول فاشتكينا ذلك إلى رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فجاء رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فألقى ثوبه وأخذ المعول وقال بسم الله فضرب ضربة فكسر ثلث الصخرة قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح الشام والله إني لأبصر قصورها الحمر الآن من مكاني هذا قال ثم ضرب أخرى وقال بسم الله وكسر ثلثا آخر وقال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح فارس والله إني لأبصر قصر المدائن الأبيض الآن ثم ضرب ثالثة وقال بسم الله فقطع الحجر قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح اليمن والله إني لأبصر باب صنعاء

Al-Bara said: On the Day of Al-Khandaq (the trench) there stood out a rock too immune for our spades to break up. We therefore went to see God’s Messenger for advice. He took the spade, and said: “In the Name of God” Then he struck it saying: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Ash-Sham (Greater Syria). By God, I can see its red palaces at the moment;” on the second strike he said: “God is Most Great, '''I have been given Persia'''. By God, I can now see the white palace of Madain;” and for the third time he struck the rock saying: “In the Name of God,” shattering the rest of the rock, and he said: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Yemen. By God, I can see the gates of San’a while I am in my place.”
}}

The bloody conquest happened around the year 650. Earliest hadith collection Muwatta Imam Malik (which doesn't contain this hadith) was written around the year 750 and the hadith collection sunan al-Kubra which contains the hadith was written around the year 850. This hadith was written hundreds of years after the event it describes.

Furthermore, Persia was already conquered a thousand years before by Alexander the Great. And at the time of Muhammad Persia was exhausted by wars with Romans which lasted from 54 BC to 628 AD (681 years).

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roman%E2%80%93Persian_Wars Wikipedia: Roman–Persian Wars]

===Conquest of Jerusalem===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, '''the conquest of Jerusalem''', a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

Some suggest that Muhammad predicted "The Muslim conquest of Jerusalem in 1187 AD." <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/en/article/135817/the-signs-of-the-hour</ref>:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(1187) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (1187)]

However, this was the second Islamic conquest of Jerusalem. Muslims first conquered Jerusalem in 636:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(636%E2%80%93637) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (636–637)]

Furthermore, after the conquest, the Hour was expected to come. Both events occurred nearly a thousand years in the past.

This was written by Bukhari two hundred years after the first conquest.

===Conquest of Egypt===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|5174}}|
Abu Dharr reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

'''You would soon conquer Egypt''' and that is a land which is known (as the land of al-qirat). So when you conquer it, treat its inhabitants well. For there lies upon you the responsibility because of blood-tie or relationship of marriage (with them). And when you see two persons falling into dispute amongst themselves for the space of a brick, than get out of that. He (Abu Dharr) said: I saw Abd al-Rahman b. Shurahbil b. Hasana and his brother Rabi'a disputing with one another for the space of a brick. So I left that (land).
}}
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muslim_conquest_of_Egypt Muslim conquest of Egypt] happened in the 7th century. The hadith collection Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Conquest of Yemen, Syria and Iraq===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3201}}|
Sufyan b. Abu Zuhair heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) say:

'''Yemen will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families on them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''Syria will be conquered''' and some people will go away driving their camels along with them and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''lraq will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority. while Medina is better for them if they were to know it.
}}
All conquests happened in the 7th century. Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.
===Fighting Turks===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|56|787}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till you fight a nation wearing hairy shoes, and till you '''fight the Turks''', who will have small eyes, red faces and flat noses; and their faces will be like flat shields. And you will find that the best people are those who hate responsibility of ruling most of all till they are chosen to be the rulers. And the people are of different natures: The best in the pre-lslamic period are the best in Islam. A time will come when any of you will love to see me rather than to have his family and property doubled."
}}

Some suggest that "Turks" here means "Mongols" and that this thus predicts Gengis Khan. However, The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Kharistan Battle of Kharistan] (737) which happened between the Umayyad caliphate and Turkic Türgesh, could equally fit the description provided here. This seems more plausible, especially as Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

One might also note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

===Leave the Turks as long as they leave you===
This hadith is often referenced as evidence that Muhammad predicted the Ottoman empire, often ignoring the clause about the Abyssinians
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4288}}|
Narrated from Abi Sukainah One of the Companions:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: '''Let the Abyssinians alone as long as they let you alone''', and let the Turks alone as long as they leave you alone.
}}

It is said that the Turks should be left alone because they were strong, and they were strong therefore they would eventually become dominant. This is an evidently generous reading of the hadith.

In other hadith, Muhammad is reported to have predicted that after a few wars, Muslims would exterminate the Turks:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Takhreej Mishkaat al-Masabih 5/110 (hasan) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8F%D9%83%D9%85+%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8C+%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%A7%D8%B1%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%8A%D9%86%D9%90+%D9%8A%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8F%D9%91%D8%B1%D9%83%D9%8E</ref>|
يقاتِلُكم قومٌ صغارُ الأعينِ يعني التُّركَ قالَ تسوقونَهم ثلاثَ مرات حتَّى تُلحِقوهم بجزيرةِ العربِ فأمَّا في السِّاقةِ الأولى فينجو من هربَ منهم فأمَّا في الثَّانيةِ فينجو بعضٌ ويَهلِكُ بعضٌ وأمَّا في الثَّالثةِ فيصطَلِمونَ

People with small eyes, i.e. the Turks, will fight against you, the prophet (ﷺ) said: You will drive them off three times till you catch up with them in Arabia. On the first occasion when you drive them off those who fly will be safe, on the second occasion some will be safe and some will perish, but '''on the third occasion they will be extirpated'''.
}}
===Spoils of war distributed preferentially===
Hadith daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi 2211 (daif)|
إِذَا اتُّخِذَ الْفَىْءُ دُوَلاً

When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially)
}}
Al-Fai mean spoils of war.

===Fearless traveler (security)===
Probably refers to time after the conquest of Iraq in the 7th century:
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/334 (sahih)|
لا تقومُ الساعَةُ حتى تعودَ أرْضُ العربِ مروجًا وأَنْهَارًا وحتى يسيرَ الراكِبُ بينَ العِرَاقِ ومَكَّةَ لَا يَخَافُ إلَّا ضَلَالَ الطريقِ [ وحتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْهَرْجُ قالوا وما الهَرْجُ يا رسولَ اللهِ قال القتلُ ]

The Hour will not come until the land of Arabs becomes meadows and rivers and until '''a rider goes between Iraq and Makka and doesn't fear anything except getting lost''' and until al-harj is widespread. They said: And what is al-Harj O messenger of God? He said: Killing.
}}

===Fat people===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
Narrated `Imran bin Husain:

"Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, 'The best of my followers are those living in my generation (i.e. my contemporaries). and then those who will follow the latter" `Imran added, "I do not remember whether he mentioned two or three generations after his generation, then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and they will vow and never fulfill their vows, and '''fatness will appear among them'''."
}}

After the 7th century Islamic conquests, Muslims became rich and could have a lot of food.

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|59|548}}|
Narrated Ibn `Umar:

We did not eat our fill except after we had conquered Khaibar.
}}

Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Special greeting===
It was interpreted as "greeting only people you know":
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ‏:‏ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ

Before the Hour there is special greeting
}}

It would mean Muslims would disobey Muhammad's command to greet everyone:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|12}}|
Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Amr:

A man asked the Prophet (ﷺ) , "What sort of deeds or (what qualities of) Islam are good?" The Prophet (ﷺ) replied, 'To feed (the poor) and '''greet those whom you know and those whom you do not know'''.
}}

In other hadiths however Muhammad was preventing Muslims from greeting certain people based on their religion:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|26|5389}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

Do not greet the Jews and the Christians before they greet you and when you meet any one of them on the roads force him to go to the narrowest part of it.
}}

===Rejection of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4604 / Book 41, Hadith 4587 / Book 42, Hadith 9|
Narrated Al-Miqdam ibn Ma'dikarib:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Beware! I have been given the Qur'an and something like it, yet the time is coming when a man replete on his couch will say: '''Keep to the Qur'an'''; what you find in it to be permissible treat as permissible, and what you find in it to be prohibited treat as prohibited. Beware! The domestic ass, beasts of prey with fangs, a find belonging to confederate, unless its owner does not want it, are not permissible to you If anyone comes to some people, they must entertain him, but if they do not, he has a right to mulct them to an amount equivalent to his entertainment.
}}

The idea that only the Quran is the word of god and Muhamamad is just a man and therefore he might be wrong existed during Muhammad's life:
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 3646, In-book reference: Book 26, Hadith 6, English translation: Book 25, Hadith 3639|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Amr ibn al-'As:

I used to write everything which I heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). I intended (by it) to memorise it. The Quraysh prohibited me saying: '''Do you write everything that you hear from him while the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) is a human being: he speaks in anger and pleasure?''' So I stopped writing, and mentioned it to the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He signalled with his finger to him mouth and said: Write, by Him in Whose hand my soul lies, only right comes out from it.
}}
===Liars will be trusted and honest people will be regarded as liars===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4036 (hasan)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will come to the people years of treachery, when the liar will be regarded as honest, and the honest man will be regarded as a liar; the traitor will be regarded as faithful, and the faithful man will be regarded as a traitor; and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}

This was already happening according to Islamic sources. Some people trusted Musaylimah.

==="The pen will spread"===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ وَفُشُوُّ التِّجَارَةِ حَتَّى تُعِينَ الْمَرْأَةُ زَوْجَهَا عَلَى التِّجَارَةِ وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ وَفُشُوُّ الْقَلَمِ وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, family ties will be severed, '''the pen will spread''', false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
There is the Pen that Allah created first and which writes the future:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 3319 (sahih)|
“I arrived in Makkah and met Ata bin Abi Rabah. I said: ‘O Abu Muhammad! Some people with us speak about Al-Qadar.’ Ata said: ‘I met Al-Walid bin Ubadah bin As-Samit and he said: “My father narrated to me, he said: ‘I heard the Messenger of Allah saying: “Verily '''the first of what Allah created was the Pen (القلم). He said to it: “Write.” So it wrote what will be forever'''.’”
}}

There is also the Pen that writes deeds:
{{Quote|Bulugh al Maram: Book 8, Hadith 1096|
Narrated 'Aishah (RA):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: "There are three people whose actions are not recorded ( رُفِعَ اَلْقَلَمُ عَنْ ثَلَاثَةٍ, literally "is lifted the pen from three"), a sleeping person till he awakes, a child till he is a grown up, and an insane person till he is restored to reason or recovers his sense." [Reported by Ahmad and al-Arba'a, except at-Tirmidhi. al-Hakim graded it Sahih (authentic)].
}}
{{Quote|al-nasa'i: Vol. 4, Book 26, Hadith 3217 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Salamah:
It was narrated from Abu Salamah that Abu Hurairah said: "I said: 'O Messenger of Allah, I am a young man and I fear hardship for myself, but I cannot afford to marry; should I castrate myself?'" The Prophet turned away from him until he said it three times. Then the Prophet said: "O Abu Hurairah, '''the pen is dried concerning what you are going to face''', so (it is up to you whether) you castrate yourself or not." Abu Abdur-Rahman (An-Nasai) said: Al-Awzai did not hear this narration from Az-Zuhri, and this hadith is sahih, Yunus reported it from Az-Zuhri.
}}

Literacy was increasing before Muhammad was born. Jews and Christians first used oral traditions, but then switched to writing. There was also the ongoing global transitions from oral cultures to written cultures more generally.

Notice also that the prophecy was written by people who were ''writing'' hadiths from oral traditions.

===Family ties will be severed===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, '''family ties will be severed''' (وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ), the pen will spread, false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
Islam teaches that among the first people were brothers Cain and Abel and Cain killed Abel.

There is also hadith where Muhammad encourages people to keep the ties of kinship, which indicates they weren't doing it enough in his time:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 1, Hadith 1979 (hasan)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah said:
"Learn enough about your lineage to facilitate keeping your ties of kinship (تَصِلُونَ بِهِ أَرْحَامَكُمْ). For indeed keeping the ties of kinship encourages affection among the relatives, increases the wealth, and increases the lifespan."
}}

Killing of family members for the sake of Islam was also approved by Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4348}}|Narrated Abdullah Ibn Abbas: A blind man had a slave-mother who used to abuse the Prophet (peace be upon him) and disparage him. He forbade her but she did not stop. He rebuked her but she did not give up her habit. One night she began to slander the Prophet (peace be upon him) and abuse him. So he took a dagger, placed it on her belly, pressed it, and killed her. A child who came between her legs was smeared with the blood that was there. When the morning came, the Prophet (peace be upon him) was informed about it.

He assembled the people and said: I adjure by Allah the man who has done this action and I adjure him by my right to him that he should stand up. Jumping over the necks of the people and trembling the man stood up.

He sat before the Prophet (peace be upon him) and said: Apostle of Allah! I am her master; she used to abuse you and disparage you. I forbade her, but she did not stop, and I rebuked her, but she did not abandon her habit. I have two sons like pearls from her, and she was my companion. Last night she began to abuse and disparage you. So I took a dagger, put it on her belly and pressed it till I killed her.

Thereupon the Prophet (peace be upon him) said: Oh be witness, no retaliation is payable for her blood.}}

===Satellite Communications===
It's a similar prophecy to "family ties will be severed", this hadith is often mistranslated (also the hadith is weak):
{{Quote|Tabrani, al-Muʿjam al-Kabīr 10/228 and Mu'jan al-Awsat 4861 (da'eef)|
“From among the signs of Qiyamah is that people will maintain ties with '''distant relatives and strangers''' (الأطباق) but sever ties with close family.”
}}
The word الأطباق (''al-atbaaq'') is today sometimes translated as "dishes" (although the classical translation (understanding) fits better into the context) and then they interpret the "dishes" as "satellites".

*[https://hadithanswers.com/is-satellite-communication-a-sign-of-qiyamah/ Fatwa against the modern interpretation]

===Automobiles (actually camels with lofty saddles)===
Muhammad forbade riding on ''mayathir'' (مياثر), so mayathir were something already known:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|74|253}}|
..He forbade us to drink from silver utensils, to wear gold rings, '''to ride on silken saddles (ركوب المياثر)''', to wear silk clothes..
}}

There is a prophecy about people riding on mayathir at the end of times:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4 / 436 (hasan)|
سَيَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ هَذِهِ الْأُمَّةِ رِجَالٌ يَرْكَبُونَ عَلَى الْمَيَاثِرِ حَتَّى يَأْتُوا أَبْوَابَ مَسَاجِدِهِمْ

They will mount their mayaathir until they come to the doors of their mosques
}}
Albani explained:
{{Quote|Tafsir by Albani|
the word mayaathir is the plural of meetharah and Ibn al-Athir described it as, “… smooth and soft, made out of silk or a silk brocade [heavy silk] which the rider places beneath him on the saddle on top of the camel.
}}

And a re-iteration of the same prophecy:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 654/11 (hasan)|
يكون في آخر أمتي رجال يركبون على سرج كأشباه الرحال ينزلون على أبواب المساجد نساؤهم كاسيات عاريات

In the last [part] of my nation there will be men who ride on '''saddles that resemble packsaddles''' (سرج كأشباه الرحال). They will alight at the doors of the mosques. Their women are clothed but naked. On their heads are [what appears to be] like the humps of [lean] camels. Curse them for they are cursed. If there were a nation from the nations to come after you, your women would serve them, just as the women of the nations that were before you served you.
}}
Some try to translate سرج كأشباه الرحال as "carriots" or "cars", but:

*سَرْج means "saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle; pigskin; pillion" <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B3%D8%B1%D8%AC/</ref>
*رَحْل means "Either of a pair of a bags laid over the back of a horse - saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle". <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B1%D8%AD%D9%84/</ref>

===Ignorance [of Islamic teachings]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which '''Religious ignorance will spread''', knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing."}}

*In Islam, the period before Muhammad's career is called jahilya (ignorance).
*in context of Islam, when Muhammad says "knowledge" it means "knowledge of Muhamamd's claims and commands" and when Islam says "ignorance" it means "ignorance of Muhammad's claims and commands"
*Muhammad noticed that Jews don't fully follow the law of Moses, so he predicted similar outcomes for Muslims in many instances.

===Learning for something other than Islam===
{{Quote|Al-Shawkani, Nayl al-Awtar 8/262 (hasan li-ghayrihi)|
إذا اتُّخِذَ الفَيْءُ دُوَلًا والأمانةُ مَغْنَمًا والزكاةُ مَغْرَمًا وتُعُلِّمَ لغيرِ الدِّينِ وأطاع الرجلُ امرأتَه وعَقَّ أُمَّه وأَدْنَى صديقَه وأَقْصَى أباه وظَهَرَتِ الأصواتُ في المساجدِ وساد القبيلةَ فاسِقُهُم وكان زعيمُ القومِ أَرْذَلَهم وأُكْرِمَ الرجلُ مَخَافةَ شرِّه وظَهَرَتِ القِيَانُ والمعازفُ وشُرِبَتِ الخُمورُ ولَعَن آخِرُ هذه الأمةِ أولَها فلْيَرْتَقِبُوا عند ذلك رِيحًا حمراءَ وزَلْزَلَةً وخَسْفًا ومَسْخًا وقَذْفًا وآياتٍ تُتَابَعُ كنِظامٍ بالٍ قُطِعَ سِلْكُه فتتابع بعضُه بعضًا

When spoiles of war are distributed; and property given in trust will be considered as booty for oneself; Zakat will be looked upon as a fine; '''learning for other than the religion'''; a man will obey his wife and disobey his mother; a man will bring his friends nearer and drive his father far off; noises will be raised in the masjids; the most wicked of a tribe will become its ruler; the most worthless member of a people will become its leader; a man will be honoured for fear of the evil he may do; singing girls and musical instruments will come into vogue; drinking of wine will become common; and the later generations will begin to curse the previous generations; then wait, for red violent winds, earthquakes, swallowing up by the earth, defacement (of human faces), pelting of stones from the skies as rain, and a continuing chain of disasters followed one by another, like beads of a necklace falling one after the other rapidly when its string is cut.
}}
Secular knowledge for secular purposes was studied before Islam.

===Tall buildings===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||1|1|63}} <ref>https://sunnah.com/urn/1250630</ref>|
وَأَنْ تَرَى الْحُفَاةَ الْعُرَاةَ الْعَالَةَ رِعَاءَ الشَّاءِ يَتَطَاوَلُونَ فِي الْبِنَاءِ

..and when '''you see barefoot, naked, destitute shepherds''' competing in constructing tall buildings
}}The Bible contained a story of the Tower of Babel, Egyptians built pyramids. The desire and ability to construct tall buildings appears to has been common in history.

There were people in the 7th century building buildings that could be considered tall in that time. Ibn Hajar wrote in his famous commentary on Sahih Bukhari:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar: Fatḥ al-Bārī fī Sharḥ Ṣaḥīḥ al-Bukhārī|
يتطاول الناس في البنيان وهي من العلامات التي وقعت عن قرب في زمن النبوة

"The people are [competing in] building tall buildings" - and that's from the signs which '''happened close at the time of the prophethood'''
}}

Muslims could afford building tall buildings after they got rich from early Islamic conquests.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|70|576}}|
Narrated Qais bin Abi Hazim:

We went to pay a visit to Khabbab (who was sick) and he had been branded (cauterized) at seven places in his body. He said, "Our companions who died (during the lifetime of the Prophet) left (this world) without having their rewards reduced through enjoying the pleasures of this life, but '''we have got (so much) wealth that we find no way to spend It except on the construction of buildings''' .Had the Prophet not forbidden us to wish for death, I would have wished for it.' We visited him for the second time while he was building a wall. '''He said: A Muslim is rewarded (in the Hereafter) for whatever he spends except for something that he spends on building'''."
}}

Some add that theses buildings were described as being "as high as mountains", but that hadith is mawqoof (not from Muhammad). It was a saying of ‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr and it was after Muslims became rich from early Islamic conquests, so they could likely imagine themselves building tall in Mecca. Also the hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Musannaf ibn Abi Shaybah, Hadith: 14306 (da'eef or hasan)|
Sayyiduna '''‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr''' (radiyallahu ‘anhuma) is reported to have said: “……When you see tunnels/canals being dug in Makkah Mukarramah and the buildings (of Makkah Mukarramah) higher than the peak of the mountains then know that Qiyamah is close.”
}}

*[https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/247118/%D9%87%D9%84-%D8%AB%D8%A8%D8%AA-%D9%85%D9%86-%D9%83%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85-%D8%B9%D8%A8%D8%AF-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%84%D9%87-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%B1%D9%88-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B9%D8%A7%D8%B5-%D8%A7%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AA%D9%81%D8%A7%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A8%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%A1-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D9%85%D9%83%D8%A9-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9 Fatwa] (Arabic) says that since it's not from Muhammad, it shouldn't even be called a hadith.

===Mosques full of hypocrites===
{{Quote|Ibn Abi Shaybah: Kitab al-Iman 101 (sahih)|
عن عبد اللهِ بنِ عَمرو قال : يأتي على الناس زمانٌ ، يجتمِعون ويُصلُّون في المساجدِ ، وليس فيهم مؤمنٌ

A time will come on people when they get together and pray in mosques and isn't among them a single believer
}}

Praying hypocrites were also mentioned in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 6:5|
“And when you pray, do not be like the hypocrites, for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and on the street corners to be seen by others.
}}

The military nature of Islam's spread may have encouraged this type of hypocrisy:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|30}}|
It is reported on the authority of Abu Huraira that the Messenger of Allah said:

I have been commanded to fight against people so long as they do not declare that there is no god but Allah, and he who professed it was guaranteed the protection of his property and life on my behalf except for the right affairs rest with Allah.
}}
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|260}}|
Narrated `Ikrima:

`Ali burnt some people and this news reached Ibn `Abbas, who said, "Had I been in his place I would not have burnt them, as the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'Don't punish (anybody) with Allah's Punishment.' No doubt, I would have killed them, for the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'If somebody (a Muslim) discards his religion, kill him.' "
}}

===Voices raised in mosques===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2211 (daif)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially), trust is a spoil of war, Zakat is a fine, knowledge is sought for other than the(sake of the) religion, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is close to his friend and far from his father, '''voices are raised in the Masajid''', tribes are led by their wicked, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, singing slave-girls and music spread, intoxicants are drunk, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning- then anticipate a red wind, earthquake, collapsing of the earth, transformation, Qadhf, and the signs follow in succession like gems of a necklace whose string is cut and so they fall in succession."
}}

People were raising voices even in the time of Muhammad in front of him. Muhammad rebuked them in the Quran:
{{Quote|{{Quran|49|2}} (Sahih International)|
O you who have believed, do not raise your voices above the voice of the Prophet or be loud to him in speech like the loudness of some of you to others, lest your deeds become worthless while you perceive not.

}}

===Decoration of mosques===
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|8|690}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Anas that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"One of the portents of the Hour will be that people will show off in building Masjids."
}}

There was a precedent. Christians and Jews were adorning their places of worship:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|2|448}}|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Abbas:

I was not commanded to build high mosques. Ibn Abbas said: You will certainly adorn them '''as the Jews and Christians did'''.
}}

===Markets will approach (taqaarub al-aswaaq)===
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/330 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D8%AA%D8%B8%D9%87%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%81%D8%AA%D9%86+%D9%88%D9%8A%D9%83%D8%AB%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B0%D8%A8+%D9%88%D8%AA%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B3%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%82+%D9%88%D9%8A%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B2%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%86</ref>|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تَظْهَرَ الفِتَنُ ويكثرَ الكذِبُ وتتقارَبَ الأسواقُ ويتقارَبَ الزمانُ ويكثُرَ الهرجُ قلْتُ وما الهرْجُ قال القتْلُ

The Hour won't come till tribulations show up, lies are widespread and '''taqaarub of markets''' and taqaarub of time and harj is widespread. I said: What is al-harj? He said: Killing.
}}
The hadith is vague in its entirety, but the situation on markets expectedly changed after Muslims got rich by the 7th century conquests.

===Breaking the convenant with god makes enemies overpower them===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
... '''They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands.''' Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Leviticus 26:14-17|
Punishment for Disobedience

“‘But if you will not listen to me and carry out all these commands, and if you reject my decrees and abhor my laws and fail to carry out all my commands and so violate my covenant, then I will do this to you: I will bring on you sudden terror, wasting diseases and fever that will destroy your sight and sap your strength. You will plant seed in vain, because your enemies will eat it. I will set my face against you so that you will be defeated by your enemies; those who hate you will rule over you, and you will flee even when no one is pursuing you.
}}

===A man passes by a grave and wants to be dead too===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
وَحَتَّى يَمُرَّ الرَّجُلُ بِقَبْرِ الرَّجُلِ فَيَقُولُ يَا لَيْتَنِي مَكَانَهُ

... till a man when passing by a grave of someone will say, 'Would that I were in his place...
}}

The Old Testament mentions this:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Jonah 4:3|
"Therefore now, O LORD, please take my life from me, for death is better to me than life."
}}

===People will treat a man with respect because they fear the evil he could do===
The hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, '''the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of''', intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

Intimidation with violence was already used before Islam. It was also used by Muhammad.

===The leader of a people will be the worst of them===
This hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, '''the leader of the people is the most despicable among them''', the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

This happened during the time of Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abu Dawud||2155|darussalam}}| Abu Said al-Khudri said: "The apostle of Allah sent a military expedition to Awtas on the occasion of the battle of Hunain. They met their enemy and fought with them. They defeated them and took them captives. Some of the Companions of the apostle of Allah were reluctant to have intercourse with the female captives because of their pagan husbands. So Allah, the Exalted, sent down the Quranic verse, "And all married women (are forbidden) unto you save those (captives) whom your right hands possess". That is to say, they are lawful for them when they complete their waiting period." [The Quran verse is 4:24]}}

The men were morally reluctant to rape married women, but their leader (Muhammad) permitted them to go ahead.

==Predictions of the future (after the hadiths)==
In this category are hadiths that don't talk about what already happened before the prophecies were written.

==="Opposites"===
These don't seem to be predictions, but rather statements that the opposite of what was considered granted at that time will happen. For example mountains were considered solid (not moving), so a prophecy says that mountains will be moving. Rather then explaining the fulfillment of these prophecies, this common denominator suggests how the predictions were generated.

====Mountains will move====
This hadith is da'eef (Ufayr bin Ma'daan is in the chain):
{{Quote|Mu'jam at-Tabaraani vol 7, n. 6857|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تزولَ الجبالُ عن أماكِنِها وتَرَوْنَ الأمورَ العظامَ التي لم تَكُونوا تَرَوْنَها

The Hour will not begin until the '''mountains are moved from their places''' and you see great calamities which you have never seen before.
}}
====Non-speaking objects will start speaking====
{{Quote|Jami' al-Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2181 (sahih)|
Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri narrated that the Messenger of Allah (s.a.w) said:
"By the One in Whose Hand is my soul! The Hour will not be established until predators speak to people and until the tip of a man's whip and the straps on his sandal speak to him, and his thigh informs him of what occurred with his family after him."
}}

Though this hadith is often metaphorisized to refer to modern technology (mobile phones), the original wording of the hadith appears to be rather literal in its intention.

The Old Testament already has a story about a talking serpent:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 3:1|
Now '''the serpent''' was more crafty than any of the wild animals the Lord God had made. '''He said''' to the woman, “Did God really say, ‘You must not eat from any tree in the garden’?”
}}

And for Muhammad (unlike for most people), talking objects wouldn't even be much miraculous, since he was hearing voices regularly. For example he heard a stone saluting him:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====The land of Arabia reverts to meadows and rivers====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|5|2208}}|
وَحَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ، - وَهُوَ ابْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْقَارِيُّ - عَنْ سُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ ‏ "‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْمَالُ وَيَفِيضَ حَتَّى يَخْرُجَ الرَّجُلُ بِزَكَاةِ مَالِهِ فَلاَ يَجِدُ أَحَدًا يَقْبَلُهَا مِنْهُ وَحَتَّى تَعُودَ أَرْضُ الْعَرَبِ مُرُوجًا وَأَنْهَارًا ‏"‏ ‏.‏

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) as saying:

The Last Hour will not come before wealth becomes abundant and overflowing, so much so that a man takes Zakat out of his property and cannot find anyone to accept it from him and '''till the land of Arabia reverts (تعود) to meadows and rivers.'''
}}

The word تعود (''ta'ooda'') can mean both "become" and "revert".
{{Quote|مرقاة المفاتيح شرح مشكاة المصابيح|
وحتى تعود أرض العرب أي: تصير أو ترجع

"And until ''ta'ooda'' the land of Arabs" - meaning "becomes" or "reverts"
}}

====Much rain, but little vegetation====
{{Quote|Shuaib Al Arna'ut, Takhreej al-Musnad 12429 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%B3+%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1%D8%A7+%D8%B9%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7+%D8%8C+%D9%88+%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%86%D8%A8%D8%AA+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B1%D8%B6+%D8%B4%D9%8A%D8%A6%D8%A7</ref>|
لا تَقومُ السَّاعةُ حتى يُمطَرَ النَّاسُ مَطرًا عامًّا، ولا تُنبِتَ الأرضُ شيئًا.

The Hour would not come until there is too much rain, but the earth does not produce crops
}}
===Other Predictions About the Future===
====Coming of Muhammad and the Hour are close like the forefinger and middle finger joined together====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7049}}|
Anas reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

I and the Last Hour have been sent like this and (he while doing it) joined the forefinger with the middle finger.
}}

====A 7th century boy won't grow very old before the Hour comes====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7052}}|
وَحَدَّثَنِي حَجَّاجُ بْنُ الشَّاعِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، - يَعْنِي ابْنَ زَيْدٍ - حَدَّثَنَا مَعْبَدُ بْنُ هِلاَلٍ الْعَنَزِيُّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَجُلاً، سَأَلَ النَّبِيَّ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ مَتَى تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ قَالَ فَسَكَتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم هُنَيْهَةً ثُمَّ نَظَرَ إِلَى غُلاَمٍ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ مِنْ أَزْدِ شَنُوءَةَ فَقَالَ ‏ "‏ إِنْ عُمِّرَ هَذَا لَمْ يُدْرِكْهُ الْهَرَمُ حَتَّى تَقُومَ السَّاعَةُ ‏"‏ ‏.‏ قَالَ قَالَ أَنَسٌ ذَاكَ الْغُلاَمُ مِنْ أَتْرَابِي يَوْمَئِذٍ ‏.‏

Anas b. Malik reported that a person asked Allah's Apostle (ﷺ):

When would the Last Hour come? Thereupon Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) kept quiet for a while. Then looked at a young boy in his presence belonging to the tribe of Azd Shanu'a and he said: If this boy lives he would not grow very old till the Last Hour would come ''to you''. Anas said that this young boy was of our age during those days.
}}
The "to you" was added by the translators to indicate that it is the last hour (death) of the people who asked, however this qualification is entirely absent in the Arabic text.

====The Hour will come before a 7th century slave becomes old====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|73|188}}|
...In the meantime, a slave of Al-Mughira passed by, and he was of the same age as I was. The Prophet (ﷺ) said. "If this (slave) should live long, he will not reach the geriatric old age, but the Hour will be established."
}}

====Nothing will live one hundred years from now====
The "tonight" in ''italic'' was added by translators to accommodate the later re-interpretation:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|116}}|
أَرَأَيْتَكُمْ لَيْلَتَكُمْ هَذِهِ، فَإِنَّ رَأْسَ مِائَةِ سَنَةٍ مِنْهَا لاَ يَبْقَى مِمَّنْ هُوَ عَلَى ظَهْرِ الأَرْضِ أَحَدٌ

Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

Once the Prophet (ﷺ) led us in the `Isha' prayer during the last days of his life and after finishing it (the prayer) (with Taslim) he said: "Do you realize (the importance of) this night?" Nobody present on the surface of the earth ''tonight'' will be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night."
}}

When the prophecy failed 100 years later, Muslims re-interpreted it:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|10|575}}|
Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

The Prophet (ﷺ) prayed one of the `Isha' prayer in his last days and after finishing it with Taslim, he stood up and said, "Do you realize (the importance of) this night? Nobody present on the surface of the earth tonight would be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night." '''The people made a mistake in grasping the meaning of this statement of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and they indulged in those things which are said about these narrators (i.e. some said that the Day of Resurrection will be established after 100 years etc.)''' But the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Nobody present on the surface of earth tonight would be living after the completion of 100 years from this night"; he meant "When that century (people of that century) would pass away."
}}

====If 10 scholars of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|39|6711}} (Muhsin Khan translation)|
لَوْ تَابَعَنِي عَشْرَةٌ مِنَ الْيَهُودِ لَمْ يَبْقَ عَلَى ظَهْرِهَا يَهُودِيٌّ إِلاَّ أَسْلَمَ

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

If ten ''scholars'' of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth who would not embrace Islam.
}}

The Arabic original doesn't say "ten Jewish scholars", but only "ten Jews" (عشرة من اليهود).

====30 false prophets before the Hour====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6988}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until there would arise about thirty impostors, liars, and each one of them would claim that he is a messenger of Allah.
}}
In his time there were other prophets like Saf ibn Sayyad and Maslamah bin Ḥabīb (called by Muslims "Musaylimah al-Kadhdhāb" (Musaylama the Liar)), Al-Aswad Al-Ansi and Tulayha.

False prophets were also already predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 24:10-11|
At that time many will turn away from the faith and will betray and hate each other, and many '''false prophets will appear and deceive many people'''.
}}

====Rising of the Sun from its setting place====
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4297}}|
We were sitting in the shade of the chamber of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) discussing (something) and when we mentioned the last hour, our voices rose high. The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: The last hour will not come or happen until there appear ten signs before it : '''the rising of the sun in its place of setting''', the coming forth of the beast, the coming forth of Gog and Magog, the Dajjal (Antichrist), (the descent of) Jesus son of Mary, the smoke, and three collapses of the earth: one in the west, one in the east, and one in the Arabian Peninsula. The last of that will be the emergence of a fire from Yemen, from the lowest part of Aden, and drive mankind to their place of assembly.
}}
This seems to suggest that the sun revolves about the Earth and can reverse direction

There is also a related verse in the Quran:{{Quote|{{Quran|6|158}}|
Do they [then] wait for anything except that the angels should come to them or your Lord should come or that there come some of the signs of your Lord? The Day that '''some of the signs of your Lord will come no soul will benefit from its faith as long as it had not believed before''' or had earned through its faith some good. Say, "Wait. Indeed, we [also] are waiting."
}}
Tafsir:
{{Quote|Tafsir Al-Jalalayn on 6:158|
"On the day that one of your Lord’s signs comes" — and this is the rising of the sun from the west as reported in the hadīth of the two Sahīhs of Bukhārī and Muslim — it shall not benefit a soul to believe if it had not believed theretofore
}}
The hadith:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|6|60|159}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established until the sun rises from the West: and when the people see it, then whoever will be living on the surface of the earth will have faith, and that is (the time) when no good will it do to a soul to believe then, if it believed not before." (6.158)
}}

Another hadith says that right after the rising, a beast will appear in the forenoon:{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4310 (sahih)|
Abu zur’ah said:
A group of people came to Marwan in Medina, and they heard him say that the first of the signs to appear would be the coming forth of the Dajjal (Antichirst). He said: I then went to Abd Allah b. ‘Amr and mentioned it to him. He did not say anything(reliable). I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: '''The first of the signs to appear will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting and the coming forth of the beast against mankind in the forenoon.''' Whichever of them comes first will soon be followed by the other. ’Abd Allah who used to read the scriptures (Torah, Gospel) said: I think the first of them will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting.
}}

{{Quote|Ibn Majah 4069 (sahih)|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The first signs to appear will be at '''the rising of the sun from the west and the emergence of the Beast to the people, at forenoon'''.’” 'Abdullah said: "Whichever of them appears first, the other will come soon after." 'Abdullah said: "I do not think it will be anything other than the sun rising from the west."
}}

Some today proffer metaphorical interpretation that the "rising of the Sun from the west" refers to the rise of the Western civilization, though this would leave the segment regarding the beast unexplained.

The Quran seems to affirm the possibility that God could make the Sun "rise from the West":
{{Quote|{{Quran|2|258}}|
Have you not considered the one who argued with Abraham about his Lord [merely] because Allah had given him kingship? When Abraham said, "My Lord is the one who gives life and causes death," he said, "I give life and cause death." Abraham said, "Indeed, '''Allah brings up the sun from the east''', so bring it up from the west." So the disbeliever was overwhelmed [by astonishment], and Allah does not guide the wrongdoing people.
}}

See also Dhul-Qarnayn's story in the Quran, where this possibility is further confirmed, as the Sun is described to set in a muddy spring at the "farthest part" of the world":

*[[Category:Dhul-Qarnayn|Dhul-Qarnayn]]

====Stones and trees say to Muslims: "here is a Jew behind me; come and kill him"====
{{Quote|Book 41, Hadith 6985 aka Book 54, Hadith 105 or Sahih Muslim 2922|
The last hour would not come unless the Muslims will fight against the Jews and the Muslims would kill them until the Jews would hide themselves behind a stone or a tree and '''a stone or a tree would say: Muslim, or the servant of Allah, there is a Jew behind me; come and kill him'''; but the tree Gharqad would not say, for it is the tree of the Jews.
}}

Muhammad used to hear other voices as well:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====Time will pass more quickly (taqaarub az-zamaan)====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 10560|
لا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَتَقَارَبَ الزَّمَانُ ، فَتَكُونَ السَّنَةُ كَالشَّهْرِ ، وَيَكُونَ الشَّهْرُ كَالْجُمُعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ الْجُمُعَةُ كَالْيَوْمِ ، وَيَكُونَ الْيَوْمُ كَالسَّاعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ السَّاعَةُ كَاحْتِرَاقِ السَّعَفَةِ

The Hour will not begin until time passes quickly, so a year will be like a month, and a month will be like a week, and a week will be like a day, and a day will be like an hour, and an hour will be like the burning of a braid of palm leaves.
}}

Islamic scholars have interpreted this variously, without any agreement as to the possible meaning:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/34618/one-of-the-signs-of-the-hour-is-that-time-will-pass-more-quickly islamqa.info: One of the signs of the Hour is that time will pass more quickly]|
The scholars differed concerning the meaning of the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing more quickly). '''There are many views''', the strongest of which is:

That the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing quickly) may be interpreted literally or metaphorically.
}}

====A man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|233}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick."
}}

[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Qahtan_(tribe) Qahtan] still exists, but the prophecy remains unfulfilled. <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/418273/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9%D8%8C-%D9%88%D8%B2%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A5%D8%BA%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%82-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A8-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%88%D8%A8%D8%A9</ref>

====A man called Jahjah will occupy the throne====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Book 41, Hadith 6955|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The day and the night would not come to an end before a man called al-Jahjah would occupy the throne.
}}

*[https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/118597/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%8A-%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%86 Fatwa] (AR) puts this prophecy among non-fulfilled prophecies

====Conquest of Constantinopole without fighting and the Hour come together====
This hadith is considered da'eef by Albani (but sahih by Dhahabi):
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 14:331|
لتفتحن القسطنطينية، فلنعم الأمير أميرها، ولنعم الجيش ذلك الجيش

Verily you shall conquer Constantinople. What a wonderful leader will her
leader be, and what a wonderful army will that army be!
}}

One should note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

Another hadith adds that the Hour was expected to come with this conquest:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2239|
Anas bin Malik said:
"Constantinople will be conquered with the coming of the Hour."
}}

The coming of the Dajjal was expected right after the conquest:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

Another hadith mentions Romans attacking Dabiq before the conquest of Constantinople. The mention of swords makes it hard to re-interpret as a prophecy about another conquest of Constantinople in the future:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6924}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until '''the Romans would land at al-A'maq or in Dabiq'''. An army consisting of the best (soldiers) of the people of the earth at that time will come from Medina (to counteract them). When they will arrange themselves in ranks, the Romans would say: Do not stand between us and those (Muslims) who took prisoners from amongst us. Let us fight with them; and the Muslims would say: Nay, by Allah, we would never get aside from you and from our brethren that you may fight them. They will then fight and a third (part) of the army would run away, whom Allah will never forgive. A third (part of the army) which would be constituted of excellent martyrs in Allah's eye, would be killed and the third who would never be put to trial would win and they would be conquerors of Constantinople. And as they would be busy in distributing the spoils of war (amongst themselves) after hanging their '''swords''' by the olive trees, the Satan would cry: '''The Dajjal''' has taken your place among your family. They would then come out, but it would be of no avail. And when they would come to Syria, he would come out while they would be still preparing themselves for battle drawing up the ranks. Certainly, the time of prayer shall come and then Jesus (peace be upon him) son of Mary would descend and would lead them. When the enemy of Allah would see him, it would (disappear) just as the salt dissolves itself in water and if he (Jesus) were not to confront them at all, even then it would dissolve completely, but Allah would kill them by his hand and he would show them their blood on his lance (the lance of Jesus Christ).
}}

Also:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

The conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6979}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) saying:

You have heard about a city, one side of which is on land and the other is in the sea ('''Constantinople'''). They said: Allah's Messenger, yes. Thereupon he said: The Last Hour would not come unless seventy thousand persons from Bani lshaq would attack it. When they would land there, '''they will neither fight with weapons nor would shower arrows but would only say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," ''' and one side of it would fall. Thaur (one of the narrators) said: I think that he said: The part by the side of the ocean. Then they would say for the second time: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest" and the second side would also fall, and they would say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," and the gates would be opened for them and they would enter therein and, they would be collecting spoils of war and distributing them amongst themselves when a noise would be heard saying: Verily, Dajjal has come. And thus they would leave everything there and go back.
}}

Constantinople was [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fall_of_Constantinople conquered in 1453] by fighting, the Dajjal didn't appear and the city was renamed to Istanbul, so literally Constantinople no longer exists.

====Conquest of Rome====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6930}}|
Nafi' b. Utba reported:

We were with Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) in an expedition that there came a people to Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) from the direction of the west. They were dressed in woollen clothes and they stood near a hillock and they met him as Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) was sitting. I said to myself: Better go to them and stand between him and them that they may not attack him. Then I thought that perhaps there had been going on secret negotiation amongst them. I however, went to them and stood between them and him and I remember four of the words (on that occasion) which I repeat (on the fingers of my hand) that he (Allah's Messenger) said: You will attack Arabia and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack Persia and He would make you to conquer it. '''Then you would attack Rome and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack the Dajjal and Allah will enable you to conquer him. Nafi' said: Jabir, we thought that the Dajjal would appear after Rome (Syrian territory) would be conquered.'''
}}

The Roman empire seized to exist before it could be altogether conquered, though if one counts here the partial conquest of some of Rome's (Byzantine's) territories, then the question remains as to why the Dajjal failed to appear.

====Byzantines will make truce with Muslims, betray them and attack them====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, '''and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.'''
}}
The prophecy is considered unfulfilled:
{{Quote|[https://www.islamweb.net/en/fatwa/83460/hadith-about-the-romans-attacking-us-under-eighty-flags Hadith about the Romans attacking us under eighty flags]|
Imam Ibn al-Muneer said: 'Till this time the incident of gathering and attacking Rome in this huge number of soldiers has not happened yet. This matter has not taken place yet.
}}

====Conquest of India and the second coming of Jesus come together====
Also known as [[Ghazwa-e-hind|ghazwa-e-hind]].
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|25|3177}} (hasan) from The Book of Jihad, chapter "Invading India"|
It was narrated that Thawban, the freed slave of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), said:
"The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: 'There are two groups of my Ummah whom Allah will free from the Fire: The group that invades India (تَغْزُو الْهِنْدَ, ''taghzoo al-hind''), and the group that will be with Isa bin Maryam, peace be upon him.'"
}}

Early conquests of India happened in the 7th century (for example [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Rasil Battle of Rasil]), while author of the hadith collection [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Al-Nasa%27i al-Nasa'i] lived in the 9th century.

The conquest of India is linked to the second coming of Jesus (Isa). In other (although weak) hadiths it's even more explicit:
{{Quote|Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, al-Fitan, p. 409 (daeef)|
The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) said – and he mentioned India – then he said: “An army of yours will invade India and Allah will grant its conquest to them, until they bring their kings in chains, and Allah will forgive them their sins. Then they will return and when they return, they will find the son of Maryam in ash-Shaam (Syria).” Abu Hurayrah said: If I live to see that campaign, I will sell everything I possess and join the campaign. Then if Allah grants us victory and we return, then I will be Abu Hurayrah the freed (protected from Hellfire). And when we return to Syria we will find there ‘Eesa ibn Maryam. Then I shall make sure that I draw close to him and tell him that I accompanied you, O Messenger of Allah. The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) smiled and said: “Unlikely, unlikely.” [very difficult?]
}}

However, the second coming did not follow either these events:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/145636/hadith-about-the-conquest-of-india islamqa.info: Hadith about the conquest of India]|
What is mentioned in the hadith of Abu Hurayrah (may Allah have mercy on him), which was narrated by Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, about '''the conquest of India has not happened up till now''', but it will happen when ‘Eesaa ibn Maryam (peace be upon him) descends, if the hadith that says that is saheeh.
}}

====No more Khosrau and Caesar====
In Muhammad's time, the ruler of Persia was called Khosrau and the ruler of the Byzantine empire Caesar.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|267}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Khosrau will be ruined, and there will be no Khosrau after him, and Caesar will surely be ruined and there will be no Caesar after him, and you will spend their treasures in Allah's Cause." He called, "War is deceit'.
}}
There are many examples of this prophecy failing for both [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khosrow Kusrau] and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caesar_(title) Caesar]. For example:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Shah Khusrau Shah] was the king of the Justanids in the 10th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Khan Khusrau Khan] was the Sultan of Delhi in the 14th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Doukas_(Caesar) John Doukas] was a Caesar of the Byzantine empire in the 11th century
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mehmed_the_Conqueror Mehmed the Conqueror] - a 15h century Muslim conqueror, also called himself Caesar

The prophecy is probably referring to the 7th century Islamic conquests. The prediction in Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

====Nations will soon call each other to attack Muslims====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 4297, In-book reference: Book 39, Hadith 7, English translation: Book 38, Hadith 4284|
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The people will soon summon one another to attack you as people when eating invite others to share their dish. Someone asked: Will that be because of our small numbers at that time? He replied: No, you will be numerous at that time: but you will be scum and rubbish like that carried down by a torrent, and Allah will take fear of you from the breasts of your enemy and last enervation into your hearts. Someone asked: What is wahn (enervation). Messenger of Allah (ﷺ): He replied: Love of the world and dislike of death.
}}

One might note that soon after this statement is alleged to have been stated by the prophet, the Muslims would conquer vast lands - the Muslim empire would only come to a grinding halt some 1300 years later.

====Romans would form a majority amongst people====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6296}}|
Mustaurid Qurashi reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The Last Hour would come when the Romans would form a majority amongst people'''. This reached 'Amr b. al-'As and he said: What are these ahadith which are being transmitted from you and which you claim to have heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)? Mustaurid said to him: I stated only that which I heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). Thereupon 'Amr said: If you state this (it is true), for they have the power of tolerance amongst people at the time of turmoil and restore themselves to sanity after trouble, and are good amongst people so far as the destitute and the weak are concerned.
}}

The Roman empire dissolved without the realization of this prophecy.

====Twelve caliphs====
Shi'ite Imamology rests heavily upon this hadith, though has been continuously troubled by it (as have been Sunni scholars), as there appears to be no clear group of "twelve Caliphs" to have appeared in history:{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4480}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Jabir b. Samura who said:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: Islam will continue to be triumphant until there have been '''twelve Caliphs'''. Then the Prophet (ﷺ) said something which I could not understand. I asked my father: What did he say? He said: He has said that all of them (twelve Caliphs) will be from the Quraish.
}}
{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4483}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Amir b. Sa'd b. Abu Waqqas who said:

I wrote (a letter) to Jabir b. Samura and sent it to him through my servant Nafi', asking him to inform me of something he had heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He wrote to me (in reply): I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say on Friday evening, the day on which al-Aslami was stoned to death (for committing adultery): '''The Islamic religion will continue until the Hour has been established, or you have been ruled over by twelve Caliphs, all of them being from the Quraish'''. also heard him say: A small force of the Muslims will capture the white palace, the police of the Persian Emperor or his descendants. I also heard him say: Before the Day of Judgment there will appear (a number of) impostors. You are to guard against them. I also heard him say: When God grants wealth to any one of you, he should first spend it on himself and his family (and then give it in charity to the poor). I heard him (also) say: I will be your forerunner at the Cistern (expecting your arrival).
}}

Commentaries by (Sunni) Islamic scholars:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Fathul-Bari, vol. 13, p.211|
لم ألق أحدا يقطع في هذا الحديث يعني بشيء معين

I have not met anyone who could be certain about the meaning of this hadith!
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Jouzi, Kashful-Majhool, vol.1 p.449|
هذا الحديث قد أطلت البحث عنه، وتطلّبت مظانّه، وسألت عنه، فما رأيت أحدا وقع على المقصود به

I have researched for long to understand this hadith and referred to many references and made much enquiries about it, yet I did not meet anyone who could understand it.
}}

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_caliphs Wikipedia: List of Caliphs]

====Rain which will destroy all dwellings except tents====
This hadith is sahih:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 7554 (sahih)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا أبو كامل وعفان قالا ثنا حماد عن سهيل قال عفان في حديثه قال أنا سهيل بن أبي صالح عن أبيه عن أبي هريرة قال قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم : لا تقوم الساعة حتى يمطر الناس مطرا لا تكن منه بيوت المدر ولا تكن منه الا بيوت الشعر
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده صحيح على شرط مسلم

The Hour will not come until there has been rain which
will destroy all dwellings except tents
}}
====Not living according to the sharia causes infighting between Muslims====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. '''Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”'''
}}

In fact, it is rather Muslim's disagreement as to what constitutes the Sharia (as a result of their trying to implement it) that results in inter-Muslim conflict. One can imagine that had Islam separated church and state, many such conflicts would have been avoided.

====12 thousand from Aden Abyan will make Islam victorious====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 5/33 (sahih)|
يخرجُ من عدنِ أَبْيَنَ اثنا عشرَ ألفًا ينصرونَ اللهَ ورسولَهُ هم خيرُ مَن بيني وبينهم

Out of Aden-Abyan will come 12000, giving victory to the (religion of) Allah and His Messenger. They are the best between me and them.
}}

====Periods of fitnah====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4242 (sahih)|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Umar:

When we were sitting with the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), he talked about periods of trial (fitnahs), mentioning many of them.

When he mentioned the one when people should stay in their houses, some asked him: Messenger of Allah, what is the trial (fitnah) of staying at home?

He replied: It will be flight and plunder. Then will come a test which is pleasant. Its murkiness is due to the fact that it is produced by a man from the people of my house, who will assert that he belongs to me, whereas he does not, for my friends are only the God-fearing. Then the people will unite under a man who will be like a hip-bone on a rib. Then there will be the little black trial which will leave none of this community without giving him a slap, and when people say that it is finished, it will be extended. During it a man will be a believer in the morning and an infidel in the evening, so that the people will be in two camps: the camp of faith which will contain no hypocrisy, and the camp of hypocrisy which will contain no faith. When that happens, expect the Antichrist (Dajjal) that day or the next.
}}

====Inheritance is not distributed====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of '''inheritance are not distributed''' and there is no rejoicing over spoils of war...
}}
====People don't rejoice over spoils of war====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of inheritance are not distributed and '''there is no rejoicing over spoils of war'''...
}}

====Muslims will soon flee to mountains from persecution====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|19}}|
عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُوشِكُ أَنْ يَكُونَ خَيْرَ مَالِ الْمُسْلِمِ غَنَمٌ يَتْبَعُ بِهَا شَعَفَ الْجِبَالِ وَمَوَاقِعَ الْقَطْرِ يَفِرُّ بِدِينِهِ مِنْ الْفِتَنِ

“Soon the best property of a Muslim will be a flock of sheep he takes to the top of a mountain, or in the valleys of rainfall, fleeing with his religion from tribulations.”
}}

====All believers will go to Syria====
{{Quote|Al-Mustadrak alaa al-Sahihain 8461 (sahih)|
يأتي على الناس زمان لا يبقى فيه مؤمن إلا لحق بالشام

A time will come to people when no believer remains except that he came over to As-Sham
}}

====Extinction of the Quraysh tribe====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 16/186 (sahih)|
أسرعُ قبائلِ العربِ فناءً قريشٌ ويوشكُ أن تمرَّ المرأةُ بالنعلِ فتقول إن هذا نعلُ قرشيُّ

The fastest Arab tribe in extinction is Quraysh. Soon a woman will pass by a sandal, then she will say that this is a sandal of a Qurashi.
}}

====Arabs will be exterminated and go to hell====
Hadith da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 3967 (da'eef) and others|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will be a tribulation which will utterly destroy the Arabs, and those who are slain will be in Hell. At that time the tongue will be worse than a blow of the sword.”
}}

====Last of the ummah will curse the first====
Fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 263 (mawdu)|
It was narrated that Jabir said:
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'When the last people of this Ummah curse the first, (at that time) whoever conceals a Hadith will be concealing what Allah has revealed.'" (Maudu')
}}

====Pilgrimage to Makka will be abandoned====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|26|663}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said "The people will continue performing the Hajj and `Umra to the Ka`ba even after the appearance of Gog and Magog." Narrated Shu`ba extra: The Hour (Day of Judgment) will not be established till the Hajj (to the Ka`ba) is abandoned.
}}

====Disappearance of faith====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|274}}, chapter The Disappearance of Faith at the End of Time|
It is narrated on the authority of Anas that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:

"The Hour (Resurrection) will not occur as long as anyone says: 'Allah, Allah.'"
}}

This one appears to be increasingly likely.

====Islam will be widespread====
Although Muhammad predicted that Islam will disappear, he also predicted that Islam will succeed:
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 16509 (sahih)|
Tamim al-Dari reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “This matter will certainly reach every place touched by the night and day. Allah will not leave a house or residence but that Allah will cause this religion to enter it, by which the honorable will be honored and the disgraceful will be disgraced. Allah will honor the honorable with Islam and he will disgrace the disgraceful with unbelief.”
}}
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2176 (sahih)|
"Indeed Allah gathered the earth for me so that I saw its east and its west. And surely my Ummah's authority shall reach over all that was shown to me of it.
}}

Muhammad's predictions about the future of the Muslim ummah appear to have ranged non-existence and annihilation to complete domination, perhaps based on his feelings at various times. Given this full spectrum of possibility, however, it is difficult to maintain that there is any substance to these predictions.

====The Quran will disappear overnight====
{{Quote|Sunan al-Dārimī 3343 (hasan)|
عَنْ زِرٍّ عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ رضي الله عنه قَالَ لَيُسْرَيَنَّ عَلَى الْقُرْآنِ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ فَلَا يُتْرَكُ آيَةٌ فِي مُصْحَفٍ وَلَا فِي قَلْبِ أَحَدٍ إِلَّا رُفِعَتْ

The Quran will vanish in one night. No verse in the scripture or in the heart of anyone will be left behind.
}}

====Islam will wear out====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Majah 3289 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%8C+%D9%83%D9%85%D8%A7+%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D9%88%D8%B4%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AB%D9%88%D8%A8</ref>|
يدرُسُ الإسلامُ كما يدرُسُ وَشيُ الثَّوبِ حتَّى لا يُدرَى ما صيامٌ، ولا صلاةٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدَقةٌ، ولَيُسرى على كتابِ اللَّهِ عزَّ وجلَّ في ليلَةٍ، فلا يبقى في الأرضِ منهُ آيةٌ، وتبقَى طوائفُ منَ النَّاسِ الشَّيخُ الكبيرُ والعجوزُ، يقولونَ: أدرَكْنا آباءَنا على هذِهِ الكلمةِ، لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، فنحنُ نقولُها فقالَ لَهُ صِلةُ: ما تُغني عنهم: لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، وَهُم لا يَدرونَ ما صلاةٌ، ولا صيامٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدقةٌ؟ فأعرضَ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ ردَّها علَيهِ ثلاثًا، كلَّ ذلِكَ يعرضُ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ أقبلَ علَيهِ في الثَّالثةِ، فقالَ: يا صِلةُ، تُنجيهِم منَ النَّار ثلاثًا

“Islam will wear out as embroidery on a garment wears out, until no one will know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are. The Book of Allah will be taken away at night, and not one Verse of it will be left on earth. And there will be some people left, old men and old women, who will say: “We saw our fathers saying these words: ‘La ilaha illallah’ so we say them too.” Silah said to him: “What good will (saying): La ilaha illallah do them, when they do not know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are?” Hudhaifah turned away from his. He repeated his question three times, and Hudhaifah turned away from him each time. Then he turned to him on the third time and said: “O Silah! It will save them from Hell,” three times.
}}

====Islam will end up like a snake crawling back into its hole====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|271}}|
It is narrated on the authority of Ibn 'Umar ('Abdullah b. 'Umar) that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) observed:

Verily Islam started as something strange and it would again revert (to its old position) of being strange just as it started, and it would recede between the two mosques just as the serpent crawls back into its hole.
}}

In other hadith, Muhammad described belief in Islam as a snake:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|30|100}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "Verily, Belief returns and goes back to Medina as a snake returns and goes back to its hole (when in danger).
}}

====Countries colonized by Muslims will stop paying them and Muslims will be poor again====
The hadith is in the chapter called "Making Endowments Of The Lands Of As-Sawad, And The Lands That Were Conquered By Force":
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/abudawud/20 Sunan Abi Dawud 3035 / In-book reference: Book 20, Hadith 108 / English translation: Book 19, Hadith 3029]|
Abu Hurairah reported the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) as saying “Iraq will prevent its measure (qafiz) and dirham. Syria will prevent its measure (mudi) and dinar. Egypt will prevent its measure (irdabb) and dinar. Then you will return to the position where you started. Zuhair said this three times. The flesh and blood of Abu Hurairah witnessed it.
}}

====Buttocks of women of Daus are moving around the Yemenite Kaba====

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|232}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till '''the buttocks of the women of the tribe of Daus move while going round Dhi-al-Khalasa'''." Dhi-al-Khalasa was the idol of the Daus tribe which they used to worship in the Pre Islamic Period of ignorance.
}}

It was interpreted metaphorically as a rise of polytheism because the idol was destroyed and the people were killed before it came true :
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6052}}|
Jabir reported that there was in pre-Islamic days a temple called '''Dhu'l- Khalasah and it was called the Yamanite Ka'ba''' or the northern Ka'ba. Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said unto me:

Will you rid me of Dhu'l-Khalasah and so I went forth at the head of 350 horsemen of the tribe of Ahmas and '''we destroyed it and killed whomsoever we found there'''. Then we came back to him (to the Holy Prophet) and informed him and he blessed us and the tribe of Ahmas.
}}

====People commonly have sex in the streets, like donkeys====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Hibban 6/345 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D9%8E%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D9%82%D9%8F%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%8F+%D8%AD%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%91%D9%8E%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B3%D9%8F+%D9%81%D9%90%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B7%D9%91%D9%8F%D8%B1%D9%8F%D9%82%D9%90+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8F%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%92%D8%AD%D9%8E%D9%85%D9%90%D9%8A%D8%B1%D9%90</ref>|
لا تقومُ السَّاعةُ حتَّى يتسافدَ النَّاسُ في الطُّرقِ تسافُدَ الحميرِ

The Hour shall not commence until the people engage in sexual
intercourse in the streets just like donkeys.
}}

Public sex was already happening among ancient civilizations.<ref>[https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/all-about-sex/201809/orgies-through-the-ages Orgies Through the Ages]</ref>

====Rise of polytheism====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4252|
..the Last Hour will not come before the tribes of my people attach themselves to the polytheists and tribes of my people worship idols..
}}
Polytheism has become less popular with time.

====People will worship goddesses Lat and Uzza again====
The goddesses [[Lat]] and [[Uzza]] were worshiped by Arabs before the Islamic conquest of Arabia.

{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'''. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====All believers will be killed by a wind from Allah and only evil people (= non-Muslims) will survive====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. '''Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die''' and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====Killing neighbors and family members====
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 118 (classified as "very good" by Albani)|
عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى‏ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَقْتُلَ الرَّجُلُ جَارَهُ وَأَخَاهُ وَأَبَاهُ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “The Hour will not be established until a man kills his neighbor, his brother, and his father.”
}}

====Abundance of deaths by lightning====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad, vol. 3 pg. 64/65 (sahih)|
تَكثُرُ الصَّواعِقُ عِندَ اقْتِرابِ السَّاعةِ، حتَّى يَأتيَ الرَّجُلُ القَومَ، فيقولَ: مَن صَعِقَ قِبَلَكمُ الغَداةَ؟ فيَقولون: صَعِقَ فُلانٌ وفُلانٌ.

There will be an abundance of lightning with the coming of the Hour, until a man comes to a tribe asking: Who was struck today? Then they say: So and so
}}
John Jensenius (a lightning specialist) said that the number of injuries and deaths caused by lightning is actually going down. <ref>https://www.cbsnews.com/news/are-lightning-strikes-becoming-more-common/</ref>

====Luka bin Luka will be the happiest person====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2209 (sahih)|
Hudhaifah bin Al-Yaman narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Hour will not be established until the happiest of people in the world is Luka' bin Luka'."
}}

Scholars interpreted the name "Luka bin Luka" (لكع بن لكع) to mean "the most despicable/wicked/evil"<ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/18510/%D9%85%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%89-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB</ref> and "wickedness", rather than a specific person

====Wine, musical instruments and singing girls will turn Muslims into monkeys and pigs====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Ibn Majah 4020, In-book reference: Book 36, Hadith 95, English translation: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4020|
لَيَشْرَبَنَّ نَاسٌ مِنْ أُمَّتِي الْخَمْرَ يُسَمُّونَهَا بِغَيْرِ اسْمِهَا يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ وَالْمُغَنِّيَاتِ يَخْسِفُ اللَّهُ بِهِمُ الأَرْضَ وَيَجْعَلُ مِنْهُمُ الْقِرَدَةَ وَالْخَنَازِيرَ

It was narrated from Abu Malik Ash’ari that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“People among my nation will drink wine, calling it by another name, and musical instruments will be played for them and singing girls (will sing for them). Allah will cause the earth to swallow them up, and will turn them into monkeys and pigs.”
}}

Since the hadith literally says "is played upon their heads with musical instruments" (يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ) some claim that it is a prediction of headphones. But it says "played", not "placed" upon their heads, the word "instruments" is in the plural form and the singing girls are obviously real singing girls, while with head phones the singing would be included in the headphones. The interpretation that the word "musical instruments" (معازف) refers to musical instruments fits much better into the context.

Muhammad himself listened to singing girls, perhaps he was in a better mood since it was the day of Eid:{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|15|72}}|
Narrated Aisha:

Abu Bakr came to my house while two small Ansari girls were singing beside me the stories of the Ansar concerning the Day of Buath. And they were not singers. Abu Bakr said protestingly, "Musical instruments of Satan in the house of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) !" It happened on the `Id day and Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "O Abu Bakr! There is an `Id for every nation and this is our `Id."
}}

Wine and singing was already mentioned in pre-Islamic Arab poetry:
{{Quote|Dhu Jadan al-Himyari, Sirat Rasul Allah p. 19|
Peace, confound you! You can't turn me from my purpose

Thy scolding dries my spittle!

To '''the music of singers''' in times past 'twas fine

When we drank our fill of purest noblest wine.

'''Drinking freely of wine brings me no shame'''

If my behaviour no boon-companion would blame.

For death no man can hold back Though he drink the perfumed potions of the quack.
}}

====Allah will put pieces of the world on his fingers====
Muhammad agreed with this prophecy presented by a Jewish Scholar
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 39, Hadith 6699|
Abdullah b. Mas'ud reported that a Jewish scholar came to Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) and said:

Muhammad, or Abu al-Qasim, verily, Allah, the Exalted and Glorious would carry the Heavens on the Day of Judgment upon one finger and earths upon one finger and the mountains and trees upon one finger and the ocean and moist earth upon one finger, and in fact the whole of the creation upon one finger, and then He would stir them and say: I am your Lord, I am your Lord. Thereupon Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) smiled testifying what that scholar had said. He then recited this verse:" And they honour not Allah with the honour due to Him; and the whole earth will be in His grip on the Day of Resurrection and the heaven rolled up in His right hand. Glory be to Him I and highly Exalted is He above what they associate (with Him)" (Az-Zumar:67).
}}

====Medina banishes its evils====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3188}}|
Abu Huraira (Allah be pleased with him) reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

A time will come for the people (of Medina) when a man will invite his cousin and any other near relation: Come (and settle) at (a place) where living is cheap, come to where there is plenty, but Medina will be better for them; would they know it! By Him in Whose Hand is my life, none amongst them would go out (of the city) with a dislike for it, but Allah would make his successor in it someone better than be. Behold. Medina is like furnace which eliminates from it the impurities. And '''the Last Hour will not come until Medina banishes its evils''' just as a furnace eliminates the impurities of iron.
}}
====Nobody will accept charity====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|492}}|
Narrated Haritha bin Wahab:

I heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "O people! Give in charity as a time will come upon you when a person will wander about with his object of charity and will not find anybody to accept it, and one (who will be requested to take it) will say, "If you had brought it yesterday, would have taken it, but today I am not in need of it."
}}

====Not paying zakat causes a lack of rain====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. '''They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them'''. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

====Swelling of crescents [The Moon]====
{{Quote|Sahih Al-Jami' 5898 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%85%D9%90%D9%86+%D8%A7%D9%82%D9%92%D8%AA%D9%90%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%86%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%AE%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D9%87%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A9%D9%90&order=color</ref>|
مِنَ اقترابِ الساعَةِ انتفاخُ الأهِلَّةِ

From approaching of the Hour is the swelling of crescents
}}

====An Abyssinian will destroy the Kaba====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 7:6953/2909c|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: It would be an Abyssinian having two small shanks who would destroy the House ol Allah, the Exalted and Glorious.
}}

====Collapse, transformation and stoning from the sky====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2185 (sahih)|
'Aishah narrated "The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
'In the end of this Ummah there will be a collapse, transformation, and Qadhf."' She said :"I said: 'O Messenger of Allah! Will they be destroyed while they are righteous among them?' He said: 'Yes, when evil is dominant."'
}}

It's just three vague words خَسْفٌ وَمَسْخٌ وَقَذْفٌ (khasf and maskh and qadhf). Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Munawi - Fayd al-Qadir|
3176 - (بين يدي الساعة مسخ) قلب الخلقة من شيء إلى شيء أو تحويل الصورة إلى أقبح منها أو مسخ القلوب (وخسف) أي غور في الأرض (وقذف) أي رمي بالحجارة من جهة السماء

maskh - transformation of creation from its shape to an uglier one

khasf - a depression in the Earth

qadhf - pelting with stones from the sky

}}

====Euphrates will uncover a mountain of gold soon====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|235}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "'''Soon the river "Euphrates" will disclose the treasure (the mountain) of gold''', so whoever will be present at that time should not take anything of it." Al-A'raj narrated from Abii Huraira that the Prophet (ﷺ) said the same but he said, "It (Euphrates) will uncover a mountain of gold (under it).
}}
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 2894a|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: The Last Hour would not come before the Euphrates uncovers a mountain of gold, for which people would fight. Ninety-nine out of each one hundred would die but every man amongst them would say that perhaps he would be the one who would be saved (and thus possess this gold).
}}

No such event followed soon thereafter.

====Gender ratio will be 50 women to 1 men====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|81}}|
I will narrate to you a Hadith and none other than I will tell you about after it. I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) saying: From among the portents of the Hour are (the following): -1. Religious knowledge will decrease (by the death of religious learned men). -2. Religious ignorance will prevail. -3. There will be prevalence of open illegal sexual intercourse. -4. '''Women will increase in number and men will decrease in number so much so that fifty women will be looked after by one man.'''
}}

====Knowledge will be sought from young people====
{{Quote|al-Mu’jam al-Kabīr 908 (sahih)|
عَنْ أَبِي أُمَيَّةَ اللَّخْمِيِّ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ إِنَّ مِنْ أَشْرَاطِ السَّاعَةِ ثَ أَنْ يُلْتَمَسَ الْعِلْمَ عِنْدَ الْأَصَاغِرِ

The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Verily, among the signs of the Hour is that knowledge will be sought from the young.”
}}

====Seventy-three sects====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 5, Book 38, Hadith 2640 (hasan)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "The Jews split into seventy-one sects, or seventy-two sects, and the Christians similarly, and my Ummah will split into seventy-three sects."
}}

====Emergence of Sufyani====
This hadith is daeef:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4/520 (da'eef)|
يخرج رجل يقال له السفياني في عمق دمشق ، وعامة من يتبعه من كلب ، فيقتل حتى يبقر بطون النساء ويقتل الصبيان ، فتجمع لهم قيس فيقتلها حتى لا يمنع ذنب تلعة ، ويخرج رجل من أهل بيتي في الحرة فيبلغ السفياني فيبعث إليه جنداً من جنده فيهزمهم ، فيسير إليه السفياني بمن معه ، حتى إذا صار ببيداء من الأرض خسف بهم ، فلا ينجو منهم إلا المخبر عنهم

There will emerge a man called as-Sufyaani from the depths of Damascus, and most of those who follow him will be from (the tribe of) Kalb. He will kill many people until he rips open the bellies of women and kill children. (The tribe of) Qays will gather against him and he will kill them. A man from my family will emerge in the harrah, and news of that will reach as-Sufyaani. He will send troops against him and he will defeat them. Then as-Sufyaani will march towards him accompanied by those who are with him, then when he is in a plain, they will be swallowed up by the earth and none of them will be saved except the one who will tell others about them.
}}

====Muslims in mosque won't find an imam to lead them in prayer====
This hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Abu Dawud Book 2, Hadith 581, chapter It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam|
Narrated Sulamah daughter of al-Hurr:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: One of the signs of the Last Hour will be that people in a mosque will refuse to act as imam and will not find an imam to lead them in prayer.
}}

 
{{Quote|Sunan An-nasa'i Vol. 1, Book 10, Hadith 783, chapter "When people are together and are all of the same status"|
It was narrated from Abu Sa'eed that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"when there are three people let one of them lead the prayer, and the one who is most entitled to lead the prayer is the one who has most knowledge of the Qur'an."
}}

This prophecy was included in a chapter called "It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam", and is perhaps best understood as a sort of moral exhortation to lead prayer when a prayer needs to be led.

====Dajjal nor plague will be able to enter Medina====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2242 (sahih)|
Anas narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Dajjal will come to Al-Madinah to find the angels have surrounded it. Neither the plague nor the Dajjal will enter it, if Allah wills."
}}Medina, historically, has not proven to be especially or at all plague-proof. Moreover, during plagues, the Saudi government (and the caliphates, historically) had to close off access to Mecca and Medina to prevent the spread of disease. The prophet also stated that there was no such thing as a contagious disease.

====Jesus will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish Jizyah====
{{Quote|Sunan ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4078 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"The Hour will not begin until 'Eisa bin Maryam comes down as a just judge and a just ruler. He will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish the Jizyah, and wealth will become so abundant that no one will accept it."
}}

====Gog and Magog will drink out the lake of Tiberias====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7015}}|
And then Allah would send Gog and Magog and they would swarm down from every slope. The first of them would pass the lake of Tiberias and drink out of it. And when the last of them would pass, he would say: There was once water there.
}}

Gog and Magog are described in the hadith and Quran as tribes on Earth blocked by a big iron wall, erected by [[Category:Dhul-Qarnayn|Dhul-Qarnayn]], that will be unlocked at the end of times. There are supposed to be so many of them that they will drink the entire lake of Tiberias (Sea of Galilee) dry.

====Gog and Magog will successfully dig through the wall====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4080|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"Gog and Magog people dig every day until, when they can almost see the rays of the sun, the one in charge of them says: "Go back and we will dig it tomorrow." Then Allah puts it back, stronger than it was before. (This will continue) until, when their time has come, and Allah wants to send them against the people, they will dig until they can almost see the rays of the sun, then the one who is in charge of them will say: "Go back, and we will dig it tomorrow if Allah wills.' So '''they will say: "If Allah wills." Then they will come back to it and it will be as they left it. So they will dig and will come out to the people''', and they will drink all the water. The people will fortify themselves against them in their fortresses. They will shoot their arrows towards the sky and they will come back with blood on them, and they will say: "We have defeated the people of earth and dominated the people of heaven." Then Allah will send a worm in the napes of their necks and will kill them thereby.'" The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "By the One in Whose Hand is my soul, the beasts of the earth will grow fat on their flesh."
}}

====Muslims will use bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood for 7 years====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4076 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Nawwas bin Sam'an that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"The Muslims will use the bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood, for seven years.'"
}}

==See also==

*[[Quranic Prophecies]]

External:

*[https://www.marefa.org/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9_%D9%81%D9%8A_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85 List of Muhammad's prophecies] (Arabic)
*[https://rationalwiki.org/wiki/Biblical_prophecies#Criteria_for_a_true_prophecy RationalWiki: Biblical prophecies, Criteria for a true prophecy] (could be analogically applied to Islamic prophecies)
*[https://detechter.com/15-ancient-hindu-predictions-that-have-come-true/#List_of_15_Ancient_Hindu_Prophecy_From_Bhagavata_Purana 15 Hindu predictions] - ''Comparing and contrasting Islamic prophecies with those of other religions' scriptures predictions is instructive''

==References==

[[Category:Prophecies]]
<references />
[[Category:Hadith]]
[[Category:Miracles]]
[[Category:Muhammad]]
[[Category:Sacred history]]
[[Category:Eschatology]]
[[Category:Revelation]]
[[Category:Qadr (fate)]]

Prophecies in the Hadith

2021-02-21T14:38:01Z

Prekladator: /* Signs of the Hour */

{{QualityScore|Lead=1|Structure=4|Content=4|Language=2|References=3}}
Muhammad's prophecies are predictions attributed to him and written hundreds of years after his [[Muhammad's Death|death]]. Many prophecies are considered "signs of the Hour" (Islamic eschatology). Some prophecies are general statements that may apply to times even before Islam, other prophecies predict early Islamic history (which happened before the predictions were written) and some prophecies make predictions about the the future to come after the hadiths were written.

Prophecies in this article are from the hadiths. Quranic prophecies have a [[Quranic Prophecies|separate article]].
==Signs of the Hour==
"The Hour" (الساعة) refers to a period of time on the Day of Judgement.
{{Quote|{{Quran|30|55}}|
And '''the Day the Hour''' appears the criminals will swear they had remained but an hour. Thus they were deluded."
}}

Signs of the Hour indicate that the Hour (and the end of the world) is coming. They were divided by scholars into minor and major. The major signs are contained in this hadith:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6931}}|
Hudhaifa b. Usaid al-Ghifari reported:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) came to us all of a sudden as we were (busy in a discussion). He said: What do you discuss about? They (the Companions) said. We are discussing about the Last Hour. Thereupon he said: It will not come until you see ten signs before and (in this connection) he made a mention of the smoke, Dajjal, the beast, the rising of the sun from the west, the descent of Jesus son of Mary (Allah be pleased with him), the Gog and Magog, and land-slides in three places, one in the east, one in the west and one in Arabia at the end of which fire would burn forth from the Yemen, and would drive people to the place of their assembly.
}}

The minor signs indicate that the Hour is "getting closer", while the major signs indicate that the Hour will happen immediately after them. The first major sign is coming of the Dajjal and Muhammad thought that it might happen during his life.<ref>"Al-nawwas b. Sim’an al-Kilabi said:
'''The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) mentioned the Dajjal (Antichrist) saying: If he comes forth while I am among you''' I shall be the one who will dispute with him on your behalf, but if he comes forth when I am not among you, a man must dispute on his own behalf, and Allah will take my place in looking after every Muslim. Those of you who live up to his time should recite over him the opening verses of Surat al – Kahf, for they are your protection from his trial. We asked: How long will he remain on the earth ? He replied : Forty days, one like a year, one like a month, one like a week, and rest of his days like yours. We asked : Messenger of Allah, will one day’s prayer suffice us in this day which will be like a year ? He replied : No, you must make an estimate of its extent. Then Jesus son of Marry will descend at the white minaret to the east of Damascus. He will then catch him up at the date of Ludd and kill him." - {{Abudawud|38|4307}}</ref>

*7th century Arabs didn't have the concept of "an hour" meaning 60 minutes. An hour (ساعة) just meant a period of time [shorter than a day]. <ref>AR: https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/140286/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%88-%D9%85%D9%82%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%B1-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF%D8%A9-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%8A%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D8%AD%D8%A7%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D9%88%D9%87%D9%84-%D9%87%D9%88-%D8%B3%D8%AA%D9%88%D9%86-%D8%AF%D9%82%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A9</ref>
*Most prophecies are linked to the Hour

Some reject the hadiths of the signs of the Hour <ref>http://bayanelislam.net/Suspicion.aspx?id=03-02-0071</ref>, because a Quranic verse indicates that the Hour will come by surprise (not after seeing clear signs) and that only Allah has knowledge about the Hour (not Muhammad):
{{Quote|{{Quran|7|187}}|
They ask you ˹O Prophet˺ regarding the Hour, “When will it be?” Say, “That knowledge is only with my Lord. He alone will reveal it when the time comes. It is too tremendous for the heavens and the earth and will only take you by surprise.” They ask you as if you had full knowledge of it. Say, “That knowledge is only with Allah, but most people do not know.”
}}

==Characteristics==

*Predictions don't have the time when they are supposed to happen. So even if it doesn't happen, Muslim can still believe it will happen in the future. For example the conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting. But it was conquered by fighting, so some Muslims think that this wasn't what was predicted and there will be another conquest of Constantinople that will get it right.
*Scarcely any predictions were fulfilled once the predictions had been written down in the form of hadiths.

==Retrodictions and Reiterating Biblical Prophecy==
The hadith collections were written, often by Persian authors, hundreds of years after the death of Muhammad. So when the hadiths contain a prophecy about early Islamic history, they are likely only being attributed to Muhammad after the fact. This category also includes things that always happened, even before Islam (earthquakes, wars, people being dishonest...) and prophecies copied from the Bible.

===Fabrication of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Introduction, Narration 15|
يَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ الزَّمَانِ دَجَّالُونَ كَذَّابُونَ يَأْتُونَكُمْ مِنَ الأَحَادِيثِ بِمَا لَمْ تَسْمَعُوا أَنْتُمْ وَلاَ آبَاؤُكُمْ فَإِيَّاكُمْ وَإِيَّاهُمْ لاَ يُضِلُّونَكُمْ وَلاَ يَفْتِنُونَكُمْ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings of Allah upon him, said:
‘There will be in the end of time charlatan liars coming to you with narrations (hadiths) that you nor your fathers heard, so beware of them lest they misguide you and cause you tribulations’.
}}
There were a lot of fabricators of hadiths before the hadiths were written (mostly in the 9th century). Muslim scholars thus invented a "science of hadiths" which determines which oral traditions are fabricated and which are from people who supposedly "never lie".

===The caliphate will last 30 years===
{{Quote|{{Al Tirmidhi||4|7|2226}}|
Sa'eed bin Jumhan narrated:
"Safinah narrated to me, he said: 'The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said: "'''Al-Khilafah will be in my Ummah for thirty years''', then there will be monarchy after that."' Then Safinah said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of Abu Bakr,' then he said: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Umar and the Khilafah of 'Uthman.' Then he said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Ali."' He said: "So we found that they add up to thirty years." Sa'eed said: "I said to him: 'Banu Umaiyyah claim that the Khilafah is among them.' He said: 'Banu Az-Zarqa' lie, rather they are a monarchy, among the worst of monarchies."'
}}

*The first caliphate lasted from 632-661, 29 years time.
*Tirmidhi, author of this hadith collection, was born in 824, more than 100 years after the end of the caliphate
*The hadith in it's text is in the context of discussion about previous caliphates
*The political system after the first caliphate, was still called a caliphate. There was some form of caliphate until the 20th century

===Rulership of the foolish after Muhammad===
{{Quote|Mishkat al-Masabih 3700|
Ka'b b. ‘Ujra told that God's Messenger said to him, “I commend you to God to protect you from '''the rulership of the foolish''' (إمارةِ السُّفهاءِ).” He asked what that was, and God’s Messenger replied, “'''After my time''' governors will arise whose falsehood will be believed and who will be assisted in their oppression by those who enter their presence. They have nothing to do with me and I have nothing to do with them, and they will never come down to me at the Pond. But they who do not enter their presence, believe their falsehood and help them in their oppression, those belong to me and I belong to them, and those ones will come down to me at the Pond.”}}

===Vile men control affairs of the people===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah 4036 (hasan)|
..and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}
===Return of the caliphate===
The hadith was sent to a new caliph Umar II:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 4/273, 18430 (hasan)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا سليمان بن داود الطيالسي حدثني داود بن إبراهيم الواسطي حدثني حبيب بن سالم عن النعمان بن بشير قال : كنا قعودا في المسجد مع رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم وكان بشير رجلا يكف حديثه فجاء أبو ثعلبة الخشني فقال يا بشير بن سعد أتحفظ حديث رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم في الأمراء فقال حذيفة أنا أحفظ خطبته فجلس أبو ثعلبة فقال حذيفة قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم تكون النبوة فيكم ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء الله أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا عاضا فيكون ما شاء الله ان يكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا جبرية فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة ثم سكت قال حبيب فلما قام عمر بن عبد العزيز وكان يزيد بن النعمان بن بشير في صحابته فكتبت إليه بهذا الحديث أذكره إياه فقلت له انى أرجو ان يكون أمير المؤمنين يعنى عمر بعد الملك العاض والجبرية فادخل كتابي على عمر بن عبد العزيز فسر به وأعجبه
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده حسن

It was narrated by Ahmed in his Musnad, from Al-Nu’man b.Bashir, who said: “We were sitting in the mosque of the Messenger of Allah(saw), and Bashir was a man who did not speak much, so Abu Tha’labah Al-Khashnee came and said: ‘Oh, Bashir bin Sa’ad, have you memorized the words of the Messenger of Allah (saw) regarding the rulers?’ Huthayfah replied, ‘I have memorized his words’. So Abu Tha’labah sat down and Huthayfah said, ‘The Messenger of Allah (saw) said ‘'''Prophet-hood will be among you''' as long as Allah wishes, then He will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of the Prophet''', and it will be as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be an inheritance rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a coercive rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of Prophet-hood'''.’ Then he (saw) was silent.” Habib said: “When '''Umar ibn AbdulAziz became caliph I wrote to him, mentioning this tradition to him''' and saying, “I hope '''you will be the commander of the faithful after the biting and the oppressive kingdoms'''. ”It pleased and charmed him, i.e. Umar ibn AbdulAziz.”
}}
Umar II died in 720 and he was expected to bring back the good old caliphate. Musnad Ahmad was written in the 9th century.

==="Prophet, siddiq and two martyrs"===
Notice that the future caliphs are usually mentioned in the order in which they will be caliphs (strongly suggesting these were written later by someone who already knew the order):
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|35}}|
Narrated Anas bin Malik:

The Prophet (ﷺ) ascended the mountain of Uhud and he was accompanied by '''Abu Bakr, `Umar and `Uthman'''. The mountain shook beneath them. The Prophet (ﷺ) hit it with his foot and said, "O Uhud ! Be firm, for on you there is none but a '''Prophet, a Siddiq and a martyr (i.e. and two martyrs)'''.
}}

The hadith was interpreted as a vague prediction that Abu Bakr will die naturally and Umar and Uthman will be killed. The 3 caliphs were in the 7th century. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Khawarij===
According to Islamic scholars, this hadith is about the coming of the Khawarij:
{{Quote|Sunan An-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 37, Hadith 4107|
It was narrated that 'Ali said:
"I heard the Messenger of Allah [SAW] say: 'At the end of time there will appear young people with foolish minds. Their faith will not pass through their throats, and they will go out of Islam as an arrow goes through the target. If you meet them, then kill them, for killing them will bring reward to the one who killed them on the Day of Resurrection.'"
}}

Khawarij ("The Leavers") left the army of the caliph Ali in the middle of the 7th century. The prediction was written in the middle of the 9th century, two hundred years later.

The prophecy says "at the end of time". The Khawarij appeared more than a thousand years ago.

===Places of killed people at the battle of Badr===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 19, Hadith 4394|
..Then the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: This is the place where so and so would be killed. He placed his hand on the earth (saying) here and here; (and) none of them fell away from the place which the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) had indicated by placing his hand on the earth.
}}

Battle of Badr was in the 7th century. This hadith collection was authored in the 9th century.

===Earthquakes will increase===
It's a part of a longer hadith as one of the signs of the end of the world:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
.. and earthquakes will increase in number..
}}

There were always earthquakes, increasing and decreasing. There is a report that earthquakes happened also during the life of Muhammad:
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/bulugh/2/441 Bulugh al-Maram 2:509]|
He [the Prophet (ﷺ)] prayed during an earthquake six bowings and four prostrations, and said, "This is the way the Prayer of the Signs (of Allah) is offered.
}}

Earthquakes were also predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. '''There will be great earthquakes''', famines and pestilences in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}

===Rain is hot===
This hadith is classified as mawdu (fabricated). <ref>https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/265083/%D8%AD%D9%88%D9%84-%D8%B5%D8%AD%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%85%D8%B3%D8%B9%D9%88%D8%AF-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9</ref> It's part of a long hadith about coming of the Hour:
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
..وَأَنْ يَكُونَ الْمَطَرُ قَيْظًا ..
..and that rain will be hot (قيظا)..
}}

It was also mentioned in Lane's lexicon:
{{Quote|Lane's lexicon on قَيْظٌ <ref>http://lexicon.quranic-research.net/data/21_q/239_qyZ.html</ref>|
لَا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكُونَ الوَلَدُ غَيْظًا والمَطَرُ قَيْظًا, a saying of Moḥammad, meaning [The resurrection, or the time thereof, will not come to pass until the birth of a child be an occasion of wrath, or rage, and] rain be accompanied by air like the قيظ [or '''most vehement heat of summer''']. (TA.)
}}

The word قيظ (''qayz'') was also mentioned in a different hadith meaning "hot weather":{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 6 (Hasan)|
Rifa'ah bin Rafi' said:
I heard Abu Bakr as-Siddeeq say on the minbar of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) : I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, and Abu Bakr wept when he remembered the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) , then he recovered and said. I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, in this '''hot weather''' (القيظ) last year: `Ask Allah for forgiveness, well-being and certainty of faith in the Hereafter and in this world.”
}}

Some insist that the word قيظ means "acidic".

===Strong wind===
Muhammad predicted a strong wind on the same day it happened, so there was probably already a wind getting stronger:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|559}}|
..When we reached Tabuk, the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "There will be a strong wind tonight and so no one should stand and whoever has a camel, should fasten it." So we fastened our camels. A strong wind blew at night and a man stood up and he was blown away to a mountain called Taiy..
}}
The prophecy was written in the 9th century.

===Child is filled with rage===
This is a part of a fabricated (mawdu') hadith.
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
وإن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها: أن يكون الولد غيظاً، وأن يكون المطر قيظاً

And from the signs of the Hour is that '''a boy will be enraged''' and that water will be hot
}}
Angry children have been around since time immemorial.

===Muhammad's death===
Muhammad predicted that he will die. The prediction doesn't contain any specific information about his death:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "'''Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death''', the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

The context is that it will be a sign that the Hour is coming. But Muhammad died more than a thousand years ago and the Hour didn't come.

===Muhammad's wife with the longest arm will die first===
{{Quote|Sahih Bukhari: Vol. 2, Book of Tax (Zakat), Hadith 501|
Narrated 'Aisha:

Some of the wives of the Prophet asked him, "Who amongst us will be the first to follow you (i.e. die after you)?" He said, "Whoever has the longest hand." So they started measuring their hands with a stick and Sauda's hand turned out to be the longest. (When Zainab bint Jahsh died first of all in the caliphate of 'Umar), we came to know that the long hand was a symbol of practicing charity, so she was the first to follow the Prophet and she used to love to practice charity. (Sauda died later in the caliphate of Muawiya).
}}

It's questionable whether the prophecy was metaphorical and fulfilled or whether it was literal and hence re-interpreted. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Muhammad's daughter Fatima will die first from his family===
During Muhammad's illness, Fatima was walking like Muhammad, so she also had signs of illness:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6005}}|
`A'isha reported that all the wives of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) had gathered (in her apartment) '''during the days of his (Prophet's) last illness ''' and no woman was left behind that '''Fatima, who walked after the style of Allah's Messenger''' (ﷺ), came there. He welcomed her by saying:

You are welcome, my daughter, and made her sit on his right side or on his left side, and then talked something secretly to her and Fatima wept. Then he talked something secretly to her and she laughed. I said to her: What makes you weep? She said: I am not going to divulge the secret of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). I (`A'isha) said: I have not seen (anything happening) like today, the happiness being more close to grief (as I see today) when she wept. I said to her: Has Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) singled you out for saying something leaving us aside? She then wept and I asked her what he said, and she said: I am not going to divulge the secrets of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). And when he died I again asked her and she said that he (the Holy Prophet) told her: Gabriel used to recite the Qur'an to me once a year and for this year it was twice and so I perceived that my death had drawn near, and that '''I (Fatima) would be the first amongst the members of his family who would meet him (in the Hereafter)'''. He shall be my good forerunner and it made me weep. He again talked to me secretly (saying): Aren't you pleased that you should be the sovereign amongst the believing women or the head of women of this Ummah? And this made me laugh.
}}

===A plague kills many Muslims===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, '''a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep''', the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}
It was interpreted as a prophecy about the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Amwas Plague of Amwas] (638-639), which is considered a re-emergence of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Justinian the Plague of Justinian] (541-549), so there was a precedent.

The prediction was written in the 9th century.

===Sexual immorality (abominations)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: '''Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them'''. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

Sexual immorality (or "abomination") was nothing new in the 7th century. The Old Testament mentions such a story:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 19:3-8|
He prepared a meal for them, baking bread without yeast, and they ate. Before they had gone to bed, all the men from every part of the city of Sodom—both young and old—surrounded the house. They called to Lot, “Where are the men who came to you tonight? Bring them out to us so that we can have sex with them.” Lot went outside to meet them and shut the door behind him and said, “No, my friends. Don’t do this wicked thing. Look, I have two daughters who have never slept with a man. Let me bring them out to you, and you can do what you like with them.
}}

In the New Testament Jesus spoke to a woman who had many sexual partners:
{{Quote|The Bible, John 4:16-18|
“Go and get your husband,” Jesus told her.

“I don’t have a husband,” the woman replied.

Jesus said, “You’re right! You don’t have a husband— for you have had five husbands, and you aren’t even married to the man you’re living with now. You certainly spoke the truth!”
}}

There were also abominations happening in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|62|65}}|
Narrated `Aisha:

that the Prophet (ﷺ) married her when '''she was six years old and he consummated his marriage when she was nine years old'''. Hisham said: I have been informed that `Aisha remained with the Prophet (ﷺ) for nine years (i.e. till his death).
}}

Plagues and diseases also happened throughout whole history. Plagues (pestilences) were also predicted in the Bible, hundreds of years before Muhammad:{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be great earthquakes, famines and '''pestilences''' in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}
===Homosexuality===
This is a fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يا ابن مسعود إن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها أن يكتفي الرجال بالرجال والنساء بالنساء

..O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that men are content with men and women with women..
}}

Homosexuals existed before Islam.

===People flogging people===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: '''people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people''', and the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Ishaa’ah li Ashraat il-Saa’ah, p. 119|
Al-Sakhaawi said: They are now the helpers of the oppressors, and usually it refers to the worst group around the ruler. It may also apply to unjust rulers.
}}

Muhammad commanded flogging (and killing) people:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4482 (hasan sahih)|
Narrated Mu'awiyah ibn AbuSufyan:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: If they (the people) drink wine, flog them, again if they drink it, flog them. Again if they drink it, kill them.
}}
===Women naked, but dressed (wearing revealing clothes)===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people, and '''the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side'''. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Some apologists present it as something new that happens in the 21st century and Muhammad couldn't have guessed it.
{{Quote|islamqa.info: Commentary on the hadeeth; “two types of the people of Hell whom I have not seen…” <ref>https://islamqa.info/en/answers/47017/commentary-on-the-hadeeth-two-types-of-the-people-of-hell-whom-i-have-not-seen</ref>|
This hadeeth is one of the miracles of Prophethood, for these two types of people have appeared, and '''they exist now, as al-Nawawi (may Allaah have mercy on him) said.'''
}}
Al-Nawawi lived in the 13th century.

Islamic sources say that there were naked women circumambulating around the Kaba in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||3|24|2959}}|
It was narrated from Saeed bin Jubair that Ibn Abbas said:
"Women used to circumambulate the Kabah naked, saying: 'Today some, or all of it will appear And whatever appers I don't make is permissible.' Then the following was revealed: 'O Children of Adam! Take your adornment to every Masjid.'"
}}

There is also a hadith with the same terminology of dressed (كاسيات) and undressed (عاريات) but in a different context:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|21|226}}|
Narrated Um Salama:

One night the Prophet (ﷺ) got up and said, "Subhan Allah! How many afflictions Allah has revealed tonight and how many treasures have been sent down (disclosed). Go and wake the sleeping lady occupants of these dwellings up (for prayers), perhaps a well '''dressed''' (كاسية) in this world may be '''naked''' (عارية) in the Hereafter."
}}

===Naked thighs in markets===
This hadith is classified mawdoo' (fabricated). <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/321649/%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%AC%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%B9%D8%B4%D8%B1-%D8%AE%D8%B5%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85-%D9%84%D9%88%D8%B7-</ref> Albani included it in his book سلسلة الأحاديث الضعيفة والموضوعة وأثرها السيئ في الأمة ("Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah"):
{{Quote|Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah, Al-Albani|
عشر من أخلاق قوم اللوط:..والمشي في الأسواق والأفخاذ بادية

Ten behaviors of Lot's people:.. and walking in markets and thighs are naked..
}}

There were uncovered thighs in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud Book 32, Hadith 4003|
Narrated Jarhad:

The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) sat with us and my thigh was uncovered. He said: Do you not know that thigh is a private part ?
}}

Muhammad exposed his thighs at some point:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|8|367}}|
Narrated `Abdul `Aziz:

Anas said, 'When Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) invaded Khaibar, we offered the Fajr prayer there (early in the morning) when it was still dark. The Prophet (ﷺ) rode and Abu Talha rode too and I was riding behind Abu Talha. The Prophet (ﷺ) passed through the lane of Khaibar quickly and '''my knee was touching the thigh of the Prophet (ﷺ) . He uncovered his thigh''' and I saw the whiteness of '''the thigh of the Prophet'''.
}}

===Widespread adultery===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|34|6451}}|
Anas b. Malik reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

It is from the conditions of the Last Hour that knowledge would be taken away and ignorance would prevail (upon the world), the liquor would be drunk, and '''adultery would become rampant'''.
}}

Muhammad's companions used to give women a handful of flour and then perform what they called "a temporary marriage" (زواج المتعة, ''zawaj al-mut'a''). Seeing as polygamy was allowed, these companions may have been married at the time, and their behavior would today be classified as adultery:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|8|3249}}|
Jabir b. 'Abdullah reported:

We contracted temporary marriage giving a handful of (tales or flour as a dower during the lifetime of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and during the time of Abu Bakr until 'Umar forbade it in the case of 'Amr b. Huraith.
}}

There is also a fabricated (mawdu') prophecy about illegitimate children:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يَا ابْنَ مَسْعُودٍ ، إِنَّ مِنْ أَعْلَامِ السَّاعَةِ وَأَشْرَاطِهَا أَنْ يَكْثُرَ أَوْلَادُ الزِّنَا

O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that there are many children from adultery
}}

===Abundant wealth===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||5|36|4047}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The Hour will not begin until '''wealth becomes abundant''' and tribulations appear, and Harj increases.” They said: “What is Harj, O Messenger of Allah?” He said: '''“Killing, killing, killing,”''' three times.
}}

Muslims became wealthy in the 7th century by the early Islamic conquests (the hadith itself mentions it together with "killing, killing, killing"). Sunan Ibn Majah was written two centuries after these conquests.

===Men obey their wives===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, '''a man obeys his wife''' and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

It was mentioned among negative things, that indicates that a woman being dominant in marriage is an evil thing. But it appears that the patriarchy was not universal even in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|43|648}}|Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Abbas: ...We, the people of Quraish, used to have authority over women, but when we came to live with the Ansar, we noticed that '''the Ansari women had the upper hand over their men''', so our women started acquiring the habits of the Ansari women. Once I shouted at my wife and she paid me back in my coin and I disliked that she should answer me back....}}

===Fire in Hijaz illuminates necks of camels in Busra===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|234}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a fire will come out of the land of Hijaz, and it will throw light on the necks of the camels at Busra."
}}
There was a lava eruption in Hijaz in the year 1256 ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Harrat_Rahat Harrat Rahat]) which is considered by Muslims as fulfillment. That's the last eruption, but the eruption before that was in 640 - 641 A.D. during the reign of Umar.<ref>
Volcanic history of the northernmost part of the Harrat Rahat volcanic field, Saudi Arabia
https://pubs.geoscienceworld.org/gsa/geosphere/article/14/3/1253/529993/Volcanic-history-of-the-northernmost-part-of-the</ref>
So there was a precedent. The unspecified date of occurrence makes this prediction one that might be referenced perennially

===Making halal what was haram===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|69|494}}|
Narrated Abu 'Amir or Abu Malik Al-Ash'ari:

that he heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "From among my followers there will be some '''people who will consider illegal sexual intercourse, the wearing of silk, the drinking of alcoholic drinks and the use of musical instruments, as lawful.''' And there will be some people who will stay near the side of a mountain and in the evening their shepherd will come to them with their sheep and ask them for something, but they will say to him, 'Return to us tomorrow.' Allah will destroy them during the night and will let the mountain fall on them, and He will transform the rest of them into monkeys and pigs and they will remain so till the Day of Resurrection."
}}

According to Islam, Jews and Christians took their rabbis and monks as lords, because the rabbis and monks ''made lawful'' for them what Allah forbade. <ref>Quran 9:31, tafsir Ibn Kathir</ref>

===Slave woman gives birth to her master/mistress===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|48}}|
When a slave (lady) gives birth to her master.
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 63 (sahih)|
When the slave woman gives birth to her mistress' (Waki' said: This means when non-Arabs will give birth to Arabs")
}}

According to Nawawi, the opinion of the majority of scholars is that Muslims will enslave non-Muslim women and have kids with them and the kids will be masters of their mothers because the kids are Muslims. <ref>https://quranacademy.io/blog/an-nawawis-hadith-2-hadith-of-jibreel-3/</ref> Ibn Hajar (who lived later) didn't like this interpretation, because the enslavement was already happening during the time of Muhammad, so it wasn't really a prophecy of the future.

Ibn Hajar and others, as a result, like to interpret it as kids treating their mothers like slaves. This is not compatible with Waki's comment, and it would appear that children disrespecting their parents has been and will remain a universal phenomenon.

===Woman helps her husband in business===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
'Abdullah said, 'From the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, who said, "Before the Final Hour people will single out one individual for the greeting, commerce will increase until '''a woman helps her husband in business''', people will sever their links with their relatives, knowledge will spread, false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed."
}}

===Some people control trade===
{{Quote|an-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 4461 (sahih)|
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'One of the portents of the Hour will be that wealth becomes widespread and abundant, and trade will become widespread, but knowledge will disappear. '''A man will try to sell something and will say: "No, not until I consult the merchant of banu so and so''' and People will look throughout a vast area for a scribe and will not find one."
}}
Meccans boycotted Muslims in the Meccan period. It was a form of trade control.

===Injustice===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 485 (sahih)|
Ibn 'Umar reported that the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, said, "Injustice will appear as darkness on the Day of Rising."
}}

===False testimony===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ، وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

..false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed.
}}

False testimony was already forbidden in the 10 commandments. The problem existed long before Islam.

===Unfulfilled vows===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
..then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and '''they will vow and never fulfill their vows''', and fatness will appear among them."
}}

===Cheating in weights (scales)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. '''They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers'''. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is also mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Amos 8:2-6|
Then the Lord said to me, “The end has come for My people Israel. I will spare them no longer. The songs of the palace will turn to wailing in that day,” declares the Lord God. “Many will be the corpses; in every place they will cast them forth in silence.” '''Hear this, you who trample the needy''', to do away with the humble of the land, saying: “When will the new moon be over, So that we may sell grain, And the sabbath, that we may open the wheat market, '''To make the bushel smaller and the shekel bigger, And to cheat with dishonest scales'''
}}

Famines, like cheating, are universal phenomenon.

===Making money unlawfully===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|34|296}}|
Narrated Abu Hurairah (ra):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said "Certainly a time will come when people will not bother to know from where they earned the money, by lawful means or unlawful means."
}}
Muhammad himself engaged in dubious practices to acquire money:
{{Quote|Sirat Rasul Allah 428, Tabari VII:29|
Then the apostle heard that Abu Sufyan b. Harb was coming from Syria with a large caravan of Quraysh, containing their money and merchandise, accompanied by some thirty or forty men." Mohammad said, "This is the Quraysh caravan containing their property, Go out to attack it, perhaps God will give it as prey,
}}

===Usury (riba)===
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 10191|
عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ أَنّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ يَأْتِي عَلَى النَّاسِ زَمَانٌ يَأْكُلُونَ فِيهِ الرِّبَا قِيلَ النَّاسُ كُلُّهُمْ قَالَ مَنْ لَمْ يَأْكُلْهُ مِنْهُمْ نَالَهُ مِنْ غُبَارِهِ

Abu Huraira reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “A time will come upon people in which they will consume usury.” It was said, “All of the people?” The Prophet said, “Whoever does not consume it will be affected by its dust.”
}}

Usury (riba) was already widespread in the period before Islam, which Muslims call "jahilya":
{{Quote|[https://ebrary.net/10536/business_finance/types_riba Types of Riba]|
Riba al-Jahiliyah means “the riba used during the age of ignorance and paganism.” It is also called riba al-nassee'aa (the riba that is constrained by a time limit and is time dependent). This type of '''riba was widely practiced by the pagan Arabs at the advent of Islam'''.
}}

In any interest-based economy, all goods will inevitably be "tainted" directly or indirectly with interest-based practices.

===Sudden deaths===
{{Quote|Al-Mu'jam al-Awsat al-Tabarani (9/147) No. 9376 (sahih)|
حدثنا الهيثم بن خالد المصيصي نا عبدالكبير بن المعافى بن عمران نا شريك عن العباس بن ذريح عن الشعبي عن أنس بن مالك رفعه إلى النبي صلى الله عليه و سلم قال من اقتراب الساعة أن يرى الهلال قبلا فيقال لليلتين وأن تتخذ المساجد طرقا وأن يظهر الموت الفجاء لم يرو هذا الحديث عن العباس بن زريح إلا شريك تفرد به عبد الكبير بن المعافى

Anas bin Malik (RA) narrated that the Prophet (SAW) said: “Among the signs that the Last Hour is near, is that the crescent would appear larger than its actual size and people would say: ‘It appears as if it is only two days old.’ and the masajid will be taken as streets, and '''sudden death will spread'''.”
}}

In other hadiths Muhammad and Ubayd speak about sudden death as something already known:{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 3110 / Book 21, Hadith 22 / Book 20, Hadith 3104 (sahih)|
Narrated Ubayd ibn Khalid as-Sulami,:

A man from the Companions of the Prophet (ﷺ), said: The narrator Sa'd ibn Ubaydah narrated sometimes from the Prophet (ﷺ) and sometimes as a statement of Ubayd (ibn Khalid): The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Sudden death is a wrathful catching.
}}

===Islam will be unpleasant for Muslims (like burning ember/coal in hand)===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2260 (hasan)|
Anas bin Malik narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"There shall come upon the people a time in which the one who is patient upon his religion will be like the one holding onto a burning ember."
}}

Adhering to Islam was already unpleasant for many Muslims during the time of Muhammad and it escalated in 632-633 during the Wars of Apostasy when some Arabs tried to leave Islam, but had it imposed on them once again by the caliph.

===Following Jews and Christians===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|92|422}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "You will follow the ways of those nations who were before you, span by span and cubit by cubit (i.e., inch by inch) so much so that even if they entered a hole of a mastigure, you would follow them." We said, "O Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)! (Do you mean) the Jews and the Christians?" He said, "Whom else?"
}}
Muhammad himself incorporated portions of the Talmud and the gospels in the Quran and his teachings.

===Killing [pointless killing]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which Religious ignorance will spread, knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and '''there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing'''."
}}

The Old Testament hosts many texts about mass killing. For example:
{{Quote|The Bible (AMPC), 1 Samuel 15:3|
Now go and smite Amalek and utterly destroy all they have; do not spare them, but '''kill both man and woman, infant and suckling, ox and sheep, camel and donkey.'''
}}

Muhammad himself engaged in what most would describe as "pointless killing":
{{Quote|Ibn Ishaq: Sirat Rasul Allah, p. 464|
Then they surrendered, and the apostle confined them in Medina in the quarter of d. al-Harith, a woman of B. al-Najjar. Then the apostle went out to the market of Medina (which is still its market today) and dug trenches in it. Then he sent for them and struck off their heads in those trenches as they were brought out to him in batches. Among them was the enemy of Allah Huyayy b. Akhtab and Ka`b b. Asad their chief. There were 600 or 700 in all, though some put the figure as high as 800 or 900.
}}

===Two parties with the same message will fight===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6902}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) many ahadith and one of them was this:

The last Hour will not come until the two parties (of Muslims) confront each other and there is a large-scale massacre amongst them and the claim of both of them is the same.
}}

This prediction was interpreted by Islamic scholars as referring to the Battle of Siffin (year 657). Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Issue between Ali and Aisha===
{{Quote|Fath al Bari 13/59 (sahih) and others|
إنَّهُ سيكونُ بينَكَ وبين عائشةَ أمرٌ قال فأنا أشقاهُم يا رسولَ اللهِ قال لا ولكنْ إذا كان ذلك فاردُدْها إلى مأمنِها

There will be an issue between you and ‘Aisha.” He said, “Me, O Messenger of Allah?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Me?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Then [in that case] I would be the worst of them (all people).” He said, “No, but when this occurs, return her to her safe quarters.”}}

The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_the_Camel Battle of the Camel] happened in 656. The hadith (in Musnad Ahmad) was written in the 9th century.

===Ammar will be killed===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 1, Book 46, Hadith 3800 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "Rejoice, 'Ammar, the transgressing party shall kill you."
}}

He was killed in the 7th century. The collection of Tirmidhi was written in the 9th century.

==="I have been given Persia"===
{{Quote|Al-Nasa'i, Sunan al Kubra 8858|
أنبأ محمد بن عبد الأعلى قال حدثنا معتمر قال سمعت عوفا قال سمعت ميمونا يحدث عن البراء بن عازب قال : لما أمرنا رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم أن يحفر الخندق عرض لنا فيه حجر لا يأخذ فيه المعول فاشتكينا ذلك إلى رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فجاء رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فألقى ثوبه وأخذ المعول وقال بسم الله فضرب ضربة فكسر ثلث الصخرة قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح الشام والله إني لأبصر قصورها الحمر الآن من مكاني هذا قال ثم ضرب أخرى وقال بسم الله وكسر ثلثا آخر وقال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح فارس والله إني لأبصر قصر المدائن الأبيض الآن ثم ضرب ثالثة وقال بسم الله فقطع الحجر قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح اليمن والله إني لأبصر باب صنعاء

Al-Bara said: On the Day of Al-Khandaq (the trench) there stood out a rock too immune for our spades to break up. We therefore went to see God’s Messenger for advice. He took the spade, and said: “In the Name of God” Then he struck it saying: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Ash-Sham (Greater Syria). By God, I can see its red palaces at the moment;” on the second strike he said: “God is Most Great, '''I have been given Persia'''. By God, I can now see the white palace of Madain;” and for the third time he struck the rock saying: “In the Name of God,” shattering the rest of the rock, and he said: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Yemen. By God, I can see the gates of San’a while I am in my place.”
}}

The bloody conquest happened around the year 650. Earliest hadith collection Muwatta Imam Malik (which doesn't contain this hadith) was written around the year 750 and the hadith collection sunan al-Kubra which contains the hadith was written around the year 850. This hadith was written hundreds of years after the event it describes.

Furthermore, Persia was already conquered a thousand years before by Alexander the Great. And at the time of Muhammad Persia was exhausted by wars with Romans which lasted from 54 BC to 628 AD (681 years).

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roman%E2%80%93Persian_Wars Wikipedia: Roman–Persian Wars]

===Conquest of Jerusalem===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, '''the conquest of Jerusalem''', a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

Some suggest that Muhammad predicted "The Muslim conquest of Jerusalem in 1187 AD." <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/en/article/135817/the-signs-of-the-hour</ref>:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(1187) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (1187)]

However, this was the second Islamic conquest of Jerusalem. Muslims first conquered Jerusalem in 636:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(636%E2%80%93637) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (636–637)]

Furthermore, after the conquest, the Hour was expected to come. Both events occurred nearly a thousand years in the past.

This was written by Bukhari two hundred years after the first conquest.

===Conquest of Egypt===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|5174}}|
Abu Dharr reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

'''You would soon conquer Egypt''' and that is a land which is known (as the land of al-qirat). So when you conquer it, treat its inhabitants well. For there lies upon you the responsibility because of blood-tie or relationship of marriage (with them). And when you see two persons falling into dispute amongst themselves for the space of a brick, than get out of that. He (Abu Dharr) said: I saw Abd al-Rahman b. Shurahbil b. Hasana and his brother Rabi'a disputing with one another for the space of a brick. So I left that (land).
}}
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muslim_conquest_of_Egypt Muslim conquest of Egypt] happened in the 7th century. The hadith collection Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Conquest of Yemen, Syria and Iraq===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3201}}|
Sufyan b. Abu Zuhair heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) say:

'''Yemen will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families on them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''Syria will be conquered''' and some people will go away driving their camels along with them and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''lraq will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority. while Medina is better for them if they were to know it.
}}
All conquests happened in the 7th century. Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.
===Fighting Turks===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|56|787}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till you fight a nation wearing hairy shoes, and till you '''fight the Turks''', who will have small eyes, red faces and flat noses; and their faces will be like flat shields. And you will find that the best people are those who hate responsibility of ruling most of all till they are chosen to be the rulers. And the people are of different natures: The best in the pre-lslamic period are the best in Islam. A time will come when any of you will love to see me rather than to have his family and property doubled."
}}

Some suggest that "Turks" here means "Mongols" and that this thus predicts Gengis Khan. However, The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Kharistan Battle of Kharistan] (737) which happened between the Umayyad caliphate and Turkic Türgesh, could equally fit the description provided here. This seems more plausible, especially as Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

One might also note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

===Leave the Turks as long as they leave you===
This hadith is often referenced as evidence that Muhammad predicted the Ottoman empire, often ignoring the clause about the Abyssinians
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4288}}|
Narrated from Abi Sukainah One of the Companions:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: '''Let the Abyssinians alone as long as they let you alone''', and let the Turks alone as long as they leave you alone.
}}

It is said that the Turks should be left alone because they were strong, and they were strong therefore they would eventually become dominant. This is an evidently generous reading of the hadith.

In other hadith, Muhammad is reported to have predicted that after a few wars, Muslims would exterminate the Turks:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Takhreej Mishkaat al-Masabih 5/110 (hasan) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8F%D9%83%D9%85+%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8C+%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%A7%D8%B1%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%8A%D9%86%D9%90+%D9%8A%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8F%D9%91%D8%B1%D9%83%D9%8E</ref>|
يقاتِلُكم قومٌ صغارُ الأعينِ يعني التُّركَ قالَ تسوقونَهم ثلاثَ مرات حتَّى تُلحِقوهم بجزيرةِ العربِ فأمَّا في السِّاقةِ الأولى فينجو من هربَ منهم فأمَّا في الثَّانيةِ فينجو بعضٌ ويَهلِكُ بعضٌ وأمَّا في الثَّالثةِ فيصطَلِمونَ

People with small eyes, i.e. the Turks, will fight against you, the prophet (ﷺ) said: You will drive them off three times till you catch up with them in Arabia. On the first occasion when you drive them off those who fly will be safe, on the second occasion some will be safe and some will perish, but '''on the third occasion they will be extirpated'''.
}}
===Spoils of war distributed preferentially===
Hadith daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi 2211 (daif)|
إِذَا اتُّخِذَ الْفَىْءُ دُوَلاً

When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially)
}}
Al-Fai mean spoils of war.

===Fearless traveler (security)===
Probably refers to time after the conquest of Iraq in the 7th century:
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/334 (sahih)|
لا تقومُ الساعَةُ حتى تعودَ أرْضُ العربِ مروجًا وأَنْهَارًا وحتى يسيرَ الراكِبُ بينَ العِرَاقِ ومَكَّةَ لَا يَخَافُ إلَّا ضَلَالَ الطريقِ [ وحتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْهَرْجُ قالوا وما الهَرْجُ يا رسولَ اللهِ قال القتلُ ]

The Hour will not come until the land of Arabs becomes meadows and rivers and until '''a rider goes between Iraq and Makka and doesn't fear anything except getting lost''' and until al-harj is widespread. They said: And what is al-Harj O messenger of God? He said: Killing.
}}

===Fat people===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
Narrated `Imran bin Husain:

"Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, 'The best of my followers are those living in my generation (i.e. my contemporaries). and then those who will follow the latter" `Imran added, "I do not remember whether he mentioned two or three generations after his generation, then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and they will vow and never fulfill their vows, and '''fatness will appear among them'''."
}}

After the 7th century Islamic conquests, Muslims became rich and could have a lot of food.

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|59|548}}|
Narrated Ibn `Umar:

We did not eat our fill except after we had conquered Khaibar.
}}

Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Special greeting===
It was interpreted as "greeting only people you know":
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ‏:‏ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ

Before the Hour there is special greeting
}}

It would mean Muslims would disobey Muhammad's command to greet everyone:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|12}}|
Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Amr:

A man asked the Prophet (ﷺ) , "What sort of deeds or (what qualities of) Islam are good?" The Prophet (ﷺ) replied, 'To feed (the poor) and '''greet those whom you know and those whom you do not know'''.
}}

In other hadiths however Muhammad was preventing Muslims from greeting certain people based on their religion:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|26|5389}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

Do not greet the Jews and the Christians before they greet you and when you meet any one of them on the roads force him to go to the narrowest part of it.
}}

===Rejection of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4604 / Book 41, Hadith 4587 / Book 42, Hadith 9|
Narrated Al-Miqdam ibn Ma'dikarib:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Beware! I have been given the Qur'an and something like it, yet the time is coming when a man replete on his couch will say: '''Keep to the Qur'an'''; what you find in it to be permissible treat as permissible, and what you find in it to be prohibited treat as prohibited. Beware! The domestic ass, beasts of prey with fangs, a find belonging to confederate, unless its owner does not want it, are not permissible to you If anyone comes to some people, they must entertain him, but if they do not, he has a right to mulct them to an amount equivalent to his entertainment.
}}

The idea that only the Quran is the word of god and Muhamamad is just a man and therefore he might be wrong existed during Muhammad's life:
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 3646, In-book reference: Book 26, Hadith 6, English translation: Book 25, Hadith 3639|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Amr ibn al-'As:

I used to write everything which I heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). I intended (by it) to memorise it. The Quraysh prohibited me saying: '''Do you write everything that you hear from him while the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) is a human being: he speaks in anger and pleasure?''' So I stopped writing, and mentioned it to the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He signalled with his finger to him mouth and said: Write, by Him in Whose hand my soul lies, only right comes out from it.
}}
===Liars will be trusted and honest people will be regarded as liars===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4036 (hasan)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will come to the people years of treachery, when the liar will be regarded as honest, and the honest man will be regarded as a liar; the traitor will be regarded as faithful, and the faithful man will be regarded as a traitor; and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}

This was already happening according to Islamic sources. Some people trusted Musaylimah.

==="The pen will spread"===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ وَفُشُوُّ التِّجَارَةِ حَتَّى تُعِينَ الْمَرْأَةُ زَوْجَهَا عَلَى التِّجَارَةِ وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ وَفُشُوُّ الْقَلَمِ وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, family ties will be severed, '''the pen will spread''', false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
There is the Pen that Allah created first and which writes the future:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 3319 (sahih)|
“I arrived in Makkah and met Ata bin Abi Rabah. I said: ‘O Abu Muhammad! Some people with us speak about Al-Qadar.’ Ata said: ‘I met Al-Walid bin Ubadah bin As-Samit and he said: “My father narrated to me, he said: ‘I heard the Messenger of Allah saying: “Verily '''the first of what Allah created was the Pen (القلم). He said to it: “Write.” So it wrote what will be forever'''.’”
}}

There is also the Pen that writes deeds:
{{Quote|Bulugh al Maram: Book 8, Hadith 1096|
Narrated 'Aishah (RA):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: "There are three people whose actions are not recorded ( رُفِعَ اَلْقَلَمُ عَنْ ثَلَاثَةٍ, literally "is lifted the pen from three"), a sleeping person till he awakes, a child till he is a grown up, and an insane person till he is restored to reason or recovers his sense." [Reported by Ahmad and al-Arba'a, except at-Tirmidhi. al-Hakim graded it Sahih (authentic)].
}}
{{Quote|al-nasa'i: Vol. 4, Book 26, Hadith 3217 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Salamah:
It was narrated from Abu Salamah that Abu Hurairah said: "I said: 'O Messenger of Allah, I am a young man and I fear hardship for myself, but I cannot afford to marry; should I castrate myself?'" The Prophet turned away from him until he said it three times. Then the Prophet said: "O Abu Hurairah, '''the pen is dried concerning what you are going to face''', so (it is up to you whether) you castrate yourself or not." Abu Abdur-Rahman (An-Nasai) said: Al-Awzai did not hear this narration from Az-Zuhri, and this hadith is sahih, Yunus reported it from Az-Zuhri.
}}

Literacy was increasing before Muhammad was born. Jews and Christians first used oral traditions, but then switched to writing. There was also the ongoing global transitions from oral cultures to written cultures more generally.

Notice also that the prophecy was written by people who were ''writing'' hadiths from oral traditions.

===Family ties will be severed===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, '''family ties will be severed''' (وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ), the pen will spread, false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
Islam teaches that among the first people were brothers Cain and Abel and Cain killed Abel.

There is also hadith where Muhammad encourages people to keep the ties of kinship, which indicates they weren't doing it enough in his time:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 1, Hadith 1979 (hasan)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah said:
"Learn enough about your lineage to facilitate keeping your ties of kinship (تَصِلُونَ بِهِ أَرْحَامَكُمْ). For indeed keeping the ties of kinship encourages affection among the relatives, increases the wealth, and increases the lifespan."
}}

Killing of family members for the sake of Islam was also approved by Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4348}}|Narrated Abdullah Ibn Abbas: A blind man had a slave-mother who used to abuse the Prophet (peace be upon him) and disparage him. He forbade her but she did not stop. He rebuked her but she did not give up her habit. One night she began to slander the Prophet (peace be upon him) and abuse him. So he took a dagger, placed it on her belly, pressed it, and killed her. A child who came between her legs was smeared with the blood that was there. When the morning came, the Prophet (peace be upon him) was informed about it.

He assembled the people and said: I adjure by Allah the man who has done this action and I adjure him by my right to him that he should stand up. Jumping over the necks of the people and trembling the man stood up.

He sat before the Prophet (peace be upon him) and said: Apostle of Allah! I am her master; she used to abuse you and disparage you. I forbade her, but she did not stop, and I rebuked her, but she did not abandon her habit. I have two sons like pearls from her, and she was my companion. Last night she began to abuse and disparage you. So I took a dagger, put it on her belly and pressed it till I killed her.

Thereupon the Prophet (peace be upon him) said: Oh be witness, no retaliation is payable for her blood.}}

===Satellite Communications===
It's a similar prophecy to "family ties will be severed", this hadith is often mistranslated (also the hadith is weak):
{{Quote|Tabrani, al-Muʿjam al-Kabīr 10/228 and Mu'jan al-Awsat 4861 (da'eef)|
“From among the signs of Qiyamah is that people will maintain ties with '''distant relatives and strangers''' (الأطباق) but sever ties with close family.”
}}
The word الأطباق (''al-atbaaq'') is today sometimes translated as "dishes" (although the classical translation (understanding) fits better into the context) and then they interpret the "dishes" as "satellites".

*[https://hadithanswers.com/is-satellite-communication-a-sign-of-qiyamah/ Fatwa against the modern interpretation]

===Automobiles (actually camels with lofty saddles)===
Muhammad forbade riding on ''mayathir'' (مياثر), so mayathir were something already known:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|74|253}}|
..He forbade us to drink from silver utensils, to wear gold rings, '''to ride on silken saddles (ركوب المياثر)''', to wear silk clothes..
}}

There is a prophecy about people riding on mayathir at the end of times:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4 / 436 (hasan)|
سَيَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ هَذِهِ الْأُمَّةِ رِجَالٌ يَرْكَبُونَ عَلَى الْمَيَاثِرِ حَتَّى يَأْتُوا أَبْوَابَ مَسَاجِدِهِمْ

They will mount their mayaathir until they come to the doors of their mosques
}}
Albani explained:
{{Quote|Tafsir by Albani|
the word mayaathir is the plural of meetharah and Ibn al-Athir described it as, “… smooth and soft, made out of silk or a silk brocade [heavy silk] which the rider places beneath him on the saddle on top of the camel.
}}

And a re-iteration of the same prophecy:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 654/11 (hasan)|
يكون في آخر أمتي رجال يركبون على سرج كأشباه الرحال ينزلون على أبواب المساجد نساؤهم كاسيات عاريات

In the last [part] of my nation there will be men who ride on '''saddles that resemble packsaddles''' (سرج كأشباه الرحال). They will alight at the doors of the mosques. Their women are clothed but naked. On their heads are [what appears to be] like the humps of [lean] camels. Curse them for they are cursed. If there were a nation from the nations to come after you, your women would serve them, just as the women of the nations that were before you served you.
}}
Some try to translate سرج كأشباه الرحال as "carriots" or "cars", but:
* سَرْج means "saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle; pigskin; pillion" <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B3%D8%B1%D8%AC/</ref>
* رَحْل means "Either of a pair of a bags laid over the back of a horse - saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle". <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B1%D8%AD%D9%84/</ref>

===Ignorance [of Islamic teachings]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which '''Religious ignorance will spread''', knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing."}}

*In Islam, the period before Muhammad's career is called jahilya (ignorance).
*in context of Islam, when Muhammad says "knowledge" it means "knowledge of Muhamamd's claims and commands" and when Islam says "ignorance" it means "ignorance of Muhammad's claims and commands"
*Muhammad noticed that Jews don't fully follow the law of Moses, so he predicted similar outcomes for Muslims in many instances.

===Learning for something other than Islam===
{{Quote|Al-Shawkani, Nayl al-Awtar 8/262 (hasan li-ghayrihi)|
إذا اتُّخِذَ الفَيْءُ دُوَلًا والأمانةُ مَغْنَمًا والزكاةُ مَغْرَمًا وتُعُلِّمَ لغيرِ الدِّينِ وأطاع الرجلُ امرأتَه وعَقَّ أُمَّه وأَدْنَى صديقَه وأَقْصَى أباه وظَهَرَتِ الأصواتُ في المساجدِ وساد القبيلةَ فاسِقُهُم وكان زعيمُ القومِ أَرْذَلَهم وأُكْرِمَ الرجلُ مَخَافةَ شرِّه وظَهَرَتِ القِيَانُ والمعازفُ وشُرِبَتِ الخُمورُ ولَعَن آخِرُ هذه الأمةِ أولَها فلْيَرْتَقِبُوا عند ذلك رِيحًا حمراءَ وزَلْزَلَةً وخَسْفًا ومَسْخًا وقَذْفًا وآياتٍ تُتَابَعُ كنِظامٍ بالٍ قُطِعَ سِلْكُه فتتابع بعضُه بعضًا

When spoiles of war are distributed; and property given in trust will be considered as booty for oneself; Zakat will be looked upon as a fine; '''learning for other than the religion'''; a man will obey his wife and disobey his mother; a man will bring his friends nearer and drive his father far off; noises will be raised in the masjids; the most wicked of a tribe will become its ruler; the most worthless member of a people will become its leader; a man will be honoured for fear of the evil he may do; singing girls and musical instruments will come into vogue; drinking of wine will become common; and the later generations will begin to curse the previous generations; then wait, for red violent winds, earthquakes, swallowing up by the earth, defacement (of human faces), pelting of stones from the skies as rain, and a continuing chain of disasters followed one by another, like beads of a necklace falling one after the other rapidly when its string is cut.
}}
Secular knowledge for secular purposes was studied before Islam.

===Tall buildings===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||1|1|63}} <ref>https://sunnah.com/urn/1250630</ref>|
وَأَنْ تَرَى الْحُفَاةَ الْعُرَاةَ الْعَالَةَ رِعَاءَ الشَّاءِ يَتَطَاوَلُونَ فِي الْبِنَاءِ

..and when '''you see barefoot, naked, destitute shepherds''' competing in constructing tall buildings
}}The Bible contained a story of the Tower of Babel, Egyptians built pyramids. The desire and ability to construct tall buildings appears to has been common in history.

There were people in the 7th century building buildings that could be considered tall in that time. Ibn Hajar wrote in his famous commentary on Sahih Bukhari:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar: Fatḥ al-Bārī fī Sharḥ Ṣaḥīḥ al-Bukhārī|
يتطاول الناس في البنيان وهي من العلامات التي وقعت عن قرب في زمن النبوة

"The people are [competing in] building tall buildings" - and that's from the signs which '''happened close at the time of the prophethood'''
}}

Muslims could afford building tall buildings after they got rich from early Islamic conquests.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|70|576}}|
Narrated Qais bin Abi Hazim:

We went to pay a visit to Khabbab (who was sick) and he had been branded (cauterized) at seven places in his body. He said, "Our companions who died (during the lifetime of the Prophet) left (this world) without having their rewards reduced through enjoying the pleasures of this life, but '''we have got (so much) wealth that we find no way to spend It except on the construction of buildings''' .Had the Prophet not forbidden us to wish for death, I would have wished for it.' We visited him for the second time while he was building a wall. '''He said: A Muslim is rewarded (in the Hereafter) for whatever he spends except for something that he spends on building'''."
}}

Some add that theses buildings were described as being "as high as mountains", but that hadith is mawqoof (not from Muhammad). It was a saying of ‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr and it was after Muslims became rich from early Islamic conquests, so they could likely imagine themselves building tall in Mecca. Also the hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Musannaf ibn Abi Shaybah, Hadith: 14306 (da'eef or hasan)|
Sayyiduna '''‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr''' (radiyallahu ‘anhuma) is reported to have said: “……When you see tunnels/canals being dug in Makkah Mukarramah and the buildings (of Makkah Mukarramah) higher than the peak of the mountains then know that Qiyamah is close.”
}}
* [https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/247118/%D9%87%D9%84-%D8%AB%D8%A8%D8%AA-%D9%85%D9%86-%D9%83%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85-%D8%B9%D8%A8%D8%AF-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%84%D9%87-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%B1%D9%88-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B9%D8%A7%D8%B5-%D8%A7%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AA%D9%81%D8%A7%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A8%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%A1-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D9%85%D9%83%D8%A9-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9 Fatwa] (Arabic) says that since it's not from Muhammad, it shouldn't even be called a hadith.

===Mosques full of hypocrites===
{{Quote|Ibn Abi Shaybah: Kitab al-Iman 101 (sahih)|
عن عبد اللهِ بنِ عَمرو قال : يأتي على الناس زمانٌ ، يجتمِعون ويُصلُّون في المساجدِ ، وليس فيهم مؤمنٌ

A time will come on people when they get together and pray in mosques and isn't among them a single believer
}}

Praying hypocrites were also mentioned in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 6:5|
“And when you pray, do not be like the hypocrites, for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and on the street corners to be seen by others.
}}

The military nature of Islam's spread may have encouraged this type of hypocrisy:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|30}}|
It is reported on the authority of Abu Huraira that the Messenger of Allah said:

I have been commanded to fight against people so long as they do not declare that there is no god but Allah, and he who professed it was guaranteed the protection of his property and life on my behalf except for the right affairs rest with Allah.
}}
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|260}}|
Narrated `Ikrima:

`Ali burnt some people and this news reached Ibn `Abbas, who said, "Had I been in his place I would not have burnt them, as the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'Don't punish (anybody) with Allah's Punishment.' No doubt, I would have killed them, for the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'If somebody (a Muslim) discards his religion, kill him.' "
}}

===Voices raised in mosques===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2211 (daif)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially), trust is a spoil of war, Zakat is a fine, knowledge is sought for other than the(sake of the) religion, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is close to his friend and far from his father, '''voices are raised in the Masajid''', tribes are led by their wicked, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, singing slave-girls and music spread, intoxicants are drunk, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning- then anticipate a red wind, earthquake, collapsing of the earth, transformation, Qadhf, and the signs follow in succession like gems of a necklace whose string is cut and so they fall in succession."
}}

People were raising voices even in the time of Muhammad in front of him. Muhammad rebuked them in the Quran:
{{Quote|{{Quran|49|2}} (Sahih International)|
O you who have believed, do not raise your voices above the voice of the Prophet or be loud to him in speech like the loudness of some of you to others, lest your deeds become worthless while you perceive not.

}}

===Decoration of mosques===
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|8|690}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Anas that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"One of the portents of the Hour will be that people will show off in building Masjids."
}}

There was a precedent. Christians and Jews were adorning their places of worship:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|2|448}}|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Abbas:

I was not commanded to build high mosques. Ibn Abbas said: You will certainly adorn them '''as the Jews and Christians did'''.
}}

===Markets will approach (taqaarub al-aswaaq)===
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/330 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D8%AA%D8%B8%D9%87%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%81%D8%AA%D9%86+%D9%88%D9%8A%D9%83%D8%AB%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B0%D8%A8+%D9%88%D8%AA%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B3%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%82+%D9%88%D9%8A%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B2%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%86</ref>|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تَظْهَرَ الفِتَنُ ويكثرَ الكذِبُ وتتقارَبَ الأسواقُ ويتقارَبَ الزمانُ ويكثُرَ الهرجُ قلْتُ وما الهرْجُ قال القتْلُ

The Hour won't come till tribulations show up, lies are widespread and '''taqaarub of markets''' and taqaarub of time and harj is widespread. I said: What is al-harj? He said: Killing.
}}
The hadith is vague in its entirety, but the situation on markets expectedly changed after Muslims got rich by the 7th century conquests.

===Breaking the convenant with god makes enemies overpower them===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
... '''They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands.''' Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Leviticus 26:14-17|
Punishment for Disobedience

“‘But if you will not listen to me and carry out all these commands, and if you reject my decrees and abhor my laws and fail to carry out all my commands and so violate my covenant, then I will do this to you: I will bring on you sudden terror, wasting diseases and fever that will destroy your sight and sap your strength. You will plant seed in vain, because your enemies will eat it. I will set my face against you so that you will be defeated by your enemies; those who hate you will rule over you, and you will flee even when no one is pursuing you.
}}

===A man passes by a grave and wants to be dead too===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
وَحَتَّى يَمُرَّ الرَّجُلُ بِقَبْرِ الرَّجُلِ فَيَقُولُ يَا لَيْتَنِي مَكَانَهُ

... till a man when passing by a grave of someone will say, 'Would that I were in his place...
}}

The Old Testament mentions this:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Jonah 4:3|
"Therefore now, O LORD, please take my life from me, for death is better to me than life."
}}

===People will treat a man with respect because they fear the evil he could do===
The hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, '''the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of''', intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

Intimidation with violence was already used before Islam. It was also used by Muhammad.

===The leader of a people will be the worst of them===
This hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, '''the leader of the people is the most despicable among them''', the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

This happened during the time of Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abu Dawud||2155|darussalam}}| Abu Said al-Khudri said: "The apostle of Allah sent a military expedition to Awtas on the occasion of the battle of Hunain. They met their enemy and fought with them. They defeated them and took them captives. Some of the Companions of the apostle of Allah were reluctant to have intercourse with the female captives because of their pagan husbands. So Allah, the Exalted, sent down the Quranic verse, "And all married women (are forbidden) unto you save those (captives) whom your right hands possess". That is to say, they are lawful for them when they complete their waiting period." [The Quran verse is 4:24]}}

The men were morally reluctant to rape married women, but their leader (Muhammad) permitted them to go ahead.

==Predictions of the future (after the hadiths)==
In this category are hadiths that don't talk about what already happened before the prophecies were written.

==="Opposites"===
These don't seem to be predictions, but rather statements that the opposite of what was considered granted at that time will happen. For example mountains were considered solid (not moving), so a prophecy says that mountains will be moving. Rather then explaining the fulfillment of these prophecies, this common denominator suggests how the predictions were generated.

====Mountains will move====
This hadith is da'eef (Ufayr bin Ma'daan is in the chain):
{{Quote|Mu'jam at-Tabaraani vol 7, n. 6857|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تزولَ الجبالُ عن أماكِنِها وتَرَوْنَ الأمورَ العظامَ التي لم تَكُونوا تَرَوْنَها

The Hour will not begin until the '''mountains are moved from their places''' and you see great calamities which you have never seen before.
}}
====Non-speaking objects will start speaking====
{{Quote|Jami' al-Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2181 (sahih)|
Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri narrated that the Messenger of Allah (s.a.w) said:
"By the One in Whose Hand is my soul! The Hour will not be established until predators speak to people and until the tip of a man's whip and the straps on his sandal speak to him, and his thigh informs him of what occurred with his family after him."
}}

Though this hadith is often metaphorisized to refer to modern technology (mobile phones), the original wording of the hadith appears to be rather literal in its intention.

The Old Testament already has a story about a talking serpent:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 3:1|
Now '''the serpent''' was more crafty than any of the wild animals the Lord God had made. '''He said''' to the woman, “Did God really say, ‘You must not eat from any tree in the garden’?”
}}

And for Muhammad (unlike for most people), talking objects wouldn't even be much miraculous, since he was hearing voices regularly. For example he heard a stone saluting him:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====The land of Arabia reverts to meadows and rivers====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|5|2208}}|
وَحَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ، - وَهُوَ ابْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْقَارِيُّ - عَنْ سُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ ‏ "‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْمَالُ وَيَفِيضَ حَتَّى يَخْرُجَ الرَّجُلُ بِزَكَاةِ مَالِهِ فَلاَ يَجِدُ أَحَدًا يَقْبَلُهَا مِنْهُ وَحَتَّى تَعُودَ أَرْضُ الْعَرَبِ مُرُوجًا وَأَنْهَارًا ‏"‏ ‏.‏

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) as saying:

The Last Hour will not come before wealth becomes abundant and overflowing, so much so that a man takes Zakat out of his property and cannot find anyone to accept it from him and '''till the land of Arabia reverts (تعود) to meadows and rivers.'''
}}

The word تعود (''ta'ooda'') can mean both "become" and "revert".
{{Quote|مرقاة المفاتيح شرح مشكاة المصابيح|
وحتى تعود أرض العرب أي: تصير أو ترجع

"And until ''ta'ooda'' the land of Arabs" - meaning "becomes" or "reverts"
}}

====Much rain, but little vegetation====
{{Quote|Shuaib Al Arna'ut, Takhreej al-Musnad 12429 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%B3+%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1%D8%A7+%D8%B9%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7+%D8%8C+%D9%88+%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%86%D8%A8%D8%AA+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B1%D8%B6+%D8%B4%D9%8A%D8%A6%D8%A7</ref>|
لا تَقومُ السَّاعةُ حتى يُمطَرَ النَّاسُ مَطرًا عامًّا، ولا تُنبِتَ الأرضُ شيئًا.

The Hour would not come until there is too much rain, but the earth does not produce crops
}}
===Other Predictions About the Future===
====Coming of Muhammad and the Hour are close like the forefinger and middle finger joined together====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7049}}|
Anas reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

I and the Last Hour have been sent like this and (he while doing it) joined the forefinger with the middle finger.
}}

====A 7th century boy won't grow very old before the Hour comes====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7052}}|
وَحَدَّثَنِي حَجَّاجُ بْنُ الشَّاعِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، - يَعْنِي ابْنَ زَيْدٍ - حَدَّثَنَا مَعْبَدُ بْنُ هِلاَلٍ الْعَنَزِيُّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَجُلاً، سَأَلَ النَّبِيَّ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ مَتَى تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ قَالَ فَسَكَتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم هُنَيْهَةً ثُمَّ نَظَرَ إِلَى غُلاَمٍ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ مِنْ أَزْدِ شَنُوءَةَ فَقَالَ ‏ "‏ إِنْ عُمِّرَ هَذَا لَمْ يُدْرِكْهُ الْهَرَمُ حَتَّى تَقُومَ السَّاعَةُ ‏"‏ ‏.‏ قَالَ قَالَ أَنَسٌ ذَاكَ الْغُلاَمُ مِنْ أَتْرَابِي يَوْمَئِذٍ ‏.‏

Anas b. Malik reported that a person asked Allah's Apostle (ﷺ):

When would the Last Hour come? Thereupon Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) kept quiet for a while. Then looked at a young boy in his presence belonging to the tribe of Azd Shanu'a and he said: If this boy lives he would not grow very old till the Last Hour would come ''to you''. Anas said that this young boy was of our age during those days.
}}
The "to you" was added by the translators to indicate that it is the last hour (death) of the people who asked, however this qualification is entirely absent in the Arabic text.

====The Hour will come before a 7th century slave becomes old====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|73|188}}|
...In the meantime, a slave of Al-Mughira passed by, and he was of the same age as I was. The Prophet (ﷺ) said. "If this (slave) should live long, he will not reach the geriatric old age, but the Hour will be established."
}}

====Nothing will live one hundred years from now====
The "tonight" in ''italic'' was added by translators to accommodate the later re-interpretation:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|116}}|
أَرَأَيْتَكُمْ لَيْلَتَكُمْ هَذِهِ، فَإِنَّ رَأْسَ مِائَةِ سَنَةٍ مِنْهَا لاَ يَبْقَى مِمَّنْ هُوَ عَلَى ظَهْرِ الأَرْضِ أَحَدٌ

Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

Once the Prophet (ﷺ) led us in the `Isha' prayer during the last days of his life and after finishing it (the prayer) (with Taslim) he said: "Do you realize (the importance of) this night?" Nobody present on the surface of the earth ''tonight'' will be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night."
}}

When the prophecy failed 100 years later, Muslims re-interpreted it:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|10|575}}|
Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

The Prophet (ﷺ) prayed one of the `Isha' prayer in his last days and after finishing it with Taslim, he stood up and said, "Do you realize (the importance of) this night? Nobody present on the surface of the earth tonight would be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night." '''The people made a mistake in grasping the meaning of this statement of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and they indulged in those things which are said about these narrators (i.e. some said that the Day of Resurrection will be established after 100 years etc.)''' But the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Nobody present on the surface of earth tonight would be living after the completion of 100 years from this night"; he meant "When that century (people of that century) would pass away."
}}

====If 10 scholars of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|39|6711}} (Muhsin Khan translation)|
لَوْ تَابَعَنِي عَشْرَةٌ مِنَ الْيَهُودِ لَمْ يَبْقَ عَلَى ظَهْرِهَا يَهُودِيٌّ إِلاَّ أَسْلَمَ

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

If ten ''scholars'' of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth who would not embrace Islam.
}}

The Arabic original doesn't say "ten Jewish scholars", but only "ten Jews" (عشرة من اليهود).

====30 false prophets before the Hour====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6988}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until there would arise about thirty impostors, liars, and each one of them would claim that he is a messenger of Allah.
}}
In his time there were other prophets like Saf ibn Sayyad and Maslamah bin Ḥabīb (called by Muslims "Musaylimah al-Kadhdhāb" (Musaylama the Liar)), Al-Aswad Al-Ansi and Tulayha.

False prophets were also already predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 24:10-11|
At that time many will turn away from the faith and will betray and hate each other, and many '''false prophets will appear and deceive many people'''.
}}

====Rising of the Sun from its setting place====
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4297}}|
We were sitting in the shade of the chamber of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) discussing (something) and when we mentioned the last hour, our voices rose high. The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: The last hour will not come or happen until there appear ten signs before it : '''the rising of the sun in its place of setting''', the coming forth of the beast, the coming forth of Gog and Magog, the Dajjal (Antichrist), (the descent of) Jesus son of Mary, the smoke, and three collapses of the earth: one in the west, one in the east, and one in the Arabian Peninsula. The last of that will be the emergence of a fire from Yemen, from the lowest part of Aden, and drive mankind to their place of assembly.
}}
This seems to suggest that the sun revolves about the Earth and can reverse direction

There is also a related verse in the Quran:{{Quote|{{Quran|6|158}}|
Do they [then] wait for anything except that the angels should come to them or your Lord should come or that there come some of the signs of your Lord? The Day that '''some of the signs of your Lord will come no soul will benefit from its faith as long as it had not believed before''' or had earned through its faith some good. Say, "Wait. Indeed, we [also] are waiting."
}}
Tafsir:
{{Quote|Tafsir Al-Jalalayn on 6:158|
"On the day that one of your Lord’s signs comes" — and this is the rising of the sun from the west as reported in the hadīth of the two Sahīhs of Bukhārī and Muslim — it shall not benefit a soul to believe if it had not believed theretofore
}}
The hadith:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|6|60|159}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established until the sun rises from the West: and when the people see it, then whoever will be living on the surface of the earth will have faith, and that is (the time) when no good will it do to a soul to believe then, if it believed not before." (6.158)
}}

Another hadith says that right after the rising, a beast will appear in the forenoon:{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4310 (sahih)|
Abu zur’ah said:
A group of people came to Marwan in Medina, and they heard him say that the first of the signs to appear would be the coming forth of the Dajjal (Antichirst). He said: I then went to Abd Allah b. ‘Amr and mentioned it to him. He did not say anything(reliable). I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: '''The first of the signs to appear will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting and the coming forth of the beast against mankind in the forenoon.''' Whichever of them comes first will soon be followed by the other. ’Abd Allah who used to read the scriptures (Torah, Gospel) said: I think the first of them will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting.
}}

{{Quote|Ibn Majah 4069 (sahih)|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The first signs to appear will be at '''the rising of the sun from the west and the emergence of the Beast to the people, at forenoon'''.’” 'Abdullah said: "Whichever of them appears first, the other will come soon after." 'Abdullah said: "I do not think it will be anything other than the sun rising from the west."
}}

Some today proffer metaphorical interpretation that the "rising of the Sun from the west" refers to the rise of the Western civilization, though this would leave the segment regarding the beast unexplained.

The Quran seems to affirm the possibility that God could make the Sun "rise from the West":
{{Quote|{{Quran|2|258}}|
Have you not considered the one who argued with Abraham about his Lord [merely] because Allah had given him kingship? When Abraham said, "My Lord is the one who gives life and causes death," he said, "I give life and cause death." Abraham said, "Indeed, '''Allah brings up the sun from the east''', so bring it up from the west." So the disbeliever was overwhelmed [by astonishment], and Allah does not guide the wrongdoing people.
}}

See also Dhul-Qarnayn's story in the Quran, where this possibility is further confirmed, as the Sun is described to set in a muddy spring at the "farthest part" of the world":

*[[Dhul-Qarnayn]]

====Stones and trees say to Muslims: "here is a Jew behind me; come and kill him"====
{{Quote|Book 41, Hadith 6985 aka Book 54, Hadith 105 or Sahih Muslim 2922|
The last hour would not come unless the Muslims will fight against the Jews and the Muslims would kill them until the Jews would hide themselves behind a stone or a tree and '''a stone or a tree would say: Muslim, or the servant of Allah, there is a Jew behind me; come and kill him'''; but the tree Gharqad would not say, for it is the tree of the Jews.
}}

Muhammad used to hear other voices as well:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====Time will pass more quickly (taqaarub az-zamaan)====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 10560|
لا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَتَقَارَبَ الزَّمَانُ ، فَتَكُونَ السَّنَةُ كَالشَّهْرِ ، وَيَكُونَ الشَّهْرُ كَالْجُمُعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ الْجُمُعَةُ كَالْيَوْمِ ، وَيَكُونَ الْيَوْمُ كَالسَّاعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ السَّاعَةُ كَاحْتِرَاقِ السَّعَفَةِ

The Hour will not begin until time passes quickly, so a year will be like a month, and a month will be like a week, and a week will be like a day, and a day will be like an hour, and an hour will be like the burning of a braid of palm leaves.
}}

Islamic scholars have interpreted this variously, without any agreement as to the possible meaning:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/34618/one-of-the-signs-of-the-hour-is-that-time-will-pass-more-quickly islamqa.info: One of the signs of the Hour is that time will pass more quickly]|
The scholars differed concerning the meaning of the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing more quickly). '''There are many views''', the strongest of which is:

That the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing quickly) may be interpreted literally or metaphorically.
}}

====A man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|233}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick."
}}

[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Qahtan_(tribe) Qahtan] still exists, but the prophecy remains unfulfilled. <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/418273/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9%D8%8C-%D9%88%D8%B2%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A5%D8%BA%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%82-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A8-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%88%D8%A8%D8%A9</ref>

====A man called Jahjah will occupy the throne====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Book 41, Hadith 6955|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The day and the night would not come to an end before a man called al-Jahjah would occupy the throne.
}}

*[https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/118597/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%8A-%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%86 Fatwa] (AR) puts this prophecy among non-fulfilled prophecies

====Conquest of Constantinopole without fighting and the Hour come together====
This hadith is considered da'eef by Albani (but sahih by Dhahabi):
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 14:331|
لتفتحن القسطنطينية، فلنعم الأمير أميرها، ولنعم الجيش ذلك الجيش

Verily you shall conquer Constantinople. What a wonderful leader will her
leader be, and what a wonderful army will that army be!
}}

One should note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

Another hadith adds that the Hour was expected to come with this conquest:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2239|
Anas bin Malik said:
"Constantinople will be conquered with the coming of the Hour."
}}

The coming of the Dajjal was expected right after the conquest:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

Another hadith mentions Romans attacking Dabiq before the conquest of Constantinople. The mention of swords makes it hard to re-interpret as a prophecy about another conquest of Constantinople in the future:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6924}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until '''the Romans would land at al-A'maq or in Dabiq'''. An army consisting of the best (soldiers) of the people of the earth at that time will come from Medina (to counteract them). When they will arrange themselves in ranks, the Romans would say: Do not stand between us and those (Muslims) who took prisoners from amongst us. Let us fight with them; and the Muslims would say: Nay, by Allah, we would never get aside from you and from our brethren that you may fight them. They will then fight and a third (part) of the army would run away, whom Allah will never forgive. A third (part of the army) which would be constituted of excellent martyrs in Allah's eye, would be killed and the third who would never be put to trial would win and they would be conquerors of Constantinople. And as they would be busy in distributing the spoils of war (amongst themselves) after hanging their '''swords''' by the olive trees, the Satan would cry: '''The Dajjal''' has taken your place among your family. They would then come out, but it would be of no avail. And when they would come to Syria, he would come out while they would be still preparing themselves for battle drawing up the ranks. Certainly, the time of prayer shall come and then Jesus (peace be upon him) son of Mary would descend and would lead them. When the enemy of Allah would see him, it would (disappear) just as the salt dissolves itself in water and if he (Jesus) were not to confront them at all, even then it would dissolve completely, but Allah would kill them by his hand and he would show them their blood on his lance (the lance of Jesus Christ).
}}

Also:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

The conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6979}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) saying:

You have heard about a city, one side of which is on land and the other is in the sea ('''Constantinople'''). They said: Allah's Messenger, yes. Thereupon he said: The Last Hour would not come unless seventy thousand persons from Bani lshaq would attack it. When they would land there, '''they will neither fight with weapons nor would shower arrows but would only say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," ''' and one side of it would fall. Thaur (one of the narrators) said: I think that he said: The part by the side of the ocean. Then they would say for the second time: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest" and the second side would also fall, and they would say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," and the gates would be opened for them and they would enter therein and, they would be collecting spoils of war and distributing them amongst themselves when a noise would be heard saying: Verily, Dajjal has come. And thus they would leave everything there and go back.
}}

Constantinople was [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fall_of_Constantinople conquered in 1453] by fighting, the Dajjal didn't appear and the city was renamed to Istanbul, so literally Constantinople no longer exists.

====Conquest of Rome====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6930}}|
Nafi' b. Utba reported:

We were with Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) in an expedition that there came a people to Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) from the direction of the west. They were dressed in woollen clothes and they stood near a hillock and they met him as Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) was sitting. I said to myself: Better go to them and stand between him and them that they may not attack him. Then I thought that perhaps there had been going on secret negotiation amongst them. I however, went to them and stood between them and him and I remember four of the words (on that occasion) which I repeat (on the fingers of my hand) that he (Allah's Messenger) said: You will attack Arabia and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack Persia and He would make you to conquer it. '''Then you would attack Rome and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack the Dajjal and Allah will enable you to conquer him. Nafi' said: Jabir, we thought that the Dajjal would appear after Rome (Syrian territory) would be conquered.'''
}}

The Roman empire seized to exist before it could be altogether conquered, though if one counts here the partial conquest of some of Rome's (Byzantine's) territories, then the question remains as to why the Dajjal failed to appear.

====Byzantines will make truce with Muslims, betray them and attack them====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, '''and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.'''
}}
The prophecy is considered unfulfilled:
{{Quote|[https://www.islamweb.net/en/fatwa/83460/hadith-about-the-romans-attacking-us-under-eighty-flags Hadith about the Romans attacking us under eighty flags]|
Imam Ibn al-Muneer said: 'Till this time the incident of gathering and attacking Rome in this huge number of soldiers has not happened yet. This matter has not taken place yet.
}}

====Conquest of India and the second coming of Jesus come together====
Also known as [[Ghazwa-e-hind|ghazwa-e-hind]].
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|25|3177}} (hasan) from The Book of Jihad, chapter "Invading India"|
It was narrated that Thawban, the freed slave of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), said:
"The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: 'There are two groups of my Ummah whom Allah will free from the Fire: The group that invades India (تَغْزُو الْهِنْدَ, ''taghzoo al-hind''), and the group that will be with Isa bin Maryam, peace be upon him.'"
}}

Early conquests of India happened in the 7th century (for example [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Rasil Battle of Rasil]), while author of the hadith collection [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Al-Nasa%27i al-Nasa'i] lived in the 9th century.

The conquest of India is linked to the second coming of Jesus (Isa). In other (although weak) hadiths it's even more explicit:
{{Quote|Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, al-Fitan, p. 409 (daeef)|
The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) said – and he mentioned India – then he said: “An army of yours will invade India and Allah will grant its conquest to them, until they bring their kings in chains, and Allah will forgive them their sins. Then they will return and when they return, they will find the son of Maryam in ash-Shaam (Syria).” Abu Hurayrah said: If I live to see that campaign, I will sell everything I possess and join the campaign. Then if Allah grants us victory and we return, then I will be Abu Hurayrah the freed (protected from Hellfire). And when we return to Syria we will find there ‘Eesa ibn Maryam. Then I shall make sure that I draw close to him and tell him that I accompanied you, O Messenger of Allah. The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) smiled and said: “Unlikely, unlikely.” [very difficult?]
}}

However, the second coming did not follow either these events:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/145636/hadith-about-the-conquest-of-india islamqa.info: Hadith about the conquest of India]|
What is mentioned in the hadith of Abu Hurayrah (may Allah have mercy on him), which was narrated by Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, about '''the conquest of India has not happened up till now''', but it will happen when ‘Eesaa ibn Maryam (peace be upon him) descends, if the hadith that says that is saheeh.
}}

====No more Khosrau and Caesar====
In Muhammad's time, the ruler of Persia was called Khosrau and the ruler of the Byzantine empire Caesar.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|267}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Khosrau will be ruined, and there will be no Khosrau after him, and Caesar will surely be ruined and there will be no Caesar after him, and you will spend their treasures in Allah's Cause." He called, "War is deceit'.
}}
There are many examples of this prophecy failing for both [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khosrow Kusrau] and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caesar_(title) Caesar]. For example:
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Shah Khusrau Shah] was the king of the Justanids in the 10th century
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Khan Khusrau Khan] was the Sultan of Delhi in the 14th century
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Doukas_(Caesar) John Doukas] was a Caesar of the Byzantine empire in the 11th century
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mehmed_the_Conqueror Mehmed the Conqueror] - a 15h century Muslim conqueror, also called himself Caesar

The prophecy is probably referring to the 7th century Islamic conquests. The prediction in Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

====Nations will soon call each other to attack Muslims====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 4297, In-book reference: Book 39, Hadith 7, English translation: Book 38, Hadith 4284|
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The people will soon summon one another to attack you as people when eating invite others to share their dish. Someone asked: Will that be because of our small numbers at that time? He replied: No, you will be numerous at that time: but you will be scum and rubbish like that carried down by a torrent, and Allah will take fear of you from the breasts of your enemy and last enervation into your hearts. Someone asked: What is wahn (enervation). Messenger of Allah (ﷺ): He replied: Love of the world and dislike of death.
}}

One might note that soon after this statement is alleged to have been stated by the prophet, the Muslims would conquer vast lands - the Muslim empire would only come to a grinding halt some 1300 years later.

====Romans would form a majority amongst people====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6296}}|
Mustaurid Qurashi reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The Last Hour would come when the Romans would form a majority amongst people'''. This reached 'Amr b. al-'As and he said: What are these ahadith which are being transmitted from you and which you claim to have heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)? Mustaurid said to him: I stated only that which I heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). Thereupon 'Amr said: If you state this (it is true), for they have the power of tolerance amongst people at the time of turmoil and restore themselves to sanity after trouble, and are good amongst people so far as the destitute and the weak are concerned.
}}

The Roman empire dissolved without the realization of this prophecy.

====Twelve caliphs====
Shi'ite Imamology rests heavily upon this hadith, though has been continuously troubled by it (as have been Sunni scholars), as there appears to be no clear group of "twelve Caliphs" to have appeared in history:{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4480}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Jabir b. Samura who said:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: Islam will continue to be triumphant until there have been '''twelve Caliphs'''. Then the Prophet (ﷺ) said something which I could not understand. I asked my father: What did he say? He said: He has said that all of them (twelve Caliphs) will be from the Quraish.
}}
{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4483}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Amir b. Sa'd b. Abu Waqqas who said:

I wrote (a letter) to Jabir b. Samura and sent it to him through my servant Nafi', asking him to inform me of something he had heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He wrote to me (in reply): I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say on Friday evening, the day on which al-Aslami was stoned to death (for committing adultery): '''The Islamic religion will continue until the Hour has been established, or you have been ruled over by twelve Caliphs, all of them being from the Quraish'''. also heard him say: A small force of the Muslims will capture the white palace, the police of the Persian Emperor or his descendants. I also heard him say: Before the Day of Judgment there will appear (a number of) impostors. You are to guard against them. I also heard him say: When God grants wealth to any one of you, he should first spend it on himself and his family (and then give it in charity to the poor). I heard him (also) say: I will be your forerunner at the Cistern (expecting your arrival).
}}

Commentaries by (Sunni) Islamic scholars:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Fathul-Bari, vol. 13, p.211|
لم ألق أحدا يقطع في هذا الحديث يعني بشيء معين

I have not met anyone who could be certain about the meaning of this hadith!
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Jouzi, Kashful-Majhool, vol.1 p.449|
هذا الحديث قد أطلت البحث عنه، وتطلّبت مظانّه، وسألت عنه، فما رأيت أحدا وقع على المقصود به

I have researched for long to understand this hadith and referred to many references and made much enquiries about it, yet I did not meet anyone who could understand it.
}}

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_caliphs Wikipedia: List of Caliphs]

====Rain which will destroy all dwellings except tents====
This hadith is sahih:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 7554 (sahih)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا أبو كامل وعفان قالا ثنا حماد عن سهيل قال عفان في حديثه قال أنا سهيل بن أبي صالح عن أبيه عن أبي هريرة قال قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم : لا تقوم الساعة حتى يمطر الناس مطرا لا تكن منه بيوت المدر ولا تكن منه الا بيوت الشعر
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده صحيح على شرط مسلم

The Hour will not come until there has been rain which
will destroy all dwellings except tents
}}
====Not living according to the sharia causes infighting between Muslims====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. '''Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”'''
}}

In fact, it is rather Muslim's disagreement as to what constitutes the Sharia (as a result of their trying to implement it) that results in inter-Muslim conflict. One can imagine that had Islam separated church and state, many such conflicts would have been avoided.

====12 thousand from Aden Abyan will make Islam victorious====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 5/33 (sahih)|
يخرجُ من عدنِ أَبْيَنَ اثنا عشرَ ألفًا ينصرونَ اللهَ ورسولَهُ هم خيرُ مَن بيني وبينهم

Out of Aden-Abyan will come 12000, giving victory to the (religion of) Allah and His Messenger. They are the best between me and them.
}}

====Periods of fitnah====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4242 (sahih)|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Umar:

When we were sitting with the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), he talked about periods of trial (fitnahs), mentioning many of them.

When he mentioned the one when people should stay in their houses, some asked him: Messenger of Allah, what is the trial (fitnah) of staying at home?

He replied: It will be flight and plunder. Then will come a test which is pleasant. Its murkiness is due to the fact that it is produced by a man from the people of my house, who will assert that he belongs to me, whereas he does not, for my friends are only the God-fearing. Then the people will unite under a man who will be like a hip-bone on a rib. Then there will be the little black trial which will leave none of this community without giving him a slap, and when people say that it is finished, it will be extended. During it a man will be a believer in the morning and an infidel in the evening, so that the people will be in two camps: the camp of faith which will contain no hypocrisy, and the camp of hypocrisy which will contain no faith. When that happens, expect the Antichrist (Dajjal) that day or the next.
}}

====Inheritance is not distributed====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of '''inheritance are not distributed''' and there is no rejoicing over spoils of war...
}}
====People don't rejoice over spoils of war====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of inheritance are not distributed and '''there is no rejoicing over spoils of war'''...
}}

====Muslims will soon flee to mountains from persecution====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|19}}|
عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُوشِكُ أَنْ يَكُونَ خَيْرَ مَالِ الْمُسْلِمِ غَنَمٌ يَتْبَعُ بِهَا شَعَفَ الْجِبَالِ وَمَوَاقِعَ الْقَطْرِ يَفِرُّ بِدِينِهِ مِنْ الْفِتَنِ

“Soon the best property of a Muslim will be a flock of sheep he takes to the top of a mountain, or in the valleys of rainfall, fleeing with his religion from tribulations.”
}}

====All believers will go to Syria====
{{Quote|Al-Mustadrak alaa al-Sahihain 8461 (sahih)|
يأتي على الناس زمان لا يبقى فيه مؤمن إلا لحق بالشام

A time will come to people when no believer remains except that he came over to As-Sham
}}

====Extinction of the Quraysh tribe====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 16/186 (sahih)|
أسرعُ قبائلِ العربِ فناءً قريشٌ ويوشكُ أن تمرَّ المرأةُ بالنعلِ فتقول إن هذا نعلُ قرشيُّ

The fastest Arab tribe in extinction is Quraysh. Soon a woman will pass by a sandal, then she will say that this is a sandal of a Qurashi.
}}

====Arabs will be exterminated and go to hell====
Hadith da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 3967 (da'eef) and others|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will be a tribulation which will utterly destroy the Arabs, and those who are slain will be in Hell. At that time the tongue will be worse than a blow of the sword.”
}}

====Last of the ummah will curse the first====
Fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 263 (mawdu)|
It was narrated that Jabir said:
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'When the last people of this Ummah curse the first, (at that time) whoever conceals a Hadith will be concealing what Allah has revealed.'" (Maudu')
}}

====Pilgrimage to Makka will be abandoned====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|26|663}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said "The people will continue performing the Hajj and `Umra to the Ka`ba even after the appearance of Gog and Magog." Narrated Shu`ba extra: The Hour (Day of Judgment) will not be established till the Hajj (to the Ka`ba) is abandoned.
}}

====Disappearance of faith====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|274}}, chapter The Disappearance of Faith at the End of Time|
It is narrated on the authority of Anas that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:

"The Hour (Resurrection) will not occur as long as anyone says: 'Allah, Allah.'"
}}

This one appears to be increasingly likely.

====Islam will be widespread====
Although Muhammad predicted that Islam will disappear, he also predicted that Islam will succeed:
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 16509 (sahih)|
Tamim al-Dari reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “This matter will certainly reach every place touched by the night and day. Allah will not leave a house or residence but that Allah will cause this religion to enter it, by which the honorable will be honored and the disgraceful will be disgraced. Allah will honor the honorable with Islam and he will disgrace the disgraceful with unbelief.”
}}
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2176 (sahih)|
"Indeed Allah gathered the earth for me so that I saw its east and its west. And surely my Ummah's authority shall reach over all that was shown to me of it.
}}

Muhammad's predictions about the future of the Muslim ummah appear to have ranged non-existence and annihilation to complete domination, perhaps based on his feelings at various times. Given this full spectrum of possibility, however, it is difficult to maintain that there is any substance to these predictions.

====The Quran will disappear overnight====
{{Quote|Sunan al-Dārimī 3343 (hasan)|
عَنْ زِرٍّ عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ رضي الله عنه قَالَ لَيُسْرَيَنَّ عَلَى الْقُرْآنِ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ فَلَا يُتْرَكُ آيَةٌ فِي مُصْحَفٍ وَلَا فِي قَلْبِ أَحَدٍ إِلَّا رُفِعَتْ

The Quran will vanish in one night. No verse in the scripture or in the heart of anyone will be left behind.
}}

====Islam will wear out====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Majah 3289 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%8C+%D9%83%D9%85%D8%A7+%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D9%88%D8%B4%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AB%D9%88%D8%A8</ref>|
يدرُسُ الإسلامُ كما يدرُسُ وَشيُ الثَّوبِ حتَّى لا يُدرَى ما صيامٌ، ولا صلاةٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدَقةٌ، ولَيُسرى على كتابِ اللَّهِ عزَّ وجلَّ في ليلَةٍ، فلا يبقى في الأرضِ منهُ آيةٌ، وتبقَى طوائفُ منَ النَّاسِ الشَّيخُ الكبيرُ والعجوزُ، يقولونَ: أدرَكْنا آباءَنا على هذِهِ الكلمةِ، لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، فنحنُ نقولُها فقالَ لَهُ صِلةُ: ما تُغني عنهم: لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، وَهُم لا يَدرونَ ما صلاةٌ، ولا صيامٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدقةٌ؟ فأعرضَ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ ردَّها علَيهِ ثلاثًا، كلَّ ذلِكَ يعرضُ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ أقبلَ علَيهِ في الثَّالثةِ، فقالَ: يا صِلةُ، تُنجيهِم منَ النَّار ثلاثًا

“Islam will wear out as embroidery on a garment wears out, until no one will know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are. The Book of Allah will be taken away at night, and not one Verse of it will be left on earth. And there will be some people left, old men and old women, who will say: “We saw our fathers saying these words: ‘La ilaha illallah’ so we say them too.” Silah said to him: “What good will (saying): La ilaha illallah do them, when they do not know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are?” Hudhaifah turned away from his. He repeated his question three times, and Hudhaifah turned away from him each time. Then he turned to him on the third time and said: “O Silah! It will save them from Hell,” three times.
}}

====Islam will end up like a snake crawling back into its hole====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|271}}|
It is narrated on the authority of Ibn 'Umar ('Abdullah b. 'Umar) that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) observed:

Verily Islam started as something strange and it would again revert (to its old position) of being strange just as it started, and it would recede between the two mosques just as the serpent crawls back into its hole.
}}

In other hadith, Muhammad described belief in Islam as a snake:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|30|100}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "Verily, Belief returns and goes back to Medina as a snake returns and goes back to its hole (when in danger).
}}

====Countries colonized by Muslims will stop paying them and Muslims will be poor again====
The hadith is in the chapter called "Making Endowments Of The Lands Of As-Sawad, And The Lands That Were Conquered By Force":
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/abudawud/20 Sunan Abi Dawud 3035 / In-book reference: Book 20, Hadith 108 / English translation: Book 19, Hadith 3029]|
Abu Hurairah reported the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) as saying “Iraq will prevent its measure (qafiz) and dirham. Syria will prevent its measure (mudi) and dinar. Egypt will prevent its measure (irdabb) and dinar. Then you will return to the position where you started. Zuhair said this three times. The flesh and blood of Abu Hurairah witnessed it.
}}

====Buttocks of women of Daus are moving around the Yemenite Kaba====

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|232}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till '''the buttocks of the women of the tribe of Daus move while going round Dhi-al-Khalasa'''." Dhi-al-Khalasa was the idol of the Daus tribe which they used to worship in the Pre Islamic Period of ignorance.
}}

It was interpreted metaphorically as a rise of polytheism because the idol was destroyed and the people were killed before it came true :
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6052}}|
Jabir reported that there was in pre-Islamic days a temple called '''Dhu'l- Khalasah and it was called the Yamanite Ka'ba''' or the northern Ka'ba. Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said unto me:

Will you rid me of Dhu'l-Khalasah and so I went forth at the head of 350 horsemen of the tribe of Ahmas and '''we destroyed it and killed whomsoever we found there'''. Then we came back to him (to the Holy Prophet) and informed him and he blessed us and the tribe of Ahmas.
}}

====People commonly have sex in the streets, like donkeys====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Hibban 6/345 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D9%8E%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D9%82%D9%8F%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%8F+%D8%AD%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%91%D9%8E%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B3%D9%8F+%D9%81%D9%90%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B7%D9%91%D9%8F%D8%B1%D9%8F%D9%82%D9%90+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8F%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%92%D8%AD%D9%8E%D9%85%D9%90%D9%8A%D8%B1%D9%90</ref>|
لا تقومُ السَّاعةُ حتَّى يتسافدَ النَّاسُ في الطُّرقِ تسافُدَ الحميرِ

The Hour shall not commence until the people engage in sexual
intercourse in the streets just like donkeys.
}}

Public sex was already happening among ancient civilizations.<ref>[https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/all-about-sex/201809/orgies-through-the-ages Orgies Through the Ages]</ref>

====Rise of polytheism====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4252|
..the Last Hour will not come before the tribes of my people attach themselves to the polytheists and tribes of my people worship idols..
}}
Polytheism has become less popular with time.

====People will worship goddesses Lat and Uzza again====
The goddesses [[Lat]] and [[Uzza]] were worshiped by Arabs before the Islamic conquest of Arabia.

{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'''. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====All believers will be killed by a wind from Allah and only evil people (= non-Muslims) will survive====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. '''Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die''' and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====Killing neighbors and family members====
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 118 (classified as "very good" by Albani)|
عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى‏ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَقْتُلَ الرَّجُلُ جَارَهُ وَأَخَاهُ وَأَبَاهُ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “The Hour will not be established until a man kills his neighbor, his brother, and his father.”
}}

====Abundance of deaths by lightning====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad, vol. 3 pg. 64/65 (sahih)|
تَكثُرُ الصَّواعِقُ عِندَ اقْتِرابِ السَّاعةِ، حتَّى يَأتيَ الرَّجُلُ القَومَ، فيقولَ: مَن صَعِقَ قِبَلَكمُ الغَداةَ؟ فيَقولون: صَعِقَ فُلانٌ وفُلانٌ.

There will be an abundance of lightning with the coming of the Hour, until a man comes to a tribe asking: Who was struck today? Then they say: So and so
}}
John Jensenius (a lightning specialist) said that the number of injuries and deaths caused by lightning is actually going down. <ref>https://www.cbsnews.com/news/are-lightning-strikes-becoming-more-common/</ref>

====Luka bin Luka will be the happiest person====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2209 (sahih)|
Hudhaifah bin Al-Yaman narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Hour will not be established until the happiest of people in the world is Luka' bin Luka'."
}}

Scholars interpreted the name "Luka bin Luka" (لكع بن لكع) to mean "the most despicable/wicked/evil"<ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/18510/%D9%85%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%89-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB</ref> and "wickedness", rather than a specific person

====Wine, musical instruments and singing girls will turn Muslims into monkeys and pigs====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Ibn Majah 4020, In-book reference: Book 36, Hadith 95, English translation: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4020|
لَيَشْرَبَنَّ نَاسٌ مِنْ أُمَّتِي الْخَمْرَ يُسَمُّونَهَا بِغَيْرِ اسْمِهَا يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ وَالْمُغَنِّيَاتِ يَخْسِفُ اللَّهُ بِهِمُ الأَرْضَ وَيَجْعَلُ مِنْهُمُ الْقِرَدَةَ وَالْخَنَازِيرَ

It was narrated from Abu Malik Ash’ari that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“People among my nation will drink wine, calling it by another name, and musical instruments will be played for them and singing girls (will sing for them). Allah will cause the earth to swallow them up, and will turn them into monkeys and pigs.”
}}

Since the hadith literally says "is played upon their heads with musical instruments" (يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ) some claim that it is a prediction of headphones. But it says "played", not "placed" upon their heads, the word "instruments" is in the plural form and the singing girls are obviously real singing girls, while with head phones the singing would be included in the headphones. The interpretation that the word "musical instruments" (معازف) refers to musical instruments fits much better into the context.

Muhammad himself listened to singing girls, perhaps he was in a better mood since it was the day of Eid:{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|15|72}}|
Narrated Aisha:

Abu Bakr came to my house while two small Ansari girls were singing beside me the stories of the Ansar concerning the Day of Buath. And they were not singers. Abu Bakr said protestingly, "Musical instruments of Satan in the house of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) !" It happened on the `Id day and Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "O Abu Bakr! There is an `Id for every nation and this is our `Id."
}}

Wine and singing was already mentioned in pre-Islamic Arab poetry:
{{Quote|Dhu Jadan al-Himyari, Sirat Rasul Allah p. 19|
Peace, confound you! You can't turn me from my purpose

Thy scolding dries my spittle!

To '''the music of singers''' in times past 'twas fine

When we drank our fill of purest noblest wine.

'''Drinking freely of wine brings me no shame'''

If my behaviour no boon-companion would blame.

For death no man can hold back Though he drink the perfumed potions of the quack.
}}

====Allah will put pieces of the world on his fingers====
Muhammad agreed with this prophecy presented by a Jewish Scholar
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 39, Hadith 6699|
Abdullah b. Mas'ud reported that a Jewish scholar came to Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) and said:

Muhammad, or Abu al-Qasim, verily, Allah, the Exalted and Glorious would carry the Heavens on the Day of Judgment upon one finger and earths upon one finger and the mountains and trees upon one finger and the ocean and moist earth upon one finger, and in fact the whole of the creation upon one finger, and then He would stir them and say: I am your Lord, I am your Lord. Thereupon Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) smiled testifying what that scholar had said. He then recited this verse:" And they honour not Allah with the honour due to Him; and the whole earth will be in His grip on the Day of Resurrection and the heaven rolled up in His right hand. Glory be to Him I and highly Exalted is He above what they associate (with Him)" (Az-Zumar:67).
}}

====Medina banishes its evils====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3188}}|
Abu Huraira (Allah be pleased with him) reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

A time will come for the people (of Medina) when a man will invite his cousin and any other near relation: Come (and settle) at (a place) where living is cheap, come to where there is plenty, but Medina will be better for them; would they know it! By Him in Whose Hand is my life, none amongst them would go out (of the city) with a dislike for it, but Allah would make his successor in it someone better than be. Behold. Medina is like furnace which eliminates from it the impurities. And '''the Last Hour will not come until Medina banishes its evils''' just as a furnace eliminates the impurities of iron.
}}
====Nobody will accept charity====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|492}}|
Narrated Haritha bin Wahab:

I heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "O people! Give in charity as a time will come upon you when a person will wander about with his object of charity and will not find anybody to accept it, and one (who will be requested to take it) will say, "If you had brought it yesterday, would have taken it, but today I am not in need of it."
}}

====Not paying zakat causes a lack of rain====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. '''They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them'''. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

====Swelling of crescents [The Moon]====
{{Quote|Sahih Al-Jami' 5898 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%85%D9%90%D9%86+%D8%A7%D9%82%D9%92%D8%AA%D9%90%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%86%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%AE%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D9%87%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A9%D9%90&order=color</ref>|
مِنَ اقترابِ الساعَةِ انتفاخُ الأهِلَّةِ

From approaching of the Hour is the swelling of crescents
}}

====An Abyssinian will destroy the Kaba====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 7:6953/2909c|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: It would be an Abyssinian having two small shanks who would destroy the House ol Allah, the Exalted and Glorious.
}}

====Collapse, transformation and stoning from the sky====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2185 (sahih)|
'Aishah narrated "The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
'In the end of this Ummah there will be a collapse, transformation, and Qadhf."' She said :"I said: 'O Messenger of Allah! Will they be destroyed while they are righteous among them?' He said: 'Yes, when evil is dominant."'
}}

It's just three vague words خَسْفٌ وَمَسْخٌ وَقَذْفٌ (khasf and maskh and qadhf). Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Munawi - Fayd al-Qadir|
3176 - (بين يدي الساعة مسخ) قلب الخلقة من شيء إلى شيء أو تحويل الصورة إلى أقبح منها أو مسخ القلوب (وخسف) أي غور في الأرض (وقذف) أي رمي بالحجارة من جهة السماء

maskh - transformation of creation from its shape to an uglier one

khasf - a depression in the Earth

qadhf - pelting with stones from the sky

}}

====Euphrates will uncover a mountain of gold soon====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|235}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "'''Soon the river "Euphrates" will disclose the treasure (the mountain) of gold''', so whoever will be present at that time should not take anything of it." Al-A'raj narrated from Abii Huraira that the Prophet (ﷺ) said the same but he said, "It (Euphrates) will uncover a mountain of gold (under it).
}}
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 2894a|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: The Last Hour would not come before the Euphrates uncovers a mountain of gold, for which people would fight. Ninety-nine out of each one hundred would die but every man amongst them would say that perhaps he would be the one who would be saved (and thus possess this gold).
}}

No such event followed soon thereafter.

====Gender ratio will be 50 women to 1 men====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|81}}|
I will narrate to you a Hadith and none other than I will tell you about after it. I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) saying: From among the portents of the Hour are (the following): -1. Religious knowledge will decrease (by the death of religious learned men). -2. Religious ignorance will prevail. -3. There will be prevalence of open illegal sexual intercourse. -4. '''Women will increase in number and men will decrease in number so much so that fifty women will be looked after by one man.'''
}}

====Knowledge will be sought from young people====
{{Quote|al-Mu’jam al-Kabīr 908 (sahih)|
عَنْ أَبِي أُمَيَّةَ اللَّخْمِيِّ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ إِنَّ مِنْ أَشْرَاطِ السَّاعَةِ ثَ أَنْ يُلْتَمَسَ الْعِلْمَ عِنْدَ الْأَصَاغِرِ

The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Verily, among the signs of the Hour is that knowledge will be sought from the young.”
}}

====Seventy-three sects====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 5, Book 38, Hadith 2640 (hasan)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "The Jews split into seventy-one sects, or seventy-two sects, and the Christians similarly, and my Ummah will split into seventy-three sects."
}}

====Emergence of Sufyani====
This hadith is daeef:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4/520 (da'eef)|
يخرج رجل يقال له السفياني في عمق دمشق ، وعامة من يتبعه من كلب ، فيقتل حتى يبقر بطون النساء ويقتل الصبيان ، فتجمع لهم قيس فيقتلها حتى لا يمنع ذنب تلعة ، ويخرج رجل من أهل بيتي في الحرة فيبلغ السفياني فيبعث إليه جنداً من جنده فيهزمهم ، فيسير إليه السفياني بمن معه ، حتى إذا صار ببيداء من الأرض خسف بهم ، فلا ينجو منهم إلا المخبر عنهم

There will emerge a man called as-Sufyaani from the depths of Damascus, and most of those who follow him will be from (the tribe of) Kalb. He will kill many people until he rips open the bellies of women and kill children. (The tribe of) Qays will gather against him and he will kill them. A man from my family will emerge in the harrah, and news of that will reach as-Sufyaani. He will send troops against him and he will defeat them. Then as-Sufyaani will march towards him accompanied by those who are with him, then when he is in a plain, they will be swallowed up by the earth and none of them will be saved except the one who will tell others about them.
}}

====Muslims in mosque won't find an imam to lead them in prayer====
This hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Abu Dawud Book 2, Hadith 581, chapter It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam|
Narrated Sulamah daughter of al-Hurr:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: One of the signs of the Last Hour will be that people in a mosque will refuse to act as imam and will not find an imam to lead them in prayer.
}}

 
{{Quote|Sunan An-nasa'i Vol. 1, Book 10, Hadith 783, chapter "When people are together and are all of the same status"|
It was narrated from Abu Sa'eed that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"when there are three people let one of them lead the prayer, and the one who is most entitled to lead the prayer is the one who has most knowledge of the Qur'an."
}}

This prophecy was included in a chapter called "It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam", and is perhaps best understood as a sort of moral exhortation to lead prayer when a prayer needs to be led.

====Dajjal nor plague will be able to enter Medina====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2242 (sahih)|
Anas narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Dajjal will come to Al-Madinah to find the angels have surrounded it. Neither the plague nor the Dajjal will enter it, if Allah wills."
}}Medina, historically, has not proven to be especially or at all plague-proof. Moreover, during plagues, the Saudi government (and the caliphates, historically) had to close off access to Mecca and Medina to prevent the spread of disease. The prophet also stated that there was no such thing as a contagious disease.

====Jesus will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish Jizyah====
{{Quote|Sunan ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4078 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"The Hour will not begin until 'Eisa bin Maryam comes down as a just judge and a just ruler. He will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish the Jizyah, and wealth will become so abundant that no one will accept it."
}}

====Gog and Magog will drink out the lake of Tiberias====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7015}}|
And then Allah would send Gog and Magog and they would swarm down from every slope. The first of them would pass the lake of Tiberias and drink out of it. And when the last of them would pass, he would say: There was once water there.
}}

Gog and Magog are described in the hadith and Quran as tribes on Earth blocked by a big iron wall, erected by [[Dhul-Qarnayn]], that will be unlocked at the end of times. There are supposed to be so many of them that they will drink the entire lake of Tiberias (Sea of Galilee) dry.

====Gog and Magog will successfully dig through the wall====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4080|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"Gog and Magog people dig every day until, when they can almost see the rays of the sun, the one in charge of them says: "Go back and we will dig it tomorrow." Then Allah puts it back, stronger than it was before. (This will continue) until, when their time has come, and Allah wants to send them against the people, they will dig until they can almost see the rays of the sun, then the one who is in charge of them will say: "Go back, and we will dig it tomorrow if Allah wills.' So '''they will say: "If Allah wills." Then they will come back to it and it will be as they left it. So they will dig and will come out to the people''', and they will drink all the water. The people will fortify themselves against them in their fortresses. They will shoot their arrows towards the sky and they will come back with blood on them, and they will say: "We have defeated the people of earth and dominated the people of heaven." Then Allah will send a worm in the napes of their necks and will kill them thereby.'" The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "By the One in Whose Hand is my soul, the beasts of the earth will grow fat on their flesh."
}}

====Muslims will use bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood for 7 years====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4076 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Nawwas bin Sam'an that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"The Muslims will use the bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood, for seven years.'"
}}

==See also==

*[[Quranic Prophecies]]

External:

* [https://www.marefa.org/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9_%D9%81%D9%8A_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85 List of Muhammad's prophecies] (Arabic)
* [https://rationalwiki.org/wiki/Biblical_prophecies#Criteria_for_a_true_prophecy RationalWiki: Biblical prophecies, Criteria for a true prophecy] (could be analogically applied to Islamic prophecies)
*[https://detechter.com/15-ancient-hindu-predictions-that-have-come-true/#List_of_15_Ancient_Hindu_Prophecy_From_Bhagavata_Purana 15 Hindu predictions] - ''Comparing and contrasting Islamic prophecies with those of other religions' scriptures predictions is instructive''

==References==

[[Category:Islamic Prophecies]]
<references />

The Islamic Whale

2021-02-16T18:56:53Z

Prekladator: /* Ibn Abbas Receiving the Story from the Jews */

{{QualityScore|Lead=3|Structure=3|Content=4|Language=4|References=3}}
'''The Islamic whale''' (in Arabic الحوت الإسلامي, ''al-hoot al-islami''), is a mythological creature described in Islamic texts that carries the Earth on its back. It is also called Nun (نون), which is also the name of the Arabic letter "n" ن. Two alternative names of the whale are Liwash and Lutiaya.<ref>
Tanwîr al-Miqbâs min Tafsîr Ibn ‘Abbâs: "And from his narration on the authority of Ibn 'Abbas that he said regarding the interpretation of Allah's saying (Nun): '(Nun) He says: Allah swears by the Nun, which is the whale that carries the earths on its back while in Water, and beneath which is the Bull and under the Bull is the Rock and under the Rock is the Dust and none knows what is under the Dust save Allah. '''The name of the whale is Liwash, and it is said its name is Lutiaya''''; the name of the bull is Bahamut, and some say its name is Talhut or Liyona. The whale is in a sea called 'Adwad, and it is like a small bull in a huge sea. The sea is in a hollowed rock whereby there is 4,000 cracks, and from each crack water springs out to the earth. It is also said that Nun is one of the names of the Lord; it stands for the letter Nun in Allah's name al-Rahman (the Beneficent); and it is also said that a Nun is an inkwell. (By the pen) Allah swore by the pen. This pen is made of light and its height is equal to the distance between Heaven and earth. It is with this pen that the Wise Remembrance, i.e. the Guarded Tablet, was written. It is also said that the pen is one of the angels by whom Allah has sworn, (and that which they write (therewith)) and Allah also swore by what the angels write down of the works of the children of Adam"
http://altafsir.com/Tafasir.asp?tMadhNo=0&tTafsirNo=73&tSoraNo=68&tAyahNo=1&tDisplay=yes&UserProfile=0&LanguageId=2</ref> The details behind the mentioning of this creature is a unclear topic. There is little mention of Nun in the Quran, however there is further mention of it in other Islamic scriptures such has [[Hadith]] and [[Tafseer|Tafsir]] along with context verses.

From all of the earliest Sunni and Shi'a sources today available to us, it does appear that the earliest Muslims believed the letter "nun" in the Qur'an surah 68:1 refers to a giant whale upon whose back the entire earth rests. This belief is attributed by all of the trusted sources of Islamic jurisprudence to "tarjumaan al-qur'an" ibn Abbas and was reaffirmed thereafter by many trusted Islamic scholars all the way up until the 19th century. According to this cosmogony, the earth (actually the 7 earths are) is attached to the back of the whale by means of the mountains, which are pegs to balance the earth upon the Nun's back. This cosmogony fits in with a widespread ancient belief that the world was balanced upon the back of giant animals, and the even more primordial belief that the world is surrounded by a giant, unending body of water.

==Nun in the Qur'an==
Nun is mentioned in the verse 68:1.<ref>نٓ وَٱلْقَلَمِ وَمَا يَسْطُرُونَ
Nun. By the pen and what they inscribe,

{{Quran|68|1}}</ref> Most respected scholars of Islam (Ibn Kathir, At-Tabari, Al-Qurtubi and others including Al-Jalalayn) agree that Nun refers to a whale that carries the Earth on its back:<ref>Al-Jalalayn on 21:87

*ذَا ٱلنُّونِ } صاحب الحوت}
*{Man of the fish} companion of the whale (الحوت, ''al-hoot'')
http://altafsir.com/Tafasir.asp?tMadhNo=0&tTafsirNo=8&tSoraNo=21&tAyahNo=87&tDisplay=yes&UserProfile=0&LanguageId=1
</ref>

Word-by-word translation of the Qur'anic verse:

*نٓ - ''noon'' - the name of the whale
*وَٱلْقَلَمِ - ''wal-qalam'' - by the pen (''wa-'' prefix means "and" or "by")
*وَمَا - ''wa-ma'' - and what
*يَسْطُرُونَ - ''yasturoona'' - they write

There is not much information in the Qur'an ipso facto, but it is necessary to have an understanding of this idea in order to understand much of the traditional interpretation of the Qur'an. For example, in verse 21:87 Jonah is called "man of the Nun", which has been interpreted as meaning that he was eaten by a whale<ref>And [mention] the man of <nowiki>'''</nowiki>the fish<nowiki>'''</nowiki> (ٱلنُّونِ, <nowiki>''</nowiki>al-noon<nowiki>''</nowiki>), when he went off in anger and thought that We would not decree [anything] upon him. And he called out within the darknesses, "There is no deity except You; exalted are You. Indeed, I have been of the wrongdoers."

{{Quran|21|87}}</ref><ref>http://biblehub.com/library/marshall/the_wonder_book_of_bible_stories/the_story_of_jonah_and.htm</ref>:

==Relevant Quotations==
{{Quote|{{Quran|68|1}}|نٓ وَٱلْقَلَمِ وَمَا يَسْطُرُونَ Nun. By the pen and what they inscribe.
}}
{{Quote|{{Quran|21|87}}|And [mention] the man of '''the fish''' (ٱلنُّونِ, ''al-noon''), when he went off in anger and thought that We would not decree [anything] upon him. And he called out within the darknesses, "There is no deity except You; exalted are You. Indeed, I have been of the wrongdoers."}}
A Fish/Whale is mentioned in the same chapter as the letter nun:
{{Quote|{{Quran|68|48}}|Then be patient for the decision of your Lord, [O Muhammad], and be not like the companion of '''the fish''' (الحوت) when he called out while he was distressed.
}}
 

==Tafsir Ibn Kathir==
ibn Kathir spends a good bit of text on this short verse, and attributes different explanations to the verse, all of them more or less agreeing with the following summary: In the beginning, Allah created the pen before all else. The pen asked "what do I write" and Allah told it to write the letter ن "nun" or "N" which is actually a whale upon whose back he balanced the entire world:
{{Quote|Ibn Kathir, English abridged version, on the verse 68:1|كَمَا قَالَ الْإِمَام أَبُو جَعْفَر بْن جَرِير حَدَّثَنَا اِبْن بَشَّار حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَان هُوَ الثَّوْرِيّ حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَان هُوَ الْأَعْمَش عَنْ أَبِي ظَبْيَان عَنْ اِبْن عَبَّاس قَالَ : أَوَّل مَا خَلَقَ اللَّه الْقَلَم قَالَ اُكْتُبْ قَالَ وَمَاذَا أَكْتَب ؟ قَالَ اُكْتُبْ الْقَدَر فَجَرَى بِمَا يَكُون مِنْ ذَلِكَ الْيَوْم إِلَى قِيَام السَّاعَة ثُمَّ خَلَقَ النُّون وَرَفَعَ بُخَار الْمَاء فَفُتِقَتْ مِنْهُ السَّمَاء وَبُسِطَتْ الْأَرْض عَلَى ظَهْر النُّون فَاضْطَرَبَ النُّون فَمَادَتْ الْأَرْض فَأُثْبِتَتْ بِالْجِبَالِ فَإِنَّهَا لَتَفْخَر عَلَى الْأَرْض

"As The Imam Abu Ja'afar ibn Jareer told said (so) told user ibn Bashaar, so told us Yahya so told us Sufyaan ِAl-Thawri
so told use Sulimaan who is the sticky-eyed(al-a'mash) from Abi Zabyaan from ibn 'Abbaas who said "The first thing that Allah created is the pen, it said "What do I write" Allah said "write the fate of existence all that will happen from this day until the day of judgement then Allah created the "Nun" and raised the mist of the water and rent it from the sky and spread the earth on the back of the Nun. The Nun was disturbed and the earth was extended and earth was fixed in place with the mountains, verily they are the pride (of Allah) upon the earth." }}

This is the definition of ن (Nun) in the Arabic tafsir:
{{Quote|Ibn Kathir tafsir on 68:1 <ref>altafsir.com/Tafasir.asp?tMadhNo=0&tTafsirNo=7&tSoraNo=68&tAyahNo=1&tDisplay=yes&UserProfile=0&LanguageId=1</ref>|نۤ حوت عظيم 
* نۤ - ''noon'' - Nun
* حوت - ''hoot'' - whale
* عظيم - '''azeem'' - big
'''Nun is a big whale.'''
}}

===Hadith from Ibn Abbas, the turjuman ul-Qur'an===

Another variation of this hadith from At-Tabari:
{{Quote|تاريخ الطبري (Tarikh At-Tabari) <ref name="abbas">http://hdith.com/?s=%D8%AB%D9%85+%D8%AE%D9%84%D9%82+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D9%88%D9%86+%D9%81%D9%88%D9%82+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%A1%D8%8C+%D8%AB%D9%85+%D9%83%D8%A8%D8%B3+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B1%D8%B6+%D8%B9%D9%84%D9%8A%D9%87</ref>|
عن ابنِ عباسٍ قال أولُ شيءٍ خلق اللهُ تعالى القلمُ فقال له اكتب فكتب ما هو كائنٌ إلى أن تقومَ الساعةُ ثم خلق النون فوق الماءِ ثم كبس الأرضَ عليه

From Ibn Abbas (ابنِ عباسٍ), who said: The first thing Allah (اللهُ) created was the pen (القلمُ), so he told it: "Write!" (اكتب) And it wrote what will happen until the Hour (Day of Judgement), then he created the Nun (النون) above (فوق) water (الماءِ), then He pressed (كبس) the Earth (الأرضَ) on it (عليه).
}}
The hadith (narration) by Ibn Abbas (collected by At-Tabari) is considered صحيح (sahih)<ref name="abbas"></ref>, which means it is considered to be an authentic narration in the traditional estimation of hadith. According to the tradition Ibn Abbas holds a special place in the scheme of hadith preservers, for Muhammad made du'a(prayer) for Ibn Abbas, so that Allah would teach him the true interpretation of the Qur'an. Ibn Abbas was also called ''turjuman ul-Qur'an'' (ترجمان القرآن) id est "translator of the Qur'an", because he had such a deep knowledge about the interpretation (''tarjama'', literally translation) of the revelations.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|92|375}}|Narrated Ibn ‘Abbas (raa): The Prophet (saws) embraced me and said, “O Allah! Teach him (the knowledge of) the Book (Quran).”}}

His narration also explains why mountains are [[The Quran and Mountains|described as pegs]] in the Qur'an. It is because, according the traditional Islamic cosmology, the earth would fall off of the back of the whale without the pegs that hold it<ref>That is also supported by the tafsir Al-Jalalayn on the verse 78:7 "and the mountains pegs? with which the earth is tied down like tents are tied down with pegs the interrogative is meant as an affirmative."

http://altafsir.com/Tafasir.asp?tMadhNo=1&tTafsirNo=74&tSoraNo=78&tAyahNo=7&tDisplay=yes&UserProfile=0&LanguageId=2</ref>:
{{Quote|{{Quran|78|6-7}}|
78:6 Have We not made the earth an even expanse? 
78:7 And the mountains as pegs?
}}

It also explains why Allah's throne is "on water" (because Allah created the heavens out of water):
{{Quote|{{Quran|11|7}}|And it is He who created the heavens and the earth in six days - and '''His Throne had been upon water'''}}

==Tafsir At-Tabari==
At-Tabari had this to say:
{{Quote|At-Tabari tafsir on 68:1 <ref>http://altafsir.com/Tafasir.asp?tMadhNo=1&tTafsirNo=1&tSoraNo=68&tAyahNo=1&tDisplay=yes&UserProfile=0&LanguageId=1</ref>|
هو الحوت الذي عليه الأرَضُون

It is (هو) a whale (الحوت), which (الذي) on it (عليه) the Earths (الأرَضُون).
}}

In Islamic cosmology there are seven [[Flat Earth and the Quran|flat]] Earth'''s''', just like there are seven heavens:
{{Quote|{{Quran|65|12}}|Allah is He Who created seven heavens, and of the earth the like of them}}
They are placed on the whale like flapjacks on a plate, stacked one atop the other.

==ِTafsir Al-Qurtubi==
Another very respected tafsir of Al-Qurtubi is of the same opinion. The whale is under the 7th (lowest) Earth:
{{Quote|Tafsir Al-Qurtubi on 68:1 <ref>http://altafsir.com/Tafasir.asp?tMadhNo=1&tTafsirNo=5&tSoraNo=68&tAyahNo=1&tDisplay=yes&UserProfile=0&LanguageId=1</ref>|
نۤ> الحوت الذي تحت الأرض السابعة> 
<Nun> - the whale (الحوت), which is (الذي) under (تحت) the Earth (الأرض) the seventh (السابعة).
}}

From his use of the word "tahat" or "under" it can be surmised that in Al-Qurtubi's cosmology the earth is seen as flat.

==ِTafsir Al-Kabir (by Ar-Razi)==
{{Quote|Tafsir Al-Kabir on 68:1<ref>http://altafsir.com/Tafasir.asp?tMadhNo=1&tTafsirNo=4&tSoraNo=68&tAyahNo=1&tDisplay=yes&UserProfile=0&LanguageId=1</ref>|
بالحوت الذي على ظهره الأرض وهو في بحر تحت الأرض السفلى

..with the whale (بالحوت) which over its back (ظهره) is the Earth (الأرض) and it is in the sea (بحر) under (تحت) the Earth (الأرض) the lowest (السفلى).
}}

Al-Kabir here repeates the idea that there are multiple flat earths balanced on the back of the whale.

==ِTafsir Fath Al-Qadir (by Shawkani)==
This tafsir is from the 18th century re-affirms the idea that the world is carried on the back of a whale:
{{Quote|Fath Al-Qadir on 68:1<ref>http://altafsir.com/Tafasir.asp?tMadhNo=1&tTafsirNo=9&tSoraNo=68&tAyahNo=1&tDisplay=yes&UserProfile=0&LanguageId=1</ref>|
هو الحوت الذي يحمل الأرض

It is a whale which carries the Earth.
}}

==Hadith Al-Kafi (shia)==
Hadith Al-Kafi, one of the most prestigious Shi'ite hadith, also confirms that a whale carries the earth upon its back:
{{Quote|Al-Kafi, vol. 8, part 6, <ref>Page 45. [https://shiapdfresources.files.wordpress.com/2014/08/alkafi_vol8_part-6.pdf Kitab al-Kafi]. Archived at [http://web.archive.org/web/20161227191002/https://shiapdfresources.files.wordpress.com/2014/08/alkafi_vol8_part-6.pdf].</ref>|H 14813 – From him, from Salih, from one of his companions, from Abdul Samad Bin Basheer, who has reported the following: Abu Abdullah (asws) has said that: ‘'''The whale which is carrying the earth''' secretly said to itself that it is carrying the earth by its own strength. So Allah (azwj) the High Sent to it a fish smaller than a palm’s length, and larger than a finger. So it entered in its gills and shocked it. It remained like that for forty days. Then Allah (azwj) Raised it and was Merciful to it, and Took it out. So whenever Allah (azwj) Intends the earth to be in a quake, He (azwj) Sends that (small) fish to that (big) fish. So when it sees it, it becomes restless, so the earth gets engulfed by the earthquake’. }}

==Tafsir Al-Tusi (shia)==
The first comprehensive Shia tafsir<ref>http://en.wikishia.net/view/Al-Tibyan_fi_tafsir_al-Qur'an_(book)</ref> says this about the Nun:
{{Quote|Al-Tibbyan by Al-Tusi on 68:1 <ref>http://www.altafsir.com/Tafasir.asp?tMadhNo=4&tTafsirNo=39&tSoraNo=68&tAyahNo=1&tDisplay=yes&UserProfile=0&LanguageId=1</ref>|
وقال ابن عباس - فى رواية عنه - إن النون الحوت الذى عليه الارضون

And said Ibn Abbas (ابن عباس) - in his narration - that Nun (النون) is a whale (الحوت) which on it are the Earths (الارضون).}}

There is thus attestation of Nun the whale in both the Sunni and Shi'ite tradition.

==The Qur'anic Cosmology vis-à-vis Modern Science==
The world view evinced in the tasfir is one fundamentally at odds with the modern, scientific understanding of cosmology, earth sciences and geology. The authors of the tafsir tradition and the Qur'an seem to have been operating on the assumption that the earth that the human race inhabits is flat, and moreover it is only one of many different earths. The belief that the world is balanced on the back of a giant cosmological animal is not peculiar to Islam--witness the Hindu tradition of Akupāra (Sanskrit: अकूपार), also know as Kurma and Chukwa, the giant tortoise who supports the 16 elephants who hold up the world, or the Chinese myth of the sea turtle Ao whose sawed off legs prop up the world. The idea of a giant animal holding up the world is a myth found in many pre-scientific cultures.

==Other interpretations of Nun==
Although many traditional tafsir explain that Nun is the whale which carries the Earth(s) on its back, there are also non-whale interpretations of Nun.

==="ن is a letter of the alphabet"===
ن ("n") is a letter of the Arabic alphabet called نون (Nun). Many suwar in the Qur'an actually start with mysterious letters that don't have any immediate meaning. This does beg the question of what these letters mean in the first place, and from the perspective of a believing Muslim why Allah would start his revelations out with random letters, but considering it does fall into an accepted Qur'anic pattern it does at least offer an explanation for its presense. Another point is the word following the Nun, "walqalami" "by the pen." The Arabic formation for oaths and swears is to add و "wa" a particle meaning generally "and" to a noun in the majruur (genetive) case, producing the swearing oath: "والله" "wallahi" "by God!" "والشمس" "washamsi" "by the sun!" etc. Since the word "qalam" or "pen" is in the genitive case, it should be understood to be a swear, and this seems likely. It should however be remembered that the original "rasm" or consonantal text for the Qur'an lacked the vowel markings which in this case marks the word as being in the genitive. The original text thus might not have had this word in the genitive case, in which case the meaning would simply be "and the pen." It is thus possible that in the original the "wa" functioned simply as an "and" and the original meaning was thus simply "(the letter) nun, and the pen, and what they write."

==="N" in "Ar-Rahmaa'''n'''"===
The word الرحمن, Ar-Rahman, "the gracious" is one of the titles of Allah. The 13th sura starts with three letters الر, and a few suras start with the letters حم (see the comment on random letters at the beginning of suwar above). Putting these together produces الر + حم + ن= الرحمن "Ar-rahmaan."

*The word Ar-Rahman is nowadays actually written as الرحمان, but in the old Uthmani script it was written without the ا (alif) before the ن. It was added later, to indicate the "aa" vowel.
*A lot of verses start on other [[Muqatta'at|letters]] however and no convincing argument can be made for producing relevant words from most of them.

===Nun means "ink"===
A proposed solution for this is that the nun here means "ink" in the nominative case, in which case 68:1 would mean "The ink and the pen and that which they write". This solution suffers from some issues:

*The Qur'an used the word مِدَادًا (''midaadan'') for "ink" in the verse 18:109, while it used the word نون (''nun'') to mean "whale" in the verse 21:87. So it is more probable, that the meaning of nun here is "whale".
*According to this interpretation, this refers to the ink with which the Qur'an was written. Which is not very fitting, since the primary form of the Qu'ran is recitation according to the traditional narrative. The word "Qur'an" itself means "recitation" in the traditional understanding. It should also be noted, however, that the word Qur'an may have a Syriac antecedent in the word "Qeryaanaa", meaning a lectionary, the book of scripture readings in traditional Christian masses. With this understanding the meaning of "ink" might make more sense.

==="Allah knows best"===
"[[Allah knows best]]", in other words "the author knows what he meant", is an explanation offered by some Muslim commentators, indicating that even with the traditional narrative understanding this verse is difficult.

==Modern Muslim Scholarly and Apologetic Views==
Some Muslims, who consider the whale hypothesis to be false <ref>https://islamqa.info/en/114861</ref> are embarrassed that this is a part of their religion and try to put forward arguments to prove that it is in fact not a part of their religion.

===It's not in the Qur'an===
This is questionable. Nun is mentioned in the Qur'an 68:1 and it was used in another verse 21:87 to mean "whale". It is not clearly stated in the Qur'an that Nun is the whale which carries the Earth on its back, but the Qur'an speaks about mountains being like pegs, which supports the "whale cosmology". If there is no whale under the Earth, then there is no reason for mountains to function as pegs.

Also when something is not in the Qur'an, then it doesn't mean it's not a part of Islam. The "5 pillars of Islam" are also not described in the Qur'an and they are considered to be a part of Islam. Islam (or at least the mainstream Islam) is derived from the Qur'an, hadith and sira.

===The strength of the hadith ''mawqoof''===
A problem often mentioned in regards to this tradition is that it relies on Hadith rated as "mawqoof" or originating with a companion of the prophet. In traditional Sunni exegisis however this has not normally been seen as an issue:

Besides that, there is a fatwa which says that a ''mawqoof'' hadith can be used as evidence if nobody protested against it:
{{Quote|Fatwa 217021 <ref>http://www.islamweb.net/emainpage/index.php?page=showfatwa&Option=FatwaId&Id=217021</ref>|As for taking it as evidence, it means that we have to act according to it and consider it a source of evidence of the Islamic religion. Scholars have ten different opinions regarding that issue. The nearest of them to correctness is that '''if the opinion of the companion spread widely and no one went against it, then it is a source of evidence and a consensus by silence'''. However, if it did not spread or some other companions went against it, then it is not a source of evidence, but can be used as secondary evidence.

That is the case if reason and Ijtihaad (personal diligence) can be applied in the opinion of the companion; otherwise (i.e. if his opinion is something that has nothing to do with Ijtihaad like matters of the unseen or the stories of the previous Prophets), then it is regarded as Marfoo‘ (traceable) to the Prophet, sallallaahu ‘alayhi wa sallam, unless it is known that that companion used to take his information from the books of the People of the Book.

Allaah Knows best
}}

===Only the early scholars believed it===
It's sometimes claimed that only early scholars believed this, a strange claim considering that antiquity usually validates rather than invalidates views and doctrines in Islamic theology and jurisprudence. This view is, however, not even true so far as it goes, as the idea of the earth-bearing whale was mentioned even by Shawkani writing in the year 1835 CE when he wrote about it in his commentary on this verse.

===Jewish Origins===
There are some modern claims that this story/doctrine comes from Judaism. Neither the Bible, Talmud, targums, Mishnah or any other Jewish text mentions the idea of the earth-bearing whale. There is, tho, a myth of a big sea monster called "Leviathan" in the Bible:
{{Quote|Isiah 27:1|
In that day,
the Lord will punish with his sword—
his fierce, great and powerful sword—
Leviathan the gliding serpent,
Leviathan the coiling serpent;
he will slay the monster of the sea.
}}

It's not clear whether it is a whale or a dolphin or a crocodile (although the word is construed in modern Hebrew to mean "whale", but this has no necessary implication for the word in the time of Isaiah). It was also described as a dragon and serpent. There are many different interpretations. In Judaism Leviathan is sometimes understood metaphorically as a great enemy of Israel. In Christianity Leviathan is sometimes understood as Satan. Neither the Bible nor any extra-biblical Judaic text say that the Leviathan holds the earth on its back, but there is a rabbinic text saying that Leviathan is a flying serpent who has "middle bar of the earth" between its fins:
{{Quote|Pirke De-Rabbi Eliezer (Ch. 9)|
On the fifth day He brought forth from the water the Leviathan, the flying serpent, and its dwelling is in the the lowest waters; and between its fins rests the middle bar of the earth.
}}

Insofar as the Leviathan is interpreted as being a whale, it is possible that this was the origin of the myth. The entirety of the myth itself though does not appear to be Jewish in origin, rather being an obvious Islam accretion.

===Ibn Abbas Receiving the Story from the Jews===

Some modern believers and apologists as referenced above attribute this story to Jewish sources, basing this idea on the fact that ibn Abbas often took and retold Jewish stories. This practice though is actually attested to in sahih hadith:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|55|667}}|Narrated `Abdullah bin `Amr:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "'''Convey (my teachings)''' to the people even if it were a single sentence, and '''tell others the stories of Bani Israel (which have been taught to you)''', for it is not sinful to do so. And whoever tells a lie on me intentionally, will surely take his place in the (Hell) Fire."}}

This hadith seem to allow taking stories from the Jews. In the phrase "of Bani Israel" (عَنْ بَنِي إِسْرَائِيلَ), the word عن could mean both "from" and "about". And the beginning of the hadith says literally "convey from me" (بلغوا عني), so it looks more likely that it should be stories about Jews, but from Islamic sources.

Fath ul-Bari says in his commentary:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar Al Asqalani, Fathul Bari, Kitab: Ahaadeeth Al 'Anbiyaa', Bab: Ma Thakr 'an Bani Israel <ref>https://library.islamweb.net/newlibrary/display_book.php?bk_no=52&ID=2078&idfrom=6279&idto=6300&bookid=52&startno=8</ref>|
وقيل المعنى حدثوا عنهم بمثل ما ورد في القرآن والحديث الصحيح

And it is said that it means relating traditions about them found in the Qur'an and authentic hadith.
}}

So from the traditional sources it would not appear that there is anything particularly wrong with taking Jewish stories and retelling them for Muslims. In fact, the majority of the material in the Qur'an deals with either Jewish or Christian stories when a narrative is present.

The hadith is often combined by apologists with another hadith from Sahih Al-Bukhari, from the chapter '''“Do not ask the people of the Scripture about anything.”''' (The name of the chapter says it clearly, but apologists still think that the hadiths in this chapter support telling false stories from Jews):
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|92|460}}, book 96, chapter '''"Do not ask the people of the Scripture about anything"'''|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The people of the Book used to read the Torah in Hebrew and then explain it in Arabic to the Muslims. Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said (to the Muslims). "Do not believe the people of the Book, nor disbelieve them, but say, 'We believe in Allah and whatever is revealed to us, and whatever is revealed to you.' "
}}
This hadith doesn't say that Muslims should spread the Jewish stories. The most likely interpretation is that Muslims should ignore the Jews, because some of the Jewish stories is right, some is wrong, but the only truth is from Muhammad.

Telling lies from Jews is forbidden, according to Imam Shafii:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar Al Asqalani, Fathul Bari, Kitab: Ahaadeeth Al 'Anbiyaa', Bab: Ma Thakr 'an Bani Israel <ref>https://library.islamweb.net/newlibrary/display_book.php?bk_no=52&ID=2078&idfrom=6279&idto=6300&bookid=52&startno=8</ref>|
من المعلوم أن النبي صلى الله عليه وسلم لا يجيز التحدث بالكذب ، فالمعنى حدثوا عن بني إسرائيل بما لا تعلمون كذبه ، وأما ما تجوزونه فلا حرج عليكم في التحدث به عنهم [ ص: 576 ] وهو نظير قوله : إذا حدثكم أهل الكتاب فلا تصدقوهم ولا تكذبوهم ولم يرد الإذن ولا المنع من التحدث بما يقطع بصدقه

It is known that '''the Prophet (peace be upon him) did not permit speaking lies when he said "relate traditions from the children of Israel", thus it is meant that you relate traditions that you know not to be lies and whatever you find to be compliant with your beliefs''' then there is no harm narrating those traditions from them. This is in obedience to the Prophet's statement "Do not believe the people of the Scripture or disbelieve them." He did not recommend nor prohibit relating those traditions that are known to not be lies.
}}

And finally a quote from Ibn Abbas himself, also from the chapter '''“Do not ask the people of the Scripture about anything.”'''. This seems to cast doubt on the idea that ibn Abbas was even in the habit of taking stories from the Jews:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|92|461}}, book 96, chapter '''"Do not ask the people of the Scripture about anything"'''|
Narrated Ubaidullah:

'''Ibn `Abbas said, "Why do you ask the people of the scripture about anything''' while your Book (Qur'an) which has been revealed to Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) is newer and the latest? You read it pure, undistorted and unchanged, and Allah has told you that the people of the scripture (Jews and Christians) changed their scripture and distorted it, and wrote the scripture with their own hands and said, 'It is from Allah,' to sell it for a little gain. '''Does not the knowledge which has come to you prevent you from asking them about anything?''' No, by Allah, we have never seen any man from them asking you regarding what has been revealed to you!"
}}

==See Also==

*The Masked Arab - [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GVhsVjXJzKM Islam & the whale that carries the Earth on its back] (video)
*The Islam Issue - [https://theislamissue.wordpress.com/2019/04/02/the-nun-whale-and-the-calamity-of-ibn-abbas/ The Nun Whale and the calamity of Ibn Abbas] (blog)
*[[Scientific Errors in the Quran]]

{{Translation-links-english|[[Islámská velryba|Czech]]}}

[[Category:Islam and Science]]

==References==
<references />

She's too young

2021-02-14T08:43:59Z

Prekladator: /* Ages */

"She's too young" (إنها صغيرة, ''inna-haa sagheera'') is a famous saying of Muhammad when he refused to marry his little daughter Fatima to Abu Bakr and Umar.

==The hadith==
The sahih hadith can be found in the collection of an-Nasa'i in the chapter called "A woman marrying someone who is similar in age to her":
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai|4|26|3223|}}|
أَخْبَرَنَا الْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ حُرَيْثٍ، قَالَ حَدَّثَنَا الْفَضْلُ بْنُ مُوسَى، عَنِ الْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ وَاقِدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ بُرَيْدَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ خَطَبَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ وَعُمَرُ رضى الله عنهما فَاطِمَةَ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم ‏ "‏ إِنَّهَا صَغِيرَةٌ ‏"‏ ‏.‏ فَخَطَبَهَا عَلِيٌّ فَزَوَّجَهَا مِنْهُ ‏.‏

Narrated 'Abdullah bin Buraidah:
It was narrated from 'Abdullah bin Buraidah that his father said: "Abu Bakr and 'Umar, may Allah be pleased with them, proposed marriage to Fatimah but the Messenger of Allah said:''' 'She is young.' '''(إِنَّهَا صَغِيرَةٌ, ''inna-haa sagheera'') Then 'Ali proposed marriage to her and he married her to him."
}}

صغيرة is the feminine version of صغير and it can mean young/small/tiny/little etc. <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B5%D8%BA%D9%8A%D8%B1</ref> ''inna-haa sagheera'' (إنها صغيرة) is literally "Indeed-she [is] young/small"

The sahih hadith is also in Sahih ibn Hibban (6948) and others. <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D8%A5%D9%86%D9%87%D8%A7+%D8%B5%D8%BA%D9%8A%D8%B1%D8%A9</ref>

Ali married Fatima shortly after the battle of Badr:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|40|563}}|
Narrated Husain bin `Ali:

'''`Ali''' bin Abi Talib said: "I got a she-camel as my share of the war booty '''on the day (of the battle) of Badr''', and Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) gave me another she-camel. I let both of them kneel at the door of one of the Ansar, intending to carry Idhkhir on them to sell it and use its price for my wedding banquet on '''marrying Fatima'''.
}}

==Ages==
According to Islamic tradition:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abu_Bakr Abu Bakr] was born in 573
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Umar Umar] was born in 584
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ali Ali] was born in 601
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fatimah Fatima] was born in 615
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Badr The Battle of Badr] happened in 624 (when Fatima was 9 years old, Ali 23, Umar 40 and Abu Bakr 51)

==See also==

*[[Aisha]]

External:

*[https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/%D8%A5%D9%86#Etymology_2 Wikipedia: Inna (إِنَّ) means "indeed"]

==References==
<references />
[[Category:Muhammad and Aisha]]
[[Category:Muhammad's wives and concubines]]
[[Category:Child Marriage]]
[[Category:Islam and Women]]

Prophecies in the Hadith

2021-02-10T18:04:25Z

Prekladator: /* See also */

{{QualityScore|Lead=1|Structure=4|Content=4|Language=2|References=3}}
Muhammad's prophecies are predictions attributed to him and written hundreds of years after his [[Muhammad's Death|death]]. Many prophecies are considered "signs of the Hour" (Islamic eschatology). Some prophecies are general statements that may apply to times even before Islam, other prophecies predict early Islamic history (which happened before the predictions were written) and some prophecies make predictions about the the future to come after the hadiths were written.

Prophecies in this article are from the hadiths. Quranic prophecies have a [[Quranic Prophecies|separate article]].
==Signs of the Hour==
"The Hour" (الساعة) refers to a period of time on the Day of Judgement.
{{Quote|{{Quran|30|55}}|
And '''the Day the Hour''' appears the criminals will swear they had remained but an hour. Thus they were deluded."
}}

Signs of the Hour indicate that the Hour (and the end of the world) is coming. They were divided by scholars into minor and major. The major signs are contained in this hadith:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6931}}|
Hudhaifa b. Usaid al-Ghifari reported:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) came to us all of a sudden as we were (busy in a discussion). He said: What do you discuss about? They (the Companions) said. We are discussing about the Last Hour. Thereupon he said: It will not come until you see ten signs before and (in this connection) he made a mention of the smoke, Dajjal, the beast, the rising of the sun from the west, the descent of Jesus son of Mary (Allah be pleased with him), the Gog and Magog, and land-slides in three places, one in the east, one in the west and one in Arabia at the end of which fire would burn forth from the Yemen, and would drive people to the place of their assembly.
}}

The minor signs indicate that the Hour is "getting closer", while the major signs indicate that the Hour will happen immediately after them. The first major sign is coming of the Dajjal and Muhammad thought that it might happen during his life.<ref>"Al-nawwas b. Sim’an al-Kilabi said:
'''The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) mentioned the Dajjal (Antichrist) saying: If he comes forth while I am among you''' I shall be the one who will dispute with him on your behalf, but if he comes forth when I am not among you, a man must dispute on his own behalf, and Allah will take my place in looking after every Muslim. Those of you who live up to his time should recite over him the opening verses of Surat al – Kahf, for they are your protection from his trial. We asked: How long will he remain on the earth ? He replied : Forty days, one like a year, one like a month, one like a week, and rest of his days like yours. We asked : Messenger of Allah, will one day’s prayer suffice us in this day which will be like a year ? He replied : No, you must make an estimate of its extent. Then Jesus son of Marry will descend at the white minaret to the east of Damascus. He will then catch him up at the date of Ludd and kill him." - {{Abudawud|38|4307}}</ref>

*7th century Arabs didn't have the concept of "an hour" meaning 60 minutes. An hour (ساعة) just meant a period of time [shorter than a day]. <ref>AR: https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/140286/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%88-%D9%85%D9%82%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%B1-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF%D8%A9-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%8A%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D8%AD%D8%A7%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D9%88%D9%87%D9%84-%D9%87%D9%88-%D8%B3%D8%AA%D9%88%D9%86-%D8%AF%D9%82%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A9</ref>
*Most prophecies are linked to the Hour

Some Muslims reject the hadiths of the signs of the Hour <ref>http://bayanelislam.net/Suspicion.aspx?id=03-02-0071</ref>, because a Quranic verse indicates that the Hour will come by surprise (not after seeing clear signs) and that only Allah has knowledge about the Hour (not Muhammad):
{{Quote|{{Quran|7|187}}|
They ask you ˹O Prophet˺ regarding the Hour, “When will it be?” Say, “That knowledge is only with my Lord. He alone will reveal it when the time comes. It is too tremendous for the heavens and the earth and will only take you by surprise.” They ask you as if you had full knowledge of it. Say, “That knowledge is only with Allah, but most people do not know.”
}}

==Characteristics==

*Predictions don't have the time when they are supposed to happen. So even if it doesn't happen, Muslim can still believe it will happen in the future. For example the conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting. But it was conquered by fighting, so some Muslims think that this wasn't what was predicted and there will be another conquest of Constantinople that will get it right.
*Scarcely any predictions were fulfilled once the predictions had been written down in the form of hadiths.

==Retrodictions and Reiterating Biblical Prophecy==
The hadith collections were written, often by Persian authors, hundreds of years after the death of Muhammad. So when the hadiths contain a prophecy about early Islamic history, they are likely only being attributed to Muhammad after the fact. This category also includes things that always happened, even before Islam (earthquakes, wars, people being dishonest...) and prophecies copied from the Bible.

===Fabrication of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Introduction, Narration 15|
يَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ الزَّمَانِ دَجَّالُونَ كَذَّابُونَ يَأْتُونَكُمْ مِنَ الأَحَادِيثِ بِمَا لَمْ تَسْمَعُوا أَنْتُمْ وَلاَ آبَاؤُكُمْ فَإِيَّاكُمْ وَإِيَّاهُمْ لاَ يُضِلُّونَكُمْ وَلاَ يَفْتِنُونَكُمْ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings of Allah upon him, said:
‘There will be in the end of time charlatan liars coming to you with narrations (hadiths) that you nor your fathers heard, so beware of them lest they misguide you and cause you tribulations’.
}}
There were a lot of fabricators of hadiths before the hadiths were written (mostly in the 9th century). Muslim scholars thus invented a "science of hadiths" which determines which oral traditions are fabricated and which are from people who supposedly "never lie".

===The caliphate will last 30 years===
{{Quote|{{Al Tirmidhi||4|7|2226}}|
Sa'eed bin Jumhan narrated:
"Safinah narrated to me, he said: 'The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said: "'''Al-Khilafah will be in my Ummah for thirty years''', then there will be monarchy after that."' Then Safinah said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of Abu Bakr,' then he said: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Umar and the Khilafah of 'Uthman.' Then he said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Ali."' He said: "So we found that they add up to thirty years." Sa'eed said: "I said to him: 'Banu Umaiyyah claim that the Khilafah is among them.' He said: 'Banu Az-Zarqa' lie, rather they are a monarchy, among the worst of monarchies."'
}}

*The first caliphate lasted from 632-661, 29 years time.
*Tirmidhi, author of this hadith collection, was born in 824, more than 100 years after the end of the caliphate
*The hadith in it's text is in the context of discussion about previous caliphates
*The political system after the first caliphate, was still called a caliphate. There was some form of caliphate until the 20th century

===Rulership of the foolish after Muhammad===
{{Quote|Mishkat al-Masabih 3700|
Ka'b b. ‘Ujra told that God's Messenger said to him, “I commend you to God to protect you from '''the rulership of the foolish''' (إمارةِ السُّفهاءِ).” He asked what that was, and God’s Messenger replied, “'''After my time''' governors will arise whose falsehood will be believed and who will be assisted in their oppression by those who enter their presence. They have nothing to do with me and I have nothing to do with them, and they will never come down to me at the Pond. But they who do not enter their presence, believe their falsehood and help them in their oppression, those belong to me and I belong to them, and those ones will come down to me at the Pond.”}}

===Vile men control affairs of the people===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah 4036 (hasan)|
..and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}
===Return of the caliphate===
The hadith was sent to a new caliph Umar II:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 4/273, 18430 (hasan)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا سليمان بن داود الطيالسي حدثني داود بن إبراهيم الواسطي حدثني حبيب بن سالم عن النعمان بن بشير قال : كنا قعودا في المسجد مع رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم وكان بشير رجلا يكف حديثه فجاء أبو ثعلبة الخشني فقال يا بشير بن سعد أتحفظ حديث رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم في الأمراء فقال حذيفة أنا أحفظ خطبته فجلس أبو ثعلبة فقال حذيفة قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم تكون النبوة فيكم ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء الله أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا عاضا فيكون ما شاء الله ان يكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا جبرية فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة ثم سكت قال حبيب فلما قام عمر بن عبد العزيز وكان يزيد بن النعمان بن بشير في صحابته فكتبت إليه بهذا الحديث أذكره إياه فقلت له انى أرجو ان يكون أمير المؤمنين يعنى عمر بعد الملك العاض والجبرية فادخل كتابي على عمر بن عبد العزيز فسر به وأعجبه
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده حسن

It was narrated by Ahmed in his Musnad, from Al-Nu’man b.Bashir, who said: “We were sitting in the mosque of the Messenger of Allah(saw), and Bashir was a man who did not speak much, so Abu Tha’labah Al-Khashnee came and said: ‘Oh, Bashir bin Sa’ad, have you memorized the words of the Messenger of Allah (saw) regarding the rulers?’ Huthayfah replied, ‘I have memorized his words’. So Abu Tha’labah sat down and Huthayfah said, ‘The Messenger of Allah (saw) said ‘'''Prophet-hood will be among you''' as long as Allah wishes, then He will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of the Prophet''', and it will be as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be an inheritance rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a coercive rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of Prophet-hood'''.’ Then he (saw) was silent.” Habib said: “When '''Umar ibn AbdulAziz became caliph I wrote to him, mentioning this tradition to him''' and saying, “I hope '''you will be the commander of the faithful after the biting and the oppressive kingdoms'''. ”It pleased and charmed him, i.e. Umar ibn AbdulAziz.”
}}
Umar II died in 720 and he was expected to bring back the good old caliphate. Musnad Ahmad was written in the 9th century.

==="Prophet, siddiq and two martyrs"===
Notice that the future caliphs are usually mentioned in the order in which they will be caliphs (strongly suggesting these were written later by someone who already knew the order):
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|35}}|
Narrated Anas bin Malik:

The Prophet (ﷺ) ascended the mountain of Uhud and he was accompanied by '''Abu Bakr, `Umar and `Uthman'''. The mountain shook beneath them. The Prophet (ﷺ) hit it with his foot and said, "O Uhud ! Be firm, for on you there is none but a '''Prophet, a Siddiq and a martyr (i.e. and two martyrs)'''.
}}

The hadith was interpreted as a vague prediction that Abu Bakr will die naturally and Umar and Uthman will be killed. The 3 caliphs were in the 7th century. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Khawarij===
According to Islamic scholars, this hadith is about the coming of the Khawarij:
{{Quote|Sunan An-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 37, Hadith 4107|
It was narrated that 'Ali said:
"I heard the Messenger of Allah [SAW] say: 'At the end of time there will appear young people with foolish minds. Their faith will not pass through their throats, and they will go out of Islam as an arrow goes through the target. If you meet them, then kill them, for killing them will bring reward to the one who killed them on the Day of Resurrection.'"
}}

Khawarij ("The Leavers") left the army of the caliph Ali in the middle of the 7th century. The prediction was written in the middle of the 9th century, two hundred years later.

The prophecy says "at the end of time". The Khawarij appeared more than a thousand years ago.

===Places of killed people at the battle of Badr===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 19, Hadith 4394|
..Then the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: This is the place where so and so would be killed. He placed his hand on the earth (saying) here and here; (and) none of them fell away from the place which the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) had indicated by placing his hand on the earth.
}}

Battle of Badr was in the 7th century. This hadith collection was authored in the 9th century.

===Earthquakes will increase===
It's a part of a longer hadith as one of the signs of the end of the world:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
.. and earthquakes will increase in number..
}}

There were always earthquakes, increasing and decreasing. There is a report that earthquakes happened also during the life of Muhammad:
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/bulugh/2/441 Bulugh al-Maram 2:509]|
He [the Prophet (ﷺ)] prayed during an earthquake six bowings and four prostrations, and said, "This is the way the Prayer of the Signs (of Allah) is offered.
}}

Earthquakes were also predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. '''There will be great earthquakes''', famines and pestilences in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}

===Rain is hot===
This hadith is classified as mawdu (fabricated). <ref>https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/265083/%D8%AD%D9%88%D9%84-%D8%B5%D8%AD%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%85%D8%B3%D8%B9%D9%88%D8%AF-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9</ref> It's part of a long hadith about coming of the Hour:
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
..وَأَنْ يَكُونَ الْمَطَرُ قَيْظًا ..
..and that rain will be hot (قيظا)..
}}

It was also mentioned in Lane's lexicon:
{{Quote|Lane's lexicon on قَيْظٌ <ref>http://lexicon.quranic-research.net/data/21_q/239_qyZ.html</ref>|
لَا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكُونَ الوَلَدُ غَيْظًا والمَطَرُ قَيْظًا, a saying of Moḥammad, meaning [The resurrection, or the time thereof, will not come to pass until the birth of a child be an occasion of wrath, or rage, and] rain be accompanied by air like the قيظ [or '''most vehement heat of summer''']. (TA.)
}}

The word قيظ (''qayz'') was also mentioned in a different hadith meaning "hot weather":{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 6 (Hasan)|
Rifa'ah bin Rafi' said:
I heard Abu Bakr as-Siddeeq say on the minbar of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) : I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, and Abu Bakr wept when he remembered the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) , then he recovered and said. I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, in this '''hot weather''' (القيظ) last year: `Ask Allah for forgiveness, well-being and certainty of faith in the Hereafter and in this world.”
}}

Some insist that the word قيظ means "acidic".

===Strong wind===
Muhammad predicted a strong wind on the same day it happened, so there was probably already a wind getting stronger:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|559}}|
..When we reached Tabuk, the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "There will be a strong wind tonight and so no one should stand and whoever has a camel, should fasten it." So we fastened our camels. A strong wind blew at night and a man stood up and he was blown away to a mountain called Taiy..
}}
The prophecy was written in the 9th century.

===Child is filled with rage===
This is a part of a fabricated (mawdu') hadith.
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
وإن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها: أن يكون الولد غيظاً، وأن يكون المطر قيظاً

And from the signs of the Hour is that '''a boy will be enraged''' and that water will be hot
}}
Angry children have been around since time immemorial.

===Muhammad's death===
Muhammad predicted that he will die. The prediction doesn't contain any specific information about his death:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "'''Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death''', the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

The context is that it will be a sign that the Hour is coming. But Muhammad died more than a thousand years ago and the Hour didn't come.

===Muhammad's wife with the longest arm will die first===
{{Quote|Sahih Bukhari: Vol. 2, Book of Tax (Zakat), Hadith 501|
Narrated 'Aisha:

Some of the wives of the Prophet asked him, "Who amongst us will be the first to follow you (i.e. die after you)?" He said, "Whoever has the longest hand." So they started measuring their hands with a stick and Sauda's hand turned out to be the longest. (When Zainab bint Jahsh died first of all in the caliphate of 'Umar), we came to know that the long hand was a symbol of practicing charity, so she was the first to follow the Prophet and she used to love to practice charity. (Sauda died later in the caliphate of Muawiya).
}}

It's questionable whether the prophecy was metaphorical and fulfilled or whether it was literal and hence re-interpreted. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Muhammad's daughter Fatima will die first from his family===
During Muhammad's illness, Fatima was walking like Muhammad, so she also had signs of illness:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6005}}|
`A'isha reported that all the wives of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) had gathered (in her apartment) '''during the days of his (Prophet's) last illness ''' and no woman was left behind that '''Fatima, who walked after the style of Allah's Messenger''' (ﷺ), came there. He welcomed her by saying:

You are welcome, my daughter, and made her sit on his right side or on his left side, and then talked something secretly to her and Fatima wept. Then he talked something secretly to her and she laughed. I said to her: What makes you weep? She said: I am not going to divulge the secret of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). I (`A'isha) said: I have not seen (anything happening) like today, the happiness being more close to grief (as I see today) when she wept. I said to her: Has Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) singled you out for saying something leaving us aside? She then wept and I asked her what he said, and she said: I am not going to divulge the secrets of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). And when he died I again asked her and she said that he (the Holy Prophet) told her: Gabriel used to recite the Qur'an to me once a year and for this year it was twice and so I perceived that my death had drawn near, and that '''I (Fatima) would be the first amongst the members of his family who would meet him (in the Hereafter)'''. He shall be my good forerunner and it made me weep. He again talked to me secretly (saying): Aren't you pleased that you should be the sovereign amongst the believing women or the head of women of this Ummah? And this made me laugh.
}}

===A plague kills many Muslims===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, '''a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep''', the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}
It was interpreted as a prophecy about the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Amwas Plague of Amwas] (638-639), which is considered a re-emergence of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Justinian the Plague of Justinian] (541-549), so there was a precedent.

The prediction was written in the 9th century.

===Sexual immorality (abominations)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: '''Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them'''. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

Sexual immorality (or "abomination") was nothing new in the 7th century. The Old Testament mentions such a story:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 19:3-8|
He prepared a meal for them, baking bread without yeast, and they ate. Before they had gone to bed, all the men from every part of the city of Sodom—both young and old—surrounded the house. They called to Lot, “Where are the men who came to you tonight? Bring them out to us so that we can have sex with them.” Lot went outside to meet them and shut the door behind him and said, “No, my friends. Don’t do this wicked thing. Look, I have two daughters who have never slept with a man. Let me bring them out to you, and you can do what you like with them.
}}

In the New Testament Jesus spoke to a woman who had many sexual partners:
{{Quote|The Bible, John 4:16-18|
“Go and get your husband,” Jesus told her.

“I don’t have a husband,” the woman replied.

Jesus said, “You’re right! You don’t have a husband— for you have had five husbands, and you aren’t even married to the man you’re living with now. You certainly spoke the truth!”
}}

There were also abominations happening in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|62|65}}|
Narrated `Aisha:

that the Prophet (ﷺ) married her when '''she was six years old and he consummated his marriage when she was nine years old'''. Hisham said: I have been informed that `Aisha remained with the Prophet (ﷺ) for nine years (i.e. till his death).
}}

Plagues and diseases also happened throughout whole history. Plagues (pestilences) were also predicted in the Bible, hundreds of years before Muhammad:{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be great earthquakes, famines and '''pestilences''' in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}
===Homosexuality===
This is a fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يا ابن مسعود إن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها أن يكتفي الرجال بالرجال والنساء بالنساء

..O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that men are content with men and women with women..
}}

Homosexuals existed before Islam.

===People flogging people===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: '''people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people''', and the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Ishaa’ah li Ashraat il-Saa’ah, p. 119|
Al-Sakhaawi said: They are now the helpers of the oppressors, and usually it refers to the worst group around the ruler. It may also apply to unjust rulers.
}}

Muhammad commanded flogging (and killing) people:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4482 (hasan sahih)|
Narrated Mu'awiyah ibn AbuSufyan:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: If they (the people) drink wine, flog them, again if they drink it, flog them. Again if they drink it, kill them.
}}
===Women naked, but dressed (wearing revealing clothes)===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people, and '''the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side'''. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Some apologists present it as something new that happens in the 21st century and Muhammad couldn't have guessed it.
{{Quote|islamqa.info: Commentary on the hadeeth; “two types of the people of Hell whom I have not seen…” <ref>https://islamqa.info/en/answers/47017/commentary-on-the-hadeeth-two-types-of-the-people-of-hell-whom-i-have-not-seen</ref>|
This hadeeth is one of the miracles of Prophethood, for these two types of people have appeared, and '''they exist now, as al-Nawawi (may Allaah have mercy on him) said.'''
}}
Al-Nawawi lived in the 13th century.

Islamic sources say that there were naked women circumambulating around the Kaba in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||3|24|2959}}|
It was narrated from Saeed bin Jubair that Ibn Abbas said:
"Women used to circumambulate the Kabah naked, saying: 'Today some, or all of it will appear And whatever appers I don't make is permissible.' Then the following was revealed: 'O Children of Adam! Take your adornment to every Masjid.'"
}}

There is also a hadith with the same terminology of dressed (كاسيات) and undressed (عاريات) but in a different context:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|21|226}}|
Narrated Um Salama:

One night the Prophet (ﷺ) got up and said, "Subhan Allah! How many afflictions Allah has revealed tonight and how many treasures have been sent down (disclosed). Go and wake the sleeping lady occupants of these dwellings up (for prayers), perhaps a well '''dressed''' (كاسية) in this world may be '''naked''' (عارية) in the Hereafter."
}}

===Naked thighs in markets===
This hadith is classified mawdoo' (fabricated). <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/321649/%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%AC%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%B9%D8%B4%D8%B1-%D8%AE%D8%B5%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85-%D9%84%D9%88%D8%B7-</ref> Albani included it in his book سلسلة الأحاديث الضعيفة والموضوعة وأثرها السيئ في الأمة ("Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah"):
{{Quote|Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah, Al-Albani|
عشر من أخلاق قوم اللوط:..والمشي في الأسواق والأفخاذ بادية

Ten behaviors of Lot's people:.. and walking in markets and thighs are naked..
}}

There were uncovered thighs in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud Book 32, Hadith 4003|
Narrated Jarhad:

The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) sat with us and my thigh was uncovered. He said: Do you not know that thigh is a private part ?
}}

Muhammad exposed his thighs at some point:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|8|367}}|
Narrated `Abdul `Aziz:

Anas said, 'When Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) invaded Khaibar, we offered the Fajr prayer there (early in the morning) when it was still dark. The Prophet (ﷺ) rode and Abu Talha rode too and I was riding behind Abu Talha. The Prophet (ﷺ) passed through the lane of Khaibar quickly and '''my knee was touching the thigh of the Prophet (ﷺ) . He uncovered his thigh''' and I saw the whiteness of '''the thigh of the Prophet'''.
}}

===Widespread adultery===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|34|6451}}|
Anas b. Malik reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

It is from the conditions of the Last Hour that knowledge would be taken away and ignorance would prevail (upon the world), the liquor would be drunk, and '''adultery would become rampant'''.
}}

Muhammad's companions used to give women a handful of flour and then perform what they called "a temporary marriage" (زواج المتعة, ''zawaj al-mut'a''). Seeing as polygamy was allowed, these companions may have been married at the time, and their behavior would today be classified as adultery:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|8|3249}}|
Jabir b. 'Abdullah reported:

We contracted temporary marriage giving a handful of (tales or flour as a dower during the lifetime of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and during the time of Abu Bakr until 'Umar forbade it in the case of 'Amr b. Huraith.
}}

There is also a fabricated (mawdu') prophecy about illegitimate children:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يَا ابْنَ مَسْعُودٍ ، إِنَّ مِنْ أَعْلَامِ السَّاعَةِ وَأَشْرَاطِهَا أَنْ يَكْثُرَ أَوْلَادُ الزِّنَا

O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that there are many children from adultery
}}

===Abundant wealth===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||5|36|4047}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The Hour will not begin until '''wealth becomes abundant''' and tribulations appear, and Harj increases.” They said: “What is Harj, O Messenger of Allah?” He said: '''“Killing, killing, killing,”''' three times.
}}

Muslims became wealthy in the 7th century by the early Islamic conquests (the hadith itself mentions it together with "killing, killing, killing"). Sunan Ibn Majah was written two centuries after these conquests.

===Men obey their wives===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, '''a man obeys his wife''' and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

It was mentioned among negative things, that indicates that a woman being dominant in marriage is an evil thing. But it appears that the patriarchy was not universal even in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|43|648}}|Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Abbas: ...We, the people of Quraish, used to have authority over women, but when we came to live with the Ansar, we noticed that '''the Ansari women had the upper hand over their men''', so our women started acquiring the habits of the Ansari women. Once I shouted at my wife and she paid me back in my coin and I disliked that she should answer me back....}}

===Fire in Hijaz illuminates necks of camels in Busra===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|234}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a fire will come out of the land of Hijaz, and it will throw light on the necks of the camels at Busra."
}}
There was a lava eruption in Hijaz in the year 1256 ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Harrat_Rahat Harrat Rahat]) which is considered by Muslims as fulfillment. That's the last eruption, but the eruption before that was in 640 - 641 A.D. during the reign of Umar.<ref>
Volcanic history of the northernmost part of the Harrat Rahat volcanic field, Saudi Arabia
https://pubs.geoscienceworld.org/gsa/geosphere/article/14/3/1253/529993/Volcanic-history-of-the-northernmost-part-of-the</ref>
So there was a precedent. The unspecified date of occurrence makes this prediction one that might be referenced perennially

===Making halal what was haram===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|69|494}}|
Narrated Abu 'Amir or Abu Malik Al-Ash'ari:

that he heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "From among my followers there will be some '''people who will consider illegal sexual intercourse, the wearing of silk, the drinking of alcoholic drinks and the use of musical instruments, as lawful.''' And there will be some people who will stay near the side of a mountain and in the evening their shepherd will come to them with their sheep and ask them for something, but they will say to him, 'Return to us tomorrow.' Allah will destroy them during the night and will let the mountain fall on them, and He will transform the rest of them into monkeys and pigs and they will remain so till the Day of Resurrection."
}}

According to Islam, Jews and Christians took their rabbis and monks as lords, because the rabbis and monks ''made lawful'' for them what Allah forbade. <ref>Quran 9:31, tafsir Ibn Kathir</ref>

===Slave woman gives birth to her master/mistress===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|48}}|
When a slave (lady) gives birth to her master.
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 63 (sahih)|
When the slave woman gives birth to her mistress' (Waki' said: This means when non-Arabs will give birth to Arabs")
}}

According to Nawawi, the opinion of the majority of scholars is that Muslims will enslave non-Muslim women and have kids with them and the kids will be masters of their mothers because the kids are Muslims. <ref>https://quranacademy.io/blog/an-nawawis-hadith-2-hadith-of-jibreel-3/</ref> Ibn Hajar (who lived later) didn't like this interpretation, because the enslavement was already happening during the time of Muhammad, so it wasn't really a prophecy of the future.

Ibn Hajar and others, as a result, like to interpret it as kids treating their mothers like slaves. This is not compatible with Waki's comment, and it would appear that children disrespecting their parents has been and will remain a universal phenomenon.

===Woman helps her husband in business===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
'Abdullah said, 'From the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, who said, "Before the Final Hour people will single out one individual for the greeting, commerce will increase until '''a woman helps her husband in business''', people will sever their links with their relatives, knowledge will spread, false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed."
}}

===Some people control trade===
{{Quote|an-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 4461 (sahih)|
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'One of the portents of the Hour will be that wealth becomes widespread and abundant, and trade will become widespread, but knowledge will disappear. '''A man will try to sell something and will say: "No, not until I consult the merchant of banu so and so''' and People will look throughout a vast area for a scribe and will not find one."
}}
Meccans boycotted Muslims in the Meccan period. It was a form of trade control.

===Injustice===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 485 (sahih)|
Ibn 'Umar reported that the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, said, "Injustice will appear as darkness on the Day of Rising."
}}

===False testimony===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ، وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

..false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed.
}}

False testimony was already forbidden in the 10 commandments. The problem existed long before Islam.

===Unfulfilled vows===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
..then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and '''they will vow and never fulfill their vows''', and fatness will appear among them."
}}

===Cheating in weights (scales)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. '''They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers'''. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is also mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Amos 8:2-6|
Then the Lord said to me, “The end has come for My people Israel. I will spare them no longer. The songs of the palace will turn to wailing in that day,” declares the Lord God. “Many will be the corpses; in every place they will cast them forth in silence.” '''Hear this, you who trample the needy''', to do away with the humble of the land, saying: “When will the new moon be over, So that we may sell grain, And the sabbath, that we may open the wheat market, '''To make the bushel smaller and the shekel bigger, And to cheat with dishonest scales'''
}}

Famines, like cheating, are universal phenomenon.

===Making money unlawfully===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|34|296}}|
Narrated Abu Hurairah (ra):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said "Certainly a time will come when people will not bother to know from where they earned the money, by lawful means or unlawful means."
}}
Muhammad himself engaged in dubious practices to acquire money:
{{Quote|Sirat Rasul Allah 428, Tabari VII:29|
Then the apostle heard that Abu Sufyan b. Harb was coming from Syria with a large caravan of Quraysh, containing their money and merchandise, accompanied by some thirty or forty men." Mohammad said, "This is the Quraysh caravan containing their property, Go out to attack it, perhaps God will give it as prey,
}}

===Usury (riba)===
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 10191|
عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ أَنّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ يَأْتِي عَلَى النَّاسِ زَمَانٌ يَأْكُلُونَ فِيهِ الرِّبَا قِيلَ النَّاسُ كُلُّهُمْ قَالَ مَنْ لَمْ يَأْكُلْهُ مِنْهُمْ نَالَهُ مِنْ غُبَارِهِ

Abu Huraira reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “A time will come upon people in which they will consume usury.” It was said, “All of the people?” The Prophet said, “Whoever does not consume it will be affected by its dust.”
}}

Usury (riba) was already widespread in the period before Islam, which Muslims call "jahilya":
{{Quote|[https://ebrary.net/10536/business_finance/types_riba Types of Riba]|
Riba al-Jahiliyah means “the riba used during the age of ignorance and paganism.” It is also called riba al-nassee'aa (the riba that is constrained by a time limit and is time dependent). This type of '''riba was widely practiced by the pagan Arabs at the advent of Islam'''.
}}

In any interest-based economy, all goods will inevitably be "tainted" directly or indirectly with interest-based practices.

===Sudden deaths===
{{Quote|Al-Mu'jam al-Awsat al-Tabarani (9/147) No. 9376 (sahih)|
حدثنا الهيثم بن خالد المصيصي نا عبدالكبير بن المعافى بن عمران نا شريك عن العباس بن ذريح عن الشعبي عن أنس بن مالك رفعه إلى النبي صلى الله عليه و سلم قال من اقتراب الساعة أن يرى الهلال قبلا فيقال لليلتين وأن تتخذ المساجد طرقا وأن يظهر الموت الفجاء لم يرو هذا الحديث عن العباس بن زريح إلا شريك تفرد به عبد الكبير بن المعافى

Anas bin Malik (RA) narrated that the Prophet (SAW) said: “Among the signs that the Last Hour is near, is that the crescent would appear larger than its actual size and people would say: ‘It appears as if it is only two days old.’ and the masajid will be taken as streets, and '''sudden death will spread'''.”
}}

In other hadiths Muhammad and Ubayd speak about sudden death as something already known:{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 3110 / Book 21, Hadith 22 / Book 20, Hadith 3104 (sahih)|
Narrated Ubayd ibn Khalid as-Sulami,:

A man from the Companions of the Prophet (ﷺ), said: The narrator Sa'd ibn Ubaydah narrated sometimes from the Prophet (ﷺ) and sometimes as a statement of Ubayd (ibn Khalid): The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Sudden death is a wrathful catching.
}}

===Islam will be unpleasant for Muslims (like burning ember/coal in hand)===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2260 (hasan)|
Anas bin Malik narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"There shall come upon the people a time in which the one who is patient upon his religion will be like the one holding onto a burning ember."
}}

Adhering to Islam was already unpleasant for many Muslims during the time of Muhammad and it escalated in 632-633 during the Wars of Apostasy when some Arabs tried to leave Islam, but had it imposed on them once again by the caliph.

===Following Jews and Christians===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|92|422}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "You will follow the ways of those nations who were before you, span by span and cubit by cubit (i.e., inch by inch) so much so that even if they entered a hole of a mastigure, you would follow them." We said, "O Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)! (Do you mean) the Jews and the Christians?" He said, "Whom else?"
}}
Muhammad himself incorporated portions of the Talmud and the gospels in the Quran and his teachings.

===Killing [pointless killing]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which Religious ignorance will spread, knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and '''there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing'''."
}}

The Old Testament hosts many texts about mass killing. For example:
{{Quote|The Bible (AMPC), 1 Samuel 15:3|
Now go and smite Amalek and utterly destroy all they have; do not spare them, but '''kill both man and woman, infant and suckling, ox and sheep, camel and donkey.'''
}}

Muhammad himself engaged in what most would describe as "pointless killing":
{{Quote|Ibn Ishaq: Sirat Rasul Allah, p. 464|
Then they surrendered, and the apostle confined them in Medina in the quarter of d. al-Harith, a woman of B. al-Najjar. Then the apostle went out to the market of Medina (which is still its market today) and dug trenches in it. Then he sent for them and struck off their heads in those trenches as they were brought out to him in batches. Among them was the enemy of Allah Huyayy b. Akhtab and Ka`b b. Asad their chief. There were 600 or 700 in all, though some put the figure as high as 800 or 900.
}}

===Two parties with the same message will fight===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6902}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) many ahadith and one of them was this:

The last Hour will not come until the two parties (of Muslims) confront each other and there is a large-scale massacre amongst them and the claim of both of them is the same.
}}

This prediction was interpreted by Islamic scholars as referring to the Battle of Siffin (year 657). Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Issue between Ali and Aisha===
{{Quote|Fath al Bari 13/59 (sahih) and others|
إنَّهُ سيكونُ بينَكَ وبين عائشةَ أمرٌ قال فأنا أشقاهُم يا رسولَ اللهِ قال لا ولكنْ إذا كان ذلك فاردُدْها إلى مأمنِها

There will be an issue between you and ‘Aisha.” He said, “Me, O Messenger of Allah?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Me?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Then [in that case] I would be the worst of them (all people).” He said, “No, but when this occurs, return her to her safe quarters.”}}

The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_the_Camel Battle of the Camel] happened in 656. The hadith (in Musnad Ahmad) was written in the 9th century.

===Ammar will be killed===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 1, Book 46, Hadith 3800 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "Rejoice, 'Ammar, the transgressing party shall kill you."
}}

He was killed in the 7th century. The collection of Tirmidhi was written in the 9th century.

==="I have been given Persia"===
{{Quote|Al-Nasa'i, Sunan al Kubra 8858|
أنبأ محمد بن عبد الأعلى قال حدثنا معتمر قال سمعت عوفا قال سمعت ميمونا يحدث عن البراء بن عازب قال : لما أمرنا رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم أن يحفر الخندق عرض لنا فيه حجر لا يأخذ فيه المعول فاشتكينا ذلك إلى رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فجاء رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فألقى ثوبه وأخذ المعول وقال بسم الله فضرب ضربة فكسر ثلث الصخرة قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح الشام والله إني لأبصر قصورها الحمر الآن من مكاني هذا قال ثم ضرب أخرى وقال بسم الله وكسر ثلثا آخر وقال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح فارس والله إني لأبصر قصر المدائن الأبيض الآن ثم ضرب ثالثة وقال بسم الله فقطع الحجر قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح اليمن والله إني لأبصر باب صنعاء

Al-Bara said: On the Day of Al-Khandaq (the trench) there stood out a rock too immune for our spades to break up. We therefore went to see God’s Messenger for advice. He took the spade, and said: “In the Name of God” Then he struck it saying: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Ash-Sham (Greater Syria). By God, I can see its red palaces at the moment;” on the second strike he said: “God is Most Great, '''I have been given Persia'''. By God, I can now see the white palace of Madain;” and for the third time he struck the rock saying: “In the Name of God,” shattering the rest of the rock, and he said: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Yemen. By God, I can see the gates of San’a while I am in my place.”
}}

The bloody conquest happened around the year 650. Earliest hadith collection Muwatta Imam Malik (which doesn't contain this hadith) was written around the year 750 and the hadith collection sunan al-Kubra which contains the hadith was written around the year 850. This hadith was written hundreds of years after the event it describes.

Furthermore, Persia was already conquered a thousand years before by Alexander the Great. And at the time of Muhammad Persia was exhausted by wars with Romans which lasted from 54 BC to 628 AD (681 years).

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roman%E2%80%93Persian_Wars Wikipedia: Roman–Persian Wars]

===Conquest of Jerusalem===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, '''the conquest of Jerusalem''', a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

Some suggest that Muhammad predicted "The Muslim conquest of Jerusalem in 1187 AD." <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/en/article/135817/the-signs-of-the-hour</ref>:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(1187) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (1187)]

However, this was the second Islamic conquest of Jerusalem. Muslims first conquered Jerusalem in 636:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(636%E2%80%93637) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (636–637)]

Furthermore, after the conquest, the Hour was expected to come. Both events occurred nearly a thousand years in the past.

This was written by Bukhari two hundred years after the first conquest.

===Conquest of Egypt===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|5174}}|
Abu Dharr reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

'''You would soon conquer Egypt''' and that is a land which is known (as the land of al-qirat). So when you conquer it, treat its inhabitants well. For there lies upon you the responsibility because of blood-tie or relationship of marriage (with them). And when you see two persons falling into dispute amongst themselves for the space of a brick, than get out of that. He (Abu Dharr) said: I saw Abd al-Rahman b. Shurahbil b. Hasana and his brother Rabi'a disputing with one another for the space of a brick. So I left that (land).
}}
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muslim_conquest_of_Egypt Muslim conquest of Egypt] happened in the 7th century. The hadith collection Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Conquest of Yemen, Syria and Iraq===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3201}}|
Sufyan b. Abu Zuhair heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) say:

'''Yemen will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families on them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''Syria will be conquered''' and some people will go away driving their camels along with them and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''lraq will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority. while Medina is better for them if they were to know it.
}}
All conquests happened in the 7th century. Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.
===Fighting Turks===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|56|787}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till you fight a nation wearing hairy shoes, and till you '''fight the Turks''', who will have small eyes, red faces and flat noses; and their faces will be like flat shields. And you will find that the best people are those who hate responsibility of ruling most of all till they are chosen to be the rulers. And the people are of different natures: The best in the pre-lslamic period are the best in Islam. A time will come when any of you will love to see me rather than to have his family and property doubled."
}}

Some suggest that "Turks" here means "Mongols" and that this thus predicts Gengis Khan. However, The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Kharistan Battle of Kharistan] (737) which happened between the Umayyad caliphate and Turkic Türgesh, could equally fit the description provided here. This seems more plausible, especially as Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

One might also note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

===Leave the Turks as long as they leave you===
This hadith is often referenced as evidence that Muhammad predicted the Ottoman empire, often ignoring the clause about the Abyssinians
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4288}}|
Narrated from Abi Sukainah One of the Companions:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: '''Let the Abyssinians alone as long as they let you alone''', and let the Turks alone as long as they leave you alone.
}}

It is said that the Turks should be left alone because they were strong, and they were strong therefore they would eventually become dominant. This is an evidently generous reading of the hadith.

In other hadith, Muhammad is reported to have predicted that after a few wars, Muslims would exterminate the Turks:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Takhreej Mishkaat al-Masabih 5/110 (hasan) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8F%D9%83%D9%85+%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8C+%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%A7%D8%B1%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%8A%D9%86%D9%90+%D9%8A%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8F%D9%91%D8%B1%D9%83%D9%8E</ref>|
يقاتِلُكم قومٌ صغارُ الأعينِ يعني التُّركَ قالَ تسوقونَهم ثلاثَ مرات حتَّى تُلحِقوهم بجزيرةِ العربِ فأمَّا في السِّاقةِ الأولى فينجو من هربَ منهم فأمَّا في الثَّانيةِ فينجو بعضٌ ويَهلِكُ بعضٌ وأمَّا في الثَّالثةِ فيصطَلِمونَ

People with small eyes, i.e. the Turks, will fight against you, the prophet (ﷺ) said: You will drive them off three times till you catch up with them in Arabia. On the first occasion when you drive them off those who fly will be safe, on the second occasion some will be safe and some will perish, but '''on the third occasion they will be extirpated'''.
}}
===Spoils of war distributed preferentially===
Hadith daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi 2211 (daif)|
إِذَا اتُّخِذَ الْفَىْءُ دُوَلاً

When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially)
}}
Al-Fai mean spoils of war.

===Fearless traveler (security)===
Probably refers to time after the conquest of Iraq in the 7th century:
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/334 (sahih)|
لا تقومُ الساعَةُ حتى تعودَ أرْضُ العربِ مروجًا وأَنْهَارًا وحتى يسيرَ الراكِبُ بينَ العِرَاقِ ومَكَّةَ لَا يَخَافُ إلَّا ضَلَالَ الطريقِ [ وحتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْهَرْجُ قالوا وما الهَرْجُ يا رسولَ اللهِ قال القتلُ ]

The Hour will not come until the land of Arabs becomes meadows and rivers and until '''a rider goes between Iraq and Makka and doesn't fear anything except getting lost''' and until al-harj is widespread. They said: And what is al-Harj O messenger of God? He said: Killing.
}}

===Fat people===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
Narrated `Imran bin Husain:

"Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, 'The best of my followers are those living in my generation (i.e. my contemporaries). and then those who will follow the latter" `Imran added, "I do not remember whether he mentioned two or three generations after his generation, then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and they will vow and never fulfill their vows, and '''fatness will appear among them'''."
}}

After the 7th century Islamic conquests, Muslims became rich and could have a lot of food.

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|59|548}}|
Narrated Ibn `Umar:

We did not eat our fill except after we had conquered Khaibar.
}}

Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Special greeting===
It was interpreted as "greeting only people you know":
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ‏:‏ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ

Before the Hour there is special greeting
}}

It would mean Muslims would disobey Muhammad's command to greet everyone:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|12}}|
Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Amr:

A man asked the Prophet (ﷺ) , "What sort of deeds or (what qualities of) Islam are good?" The Prophet (ﷺ) replied, 'To feed (the poor) and '''greet those whom you know and those whom you do not know'''.
}}

In other hadiths however Muhammad was preventing Muslims from greeting certain people based on their religion:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|26|5389}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

Do not greet the Jews and the Christians before they greet you and when you meet any one of them on the roads force him to go to the narrowest part of it.
}}

===Rejection of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4604 / Book 41, Hadith 4587 / Book 42, Hadith 9|
Narrated Al-Miqdam ibn Ma'dikarib:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Beware! I have been given the Qur'an and something like it, yet the time is coming when a man replete on his couch will say: '''Keep to the Qur'an'''; what you find in it to be permissible treat as permissible, and what you find in it to be prohibited treat as prohibited. Beware! The domestic ass, beasts of prey with fangs, a find belonging to confederate, unless its owner does not want it, are not permissible to you If anyone comes to some people, they must entertain him, but if they do not, he has a right to mulct them to an amount equivalent to his entertainment.
}}

The idea that only the Quran is the word of god and Muhamamad is just a man and therefore he might be wrong existed during Muhammad's life:
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 3646, In-book reference: Book 26, Hadith 6, English translation: Book 25, Hadith 3639|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Amr ibn al-'As:

I used to write everything which I heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). I intended (by it) to memorise it. The Quraysh prohibited me saying: '''Do you write everything that you hear from him while the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) is a human being: he speaks in anger and pleasure?''' So I stopped writing, and mentioned it to the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He signalled with his finger to him mouth and said: Write, by Him in Whose hand my soul lies, only right comes out from it.
}}
===Liars will be trusted and honest people will be regarded as liars===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4036 (hasan)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will come to the people years of treachery, when the liar will be regarded as honest, and the honest man will be regarded as a liar; the traitor will be regarded as faithful, and the faithful man will be regarded as a traitor; and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}

This was already happening according to Islamic sources. Some people trusted Musaylimah.

==="The pen will spread"===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ وَفُشُوُّ التِّجَارَةِ حَتَّى تُعِينَ الْمَرْأَةُ زَوْجَهَا عَلَى التِّجَارَةِ وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ وَفُشُوُّ الْقَلَمِ وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, family ties will be severed, '''the pen will spread''', false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
There is the Pen that Allah created first and which writes the future:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 3319 (sahih)|
“I arrived in Makkah and met Ata bin Abi Rabah. I said: ‘O Abu Muhammad! Some people with us speak about Al-Qadar.’ Ata said: ‘I met Al-Walid bin Ubadah bin As-Samit and he said: “My father narrated to me, he said: ‘I heard the Messenger of Allah saying: “Verily '''the first of what Allah created was the Pen (القلم). He said to it: “Write.” So it wrote what will be forever'''.’”
}}

There is also the Pen that writes deeds:
{{Quote|Bulugh al Maram: Book 8, Hadith 1096|
Narrated 'Aishah (RA):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: "There are three people whose actions are not recorded ( رُفِعَ اَلْقَلَمُ عَنْ ثَلَاثَةٍ, literally "is lifted the pen from three"), a sleeping person till he awakes, a child till he is a grown up, and an insane person till he is restored to reason or recovers his sense." [Reported by Ahmad and al-Arba'a, except at-Tirmidhi. al-Hakim graded it Sahih (authentic)].
}}
{{Quote|al-nasa'i: Vol. 4, Book 26, Hadith 3217 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Salamah:
It was narrated from Abu Salamah that Abu Hurairah said: "I said: 'O Messenger of Allah, I am a young man and I fear hardship for myself, but I cannot afford to marry; should I castrate myself?'" The Prophet turned away from him until he said it three times. Then the Prophet said: "O Abu Hurairah, '''the pen is dried concerning what you are going to face''', so (it is up to you whether) you castrate yourself or not." Abu Abdur-Rahman (An-Nasai) said: Al-Awzai did not hear this narration from Az-Zuhri, and this hadith is sahih, Yunus reported it from Az-Zuhri.
}}

Literacy was increasing before Muhammad was born. Jews and Christians first used oral traditions, but then switched to writing. There was also the ongoing global transitions from oral cultures to written cultures more generally.

Notice also that the prophecy was written by people who were ''writing'' hadiths from oral traditions.

===Family ties will be severed===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, '''family ties will be severed''' (وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ), the pen will spread, false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
Islam teaches that among the first people were brothers Cain and Abel and Cain killed Abel.

There is also hadith where Muhammad encourages people to keep the ties of kinship, which indicates they weren't doing it enough in his time:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 1, Hadith 1979 (hasan)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah said:
"Learn enough about your lineage to facilitate keeping your ties of kinship (تَصِلُونَ بِهِ أَرْحَامَكُمْ). For indeed keeping the ties of kinship encourages affection among the relatives, increases the wealth, and increases the lifespan."
}}

Killing of family members for the sake of Islam was also approved by Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4348}}|Narrated Abdullah Ibn Abbas: A blind man had a slave-mother who used to abuse the Prophet (peace be upon him) and disparage him. He forbade her but she did not stop. He rebuked her but she did not give up her habit. One night she began to slander the Prophet (peace be upon him) and abuse him. So he took a dagger, placed it on her belly, pressed it, and killed her. A child who came between her legs was smeared with the blood that was there. When the morning came, the Prophet (peace be upon him) was informed about it.

He assembled the people and said: I adjure by Allah the man who has done this action and I adjure him by my right to him that he should stand up. Jumping over the necks of the people and trembling the man stood up.

He sat before the Prophet (peace be upon him) and said: Apostle of Allah! I am her master; she used to abuse you and disparage you. I forbade her, but she did not stop, and I rebuked her, but she did not abandon her habit. I have two sons like pearls from her, and she was my companion. Last night she began to abuse and disparage you. So I took a dagger, put it on her belly and pressed it till I killed her.

Thereupon the Prophet (peace be upon him) said: Oh be witness, no retaliation is payable for her blood.}}

===Satellite Communications===
It's a similar prophecy to "family ties will be severed", this hadith is often mistranslated (also the hadith is weak):
{{Quote|Tabrani, al-Muʿjam al-Kabīr 10/228 and Mu'jan al-Awsat 4861 (da'eef)|
“From among the signs of Qiyamah is that people will maintain ties with '''distant relatives and strangers''' (الأطباق) but sever ties with close family.”
}}
The word الأطباق (''al-atbaaq'') is today sometimes translated as "dishes" (although the classical translation (understanding) fits better into the context) and then they interpret the "dishes" as "satellites".

*[https://hadithanswers.com/is-satellite-communication-a-sign-of-qiyamah/ Fatwa against the modern interpretation]

===Automobiles (actually camels with lofty saddles)===
Muhammad forbade riding on ''mayathir'' (مياثر), so mayathir were something already known:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|74|253}}|
..He forbade us to drink from silver utensils, to wear gold rings, '''to ride on silken saddles (ركوب المياثر)''', to wear silk clothes..
}}

There is a prophecy about people riding on mayathir at the end of times:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4 / 436 (hasan)|
سَيَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ هَذِهِ الْأُمَّةِ رِجَالٌ يَرْكَبُونَ عَلَى الْمَيَاثِرِ حَتَّى يَأْتُوا أَبْوَابَ مَسَاجِدِهِمْ

They will mount their mayaathir until they come to the doors of their mosques
}}
Albani explained:
{{Quote|Tafsir by Albani|
the word mayaathir is the plural of meetharah and Ibn al-Athir described it as, “… smooth and soft, made out of silk or a silk brocade [heavy silk] which the rider places beneath him on the saddle on top of the camel.
}}

And a re-iteration of the same prophecy:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 654/11 (hasan)|
يكون في آخر أمتي رجال يركبون على سرج كأشباه الرحال ينزلون على أبواب المساجد نساؤهم كاسيات عاريات

In the last [part] of my nation there will be men who ride on '''saddles that resemble packsaddles''' (سرج كأشباه الرحال). They will alight at the doors of the mosques. Their women are clothed but naked. On their heads are [what appears to be] like the humps of [lean] camels. Curse them for they are cursed. If there were a nation from the nations to come after you, your women would serve them, just as the women of the nations that were before you served you.
}}
Some try to translate سرج كأشباه الرحال as "carriots" or "cars", but:
* سَرْج means "saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle; pigskin; pillion" <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B3%D8%B1%D8%AC/</ref>
* رَحْل means "Either of a pair of a bags laid over the back of a horse - saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle". <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B1%D8%AD%D9%84/</ref>

===Ignorance [of Islamic teachings]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which '''Religious ignorance will spread''', knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing."}}

*In Islam, the period before Muhammad's career is called jahilya (ignorance).
*in context of Islam, when Muhammad says "knowledge" it means "knowledge of Muhamamd's claims and commands" and when Islam says "ignorance" it means "ignorance of Muhammad's claims and commands"
*Muhammad noticed that Jews don't fully follow the law of Moses, so he predicted similar outcomes for Muslims in many instances.

===Learning for something other than Islam===
{{Quote|Al-Shawkani, Nayl al-Awtar 8/262 (hasan li-ghayrihi)|
إذا اتُّخِذَ الفَيْءُ دُوَلًا والأمانةُ مَغْنَمًا والزكاةُ مَغْرَمًا وتُعُلِّمَ لغيرِ الدِّينِ وأطاع الرجلُ امرأتَه وعَقَّ أُمَّه وأَدْنَى صديقَه وأَقْصَى أباه وظَهَرَتِ الأصواتُ في المساجدِ وساد القبيلةَ فاسِقُهُم وكان زعيمُ القومِ أَرْذَلَهم وأُكْرِمَ الرجلُ مَخَافةَ شرِّه وظَهَرَتِ القِيَانُ والمعازفُ وشُرِبَتِ الخُمورُ ولَعَن آخِرُ هذه الأمةِ أولَها فلْيَرْتَقِبُوا عند ذلك رِيحًا حمراءَ وزَلْزَلَةً وخَسْفًا ومَسْخًا وقَذْفًا وآياتٍ تُتَابَعُ كنِظامٍ بالٍ قُطِعَ سِلْكُه فتتابع بعضُه بعضًا

When spoiles of war are distributed; and property given in trust will be considered as booty for oneself; Zakat will be looked upon as a fine; '''learning for other than the religion'''; a man will obey his wife and disobey his mother; a man will bring his friends nearer and drive his father far off; noises will be raised in the masjids; the most wicked of a tribe will become its ruler; the most worthless member of a people will become its leader; a man will be honoured for fear of the evil he may do; singing girls and musical instruments will come into vogue; drinking of wine will become common; and the later generations will begin to curse the previous generations; then wait, for red violent winds, earthquakes, swallowing up by the earth, defacement (of human faces), pelting of stones from the skies as rain, and a continuing chain of disasters followed one by another, like beads of a necklace falling one after the other rapidly when its string is cut.
}}
Secular knowledge for secular purposes was studied before Islam.

===Tall buildings===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||1|1|63}} <ref>https://sunnah.com/urn/1250630</ref>|
وَأَنْ تَرَى الْحُفَاةَ الْعُرَاةَ الْعَالَةَ رِعَاءَ الشَّاءِ يَتَطَاوَلُونَ فِي الْبِنَاءِ

..and when '''you see barefoot, naked, destitute shepherds''' competing in constructing tall buildings
}}The Bible contained a story of the Tower of Babel, Egyptians built pyramids. The desire and ability to construct tall buildings appears to has been common in history.

There were people in the 7th century building buildings that could be considered tall in that time. Ibn Hajar wrote in his famous commentary on Sahih Bukhari:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar: Fatḥ al-Bārī fī Sharḥ Ṣaḥīḥ al-Bukhārī|
يتطاول الناس في البنيان وهي من العلامات التي وقعت عن قرب في زمن النبوة

"The people are [competing in] building tall buildings" - and that's from the signs which '''happened close at the time of the prophethood'''
}}

Muslims could afford building tall buildings after they got rich from early Islamic conquests.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|70|576}}|
Narrated Qais bin Abi Hazim:

We went to pay a visit to Khabbab (who was sick) and he had been branded (cauterized) at seven places in his body. He said, "Our companions who died (during the lifetime of the Prophet) left (this world) without having their rewards reduced through enjoying the pleasures of this life, but '''we have got (so much) wealth that we find no way to spend It except on the construction of buildings''' .Had the Prophet not forbidden us to wish for death, I would have wished for it.' We visited him for the second time while he was building a wall. '''He said: A Muslim is rewarded (in the Hereafter) for whatever he spends except for something that he spends on building'''."
}}

Some add that theses buildings were described as being "as high as mountains", but that hadith is mawqoof (not from Muhammad). It was a saying of ‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr and it was after Muslims became rich from early Islamic conquests, so they could likely imagine themselves building tall in Mecca. Also the hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Musannaf ibn Abi Shaybah, Hadith: 14306 (da'eef or hasan)|
Sayyiduna '''‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr''' (radiyallahu ‘anhuma) is reported to have said: “……When you see tunnels/canals being dug in Makkah Mukarramah and the buildings (of Makkah Mukarramah) higher than the peak of the mountains then know that Qiyamah is close.”
}}
* [https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/247118/%D9%87%D9%84-%D8%AB%D8%A8%D8%AA-%D9%85%D9%86-%D9%83%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85-%D8%B9%D8%A8%D8%AF-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%84%D9%87-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%B1%D9%88-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B9%D8%A7%D8%B5-%D8%A7%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AA%D9%81%D8%A7%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A8%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%A1-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D9%85%D9%83%D8%A9-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9 Fatwa] (Arabic) says that since it's not from Muhammad, it shouldn't even be called a hadith.

===Mosques full of hypocrites===
{{Quote|Ibn Abi Shaybah: Kitab al-Iman 101 (sahih)|
عن عبد اللهِ بنِ عَمرو قال : يأتي على الناس زمانٌ ، يجتمِعون ويُصلُّون في المساجدِ ، وليس فيهم مؤمنٌ

A time will come on people when they get together and pray in mosques and isn't among them a single believer
}}

Praying hypocrites were also mentioned in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 6:5|
“And when you pray, do not be like the hypocrites, for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and on the street corners to be seen by others.
}}

The military nature of Islam's spread may have encouraged this type of hypocrisy:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|30}}|
It is reported on the authority of Abu Huraira that the Messenger of Allah said:

I have been commanded to fight against people so long as they do not declare that there is no god but Allah, and he who professed it was guaranteed the protection of his property and life on my behalf except for the right affairs rest with Allah.
}}
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|260}}|
Narrated `Ikrima:

`Ali burnt some people and this news reached Ibn `Abbas, who said, "Had I been in his place I would not have burnt them, as the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'Don't punish (anybody) with Allah's Punishment.' No doubt, I would have killed them, for the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'If somebody (a Muslim) discards his religion, kill him.' "
}}

===Voices raised in mosques===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2211 (daif)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially), trust is a spoil of war, Zakat is a fine, knowledge is sought for other than the(sake of the) religion, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is close to his friend and far from his father, '''voices are raised in the Masajid''', tribes are led by their wicked, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, singing slave-girls and music spread, intoxicants are drunk, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning- then anticipate a red wind, earthquake, collapsing of the earth, transformation, Qadhf, and the signs follow in succession like gems of a necklace whose string is cut and so they fall in succession."
}}

People were raising voices even in the time of Muhammad in front of him. Muhammad rebuked them in the Quran:
{{Quote|{{Quran|49|2}} (Sahih International)|
O you who have believed, do not raise your voices above the voice of the Prophet or be loud to him in speech like the loudness of some of you to others, lest your deeds become worthless while you perceive not.

}}

===Decoration of mosques===
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|8|690}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Anas that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"One of the portents of the Hour will be that people will show off in building Masjids."
}}

There was a precedent. Christians and Jews were adorning their places of worship:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|2|448}}|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Abbas:

I was not commanded to build high mosques. Ibn Abbas said: You will certainly adorn them '''as the Jews and Christians did'''.
}}

===Markets will approach (taqaarub al-aswaaq)===
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/330 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D8%AA%D8%B8%D9%87%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%81%D8%AA%D9%86+%D9%88%D9%8A%D9%83%D8%AB%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B0%D8%A8+%D9%88%D8%AA%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B3%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%82+%D9%88%D9%8A%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B2%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%86</ref>|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تَظْهَرَ الفِتَنُ ويكثرَ الكذِبُ وتتقارَبَ الأسواقُ ويتقارَبَ الزمانُ ويكثُرَ الهرجُ قلْتُ وما الهرْجُ قال القتْلُ

The Hour won't come till tribulations show up, lies are widespread and '''taqaarub of markets''' and taqaarub of time and harj is widespread. I said: What is al-harj? He said: Killing.
}}
The hadith is vague in its entirety, but the situation on markets expectedly changed after Muslims got rich by the 7th century conquests.

===Breaking the convenant with god makes enemies overpower them===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
... '''They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands.''' Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Leviticus 26:14-17|
Punishment for Disobedience

“‘But if you will not listen to me and carry out all these commands, and if you reject my decrees and abhor my laws and fail to carry out all my commands and so violate my covenant, then I will do this to you: I will bring on you sudden terror, wasting diseases and fever that will destroy your sight and sap your strength. You will plant seed in vain, because your enemies will eat it. I will set my face against you so that you will be defeated by your enemies; those who hate you will rule over you, and you will flee even when no one is pursuing you.
}}

===A man passes by a grave and wants to be dead too===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
وَحَتَّى يَمُرَّ الرَّجُلُ بِقَبْرِ الرَّجُلِ فَيَقُولُ يَا لَيْتَنِي مَكَانَهُ

... till a man when passing by a grave of someone will say, 'Would that I were in his place...
}}

The Old Testament mentions this:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Jonah 4:3|
"Therefore now, O LORD, please take my life from me, for death is better to me than life."
}}

===People will treat a man with respect because they fear the evil he could do===
The hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, '''the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of''', intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

Intimidation with violence was already used before Islam. It was also used by Muhammad.

===The leader of a people will be the worst of them===
This hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, '''the leader of the people is the most despicable among them''', the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

This happened during the time of Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abu Dawud||2155|darussalam}}| Abu Said al-Khudri said: "The apostle of Allah sent a military expedition to Awtas on the occasion of the battle of Hunain. They met their enemy and fought with them. They defeated them and took them captives. Some of the Companions of the apostle of Allah were reluctant to have intercourse with the female captives because of their pagan husbands. So Allah, the Exalted, sent down the Quranic verse, "And all married women (are forbidden) unto you save those (captives) whom your right hands possess". That is to say, they are lawful for them when they complete their waiting period." [The Quran verse is 4:24]}}

The men were morally reluctant to rape married women, but their leader (Muhammad) permitted them to go ahead.

==Predictions of the future (after the hadiths)==
In this category are hadiths that don't talk about what already happened before the prophecies were written.

==="Opposites"===
These don't seem to be predictions, but rather statements that the opposite of what was considered granted at that time will happen. For example mountains were considered solid (not moving), so a prophecy says that mountains will be moving. Rather then explaining the fulfillment of these prophecies, this common denominator suggests how the predictions were generated.

====Mountains will move====
This hadith is da'eef (Ufayr bin Ma'daan is in the chain):
{{Quote|Mu'jam at-Tabaraani vol 7, n. 6857|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تزولَ الجبالُ عن أماكِنِها وتَرَوْنَ الأمورَ العظامَ التي لم تَكُونوا تَرَوْنَها

The Hour will not begin until the '''mountains are moved from their places''' and you see great calamities which you have never seen before.
}}
====Non-speaking objects will start speaking====
{{Quote|Jami' al-Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2181 (sahih)|
Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri narrated that the Messenger of Allah (s.a.w) said:
"By the One in Whose Hand is my soul! The Hour will not be established until predators speak to people and until the tip of a man's whip and the straps on his sandal speak to him, and his thigh informs him of what occurred with his family after him."
}}

Though this hadith is often metaphorisized to refer to modern technology (mobile phones), the original wording of the hadith appears to be rather literal in its intention.

The Old Testament already has a story about a talking serpent:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 3:1|
Now '''the serpent''' was more crafty than any of the wild animals the Lord God had made. '''He said''' to the woman, “Did God really say, ‘You must not eat from any tree in the garden’?”
}}

And for Muhammad (unlike for most people), talking objects wouldn't even be much miraculous, since he was hearing voices regularly. For example he heard a stone saluting him:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====The land of Arabia reverts to meadows and rivers====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|5|2208}}|
وَحَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ، - وَهُوَ ابْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْقَارِيُّ - عَنْ سُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ ‏ "‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْمَالُ وَيَفِيضَ حَتَّى يَخْرُجَ الرَّجُلُ بِزَكَاةِ مَالِهِ فَلاَ يَجِدُ أَحَدًا يَقْبَلُهَا مِنْهُ وَحَتَّى تَعُودَ أَرْضُ الْعَرَبِ مُرُوجًا وَأَنْهَارًا ‏"‏ ‏.‏

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) as saying:

The Last Hour will not come before wealth becomes abundant and overflowing, so much so that a man takes Zakat out of his property and cannot find anyone to accept it from him and '''till the land of Arabia reverts (تعود) to meadows and rivers.'''
}}

The word تعود (''ta'ooda'') can mean both "become" and "revert".
{{Quote|مرقاة المفاتيح شرح مشكاة المصابيح|
وحتى تعود أرض العرب أي: تصير أو ترجع

"And until ''ta'ooda'' the land of Arabs" - meaning "becomes" or "reverts"
}}

====Much rain, but little vegetation====
{{Quote|Shuaib Al Arna'ut, Takhreej al-Musnad 12429 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%B3+%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1%D8%A7+%D8%B9%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7+%D8%8C+%D9%88+%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%86%D8%A8%D8%AA+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B1%D8%B6+%D8%B4%D9%8A%D8%A6%D8%A7</ref>|
لا تَقومُ السَّاعةُ حتى يُمطَرَ النَّاسُ مَطرًا عامًّا، ولا تُنبِتَ الأرضُ شيئًا.

The Hour would not come until there is too much rain, but the earth does not produce crops
}}
===Other Predictions About the Future===
====Coming of Muhammad and the Hour are close like the forefinger and middle finger joined together====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7049}}|
Anas reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

I and the Last Hour have been sent like this and (he while doing it) joined the forefinger with the middle finger.
}}

====A 7th century boy won't grow very old before the Hour comes====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7052}}|
وَحَدَّثَنِي حَجَّاجُ بْنُ الشَّاعِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، - يَعْنِي ابْنَ زَيْدٍ - حَدَّثَنَا مَعْبَدُ بْنُ هِلاَلٍ الْعَنَزِيُّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَجُلاً، سَأَلَ النَّبِيَّ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ مَتَى تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ قَالَ فَسَكَتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم هُنَيْهَةً ثُمَّ نَظَرَ إِلَى غُلاَمٍ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ مِنْ أَزْدِ شَنُوءَةَ فَقَالَ ‏ "‏ إِنْ عُمِّرَ هَذَا لَمْ يُدْرِكْهُ الْهَرَمُ حَتَّى تَقُومَ السَّاعَةُ ‏"‏ ‏.‏ قَالَ قَالَ أَنَسٌ ذَاكَ الْغُلاَمُ مِنْ أَتْرَابِي يَوْمَئِذٍ ‏.‏

Anas b. Malik reported that a person asked Allah's Apostle (ﷺ):

When would the Last Hour come? Thereupon Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) kept quiet for a while. Then looked at a young boy in his presence belonging to the tribe of Azd Shanu'a and he said: If this boy lives he would not grow very old till the Last Hour would come ''to you''. Anas said that this young boy was of our age during those days.
}}
The "to you" was added by the translators to indicate that it is the last hour (death) of the people who asked, however this qualification is entirely absent in the Arabic text.

====The Hour will come before a 7th century slave becomes old====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|73|188}}|
...In the meantime, a slave of Al-Mughira passed by, and he was of the same age as I was. The Prophet (ﷺ) said. "If this (slave) should live long, he will not reach the geriatric old age, but the Hour will be established."
}}

====Nothing will live one hundred years from now====
The "tonight" in ''italic'' was added by translators to accommodate the later re-interpretation:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|116}}|
أَرَأَيْتَكُمْ لَيْلَتَكُمْ هَذِهِ، فَإِنَّ رَأْسَ مِائَةِ سَنَةٍ مِنْهَا لاَ يَبْقَى مِمَّنْ هُوَ عَلَى ظَهْرِ الأَرْضِ أَحَدٌ

Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

Once the Prophet (ﷺ) led us in the `Isha' prayer during the last days of his life and after finishing it (the prayer) (with Taslim) he said: "Do you realize (the importance of) this night?" Nobody present on the surface of the earth ''tonight'' will be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night."
}}

When the prophecy failed 100 years later, Muslims re-interpreted it:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|10|575}}|
Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

The Prophet (ﷺ) prayed one of the `Isha' prayer in his last days and after finishing it with Taslim, he stood up and said, "Do you realize (the importance of) this night? Nobody present on the surface of the earth tonight would be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night." '''The people made a mistake in grasping the meaning of this statement of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and they indulged in those things which are said about these narrators (i.e. some said that the Day of Resurrection will be established after 100 years etc.)''' But the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Nobody present on the surface of earth tonight would be living after the completion of 100 years from this night"; he meant "When that century (people of that century) would pass away."
}}

====If 10 scholars of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|39|6711}} (Muhsin Khan translation)|
لَوْ تَابَعَنِي عَشْرَةٌ مِنَ الْيَهُودِ لَمْ يَبْقَ عَلَى ظَهْرِهَا يَهُودِيٌّ إِلاَّ أَسْلَمَ

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

If ten ''scholars'' of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth who would not embrace Islam.
}}

The Arabic original doesn't say "ten Jewish scholars", but only "ten Jews" (عشرة من اليهود).

====30 false prophets before the Hour====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6988}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until there would arise about thirty impostors, liars, and each one of them would claim that he is a messenger of Allah.
}}
In his time there were other prophets like Saf ibn Sayyad and Maslamah bin Ḥabīb (called by Muslims "Musaylimah al-Kadhdhāb" (Musaylama the Liar)), Al-Aswad Al-Ansi and Tulayha.

False prophets were also already predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 24:10-11|
At that time many will turn away from the faith and will betray and hate each other, and many '''false prophets will appear and deceive many people'''.
}}

====Rising of the Sun from its setting place====
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4297}}|
We were sitting in the shade of the chamber of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) discussing (something) and when we mentioned the last hour, our voices rose high. The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: The last hour will not come or happen until there appear ten signs before it : '''the rising of the sun in its place of setting''', the coming forth of the beast, the coming forth of Gog and Magog, the Dajjal (Antichrist), (the descent of) Jesus son of Mary, the smoke, and three collapses of the earth: one in the west, one in the east, and one in the Arabian Peninsula. The last of that will be the emergence of a fire from Yemen, from the lowest part of Aden, and drive mankind to their place of assembly.
}}
This seems to suggest that the sun revolves about the Earth and can reverse direction

There is also a related verse in the Quran:{{Quote|{{Quran|6|158}}|
Do they [then] wait for anything except that the angels should come to them or your Lord should come or that there come some of the signs of your Lord? The Day that '''some of the signs of your Lord will come no soul will benefit from its faith as long as it had not believed before''' or had earned through its faith some good. Say, "Wait. Indeed, we [also] are waiting."
}}
Tafsir:
{{Quote|Tafsir Al-Jalalayn on 6:158|
"On the day that one of your Lord’s signs comes" — and this is the rising of the sun from the west as reported in the hadīth of the two Sahīhs of Bukhārī and Muslim — it shall not benefit a soul to believe if it had not believed theretofore
}}
The hadith:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|6|60|159}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established until the sun rises from the West: and when the people see it, then whoever will be living on the surface of the earth will have faith, and that is (the time) when no good will it do to a soul to believe then, if it believed not before." (6.158)
}}

Another hadith says that right after the rising, a beast will appear in the forenoon:{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4310 (sahih)|
Abu zur’ah said:
A group of people came to Marwan in Medina, and they heard him say that the first of the signs to appear would be the coming forth of the Dajjal (Antichirst). He said: I then went to Abd Allah b. ‘Amr and mentioned it to him. He did not say anything(reliable). I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: '''The first of the signs to appear will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting and the coming forth of the beast against mankind in the forenoon.''' Whichever of them comes first will soon be followed by the other. ’Abd Allah who used to read the scriptures (Torah, Gospel) said: I think the first of them will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting.
}}

{{Quote|Ibn Majah 4069 (sahih)|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The first signs to appear will be at '''the rising of the sun from the west and the emergence of the Beast to the people, at forenoon'''.’” 'Abdullah said: "Whichever of them appears first, the other will come soon after." 'Abdullah said: "I do not think it will be anything other than the sun rising from the west."
}}

Some today proffer metaphorical interpretation that the "rising of the Sun from the west" refers to the rise of the Western civilization, though this would leave the segment regarding the beast unexplained.

The Quran seems to affirm the possibility that God could make the Sun "rise from the West":
{{Quote|{{Quran|2|258}}|
Have you not considered the one who argued with Abraham about his Lord [merely] because Allah had given him kingship? When Abraham said, "My Lord is the one who gives life and causes death," he said, "I give life and cause death." Abraham said, "Indeed, '''Allah brings up the sun from the east''', so bring it up from the west." So the disbeliever was overwhelmed [by astonishment], and Allah does not guide the wrongdoing people.
}}

See also Dhul-Qarnayn's story in the Quran, where this possibility is further confirmed, as the Sun is described to set in a muddy spring at the "farthest part" of the world":

*[[Dhul-Qarnayn]]

====Stones and trees say to Muslims: "here is a Jew behind me; come and kill him"====
{{Quote|Book 41, Hadith 6985 aka Book 54, Hadith 105 or Sahih Muslim 2922|
The last hour would not come unless the Muslims will fight against the Jews and the Muslims would kill them until the Jews would hide themselves behind a stone or a tree and '''a stone or a tree would say: Muslim, or the servant of Allah, there is a Jew behind me; come and kill him'''; but the tree Gharqad would not say, for it is the tree of the Jews.
}}

Muhammad used to hear other voices as well:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====Time will pass more quickly (taqaarub az-zamaan)====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 10560|
لا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَتَقَارَبَ الزَّمَانُ ، فَتَكُونَ السَّنَةُ كَالشَّهْرِ ، وَيَكُونَ الشَّهْرُ كَالْجُمُعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ الْجُمُعَةُ كَالْيَوْمِ ، وَيَكُونَ الْيَوْمُ كَالسَّاعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ السَّاعَةُ كَاحْتِرَاقِ السَّعَفَةِ

The Hour will not begin until time passes quickly, so a year will be like a month, and a month will be like a week, and a week will be like a day, and a day will be like an hour, and an hour will be like the burning of a braid of palm leaves.
}}

Islamic scholars have interpreted this variously, without any agreement as to the possible meaning:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/34618/one-of-the-signs-of-the-hour-is-that-time-will-pass-more-quickly islamqa.info: One of the signs of the Hour is that time will pass more quickly]|
The scholars differed concerning the meaning of the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing more quickly). '''There are many views''', the strongest of which is:

That the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing quickly) may be interpreted literally or metaphorically.
}}

====A man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|233}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick."
}}

[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Qahtan_(tribe) Qahtan] still exists, but the prophecy remains unfulfilled. <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/418273/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9%D8%8C-%D9%88%D8%B2%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A5%D8%BA%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%82-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A8-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%88%D8%A8%D8%A9</ref>

====A man called Jahjah will occupy the throne====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Book 41, Hadith 6955|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The day and the night would not come to an end before a man called al-Jahjah would occupy the throne.
}}

*[https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/118597/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%8A-%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%86 Fatwa] (AR) puts this prophecy among non-fulfilled prophecies

====Conquest of Constantinopole without fighting and the Hour come together====
This hadith is considered da'eef by Albani (but sahih by Dhahabi):
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 14:331|
لتفتحن القسطنطينية، فلنعم الأمير أميرها، ولنعم الجيش ذلك الجيش

Verily you shall conquer Constantinople. What a wonderful leader will her
leader be, and what a wonderful army will that army be!
}}

One should note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

Another hadith adds that the Hour was expected to come with this conquest:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2239|
Anas bin Malik said:
"Constantinople will be conquered with the coming of the Hour."
}}

The coming of the Dajjal was expected right after the conquest:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

Another hadith mentions Romans attacking Dabiq before the conquest of Constantinople. The mention of swords makes it hard to re-interpret as a prophecy about another conquest of Constantinople in the future:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6924}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until '''the Romans would land at al-A'maq or in Dabiq'''. An army consisting of the best (soldiers) of the people of the earth at that time will come from Medina (to counteract them). When they will arrange themselves in ranks, the Romans would say: Do not stand between us and those (Muslims) who took prisoners from amongst us. Let us fight with them; and the Muslims would say: Nay, by Allah, we would never get aside from you and from our brethren that you may fight them. They will then fight and a third (part) of the army would run away, whom Allah will never forgive. A third (part of the army) which would be constituted of excellent martyrs in Allah's eye, would be killed and the third who would never be put to trial would win and they would be conquerors of Constantinople. And as they would be busy in distributing the spoils of war (amongst themselves) after hanging their '''swords''' by the olive trees, the Satan would cry: '''The Dajjal''' has taken your place among your family. They would then come out, but it would be of no avail. And when they would come to Syria, he would come out while they would be still preparing themselves for battle drawing up the ranks. Certainly, the time of prayer shall come and then Jesus (peace be upon him) son of Mary would descend and would lead them. When the enemy of Allah would see him, it would (disappear) just as the salt dissolves itself in water and if he (Jesus) were not to confront them at all, even then it would dissolve completely, but Allah would kill them by his hand and he would show them their blood on his lance (the lance of Jesus Christ).
}}

Also:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

The conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6979}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) saying:

You have heard about a city, one side of which is on land and the other is in the sea ('''Constantinople'''). They said: Allah's Messenger, yes. Thereupon he said: The Last Hour would not come unless seventy thousand persons from Bani lshaq would attack it. When they would land there, '''they will neither fight with weapons nor would shower arrows but would only say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," ''' and one side of it would fall. Thaur (one of the narrators) said: I think that he said: The part by the side of the ocean. Then they would say for the second time: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest" and the second side would also fall, and they would say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," and the gates would be opened for them and they would enter therein and, they would be collecting spoils of war and distributing them amongst themselves when a noise would be heard saying: Verily, Dajjal has come. And thus they would leave everything there and go back.
}}

Constantinople was [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fall_of_Constantinople conquered in 1453] by fighting, the Dajjal didn't appear and the city was renamed to Istanbul, so literally Constantinople no longer exists.

====Conquest of Rome====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6930}}|
Nafi' b. Utba reported:

We were with Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) in an expedition that there came a people to Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) from the direction of the west. They were dressed in woollen clothes and they stood near a hillock and they met him as Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) was sitting. I said to myself: Better go to them and stand between him and them that they may not attack him. Then I thought that perhaps there had been going on secret negotiation amongst them. I however, went to them and stood between them and him and I remember four of the words (on that occasion) which I repeat (on the fingers of my hand) that he (Allah's Messenger) said: You will attack Arabia and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack Persia and He would make you to conquer it. '''Then you would attack Rome and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack the Dajjal and Allah will enable you to conquer him. Nafi' said: Jabir, we thought that the Dajjal would appear after Rome (Syrian territory) would be conquered.'''
}}

The Roman empire seized to exist before it could be altogether conquered, though if one counts here the partial conquest of some of Rome's (Byzantine's) territories, then the question remains as to why the Dajjal failed to appear.

====Byzantines will make truce with Muslims, betray them and attack them====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, '''and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.'''
}}
The prophecy is considered unfulfilled:
{{Quote|[https://www.islamweb.net/en/fatwa/83460/hadith-about-the-romans-attacking-us-under-eighty-flags Hadith about the Romans attacking us under eighty flags]|
Imam Ibn al-Muneer said: 'Till this time the incident of gathering and attacking Rome in this huge number of soldiers has not happened yet. This matter has not taken place yet.
}}

====Conquest of India and the second coming of Jesus come together====
Also known as [[Ghazwa-e-hind|ghazwa-e-hind]].
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|25|3177}} (hasan) from The Book of Jihad, chapter "Invading India"|
It was narrated that Thawban, the freed slave of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), said:
"The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: 'There are two groups of my Ummah whom Allah will free from the Fire: The group that invades India (تَغْزُو الْهِنْدَ, ''taghzoo al-hind''), and the group that will be with Isa bin Maryam, peace be upon him.'"
}}

Early conquests of India happened in the 7th century (for example [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Rasil Battle of Rasil]), while author of the hadith collection [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Al-Nasa%27i al-Nasa'i] lived in the 9th century.

The conquest of India is linked to the second coming of Jesus (Isa). In other (although weak) hadiths it's even more explicit:
{{Quote|Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, al-Fitan, p. 409 (daeef)|
The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) said – and he mentioned India – then he said: “An army of yours will invade India and Allah will grant its conquest to them, until they bring their kings in chains, and Allah will forgive them their sins. Then they will return and when they return, they will find the son of Maryam in ash-Shaam (Syria).” Abu Hurayrah said: If I live to see that campaign, I will sell everything I possess and join the campaign. Then if Allah grants us victory and we return, then I will be Abu Hurayrah the freed (protected from Hellfire). And when we return to Syria we will find there ‘Eesa ibn Maryam. Then I shall make sure that I draw close to him and tell him that I accompanied you, O Messenger of Allah. The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) smiled and said: “Unlikely, unlikely.” [very difficult?]
}}

However, the second coming did not follow either these events:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/145636/hadith-about-the-conquest-of-india islamqa.info: Hadith about the conquest of India]|
What is mentioned in the hadith of Abu Hurayrah (may Allah have mercy on him), which was narrated by Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, about '''the conquest of India has not happened up till now''', but it will happen when ‘Eesaa ibn Maryam (peace be upon him) descends, if the hadith that says that is saheeh.
}}

====No more Khosrau and Caesar====
In Muhammad's time, the ruler of Persia was called Khosrau and the ruler of the Byzantine empire Caesar.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|267}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Khosrau will be ruined, and there will be no Khosrau after him, and Caesar will surely be ruined and there will be no Caesar after him, and you will spend their treasures in Allah's Cause." He called, "War is deceit'.
}}
There are many examples of this prophecy failing for both [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khosrow Kusrau] and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caesar_(title) Caesar]. For example:
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Shah Khusrau Shah] was the king of the Justanids in the 10th century
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Khan Khusrau Khan] was the Sultan of Delhi in the 14th century
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Doukas_(Caesar) John Doukas] was a Caesar of the Byzantine empire in the 11th century
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mehmed_the_Conqueror Mehmed the Conqueror] - a 15h century Muslim conqueror, also called himself Caesar

The prophecy is probably referring to the 7th century Islamic conquests. The prediction in Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

====Nations will soon call each other to attack Muslims====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 4297, In-book reference: Book 39, Hadith 7, English translation: Book 38, Hadith 4284|
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The people will soon summon one another to attack you as people when eating invite others to share their dish. Someone asked: Will that be because of our small numbers at that time? He replied: No, you will be numerous at that time: but you will be scum and rubbish like that carried down by a torrent, and Allah will take fear of you from the breasts of your enemy and last enervation into your hearts. Someone asked: What is wahn (enervation). Messenger of Allah (ﷺ): He replied: Love of the world and dislike of death.
}}

One might note that soon after this statement is alleged to have been stated by the prophet, the Muslims would conquer vast lands - the Muslim empire would only come to a grinding halt some 1300 years later.

====Romans would form a majority amongst people====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6296}}|
Mustaurid Qurashi reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The Last Hour would come when the Romans would form a majority amongst people'''. This reached 'Amr b. al-'As and he said: What are these ahadith which are being transmitted from you and which you claim to have heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)? Mustaurid said to him: I stated only that which I heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). Thereupon 'Amr said: If you state this (it is true), for they have the power of tolerance amongst people at the time of turmoil and restore themselves to sanity after trouble, and are good amongst people so far as the destitute and the weak are concerned.
}}

The Roman empire dissolved without the realization of this prophecy.

====Twelve caliphs====
Shi'ite Imamology rests heavily upon this hadith, though has been continuously troubled by it (as have been Sunni scholars), as there appears to be no clear group of "twelve Caliphs" to have appeared in history:{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4480}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Jabir b. Samura who said:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: Islam will continue to be triumphant until there have been '''twelve Caliphs'''. Then the Prophet (ﷺ) said something which I could not understand. I asked my father: What did he say? He said: He has said that all of them (twelve Caliphs) will be from the Quraish.
}}
{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4483}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Amir b. Sa'd b. Abu Waqqas who said:

I wrote (a letter) to Jabir b. Samura and sent it to him through my servant Nafi', asking him to inform me of something he had heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He wrote to me (in reply): I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say on Friday evening, the day on which al-Aslami was stoned to death (for committing adultery): '''The Islamic religion will continue until the Hour has been established, or you have been ruled over by twelve Caliphs, all of them being from the Quraish'''. also heard him say: A small force of the Muslims will capture the white palace, the police of the Persian Emperor or his descendants. I also heard him say: Before the Day of Judgment there will appear (a number of) impostors. You are to guard against them. I also heard him say: When God grants wealth to any one of you, he should first spend it on himself and his family (and then give it in charity to the poor). I heard him (also) say: I will be your forerunner at the Cistern (expecting your arrival).
}}

Commentaries by (Sunni) Islamic scholars:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Fathul-Bari, vol. 13, p.211|
لم ألق أحدا يقطع في هذا الحديث يعني بشيء معين

I have not met anyone who could be certain about the meaning of this hadith!
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Jouzi, Kashful-Majhool, vol.1 p.449|
هذا الحديث قد أطلت البحث عنه، وتطلّبت مظانّه، وسألت عنه، فما رأيت أحدا وقع على المقصود به

I have researched for long to understand this hadith and referred to many references and made much enquiries about it, yet I did not meet anyone who could understand it.
}}

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_caliphs Wikipedia: List of Caliphs]

====Rain which will destroy all dwellings except tents====
This hadith is sahih:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 7554 (sahih)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا أبو كامل وعفان قالا ثنا حماد عن سهيل قال عفان في حديثه قال أنا سهيل بن أبي صالح عن أبيه عن أبي هريرة قال قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم : لا تقوم الساعة حتى يمطر الناس مطرا لا تكن منه بيوت المدر ولا تكن منه الا بيوت الشعر
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده صحيح على شرط مسلم

The Hour will not come until there has been rain which
will destroy all dwellings except tents
}}
====Not living according to the sharia causes infighting between Muslims====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. '''Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”'''
}}

In fact, it is rather Muslim's disagreement as to what constitutes the Sharia (as a result of their trying to implement it) that results in inter-Muslim conflict. One can imagine that had Islam separated church and state, many such conflicts would have been avoided.

====12 thousand from Aden Abyan will make Islam victorious====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 5/33 (sahih)|
يخرجُ من عدنِ أَبْيَنَ اثنا عشرَ ألفًا ينصرونَ اللهَ ورسولَهُ هم خيرُ مَن بيني وبينهم

Out of Aden-Abyan will come 12000, giving victory to the (religion of) Allah and His Messenger. They are the best between me and them.
}}

====Periods of fitnah====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4242 (sahih)|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Umar:

When we were sitting with the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), he talked about periods of trial (fitnahs), mentioning many of them.

When he mentioned the one when people should stay in their houses, some asked him: Messenger of Allah, what is the trial (fitnah) of staying at home?

He replied: It will be flight and plunder. Then will come a test which is pleasant. Its murkiness is due to the fact that it is produced by a man from the people of my house, who will assert that he belongs to me, whereas he does not, for my friends are only the God-fearing. Then the people will unite under a man who will be like a hip-bone on a rib. Then there will be the little black trial which will leave none of this community without giving him a slap, and when people say that it is finished, it will be extended. During it a man will be a believer in the morning and an infidel in the evening, so that the people will be in two camps: the camp of faith which will contain no hypocrisy, and the camp of hypocrisy which will contain no faith. When that happens, expect the Antichrist (Dajjal) that day or the next.
}}

====Inheritance is not distributed====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of '''inheritance are not distributed''' and there is no rejoicing over spoils of war...
}}
====People don't rejoice over spoils of war====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of inheritance are not distributed and '''there is no rejoicing over spoils of war'''...
}}

====Muslims will soon flee to mountains from persecution====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|19}}|
عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُوشِكُ أَنْ يَكُونَ خَيْرَ مَالِ الْمُسْلِمِ غَنَمٌ يَتْبَعُ بِهَا شَعَفَ الْجِبَالِ وَمَوَاقِعَ الْقَطْرِ يَفِرُّ بِدِينِهِ مِنْ الْفِتَنِ

“Soon the best property of a Muslim will be a flock of sheep he takes to the top of a mountain, or in the valleys of rainfall, fleeing with his religion from tribulations.”
}}

====All believers will go to Syria====
{{Quote|Al-Mustadrak alaa al-Sahihain 8461 (sahih)|
يأتي على الناس زمان لا يبقى فيه مؤمن إلا لحق بالشام

A time will come to people when no believer remains except that he came over to As-Sham
}}

====Extinction of the Quraysh tribe====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 16/186 (sahih)|
أسرعُ قبائلِ العربِ فناءً قريشٌ ويوشكُ أن تمرَّ المرأةُ بالنعلِ فتقول إن هذا نعلُ قرشيُّ

The fastest Arab tribe in extinction is Quraysh. Soon a woman will pass by a sandal, then she will say that this is a sandal of a Qurashi.
}}

====Arabs will be exterminated and go to hell====
Hadith da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 3967 (da'eef) and others|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will be a tribulation which will utterly destroy the Arabs, and those who are slain will be in Hell. At that time the tongue will be worse than a blow of the sword.”
}}

====Last of the ummah will curse the first====
Fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 263 (mawdu)|
It was narrated that Jabir said:
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'When the last people of this Ummah curse the first, (at that time) whoever conceals a Hadith will be concealing what Allah has revealed.'" (Maudu')
}}

====Pilgrimage to Makka will be abandoned====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|26|663}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said "The people will continue performing the Hajj and `Umra to the Ka`ba even after the appearance of Gog and Magog." Narrated Shu`ba extra: The Hour (Day of Judgment) will not be established till the Hajj (to the Ka`ba) is abandoned.
}}

====Disappearance of faith====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|274}}, chapter The Disappearance of Faith at the End of Time|
It is narrated on the authority of Anas that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:

"The Hour (Resurrection) will not occur as long as anyone says: 'Allah, Allah.'"
}}

This one appears to be increasingly likely.

====Islam will be widespread====
Although Muhammad predicted that Islam will disappear, he also predicted that Islam will succeed:
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 16509 (sahih)|
Tamim al-Dari reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “This matter will certainly reach every place touched by the night and day. Allah will not leave a house or residence but that Allah will cause this religion to enter it, by which the honorable will be honored and the disgraceful will be disgraced. Allah will honor the honorable with Islam and he will disgrace the disgraceful with unbelief.”
}}
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2176 (sahih)|
"Indeed Allah gathered the earth for me so that I saw its east and its west. And surely my Ummah's authority shall reach over all that was shown to me of it.
}}

Muhammad's predictions about the future of the Muslim ummah appear to have ranged non-existence and annihilation to complete domination, perhaps based on his feelings at various times. Given this full spectrum of possibility, however, it is difficult to maintain that there is any substance to these predictions.

====The Quran will disappear overnight====
{{Quote|Sunan al-Dārimī 3343 (hasan)|
عَنْ زِرٍّ عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ رضي الله عنه قَالَ لَيُسْرَيَنَّ عَلَى الْقُرْآنِ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ فَلَا يُتْرَكُ آيَةٌ فِي مُصْحَفٍ وَلَا فِي قَلْبِ أَحَدٍ إِلَّا رُفِعَتْ

The Quran will vanish in one night. No verse in the scripture or in the heart of anyone will be left behind.
}}

====Islam will wear out====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Majah 3289 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%8C+%D9%83%D9%85%D8%A7+%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D9%88%D8%B4%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AB%D9%88%D8%A8</ref>|
يدرُسُ الإسلامُ كما يدرُسُ وَشيُ الثَّوبِ حتَّى لا يُدرَى ما صيامٌ، ولا صلاةٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدَقةٌ، ولَيُسرى على كتابِ اللَّهِ عزَّ وجلَّ في ليلَةٍ، فلا يبقى في الأرضِ منهُ آيةٌ، وتبقَى طوائفُ منَ النَّاسِ الشَّيخُ الكبيرُ والعجوزُ، يقولونَ: أدرَكْنا آباءَنا على هذِهِ الكلمةِ، لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، فنحنُ نقولُها فقالَ لَهُ صِلةُ: ما تُغني عنهم: لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، وَهُم لا يَدرونَ ما صلاةٌ، ولا صيامٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدقةٌ؟ فأعرضَ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ ردَّها علَيهِ ثلاثًا، كلَّ ذلِكَ يعرضُ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ أقبلَ علَيهِ في الثَّالثةِ، فقالَ: يا صِلةُ، تُنجيهِم منَ النَّار ثلاثًا

“Islam will wear out as embroidery on a garment wears out, until no one will know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are. The Book of Allah will be taken away at night, and not one Verse of it will be left on earth. And there will be some people left, old men and old women, who will say: “We saw our fathers saying these words: ‘La ilaha illallah’ so we say them too.” Silah said to him: “What good will (saying): La ilaha illallah do them, when they do not know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are?” Hudhaifah turned away from his. He repeated his question three times, and Hudhaifah turned away from him each time. Then he turned to him on the third time and said: “O Silah! It will save them from Hell,” three times.
}}

====Islam will end up like a snake crawling back into its hole====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|271}}|
It is narrated on the authority of Ibn 'Umar ('Abdullah b. 'Umar) that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) observed:

Verily Islam started as something strange and it would again revert (to its old position) of being strange just as it started, and it would recede between the two mosques just as the serpent crawls back into its hole.
}}

In other hadith, Muhammad described belief in Islam as a snake:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|30|100}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "Verily, Belief returns and goes back to Medina as a snake returns and goes back to its hole (when in danger).
}}

====Countries colonized by Muslims will stop paying them and Muslims will be poor again====
The hadith is in the chapter called "Making Endowments Of The Lands Of As-Sawad, And The Lands That Were Conquered By Force":
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/abudawud/20 Sunan Abi Dawud 3035 / In-book reference: Book 20, Hadith 108 / English translation: Book 19, Hadith 3029]|
Abu Hurairah reported the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) as saying “Iraq will prevent its measure (qafiz) and dirham. Syria will prevent its measure (mudi) and dinar. Egypt will prevent its measure (irdabb) and dinar. Then you will return to the position where you started. Zuhair said this three times. The flesh and blood of Abu Hurairah witnessed it.
}}

====Buttocks of women of Daus are moving around the Yemenite Kaba====

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|232}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till '''the buttocks of the women of the tribe of Daus move while going round Dhi-al-Khalasa'''." Dhi-al-Khalasa was the idol of the Daus tribe which they used to worship in the Pre Islamic Period of ignorance.
}}

It was interpreted metaphorically as a rise of polytheism because the idol was destroyed and the people were killed before it came true :
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6052}}|
Jabir reported that there was in pre-Islamic days a temple called '''Dhu'l- Khalasah and it was called the Yamanite Ka'ba''' or the northern Ka'ba. Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said unto me:

Will you rid me of Dhu'l-Khalasah and so I went forth at the head of 350 horsemen of the tribe of Ahmas and '''we destroyed it and killed whomsoever we found there'''. Then we came back to him (to the Holy Prophet) and informed him and he blessed us and the tribe of Ahmas.
}}

====People commonly have sex in the streets, like donkeys====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Hibban 6/345 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D9%8E%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D9%82%D9%8F%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%8F+%D8%AD%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%91%D9%8E%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B3%D9%8F+%D9%81%D9%90%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B7%D9%91%D9%8F%D8%B1%D9%8F%D9%82%D9%90+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8F%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%92%D8%AD%D9%8E%D9%85%D9%90%D9%8A%D8%B1%D9%90</ref>|
لا تقومُ السَّاعةُ حتَّى يتسافدَ النَّاسُ في الطُّرقِ تسافُدَ الحميرِ

The Hour shall not commence until the people engage in sexual
intercourse in the streets just like donkeys.
}}

Public sex was already happening among ancient civilizations.<ref>[https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/all-about-sex/201809/orgies-through-the-ages Orgies Through the Ages]</ref>

====Rise of polytheism====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4252|
..the Last Hour will not come before the tribes of my people attach themselves to the polytheists and tribes of my people worship idols..
}}
Polytheism has become less popular with time.

====People will worship goddesses Lat and Uzza again====
The goddesses [[Lat]] and [[Uzza]] were worshiped by Arabs before the Islamic conquest of Arabia.

{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'''. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====All believers will be killed by a wind from Allah and only evil people (= non-Muslims) will survive====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. '''Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die''' and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====Killing neighbors and family members====
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 118 (classified as "very good" by Albani)|
عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى‏ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَقْتُلَ الرَّجُلُ جَارَهُ وَأَخَاهُ وَأَبَاهُ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “The Hour will not be established until a man kills his neighbor, his brother, and his father.”
}}

====Abundance of deaths by lightning====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad, vol. 3 pg. 64/65 (sahih)|
تَكثُرُ الصَّواعِقُ عِندَ اقْتِرابِ السَّاعةِ، حتَّى يَأتيَ الرَّجُلُ القَومَ، فيقولَ: مَن صَعِقَ قِبَلَكمُ الغَداةَ؟ فيَقولون: صَعِقَ فُلانٌ وفُلانٌ.

There will be an abundance of lightning with the coming of the Hour, until a man comes to a tribe asking: Who was struck today? Then they say: So and so
}}
John Jensenius (a lightning specialist) said that the number of injuries and deaths caused by lightning is actually going down. <ref>https://www.cbsnews.com/news/are-lightning-strikes-becoming-more-common/</ref>

====Luka bin Luka will be the happiest person====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2209 (sahih)|
Hudhaifah bin Al-Yaman narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Hour will not be established until the happiest of people in the world is Luka' bin Luka'."
}}

Scholars interpreted the name "Luka bin Luka" (لكع بن لكع) to mean "the most despicable/wicked/evil"<ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/18510/%D9%85%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%89-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB</ref> and "wickedness", rather than a specific person

====Wine, musical instruments and singing girls will turn Muslims into monkeys and pigs====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Ibn Majah 4020, In-book reference: Book 36, Hadith 95, English translation: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4020|
لَيَشْرَبَنَّ نَاسٌ مِنْ أُمَّتِي الْخَمْرَ يُسَمُّونَهَا بِغَيْرِ اسْمِهَا يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ وَالْمُغَنِّيَاتِ يَخْسِفُ اللَّهُ بِهِمُ الأَرْضَ وَيَجْعَلُ مِنْهُمُ الْقِرَدَةَ وَالْخَنَازِيرَ

It was narrated from Abu Malik Ash’ari that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“People among my nation will drink wine, calling it by another name, and musical instruments will be played for them and singing girls (will sing for them). Allah will cause the earth to swallow them up, and will turn them into monkeys and pigs.”
}}

Since the hadith literally says "is played upon their heads with musical instruments" (يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ) some claim that it is a prediction of headphones. But it says "played", not "placed" upon their heads, the word "instruments" is in the plural form and the singing girls are obviously real singing girls, while with head phones the singing would be included in the headphones. The interpretation that the word "musical instruments" (معازف) refers to musical instruments fits much better into the context.

Muhammad himself listened to singing girls, perhaps he was in a better mood since it was the day of Eid:{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|15|72}}|
Narrated Aisha:

Abu Bakr came to my house while two small Ansari girls were singing beside me the stories of the Ansar concerning the Day of Buath. And they were not singers. Abu Bakr said protestingly, "Musical instruments of Satan in the house of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) !" It happened on the `Id day and Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "O Abu Bakr! There is an `Id for every nation and this is our `Id."
}}

Wine and singing was already mentioned in pre-Islamic Arab poetry:
{{Quote|Dhu Jadan al-Himyari, Sirat Rasul Allah p. 19|
Peace, confound you! You can't turn me from my purpose

Thy scolding dries my spittle!

To '''the music of singers''' in times past 'twas fine

When we drank our fill of purest noblest wine.

'''Drinking freely of wine brings me no shame'''

If my behaviour no boon-companion would blame.

For death no man can hold back Though he drink the perfumed potions of the quack.
}}

====Allah will put pieces of the world on his fingers====
Muhammad agreed with this prophecy presented by a Jewish Scholar
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 39, Hadith 6699|
Abdullah b. Mas'ud reported that a Jewish scholar came to Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) and said:

Muhammad, or Abu al-Qasim, verily, Allah, the Exalted and Glorious would carry the Heavens on the Day of Judgment upon one finger and earths upon one finger and the mountains and trees upon one finger and the ocean and moist earth upon one finger, and in fact the whole of the creation upon one finger, and then He would stir them and say: I am your Lord, I am your Lord. Thereupon Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) smiled testifying what that scholar had said. He then recited this verse:" And they honour not Allah with the honour due to Him; and the whole earth will be in His grip on the Day of Resurrection and the heaven rolled up in His right hand. Glory be to Him I and highly Exalted is He above what they associate (with Him)" (Az-Zumar:67).
}}

====Medina banishes its evils====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3188}}|
Abu Huraira (Allah be pleased with him) reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

A time will come for the people (of Medina) when a man will invite his cousin and any other near relation: Come (and settle) at (a place) where living is cheap, come to where there is plenty, but Medina will be better for them; would they know it! By Him in Whose Hand is my life, none amongst them would go out (of the city) with a dislike for it, but Allah would make his successor in it someone better than be. Behold. Medina is like furnace which eliminates from it the impurities. And '''the Last Hour will not come until Medina banishes its evils''' just as a furnace eliminates the impurities of iron.
}}
====Nobody will accept charity====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|492}}|
Narrated Haritha bin Wahab:

I heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "O people! Give in charity as a time will come upon you when a person will wander about with his object of charity and will not find anybody to accept it, and one (who will be requested to take it) will say, "If you had brought it yesterday, would have taken it, but today I am not in need of it."
}}

====Not paying zakat causes a lack of rain====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. '''They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them'''. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

====Swelling of crescents [The Moon]====
{{Quote|Sahih Al-Jami' 5898 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%85%D9%90%D9%86+%D8%A7%D9%82%D9%92%D8%AA%D9%90%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%86%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%AE%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D9%87%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A9%D9%90&order=color</ref>|
مِنَ اقترابِ الساعَةِ انتفاخُ الأهِلَّةِ

From approaching of the Hour is the swelling of crescents
}}

====An Abyssinian will destroy the Kaba====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 7:6953/2909c|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: It would be an Abyssinian having two small shanks who would destroy the House ol Allah, the Exalted and Glorious.
}}

====Collapse, transformation and stoning from the sky====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2185 (sahih)|
'Aishah narrated "The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
'In the end of this Ummah there will be a collapse, transformation, and Qadhf."' She said :"I said: 'O Messenger of Allah! Will they be destroyed while they are righteous among them?' He said: 'Yes, when evil is dominant."'
}}

It's just three vague words خَسْفٌ وَمَسْخٌ وَقَذْفٌ (khasf and maskh and qadhf). Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Munawi - Fayd al-Qadir|
3176 - (بين يدي الساعة مسخ) قلب الخلقة من شيء إلى شيء أو تحويل الصورة إلى أقبح منها أو مسخ القلوب (وخسف) أي غور في الأرض (وقذف) أي رمي بالحجارة من جهة السماء

maskh - transformation of creation from its shape to an uglier one

khasf - a depression in the Earth

qadhf - pelting with stones from the sky

}}

====Euphrates will uncover a mountain of gold soon====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|235}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "'''Soon the river "Euphrates" will disclose the treasure (the mountain) of gold''', so whoever will be present at that time should not take anything of it." Al-A'raj narrated from Abii Huraira that the Prophet (ﷺ) said the same but he said, "It (Euphrates) will uncover a mountain of gold (under it).
}}
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 2894a|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: The Last Hour would not come before the Euphrates uncovers a mountain of gold, for which people would fight. Ninety-nine out of each one hundred would die but every man amongst them would say that perhaps he would be the one who would be saved (and thus possess this gold).
}}

No such event followed soon thereafter.

====Gender ratio will be 50 women to 1 men====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|81}}|
I will narrate to you a Hadith and none other than I will tell you about after it. I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) saying: From among the portents of the Hour are (the following): -1. Religious knowledge will decrease (by the death of religious learned men). -2. Religious ignorance will prevail. -3. There will be prevalence of open illegal sexual intercourse. -4. '''Women will increase in number and men will decrease in number so much so that fifty women will be looked after by one man.'''
}}

====Knowledge will be sought from young people====
{{Quote|al-Mu’jam al-Kabīr 908 (sahih)|
عَنْ أَبِي أُمَيَّةَ اللَّخْمِيِّ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ إِنَّ مِنْ أَشْرَاطِ السَّاعَةِ ثَ أَنْ يُلْتَمَسَ الْعِلْمَ عِنْدَ الْأَصَاغِرِ

The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Verily, among the signs of the Hour is that knowledge will be sought from the young.”
}}

====Seventy-three sects====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 5, Book 38, Hadith 2640 (hasan)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "The Jews split into seventy-one sects, or seventy-two sects, and the Christians similarly, and my Ummah will split into seventy-three sects."
}}

====Emergence of Sufyani====
This hadith is daeef:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4/520 (da'eef)|
يخرج رجل يقال له السفياني في عمق دمشق ، وعامة من يتبعه من كلب ، فيقتل حتى يبقر بطون النساء ويقتل الصبيان ، فتجمع لهم قيس فيقتلها حتى لا يمنع ذنب تلعة ، ويخرج رجل من أهل بيتي في الحرة فيبلغ السفياني فيبعث إليه جنداً من جنده فيهزمهم ، فيسير إليه السفياني بمن معه ، حتى إذا صار ببيداء من الأرض خسف بهم ، فلا ينجو منهم إلا المخبر عنهم

There will emerge a man called as-Sufyaani from the depths of Damascus, and most of those who follow him will be from (the tribe of) Kalb. He will kill many people until he rips open the bellies of women and kill children. (The tribe of) Qays will gather against him and he will kill them. A man from my family will emerge in the harrah, and news of that will reach as-Sufyaani. He will send troops against him and he will defeat them. Then as-Sufyaani will march towards him accompanied by those who are with him, then when he is in a plain, they will be swallowed up by the earth and none of them will be saved except the one who will tell others about them.
}}

====Muslims in mosque won't find an imam to lead them in prayer====
This hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Abu Dawud Book 2, Hadith 581, chapter It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam|
Narrated Sulamah daughter of al-Hurr:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: One of the signs of the Last Hour will be that people in a mosque will refuse to act as imam and will not find an imam to lead them in prayer.
}}

 
{{Quote|Sunan An-nasa'i Vol. 1, Book 10, Hadith 783, chapter "When people are together and are all of the same status"|
It was narrated from Abu Sa'eed that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"when there are three people let one of them lead the prayer, and the one who is most entitled to lead the prayer is the one who has most knowledge of the Qur'an."
}}

This prophecy was included in a chapter called "It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam", and is perhaps best understood as a sort of moral exhortation to lead prayer when a prayer needs to be led.

====Dajjal nor plague will be able to enter Medina====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2242 (sahih)|
Anas narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Dajjal will come to Al-Madinah to find the angels have surrounded it. Neither the plague nor the Dajjal will enter it, if Allah wills."
}}Medina, historically, has not proven to be especially or at all plague-proof. Moreover, during plagues, the Saudi government (and the caliphates, historically) had to close off access to Mecca and Medina to prevent the spread of disease. The prophet also stated that there was no such thing as a contagious disease.

====Jesus will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish Jizyah====
{{Quote|Sunan ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4078 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"The Hour will not begin until 'Eisa bin Maryam comes down as a just judge and a just ruler. He will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish the Jizyah, and wealth will become so abundant that no one will accept it."
}}

====Gog and Magog will drink out the lake of Tiberias====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7015}}|
And then Allah would send Gog and Magog and they would swarm down from every slope. The first of them would pass the lake of Tiberias and drink out of it. And when the last of them would pass, he would say: There was once water there.
}}

Gog and Magog are described in the hadith and Quran as tribes on Earth blocked by a big iron wall, erected by [[Dhul-Qarnayn]], that will be unlocked at the end of times. There are supposed to be so many of them that they will drink the entire lake of Tiberias (Sea of Galilee) dry.

====Gog and Magog will successfully dig through the wall====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4080|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"Gog and Magog people dig every day until, when they can almost see the rays of the sun, the one in charge of them says: "Go back and we will dig it tomorrow." Then Allah puts it back, stronger than it was before. (This will continue) until, when their time has come, and Allah wants to send them against the people, they will dig until they can almost see the rays of the sun, then the one who is in charge of them will say: "Go back, and we will dig it tomorrow if Allah wills.' So '''they will say: "If Allah wills." Then they will come back to it and it will be as they left it. So they will dig and will come out to the people''', and they will drink all the water. The people will fortify themselves against them in their fortresses. They will shoot their arrows towards the sky and they will come back with blood on them, and they will say: "We have defeated the people of earth and dominated the people of heaven." Then Allah will send a worm in the napes of their necks and will kill them thereby.'" The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "By the One in Whose Hand is my soul, the beasts of the earth will grow fat on their flesh."
}}

====Muslims will use bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood for 7 years====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4076 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Nawwas bin Sam'an that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"The Muslims will use the bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood, for seven years.'"
}}

==See also==

*[[Quranic Prophecies]]

External:

* [https://www.marefa.org/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9_%D9%81%D9%8A_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85 List of Muhammad's prophecies] (Arabic)
* [https://rationalwiki.org/wiki/Biblical_prophecies#Criteria_for_a_true_prophecy RationalWiki: Biblical prophecies, Criteria for a true prophecy] (could be analogically applied to Islamic prophecies)
*[https://detechter.com/15-ancient-hindu-predictions-that-have-come-true/#List_of_15_Ancient_Hindu_Prophecy_From_Bhagavata_Purana 15 Hindu predictions] - ''Comparing and contrasting Islamic prophecies with those of other religions' scriptures predictions is instructive''

==References==

[[Category:Islamic Prophecies]]
<references />

Prophecies in the Hadith

2021-01-04T21:32:43Z

Prekladator: /* Rise of polytheism */

{{QualityScore|Lead=1|Structure=4|Content=4|Language=2|References=3}}
Muhammad's prophecies are predictions attributed to him and written hundreds of years after his [[Muhammad's Death|death]]. Many prophecies are considered "signs of the Hour" (Islamic eschatology). Some prophecies are general statements that may apply to times even before Islam, other prophecies predict early Islamic history (which happened before the predictions were written) and some prophecies make predictions about the the future to come after the hadiths were written.

Prophecies in this article are from the hadiths. Quranic prophecies have a [[Quranic Prophecies|separate article]].
==Signs of the Hour==
"The Hour" (الساعة) refers to a period of time on the Day of Judgement.
{{Quote|{{Quran|30|55}}|
And '''the Day the Hour''' appears the criminals will swear they had remained but an hour. Thus they were deluded."
}}

Signs of the Hour indicate that the Hour (and the end of the world) is coming. They were divided by scholars into minor and major. The major signs are contained in this hadith:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6931}}|
Hudhaifa b. Usaid al-Ghifari reported:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) came to us all of a sudden as we were (busy in a discussion). He said: What do you discuss about? They (the Companions) said. We are discussing about the Last Hour. Thereupon he said: It will not come until you see ten signs before and (in this connection) he made a mention of the smoke, Dajjal, the beast, the rising of the sun from the west, the descent of Jesus son of Mary (Allah be pleased with him), the Gog and Magog, and land-slides in three places, one in the east, one in the west and one in Arabia at the end of which fire would burn forth from the Yemen, and would drive people to the place of their assembly.
}}

The minor signs indicate that the Hour is "getting closer", while the major signs indicate that the Hour will happen immediately after them. The first major sign is coming of the Dajjal and Muhammad thought that it might happen during his life.<ref>"Al-nawwas b. Sim’an al-Kilabi said:
'''The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) mentioned the Dajjal (Antichrist) saying: If he comes forth while I am among you''' I shall be the one who will dispute with him on your behalf, but if he comes forth when I am not among you, a man must dispute on his own behalf, and Allah will take my place in looking after every Muslim. Those of you who live up to his time should recite over him the opening verses of Surat al – Kahf, for they are your protection from his trial. We asked: How long will he remain on the earth ? He replied : Forty days, one like a year, one like a month, one like a week, and rest of his days like yours. We asked : Messenger of Allah, will one day’s prayer suffice us in this day which will be like a year ? He replied : No, you must make an estimate of its extent. Then Jesus son of Marry will descend at the white minaret to the east of Damascus. He will then catch him up at the date of Ludd and kill him." - {{Abudawud|38|4307}}</ref>

*7th century Arabs didn't have the concept of "an hour" meaning 60 minutes. An hour (ساعة) just meant a period of time [shorter than a day]. <ref>AR: https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/140286/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%88-%D9%85%D9%82%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%B1-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF%D8%A9-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%8A%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D8%AD%D8%A7%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D9%88%D9%87%D9%84-%D9%87%D9%88-%D8%B3%D8%AA%D9%88%D9%86-%D8%AF%D9%82%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A9</ref>
*Most prophecies are linked to the Hour

Some Muslims reject the hadiths of the signs of the Hour <ref>http://bayanelislam.net/Suspicion.aspx?id=03-02-0071</ref>, because a Quranic verse indicates that the Hour will come by surprise (not after seeing clear signs) and that only Allah has knowledge about the Hour (not Muhammad):
{{Quote|{{Quran|7|187}}|
They ask you ˹O Prophet˺ regarding the Hour, “When will it be?” Say, “That knowledge is only with my Lord. He alone will reveal it when the time comes. It is too tremendous for the heavens and the earth and will only take you by surprise.” They ask you as if you had full knowledge of it. Say, “That knowledge is only with Allah, but most people do not know.”
}}

==Characteristics==

*Predictions don't have the time when they are supposed to happen. So even if it doesn't happen, Muslim can still believe it will happen in the future. For example the conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting. But it was conquered by fighting, so some Muslims think that this wasn't what was predicted and there will be another conquest of Constantinople that will get it right.
*Scarcely any predictions were fulfilled once the predictions had been written down in the form of hadiths.

==Retrodictions and Reiterating Biblical Prophecy==
The hadith collections were written, often by Persian authors, hundreds of years after the death of Muhammad. So when the hadiths contain a prophecy about early Islamic history, they are likely only being attributed to Muhammad after the fact. This category also includes things that always happened, even before Islam (earthquakes, wars, people being dishonest...) and prophecies copied from the Bible.

===Fabrication of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Introduction, Narration 15|
يَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ الزَّمَانِ دَجَّالُونَ كَذَّابُونَ يَأْتُونَكُمْ مِنَ الأَحَادِيثِ بِمَا لَمْ تَسْمَعُوا أَنْتُمْ وَلاَ آبَاؤُكُمْ فَإِيَّاكُمْ وَإِيَّاهُمْ لاَ يُضِلُّونَكُمْ وَلاَ يَفْتِنُونَكُمْ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings of Allah upon him, said:
‘There will be in the end of time charlatan liars coming to you with narrations (hadiths) that you nor your fathers heard, so beware of them lest they misguide you and cause you tribulations’.
}}
There were a lot of fabricators of hadiths before the hadiths were written (mostly in the 9th century). Muslim scholars thus invented a "science of hadiths" which determines which oral traditions are fabricated and which are from people who supposedly "never lie".

===The caliphate will last 30 years===
{{Quote|{{Al Tirmidhi||4|7|2226}}|
Sa'eed bin Jumhan narrated:
"Safinah narrated to me, he said: 'The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said: "'''Al-Khilafah will be in my Ummah for thirty years''', then there will be monarchy after that."' Then Safinah said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of Abu Bakr,' then he said: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Umar and the Khilafah of 'Uthman.' Then he said to me: 'Count the Khilafah of 'Ali."' He said: "So we found that they add up to thirty years." Sa'eed said: "I said to him: 'Banu Umaiyyah claim that the Khilafah is among them.' He said: 'Banu Az-Zarqa' lie, rather they are a monarchy, among the worst of monarchies."'
}}

*The first caliphate lasted from 632-661, 29 years time.
*Tirmidhi, author of this hadith collection, was born in 824, more than 100 years after the end of the caliphate
*The hadith in it's text is in the context of discussion about previous caliphates
*The political system after the first caliphate, was still called a caliphate. There was some form of caliphate until the 20th century

===Rulership of the foolish after Muhammad===
{{Quote|Mishkat al-Masabih 3700|
Ka'b b. ‘Ujra told that God's Messenger said to him, “I commend you to God to protect you from '''the rulership of the foolish''' (إمارةِ السُّفهاءِ).” He asked what that was, and God’s Messenger replied, “'''After my time''' governors will arise whose falsehood will be believed and who will be assisted in their oppression by those who enter their presence. They have nothing to do with me and I have nothing to do with them, and they will never come down to me at the Pond. But they who do not enter their presence, believe their falsehood and help them in their oppression, those belong to me and I belong to them, and those ones will come down to me at the Pond.”}}

===Vile men control affairs of the people===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah 4036 (hasan)|
..and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}
===Return of the caliphate===
The hadith was sent to a new caliph Umar II:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 4/273, 18430 (hasan)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا سليمان بن داود الطيالسي حدثني داود بن إبراهيم الواسطي حدثني حبيب بن سالم عن النعمان بن بشير قال : كنا قعودا في المسجد مع رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم وكان بشير رجلا يكف حديثه فجاء أبو ثعلبة الخشني فقال يا بشير بن سعد أتحفظ حديث رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم في الأمراء فقال حذيفة أنا أحفظ خطبته فجلس أبو ثعلبة فقال حذيفة قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم تكون النبوة فيكم ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء الله أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا عاضا فيكون ما شاء الله ان يكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء أن يرفعها ثم تكون ملكا جبرية فتكون ما شاء الله ان تكون ثم يرفعها إذا شاء ان يرفعها ثم تكون خلافة على منهاج النبوة ثم سكت قال حبيب فلما قام عمر بن عبد العزيز وكان يزيد بن النعمان بن بشير في صحابته فكتبت إليه بهذا الحديث أذكره إياه فقلت له انى أرجو ان يكون أمير المؤمنين يعنى عمر بعد الملك العاض والجبرية فادخل كتابي على عمر بن عبد العزيز فسر به وأعجبه
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده حسن

It was narrated by Ahmed in his Musnad, from Al-Nu’man b.Bashir, who said: “We were sitting in the mosque of the Messenger of Allah(saw), and Bashir was a man who did not speak much, so Abu Tha’labah Al-Khashnee came and said: ‘Oh, Bashir bin Sa’ad, have you memorized the words of the Messenger of Allah (saw) regarding the rulers?’ Huthayfah replied, ‘I have memorized his words’. So Abu Tha’labah sat down and Huthayfah said, ‘The Messenger of Allah (saw) said ‘'''Prophet-hood will be among you''' as long as Allah wishes, then He will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of the Prophet''', and it will be as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be an inheritance rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a coercive rule''', and it will last as long as Allah wishes it to be, then Allah will lift it up when He wishes to lift it up. '''Then there will be a Khilafah on the way of Prophet-hood'''.’ Then he (saw) was silent.” Habib said: “When '''Umar ibn AbdulAziz became caliph I wrote to him, mentioning this tradition to him''' and saying, “I hope '''you will be the commander of the faithful after the biting and the oppressive kingdoms'''. ”It pleased and charmed him, i.e. Umar ibn AbdulAziz.”
}}
Umar II died in 720 and he was expected to bring back the good old caliphate. Musnad Ahmad was written in the 9th century.

==="Prophet, siddiq and two martyrs"===
Notice that the future caliphs are usually mentioned in the order in which they will be caliphs (strongly suggesting these were written later by someone who already knew the order):
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|35}}|
Narrated Anas bin Malik:

The Prophet (ﷺ) ascended the mountain of Uhud and he was accompanied by '''Abu Bakr, `Umar and `Uthman'''. The mountain shook beneath them. The Prophet (ﷺ) hit it with his foot and said, "O Uhud ! Be firm, for on you there is none but a '''Prophet, a Siddiq and a martyr (i.e. and two martyrs)'''.
}}

The hadith was interpreted as a vague prediction that Abu Bakr will die naturally and Umar and Uthman will be killed. The 3 caliphs were in the 7th century. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Khawarij===
According to Islamic scholars, this hadith is about the coming of the Khawarij:
{{Quote|Sunan An-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 37, Hadith 4107|
It was narrated that 'Ali said:
"I heard the Messenger of Allah [SAW] say: 'At the end of time there will appear young people with foolish minds. Their faith will not pass through their throats, and they will go out of Islam as an arrow goes through the target. If you meet them, then kill them, for killing them will bring reward to the one who killed them on the Day of Resurrection.'"
}}

Khawarij ("The Leavers") left the army of the caliph Ali in the middle of the 7th century. The prediction was written in the middle of the 9th century, two hundred years later.

The prophecy says "at the end of time". The Khawarij appeared more than a thousand years ago.

===Places of killed people at the battle of Badr===
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 19, Hadith 4394|
..Then the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: This is the place where so and so would be killed. He placed his hand on the earth (saying) here and here; (and) none of them fell away from the place which the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) had indicated by placing his hand on the earth.
}}

Battle of Badr was in the 7th century. This hadith collection was authored in the 9th century.

===Earthquakes will increase===
It's a part of a longer hadith as one of the signs of the end of the world:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
.. and earthquakes will increase in number..
}}

There were always earthquakes, increasing and decreasing. There is a report that earthquakes happened also during the life of Muhammad:
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/bulugh/2/441 Bulugh al-Maram 2:509]|
He [the Prophet (ﷺ)] prayed during an earthquake six bowings and four prostrations, and said, "This is the way the Prayer of the Signs (of Allah) is offered.
}}

Earthquakes were also predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. '''There will be great earthquakes''', famines and pestilences in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}

===Rain is hot===
This hadith is classified as mawdu (fabricated). <ref>https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/265083/%D8%AD%D9%88%D9%84-%D8%B5%D8%AD%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%85%D8%B3%D8%B9%D9%88%D8%AF-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9</ref> It's part of a long hadith about coming of the Hour:
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
..وَأَنْ يَكُونَ الْمَطَرُ قَيْظًا ..
..and that rain will be hot (قيظا)..
}}

It was also mentioned in Lane's lexicon:
{{Quote|Lane's lexicon on قَيْظٌ <ref>http://lexicon.quranic-research.net/data/21_q/239_qyZ.html</ref>|
لَا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكُونَ الوَلَدُ غَيْظًا والمَطَرُ قَيْظًا, a saying of Moḥammad, meaning [The resurrection, or the time thereof, will not come to pass until the birth of a child be an occasion of wrath, or rage, and] rain be accompanied by air like the قيظ [or '''most vehement heat of summer''']. (TA.)
}}

The word قيظ (''qayz'') was also mentioned in a different hadith meaning "hot weather":{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 6 (Hasan)|
Rifa'ah bin Rafi' said:
I heard Abu Bakr as-Siddeeq say on the minbar of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) : I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, and Abu Bakr wept when he remembered the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) , then he recovered and said. I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say, in this '''hot weather''' (القيظ) last year: `Ask Allah for forgiveness, well-being and certainty of faith in the Hereafter and in this world.”
}}

Some insist that the word قيظ means "acidic".

===Strong wind===
Muhammad predicted a strong wind on the same day it happened, so there was probably already a wind getting stronger:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|559}}|
..When we reached Tabuk, the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "There will be a strong wind tonight and so no one should stand and whoever has a camel, should fasten it." So we fastened our camels. A strong wind blew at night and a man stood up and he was blown away to a mountain called Taiy..
}}
The prophecy was written in the 9th century.

===Child is filled with rage===
This is a part of a fabricated (mawdu') hadith.
{{Quote|al-Tabarani, Mu'jam al-Kabir 10/228 (mawdu')|
وإن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها: أن يكون الولد غيظاً، وأن يكون المطر قيظاً

And from the signs of the Hour is that '''a boy will be enraged''' and that water will be hot
}}
Angry children have been around since time immemorial.

===Muhammad's death===
Muhammad predicted that he will die. The prediction doesn't contain any specific information about his death:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "'''Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death''', the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

The context is that it will be a sign that the Hour is coming. But Muhammad died more than a thousand years ago and the Hour didn't come.

===Muhammad's wife with the longest arm will die first===
{{Quote|Sahih Bukhari: Vol. 2, Book of Tax (Zakat), Hadith 501|
Narrated 'Aisha:

Some of the wives of the Prophet asked him, "Who amongst us will be the first to follow you (i.e. die after you)?" He said, "Whoever has the longest hand." So they started measuring their hands with a stick and Sauda's hand turned out to be the longest. (When Zainab bint Jahsh died first of all in the caliphate of 'Umar), we came to know that the long hand was a symbol of practicing charity, so she was the first to follow the Prophet and she used to love to practice charity. (Sauda died later in the caliphate of Muawiya).
}}

It's questionable whether the prophecy was metaphorical and fulfilled or whether it was literal and hence re-interpreted. Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Muhammad's daughter Fatima will die first from his family===
During Muhammad's illness, Fatima was walking like Muhammad, so she also had signs of illness:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6005}}|
`A'isha reported that all the wives of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) had gathered (in her apartment) '''during the days of his (Prophet's) last illness ''' and no woman was left behind that '''Fatima, who walked after the style of Allah's Messenger''' (ﷺ), came there. He welcomed her by saying:

You are welcome, my daughter, and made her sit on his right side or on his left side, and then talked something secretly to her and Fatima wept. Then he talked something secretly to her and she laughed. I said to her: What makes you weep? She said: I am not going to divulge the secret of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). I (`A'isha) said: I have not seen (anything happening) like today, the happiness being more close to grief (as I see today) when she wept. I said to her: Has Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) singled you out for saying something leaving us aside? She then wept and I asked her what he said, and she said: I am not going to divulge the secrets of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). And when he died I again asked her and she said that he (the Holy Prophet) told her: Gabriel used to recite the Qur'an to me once a year and for this year it was twice and so I perceived that my death had drawn near, and that '''I (Fatima) would be the first amongst the members of his family who would meet him (in the Hereafter)'''. He shall be my good forerunner and it made me weep. He again talked to me secretly (saying): Aren't you pleased that you should be the sovereign amongst the believing women or the head of women of this Ummah? And this made me laugh.
}}

===A plague kills many Muslims===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, '''a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep''', the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}
It was interpreted as a prophecy about the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Amwas Plague of Amwas] (638-639), which is considered a re-emergence of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plague_of_Justinian the Plague of Justinian] (541-549), so there was a precedent.

The prediction was written in the 9th century.

===Sexual immorality (abominations)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: '''Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them'''. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

Sexual immorality (or "abomination") was nothing new in the 7th century. The Old Testament mentions such a story:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 19:3-8|
He prepared a meal for them, baking bread without yeast, and they ate. Before they had gone to bed, all the men from every part of the city of Sodom—both young and old—surrounded the house. They called to Lot, “Where are the men who came to you tonight? Bring them out to us so that we can have sex with them.” Lot went outside to meet them and shut the door behind him and said, “No, my friends. Don’t do this wicked thing. Look, I have two daughters who have never slept with a man. Let me bring them out to you, and you can do what you like with them.
}}

In the New Testament Jesus spoke to a woman who had many sexual partners:
{{Quote|The Bible, John 4:16-18|
“Go and get your husband,” Jesus told her.

“I don’t have a husband,” the woman replied.

Jesus said, “You’re right! You don’t have a husband— for you have had five husbands, and you aren’t even married to the man you’re living with now. You certainly spoke the truth!”
}}

There were also abominations happening in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|62|65}}|
Narrated `Aisha:

that the Prophet (ﷺ) married her when '''she was six years old and he consummated his marriage when she was nine years old'''. Hisham said: I have been informed that `Aisha remained with the Prophet (ﷺ) for nine years (i.e. till his death).
}}

Plagues and diseases also happened throughout whole history. Plagues (pestilences) were also predicted in the Bible, hundreds of years before Muhammad:{{Quote|Luke 21:9-11|
When you hear of wars and uprisings, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away.”

Then he said to them: “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be great earthquakes, famines and '''pestilences''' in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
}}
===Homosexuality===
This is a fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يا ابن مسعود إن من أعلام الساعة وأشراطها أن يكتفي الرجال بالرجال والنساء بالنساء

..O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that men are content with men and women with women..
}}

Homosexuals existed before Islam.

===People flogging people===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: '''people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people''', and the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Ishaa’ah li Ashraat il-Saa’ah, p. 119|
Al-Sakhaawi said: They are now the helpers of the oppressors, and usually it refers to the worst group around the ruler. It may also apply to unjust rulers.
}}

Muhammad commanded flogging (and killing) people:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4482 (hasan sahih)|
Narrated Mu'awiyah ibn AbuSufyan:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: If they (the people) drink wine, flog them, again if they drink it, flog them. Again if they drink it, kill them.
}}
===Women naked, but dressed (wearing revealing clothes)===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|24|5310}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) having said this:

Two are the types of the denizens of Hell whom I did not see: people having flogs like the tails of the ox with them and they would be beating people, and '''the women who would be dressed but appear to be naked, who would be inclined (to evil) and make their husbands incline towards it. Their heads would be like the humps of the bukht camel inclined to one side'''. They will not enter Paradise and they would not smell its odour whereas its odour would be smelt from such and such distance.
}}

Some apologists present it as something new that happens in the 21st century and Muhammad couldn't have guessed it.
{{Quote|islamqa.info: Commentary on the hadeeth; “two types of the people of Hell whom I have not seen…” <ref>https://islamqa.info/en/answers/47017/commentary-on-the-hadeeth-two-types-of-the-people-of-hell-whom-i-have-not-seen</ref>|
This hadeeth is one of the miracles of Prophethood, for these two types of people have appeared, and '''they exist now, as al-Nawawi (may Allaah have mercy on him) said.'''
}}
Al-Nawawi lived in the 13th century.

Islamic sources say that there were naked women circumambulating around the Kaba in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||3|24|2959}}|
It was narrated from Saeed bin Jubair that Ibn Abbas said:
"Women used to circumambulate the Kabah naked, saying: 'Today some, or all of it will appear And whatever appers I don't make is permissible.' Then the following was revealed: 'O Children of Adam! Take your adornment to every Masjid.'"
}}

There is also a hadith with the same terminology of dressed (كاسيات) and undressed (عاريات) but in a different context:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|21|226}}|
Narrated Um Salama:

One night the Prophet (ﷺ) got up and said, "Subhan Allah! How many afflictions Allah has revealed tonight and how many treasures have been sent down (disclosed). Go and wake the sleeping lady occupants of these dwellings up (for prayers), perhaps a well '''dressed''' (كاسية) in this world may be '''naked''' (عارية) in the Hereafter."
}}

===Naked thighs in markets===
This hadith is classified mawdoo' (fabricated). <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/321649/%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%AC%D8%A9-%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB-%D8%B9%D8%B4%D8%B1-%D8%AE%D8%B5%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%84-%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85-%D9%84%D9%88%D8%B7-</ref> Albani included it in his book سلسلة الأحاديث الضعيفة والموضوعة وأثرها السيئ في الأمة ("Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah"):
{{Quote|Series of weak hadiths which have negative effects in the Ummah, Al-Albani|
عشر من أخلاق قوم اللوط:..والمشي في الأسواق والأفخاذ بادية

Ten behaviors of Lot's people:.. and walking in markets and thighs are naked..
}}

There were uncovered thighs in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud Book 32, Hadith 4003|
Narrated Jarhad:

The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) sat with us and my thigh was uncovered. He said: Do you not know that thigh is a private part ?
}}

Muhammad exposed his thighs at some point:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|8|367}}|
Narrated `Abdul `Aziz:

Anas said, 'When Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) invaded Khaibar, we offered the Fajr prayer there (early in the morning) when it was still dark. The Prophet (ﷺ) rode and Abu Talha rode too and I was riding behind Abu Talha. The Prophet (ﷺ) passed through the lane of Khaibar quickly and '''my knee was touching the thigh of the Prophet (ﷺ) . He uncovered his thigh''' and I saw the whiteness of '''the thigh of the Prophet'''.
}}

===Widespread adultery===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|34|6451}}|
Anas b. Malik reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

It is from the conditions of the Last Hour that knowledge would be taken away and ignorance would prevail (upon the world), the liquor would be drunk, and '''adultery would become rampant'''.
}}

Muhammad's companions used to give women a handful of flour and then perform what they called "a temporary marriage" (زواج المتعة, ''zawaj al-mut'a''). Seeing as polygamy was allowed, these companions may have been married at the time, and their behavior would today be classified as adultery:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|8|3249}}|
Jabir b. 'Abdullah reported:

We contracted temporary marriage giving a handful of (tales or flour as a dower during the lifetime of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and during the time of Abu Bakr until 'Umar forbade it in the case of 'Amr b. Huraith.
}}

There is also a fabricated (mawdu') prophecy about illegitimate children:
{{Quote|Tabarani, al-Mu'jim al-kabeer 10/228 (mawdu')|
يَا ابْنَ مَسْعُودٍ ، إِنَّ مِنْ أَعْلَامِ السَّاعَةِ وَأَشْرَاطِهَا أَنْ يَكْثُرَ أَوْلَادُ الزِّنَا

O Ibn Mas'ud, indeed from the signs of the Hour is that there are many children from adultery
}}

===Abundant wealth===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||5|36|4047}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The Hour will not begin until '''wealth becomes abundant''' and tribulations appear, and Harj increases.” They said: “What is Harj, O Messenger of Allah?” He said: '''“Killing, killing, killing,”''' three times.
}}

Muslims became wealthy in the 7th century by the early Islamic conquests (the hadith itself mentions it together with "killing, killing, killing"). Sunan Ibn Majah was written two centuries after these conquests.

===Men obey their wives===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, '''a man obeys his wife''' and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

It was mentioned among negative things, that indicates that a woman being dominant in marriage is an evil thing. But it appears that the patriarchy was not universal even in Muhammad's time:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|43|648}}|Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Abbas: ...We, the people of Quraish, used to have authority over women, but when we came to live with the Ansar, we noticed that '''the Ansari women had the upper hand over their men''', so our women started acquiring the habits of the Ansari women. Once I shouted at my wife and she paid me back in my coin and I disliked that she should answer me back....}}

===Fire in Hijaz illuminates necks of camels in Busra===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|234}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a fire will come out of the land of Hijaz, and it will throw light on the necks of the camels at Busra."
}}
There was a lava eruption in Hijaz in the year 1256 ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Harrat_Rahat Harrat Rahat]) which is considered by Muslims as fulfillment. That's the last eruption, but the eruption before that was in 640 - 641 A.D. during the reign of Umar.<ref>
Volcanic history of the northernmost part of the Harrat Rahat volcanic field, Saudi Arabia
https://pubs.geoscienceworld.org/gsa/geosphere/article/14/3/1253/529993/Volcanic-history-of-the-northernmost-part-of-the</ref>
So there was a precedent. The unspecified date of occurrence makes this prediction one that might be referenced perennially

===Making halal what was haram===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|69|494}}|
Narrated Abu 'Amir or Abu Malik Al-Ash'ari:

that he heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "From among my followers there will be some '''people who will consider illegal sexual intercourse, the wearing of silk, the drinking of alcoholic drinks and the use of musical instruments, as lawful.''' And there will be some people who will stay near the side of a mountain and in the evening their shepherd will come to them with their sheep and ask them for something, but they will say to him, 'Return to us tomorrow.' Allah will destroy them during the night and will let the mountain fall on them, and He will transform the rest of them into monkeys and pigs and they will remain so till the Day of Resurrection."
}}

According to Islam, Jews and Christians took their rabbis and monks as lords, because the rabbis and monks ''made lawful'' for them what Allah forbade. <ref>Quran 9:31, tafsir Ibn Kathir</ref>

===Slave woman gives birth to her master/mistress===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|48}}|
When a slave (lady) gives birth to her master.
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 63 (sahih)|
When the slave woman gives birth to her mistress' (Waki' said: This means when non-Arabs will give birth to Arabs")
}}

According to Nawawi, the opinion of the majority of scholars is that Muslims will enslave non-Muslim women and have kids with them and the kids will be masters of their mothers because the kids are Muslims. <ref>https://quranacademy.io/blog/an-nawawis-hadith-2-hadith-of-jibreel-3/</ref> Ibn Hajar (who lived later) didn't like this interpretation, because the enslavement was already happening during the time of Muhammad, so it wasn't really a prophecy of the future.

Ibn Hajar and others, as a result, like to interpret it as kids treating their mothers like slaves. This is not compatible with Waki's comment, and it would appear that children disrespecting their parents has been and will remain a universal phenomenon.

===Woman helps her husband in business===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
'Abdullah said, 'From the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, who said, "Before the Final Hour people will single out one individual for the greeting, commerce will increase until '''a woman helps her husband in business''', people will sever their links with their relatives, knowledge will spread, false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed."
}}

===Some people control trade===
{{Quote|an-Nasa'i Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 4461 (sahih)|
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'One of the portents of the Hour will be that wealth becomes widespread and abundant, and trade will become widespread, but knowledge will disappear. '''A man will try to sell something and will say: "No, not until I consult the merchant of banu so and so''' and People will look throughout a vast area for a scribe and will not find one."
}}
Meccans boycotted Muslims in the Meccan period. It was a form of trade control.

===Injustice===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 485 (sahih)|
Ibn 'Umar reported that the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, said, "Injustice will appear as darkness on the Day of Rising."
}}

===False testimony===
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ، وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

..false testimony will appear and true testimony will be concealed.
}}

False testimony was already forbidden in the 10 commandments. The problem existed long before Islam.

===Unfulfilled vows===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
..then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and '''they will vow and never fulfill their vows''', and fatness will appear among them."
}}

===Cheating in weights (scales)===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. '''They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers'''. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is also mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Amos 8:2-6|
Then the Lord said to me, “The end has come for My people Israel. I will spare them no longer. The songs of the palace will turn to wailing in that day,” declares the Lord God. “Many will be the corpses; in every place they will cast them forth in silence.” '''Hear this, you who trample the needy''', to do away with the humble of the land, saying: “When will the new moon be over, So that we may sell grain, And the sabbath, that we may open the wheat market, '''To make the bushel smaller and the shekel bigger, And to cheat with dishonest scales'''
}}

Famines, like cheating, are universal phenomenon.

===Making money unlawfully===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|34|296}}|
Narrated Abu Hurairah (ra):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said "Certainly a time will come when people will not bother to know from where they earned the money, by lawful means or unlawful means."
}}
Muhammad himself engaged in dubious practices to acquire money:
{{Quote|Sirat Rasul Allah 428, Tabari VII:29|
Then the apostle heard that Abu Sufyan b. Harb was coming from Syria with a large caravan of Quraysh, containing their money and merchandise, accompanied by some thirty or forty men." Mohammad said, "This is the Quraysh caravan containing their property, Go out to attack it, perhaps God will give it as prey,
}}

===Usury (riba)===
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 10191|
عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ أَنّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ يَأْتِي عَلَى النَّاسِ زَمَانٌ يَأْكُلُونَ فِيهِ الرِّبَا قِيلَ النَّاسُ كُلُّهُمْ قَالَ مَنْ لَمْ يَأْكُلْهُ مِنْهُمْ نَالَهُ مِنْ غُبَارِهِ

Abu Huraira reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “A time will come upon people in which they will consume usury.” It was said, “All of the people?” The Prophet said, “Whoever does not consume it will be affected by its dust.”
}}

Usury (riba) was already widespread in the period before Islam, which Muslims call "jahilya":
{{Quote|[https://ebrary.net/10536/business_finance/types_riba Types of Riba]|
Riba al-Jahiliyah means “the riba used during the age of ignorance and paganism.” It is also called riba al-nassee'aa (the riba that is constrained by a time limit and is time dependent). This type of '''riba was widely practiced by the pagan Arabs at the advent of Islam'''.
}}

In any interest-based economy, all goods will inevitably be "tainted" directly or indirectly with interest-based practices.

===Sudden deaths===
{{Quote|Al-Mu'jam al-Awsat al-Tabarani (9/147) No. 9376 (sahih)|
حدثنا الهيثم بن خالد المصيصي نا عبدالكبير بن المعافى بن عمران نا شريك عن العباس بن ذريح عن الشعبي عن أنس بن مالك رفعه إلى النبي صلى الله عليه و سلم قال من اقتراب الساعة أن يرى الهلال قبلا فيقال لليلتين وأن تتخذ المساجد طرقا وأن يظهر الموت الفجاء لم يرو هذا الحديث عن العباس بن زريح إلا شريك تفرد به عبد الكبير بن المعافى

Anas bin Malik (RA) narrated that the Prophet (SAW) said: “Among the signs that the Last Hour is near, is that the crescent would appear larger than its actual size and people would say: ‘It appears as if it is only two days old.’ and the masajid will be taken as streets, and '''sudden death will spread'''.”
}}

In other hadiths Muhammad and Ubayd speak about sudden death as something already known:{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 3110 / Book 21, Hadith 22 / Book 20, Hadith 3104 (sahih)|
Narrated Ubayd ibn Khalid as-Sulami,:

A man from the Companions of the Prophet (ﷺ), said: The narrator Sa'd ibn Ubaydah narrated sometimes from the Prophet (ﷺ) and sometimes as a statement of Ubayd (ibn Khalid): The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Sudden death is a wrathful catching.
}}

===Islam will be unpleasant for Muslims (like burning ember/coal in hand)===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2260 (hasan)|
Anas bin Malik narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"There shall come upon the people a time in which the one who is patient upon his religion will be like the one holding onto a burning ember."
}}

Adhering to Islam was already unpleasant for many Muslims during the time of Muhammad and it escalated in 632-633 during the Wars of Apostasy when some Arabs tried to leave Islam, but had it imposed on them once again by the caliph.

===Following Jews and Christians===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|92|422}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "You will follow the ways of those nations who were before you, span by span and cubit by cubit (i.e., inch by inch) so much so that even if they entered a hole of a mastigure, you would follow them." We said, "O Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)! (Do you mean) the Jews and the Christians?" He said, "Whom else?"
}}
Muhammad himself incorporated portions of the Talmud and the gospels in the Quran and his teachings.

===Killing [pointless killing]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which Religious ignorance will spread, knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and '''there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing'''."
}}

The Old Testament hosts many texts about mass killing. For example:
{{Quote|The Bible (AMPC), 1 Samuel 15:3|
Now go and smite Amalek and utterly destroy all they have; do not spare them, but '''kill both man and woman, infant and suckling, ox and sheep, camel and donkey.'''
}}

Muhammad himself engaged in what most would describe as "pointless killing":
{{Quote|Ibn Ishaq: Sirat Rasul Allah, p. 464|
Then they surrendered, and the apostle confined them in Medina in the quarter of d. al-Harith, a woman of B. al-Najjar. Then the apostle went out to the market of Medina (which is still its market today) and dug trenches in it. Then he sent for them and struck off their heads in those trenches as they were brought out to him in batches. Among them was the enemy of Allah Huyayy b. Akhtab and Ka`b b. Asad their chief. There were 600 or 700 in all, though some put the figure as high as 800 or 900.
}}

===Two parties with the same message will fight===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6902}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) many ahadith and one of them was this:

The last Hour will not come until the two parties (of Muslims) confront each other and there is a large-scale massacre amongst them and the claim of both of them is the same.
}}

This prediction was interpreted by Islamic scholars as referring to the Battle of Siffin (year 657). Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Issue between Ali and Aisha===
{{Quote|Fath al Bari 13/59 (sahih) and others|
إنَّهُ سيكونُ بينَكَ وبين عائشةَ أمرٌ قال فأنا أشقاهُم يا رسولَ اللهِ قال لا ولكنْ إذا كان ذلك فاردُدْها إلى مأمنِها

There will be an issue between you and ‘Aisha.” He said, “Me, O Messenger of Allah?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Me?!” He said, “Yes.” He said, “Then [in that case] I would be the worst of them (all people).” He said, “No, but when this occurs, return her to her safe quarters.”}}

The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_the_Camel Battle of the Camel] happened in 656. The hadith (in Musnad Ahmad) was written in the 9th century.

===Ammar will be killed===
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 1, Book 46, Hadith 3800 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "Rejoice, 'Ammar, the transgressing party shall kill you."
}}

He was killed in the 7th century. The collection of Tirmidhi was written in the 9th century.

==="I have been given Persia"===
{{Quote|Al-Nasa'i, Sunan al Kubra 8858|
أنبأ محمد بن عبد الأعلى قال حدثنا معتمر قال سمعت عوفا قال سمعت ميمونا يحدث عن البراء بن عازب قال : لما أمرنا رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم أن يحفر الخندق عرض لنا فيه حجر لا يأخذ فيه المعول فاشتكينا ذلك إلى رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فجاء رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم فألقى ثوبه وأخذ المعول وقال بسم الله فضرب ضربة فكسر ثلث الصخرة قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح الشام والله إني لأبصر قصورها الحمر الآن من مكاني هذا قال ثم ضرب أخرى وقال بسم الله وكسر ثلثا آخر وقال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح فارس والله إني لأبصر قصر المدائن الأبيض الآن ثم ضرب ثالثة وقال بسم الله فقطع الحجر قال الله أكبر أعطيت مفاتيح اليمن والله إني لأبصر باب صنعاء

Al-Bara said: On the Day of Al-Khandaq (the trench) there stood out a rock too immune for our spades to break up. We therefore went to see God’s Messenger for advice. He took the spade, and said: “In the Name of God” Then he struck it saying: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Ash-Sham (Greater Syria). By God, I can see its red palaces at the moment;” on the second strike he said: “God is Most Great, '''I have been given Persia'''. By God, I can now see the white palace of Madain;” and for the third time he struck the rock saying: “In the Name of God,” shattering the rest of the rock, and he said: “God is Most Great, I have been given the keys of Yemen. By God, I can see the gates of San’a while I am in my place.”
}}

The bloody conquest happened around the year 650. Earliest hadith collection Muwatta Imam Malik (which doesn't contain this hadith) was written around the year 750 and the hadith collection sunan al-Kubra which contains the hadith was written around the year 850. This hadith was written hundreds of years after the event it describes.

Furthermore, Persia was already conquered a thousand years before by Alexander the Great. And at the time of Muhammad Persia was exhausted by wars with Romans which lasted from 54 BC to 628 AD (681 years).

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roman%E2%80%93Persian_Wars Wikipedia: Roman–Persian Wars]

===Conquest of Jerusalem===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, '''the conquest of Jerusalem''', a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.
}}

Some suggest that Muhammad predicted "The Muslim conquest of Jerusalem in 1187 AD." <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/en/article/135817/the-signs-of-the-hour</ref>:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(1187) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (1187)]

However, this was the second Islamic conquest of Jerusalem. Muslims first conquered Jerusalem in 636:

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(636%E2%80%93637) Wikipedia: Siege of Jerusalem (636–637)]

Furthermore, after the conquest, the Hour was expected to come. Both events occurred nearly a thousand years in the past.

This was written by Bukhari two hundred years after the first conquest.

===Conquest of Egypt===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|5174}}|
Abu Dharr reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

'''You would soon conquer Egypt''' and that is a land which is known (as the land of al-qirat). So when you conquer it, treat its inhabitants well. For there lies upon you the responsibility because of blood-tie or relationship of marriage (with them). And when you see two persons falling into dispute amongst themselves for the space of a brick, than get out of that. He (Abu Dharr) said: I saw Abd al-Rahman b. Shurahbil b. Hasana and his brother Rabi'a disputing with one another for the space of a brick. So I left that (land).
}}
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muslim_conquest_of_Egypt Muslim conquest of Egypt] happened in the 7th century. The hadith collection Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.

===Conquest of Yemen, Syria and Iraq===
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3201}}|
Sufyan b. Abu Zuhair heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) say:

'''Yemen will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families on them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''Syria will be conquered''' and some people will go away driving their camels along with them and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority, while Medina is better for them if they were to know it. Then '''lraq will be conquered''' and some people will go away (to that country) driving their camels and carrying their families with them and those who are under their authority. while Medina is better for them if they were to know it.
}}
All conquests happened in the 7th century. Sahih Muslim was written in the 9th century.
===Fighting Turks===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|56|787}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till you fight a nation wearing hairy shoes, and till you '''fight the Turks''', who will have small eyes, red faces and flat noses; and their faces will be like flat shields. And you will find that the best people are those who hate responsibility of ruling most of all till they are chosen to be the rulers. And the people are of different natures: The best in the pre-lslamic period are the best in Islam. A time will come when any of you will love to see me rather than to have his family and property doubled."
}}

Some suggest that "Turks" here means "Mongols" and that this thus predicts Gengis Khan. However, The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Kharistan Battle of Kharistan] (737) which happened between the Umayyad caliphate and Turkic Türgesh, could equally fit the description provided here. This seems more plausible, especially as Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

One might also note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

===Leave the Turks as long as they leave you===
This hadith is often referenced as evidence that Muhammad predicted the Ottoman empire, often ignoring the clause about the Abyssinians
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4288}}|
Narrated from Abi Sukainah One of the Companions:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: '''Let the Abyssinians alone as long as they let you alone''', and let the Turks alone as long as they leave you alone.
}}

It is said that the Turks should be left alone because they were strong, and they were strong therefore they would eventually become dominant. This is an evidently generous reading of the hadith.

In other hadith, Muhammad is reported to have predicted that after a few wars, Muslims would exterminate the Turks:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Takhreej Mishkaat al-Masabih 5/110 (hasan) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8F%D9%83%D9%85+%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8C+%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%A7%D8%B1%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B9%D9%8A%D9%86%D9%90+%D9%8A%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8F%D9%91%D8%B1%D9%83%D9%8E</ref>|
يقاتِلُكم قومٌ صغارُ الأعينِ يعني التُّركَ قالَ تسوقونَهم ثلاثَ مرات حتَّى تُلحِقوهم بجزيرةِ العربِ فأمَّا في السِّاقةِ الأولى فينجو من هربَ منهم فأمَّا في الثَّانيةِ فينجو بعضٌ ويَهلِكُ بعضٌ وأمَّا في الثَّالثةِ فيصطَلِمونَ

People with small eyes, i.e. the Turks, will fight against you, the prophet (ﷺ) said: You will drive them off three times till you catch up with them in Arabia. On the first occasion when you drive them off those who fly will be safe, on the second occasion some will be safe and some will perish, but '''on the third occasion they will be extirpated'''.
}}
===Spoils of war distributed preferentially===
Hadith daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi 2211 (daif)|
إِذَا اتُّخِذَ الْفَىْءُ دُوَلاً

When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially)
}}
Al-Fai mean spoils of war.

===Fearless traveler (security)===
Probably refers to time after the conquest of Iraq in the 7th century:
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/334 (sahih)|
لا تقومُ الساعَةُ حتى تعودَ أرْضُ العربِ مروجًا وأَنْهَارًا وحتى يسيرَ الراكِبُ بينَ العِرَاقِ ومَكَّةَ لَا يَخَافُ إلَّا ضَلَالَ الطريقِ [ وحتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْهَرْجُ قالوا وما الهَرْجُ يا رسولَ اللهِ قال القتلُ ]

The Hour will not come until the land of Arabs becomes meadows and rivers and until '''a rider goes between Iraq and Makka and doesn't fear anything except getting lost''' and until al-harj is widespread. They said: And what is al-Harj O messenger of God? He said: Killing.
}}

===Fat people===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|57|2}}|
Narrated `Imran bin Husain:

"Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, 'The best of my followers are those living in my generation (i.e. my contemporaries). and then those who will follow the latter" `Imran added, "I do not remember whether he mentioned two or three generations after his generation, then the Prophet (ﷺ) added, 'There will come after you, people who will bear witness without being asked to do so, and will be treacherous and untrustworthy, and they will vow and never fulfill their vows, and '''fatness will appear among them'''."
}}

After the 7th century Islamic conquests, Muslims became rich and could have a lot of food.

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|5|59|548}}|
Narrated Ibn `Umar:

We did not eat our fill except after we had conquered Khaibar.
}}

Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

===Special greeting===
It was interpreted as "greeting only people you know":
{{Quote|Al-Adab Al-Mufrad 1049 (sahih)|
بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ‏:‏ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ

Before the Hour there is special greeting
}}

It would mean Muslims would disobey Muhammad's command to greet everyone:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|12}}|
Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Amr:

A man asked the Prophet (ﷺ) , "What sort of deeds or (what qualities of) Islam are good?" The Prophet (ﷺ) replied, 'To feed (the poor) and '''greet those whom you know and those whom you do not know'''.
}}

In other hadiths however Muhammad was preventing Muslims from greeting certain people based on their religion:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|26|5389}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

Do not greet the Jews and the Christians before they greet you and when you meet any one of them on the roads force him to go to the narrowest part of it.
}}

===Rejection of hadiths===
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4604 / Book 41, Hadith 4587 / Book 42, Hadith 9|
Narrated Al-Miqdam ibn Ma'dikarib:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Beware! I have been given the Qur'an and something like it, yet the time is coming when a man replete on his couch will say: '''Keep to the Qur'an'''; what you find in it to be permissible treat as permissible, and what you find in it to be prohibited treat as prohibited. Beware! The domestic ass, beasts of prey with fangs, a find belonging to confederate, unless its owner does not want it, are not permissible to you If anyone comes to some people, they must entertain him, but if they do not, he has a right to mulct them to an amount equivalent to his entertainment.
}}

The idea that only the Quran is the word of god and Muhamamad is just a man and therefore he might be wrong existed during Muhammad's life:
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 3646, In-book reference: Book 26, Hadith 6, English translation: Book 25, Hadith 3639|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Amr ibn al-'As:

I used to write everything which I heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). I intended (by it) to memorise it. The Quraysh prohibited me saying: '''Do you write everything that you hear from him while the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) is a human being: he speaks in anger and pleasure?''' So I stopped writing, and mentioned it to the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He signalled with his finger to him mouth and said: Write, by Him in Whose hand my soul lies, only right comes out from it.
}}
===Liars will be trusted and honest people will be regarded as liars===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4036 (hasan)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will come to the people years of treachery, when the liar will be regarded as honest, and the honest man will be regarded as a liar; the traitor will be regarded as faithful, and the faithful man will be regarded as a traitor; and the Ruwaibidah will decide matters.’ It was said: ‘Who are the Ruwaibidah?’ He said: ‘Vile and base men who control the affairs of the people.’”
}}

This was already happening according to Islamic sources. Some people trusted Musaylimah.

==="The pen will spread"===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ تَسْلِيمُ الْخَاصَّةِ وَفُشُوُّ التِّجَارَةِ حَتَّى تُعِينَ الْمَرْأَةُ زَوْجَهَا عَلَى التِّجَارَةِ وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ وَفُشُوُّ الْقَلَمِ وَظُهُورُ الشَّهَادَةِ بِالزُّورِ وَكِتْمَانُ شَهَادَةِ الْحَقِّ

Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, family ties will be severed, '''the pen will spread''', false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
There is the Pen that Allah created first and which writes the future:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 5, Book 44, Hadith 3319 (sahih)|
“I arrived in Makkah and met Ata bin Abi Rabah. I said: ‘O Abu Muhammad! Some people with us speak about Al-Qadar.’ Ata said: ‘I met Al-Walid bin Ubadah bin As-Samit and he said: “My father narrated to me, he said: ‘I heard the Messenger of Allah saying: “Verily '''the first of what Allah created was the Pen (القلم). He said to it: “Write.” So it wrote what will be forever'''.’”
}}

There is also the Pen that writes deeds:
{{Quote|Bulugh al Maram: Book 8, Hadith 1096|
Narrated 'Aishah (RA):
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: "There are three people whose actions are not recorded ( رُفِعَ اَلْقَلَمُ عَنْ ثَلَاثَةٍ, literally "is lifted the pen from three"), a sleeping person till he awakes, a child till he is a grown up, and an insane person till he is restored to reason or recovers his sense." [Reported by Ahmad and al-Arba'a, except at-Tirmidhi. al-Hakim graded it Sahih (authentic)].
}}
{{Quote|al-nasa'i: Vol. 4, Book 26, Hadith 3217 (sahih)|
Narrated Abu Salamah:
It was narrated from Abu Salamah that Abu Hurairah said: "I said: 'O Messenger of Allah, I am a young man and I fear hardship for myself, but I cannot afford to marry; should I castrate myself?'" The Prophet turned away from him until he said it three times. Then the Prophet said: "O Abu Hurairah, '''the pen is dried concerning what you are going to face''', so (it is up to you whether) you castrate yourself or not." Abu Abdur-Rahman (An-Nasai) said: Al-Awzai did not hear this narration from Az-Zuhri, and this hadith is sahih, Yunus reported it from Az-Zuhri.
}}

Literacy was increasing before Muhammad was born. Jews and Christians first used oral traditions, but then switched to writing. There was also the ongoing global transitions from oral cultures to written cultures more generally.

Notice also that the prophecy was written by people who were ''writing'' hadiths from oral traditions.

===Family ties will be severed===
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 1035 (sahih)|
Ibn Mas’ud reported: The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Just before the Hour, the greeting of peace will only be given to specific people, trade will proliferate to the point that a woman will help her husband in his business, '''family ties will be severed''' (وَقَطْعُ الأَرْحَامِ), the pen will spread, false testimony will prevail and truthful testimony will be concealed.”
}}
Islam teaches that among the first people were brothers Cain and Abel and Cain killed Abel.

There is also hadith where Muhammad encourages people to keep the ties of kinship, which indicates they weren't doing it enough in his time:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 1, Hadith 1979 (hasan)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah said:
"Learn enough about your lineage to facilitate keeping your ties of kinship (تَصِلُونَ بِهِ أَرْحَامَكُمْ). For indeed keeping the ties of kinship encourages affection among the relatives, increases the wealth, and increases the lifespan."
}}

Killing of family members for the sake of Islam was also approved by Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4348}}|Narrated Abdullah Ibn Abbas: A blind man had a slave-mother who used to abuse the Prophet (peace be upon him) and disparage him. He forbade her but she did not stop. He rebuked her but she did not give up her habit. One night she began to slander the Prophet (peace be upon him) and abuse him. So he took a dagger, placed it on her belly, pressed it, and killed her. A child who came between her legs was smeared with the blood that was there. When the morning came, the Prophet (peace be upon him) was informed about it.

He assembled the people and said: I adjure by Allah the man who has done this action and I adjure him by my right to him that he should stand up. Jumping over the necks of the people and trembling the man stood up.

He sat before the Prophet (peace be upon him) and said: Apostle of Allah! I am her master; she used to abuse you and disparage you. I forbade her, but she did not stop, and I rebuked her, but she did not abandon her habit. I have two sons like pearls from her, and she was my companion. Last night she began to abuse and disparage you. So I took a dagger, put it on her belly and pressed it till I killed her.

Thereupon the Prophet (peace be upon him) said: Oh be witness, no retaliation is payable for her blood.}}

===Satellite Communications===
It's a similar prophecy to "family ties will be severed", this hadith is often mistranslated (also the hadith is weak):
{{Quote|Tabrani, al-Muʿjam al-Kabīr 10/228 and Mu'jan al-Awsat 4861 (da'eef)|
“From among the signs of Qiyamah is that people will maintain ties with '''distant relatives and strangers''' (الأطباق) but sever ties with close family.”
}}
The word الأطباق (''al-atbaaq'') is today sometimes translated as "dishes" (although the classical translation (understanding) fits better into the context) and then they interpret the "dishes" as "satellites".

*[https://hadithanswers.com/is-satellite-communication-a-sign-of-qiyamah/ Fatwa against the modern interpretation]

===Automobiles (actually camels with lofty saddles)===
Muhammad forbade riding on ''mayathir'' (مياثر), so mayathir were something already known:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|74|253}}|
..He forbade us to drink from silver utensils, to wear gold rings, '''to ride on silken saddles (ركوب المياثر)''', to wear silk clothes..
}}

There is a prophecy about people riding on mayathir at the end of times:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4 / 436 (hasan)|
سَيَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ هَذِهِ الْأُمَّةِ رِجَالٌ يَرْكَبُونَ عَلَى الْمَيَاثِرِ حَتَّى يَأْتُوا أَبْوَابَ مَسَاجِدِهِمْ

They will mount their mayaathir until they come to the doors of their mosques
}}
Albani explained:
{{Quote|Tafsir by Albani|
the word mayaathir is the plural of meetharah and Ibn al-Athir described it as, “… smooth and soft, made out of silk or a silk brocade [heavy silk] which the rider places beneath him on the saddle on top of the camel.
}}

And a re-iteration of the same prophecy:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 654/11 (hasan)|
يكون في آخر أمتي رجال يركبون على سرج كأشباه الرحال ينزلون على أبواب المساجد نساؤهم كاسيات عاريات

In the last [part] of my nation there will be men who ride on '''saddles that resemble packsaddles''' (سرج كأشباه الرحال). They will alight at the doors of the mosques. Their women are clothed but naked. On their heads are [what appears to be] like the humps of [lean] camels. Curse them for they are cursed. If there were a nation from the nations to come after you, your women would serve them, just as the women of the nations that were before you served you.
}}
Some try to translate سرج كأشباه الرحال as "carriots" or "cars", but:
* سَرْج means "saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle; pigskin; pillion" <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B3%D8%B1%D8%AC/</ref>
* رَحْل means "Either of a pair of a bags laid over the back of a horse - saddlebag; packsaddle; saddle". <ref>https://www.almaany.com/en/dict/ar-en/%D8%B1%D8%AD%D9%84/</ref>

===Ignorance [of Islamic teachings]===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|184}}|
Narrated `Abdullah and Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Near the establishment of the Hour there will be days during which '''Religious ignorance will spread''', knowledge will be taken away (vanish) and there will be much Al-Harj, and Al- Harj means killing."}}

*In Islam, the period before Muhammad's career is called jahilya (ignorance).
*in context of Islam, when Muhammad says "knowledge" it means "knowledge of Muhamamd's claims and commands" and when Islam says "ignorance" it means "ignorance of Muhammad's claims and commands"
*Muhammad noticed that Jews don't fully follow the law of Moses, so he predicted similar outcomes for Muslims in many instances.

===Learning for something other than Islam===
{{Quote|Al-Shawkani, Nayl al-Awtar 8/262 (hasan li-ghayrihi)|
إذا اتُّخِذَ الفَيْءُ دُوَلًا والأمانةُ مَغْنَمًا والزكاةُ مَغْرَمًا وتُعُلِّمَ لغيرِ الدِّينِ وأطاع الرجلُ امرأتَه وعَقَّ أُمَّه وأَدْنَى صديقَه وأَقْصَى أباه وظَهَرَتِ الأصواتُ في المساجدِ وساد القبيلةَ فاسِقُهُم وكان زعيمُ القومِ أَرْذَلَهم وأُكْرِمَ الرجلُ مَخَافةَ شرِّه وظَهَرَتِ القِيَانُ والمعازفُ وشُرِبَتِ الخُمورُ ولَعَن آخِرُ هذه الأمةِ أولَها فلْيَرْتَقِبُوا عند ذلك رِيحًا حمراءَ وزَلْزَلَةً وخَسْفًا ومَسْخًا وقَذْفًا وآياتٍ تُتَابَعُ كنِظامٍ بالٍ قُطِعَ سِلْكُه فتتابع بعضُه بعضًا

When spoiles of war are distributed; and property given in trust will be considered as booty for oneself; Zakat will be looked upon as a fine; '''learning for other than the religion'''; a man will obey his wife and disobey his mother; a man will bring his friends nearer and drive his father far off; noises will be raised in the masjids; the most wicked of a tribe will become its ruler; the most worthless member of a people will become its leader; a man will be honoured for fear of the evil he may do; singing girls and musical instruments will come into vogue; drinking of wine will become common; and the later generations will begin to curse the previous generations; then wait, for red violent winds, earthquakes, swallowing up by the earth, defacement (of human faces), pelting of stones from the skies as rain, and a continuing chain of disasters followed one by another, like beads of a necklace falling one after the other rapidly when its string is cut.
}}
Secular knowledge for secular purposes was studied before Islam.

===Tall buildings===
{{Quote|{{Ibn Majah||1|1|63}} <ref>https://sunnah.com/urn/1250630</ref>|
وَأَنْ تَرَى الْحُفَاةَ الْعُرَاةَ الْعَالَةَ رِعَاءَ الشَّاءِ يَتَطَاوَلُونَ فِي الْبِنَاءِ

..and when '''you see barefoot, naked, destitute shepherds''' competing in constructing tall buildings
}}The Bible contained a story of the Tower of Babel, Egyptians built pyramids. The desire and ability to construct tall buildings appears to has been common in history.

There were people in the 7th century building buildings that could be considered tall in that time. Ibn Hajar wrote in his famous commentary on Sahih Bukhari:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar: Fatḥ al-Bārī fī Sharḥ Ṣaḥīḥ al-Bukhārī|
يتطاول الناس في البنيان وهي من العلامات التي وقعت عن قرب في زمن النبوة

"The people are [competing in] building tall buildings" - and that's from the signs which '''happened close at the time of the prophethood'''
}}

Muslims could afford building tall buildings after they got rich from early Islamic conquests.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|7|70|576}}|
Narrated Qais bin Abi Hazim:

We went to pay a visit to Khabbab (who was sick) and he had been branded (cauterized) at seven places in his body. He said, "Our companions who died (during the lifetime of the Prophet) left (this world) without having their rewards reduced through enjoying the pleasures of this life, but '''we have got (so much) wealth that we find no way to spend It except on the construction of buildings''' .Had the Prophet not forbidden us to wish for death, I would have wished for it.' We visited him for the second time while he was building a wall. '''He said: A Muslim is rewarded (in the Hereafter) for whatever he spends except for something that he spends on building'''."
}}

Some add that theses buildings were described as being "as high as mountains", but that hadith is mawqoof (not from Muhammad). It was a saying of ‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr and it was after Muslims became rich from early Islamic conquests, so they could likely imagine themselves building tall in Mecca. Also the hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Musannaf ibn Abi Shaybah, Hadith: 14306 (da'eef or hasan)|
Sayyiduna '''‘Abdullah ibn ‘Amr''' (radiyallahu ‘anhuma) is reported to have said: “……When you see tunnels/canals being dug in Makkah Mukarramah and the buildings (of Makkah Mukarramah) higher than the peak of the mountains then know that Qiyamah is close.”
}}
* [https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/247118/%D9%87%D9%84-%D8%AB%D8%A8%D8%AA-%D9%85%D9%86-%D9%83%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85-%D8%B9%D8%A8%D8%AF-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%84%D9%87-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%B9%D9%85%D8%B1%D9%88-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B9%D8%A7%D8%B5-%D8%A7%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AA%D9%81%D8%A7%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A8%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%A1-%D9%81%D9%8A-%D9%85%D9%83%D8%A9-%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A7%D8%B4%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9 Fatwa] (Arabic) says that since it's not from Muhammad, it shouldn't even be called a hadith.

===Mosques full of hypocrites===
{{Quote|Ibn Abi Shaybah: Kitab al-Iman 101 (sahih)|
عن عبد اللهِ بنِ عَمرو قال : يأتي على الناس زمانٌ ، يجتمِعون ويُصلُّون في المساجدِ ، وليس فيهم مؤمنٌ

A time will come on people when they get together and pray in mosques and isn't among them a single believer
}}

Praying hypocrites were also mentioned in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 6:5|
“And when you pray, do not be like the hypocrites, for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and on the street corners to be seen by others.
}}

The military nature of Islam's spread may have encouraged this type of hypocrisy:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|30}}|
It is reported on the authority of Abu Huraira that the Messenger of Allah said:

I have been commanded to fight against people so long as they do not declare that there is no god but Allah, and he who professed it was guaranteed the protection of his property and life on my behalf except for the right affairs rest with Allah.
}}
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|260}}|
Narrated `Ikrima:

`Ali burnt some people and this news reached Ibn `Abbas, who said, "Had I been in his place I would not have burnt them, as the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'Don't punish (anybody) with Allah's Punishment.' No doubt, I would have killed them, for the Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'If somebody (a Muslim) discards his religion, kill him.' "
}}

===Voices raised in mosques===
The hadith is daif:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2211 (daif)|
Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When Al-Fai' is distributed(preferentially), trust is a spoil of war, Zakat is a fine, knowledge is sought for other than the(sake of the) religion, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is close to his friend and far from his father, '''voices are raised in the Masajid''', tribes are led by their wicked, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, singing slave-girls and music spread, intoxicants are drunk, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning- then anticipate a red wind, earthquake, collapsing of the earth, transformation, Qadhf, and the signs follow in succession like gems of a necklace whose string is cut and so they fall in succession."
}}

People were raising voices even in the time of Muhammad in front of him. Muhammad rebuked them in the Quran:
{{Quote|{{Quran|49|2}} (Sahih International)|
O you who have believed, do not raise your voices above the voice of the Prophet or be loud to him in speech like the loudness of some of you to others, lest your deeds become worthless while you perceive not.

}}

===Decoration of mosques===
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|8|690}} (sahih)|
It was narrated from Anas that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"One of the portents of the Hour will be that people will show off in building Masjids."
}}

There was a precedent. Christians and Jews were adorning their places of worship:
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|2|448}}|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Abbas:

I was not commanded to build high mosques. Ibn Abbas said: You will certainly adorn them '''as the Jews and Christians did'''.
}}

===Markets will approach (taqaarub al-aswaaq)===
{{Quote|al-Haythami 7/330 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D8%AA%D8%B8%D9%87%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%81%D8%AA%D9%86+%D9%88%D9%8A%D9%83%D8%AB%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B0%D8%A8+%D9%88%D8%AA%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B3%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%82+%D9%88%D9%8A%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A8+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B2%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%86</ref>|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تَظْهَرَ الفِتَنُ ويكثرَ الكذِبُ وتتقارَبَ الأسواقُ ويتقارَبَ الزمانُ ويكثُرَ الهرجُ قلْتُ وما الهرْجُ قال القتْلُ

The Hour won't come till tribulations show up, lies are widespread and '''taqaarub of markets''' and taqaarub of time and harj is widespread. I said: What is al-harj? He said: Killing.
}}
The hadith is vague in its entirety, but the situation on markets expectedly changed after Muslims got rich by the 7th century conquests.

===Breaking the convenant with god makes enemies overpower them===
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
... '''They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands.''' Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

This is mentioned in the Old Testament:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Leviticus 26:14-17|
Punishment for Disobedience

“‘But if you will not listen to me and carry out all these commands, and if you reject my decrees and abhor my laws and fail to carry out all my commands and so violate my covenant, then I will do this to you: I will bring on you sudden terror, wasting diseases and fever that will destroy your sight and sap your strength. You will plant seed in vain, because your enemies will eat it. I will set my face against you so that you will be defeated by your enemies; those who hate you will rule over you, and you will flee even when no one is pursuing you.
}}

===A man passes by a grave and wants to be dead too===
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|237}}|
وَحَتَّى يَمُرَّ الرَّجُلُ بِقَبْرِ الرَّجُلِ فَيَقُولُ يَا لَيْتَنِي مَكَانَهُ

... till a man when passing by a grave of someone will say, 'Would that I were in his place...
}}

The Old Testament mentions this:
{{Quote|The Bible (NASB), Jonah 4:3|
"Therefore now, O LORD, please take my life from me, for death is better to me than life."
}}

===People will treat a man with respect because they fear the evil he could do===
The hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, '''the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of''', intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

Intimidation with violence was already used before Islam. It was also used by Muhammad.

===The leader of a people will be the worst of them===
This hadith is daif (weak).
{{Quote|Jami` at-Tirmidhi 2210 (daif)|
Ali bin Abi Talib narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakah is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masajid, '''the leader of the people is the most despicable among them''', the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation."
}}

This happened during the time of Muhammad:
{{Quote|{{Abu Dawud||2155|darussalam}}| Abu Said al-Khudri said: "The apostle of Allah sent a military expedition to Awtas on the occasion of the battle of Hunain. They met their enemy and fought with them. They defeated them and took them captives. Some of the Companions of the apostle of Allah were reluctant to have intercourse with the female captives because of their pagan husbands. So Allah, the Exalted, sent down the Quranic verse, "And all married women (are forbidden) unto you save those (captives) whom your right hands possess". That is to say, they are lawful for them when they complete their waiting period." [The Quran verse is 4:24]}}

The men were morally reluctant to rape married women, but their leader (Muhammad) permitted them to go ahead.

==Predictions of the future (after the hadiths)==
In this category are hadiths that don't talk about what already happened before the prophecies were written.

==="Opposites"===
These don't seem to be predictions, but rather statements that the opposite of what was considered granted at that time will happen. For example mountains were considered solid (not moving), so a prophecy says that mountains will be moving. Rather then explaining the fulfillment of these prophecies, this common denominator suggests how the predictions were generated.

====Mountains will move====
This hadith is da'eef (Ufayr bin Ma'daan is in the chain):
{{Quote|Mu'jam at-Tabaraani vol 7, n. 6857|
لا تقومُ الساعةُ حتى تزولَ الجبالُ عن أماكِنِها وتَرَوْنَ الأمورَ العظامَ التي لم تَكُونوا تَرَوْنَها

The Hour will not begin until the '''mountains are moved from their places''' and you see great calamities which you have never seen before.
}}
====Non-speaking objects will start speaking====
{{Quote|Jami' al-Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2181 (sahih)|
Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri narrated that the Messenger of Allah (s.a.w) said:
"By the One in Whose Hand is my soul! The Hour will not be established until predators speak to people and until the tip of a man's whip and the straps on his sandal speak to him, and his thigh informs him of what occurred with his family after him."
}}

Though this hadith is often metaphorisized to refer to modern technology (mobile phones), the original wording of the hadith appears to be rather literal in its intention.

The Old Testament already has a story about a talking serpent:
{{Quote|The Bible, Genesis 3:1|
Now '''the serpent''' was more crafty than any of the wild animals the Lord God had made. '''He said''' to the woman, “Did God really say, ‘You must not eat from any tree in the garden’?”
}}

And for Muhammad (unlike for most people), talking objects wouldn't even be much miraculous, since he was hearing voices regularly. For example he heard a stone saluting him:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====The land of Arabia reverts to meadows and rivers====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|5|2208}}|
وَحَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ، - وَهُوَ ابْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْقَارِيُّ - عَنْ سُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ ‏ "‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكْثُرَ الْمَالُ وَيَفِيضَ حَتَّى يَخْرُجَ الرَّجُلُ بِزَكَاةِ مَالِهِ فَلاَ يَجِدُ أَحَدًا يَقْبَلُهَا مِنْهُ وَحَتَّى تَعُودَ أَرْضُ الْعَرَبِ مُرُوجًا وَأَنْهَارًا ‏"‏ ‏.‏

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) as saying:

The Last Hour will not come before wealth becomes abundant and overflowing, so much so that a man takes Zakat out of his property and cannot find anyone to accept it from him and '''till the land of Arabia reverts (تعود) to meadows and rivers.'''
}}

The word تعود (''ta'ooda'') can mean both "become" and "revert".
{{Quote|مرقاة المفاتيح شرح مشكاة المصابيح|
وحتى تعود أرض العرب أي: تصير أو ترجع

"And until ''ta'ooda'' the land of Arabs" - meaning "becomes" or "reverts"
}}

====Much rain, but little vegetation====
{{Quote|Shuaib Al Arna'ut, Takhreej al-Musnad 12429 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%82%D9%88%D9%85+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9+%D8%AD%D8%AA%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D8%A7%D8%B3+%D9%85%D8%B7%D8%B1%D8%A7+%D8%B9%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7+%D8%8C+%D9%88+%D9%84%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%86%D8%A8%D8%AA+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%B1%D8%B6+%D8%B4%D9%8A%D8%A6%D8%A7</ref>|
لا تَقومُ السَّاعةُ حتى يُمطَرَ النَّاسُ مَطرًا عامًّا، ولا تُنبِتَ الأرضُ شيئًا.

The Hour would not come until there is too much rain, but the earth does not produce crops
}}
===Other Predictions About the Future===
====Coming of Muhammad and the Hour are close like the forefinger and middle finger joined together====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7049}}|
Anas reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

I and the Last Hour have been sent like this and (he while doing it) joined the forefinger with the middle finger.
}}

====A 7th century boy won't grow very old before the Hour comes====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7052}}|
وَحَدَّثَنِي حَجَّاجُ بْنُ الشَّاعِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، - يَعْنِي ابْنَ زَيْدٍ - حَدَّثَنَا مَعْبَدُ بْنُ هِلاَلٍ الْعَنَزِيُّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَجُلاً، سَأَلَ النَّبِيَّ صلى الله عليه وسلم قَالَ مَتَى تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ قَالَ فَسَكَتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم هُنَيْهَةً ثُمَّ نَظَرَ إِلَى غُلاَمٍ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ مِنْ أَزْدِ شَنُوءَةَ فَقَالَ ‏ "‏ إِنْ عُمِّرَ هَذَا لَمْ يُدْرِكْهُ الْهَرَمُ حَتَّى تَقُومَ السَّاعَةُ ‏"‏ ‏.‏ قَالَ قَالَ أَنَسٌ ذَاكَ الْغُلاَمُ مِنْ أَتْرَابِي يَوْمَئِذٍ ‏.‏

Anas b. Malik reported that a person asked Allah's Apostle (ﷺ):

When would the Last Hour come? Thereupon Allah's Messenger (way peace be upon him) kept quiet for a while. Then looked at a young boy in his presence belonging to the tribe of Azd Shanu'a and he said: If this boy lives he would not grow very old till the Last Hour would come ''to you''. Anas said that this young boy was of our age during those days.
}}
The "to you" was added by the translators to indicate that it is the last hour (death) of the people who asked, however this qualification is entirely absent in the Arabic text.

====The Hour will come before a 7th century slave becomes old====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|8|73|188}}|
...In the meantime, a slave of Al-Mughira passed by, and he was of the same age as I was. The Prophet (ﷺ) said. "If this (slave) should live long, he will not reach the geriatric old age, but the Hour will be established."
}}

====Nothing will live one hundred years from now====
The "tonight" in ''italic'' was added by translators to accommodate the later re-interpretation:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|116}}|
أَرَأَيْتَكُمْ لَيْلَتَكُمْ هَذِهِ، فَإِنَّ رَأْسَ مِائَةِ سَنَةٍ مِنْهَا لاَ يَبْقَى مِمَّنْ هُوَ عَلَى ظَهْرِ الأَرْضِ أَحَدٌ

Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

Once the Prophet (ﷺ) led us in the `Isha' prayer during the last days of his life and after finishing it (the prayer) (with Taslim) he said: "Do you realize (the importance of) this night?" Nobody present on the surface of the earth ''tonight'' will be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night."
}}

When the prophecy failed 100 years later, Muslims re-interpreted it:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|10|575}}|
Narrated `Abdullah bin `Umar:

The Prophet (ﷺ) prayed one of the `Isha' prayer in his last days and after finishing it with Taslim, he stood up and said, "Do you realize (the importance of) this night? Nobody present on the surface of the earth tonight would be living after the completion of one hundred years from this night." '''The people made a mistake in grasping the meaning of this statement of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) and they indulged in those things which are said about these narrators (i.e. some said that the Day of Resurrection will be established after 100 years etc.)''' But the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Nobody present on the surface of earth tonight would be living after the completion of 100 years from this night"; he meant "When that century (people of that century) would pass away."
}}

====If 10 scholars of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|39|6711}} (Muhsin Khan translation)|
لَوْ تَابَعَنِي عَشْرَةٌ مِنَ الْيَهُودِ لَمْ يَبْقَ عَلَى ظَهْرِهَا يَهُودِيٌّ إِلاَّ أَسْلَمَ

Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

If ten ''scholars'' of the Jews would follow me, no Jew would be left upon the surface of the earth who would not embrace Islam.
}}

The Arabic original doesn't say "ten Jewish scholars", but only "ten Jews" (عشرة من اليهود).

====30 false prophets before the Hour====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6988}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until there would arise about thirty impostors, liars, and each one of them would claim that he is a messenger of Allah.
}}
In his time there were other prophets like Saf ibn Sayyad and Maslamah bin Ḥabīb (called by Muslims "Musaylimah al-Kadhdhāb" (Musaylama the Liar)), Al-Aswad Al-Ansi and Tulayha.

False prophets were also already predicted in the Bible:
{{Quote|The Bible (NIV), Matthew 24:10-11|
At that time many will turn away from the faith and will betray and hate each other, and many '''false prophets will appear and deceive many people'''.
}}

====Rising of the Sun from its setting place====
{{Quote|{{Abudawud|38|4297}}|
We were sitting in the shade of the chamber of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) discussing (something) and when we mentioned the last hour, our voices rose high. The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: The last hour will not come or happen until there appear ten signs before it : '''the rising of the sun in its place of setting''', the coming forth of the beast, the coming forth of Gog and Magog, the Dajjal (Antichrist), (the descent of) Jesus son of Mary, the smoke, and three collapses of the earth: one in the west, one in the east, and one in the Arabian Peninsula. The last of that will be the emergence of a fire from Yemen, from the lowest part of Aden, and drive mankind to their place of assembly.
}}
This seems to suggest that the sun revolves about the Earth and can reverse direction

There is also a related verse in the Quran:{{Quote|{{Quran|6|158}}|
Do they [then] wait for anything except that the angels should come to them or your Lord should come or that there come some of the signs of your Lord? The Day that '''some of the signs of your Lord will come no soul will benefit from its faith as long as it had not believed before''' or had earned through its faith some good. Say, "Wait. Indeed, we [also] are waiting."
}}
Tafsir:
{{Quote|Tafsir Al-Jalalayn on 6:158|
"On the day that one of your Lord’s signs comes" — and this is the rising of the sun from the west as reported in the hadīth of the two Sahīhs of Bukhārī and Muslim — it shall not benefit a soul to believe if it had not believed theretofore
}}
The hadith:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|6|60|159}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established until the sun rises from the West: and when the people see it, then whoever will be living on the surface of the earth will have faith, and that is (the time) when no good will it do to a soul to believe then, if it believed not before." (6.158)
}}

Another hadith says that right after the rising, a beast will appear in the forenoon:{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4310 (sahih)|
Abu zur’ah said:
A group of people came to Marwan in Medina, and they heard him say that the first of the signs to appear would be the coming forth of the Dajjal (Antichirst). He said: I then went to Abd Allah b. ‘Amr and mentioned it to him. He did not say anything(reliable). I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: '''The first of the signs to appear will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting and the coming forth of the beast against mankind in the forenoon.''' Whichever of them comes first will soon be followed by the other. ’Abd Allah who used to read the scriptures (Torah, Gospel) said: I think the first of them will be the rising of the sun in its place of setting.
}}

{{Quote|Ibn Majah 4069 (sahih)|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“The first signs to appear will be at '''the rising of the sun from the west and the emergence of the Beast to the people, at forenoon'''.’” 'Abdullah said: "Whichever of them appears first, the other will come soon after." 'Abdullah said: "I do not think it will be anything other than the sun rising from the west."
}}

Some today proffer metaphorical interpretation that the "rising of the Sun from the west" refers to the rise of the Western civilization, though this would leave the segment regarding the beast unexplained.

The Quran seems to affirm the possibility that God could make the Sun "rise from the West":
{{Quote|{{Quran|2|258}}|
Have you not considered the one who argued with Abraham about his Lord [merely] because Allah had given him kingship? When Abraham said, "My Lord is the one who gives life and causes death," he said, "I give life and cause death." Abraham said, "Indeed, '''Allah brings up the sun from the east''', so bring it up from the west." So the disbeliever was overwhelmed [by astonishment], and Allah does not guide the wrongdoing people.
}}

See also Dhul-Qarnayn's story in the Quran, where this possibility is further confirmed, as the Sun is described to set in a muddy spring at the "farthest part" of the world":

*[[Dhul-Qarnayn]]

====Stones and trees say to Muslims: "here is a Jew behind me; come and kill him"====
{{Quote|Book 41, Hadith 6985 aka Book 54, Hadith 105 or Sahih Muslim 2922|
The last hour would not come unless the Muslims will fight against the Jews and the Muslims would kill them until the Jews would hide themselves behind a stone or a tree and '''a stone or a tree would say: Muslim, or the servant of Allah, there is a Jew behind me; come and kill him'''; but the tree Gharqad would not say, for it is the tree of the Jews.
}}

Muhammad used to hear other voices as well:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|30|5654}}|Jabir b. Samura reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: I recognise '''the stone in Mecca which used to pay me salutations''' before my advent as a Prophet and I recognise that even now.}}

====Time will pass more quickly (taqaarub az-zamaan)====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 10560|
لا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَتَقَارَبَ الزَّمَانُ ، فَتَكُونَ السَّنَةُ كَالشَّهْرِ ، وَيَكُونَ الشَّهْرُ كَالْجُمُعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ الْجُمُعَةُ كَالْيَوْمِ ، وَيَكُونَ الْيَوْمُ كَالسَّاعَةِ ، وَتَكُونَ السَّاعَةُ كَاحْتِرَاقِ السَّعَفَةِ

The Hour will not begin until time passes quickly, so a year will be like a month, and a month will be like a week, and a week will be like a day, and a day will be like an hour, and an hour will be like the burning of a braid of palm leaves.
}}

Islamic scholars have interpreted this variously, without any agreement as to the possible meaning:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/34618/one-of-the-signs-of-the-hour-is-that-time-will-pass-more-quickly islamqa.info: One of the signs of the Hour is that time will pass more quickly]|
The scholars differed concerning the meaning of the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing more quickly). '''There are many views''', the strongest of which is:

That the phrase taqaarub al-zamaan (time passing quickly) may be interpreted literally or metaphorically.
}}

====A man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|233}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a man from Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick."
}}

[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Qahtan_(tribe) Qahtan] still exists, but the prophecy remains unfulfilled. <ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/418273/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9%D8%8C-%D9%88%D8%B2%D9%85%D9%86-%D8%A5%D8%BA%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%82-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D8%A8-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%88%D8%A8%D8%A9</ref>

====A man called Jahjah will occupy the throne====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim, Book 41, Hadith 6955|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The day and the night would not come to an end before a man called al-Jahjah would occupy the throne.
}}

*[https://islamqa.info/ar/answers/118597/%D9%85%D8%A7-%D9%87%D9%8A-%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D8%BA%D8%B1%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%85-%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%89-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%86 Fatwa] (AR) puts this prophecy among non-fulfilled prophecies

====Conquest of Constantinopole without fighting and the Hour come together====
This hadith is considered da'eef by Albani (but sahih by Dhahabi):
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 14:331|
لتفتحن القسطنطينية، فلنعم الأمير أميرها، ولنعم الجيش ذلك الجيش

Verily you shall conquer Constantinople. What a wonderful leader will her
leader be, and what a wonderful army will that army be!
}}

One should note that if Muhammad did in fact make these predictions, Islam's global imperial aspirations (proven as they were by the end of Muhammad's life) would make the conquest of any number of neighboring or nearby peoples a likelihood.

Another hadith adds that the Hour was expected to come with this conquest:
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2239|
Anas bin Malik said:
"Constantinople will be conquered with the coming of the Hour."
}}

The coming of the Dajjal was expected right after the conquest:
{{Quote|Abu Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

Another hadith mentions Romans attacking Dabiq before the conquest of Constantinople. The mention of swords makes it hard to re-interpret as a prophecy about another conquest of Constantinople in the future:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6924}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

The Last Hour would not come until '''the Romans would land at al-A'maq or in Dabiq'''. An army consisting of the best (soldiers) of the people of the earth at that time will come from Medina (to counteract them). When they will arrange themselves in ranks, the Romans would say: Do not stand between us and those (Muslims) who took prisoners from amongst us. Let us fight with them; and the Muslims would say: Nay, by Allah, we would never get aside from you and from our brethren that you may fight them. They will then fight and a third (part) of the army would run away, whom Allah will never forgive. A third (part of the army) which would be constituted of excellent martyrs in Allah's eye, would be killed and the third who would never be put to trial would win and they would be conquerors of Constantinople. And as they would be busy in distributing the spoils of war (amongst themselves) after hanging their '''swords''' by the olive trees, the Satan would cry: '''The Dajjal''' has taken your place among your family. They would then come out, but it would be of no avail. And when they would come to Syria, he would come out while they would be still preparing themselves for battle drawing up the ranks. Certainly, the time of prayer shall come and then Jesus (peace be upon him) son of Mary would descend and would lead them. When the enemy of Allah would see him, it would (disappear) just as the salt dissolves itself in water and if he (Jesus) were not to confront them at all, even then it would dissolve completely, but Allah would kill them by his hand and he would show them their blood on his lance (the lance of Jesus Christ).
}}

Also:
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4294 (hasan)|
Narrated Mu'adh ibn Jabal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The flourishing state of Jerusalem will be when Yathrib is in ruins, the ruined state of Yathrib will be when the great war comes, the outbreak of the great war will be at the conquest of Constantinople and the conquest of Constantinople when the Dajjal (Antichrist) comes forth. He (the Prophet) struck his thigh or his shoulder with his hand and said: This is as true as you are here or as you are sitting (meaning Mu'adh ibn Jabal).
}}

The conquest of Constantinople was predicted to happen without fighting:
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6979}}|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) saying:

You have heard about a city, one side of which is on land and the other is in the sea ('''Constantinople'''). They said: Allah's Messenger, yes. Thereupon he said: The Last Hour would not come unless seventy thousand persons from Bani lshaq would attack it. When they would land there, '''they will neither fight with weapons nor would shower arrows but would only say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," ''' and one side of it would fall. Thaur (one of the narrators) said: I think that he said: The part by the side of the ocean. Then they would say for the second time: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest" and the second side would also fall, and they would say: "There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest," and the gates would be opened for them and they would enter therein and, they would be collecting spoils of war and distributing them amongst themselves when a noise would be heard saying: Verily, Dajjal has come. And thus they would leave everything there and go back.
}}

Constantinople was [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fall_of_Constantinople conquered in 1453] by fighting, the Dajjal didn't appear and the city was renamed to Istanbul, so literally Constantinople no longer exists.

====Conquest of Rome====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6930}}|
Nafi' b. Utba reported:

We were with Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) in an expedition that there came a people to Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) from the direction of the west. They were dressed in woollen clothes and they stood near a hillock and they met him as Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) was sitting. I said to myself: Better go to them and stand between him and them that they may not attack him. Then I thought that perhaps there had been going on secret negotiation amongst them. I however, went to them and stood between them and him and I remember four of the words (on that occasion) which I repeat (on the fingers of my hand) that he (Allah's Messenger) said: You will attack Arabia and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack Persia and He would make you to conquer it. '''Then you would attack Rome and Allah will enable you to conquer it, then you would attack the Dajjal and Allah will enable you to conquer him. Nafi' said: Jabir, we thought that the Dajjal would appear after Rome (Syrian territory) would be conquered.'''
}}

The Roman empire seized to exist before it could be altogether conquered, though if one counts here the partial conquest of some of Rome's (Byzantine's) territories, then the question remains as to why the Dajjal failed to appear.

====Byzantines will make truce with Muslims, betray them and attack them====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|53|401}}|
Narrated `Auf bin Mali:

I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) during the Ghazwa of Tabuk while he was sitting in a leather tent. He said, "Count six signs that indicate the approach of the Hour: my death, the conquest of Jerusalem, a plague that will afflict you (and kill you in great numbers) as the plague that afflicts sheep, the increase of wealth to such an extent that even if one is given one hundred Dinars, he will not be satisfied; then an affliction which no Arab house will escape, '''and then a truce between you and Bani Al-Asfar (i.e. the Byzantines) who will betray you and attack you under eighty flags. Under each flag will be twelve thousand soldiers.'''
}}
The prophecy is considered unfulfilled:
{{Quote|[https://www.islamweb.net/en/fatwa/83460/hadith-about-the-romans-attacking-us-under-eighty-flags Hadith about the Romans attacking us under eighty flags]|
Imam Ibn al-Muneer said: 'Till this time the incident of gathering and attacking Rome in this huge number of soldiers has not happened yet. This matter has not taken place yet.
}}

====Conquest of India and the second coming of Jesus come together====
Also known as [[Ghazwa-e-hind|ghazwa-e-hind]].
{{Quote|{{Al Nasai||1|25|3177}} (hasan) from The Book of Jihad, chapter "Invading India"|
It was narrated that Thawban, the freed slave of the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), said:
"The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: 'There are two groups of my Ummah whom Allah will free from the Fire: The group that invades India (تَغْزُو الْهِنْدَ, ''taghzoo al-hind''), and the group that will be with Isa bin Maryam, peace be upon him.'"
}}

Early conquests of India happened in the 7th century (for example [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Battle_of_Rasil Battle of Rasil]), while author of the hadith collection [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Al-Nasa%27i al-Nasa'i] lived in the 9th century.

The conquest of India is linked to the second coming of Jesus (Isa). In other (although weak) hadiths it's even more explicit:
{{Quote|Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, al-Fitan, p. 409 (daeef)|
The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) said – and he mentioned India – then he said: “An army of yours will invade India and Allah will grant its conquest to them, until they bring their kings in chains, and Allah will forgive them their sins. Then they will return and when they return, they will find the son of Maryam in ash-Shaam (Syria).” Abu Hurayrah said: If I live to see that campaign, I will sell everything I possess and join the campaign. Then if Allah grants us victory and we return, then I will be Abu Hurayrah the freed (protected from Hellfire). And when we return to Syria we will find there ‘Eesa ibn Maryam. Then I shall make sure that I draw close to him and tell him that I accompanied you, O Messenger of Allah. The Messenger of Allah (blessings and peace of Allah be upon him) smiled and said: “Unlikely, unlikely.” [very difficult?]
}}

However, the second coming did not follow either these events:
{{Quote|[https://islamqa.info/en/answers/145636/hadith-about-the-conquest-of-india islamqa.info: Hadith about the conquest of India]|
What is mentioned in the hadith of Abu Hurayrah (may Allah have mercy on him), which was narrated by Na‘eem ibn Hammaad, about '''the conquest of India has not happened up till now''', but it will happen when ‘Eesaa ibn Maryam (peace be upon him) descends, if the hadith that says that is saheeh.
}}

====No more Khosrau and Caesar====
In Muhammad's time, the ruler of Persia was called Khosrau and the ruler of the Byzantine empire Caesar.
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|4|52|267}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Khosrau will be ruined, and there will be no Khosrau after him, and Caesar will surely be ruined and there will be no Caesar after him, and you will spend their treasures in Allah's Cause." He called, "War is deceit'.
}}
There are many examples of this prophecy failing for both [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khosrow Kusrau] and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caesar_(title) Caesar]. For example:
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Shah Khusrau Shah] was the king of the Justanids in the 10th century
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khusrau_Khan Khusrau Khan] was the Sultan of Delhi in the 14th century
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Doukas_(Caesar) John Doukas] was a Caesar of the Byzantine empire in the 11th century
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mehmed_the_Conqueror Mehmed the Conqueror] - a 15h century Muslim conqueror, also called himself Caesar

The prophecy is probably referring to the 7th century Islamic conquests. The prediction in Sahih Bukhari was written in the 9th century.

====Nations will soon call each other to attack Muslims====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Abi Dawud 4297, In-book reference: Book 39, Hadith 7, English translation: Book 38, Hadith 4284|
The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The people will soon summon one another to attack you as people when eating invite others to share their dish. Someone asked: Will that be because of our small numbers at that time? He replied: No, you will be numerous at that time: but you will be scum and rubbish like that carried down by a torrent, and Allah will take fear of you from the breasts of your enemy and last enervation into your hearts. Someone asked: What is wahn (enervation). Messenger of Allah (ﷺ): He replied: Love of the world and dislike of death.
}}

One might note that soon after this statement is alleged to have been stated by the prophet, the Muslims would conquer vast lands - the Muslim empire would only come to a grinding halt some 1300 years later.

====Romans would form a majority amongst people====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6296}}|
Mustaurid Qurashi reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The Last Hour would come when the Romans would form a majority amongst people'''. This reached 'Amr b. al-'As and he said: What are these ahadith which are being transmitted from you and which you claim to have heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ)? Mustaurid said to him: I stated only that which I heard from Allah's Messenger (ﷺ). Thereupon 'Amr said: If you state this (it is true), for they have the power of tolerance amongst people at the time of turmoil and restore themselves to sanity after trouble, and are good amongst people so far as the destitute and the weak are concerned.
}}

The Roman empire dissolved without the realization of this prophecy.

====Twelve caliphs====
Shi'ite Imamology rests heavily upon this hadith, though has been continuously troubled by it (as have been Sunni scholars), as there appears to be no clear group of "twelve Caliphs" to have appeared in history:{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4480}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Jabir b. Samura who said:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: Islam will continue to be triumphant until there have been '''twelve Caliphs'''. Then the Prophet (ﷺ) said something which I could not understand. I asked my father: What did he say? He said: He has said that all of them (twelve Caliphs) will be from the Quraish.
}}
{{Quote|{{Muslim|20|4483}}|
It has been narrated on the authority of Amir b. Sa'd b. Abu Waqqas who said:

I wrote (a letter) to Jabir b. Samura and sent it to him through my servant Nafi', asking him to inform me of something he had heard from the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ). He wrote to me (in reply): I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say on Friday evening, the day on which al-Aslami was stoned to death (for committing adultery): '''The Islamic religion will continue until the Hour has been established, or you have been ruled over by twelve Caliphs, all of them being from the Quraish'''. also heard him say: A small force of the Muslims will capture the white palace, the police of the Persian Emperor or his descendants. I also heard him say: Before the Day of Judgment there will appear (a number of) impostors. You are to guard against them. I also heard him say: When God grants wealth to any one of you, he should first spend it on himself and his family (and then give it in charity to the poor). I heard him (also) say: I will be your forerunner at the Cistern (expecting your arrival).
}}

Commentaries by (Sunni) Islamic scholars:
{{Quote|Ibn Hajar, Fathul-Bari, vol. 13, p.211|
لم ألق أحدا يقطع في هذا الحديث يعني بشيء معين

I have not met anyone who could be certain about the meaning of this hadith!
}}
{{Quote|Ibn Jouzi, Kashful-Majhool, vol.1 p.449|
هذا الحديث قد أطلت البحث عنه، وتطلّبت مظانّه، وسألت عنه، فما رأيت أحدا وقع على المقصود به

I have researched for long to understand this hadith and referred to many references and made much enquiries about it, yet I did not meet anyone who could understand it.
}}

*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_caliphs Wikipedia: List of Caliphs]

====Rain which will destroy all dwellings except tents====
This hadith is sahih:
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 7554 (sahih)|
حدثنا عبد الله حدثني أبي ثنا أبو كامل وعفان قالا ثنا حماد عن سهيل قال عفان في حديثه قال أنا سهيل بن أبي صالح عن أبيه عن أبي هريرة قال قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه و سلم : لا تقوم الساعة حتى يمطر الناس مطرا لا تكن منه بيوت المدر ولا تكن منه الا بيوت الشعر
تعليق شعيب الأرنؤوط : إسناده صحيح على شرط مسلم

The Hour will not come until there has been rain which
will destroy all dwellings except tents
}}
====Not living according to the sharia causes infighting between Muslims====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. '''Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”'''
}}

In fact, it is rather Muslim's disagreement as to what constitutes the Sharia (as a result of their trying to implement it) that results in inter-Muslim conflict. One can imagine that had Islam separated church and state, many such conflicts would have been avoided.

====12 thousand from Aden Abyan will make Islam victorious====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 5/33 (sahih)|
يخرجُ من عدنِ أَبْيَنَ اثنا عشرَ ألفًا ينصرونَ اللهَ ورسولَهُ هم خيرُ مَن بيني وبينهم

Out of Aden-Abyan will come 12000, giving victory to the (religion of) Allah and His Messenger. They are the best between me and them.
}}

====Periods of fitnah====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4242 (sahih)|
Narrated Abdullah ibn Umar:

When we were sitting with the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), he talked about periods of trial (fitnahs), mentioning many of them.

When he mentioned the one when people should stay in their houses, some asked him: Messenger of Allah, what is the trial (fitnah) of staying at home?

He replied: It will be flight and plunder. Then will come a test which is pleasant. Its murkiness is due to the fact that it is produced by a man from the people of my house, who will assert that he belongs to me, whereas he does not, for my friends are only the God-fearing. Then the people will unite under a man who will be like a hip-bone on a rib. Then there will be the little black trial which will leave none of this community without giving him a slap, and when people say that it is finished, it will be extended. During it a man will be a believer in the morning and an infidel in the evening, so that the people will be in two camps: the camp of faith which will contain no hypocrisy, and the camp of hypocrisy which will contain no faith. When that happens, expect the Antichrist (Dajjal) that day or the next.
}}

====Inheritance is not distributed====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of '''inheritance are not distributed''' and there is no rejoicing over spoils of war...
}}
====People don't rejoice over spoils of war====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 41, Hadith 6927|
لاَ تَقُومُ حَتَّى لاَ يُقْسَمَ مِيرَاثٌ وَلاَ يُفْرَحَ بِغَنِيمَةٍ

..The Last Hour would not come until shares of inheritance are not distributed and '''there is no rejoicing over spoils of war'''...
}}

====Muslims will soon flee to mountains from persecution====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|2|19}}|
عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُوشِكُ أَنْ يَكُونَ خَيْرَ مَالِ الْمُسْلِمِ غَنَمٌ يَتْبَعُ بِهَا شَعَفَ الْجِبَالِ وَمَوَاقِعَ الْقَطْرِ يَفِرُّ بِدِينِهِ مِنْ الْفِتَنِ

“Soon the best property of a Muslim will be a flock of sheep he takes to the top of a mountain, or in the valleys of rainfall, fleeing with his religion from tribulations.”
}}

====All believers will go to Syria====
{{Quote|Al-Mustadrak alaa al-Sahihain 8461 (sahih)|
يأتي على الناس زمان لا يبقى فيه مؤمن إلا لحق بالشام

A time will come to people when no believer remains except that he came over to As-Sham
}}

====Extinction of the Quraysh tribe====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad 16/186 (sahih)|
أسرعُ قبائلِ العربِ فناءً قريشٌ ويوشكُ أن تمرَّ المرأةُ بالنعلِ فتقول إن هذا نعلُ قرشيُّ

The fastest Arab tribe in extinction is Quraysh. Soon a woman will pass by a sandal, then she will say that this is a sandal of a Qurashi.
}}

====Arabs will be exterminated and go to hell====
Hadith da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 3967 (da'eef) and others|
It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“There will be a tribulation which will utterly destroy the Arabs, and those who are slain will be in Hell. At that time the tongue will be worse than a blow of the sword.”
}}

====Last of the ummah will curse the first====
Fabricated (mawdu') hadith:
{{Quote|Ibn Majah Vol. 1, Book 1, Hadith 263 (mawdu)|
It was narrated that Jabir said:
"The Messenger of Allah said: 'When the last people of this Ummah curse the first, (at that time) whoever conceals a Hadith will be concealing what Allah has revealed.'" (Maudu')
}}

====Pilgrimage to Makka will be abandoned====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|26|663}}|
Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said "The people will continue performing the Hajj and `Umra to the Ka`ba even after the appearance of Gog and Magog." Narrated Shu`ba extra: The Hour (Day of Judgment) will not be established till the Hajj (to the Ka`ba) is abandoned.
}}

====Disappearance of faith====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|274}}, chapter The Disappearance of Faith at the End of Time|
It is narrated on the authority of Anas that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:

"The Hour (Resurrection) will not occur as long as anyone says: 'Allah, Allah.'"
}}

This one appears to be increasingly likely.

====Islam will be widespread====
Although Muhammad predicted that Islam will disappear, he also predicted that Islam will succeed:
{{Quote|Musnad Aḥmad 16509 (sahih)|
Tamim al-Dari reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “This matter will certainly reach every place touched by the night and day. Allah will not leave a house or residence but that Allah will cause this religion to enter it, by which the honorable will be honored and the disgraceful will be disgraced. Allah will honor the honorable with Islam and he will disgrace the disgraceful with unbelief.”
}}
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2176 (sahih)|
"Indeed Allah gathered the earth for me so that I saw its east and its west. And surely my Ummah's authority shall reach over all that was shown to me of it.
}}

Muhammad's predictions about the future of the Muslim ummah appear to have ranged non-existence and annihilation to complete domination, perhaps based on his feelings at various times. Given this full spectrum of possibility, however, it is difficult to maintain that there is any substance to these predictions.

====The Quran will disappear overnight====
{{Quote|Sunan al-Dārimī 3343 (hasan)|
عَنْ زِرٍّ عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ رضي الله عنه قَالَ لَيُسْرَيَنَّ عَلَى الْقُرْآنِ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ فَلَا يُتْرَكُ آيَةٌ فِي مُصْحَفٍ وَلَا فِي قَلْبِ أَحَدٍ إِلَّا رُفِعَتْ

The Quran will vanish in one night. No verse in the scripture or in the heart of anyone will be left behind.
}}

====Islam will wear out====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Majah 3289 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%8C+%D9%83%D9%85%D8%A7+%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%B1%D8%B3+%D9%88%D8%B4%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AB%D9%88%D8%A8</ref>|
يدرُسُ الإسلامُ كما يدرُسُ وَشيُ الثَّوبِ حتَّى لا يُدرَى ما صيامٌ، ولا صلاةٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدَقةٌ، ولَيُسرى على كتابِ اللَّهِ عزَّ وجلَّ في ليلَةٍ، فلا يبقى في الأرضِ منهُ آيةٌ، وتبقَى طوائفُ منَ النَّاسِ الشَّيخُ الكبيرُ والعجوزُ، يقولونَ: أدرَكْنا آباءَنا على هذِهِ الكلمةِ، لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، فنحنُ نقولُها فقالَ لَهُ صِلةُ: ما تُغني عنهم: لا إلَهَ إلَّا اللَّهُ، وَهُم لا يَدرونَ ما صلاةٌ، ولا صيامٌ، ولا نسُكٌ، ولا صدقةٌ؟ فأعرضَ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ ردَّها علَيهِ ثلاثًا، كلَّ ذلِكَ يعرضُ عنهُ حُذَيْفةُ، ثمَّ أقبلَ علَيهِ في الثَّالثةِ، فقالَ: يا صِلةُ، تُنجيهِم منَ النَّار ثلاثًا

“Islam will wear out as embroidery on a garment wears out, until no one will know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are. The Book of Allah will be taken away at night, and not one Verse of it will be left on earth. And there will be some people left, old men and old women, who will say: “We saw our fathers saying these words: ‘La ilaha illallah’ so we say them too.” Silah said to him: “What good will (saying): La ilaha illallah do them, when they do not know what fasting, prayer, (pilgrimage) rites and charity are?” Hudhaifah turned away from his. He repeated his question three times, and Hudhaifah turned away from him each time. Then he turned to him on the third time and said: “O Silah! It will save them from Hell,” three times.
}}

====Islam will end up like a snake crawling back into its hole====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|1|271}}|
It is narrated on the authority of Ibn 'Umar ('Abdullah b. 'Umar) that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) observed:

Verily Islam started as something strange and it would again revert (to its old position) of being strange just as it started, and it would recede between the two mosques just as the serpent crawls back into its hole.
}}

In other hadith, Muhammad described belief in Islam as a snake:
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|3|30|100}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "Verily, Belief returns and goes back to Medina as a snake returns and goes back to its hole (when in danger).
}}

====Countries colonized by Muslims will stop paying them and Muslims will be poor again====
The hadith is in the chapter called "Making Endowments Of The Lands Of As-Sawad, And The Lands That Were Conquered By Force":
{{Quote|[https://sunnah.com/abudawud/20 Sunan Abi Dawud 3035 / In-book reference: Book 20, Hadith 108 / English translation: Book 19, Hadith 3029]|
Abu Hurairah reported the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) as saying “Iraq will prevent its measure (qafiz) and dirham. Syria will prevent its measure (mudi) and dinar. Egypt will prevent its measure (irdabb) and dinar. Then you will return to the position where you started. Zuhair said this three times. The flesh and blood of Abu Hurairah witnessed it.
}}

====Buttocks of women of Daus are moving around the Yemenite Kaba====

{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|232}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till '''the buttocks of the women of the tribe of Daus move while going round Dhi-al-Khalasa'''." Dhi-al-Khalasa was the idol of the Daus tribe which they used to worship in the Pre Islamic Period of ignorance.
}}

It was interpreted metaphorically as a rise of polytheism because the idol was destroyed and the people were killed before it came true :
{{Quote|{{Muslim|31|6052}}|
Jabir reported that there was in pre-Islamic days a temple called '''Dhu'l- Khalasah and it was called the Yamanite Ka'ba''' or the northern Ka'ba. Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said unto me:

Will you rid me of Dhu'l-Khalasah and so I went forth at the head of 350 horsemen of the tribe of Ahmas and '''we destroyed it and killed whomsoever we found there'''. Then we came back to him (to the Holy Prophet) and informed him and he blessed us and the tribe of Ahmas.
}}

====People commonly have sex in the streets, like donkeys====
{{Quote|Sahih Ibn Hibban 6/345 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%84%D9%8E%D8%A7+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D9%82%D9%8F%D9%88%D9%85%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%8F+%D8%AD%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%91%D9%8E%D9%89+%D9%8A%D9%8E%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%86%D9%91%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%B3%D9%8F+%D9%81%D9%90%D9%8A+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B7%D9%91%D9%8F%D8%B1%D9%8F%D9%82%D9%90+%D8%AA%D9%8E%D8%B3%D9%8E%D8%A7%D9%81%D9%8F%D8%AF%D9%8E+%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%92%D8%AD%D9%8E%D9%85%D9%90%D9%8A%D8%B1%D9%90</ref>|
لا تقومُ السَّاعةُ حتَّى يتسافدَ النَّاسُ في الطُّرقِ تسافُدَ الحميرِ

The Hour shall not commence until the people engage in sexual
intercourse in the streets just like donkeys.
}}

Public sex was already happening among ancient civilizations.<ref>[https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/all-about-sex/201809/orgies-through-the-ages Orgies Through the Ages]</ref>

====Rise of polytheism====
{{Quote|Sunan Abi Dawud 4252|
..the Last Hour will not come before the tribes of my people attach themselves to the polytheists and tribes of my people worship idols..
}}
Polytheism has become less popular with time.

====People will worship goddesses Lat and Uzza again====
The goddesses [[Lat]] and [[Uzza]] were worshiped by Arabs before the Islamic conquest of Arabia.

{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: '''The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'''. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====All believers will be killed by a wind from Allah and only evil people (= non-Muslims) will survive====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|6945}}|
'A'isha reported:

I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying: The (system) of night and day would not end until the people have taken to the worship of Lat and 'Uzza'. I said: Allah's Messenger, I think when Allah has revealed this verse:" He it is Who has sent His Messenger with right guidance, and true religion, so that He may cause it to prevail upon all religions, though the polytheists are averse (to it)" (ix. 33), it implies that (this promise) is going to be fulfilled. Thereupon he (Allah's Apostle) said: It would happen as Allah would like. '''Then Allah would send the sweet fragrant air by which everyone who has even a mustard grain of faith in Him would die''' and those only would survive who would have no goodness in them. And they would revert to the religion of their forefathers.
}}

====Killing neighbors and family members====
{{Quote|al-Adab al-Mufrad 118 (classified as "very good" by Albani)|
عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى‏ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صلى الله عليه وسلم‏ لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَقْتُلَ الرَّجُلُ جَارَهُ وَأَخَاهُ وَأَبَاهُ

The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “The Hour will not be established until a man kills his neighbor, his brother, and his father.”
}}

====Abundance of deaths by lightning====
{{Quote|Musnad Ahmad, vol. 3 pg. 64/65 (sahih)|
تَكثُرُ الصَّواعِقُ عِندَ اقْتِرابِ السَّاعةِ، حتَّى يَأتيَ الرَّجُلُ القَومَ، فيقولَ: مَن صَعِقَ قِبَلَكمُ الغَداةَ؟ فيَقولون: صَعِقَ فُلانٌ وفُلانٌ.

There will be an abundance of lightning with the coming of the Hour, until a man comes to a tribe asking: Who was struck today? Then they say: So and so
}}
John Jensenius (a lightning specialist) said that the number of injuries and deaths caused by lightning is actually going down. <ref>https://www.cbsnews.com/news/are-lightning-strikes-becoming-more-common/</ref>

====Luka bin Luka will be the happiest person====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2209 (sahih)|
Hudhaifah bin Al-Yaman narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Hour will not be established until the happiest of people in the world is Luka' bin Luka'."
}}

Scholars interpreted the name "Luka bin Luka" (لكع بن لكع) to mean "the most despicable/wicked/evil"<ref>https://www.islamweb.net/ar/fatwa/18510/%D9%85%D8%B9%D9%86%D9%89-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A8%D9%86-%D9%84%D9%83%D8%B9-%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%AF-%D8%A8%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AD%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%AB</ref> and "wickedness", rather than a specific person

====Wine, musical instruments and singing girls will turn Muslims into monkeys and pigs====
{{Quote|Reference: Sunan Ibn Majah 4020, In-book reference: Book 36, Hadith 95, English translation: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4020|
لَيَشْرَبَنَّ نَاسٌ مِنْ أُمَّتِي الْخَمْرَ يُسَمُّونَهَا بِغَيْرِ اسْمِهَا يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ وَالْمُغَنِّيَاتِ يَخْسِفُ اللَّهُ بِهِمُ الأَرْضَ وَيَجْعَلُ مِنْهُمُ الْقِرَدَةَ وَالْخَنَازِيرَ

It was narrated from Abu Malik Ash’ari that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
“People among my nation will drink wine, calling it by another name, and musical instruments will be played for them and singing girls (will sing for them). Allah will cause the earth to swallow them up, and will turn them into monkeys and pigs.”
}}

Since the hadith literally says "is played upon their heads with musical instruments" (يُعْزَفُ عَلَى رُءُوسِهِمْ بِالْمَعَازِفِ) some claim that it is a prediction of headphones. But it says "played", not "placed" upon their heads, the word "instruments" is in the plural form and the singing girls are obviously real singing girls, while with head phones the singing would be included in the headphones. The interpretation that the word "musical instruments" (معازف) refers to musical instruments fits much better into the context.

Muhammad himself listened to singing girls, perhaps he was in a better mood since it was the day of Eid:{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|15|72}}|
Narrated Aisha:

Abu Bakr came to my house while two small Ansari girls were singing beside me the stories of the Ansar concerning the Day of Buath. And they were not singers. Abu Bakr said protestingly, "Musical instruments of Satan in the house of Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) !" It happened on the `Id day and Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "O Abu Bakr! There is an `Id for every nation and this is our `Id."
}}

Wine and singing was already mentioned in pre-Islamic Arab poetry:
{{Quote|Dhu Jadan al-Himyari, Sirat Rasul Allah p. 19|
Peace, confound you! You can't turn me from my purpose

Thy scolding dries my spittle!

To '''the music of singers''' in times past 'twas fine

When we drank our fill of purest noblest wine.

'''Drinking freely of wine brings me no shame'''

If my behaviour no boon-companion would blame.

For death no man can hold back Though he drink the perfumed potions of the quack.
}}

====Allah will put pieces of the world on his fingers====
Muhammad agreed with this prophecy presented by a Jewish Scholar
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim Book 39, Hadith 6699|
Abdullah b. Mas'ud reported that a Jewish scholar came to Allah's Apostle (may peace he upon him) and said:

Muhammad, or Abu al-Qasim, verily, Allah, the Exalted and Glorious would carry the Heavens on the Day of Judgment upon one finger and earths upon one finger and the mountains and trees upon one finger and the ocean and moist earth upon one finger, and in fact the whole of the creation upon one finger, and then He would stir them and say: I am your Lord, I am your Lord. Thereupon Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) smiled testifying what that scholar had said. He then recited this verse:" And they honour not Allah with the honour due to Him; and the whole earth will be in His grip on the Day of Resurrection and the heaven rolled up in His right hand. Glory be to Him I and highly Exalted is He above what they associate (with Him)" (Az-Zumar:67).
}}

====Medina banishes its evils====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|7|3188}}|
Abu Huraira (Allah be pleased with him) reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:

A time will come for the people (of Medina) when a man will invite his cousin and any other near relation: Come (and settle) at (a place) where living is cheap, come to where there is plenty, but Medina will be better for them; would they know it! By Him in Whose Hand is my life, none amongst them would go out (of the city) with a dislike for it, but Allah would make his successor in it someone better than be. Behold. Medina is like furnace which eliminates from it the impurities. And '''the Last Hour will not come until Medina banishes its evils''' just as a furnace eliminates the impurities of iron.
}}
====Nobody will accept charity====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|2|24|492}}|
Narrated Haritha bin Wahab:

I heard the Prophet (ﷺ) saying, "O people! Give in charity as a time will come upon you when a person will wander about with his object of charity and will not find anybody to accept it, and one (who will be requested to take it) will say, "If you had brought it yesterday, would have taken it, but today I am not in need of it."
}}

====Not paying zakat causes a lack of rain====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol. 5, Book of Tribulations, Hadith 4019|
It was narrated that ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said:
“The Messenger of Allah ﷺ turned to us and said: ‘O Muhajirun, there are five things with which you will be tested, and I seek refuge with Allah lest you live to see them: Immorality never appears among a people to such an extent that they commit it openly, but plagues and diseases that were never known among the predecessors will spread among them. They do not cheat in weights and measures but they will be stricken with famine, severe calamity and the oppression of their rulers. '''They do not withhold the Zakah of their wealth, but rain will be withheld from the sky, and were it not for the animals, no rain would fall on them'''. They do not break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger, but Allah will enable their enemies to overpower them and take some of what is in their hands. Unless their leaders rule according to the Book of Allah and seek all good from that which Allah has revealed, Allah will cause them to fight one another.’”
}}

====Swelling of crescents [The Moon]====
{{Quote|Sahih Al-Jami' 5898 (sahih) and others <ref>http://hdith.com/?s=%D9%85%D9%90%D9%86+%D8%A7%D9%82%D9%92%D8%AA%D9%90%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%A8%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A7%D8%B9%D9%8E%D8%A9%D9%90+%D8%A7%D9%86%D8%AA%D9%90%D9%81%D9%8E%D8%A7%D8%AE%D9%8F+%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D9%87%D9%90%D9%84%D9%8E%D9%91%D8%A9%D9%90&order=color</ref>|
مِنَ اقترابِ الساعَةِ انتفاخُ الأهِلَّةِ

From approaching of the Hour is the swelling of crescents
}}

====An Abyssinian will destroy the Kaba====
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 7:6953/2909c|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: It would be an Abyssinian having two small shanks who would destroy the House ol Allah, the Exalted and Glorious.
}}

====Collapse, transformation and stoning from the sky====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2185 (sahih)|
'Aishah narrated "The Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
'In the end of this Ummah there will be a collapse, transformation, and Qadhf."' She said :"I said: 'O Messenger of Allah! Will they be destroyed while they are righteous among them?' He said: 'Yes, when evil is dominant."'
}}

It's just three vague words خَسْفٌ وَمَسْخٌ وَقَذْفٌ (khasf and maskh and qadhf). Tafsir:
{{Quote|Al-Munawi - Fayd al-Qadir|
3176 - (بين يدي الساعة مسخ) قلب الخلقة من شيء إلى شيء أو تحويل الصورة إلى أقبح منها أو مسخ القلوب (وخسف) أي غور في الأرض (وقذف) أي رمي بالحجارة من جهة السماء

maskh - transformation of creation from its shape to an uglier one

khasf - a depression in the Earth

qadhf - pelting with stones from the sky

}}

====Euphrates will uncover a mountain of gold soon====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|9|88|235}}|
Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "'''Soon the river "Euphrates" will disclose the treasure (the mountain) of gold''', so whoever will be present at that time should not take anything of it." Al-A'raj narrated from Abii Huraira that the Prophet (ﷺ) said the same but he said, "It (Euphrates) will uncover a mountain of gold (under it).
}}
{{Quote|Sahih Muslim 2894a|
Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger ﷺ as saying: The Last Hour would not come before the Euphrates uncovers a mountain of gold, for which people would fight. Ninety-nine out of each one hundred would die but every man amongst them would say that perhaps he would be the one who would be saved (and thus possess this gold).
}}

No such event followed soon thereafter.

====Gender ratio will be 50 women to 1 men====
{{Quote|{{Bukhari|1|3|81}}|
I will narrate to you a Hadith and none other than I will tell you about after it. I heard Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) saying: From among the portents of the Hour are (the following): -1. Religious knowledge will decrease (by the death of religious learned men). -2. Religious ignorance will prevail. -3. There will be prevalence of open illegal sexual intercourse. -4. '''Women will increase in number and men will decrease in number so much so that fifty women will be looked after by one man.'''
}}

====Knowledge will be sought from young people====
{{Quote|al-Mu’jam al-Kabīr 908 (sahih)|
عَنْ أَبِي أُمَيَّةَ اللَّخْمِيِّ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ إِنَّ مِنْ أَشْرَاطِ السَّاعَةِ ثَ أَنْ يُلْتَمَسَ الْعِلْمَ عِنْدَ الْأَصَاغِرِ

The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said, “Verily, among the signs of the Hour is that knowledge will be sought from the young.”
}}

====Seventy-three sects====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 5, Book 38, Hadith 2640 (hasan)|
Narrated Abu Hurairah:
that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "The Jews split into seventy-one sects, or seventy-two sects, and the Christians similarly, and my Ummah will split into seventy-three sects."
}}

====Emergence of Sufyani====
This hadith is daeef:
{{Quote|al-Mustadrak 4/520 (da'eef)|
يخرج رجل يقال له السفياني في عمق دمشق ، وعامة من يتبعه من كلب ، فيقتل حتى يبقر بطون النساء ويقتل الصبيان ، فتجمع لهم قيس فيقتلها حتى لا يمنع ذنب تلعة ، ويخرج رجل من أهل بيتي في الحرة فيبلغ السفياني فيبعث إليه جنداً من جنده فيهزمهم ، فيسير إليه السفياني بمن معه ، حتى إذا صار ببيداء من الأرض خسف بهم ، فلا ينجو منهم إلا المخبر عنهم

There will emerge a man called as-Sufyaani from the depths of Damascus, and most of those who follow him will be from (the tribe of) Kalb. He will kill many people until he rips open the bellies of women and kill children. (The tribe of) Qays will gather against him and he will kill them. A man from my family will emerge in the harrah, and news of that will reach as-Sufyaani. He will send troops against him and he will defeat them. Then as-Sufyaani will march towards him accompanied by those who are with him, then when he is in a plain, they will be swallowed up by the earth and none of them will be saved except the one who will tell others about them.
}}

====Muslims in mosque won't find an imam to lead them in prayer====
This hadith is da'eef:
{{Quote|Sunan Abu Dawud Book 2, Hadith 581, chapter It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam|
Narrated Sulamah daughter of al-Hurr:

I heard the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) say: One of the signs of the Last Hour will be that people in a mosque will refuse to act as imam and will not find an imam to lead them in prayer.
}}

 
{{Quote|Sunan An-nasa'i Vol. 1, Book 10, Hadith 783, chapter "When people are together and are all of the same status"|
It was narrated from Abu Sa'eed that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"when there are three people let one of them lead the prayer, and the one who is most entitled to lead the prayer is the one who has most knowledge of the Qur'an."
}}

This prophecy was included in a chapter called "It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position Of Imam", and is perhaps best understood as a sort of moral exhortation to lead prayer when a prayer needs to be led.

====Dajjal nor plague will be able to enter Medina====
{{Quote|Tirmidhi Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2242 (sahih)|
Anas narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:
"The Dajjal will come to Al-Madinah to find the angels have surrounded it. Neither the plague nor the Dajjal will enter it, if Allah wills."
}}Medina, historically, has not proven to be especially or at all plague-proof. Moreover, during plagues, the Saudi government (and the caliphates, historically) had to close off access to Mecca and Medina to prevent the spread of disease. The prophet also stated that there was no such thing as a contagious disease.

====Jesus will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish Jizyah====
{{Quote|Sunan ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4078 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:
"The Hour will not begin until 'Eisa bin Maryam comes down as a just judge and a just ruler. He will break the cross, kill the pigs and abolish the Jizyah, and wealth will become so abundant that no one will accept it."
}}

====Gog and Magog will drink out the lake of Tiberias====
{{Quote|{{Muslim|41|7015}}|
And then Allah would send Gog and Magog and they would swarm down from every slope. The first of them would pass the lake of Tiberias and drink out of it. And when the last of them would pass, he would say: There was once water there.
}}

Gog and Magog are described in the hadith and Quran as tribes on Earth blocked by a big iron wall, erected by [[Dhul-Qarnayn]], that will be unlocked at the end of times. There are supposed to be so many of them that they will drink the entire lake of Tiberias (Sea of Galilee) dry.

====Gog and Magog will successfully dig through the wall====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4080|
It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"Gog and Magog people dig every day until, when they can almost see the rays of the sun, the one in charge of them says: "Go back and we will dig it tomorrow." Then Allah puts it back, stronger than it was before. (This will continue) until, when their time has come, and Allah wants to send them against the people, they will dig until they can almost see the rays of the sun, then the one who is in charge of them will say: "Go back, and we will dig it tomorrow if Allah wills.' So '''they will say: "If Allah wills." Then they will come back to it and it will be as they left it. So they will dig and will come out to the people''', and they will drink all the water. The people will fortify themselves against them in their fortresses. They will shoot their arrows towards the sky and they will come back with blood on them, and they will say: "We have defeated the people of earth and dominated the people of heaven." Then Allah will send a worm in the napes of their necks and will kill them thereby.'" The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said: "By the One in Whose Hand is my soul, the beasts of the earth will grow fat on their flesh."
}}

====Muslims will use bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood for 7 years====
{{Quote|Sunan Ibn Majah: Vol. 5, Book 36, Hadith 4076 (sahih)|
It was narrated from Nawwas bin Sam'an that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:
"The Muslims will use the bows, arrows and shields of Gog and Magog as firewood, for seven years.'"
}}

==See also==

*[[Quranic Prophecies]]

External:

* [https://www.marefa.org/%D8%B9%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AA_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A9_%D9%81%D9%8A_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%B3%D9%84%D8%A7%D9%85 List of Muhammad's prophecies] (Arabic)
*[https://detechter.com/15-ancient-hindu-predictions-that-have-come-true/#List_of_15_Ancient_Hindu_Prophecy_From_Bhagavata_Purana 15 Hindu predictions] - ''Comparing and contrasting Islamic prophecies with those of other religions' scriptures predictions is instructive''

==References==

[[Category:Islamic Prophecies]]
<references />